Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 25, 2013

1933 Act File No. 333-184290

1940 Act File No. 811-22758

 

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM N-2

(Check appropriate box or boxes)

 

   REGISTRATION STATEMENT    x

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

   Pre-Effective Amendment No. 3    x
   Post-Effective Amendment No.    ¨

and

 

   REGISTRATION STATEMENT    x

UNDER

THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940

   Amendment No. 3    x

 

 

PIMCO Dynamic Credit Income Fund

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Charter)

 

 

1633 Broadway

New York, New York 10019

(Address of Principal Executive Offices)

(Number, Street, City, State, Zip Code)

(212) 739-3222

(Registrant’s Telephone Number, including Area Code)

 

 

Thomas J. Fuccillo, Esq.

c/o Allianz Global Investors Fund Management LLC

1633 Broadway

New York, New York 10019

(Name and Address (Number, Street, City, State, Zip Code) of Agent for Service)

 

 

Copies of Communications to:

 

David C. Sullivan, Esq.

Ropes & Gray LLP

Prudential Tower, 800 Boylston Street

Boston, Massachusetts 02199

 

Michael K. Hoffman, Esq.

Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP

Four Times Square

New York, New York 10036

 

 

Approximate Date of Proposed Public Offering:

As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.

If any securities being registered on this form will be offered on a delayed or continuous basis in reliance on Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, other than securities offered in connection with a dividend reinvestment plan, check the following box   ¨ .

It is proposed that this filing will become effective (check appropriate box):

 

  ¨ when declared effective pursuant to section 8(c).

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

 

Title of Securities Being Registered   Amount Being
Registered (1)
  Proposed Maximum
Offering Price Per
Unit (1)
  Proposed Maximum
Aggregate Offering
Price (1)
  Amount of
Registration Fee (2)

Common Shares, par value $.00001

  132,000,000 Shares   $25.00   $3,300,000,000   $450,120

 

 

(1) Estimated solely for purposes of calculating the registration fee.
(2) A registration fee of $136.40 was previously paid in connection with the initial filing on October 4, 2012.

 

 

The registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment that specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until this Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

 

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS   SUBJECT TO COMPLETION   January 25, 2013

                                      Shares

PIMCO Dynamic Credit Income Fund

Common Shares

 

 

Investment objectives.     PIMCO Dynamic Credit Income Fund (the “Fund”) is a newly organized, non-diversified, closed-end management investment company. The Fund seeks current income as a primary objective and capital appreciation as a secondary objective. No assurance can be given that the Fund’s investment objectives will be achieved, and you could lose all of your investment in the Fund.

Investment strategy.     The Fund will seek to achieve its investment objectives by utilizing a dynamic asset allocation strategy among multiple fixed-income sectors in the global credit markets, including corporate debt, mortgage-related and other asset-backed securities, government and sovereign debt, taxable municipal bonds and other fixed-, variable- and floating-rate income-producing securities of U.S. and foreign issuers, including emerging market issuers. The Fund may invest in investment grade debt securities and below investment grade debt securities (commonly referred to as “high yield” securities or “junk bonds”), including securities of stressed issuers. The Fund will be managed according to strategies that focus on credit quality, duration management and other risk management techniques. The Fund’s portfolio and dynamic asset allocation strategy will be managed by Pacific Investment Management Company LLC, the Fund’s sub-adviser (“PIMCO” or the “Sub-Adviser”). PIMCO employs an active approach to allocation among multiple fixed-income sectors based on, among other things, market conditions, valuation assessments and economic outlook, credit market trends and other economic factors. The Fund will focus on seeking the best income generating investment ideas across multiple fixed income sectors, with an emphasis on seeking opportunities in developed and emerging global credit markets.

(continued on following page)

No prior history.      Because the Fund is newly organized, its common shares have no history of public trading. Shares of closed-end funds frequently trade at a significant discount from their net asset value, which creates a risk of loss for investors purchasing shares in the initial public offering. This risk is greater for investors who expect to sell their shares in a relatively short period after completion of the initial public offering.

The listing of the Fund’s common shares on the New York Stock Exchange has been approved, subject to notice of issuance, under the trading or “ticker” symbol “PCI.”

Investment in the Fund’s common shares involves substantial risks arising from, among other strategies, the Fund’s ability to invest in debt instruments that are, at the time of purchase, rated below investment grade (below Baa3 by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”) or below BBB- by either Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill Company, Inc. (“S&P”) or Fitch, Inc. (“Fitch”)) or unrated but determined by PIMCO to be of comparable quality, the Fund’s exposure to foreign and emerging markets securities and currencies and to mortgage-related and other asset-backed securities, and the Fund’s anticipated use of leverage. Debt securities of below investment grade quality are regarded as having predominantly speculative characteristics with respect to capacity to pay interest and to repay principal. The Fund’s exposure to foreign securities and currencies, and particularly to emerging markets securities and currencies, involves special risks, including foreign currency risk and the risk that the securities may decline in response to unfavorable political and legal developments, unreliable or untimely information or economic and financial instability. Mortgage-related and other asset-backed securities are subject to extension and prepayment risk and often have complicated structures that make them difficult to value. Because of the risks associated with investing in high yield securities, foreign and emerging market securities (and related exposure to foreign currencies) and mortgage-related and other asset-backed securities, and using leverage, an investment in the Fund should be considered speculative. Before buying any of the Fund’s common shares, you should read the discussion of the principal risks of investing in the Fund in “ Principal Risks of the Fund ” beginning on page 71 of this prospectus.

The Securities and Exchange Commission and state securities regulators have not approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

       Price to
public
     Sales
load(1)
     Estimated
offering
expenses(2)
   Proceeds
to Fund
 

Per Share

   $ 25.000       $ 1.125       $0.050    $ 23.825   

Total

   $                $                $             $            

Total assuming full exercise of the over-allotment option(3)

   $                $                $             $            

(notes on following page)

The underwriters expect to deliver the common shares to purchasers on or about                     , 2013.

 

UBS Investment Bank   Citigroup    Morgan Stanley   Wells Fargo Securities
                              Barclays        RBC Capital Markets                             
BB&T Capital Markets   Comerica Securities   Deutsche Bank
Henley & Company LLC   J.J.B. Hilliard, W.L. Lyons, LLC   Janney Montgomery Scott
Ladenburg Thalmann & Co. Inc.   Maxim Group LLC   Newbridge Securities Corporation
Southwest Securities   Sterne Agee   Wedbush Securities Inc.


Table of Contents

(notes from previous page)

 

(1) The Sub-Adviser (and not the Fund) has agreed to pay from its own assets, upfront structuring fees to UBS Securities LLC, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, Barclays Capital Inc. and RBC Capital Markets, LLC. These fees are not reflected under sales load in the table above. In accordance with Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. rules, these upfront structuring fees are underwriting compensation to the recipients of such fees.
(2) The Fund will pay offering costs (other than the sales load) up to an aggregate of $0.050 per common share sold in this offering. The Fund will reimburse reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses related to the initial public offering of the Fund’s common shares incurred by certain affiliates, or associated persons thereof, and employees of Allianz Global Investors Fund Management LLC (the “Investment Manager”) and the Sub-Adviser, including in connection with participation in the road show and related activities (“affiliate expenses”), but only to the extent that reimbursement of affiliate expenses when added to any other Fund offering costs (other than the sales load) does not exceed $0.050 per common share sold in this offering (to such extent, “affiliate reimbursable amounts”). The Sub-Adviser has agreed to pay all organizational expenses of the Fund. The Sub-Adviser has also agreed to pay offering costs of the Fund (other than the sales load) to the extent that they exceed $0.050 per common share. Affiliate expenses in excess of affiliate reimbursable amounts will be assumed without reimbursement by the affiliate incurring such expense. If the Fund issues 12,000,000 common shares at a total price to the public of $300,000,000, total offering expenses are estimated at $800,000 (approximately $0.0667 per common share), of which the Fund would pay $600,000 ($0.050 per common share) and the Sub-Adviser would pay (or the Sub-Adviser or its affiliates will assume without reimbursement in the case of affiliate expenses) the balance of the offering expenses estimated at $200,000 (approximately $0.0167 per common share). The total offering expenses may vary from these estimates. See “Summary of Fund Expenses.”
(3) The Fund has granted the underwriters an option to purchase up to                  additional common shares at the price to public, less the sales load, within 45 days of the date of this prospectus solely to cover over-allotments, if any. See “Underwriting.”

(continued from cover page)

It is expected that the Fund normally will have a short to intermediate average portfolio duration ( i.e. , within a zero to eight (0 to 8) year range), as calculated by the Sub-Adviser, although it may be shorter or longer at any time or from time to time depending on market conditions and other factors. PIMCO believes that maintaining duration within this range offers flexibility and the opportunity for above-average returns while potentially limiting exposure to interest rate volatility and related risks.

Portfolio contents.     The Fund will normally invest at least 80% of its net assets (plus any borrowings for investment purposes) in a portfolio of debt instruments of varying maturities.

The Fund will normally invest at least 50% of its net assets in corporate income-producing securities of varying maturities issued by U.S. or foreign (non-U.S.) corporations or other business entities, including emerging market issuers. Corporate income-producing securities include fixed-, variable- and floating-rate bonds, debentures, notes and other similar types of corporate debt instruments, such as preferred shares, convertible securities, bank loans and loan participations and assignments, payment-in-kind securities, zero-coupon bonds, bank certificates of deposit, fixed time deposits and bankers’ acceptances, stressed debt securities, structured notes and other hybrid instruments.

The Fund may invest without limit in securities of U.S. issuers and without limit in securities of foreign (non-U.S.) issuers, securities traded principally outside of the United States, and securities denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. The Fund may normally invest up to 40% of its total assets in securities of issuers economically tied to “emerging market” countries. The Fund may also invest directly in foreign currencies, including currencies of emerging market countries. The rate of interest on an income-producing security may be fixed, floating or variable. Substantially all of the Fund’s portfolio

 

ii


Table of Contents

may consist of below investment grade securities. The Fund may invest in debt securities of stressed issuers. As a matter of fundamental policy, the Fund will normally invest at least 25% of its total assets ( i.e. , concentrate) in privately-issued (commonly known as “non-agency”) mortgage-related securities.

The Fund may utilize various derivative strategies (both long and short positions) involving the purchase or sale of futures and forward contracts (including foreign currency exchange contracts), call and put options, credit default swaps, total return swaps, basis swaps and other swap agreements and other derivative instruments for investment purposes, leveraging purposes or in an attempt to hedge against market, credit, interest rate, currency and other risks in the portfolio. The Fund may purchase and sell securities on a when-issued, delayed delivery or forward commitment basis and may engage in short sales.

The Fund may invest without limit in illiquid securities ( i.e. , securities that cannot be disposed of within seven days in the ordinary course of business at approximately the value at which the Fund has valued the securities).

Leverage.     As soon as reasonably practicable following the completion of the initial public offering of the Fund’s common shares, the Fund intends, subject to then favorable market conditions, to add leverage to its portfolio by utilizing reverse repurchase agreements, dollar rolls or borrowings, such as through bank loans or commercial paper and/or other credit facilities, such that the leverage initially obtained represents approximately 30% of the Fund’s total assets (including the amounts of leverage obtained through the use of such instruments) ( i.e. , leverage representing approximately 42% of the Fund’s net assets attributable to common shares). The Fund may also enter into transactions other than those noted above that may give rise to a form of leverage including, among others, futures and forward contracts (including foreign currency exchange contracts), credit default swaps, total return swaps and other derivative transactions, loans of portfolio securities, short sales and when-issued, delayed delivery and forward commitment transactions. Although it has no current intention to do so, the Fund may also determine to issue preferred shares or other types of senior securities to add leverage to its portfolio. The Fund intends to utilize leverage opportunistically and may choose to increase or decrease, or eliminate entirely, its use of leverage over time and from time to time ( i.e. , higher or lower than the anticipated approximate 30% initial level noted above) based on PIMCO’s assessment of the yield curve environment, interest rate trends, market conditions and other factors. Under normal market conditions, the Fund will limit its use of leverage from any combination of reverse repurchase agreements or dollar roll transactions (whether or not these instruments are covered), borrowings ( i.e. , loans or lines of credit from banks or other credit facilities), any future issuance of preferred shares and, to the extent described in this prospectus under the section entitled “Leverage,” credit default swaps, other swap agreements and futures contracts such that the assets attributable to the use of such leverage will not exceed 50% of the Fund’s total assets (including, for purposes of the 50% limit, the amounts of leverage obtained through the use of such instruments). The Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, also generally limits the extent to which the Fund may utilize uncovered reverse repurchase agreements and borrowings, together with any other senior securities representing indebtedness, to 33  1 / 3 % of the Fund’s total net assets at the time utilized. See “Leverage.” By using leverage, the Fund will seek to obtain a higher return for holders of common shares than if the Fund did not use leverage. Leveraging is a speculative technique and there are special risks and costs involved. There can be no assurance that a leveraging strategy will be used or that it will be successful during any period in which it is employed. See “Leverage” and “Principal Risks of the Fund—Leverage Risk.”

Certain numbers and percentages have been rounded for ease of presentation, which may result in amounts not totaling precisely.

 

iii


Table of Contents

Please read this prospectus carefully before deciding whether to invest and retain it for future reference. It sets forth concisely the information about the Fund that a prospective investor ought to know before investing in the Fund. The Fund has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission a Statement of Additional Information dated                 , 2013 containing additional information about the Fund. The Statement of Additional Information is incorporated by reference into this prospectus, which means it is part of this prospectus for legal purposes. The Fund will also produce both annual and semi-annual reports that will contain important information about the Fund. Copies of the Statement of Additional Information and the Fund’s annual and semi-annual reports, when available, may be obtained upon request, without charge, by calling toll-free (800) 254-5197 or by writing to the Fund at 1633 Broadway, New York, New York 10019. You may also call this toll-free telephone number to request other information about the Fund or to make shareholder inquiries. The Statement of Additional Information is (for a period of 60 days after completion of the initial public offering of the Fund’s common shares), and the annual report and the semi-annual report will be, made available free of charge on the Fund’s website at www.allianzinvestors.com. Information on, or accessible through, the Fund’s website is not a part of, and is not incorporated into, this prospectus. The Securities and Exchange Commission maintains an internet website (www.sec.gov) that contains other information regarding the Fund. The table of contents for the Statement of Additional Information appears on page 124 of this prospectus.

The Fund’s common shares do not represent a deposit or obligation of, and are not guaranteed or endorsed by, any bank or other insured depository institution, and are not federally insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the Federal Reserve Board or any other government agency.

You should rely only on the information contained or incorporated by reference in this prospectus. The Fund has not, and the underwriters have not, authorized anyone to provide you with inconsistent information. If anyone provides you with inconsistent information, you should not assume that the Fund or the underwriters have authorized or verified it. The Fund is not, and the underwriters are not, making an offer of these securities in any state where the offer is not permitted. You should not assume that the information contained in this prospectus is accurate as of any date other than the date on the front of this prospectus. The Fund’s business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date.

Until             , 2013 (25 days after the commencement of this offering), all dealers that buy, sell or trade the Fund’s common shares, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This delivery requirement is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

 

iv


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

Prospectus summary

     1   

Summary of Fund expenses

     35   

The Fund

     37   

Use of proceeds

     37   

The Fund’s investment objectives and strategies

     37   

Leverage

     68   

Principal risks of the Fund

     71   

How the Fund manages risk

     98   

Management of the Fund

     99   

Net asset value

     103   

Distributions

     104   

Dividend reinvestment plan

     105   

Description of shares

     107   

Anti-takeover and other provisions in the Declaration of Trust

     109   

Repurchase of Common Shares; conversion to open-end fund

     111   

Tax matters

     111   

Underwriting

     120   

Custodian and transfer agent

     123   

Legal matters

     123   

Table of contents for the Statement of Additional Information

     124   

Appendix A—Description of securities ratings

     A-1   
 


Table of Contents

 

[THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

 

 


Table of Contents

Prospectus summary

This is only a summary. This summary may not contain all of the information that you should consider before investing in the Fund’s common shares. You should review the more detailed information contained in this prospectus and in the Statement of Additional Information. In particular, you should carefully read the risks of investing in the Fund’s common shares, as discussed under “Principal Risks of the Fund.”

THE FUND

PIMCO Dynamic Credit Income Fund (the “Fund”) is a newly organized, non-diversified, closed-end management investment company. See “The Fund.”

THE OFFERING

The Fund is offering                  common shares of beneficial interest, with a par value of $0.00001 per share, at $25.00 per share through a group of underwriters led by UBS Securities LLC, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC. The common shares of beneficial interest are sometimes called “Common Shares,” and the holders thereof “Common Shareholders,” in the rest of this prospectus. You must purchase at least 100 Common Shares. The Fund has given the underwriters an option to purchase up to                  additional Common Shares to cover over-allotments. See “Underwriting.” The Sub-Adviser has agreed to pay the amount by which the Fund’s offering costs (other than the sales load) exceed $0.050 per share. The Sub-Adviser has also agreed to pay all of the Fund’s organizational expenses.

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND STRATEGIES

Investment objectives

The Fund seeks current income as a primary objective and capital appreciation as a secondary objective. The Fund will seek to achieve its investment objectives by utilizing a dynamic asset allocation strategy among multiple fixed-income sectors in the global credit markets, including corporate debt (including, among other things, fixed-, variable- and floating-rate bonds, bank loans, convertible securities and stressed debt securities issued by U.S. or foreign (non-U.S.) corporations or other business entities, including emerging market issuers), mortgage-related and other asset-backed securities, government and sovereign debt, taxable municipal bonds and other fixed-, variable- and floating-rate income-producing securities of U.S. and foreign issuers, including emerging market issuers. The Fund may invest in investment grade debt securities and below investment grade debt securities (commonly referred to as “high yield” securities or “junk bonds”), including securities of stressed issuers. The types of securities and instruments in which the Fund may invest are summarized under “The Fund’s Investment Objectives and Policies—Portfolio Management Strategies—Portfolio Contents.” The Fund cannot assure you that it will achieve its investment objectives, and you could lose all of your investment in the Fund.

Portfolio management strategies

Dynamic allocation strategy.      On behalf of the Fund, the Fund’s sub-adviser, Pacific Investment Management Company LLC (“PIMCO” or the “Sub-Adviser”) employs an active approach to allocation among multiple fixed income sectors based on, among other things, market conditions, valuation assessments, economic outlook, credit market trends and other economic factors. With PIMCO’s macroeconomic analysis as the basis for top-down investment decisions, including geographic and credit sector emphasis, the Fund will focus on seeking the best income generating investment ideas across multiple fixed income sectors, with an emphasis on seeking opportunities in developed and emerging global credit markets. The Fund will normally invest at least 50% of its net assets in corporate income-producing

 

 

1


Table of Contents

securities (as defined below). PIMCO may choose to focus on particular countries or regions, asset classes, industries and sectors to the exclusion of others at any time and from time to time based on market conditions and other factors. The relative value assessment within fixed-income sectors draws on PIMCO’s regional and sector specialist expertise. As a matter of fundamental policy, the Fund will normally invest at least 25% of its total assets ( i.e. , concentrate) in privately-issued (commonly known as “non-agency”) mortgage-related securities. The Fund will observe other investment guidelines as summarized below.

Investment selection strategies.      Once the Fund’s top-down, portfolio positioning decisions have been made as described above, PIMCO selects particular investments for the Fund by employing a bottom-up, disciplined credit approach which is driven by fundamental, independent research within each sector represented in the Fund, with a focus on identifying securities and other instruments with solid and/or improving fundamentals.

PIMCO utilizes strategies that focus on credit quality analysis, duration management and other risk management techniques. PIMCO attempts to identify, through fundamental research driven by independent credit analysis and proprietary analytical tools, debt obligations and other income-producing securities that provide current income and/or opportunities for capital appreciation based on its analysis of the issuer’s credit characteristics and the position of the security in the issuer’s capital structure.

PIMCO also attempts to identify investments that may appreciate in value based on PIMCO’s assessment of the issuer’s credit characteristics, forecast for interest rates and outlook for particular countries/regions, currencies, industries, sectors and the global economy and bond markets generally.

Credit quality.     The Fund may invest without limitation in debt instruments that are, at the time of purchase, rated below investment grade (below Baa3 by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”) or below BBB- by either Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill Company, Inc. (“S&P”) or Fitch, Inc. (“Fitch”)), or unrated but determined by PIMCO to be of comparable quality. However, the Fund will not normally invest more than 20% of its total assets in debt instruments, other than mortgage-related and other asset-backed securities, that are, at the time of purchase, rated CCC+ or lower by S&P and Fitch and Caa1 or lower by Moody’s, or that are unrated but determined by PIMCO to be of comparable quality to securities so rated. The Fund may invest in mortgage-related and other asset-backed securities regardless of rating ( i.e. , of any credit quality). For purposes of applying the foregoing policy, in the case of securities with split ratings ( i.e. , a security receiving two different ratings from two different rating agencies), the Fund will apply the higher of the applicable ratings. The Fund may invest in securities of stressed issuers, which include securities at risk of being in default as to the repayment of principal and/or interest at the time of acquisition by the Fund or that are rated in the lower rating categories by one or more nationally recognized statistical rating organizations (for example, Ca or lower by Moody’s or CC or lower by S&P or Fitch) or, if unrated, are determined by PIMCO to be of comparable quality. Debt instruments of below investment grade quality are regarded as having predominantly speculative characteristics with respect to capacity to pay interest and to repay principal, and are commonly referred to as “high yield” securities or “junk bonds.” Debt instruments in the lowest investment grade category also may be considered to possess some speculative characteristics. The Fund may, for hedging, investment or leveraging purposes, make use of credit default swaps, which are contracts whereby one party makes periodic payments to a counterparty in exchange for the right to receive from the counterparty a payment equal to the par (or other agreed-upon) value of a referenced debt obligation in the event of a default or other credit event by the issuer of the debt obligation.

Independent credit analysis.      PIMCO relies primarily on its own analysis of the credit quality and risks associated with individual debt instruments considered for the Fund, rather than relying exclusively on rating agencies or third-party research. The Fund’s portfolio managers utilize this information in an

 

 

2


Table of Contents

attempt to minimize credit risk and to identify issuers, industries or sectors that are undervalued or that offer attractive yields relative to PIMCO’s assessment of their credit characteristics. This aspect of PIMCO’s capabilities will be particularly important to the extent that the Fund invests in high yield securities and in securities of emerging market issuers.

Duration management.      It is expected that the Fund normally will have a short to intermediate average portfolio duration ( i.e. , within a zero to eight (0 to 8) year range), as calculated by the Sub-Adviser, although it may be shorter or longer at any time or from time to time depending on market conditions and other factors. While the Fund seeks to maintain a short to intermediate average portfolio duration, there is no limit on the maturity or duration of any individual security in which the Fund may invest. PIMCO believes that maintaining duration within this range offers flexibility and the opportunity to seek above-average returns while potentially limiting exposure to interest rate volatility and related risks. Duration is a measure used to determine the sensitivity of a security’s price to changes in interest rates. For example, the value of a portfolio of fixed income securities with an average duration of eight years would generally be expected to decline by approximately 8% if interest rates rose by one percentage point. Duration differs from the “maturity” of a security (which is the date on which the issuer is obligated to repay the principal amount) in that it considers a security’s yield, coupon payments, principal payments and call features in addition to the amount of time until maturity. As the value of a security changes over time, so will its duration. The Fund’s duration strategy may entail maintaining a negative average portfolio duration from time to time, which would potentially benefit the portfolio in an environment of rising market interest rates, but would generally adversely impact the portfolio in an environment of falling or neutral market interest rates. PIMCO may also utilize certain strategies, including without limitation investments in structured notes or interest rate futures contracts or swap, cap, floor or collar transactions, for the purpose of reducing the interest rate sensitivity of the Fund’s portfolio, although there is no assurance that it will do so or that such strategies will be successful.

Non-diversification.      The Fund is a “non-diversified” investment company in that it may invest a greater percentage of its assets in the securities of a single issuer than investment companies that are “diversified.” See “Principal Risks of the Fund—Non-Diversification Risk.”

Portfolio contents.     The Fund will normally invest at least 80% of its net assets (plus any borrowings for investment purposes) in a portfolio of debt instruments of varying maturities (the “80% policy”). For purposes of the 80% policy, debt instruments may include, without limitation, bonds, debentures, notes, and other debt securities of U.S. and foreign (non-U.S.) corporate and other issuers, including commercial paper; mortgage-related and any other type of asset-backed securities issued on a public or private basis; U.S. Government securities; obligations of foreign governments or their sub-divisions, agencies and government sponsored enterprises and obligations of international agencies and supranational entities; municipal securities and other debt securities issued by states or local governments and their agencies, authorities and other government-sponsored enterprises, including taxable municipal securities (such as Build America Bonds); payment-in-kind securities; zero-coupon bonds; inflation-indexed bonds issued by both governments and corporations; structured notes, including hybrid or indexed securities; catastrophe bonds and other event-linked bonds; credit-linked notes; structured credit products; bank loans (including, among others, senior loans, delayed funding loans, revolving credit facilities and loan participations and assignments); preferred securities; convertible debt securities ( i.e. , debt securities that may be converted at either a stated price or stated rate into underlying shares of common stock), including synthetic convertible debt securities ( i.e. , instruments created through a combination of separate securities that possess the two principal characteristics of a traditional convertible security, such as an income-producing security and the right to acquire an equity security); and bank certificates of deposit, fixed time deposits and bankers’ acceptances. The rate of interest on an income-producing security may be fixed, floating or variable. At any given time and from time to time

 

 

3


Table of Contents

substantially all of the Fund’s portfolio may consist of below investment grade securities. The Fund may invest in debt securities of stressed issuers. The Fund’s investments in derivatives and other synthetic instruments that have economic characteristics similar to debt instruments will be counted toward satisfaction of this 80% policy.

The Fund will normally invest at least 50% of its net assets in corporate income-producing securities of varying maturities issued by U.S. or foreign (non-U.S.) corporations or other business entities, including emerging market issuers (the “50% policy”). Corporate income-producing securities include fixed-, variable- and floating-rate bonds, debentures, notes and other similar types of corporate debt instruments, such as preferred shares, convertible securities, bank loans and loan participations and assignments, payment-in-kind securities, zero-coupon bonds, bank certificates of deposit, fixed time deposits and bankers’ acceptances, stressed debt securities, structured notes and other hybrid instruments. Certain corporate income-producing securities, such as convertible bonds, also may include the right to participate in equity appreciation, and PIMCO will generally evaluate those instruments based primarily on their debt characteristics. The Fund’s investments in derivatives and other synthetic instruments that have economic characteristics similar to corporate income-producing securities will be counted toward satisfaction of the 50% policy.

The Fund may invest without limit in securities of U.S. issuers and without limit in securities of foreign (non-U.S.) issuers, securities traded principally outside of the United States, and securities denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. The Fund may normally invest up to 40% of its total assets in securities of issuers economically tied to “emerging market” countries. The Fund may also invest directly in foreign currencies, including currencies of emerging market countries.

As a matter of fundamental policy, the Fund will normally invest at least 25% of its total assets ( i.e. , concentrate) in privately-issued (commonly known as “non-agency”) mortgage-related securities.

The Fund may utilize various derivative strategies (both long and short positions) involving the purchase or sale of futures and forward contracts (including foreign currency exchange contracts), call and put options, credit default swaps, total return swaps, basis swaps and other swap agreements and other derivative instruments for investment purposes, leveraging purposes or in an attempt to hedge against market, credit, interest rate, currency and other risks in the portfolio. The Fund may purchase and sell securities on a when-issued, delayed delivery or forward commitment basis and may engage in short sales. For purposes of the Fund’s 80% policy, the Fund generally values its derivative instruments based on their market value. For purposes of the Fund’s 50% policy, the Fund generally values its derivative instruments based on their notional value.

The Fund will not normally invest directly in common stocks of operating companies. However, the Fund may own and hold common stocks in its portfolio from time to time in connection with a corporate action or the restructuring of a debt instrument or through the conversion of a convertible security held by the Fund. The Fund may invest in securities that have not been registered for public sale in the U.S. or relevant non-U.S. jurisdiction, including without limitation securities eligible for purchase and sale pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), or relevant provisions of applicable non-U.S. law, and other securities issued in private placements. The Fund may also invest in securities of other investment companies, including, without limitation, exchange-traded funds (“ETFs”), and may invest in foreign ETFs. The Fund may invest in real estate investment trusts (“REITs”). The Fund may invest in securities of companies with any market capitalization, including small and medium capitalizations.

The Fund may invest without limit in illiquid securities ( i.e. , securities that cannot be disposed of within seven days in the ordinary course of business at approximately the value at which the Fund has valued the securities).

 

 

4


Table of Contents

LEVERAGE

As soon as reasonably practicable following the completion of the initial public offering of the Fund’s Common Shares, the Fund intends, subject to then favorable market conditions, to add leverage to its portfolio by utilizing reverse repurchase agreements, dollar rolls or borrowings, such as through bank loans or commercial paper and/or other credit facilities, such that the leverage initially obtained represents approximately 30% of the Fund’s total assets (including the amounts of leverage obtained through the use of such instruments) ( i.e. , leverage representing approximately 42% of the Fund’s net assets attributable to Common Shares). The Fund may also enter into transactions other than those noted above that may give rise to a form of leverage including, among others, futures and forward contracts (including foreign currency exchange contracts), credit default swaps, total return swaps and other derivative transactions, loans of portfolio securities, short sales and when-issued, delayed delivery and forward commitment transactions. Although it has no current intention to do so, the Fund may also determine to issue preferred shares or other types of senior securities to add leverage to its portfolio. The Fund intends to utilize reverse repurchase agreements, dollar rolls, borrowings and other forms of leverage opportunistically and may choose to increase or decrease, or eliminate entirely, its use of leverage over time and from time to time ( i.e. , higher or lower than the anticipated approximate 30% initial level noted above) based on PIMCO’s assessment of the yield curve environment, interest rate trends, market conditions and other factors.

Under normal market conditions, the Fund will limit its use of leverage from any combination of (i) reverse repurchase agreements or dollar roll transactions (whether or not these instruments are covered as discussed below), (ii) borrowings ( i.e. , loans or lines of credit from banks or other credit facilities), (iii) any future issuance of preferred shares, and (iv) to the extent described below, credit default swaps, other swap agreements and futures contracts (whether or not these instruments are covered with segregated assets as discussed below) such that the assets attributable to the use of such leverage will not exceed 50% of the Fund’s total assets (including, for purposes of the 50% limit, the amounts of leverage obtained through the use of such instruments) (the “50% leverage policy”). For these purposes, assets attributable to the use of leverage from credit default swaps, other swap agreements and futures contracts will be determined based on the current market value of the instrument if it is cash settled or based on the notional value of the instrument if it is not cash settled. In addition, assets attributable to credit default swaps, other swap agreements or futures contracts will not be counted towards the 50% leverage policy to the extent that the Fund owns offsetting positions or enters into offsetting transactions.

The net proceeds the Fund obtains from reverse repurchase agreements, dollar rolls or other forms of leverage utilized will be invested in accordance with the Fund’s investment objectives and policies as described in this prospectus. So long as the rate of return, net of applicable Fund expenses, on the debt obligations and other investments purchased by the Fund exceeds the costs to the Fund of the leverage it utilizes, the investment of the Fund’s assets attributable to leverage will generate more income than will be needed to pay the costs of the leverage. If so, and all other things being equal, the excess may be used to pay higher dividends to Common Shareholders than if the Fund were not so leveraged.

The Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, including the rules and regulations thereunder (the “1940 Act”), generally prohibits the Fund from engaging in most forms of leverage (including the use of reverse repurchase agreements, dollar rolls, bank loans, commercial paper or other credit facilities, credit default swaps, total return swaps and other derivative transactions, loans of portfolio securities, short sales and when-issued, delayed delivery and forward commitment transactions, to the extent that these instruments are not covered as described below) unless immediately after the issuance of the leverage the Fund has satisfied the asset coverage test with respect to senior securities representing indebtedness prescribed by the 1940 Act; that is, the value of the Fund’s total assets less all liabilities and indebtedness

 

 

5


Table of Contents

not represented by senior securities (for these purposes, “total net assets”) is at least 300% of the senior securities representing indebtedness (effectively limiting the use of leverage through senior securities representing indebtedness to 33  1 / 3 % of the Fund’s total net assets, including assets attributable to such leverage). In addition, the Fund is not permitted to declare any cash dividend or other distribution on Common Shares unless, at the time of such declaration, this asset coverage test is satisfied. The Fund may (but is not required to) cover its commitments under reverse repurchase agreements, dollar rolls, derivatives and certain other instruments by the segregation of liquid assets, or by entering into offsetting transactions or owning positions covering its obligations. To the extent that the Fund maintains segregated assets or otherwise covers certain of these instruments, they will not be considered “senior securities” under the 1940 Act and therefore will not be subject to the 1940 Act 300% asset coverage requirement otherwise applicable to forms of leverage used by the Fund. However, reverse repurchase agreements, dollar rolls and other such instruments, even if covered, may represent a form of economic leverage and create special risks. The use of these forms of leverage increases the volatility of the Fund’s investment portfolio and could result in larger losses to Common Shareholders than if these strategies were not used. To the extent that the Fund engages in borrowings, it may prepay a portion of the principal amount of the borrowing to the extent necessary in order to maintain the required asset coverage. Failure to maintain certain asset coverage requirements could result in an event of default.

Leveraging is a speculative technique and there are special risks and costs involved. There is no assurance that the Fund will utilize reverse repurchase agreements, dollar rolls or borrowings, issue preferred shares or utilize any other forms of leverage (such as the use of derivatives strategies). If used, there can be no assurance that the Fund’s leveraging strategies will be successful or result in a higher yield on your Common Shares. When leverage is used, the net asset value and market price of the Common Shares and the yield to Common Shareholders will be more volatile. In addition, interest and other expenses borne by the Fund with respect to its use of reverse repurchase agreements, dollar rolls, borrowings or any other forms of leverage are borne by the Common Shareholders and result in a reduction of the net asset value of the Common Shares. In addition, because the fees received by the Investment Manager and by the Sub-Adviser are based on the total managed assets of the Fund (including any assets attributable to any reverse repurchase agreements, dollar rolls, borrowings and preferred shares that may be outstanding), the Investment Manager and the Sub-Adviser have a financial incentive for the Fund to use certain forms of leverage ( e.g. , reverse repurchase agreements, dollar rolls, borrowings and preferred shares), which may create a conflict of interest between the Investment Manager and the Sub-Adviser, on the one hand, and the Common Shareholders, on the other hand.

Please see “Leverage,”“Principal Risks of the Fund—Leverage Risk” and “Principal Risks of the Fund—Segregation and Coverage Risk” for additional information regarding leverage and related risks.

INVESTMENT MANAGER

Allianz Global Investors Fund Management LLC (the “Investment Manager”) serves as the investment manager of the Fund. Subject to the supervision of the Board of Trustees, the Investment Manager is responsible for managing, either directly or through others selected by it, the investment activities of the Fund and the Fund’s business affairs and other administrative matters. The Investment Manager will receive an annual fee from the Fund, payable monthly, in an amount equal to 1.15% of the Fund’s average daily total managed assets. “Total managed assets” means the total assets of the Fund (including assets attributable to any reverse repurchase agreements, dollar rolls, borrowings and preferred shares that may be outstanding) minus accrued liabilities (other than liabilities representing reverse repurchase agreements, dollar rolls and borrowings). The Investment Manager is located at 1633 Broadway,

 

 

6


Table of Contents

New York, New York 10019. Organized in 2000, the Investment Manager provides investment management and advisory services to a number of closed-end and open-end investment company clients. The Investment Manager is a wholly-owned indirect subsidiary of Allianz SE, a publicly-traded European insurance and financial services company. As of December 31, 2012, the Investment Manager had approximately $49 billion in assets under management.

The Investment Manager has retained its affiliate, PIMCO, as a sub-adviser to manage the Fund’s portfolio investments. See “Management of the Fund—Sub-Adviser.”

SUB-ADVISER

PIMCO serves as the Fund’s sub-adviser responsible for managing the Fund’s portfolio investments. Subject to the supervision of the Investment Manager, PIMCO has full investment discretion and makes all determinations with respect to the investment of the Fund’s assets.

PIMCO is located at 840 Newport Center Drive, Newport Beach, California 92660. Organized in 1971, PIMCO provides investment management and advisory services to private accounts of institutional and individual clients and to a number of open-end and closed-end investment companies. As of December 31, 2012, PIMCO had approximately $2 trillion in assets under management.

The Investment Manager (and not the Fund) will pay a portion of the fees it receives to PIMCO in return for PIMCO’s services.

DISTRIBUTIONS

Commencing with the Fund’s first dividend, the Fund intends to make monthly cash distributions to Common Shareholders at rates that reflect the past and projected net income of the Fund. Subject to applicable law, the Fund may fund a portion of its distributions with gains from the sale of portfolio securities and other sources. The dividend rate that the Fund pays on its Common Shares may vary as portfolio and market conditions change, and will depend on a number of factors, including without limitation the amount of the Fund’s undistributed net investment income and net short- and long-term capital gains, as well as the costs of any leverage obtained by the Fund (including interest expenses on any reverse repurchase agreements, dollar rolls and borrowings and dividends payable on any preferred shares issued by the Fund). As portfolio and market conditions change, the rate of distributions on the Common Shares and the Fund’s dividend policy could change. For a discussion of factors that may cause the Fund’s income and capital gains (and therefore the dividend) to vary, see “Principal Risks of the Fund.” The Fund intends to distribute each year all of its net investment income and net short-term capital gains. In addition, at least annually, the Fund intends to distribute net realized long-term capital gains not previously distributed, if any. The net investment income of the Fund consists of all income (other than net short-term and long-term capital gains) less all expenses of the Fund (after it pays accrued dividends on any outstanding preferred shares). The Fund’s initial distribution is expected to be declared approximately 45 to 60 days, and paid approximately 60 to 90 days, from the completion of this offering, depending on market conditions. To permit the Fund to maintain more stable distributions, the Fund’s distribution rates will be based, in part, on projections as to annual cash available for distribution and, therefore, the distributions paid by the Fund for any particular month may be more or less than the amount of cash available to the Fund for distribution for that monthly period.

The tax treatment and characterization of the Fund’s distributions may vary significantly from time to time because of the varied nature of the Fund’s investments. To the extent required by the 1940 Act and other applicable laws, absent an exemption, a notice will accompany each monthly distribution with

 

 

7


Table of Contents

respect to the estimated source (as between net income and gains based on generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”)) of the distribution made. The tax characterization of the Fund’s distributions made in a taxable year cannot finally be determined until at or after the end of the year. As a result, there is a possibility that the Fund may make total distributions during a taxable year in an amount that exceeds the Fund’s net investment income and net realized capital gains for the relevant year (including as reduced by any capital loss carry-forwards). For example, the Fund may distribute amounts early in the year that are derived from short-term capital gains, but incur net short-term capital losses later in the year, thereby offsetting short-term capital gains out of which distributions have already been made by the Fund. In such a situation, the amount by which the Fund’s total distributions exceed net investment income and net realized capital gains would generally be treated as a tax-free return of capital up to the amount of a shareholder’s tax basis in his or her Common Shares, with any amounts exceeding such basis treated as gain from the sale of Common Shares. In general terms, a return of capital would occur where a Fund distribution (or portion thereof) represents a return of a portion of your investment, rather than net income or capital gains generated from your investment during a particular period. Although return of capital distributions may not be taxable, such distributions would reduce the basis of a shareholder’s Common Shares and therefore may increase a shareholder’s capital gains, or decrease a shareholder’s capital loss, thereby potentially increasing a shareholder’s tax liability upon a sale of Common Shares. The Fund will send shareholders detailed tax information with respect to the Fund’s distributions annually. See “Tax Matters.”

The 1940 Act currently limits the number of times the Fund may distribute long-term capital gains in any tax year, which may increase the variability of the Fund’s distributions and result in certain distributions being comprised more or less heavily than others of long-term capital gains currently eligible for favorable income tax rates.

Unless a Common Shareholder elects to receive distributions in cash, all distributions of Common Shareholders whose shares are registered with the plan agent will be automatically reinvested in additional Common Shares under the Fund’s Dividend Reinvestment Plan. See “Distributions” and “Dividend Reinvestment Plan.”

Although it does not currently intend to do so, the Board of Trustees may change the Fund’s distribution policy and the amount or timing of distributions, based on a number of factors, including the amount of the Fund’s undistributed net investment income and net short- and long-term capital gains and historical and projected net investment income and net short- and long-term capital gains.

LISTING

The listing of the Fund’s Common Shares on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) has been approved, subject to notice of issuance, under the trading or “ticker” symbol “PCI.” See “Description of Shares.”

CUSTODIAN AND TRANSFER AGENT

State Street Bank and Trust Company will serve as custodian of the Fund’s assets and will also provide certain fund accounting, sub-administrative and compliance services to the Investment Manager on behalf of the Fund. American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC will serve as the Fund’s transfer agent and dividend disbursement agent. See “Custodian and Transfer Agent.”

MARKET PRICE OF SHARES

Shares of closed-end investment companies frequently trade at prices lower than net asset value. Shares of closed-end investment companies have during some periods traded at prices higher than net asset value

 

 

8


Table of Contents

and during other periods traded at prices lower than net asset value. The Fund cannot assure you that Common Shares will trade at a price equal to or higher than net asset value in the future. Net asset value will be reduced immediately following the offering by the sales load and the amount of offering expenses paid or reimbursed by the Fund. See “Use of Proceeds.” In addition to net asset value, market price may be affected by factors relating to the Fund such as dividend levels and stability (which will in turn be affected by Fund expenses, including the costs of any leverage used by the Fund, levels of interest payments by the Fund’s portfolio holdings, levels of appreciation/depreciation of the Fund’s portfolio holdings, regulation affecting the timing and character of Fund distributions and other factors), portfolio credit quality, liquidity, call protection, market supply and demand and similar factors relating to the Fund’s portfolio holdings. See “Leverage,” “Principal Risks of the Fund,” “Description of Shares” and “Repurchase of Common Shares; Conversion to Open-End Fund” in this prospectus, and see “Repurchase of Common Shares; Conversion to Open-End Fund” in the Statement of Additional Information. The Common Shares are designed for long-term investors and should not be treated as trading vehicles.

PRINCIPAL RISKS OF THE FUND

No prior history

The Fund is a newly organized, non-diversified, closed-end management investment company with no history of operations.

Market discount risk

As with any stock, the price of the Fund’s Common Shares will fluctuate with market conditions and other factors. If you sell your Common Shares, the price received may be more or less than your original investment. Net asset value will be reduced immediately following the initial offering by a sales load and offering expenses paid or reimbursed by the Fund. Shares of closed-end management investment companies frequently trade at a discount from their net asset value. The Common Shares may trade at a price that is less than the initial offering price. This risk may be greater for investors who sell their shares relatively shortly after completion of the initial offering.

Market risk

The market price of securities owned by the Fund may go up or down, sometimes rapidly or unpredictably. Securities may decline in value due to factors affecting securities markets generally or particular industries represented in the securities markets. The value of a security may decline due to general market conditions that are not specifically related to a particular company, such as real or perceived adverse economic conditions, changes in the general outlook for corporate earnings, changes in interest or currency rates or adverse investor sentiment generally. They may also decline due to factors that affect a particular industry or industries, such as labor shortages or increased production costs and competitive conditions within an industry. During a general downturn in the securities markets, multiple asset classes may decline in value simultaneously.

Asset allocation risk

The Fund’s investment performance depends upon how its assets are allocated and reallocated. A principal risk of investing in the Fund is that PIMCO may make less than optimal or poor asset allocation decisions. PIMCO employs an active approach to allocation among multiple fixed-income sectors, but there is no guarantee that such allocation techniques will produce the desired results. It is possible that PIMCO will focus on an investment that performs poorly or underperforms other investments under various market conditions. You could lose money on your investment in the Fund as a result of these allocation decisions.

 

 

9


Table of Contents

Issuer risk

The value of securities may decline for a number of reasons that directly relate to a security’s issuer, such as its financial strength, management performance, financial leverage and reduced demand for the issuer’s goods and services, as well as the historical and prospective earnings of the issuer and the value of its assets. These risks can apply to the Common Shares issued by the Fund and to the issuers of securities and other instruments in which the Fund invests.

Non-diversification risk

The Fund is a “non-diversified” investment company and therefore may invest a greater percentage of its assets in the securities of a single issuer or a limited number of issuers than funds that are “diversified.” Accordingly, the Fund is more susceptible to risks associated with a single economic, political or regulatory occurrence than a diversified fund might be. Some of the issuers in which the Fund invests may also present substantial credit or other risks. The Fund will be subject to similar risks to the extent that it enters into derivative transactions with a limited number of counterparties.

Management risk

The Fund is subject to management risk because it is an actively managed portfolio. PIMCO and the portfolio managers will apply investment techniques and risk analyses in making investment decisions for the Fund, but there can be no guarantee that these decisions will produce the desired results.

Interest rate risk

Generally, when market interest rates rise, the prices of debt obligations fall, and vice versa. Interest rate risk is the risk that debt obligations and other instruments in the Fund’s portfolio will decline in value because of increases in market interest rates. This risk may be particularly acute in the current market environment because market interest rates are currently at historically low levels. The prices of long-term debt obligations generally fluctuate more than prices of short-term debt obligations as interest rates change. Because the Fund’s normal average portfolio duration range extends up to eight years (normally in the range of zero to eight (0 to 8) years), as calculated by the Sub-Adviser, the Fund’s net asset value and market price per Common Share will tend to fluctuate more in response to changes in market interest rates than if the Fund invested mainly in short-term debt securities. While the Fund seeks to maintain a short to intermediate average portfolio duration, there is no limit on the maturity or duration of any individual security in which the Fund may invest. Securities with longer durations tend to be more sensitive to changes in interest rates than securities with shorter durations, usually making them more volatile. During periods of rising interest rates, the average life of certain types of securities may be extended due to lower than expected rates of prepayments, which could cause the securities’ durations to extend and expose the securities to more price volatility. This may lock in a below market yield, increase the security’s duration and reduce the security’s value. In addition to directly affecting debt securities, rising interest rates may also have an adverse effect on the value of any equity securities held by the Fund. The Fund’s duration strategy may entail maintaining a negative average portfolio duration from time to time, which would potentially benefit the portfolio in an environment of rising market interest rates, but would generally adversely impact the portfolio in an environment of falling or neutral market interest rates. The Fund’s use of leverage will tend to increase Common Share interest rate risk. PIMCO may utilize certain strategies, including without limitation investments in structured notes or interest rate futures contracts or swap, cap, floor or collar transactions, for the purpose of reducing the interest rate sensitivity of the Fund’s portfolio, although there is no assurance that it will do so or that, if used, such strategies will be successful.

 

 

10


Table of Contents

The Fund may invest in variable- and floating-rate debt instruments, which generally are less sensitive to interest rate changes than longer duration fixed-rate instruments, but may decline in value in response to rising interest rates if, for example, the rates at which they pay interest do not rise as much, or as quickly, as market interest rates in general. Conversely, variable- and floating-rate instruments generally will not increase in value if interest rates decline. The Fund also may invest in inverse floating-rate debt securities, which may decrease in value if interest rates increase, and which also may exhibit greater price volatility than fixed-rate debt obligations of similar credit quality. To the extent the Fund holds variable- or floating-rate instruments, a decrease (or, in the case of inverse floating-rate securities, an increase) in market interest rates will adversely affect the income received from such securities and the net asset value of the Fund’s Common Shares.

Credit risk

Credit risk is the risk that one or more of the Fund’s investments in debt securities or other instruments will decline in price, or fail to pay interest, liquidation value or principal when due, because the issuer of the obligation or the issuer of a reference security experiences an actual or perceived decline in its financial status.

Corporate bond risk

The market value of a corporate bond generally may be expected to rise and fall inversely with interest rates. The value of intermediate- and longer-term corporate bonds normally fluctuates more in response to changes in interest rates than does the value of shorter-term corporate bonds. The market value of a corporate bond also may be affected by factors directly relating to the issuer, such as investors’ perceptions of the creditworthiness of the issuer, the issuer’s financial performance, perceptions of the issuer in the market place, performance of management of the issuer, the issuer’s capital structure and use of financial leverage and demand for the issuer’s goods and services. Certain risks associated with investments in corporate bonds are described elsewhere in this prospectus in further detail. There is a risk that the issuers of corporate bonds may not be able to meet their obligations on interest or principal payments at the time called for by an instrument. The Fund may invest in below investment grade corporate bonds, often referred to as “high yield” securities or “junk bonds.” High yield corporate bonds are often high risk and have speculative characteristics. High yield corporate bonds may be particularly susceptible to adverse issuer-specific developments. High yield corporate bonds are subject to the risks described under “Principal Risks of the Fund—High Yield Securities Risk.”

Mortgage-related and other asset-backed securities risk

The Fund may invest in a variety of mortgage-related and other asset-backed securities issued by government agencies or other governmental entities or by private originators or issuers.

As a matter of fundamental policy, the Fund will normally invest at least 25% of its total assets ( i.e. , concentrate) in privately-issued (commonly known as “non-agency”) mortgage-related securities.

The mortgage-related securities in which the Fund may invest include, without limitation, mortgage pass-through securities, collateralized mortgage obligations (“CMOs”), commercial or residential mortgage-backed securities, mortgage dollar rolls, CMO residuals, stripped mortgage-backed securities (“SMBSs”) and other securities that directly or indirectly represent a participation in, or are secured by and payable from, mortgage loans on real property. The Fund may also invest in other types of asset-backed securities, including collateralized debt obligations (“CDOs”), which include collateralized bond obligations (“CBOs”), collateralized loan obligations (“CLOs”) and other similarly structured securities.

 

 

11


Table of Contents

See “The Fund’s Investment Objectives and Strategies—Portfolio Contents and Other Information—Mortgage-Related and Other Asset-Backed Securities” in this prospectus and “Investment Objectives and Policies—Mortgage-Related and Other Asset-Backed Securities” in the Statement of Additional Information for a description of the various mortgage-related and other asset-backed securities in which the Fund may invest and their related risks.

Mortgage-related and other asset-backed securities often involve risks that are different from or more acute than risks associated with other types of debt instruments. For instance, these securities may be particularly sensitive to changes in prevailing interest rates. Rising interest rates tend to extend the duration of mortgage-related securities, making them more sensitive to changes in interest rates, and may reduce the market value of the securities. This is known as extension risk. In addition, mortgage-related securities are subject to prepayment risk—the risk that borrowers may pay off their mortgages sooner than expected, particularly when interest rates decline. This can reduce the Fund’s returns because the Fund may have to reinvest that money at lower prevailing interest rates. For instance, the Fund may invest in stripped mortgage-backed securities with respect to which one class receives all of the interest from the mortgage assets (the interest-only, or “IO,” class), while the other class receives all of the principal (the principal-only, or “PO,” class). The yield to maturity on an IO class is extremely sensitive to the rate of principal payments (including prepayments) on the underlying mortgage assets, and a rapid rate of principal payments may have a material adverse effect on the Fund’s yield to maturity from these investments.

The Fund’s investments in other asset-backed securities are subject to risks similar to those associated with mortgage-related securities, as well as additional risks associated with their structure and the nature of the assets underlying the security and the servicing of those assets. For instance, certain CDOs in which the Fund may invest are backed by pools of high-risk, below investment grade debt securities and may involve substantial credit and other risks.

Due to their often complicated structures, various mortgage-related and asset-backed securities may be difficult to value and may constitute illiquid investments.

The values of mortgage-related and other asset-backed securities may be substantially dependent on the servicing of the underlying asset pools, and are therefore subject to risks associated with the negligence by, or defalcation of, their servicers. Furthermore, debtors may be entitled to the protection of a number of state and federal consumer credit laws with respect to these securities, which may give the debtor the right to avoid or reduce payment.

Investments in mortgage-related and other asset-backed securities may involve particularly high levels of risk under current market conditions. See “Principal Risks of the Fund—Mortgage Market/Subprime Risk.” See also “Principal Risks of the Fund—Recent Economic Conditions Risk.”

Mortgage market/subprime risk

The mortgage markets in the United States and in various foreign countries have experienced extreme difficulties over the past few years that may adversely affect the performance and market value of certain of the Fund’s mortgage-related investments. Delinquencies and losses on residential and commercial mortgage loans (especially subprime and second-lien mortgage loans) generally have increased during that period and may continue to increase, and a decline in or flattening of housing and other real property values (as has been experienced during that period and may continue to be experienced in many real estate markets) may exacerbate such delinquencies and losses. Borrowers with adjustable rate mortgage loans are more sensitive to changes in interest rates, which affect their monthly mortgage payments, and may be unable to secure replacement mortgages at comparably low interest rates. Also, a number of mortgage loan originators have experienced serious financial difficulties or bankruptcy in

 

 

12


Table of Contents

recent periods. Owing largely to the foregoing, reduced investor demand for mortgage loans and mortgage-related securities and increased investor yield requirements have caused limited liquidity in the secondary market for mortgage-related securities, which can adversely affect the market value of mortgage-related securities. It is possible that such limited liquidity in such secondary markets could continue or worsen.

High yield securities risk

In general, lower rated debt securities carry a greater degree of risk that the issuer will lose its ability to make interest and principal payments, which could have a negative effect on the net asset value of the Fund’s Common Shares or Common Share dividends. Securities of below investment grade quality are regarded as having predominantly speculative characteristics with respect to capacity to pay interest and repay principal, and are commonly referred to as “high yield” securities or “junk bonds.” High yield securities involve a greater risk of default and their prices are generally more volatile and sensitive to actual or perceived negative developments, such as a decline in the issuer’s revenues or revenues of underlying borrowers or a general economic downturn, than are the prices of higher grade securities. Debt securities in the lowest investment grade category also may be considered to possess some speculative characteristics by certain rating agencies. An economic downturn could severely affect the ability of issuers (particularly those that are highly leveraged) to service their debt obligations or to repay their obligations upon maturity. Lower-rated securities are generally less liquid than higher-rated securities, which may have an adverse effect on the Fund’s ability to dispose of a particular security. For example, under adverse market or economic conditions, the secondary market for below investment grade securities could contract further, independent of any specific adverse changes in the condition of a particular issuer, and certain securities in the Fund’s portfolio may become illiquid or less liquid. As a result, the Fund could find it more difficult to sell these securities or may be able to sell these securities only at prices lower than if such securities were widely traded. See “Principal Risks of the Fund—Liquidity Risk.” To the extent the Fund focuses on below investment grade debt obligations, PIMCO’s capabilities in analyzing credit quality and associated risks will be particularly important, and there can be no assurance that PIMCO will be successful in this regard. See “The Fund’s Investment Objectives and Strategies—Portfolio Contents and Other Information—High Yield Securities” for additional information. Due to the risks involved in investing in high yield securities, an investment in the Fund should be considered speculative.

The Fund’s credit quality policies apply only at the time a security is purchased, and the Fund is not required to dispose of a security in the event that a rating agency or PIMCO downgrades its assessment of the credit characteristics of a particular issue. In determining whether to retain or sell such a security, PIMCO may consider factors including, but not limited to, PIMCO’s assessment of the credit quality of the issuer of such security, the price at which such security could be sold and the rating, if any, assigned to such security by other rating agencies. Analysis of creditworthiness may be more complex for issuers of high yield securities than for issuers of higher quality debt securities. For purposes of applying the Fund’s credit-quality policies, in the case of securities with split ratings ( i.e. , a security receiving two different ratings from two different rating agencies), the Fund will apply the higher of the applicable ratings.

The Fund may invest in securities rated in the lower rating categories (Ca or lower by Moody’s or CC or lower by either S&P or Fitch) or that are unrated but determined by PIMCO to be of comparable quality to securities so rated. For these securities, the risks associated with below investment grade instruments are more pronounced. The Fund may purchase stressed securities, which involve heightened risks. See “Principal Risks of the Fund—Stressed Securities Risk.”

 

 

13


Table of Contents

Stressed securities risk

As noted above, the Fund may invest in the debt securities of financially stressed issuers. Investments in the securities of financially stressed issuers involve substantial risks, including a substantial risk of default. The Fund may incur additional expenses to the extent it is required to seek recovery upon a default in the payment of principal or interest on its portfolio holdings. In any reorganization or liquidation proceeding relating to an investment, the Fund may lose its entire investment or may be required to accept cash or securities with a value substantially less than its original investment. Among the risks inherent in investments in a troubled issuer is that it frequently may be difficult to obtain information as to the true financial condition of such issuer. PIMCO’s judgments about the credit quality of a financially stressed issuer and the relative value of its securities may prove to be wrong.

Municipal bond risk

Investing in the municipal bond market involves the risks of investing in debt securities generally and certain other risks. The amount of public information available about the municipal bonds in which the Fund may invest is generally less than that for corporate equities or bonds, and the investment performance of the Fund’s investment in municipal bonds may therefore be more dependent on the analytical abilities of PIMCO than its investments in taxable bonds. The secondary market for municipal bonds also tends to be less well developed or liquid than many other securities markets, which may adversely affect the Fund’s ability to sell municipal bonds at attractive prices.

The ability of municipal issuers to make timely payments of interest and principal may be diminished during general economic downturns, by litigation, legislation or political events, or by the bankruptcy of the issuer. Laws, referenda, ordinances or regulations enacted in the future by Congress or state legislatures or the applicable governmental entity could extend the time for payment of principal and/or interest, or impose other constraints on enforcement of such obligations, or on the ability of municipal issuers to levy taxes. Issuers of municipal securities also might seek protection under the bankruptcy laws. In the event of bankruptcy of such an issuer, the Fund could experience delays in collecting principal and interest and the Fund may not, in all circumstances, be able to collect all principal and interest to which it is entitled. To enforce its rights in the event of a default in the payment of interest or repayment of principal, or both, the Fund may take possession of and manage the assets securing the issuer’s obligations on such securities, which may increase the Fund’s operating expenses.

The Fund may invest in revenue bonds, which are typically issued to fund a wide variety of capital projects including electric, gas, water and sewer systems; highways, bridges and tunnels; port and airport facilities; colleges and universities; and hospitals. Because the principal security for a revenue bond is generally the net revenues derived from a particular facility or group of facilities or, in some cases, from the proceeds of a special excise or other specific revenue source, there is no guarantee that the particular project will generate enough revenue to pay its obligations, in which case the Fund’s performance may be adversely affected.

The Fund may invest in taxable municipal bonds, such as Build America Bonds. Build America Bonds are tax credit bonds created by the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009, which authorized state and local governments to issue Build America Bonds as taxable bonds in 2009 and 2010, without volume limitations, to finance any capital expenditures for which such issuers could otherwise issue traditional tax-exempt bonds. The Fund’s investments in Build America Bonds or similar taxable municipal bonds will result in taxable income and the Fund may elect to pass through to Common Shareholders the corresponding tax credits. The tax credits can generally be used to offset federal income taxes and the alternative minimum tax, but such credits are generally not refundable. Taxable municipal

 

 

14


Table of Contents

bonds involve similar risks as tax-exempt municipal bonds, including credit and market risk. See “Principal Risks of the Fund—Credit Risk” and “Principal Risks of the Fund—Market Risk.”

Inflation-indexed security risk

Inflation-indexed debt securities are subject to the effects of changes in market interest rates caused by factors other than inflation (real interest rates). In general, the value of an inflation-indexed security, including Treasury Inflation-Protected Securities (“TIPS”), tends to decrease when real interest rates increase and can increase when real interest rates decrease. Thus generally, during periods of rising inflation, the value of inflation-indexed securities will tend to increase and during periods of deflation, their value will tend to decrease. Interest payments on inflation-indexed securities are unpredictable and will fluctuate as the principal and interest are adjusted for inflation. There can be no assurance that the inflation index used ( i.e. , the Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers (“CPI”)) will accurately measure the real rate of inflation in the prices of goods and services. Increases in the principal value of TIPS due to inflation are considered taxable ordinary income for the amount of the increase in the calendar year. Any increase in the principal amount of an inflation-indexed debt security will be considered taxable ordinary income, even though the Fund will not receive the principal until maturity. In order to receive the special treatment accorded to “regulated investment companies” (“RICs”) and their shareholders under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) and to avoid U.S. federal income and/or excise taxes at the Fund level, the Fund may be required to distribute this income to shareholders in the tax year in which the income is recognized (without a corresponding receipt of cash). Therefore, the Fund may be required to pay out as an income distribution in any such tax year an amount greater than the total amount of cash income the Fund actually received, and to sell portfolio securities, including at potentially disadvantageous times or prices, to obtain cash needed for these income distributions. Additionally, a CPI swap can potentially lose value if the realized rate of inflation over the life of the swap is less than the fixed market implied inflation rate (fixed breakeven rate) that the investor agrees to pay at the initiation of the swap. With municipal inflation-indexed securities, the inflation adjustment is integrated into the coupon payment. For municipal inflation-indexed securities, there is no adjustment to the principal value. Because municipal inflation-indexed securities are a small component of the municipal bond market, they may be less liquid than conventional municipal bonds.

Senior debt risk

Because it may invest in below investment-grade senior debt, the Fund may be subject to greater levels of credit risk than funds that do not invest in such debt. The Fund may also be subject to greater levels of liquidity risk than funds that do not invest in senior debt. Restrictions on transfers in loan agreements, a lack of publicly available information and other factors may, in certain instances, make senior debt more difficult to sell at an advantageous time or price than other types of securities or instruments. Additionally, if the issuer of senior debt prepays, the Fund will have to consider reinvesting the proceeds in other senior debt or similar instruments that may pay lower interest rates.

Loans, participations and assignments risk

Loan interests may take the form of direct interests acquired during a primary distribution and may also take the form of assignments of, novations of or participations in a loan acquired in secondary markets. In addition to credit risk and interest rate risk, the Fund’s exposure to loan interests may be subject to additional risks. For example, purchasers of loans and other forms of direct indebtedness depend primarily upon the creditworthiness of the corporate borrower for payment of principal and interest. If the Fund does not receive scheduled interest or principal payments on such indebtedness, the Fund’s share price and yield could be adversely affected. Loans that are fully secured offer the Fund more

 

 

15


Table of Contents

protection than an unsecured loan in the event of non-payment of scheduled interest or principal. However, there is no assurance that the liquidation of collateral from a secured loan would satisfy the corporate borrower’s obligation, or that the collateral can be liquidated.

Investments in loans through a direct assignment of the financial institution’s interests with respect to the loan may involve additional risks to the Fund. For example, if a loan is foreclosed, the Fund could become part owner of any collateral, and would bear the costs and liabilities associated with owning and disposing of the collateral. In addition, it is conceivable that under emerging legal theories of lender liability, the Fund could be held liable as co-lender. It is unclear whether loans and other forms of direct indebtedness offer securities law protections against fraud and misrepresentation. In the absence of definitive regulatory guidance, the Fund will rely on PIMCO’s research in an attempt to avoid situations where fraud or misrepresentation could adversely affect the Fund. The purchaser of an assignment typically succeeds to all the rights and obligations under the loan agreement with the same rights and obligations as the assigning lender. Assignments may, however, be arranged through private negotiations between potential assignees and potential assignors, and the rights and obligations acquired by the purchaser of an assignment may differ from, and be more limited than, those held by the assigning lender.

In connection with purchasing loan participations, the Fund generally will have no right to enforce compliance by the borrower with the terms of the loan agreement relating to the loan, nor any rights of set-off against the borrower, and the Fund may not directly benefit from any collateral supporting the loan in which it has purchased the loan participation. As a result, the Fund may be subject to the credit risk of both the borrower and the lender that is selling the participation. In the event of the insolvency of the lender selling a participation, the Fund may be treated as a general creditor of the lender and may not benefit from any set-off between the lender and the borrower. Certain loan participations may be structured in a manner designed to prevent purchasers of participations from being subject to the credit risk of the lender with respect to the participation, but even under such a structure, in the event of the lender’s insolvency, the lender’s servicing of the participation may be delayed and the assignability of the participation impaired.

The Fund may have difficulty disposing of loans and loan participations because to do so it will have to assign or sell such securities to a third party. Because there is no liquid market for many such securities, the Fund anticipates that such securities could be sold only to a limited number of institutional investors. The lack of a liquid secondary market may have an adverse impact on the value of such securities and the Fund’s ability to dispose of particular loans and loan participations when that would be desirable, including in response to a specific economic event such as a deterioration in the creditworthiness of the borrower. The lack of a liquid secondary market for loans and loan participations also may make it more difficult for the Fund to assign a value to these securities for purposes of valuing the Fund’s portfolio.

The Fund’s investments in subordinated and unsecured loans generally are subject to similar risks as those associated with investments in secured loans. Subordinated or unsecured loans are lower in priority of payment to secured loans and are subject to the additional risk that the cash flow of the borrower and property securing the loan or debt, if any, may be insufficient to meet scheduled payments after giving effect to the senior secured obligations of the borrower. This risk is generally higher for subordinated unsecured loans or debt, which are not backed by a security interest in any specific collateral. Subordinated and unsecured loans generally have greater price volatility than secured loans and may be less liquid. There is also a possibility that originators will not be able to sell participations in subordinated or unsecured loans, which would create greater credit risk exposure for the holders of such loans. Subordinate and unsecured loans share the same risks as other below investment grade securities.

 

 

16


Table of Contents

There may be less readily available information about most loans and the underlying borrowers than is the case for many other types of securities, including securities issued in transactions registered under the Securities Act, or registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and borrowers subject to the periodic reporting requirements of Section 13 of the Exchange Act. Loans may be issued by companies that are not subject to SEC reporting requirements and therefore may not be required to file reports with the SEC or may file reports that are not required to comply with SEC form requirements. In addition, such companies may be subject to a less stringent liability disclosure regime than companies subject to SEC reporting requirements. Because there is limited public information available regarding loan investments, the Fund is particularly dependent on the analytical abilities of the Fund’s portfolio managers.

Economic exposure to loan interests through the use of derivative transactions may involve greater risks than if the Fund had invested in the loan interest directly during a primary distribution or through assignments of, novations of or participations in a loan acquired in secondary markets since, in addition to the risks described above, certain derivative transactions may be subject to leverage risk and greater illiquidity risk, counterparty risk, valuation risk and other risks. See “Principal Risks of the Fund—Derivatives Risk.”

Reinvestment risk

Income from the Fund’s portfolio will decline if and when the Fund invests the proceeds from matured, traded or called debt obligations at market interest rates that are below the portfolio’s current earnings rate. For instance, during periods of declining interest rates, an issuer of debt obligations may exercise an option to redeem securities prior to maturity, forcing the Fund to invest in lower-yielding securities. The Fund also may choose to sell higher yielding portfolio securities and to purchase lower yielding securities to achieve greater portfolio diversification, because the portfolio managers believe the current holdings are overvalued or for other investment-related reasons. A decline in income received by the Fund from its investments is likely to have a negative effect on dividend levels and the market price, net asset value and/or overall return of the Common Shares.

Foreign (non-U.S.) investment risk

The Fund may invest without limit in securities of foreign (non-U.S.) issuers and securities traded principally outside of the United States. The Fund’s investments in and exposure to foreign securities involve special risks.

For example, the value of these investments may decline in response to unfavorable political and legal developments, unreliable or untimely information or economic and financial instability. Foreign securities may experience more rapid and extreme changes in value than investments in securities of U.S. issuers. The securities markets of many foreign countries are relatively small, with a limited number of companies representing a small number of industries. Issuers of foreign securities are usually not subject to the same degree of regulation as U.S. issuers. Reporting, accounting, auditing and custody standards of foreign countries differ, in some cases significantly, from U.S. standards. Also, nationalization, expropriation or other confiscation, currency blockage, political changes or diplomatic developments could adversely affect the Fund’s investments in foreign securities. In the event of nationalization, expropriation or other confiscation, the Fund could lose its entire investment in foreign securities. To the extent that the Fund invests a significant portion of its assets in a particular foreign country or a concentrated geographic area (such as Europe, Asia or South America), the Fund will generally have more exposure to regional economic risks associated with foreign investments. Also, adverse conditions in a certain region can adversely affect securities from other countries whose economies appear to be

 

 

17


Table of Contents

unrelated. The costs of investing in foreign countries frequently are higher than the costs of investing in the United States. Foreign countries may impose taxes on income from or disposition of foreign securities, thereby reducing the Fund’s return on such securities. Additionally, investments in securities of foreign issuers may be denominated in foreign currencies, subjecting the Fund to foreign currency risk. See “Principal Risks of the Fund—Foreign Currency Risk.”

Emerging markets risk

The Fund may normally invest up to 40% of its total assets in securities of issuers economically tied to “emerging market” countries. Foreign investment risk may be particularly high to the extent that the Fund invests in securities of issuers based in or doing business in emerging market countries or invests in securities denominated in the currencies of emerging market countries. Investing in securities of issuers based in or doing business in emerging markets entails all of the risks of investing in foreign securities noted above, but to a heightened degree.

Investments in emerging market countries pose a greater degree of systemic risk ( i.e. , the risk of a cascading collapse of multiple institutions within a country, and even multiple national economies). The inter-relatedness of economic and financial institutions within and among emerging market economies has deepened over the years, with the effect that institutional failures and/or economic difficulties that are of initially limited scope may spread throughout a country, a region or even among all or most emerging market countries. This may undermine any attempt by the Fund to reduce risk through geographic diversification of its portfolio investments among emerging market countries.

There is a heightened possibility of imposition of withholding taxes on interest or dividend income generated from emerging market securities. Governments of emerging market countries may engage in confiscatory taxation or expropriation of income and/or assets to raise revenues or to pursue a domestic political agenda. In the past, emerging market countries have nationalized assets, companies and even entire sectors, including the assets of foreign investors, with inadequate or no compensation to the prior owners. There can be no assurance that the Fund will not suffer a loss of any or all of its investments or, interest or dividends thereon, due to adverse fiscal or other policy changes in emerging market countries.

There is also a greater risk that an emerging market government may take action that impedes or prevents the Fund from taking income and/or capital gains earned in the local currency and converting into U.S. dollars ( i.e. , “repatriating” local currency investments or profits). Certain emerging market countries have sought to maintain foreign exchange reserves and/or address the economic volatility and dislocations caused by the large international capital flows by controlling or restricting the conversion of the local currency into other currencies. This risk tends to become more acute when economic conditions otherwise worsen. There can be no assurance that if the Fund earns income or capital gains in an emerging market currency or PIMCO otherwise seeks to withdraw the Fund’s investments from a given emerging market country, capital controls imposed by such country will not prevent, or cause significant expense in, doing so.

Bankruptcy law and creditor reorganization processes may differ substantially from those in the United States, resulting in greater uncertainty as to the rights of creditors, the enforceability of such rights, reorganization timing and the classification, seniority and treatment of claims. In certain emerging market countries, although bankruptcy laws have been enacted, the process for reorganization remains highly uncertain. In addition, it may be impossible to seek legal redress against an issuer that is a sovereign state.

 

 

18


Table of Contents

Other heightened risks associated with emerging markets investments include without limitation: (i) risks due to less social, political and economic stability; (ii) the smaller size of the market for such securities and a lower volume of trading, resulting in a lack of liquidity and in price volatility; (iii) certain national policies which may restrict the Fund’s investment opportunities, including restrictions on investing in issuers or industries deemed sensitive to relevant national interests and requirements that government approval be obtained prior to investment by foreign persons; (iv) certain national policies that may restrict the Fund’s repatriation of investment income, capital or the proceeds of sales of securities, including temporary restrictions on foreign capital remittances; (v) the lack of uniform accounting and auditing standards and/or standards that may be significantly different from the standards required in the United States; (vi) less publicly available financial and other information regarding issuers; (vii) potential difficulties in enforcing contractual obligations; and (viii) higher rates of inflation, higher interest rates and other economic concerns. The Fund may invest to a substantial extent in emerging market securities that are denominated in local currencies, subjecting the Fund to a greater degree of foreign currency risk. See “Principal Risks of the Fund—Foreign Currency Risk.” Also, investing in emerging market countries may entail purchases of securities of issuers that are insolvent, bankrupt or otherwise of questionable ability to satisfy their payment obligations as they become due, subjecting the Fund to a greater amount of credit risk and/or high yield risk. See “Principal Risks of the Fund—Credit Risk” and “Principal Risks of the Fund—High Yield Securities Risk.”

Foreign currency risk

The Fund may engage in practices and strategies that will result in exposure to fluctuations in foreign exchange rates, in which case the Fund will be subject to foreign currency risk. The Fund’s Common Shares are priced in U.S. dollars and the distributions paid by the Fund to Common Shareholders are paid in U.S. dollars. However, a substantial portion of the Fund’s assets may be denominated in foreign (non-U.S.) currencies and income received by the Fund from many foreign debt obligations will be paid in foreign currencies. The Fund may also invest in or gain exposure to foreign currencies themselves in order to gain local currency exposure with respect to foreign instruments denominated in other currencies or for other investment or hedging purposes. The Fund’s investments in or exposure to foreign currencies or in securities or instruments that trade, or receive revenues, in foreign currencies are subject to the risk that those currencies will decline in value relative to the U.S. dollar or, in the case of hedging positions (if utilized), that the U.S. dollar will decline in value relative to the currency being hedged. Currency rates in foreign countries may fluctuate significantly over short periods of time for a number of reasons, including changes in interest rates, rates of inflation, balance of payments and governmental surpluses or deficits, intervention (or the failure to intervene) by U.S. or foreign governments, central banks or supranational entities such as the International Monetary Fund, or by the imposition of currency controls or other political developments in the U.S. or abroad. These fluctuations may have a significant adverse impact on the value of the Fund’s portfolio and/or the level of Fund distributions made to Common Shareholders. As noted above, the Fund may (but is not required to) seek exposure to foreign currencies, or attempt to hedge exposure to reduce the risk of loss due to fluctuations in currency exchange rates relative to the U.S. dollar. There is no assurance, however, that these strategies will be available or will be used by the Fund or, if used, that they will be successful.

Redenomination risk

Continuing uncertainty as to the status of the euro and the European Monetary Union (the “EMU”) has created significant volatility in currency and financial markets generally. Any partial or complete dissolution of the EMU could have significant adverse effects on currency and financial markets, and on the values of the Fund’s portfolio investments. If one or more EMU countries were to stop using the euro as its primary currency, the Fund’s investments in such countries may be redenominated into a different or newly adopted currency. As a result, the value of those investments could decline significantly and

 

 

19


Table of Contents

unpredictably. In addition, securities or other investments that are redenominated may be subject to foreign currency risk, liquidity risk and valuation risk to a greater extent than similar investments currently denominated in euros. See “Principal Risks of the Fund—Foreign Currency Risk,” “Principal Risks of the Fund—Liquidity Risk” and “Principal Risks of the Fund—Valuation Risk.” To the extent a currency used for redenomination purposes is not specified in respect of certain EMU-related investments, or should the euro cease to be used entirely, the currency in which such investments are denominated may be unclear, making such investments particularly difficult to value or dispose of. The Fund may incur additional expenses to the extent it is required to seek judicial or other clarification of the denomination or value of such securities.

Real estate risk

To the extent that the Fund invests in real estate related investments, including REITs or real-estate linked derivative instruments, it will be subject to the risks associated with owning real estate and with the real estate industry generally. These include difficulties in valuing and disposing of real estate, the possibility of declines in the value of real estate, risks related to general and local economic conditions, the possibility of adverse changes in the climate for real estate, environmental liability risks, the risk of increases in property taxes and operating expenses, possible adverse changes in zoning laws, the risk of casualty or condemnation losses, limitations on rents, the possibility of adverse changes in interest rates and in the credit markets and the possibility of borrowers paying off mortgages sooner than expected, which may lead to reinvestment of assets at lower prevailing interest rates. To the extent that the Fund invests in REITs, it will also be subject to the risk that a REIT may default on its obligations or go bankrupt. By investing in REITs indirectly through the Fund, a shareholder will bear not only his or her proportionate share of the expenses of the Fund, but also, indirectly, similar expenses of the REITs. The Fund’s investments in REITs could cause the Fund to recognize income in excess of cash received from those securities and, as a result, the Fund may be required to sell portfolio securities, including when it is not advantageous to do so, in order to make distributions.

U.S. government securities risk

The Fund may invest in debt securities issued or guaranteed by agencies, instrumentalities and sponsored enterprises of the U.S. Government. Some U.S. Government securities, such as U.S. Treasury bills, notes and bonds, and mortgage-related securities guaranteed by the Government National Mortgage Association (“GNMA”), are supported by the full faith and credit of the United States; others, such as those of the Federal Home Loan Banks (“FHLBs”) or the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“FHLMC”), are supported by the right of the issuer to borrow from the U.S. Treasury; others, such as those of the Federal National Mortgage Association (“FNMA”), are supported by the discretionary authority of the U.S. Government to purchase the agency’s obligations; and still others, such as those of the Student Loan Marketing Association, are supported only by the credit of the issuing agency, instrumentality or enterprise. Although U.S. Government-sponsored enterprises, such as the FHLBs, FHLMC, FNMA and the Student Loan Marketing Association, may be chartered or sponsored by Congress, they are not funded by Congressional appropriations, and their securities are not issued by the U.S. Treasury or supported by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government and involve increased credit risks. Although legislation has been enacted to support certain government sponsored entities, including the FHLBs, FHLMC and FNMA, there is no assurance that the obligations of such entities will be satisfied in full, or that such obligations will not decrease in value or default. It is difficult, if not impossible, to predict the future political, regulatory or economic changes that could impact the government sponsored entities and the values of their related securities or obligations. In addition, certain governmental entities, including FNMA and FHLMC, have been subject to regulatory scrutiny regarding their accounting policies and practices and other concerns that may result in legislation, changes in regulatory oversight and/or other consequences that could adversely affect the credit quality,

 

 

20


Table of Contents

availability or investment character of securities issued by these entities. See “Investment Objectives and Policies—Mortgage-Related and Other Asset-Backed Securities” in the Statement of Additional Information.

U.S. Government debt securities generally involve lower levels of credit risk than other types of debt securities of similar maturities, although, as a result, the yields available from U.S. Government debt securities are generally lower than the yields available from such other securities. Like other debt securities, the values of U.S. Government securities change as interest rates fluctuate. Fluctuations in the value of portfolio securities will not affect interest income on existing portfolio securities but will be reflected in the Fund’s net asset value.

Foreign (non-U.S.) government securities risk

The Fund’s investments in debt obligations of foreign (non-U.S.) governments or their sub-divisions, agencies and government sponsored enterprises and obligations of international agencies and supranational entities (together “Foreign Government Securities”) can involve a high degree of risk. The foreign governmental entity that controls the repayment of debt may not be able or willing to repay the principal and/or interest when due in accordance with the terms of such debt. A governmental entity’s willingness or ability to repay principal and interest due in a timely manner may be affected by, among other factors, its cash flow situation, the extent of its foreign reserves, the availability of sufficient foreign exchange on the date a payment is due, the relative size of the debt service burden to the economy as a whole, the governmental entity’s policy towards the International Monetary Fund and the political constraints to which a governmental entity may be subject. Foreign governmental entities also may be dependent on expected disbursements from other governments, multilateral agencies and others abroad to reduce principal and interest arrearages on their debt. The commitment on the part of these governments, agencies and others to make such disbursements may be conditioned on the implementation of economic reforms and/or economic performance and the timely service of such debtor’s obligations. Failure to implement such reforms, achieve such levels of economic performance or repay principal or interest when due may result in the cancellation of such third parties’ commitments to lend funds to the foreign governmental entity, which may further impair such debtor’s ability or willingness to timely service its debts. Consequently, foreign governmental entities may default on their debt. Holders of Foreign Government Securities may be requested to participate in the rescheduling of such debt and to extend further loans to governmental entities. In the event of a default by a governmental entity, there may be few or no effective legal remedies for collecting on such debt. These risks are particularly severe with respect to the Fund’s investments in Foreign Government Securities of emerging market countries. See “Principal Risks of the Fund—Emerging Markets Risk.” Among other risks, if the Fund’s investments in Foreign Government Securities issued by an emerging market country need to be liquidated quickly, the Fund could sustain significant transaction costs. Also, governments in many emerging market countries participate to a significant degree in their economies and securities markets, which may impair investment and economic growth, and which may in turn diminish the value of the Fund’s holdings in emerging market Foreign Government Securities and the currencies in which they are denominated and/or pay revenues.

Convertible securities risk

Convertible securities generally offer lower interest or dividend yields than non-convertible debt securities of similar quality. The market values of convertible securities tend to decline as interest rates increase and, conversely, to increase as interest rates decline. However, a convertible security’s market value tends to reflect the market price of the common stock of the issuing company when that stock price approaches or is greater than the convertible security’s “conversion price.” The conversion price is defined as the predetermined price at which the convertible security could be exchanged for the

 

 

21


Table of Contents

associated stock. As the market price of the underlying common stock declines, the price of the convertible security tends to be influenced more by the yield of the convertible security. Thus, it may not decline in price to the same extent as the underlying common stock. In the event of a liquidation of the issuing company, holders of convertible securities would be paid before the company’s common stockholders but after holders of any senior debt obligations of the company. Consequently, the issuer’s convertible securities generally entail less risk than its common stock but more risk than its debt obligations.

The Fund may invest in synthetic convertible securities, which are created through a combination of separate securities that possess the two principal characteristics of a traditional convertible security, i.e. , an income-producing security (“income-producing component”) and the right to acquire an equity security (“convertible component”). The income-producing component is achieved by investing in non-convertible, income-producing securities such as bonds, preferred stocks and money market instruments. The convertible component is achieved by purchasing warrants or options to buy common stock at a certain exercise price, or options on a stock index. The values of synthetic convertible securities will respond differently to market fluctuations than a traditional convertible security because a synthetic convertible is composed of two or more separate securities or instruments, each with its own market value. Synthetic convertible securities are also subject to the risks associated with derivatives. See “Principal Risks of the Fund—Derivatives Risk.” In addition, if the value of the underlying common stock or the level of the index involved in the convertible element falls below the strike price of the warrant or option, the warrant or option may lose all value.

Valuation risk

When market quotations are not readily available or are deemed to be unreliable, the Fund values its investments at fair value as determined in good faith pursuant to policies and procedures approved by the Board of Trustees. See “Net Asset Value.” Fair value pricing may require subjective determinations about the value of a security or other asset. As a result, there can be no assurance that fair value pricing will result in adjustments to the prices of securities or other assets, or that fair value pricing will reflect actual market value, and it is possible that the fair value determined for a security or other asset will be materially different from quoted or published prices, from the prices used by others for the same security or other asset and/or from the value that actually could be or is realized upon the sale of that security or other asset.

Leverage risk

The Fund’s use of leverage (as described under “Leverage” in the body of this prospectus) creates the opportunity for increased Common Share net income, but also creates special risks for Common Shareholders. To the extent used, there is no assurance that the Fund’s leveraging strategies will be successful. Leverage is a speculative technique that may expose the Fund to greater risk and increased costs. The net proceeds that the Fund obtains from its use of reverse repurchase agreements, dollar rolls and/or borrowings (as well as from any future issuance of preferred shares) will be invested in accordance with the Fund’s investment objectives and policies as described in this prospectus. It is anticipated that interest expense payable by the Fund with respect to its reverse repurchase agreements, dollar rolls and borrowings (or dividends payable with respect to any outstanding preferred shares) will generally be based on shorter-term interest rates that would be periodically reset. So long as the Fund’s portfolio investments provide a higher rate of return (net of applicable Fund expenses) than the interest expenses and other costs to the Fund of such leverage, the investment of the proceeds thereof will generate more income than will be needed to pay the costs of the leverage. If so, and all other things being equal, the excess may be used to pay higher dividends to Common Shareholders than if the Fund were not so leveraged. If, however, shorter-term interest rates rise relative to the rate of return on the

 

 

22


Table of Contents

Fund’s portfolio, the interest and other costs to the Fund of leverage (including interest expenses on reverse repurchase agreements, dollar rolls and borrowings and the dividend rate on any outstanding preferred shares) could exceed the rate of return on the debt obligations and other investments held by the Fund, thereby reducing return to Common Shareholders. In addition, fees and expenses of any form of leverage used by the Fund will be borne entirely by the Common Shareholders (and not by preferred shareholders, if any) and will reduce the investment return of the Common Shares. Therefore, there can be no assurance that the Fund’s use of leverage will result in a higher yield on the Common Shares, and it may result in losses. In addition, any preferred shares issued by the Fund are expected to pay cumulative dividends, which may tend to increase leverage risk.

Leverage creates several major types of risks for Common Shareholders, including:

 

   

the likelihood of greater volatility of net asset value and market price of Common Shares, and of the investment return to Common Shareholders, than a comparable portfolio without leverage;

 

   

the possibility either that Common Share dividends will fall if the interest and other costs of leverage rise, or that dividends paid on Common Shares will fluctuate because such costs vary over time; and

 

   

the effects of leverage in a declining market or a rising interest rate environment, as leverage is likely to cause a greater decline in the net asset value of the Common Shares than if the Fund were not leveraged and may result in a greater decline in the market value of the Common Shares.

In addition, the counterparties to the Fund’s leveraging transactions and any preferred shareholders of the Fund will have priority of payment over the Fund’s Common Shareholders.

The use by the Fund of reverse repurchase agreements and dollar rolls to obtain leverage also involves special risks. For instance, the market value of the securities that the Fund is obligated to repurchase under a reverse repurchase agreement or dollar roll may decline below the repurchase price. See “The Fund’s Investment Objectives and Strategies—Portfolio Contents and Other Information—Reverse Repurchase Agreements and Dollar Rolls.”

In addition to reverse repurchase agreements, dollar rolls and/or borrowings (or a future issuance of preferred shares), the Fund may engage in other transactions that may give rise to a form of leverage including, among others, futures and forward contracts (including foreign currency exchange contracts), credit default swaps, total return swaps, basis swaps and other derivative transactions, loans of portfolio securities, short sales and when-issued, delayed delivery and forward commitment transactions). The Fund’s use of such transactions gives rise to associated leverage risks described above, and may adversely affect the Fund’s income, distributions and total returns to Common Shareholders. The Fund manages some of its derivative positions by segregating an amount of cash or liquid securities equal to the notional value or the market value, as applicable, of those positions. See “Principal Risks of the Fund—Segregation and Coverage Risk.” The Fund may also offset derivatives positions against one another or against other assets to manage effective market exposure resulting from derivatives in its portfolio. To the extent that any offsetting positions do not behave in relation to one another as expected, the Fund may perform as if it is leveraged through use of these derivative strategies. See “Leverage.”

Because the fees received by the Investment Manager and the Sub-Adviser are based on the total managed assets of the Fund (including assets attributable to any reverse repurchase agreements, dollar rolls, borrowings and preferred shares that may be outstanding), the Investment Manager and the

 

 

23


Table of Contents

Sub-Adviser have a financial incentive for the Fund to use certain forms of leverage ( e.g. , reverse repurchase agreements, dollar rolls and other borrowings) or to issue preferred shares, which may create a conflict of interest between the Investment Manager and the Sub-Adviser, on the one hand, and the Common Shareholders, on the other hand.

Segregation and coverage risk

Certain portfolio management techniques, such as, among other things, using reverse repurchase agreements or dollar rolls, purchasing securities on a when-issued or delayed delivery basis, entering into swap agreements, futures contracts or other derivative transactions, or engaging in short sales, may be considered senior securities unless steps are taken to segregate the Fund’s assets or otherwise cover its obligations. To avoid having these instruments considered senior securities, the Fund may segregate liquid assets with a value equal (on a daily mark-to-market basis) to its obligations under these types of leveraged transactions, enter into offsetting transactions or otherwise cover such transactions. See “Leverage” in this prospectus. The Fund may be unable to use such segregated assets for certain other purposes, which could result in the Fund earning a lower return on its portfolio than it might otherwise earn if it did not have to segregate those assets in respect of, or otherwise cover, such portfolio positions. To the extent the Fund’s assets are segregated or committed as cover, it could limit the Fund’s investment flexibility. Segregating assets and covering positions will not limit or offset losses on related positions.

Focused investment risk

To the extent that the Fund focuses its investments in a particular industry, the net asset value of the Common Shares will be more susceptible to events or factors affecting companies in that industry. These may include, but are not limited to, governmental regulation, inflation, rising interest rates, cost increases in raw materials, fuel and other operating expenses, technological innovations that may render existing products and equipment obsolete, competition from new entrants, high research and development costs, increased costs associated with compliance with environmental or other regulation and other economic, market, political or other developments specific to that industry. Also, the Fund may invest a substantial portion of its assets in companies in related sectors that may share common characteristics, are often subject to similar business risks and regulatory burdens and whose securities may react similarly to the types of events and factors described above, which will subject the Fund to greater risk. The Fund also will be subject to focused investment risk to the extent that it invests a substantial portion of its assets in a particular country or geographic region. See “Principal Risks of the Fund—Foreign (Non-U.S.) Investment Risk,” “Principal Risks of the Fund—Emerging Markets Risk” and “Principal Risks of the Fund—Foreign Currency Risk.”

As a matter of fundamental policy, the Fund will normally invest at least 25% of its total assets ( i.e. , concentrate) in privately-issued (commonly known as “non-agency”) mortgage-related securities, and therefore will be particularly susceptible to the risks associated with these securities. See “Principal Risks of the Fund—Mortgage-Related and Other Asset-Backed Securities Risk.”

Derivatives risk

The Fund may utilize a variety of derivative instruments (both long and short positions) for investment or risk management purposes. The Fund may use derivatives to gain exposure to securities markets in which it may invest ( e.g. , pending investment of the proceeds of this offering in individual securities, as well as on an ongoing basis). The Fund may also use derivatives to add leverage to its portfolio. See “Principal Risks of the Fund—Leverage Risk.” Derivatives transactions that the Fund may utilize include, but are not limited to, purchases or sales of futures and forward contracts (including foreign

 

 

24


Table of Contents

currency exchange contracts), call and put options, credit default swaps, total return swaps, basis swaps and other swap agreements. The Fund may also have exposure to derivatives, such as interest rate or credit-default swaps, through investment in credit-linked trust certificates and other securities issued by special purpose or structured vehicles. The Fund’s use of derivative instruments involves risks different from, and possibly greater than, the risks associated with investing directly in securities and other traditional investments. Derivatives are subject to a number of risks described elsewhere in this prospectus, such as liquidity risk, interest rate risk, issuer risk, credit risk, leveraging risk, counterparty risk, management risk and, if applicable, smaller company risk. See also “Principal Risks of the Fund—Segregation and Coverage Risk.” They also involve the risk of mispricing or improper valuation, the risk of unfavorable or ambiguous documentation and the risk that changes in the value of the derivative may not correlate perfectly with the underlying asset, rate or index. If the Fund invests in a derivative instrument, it could lose more than the principal amount invested. Also, suitable derivative transactions may not be available in all circumstances and there can be no assurance that the Fund will engage in these transactions to reduce exposure to other risks when that would be beneficial. The Fund’s use of derivatives also may increase the amount and affect the character and/or timing of taxes payable by Common Shareholders.

Credit default swaps risk

Credit default swap agreements may involve greater risks than if the Fund had invested in the reference obligation directly since, in addition to general market risks, credit default swaps are subject to illiquidity risk, counterparty risk and credit risk. A buyer generally also will lose its investment and recover nothing should no credit event occur and the swap is held to its termination date. If a credit event were to occur, the value of any deliverable obligation received by the seller (if any), coupled with the upfront or periodic payments previously received, may be less than the full notional value it pays to the buyer, resulting in a loss of value to the seller. When the Fund acts as a seller of a credit default swap, it is exposed to many of the same risks of leverage described herein since if an event of default occurs, the seller must pay the buyer the full notional value of the reference obligation. See “Principal Risks of the Fund—Leverage Risk.”

Although the Fund may seek to realize gains by selling credit default swaps that increase in value, to realize gains on selling credit default swaps, an active secondary market for such instruments must exist or the Fund must otherwise be able to close out these transactions at advantageous times. In addition to the risk of losses described above, if no such secondary market exists or the Fund is otherwise unable to close out these transactions at advantageous times, selling credit default swaps may not be profitable for the Fund.

The market for credit default swaps has become more volatile in recent years as the creditworthiness of certain counterparties has been questioned and/or downgraded. As of the date of this prospectus, credit default swaps are not currently traded on any securities exchange; however, certain credit default index swaps will be required to be cleared through swaps clearing houses beginning in 2013. The Fund will be subject to credit risk with respect to the counterparties to the derivative contract (whether a clearing corporation in the case of a cleared credit default swap or another third party in the case of an uncleared credit default swap). If a counterparty’s credit becomes significantly impaired, multiple requests for collateral posting in a short period of time could increase the risk that the Fund may not receive adequate collateral. The Fund may exit its obligations under a credit default swap only by terminating the contract and paying applicable breakage fees, or by entering into an offsetting credit default swap position, which may cause the Fund to incur more losses.

 

 

25


Table of Contents

Structured investments risk

The Fund may invest in structured products, including, structured notes, credit-linked notes and other types of structured products. Holders of structured products bear risks of the underlying investments, index or reference obligation and are subject to counterparty risk. The Fund may have the right to receive payments only from the structured product, and generally does not have direct rights against the issuer or the entity that sold the assets to be securitized. While certain structured products enable the investor to acquire interests in a pool of securities without the brokerage and other expenses associated with directly holding the same securities, investors in structured products generally pay their share of the structured product’s administrative and other expenses. Although it is difficult to predict whether the prices of indices and securities underlying structured products will rise or fall, these prices (and, therefore, the prices of structured products) are generally influenced by the same types of political and economic events that affect issuers of securities and capital markets generally. If the issuer of a structured product uses shorter term financing to purchase longer term securities, the issuer may be forced to sell its securities at below market prices if it experiences difficulty in obtaining such financing, which may adversely affect the value of the structured products owned by the Fund. Structured products generally entail risks associated with derivative instruments. See “Principal Risks of the Fund—Derivatives Risk.”

Event-linked securities risk

Event-linked securities are a form of derivative issued by insurance companies and insurance-related special purpose vehicles that apply securitization techniques to catastrophic property and casualty damages. Unlike other insurable low-severity, high-probability events, the insurance risk of which can be diversified by writing large numbers of similar policies, the holders of a typical event-linked securities are exposed to the risks from high-severity, low-probability events such as that posed by major earthquakes or hurricanes. If a catastrophe occurs that “triggers” the event-linked security, investors in such security may lose some or all of the capital invested. In the case of an event, the funds are paid to the bond sponsor—an insurer, reinsurer or corporation—to cover losses. In return, the bond sponsors pay interest to investors for this catastrophe protection. Event-linked securities can be structured to pay-off on three types of variables—insurance-industry catastrophe loss indices, insure-specific catastrophe losses and parametric indices based on the physical characteristics of catastrophic events. Such variables are difficult to predict or model, and the risk and potential return profiles of event-linked securities may be difficult to assess. Catastrophe-related event-linked securities have been in use since the 1990s, and the securitization and risk-transfer aspects of such event-linked securities are beginning to be employed in other insurance and risk-related areas. No active trading market may exist for certain event-linked securities, which may impair the ability of the Fund to realize full value in the event of the need to liquidate such assets.

Counterparty risk

The Fund will be subject to credit risk with respect to the counterparties to the derivative contracts and other instruments entered into by the Fund or held by special purpose or structured vehicles in which the Fund invests. In the event that the Fund enters into a derivative transaction with a counterparty that subsequently becomes insolvent or becomes the subject of a bankruptcy case, the derivative transaction may be terminated in accordance with its terms and the Fund’s ability to realize its rights under the derivative instrument and its ability to distribute the proceeds could be adversely affected. If a counterparty becomes bankrupt or otherwise fails to perform its obligations under a derivative contract due to financial difficulties, the Fund may experience significant delays in obtaining any recovery (including recovery of any collateral it has provided to the counterparty) in a dissolution, assignment for the benefit of creditors, liquidation, winding-up, bankruptcy, or other analogous proceeding. In addition, in the event of the insolvency of a counterparty to a derivative transaction, the derivative transaction would typically be terminated at its fair market value. If the Fund is owed this fair market value in the

 

 

26


Table of Contents

termination of the derivative transaction and its claim is unsecured, the Fund will be treated as a general creditor of such counterparty, and will not have any claim with respect to any underlying security or asset. The Fund may obtain only a limited recovery or may obtain no recovery in such circumstances.

Equity securities and related market risk

Subject to the Fund’s investment policies, the Fund may hold common stocks and other equity securities from time to time, including without limitation those it has received through the conversion of a convertible security held by the Fund or in connection with the restructuring of a debt security. The market price of common stocks and other equity securities may go up or down, sometimes rapidly or unpredictably. Equity securities may decline in value due to factors affecting equity securities markets generally, particular industries represented in those markets, or the issuer itself. See “Principal Risks of the Fund—Issuer Risk.” The values of equity securities may decline due to general market conditions that are not specifically related to a particular company, such as real or perceived adverse economic conditions, changes in the general outlook for corporate earnings, changes in interest or currency rates or adverse investor sentiment generally. They may also decline due to factors which affect a particular industry or industries, such as labor shortages or increased production costs and competitive conditions within an industry. Equity securities generally have greater price volatility than bonds and other debt securities.

Preferred securities risk

In addition to equity securities risk (see “Principal Risks of the Fund—Equity Securities and Related Market Risk”), credit risk (see “Principal Risks of the Fund—Credit Risk”) and possibly high yield risk (see “Principal Risks of the Fund—High Yield Securities Risk”), investment in preferred securities involves certain other risks. Certain preferred securities contain provisions that allow an issuer under certain conditions to skip or defer distributions. If the Fund owns a preferred security that is deferring its distribution, the Fund may be required to include the amount of the deferred distribution in its taxable income for tax purposes despite the fact that it does not currently receive such amount. In order to receive the special treatment accorded to RICs and their shareholders under the Code and to avoid U.S. federal income and/or excise taxes at the Fund level, the Fund may be required to distribute this income to shareholders in the tax year in which the income is recognized (without a corresponding receipt of cash). Therefore, the Fund may be required to pay out as an income distribution in any such tax year an amount greater than the total amount of cash income the Fund actually received, and to sell portfolio securities, including at potentially disadvantageous times or prices, to obtain cash needed for these income distributions. Preferred securities often are subject to legal provisions that allow for redemption in the event of certain tax or legal changes or at the issuer’s call. In the event of redemption, the Fund may not be able to reinvest the proceeds at comparable rates of return. Preferred securities are subordinated to bonds and other debt securities in an issuer’s capital structure in terms of priority for corporate income and liquidation payments, and therefore will be subject to greater credit risk than those debt securities. Preferred securities may trade less frequently and in a more limited volume and may be subject to more abrupt or erratic price movements than many other securities, such as common stocks, corporate debt securities and U.S. Government securities.

Smaller company risk

The general risks associated with debt instruments or equity securities are particularly pronounced for securities issued by companies with small market capitalizations. Small capitalization companies involve certain special risks. They are more likely than larger companies to have limited product lines, markets or financial resources, or to depend on a small, inexperienced management group. Securities of smaller companies may trade less frequently and in lesser volume than more widely held securities and their

 

 

27


Table of Contents

values may fluctuate more sharply than other securities. They may also have limited liquidity. These securities may therefore be more vulnerable to adverse developments than securities of larger companies, and the Fund may have difficulty purchasing or selling securities positions in smaller companies at prevailing market prices. Also, there may be less publicly available information about smaller companies or less market interest in their securities as compared to larger companies. Companies with medium-sized market capitalizations may have risks similar to those of smaller companies.

Confidential information access risk

In managing the Fund, PIMCO may from time to time have the opportunity to receive material, non-public information (“Confidential Information”) about the issuers of certain investments, including, without limitation, senior floating rate loans, other bank loans and related investments being considered for acquisition by the Fund or held in the Fund’s portfolio. For example, a bank issuer of privately placed senior floating rate loans considered by the Fund may offer to provide PIMCO with financial information and related documentation regarding the bank issuer that is not publicly available. Pursuant to applicable policies and procedures, PIMCO may (but is not required to) seek to avoid receipt of Confidential Information from the issuer so as to avoid possible restrictions on its ability to purchase and sell investments on behalf of the Fund and other clients to which such Confidential Information relates ( e.g. , other securities issued by the bank used in the example above). In such circumstances, the Fund (and other PIMCO clients) may be disadvantaged in comparison to other investors, including with respect to the price the Fund pays or receives when it buys or sells an investment. Further, PIMCO’s and the Fund’s abilities to assess the desirability of proposed consents, waivers or amendments with respect to certain investments may be compromised if they are not privy to available Confidential Information. PIMCO may also determine to receive such Confidential Information in certain circumstances under its applicable policies and procedures. If PIMCO intentionally or unintentionally comes into possession of Confidential Information, it may be unable, potentially for a substantial period of time, to purchase or sell investments to which such Confidential Information relates.

Short sale risk

The Fund may use short sales for investment and risk management purposes, including when PIMCO anticipates that the market price of securities will decline or will underperform relative to other securities held in the Fund’s portfolio. Short sales are transactions in which the Fund sells a security or other instrument (such as an option, forward, futures or other derivative contract) that it does not own. Short exposure with respect to securities or market segments may also be achieved through the use of derivative instruments, such as forwards, futures or swaps on indices or on individual securities. When the Fund engages in a short sale on a security or other instrument, it must, to the extent required by law, borrow the security or other instrument sold short and deliver it to the counterparty. The Fund will ordinarily have to pay a fee or premium to borrow particular securities and be obligated to repay the lender of the security any dividends or interest that accrue on the security during the period of the loan. The amount of any gain from a short sale will be decreased, and the amount of any loss increased, by the amount of the premium, dividends, interest or expenses the Fund pays in connection with the short sale. Short sales expose the Fund to the risk that it will be required to cover its short position at a time when the securities have appreciated in value, thus resulting in a loss to the Fund. The Fund may, to the extent permitted by law, engage in short sales where it does not own or have the right to acquire the security (or basket of securities) sold short at no additional cost. The Fund’s loss on a short sale could theoretically be unlimited in a case in which the Fund is unable, for whatever reason, to close out its short position. The use by the Fund of short sales in combination with long positions in its portfolio in an attempt to improve performance may not be successful and may result in greater losses or lower positive returns than if the Fund held only long positions. It is possible that the Fund’s long positions will decline in value

 

 

28


Table of Contents

at the same time that the value of the securities underlying its short positions increase, thereby increasing potential losses to the Fund. In addition, the Fund’s short selling strategies may limit its ability to fully benefit from increases in the relevant securities markets. Short selling also involves a form of financial leverage that may exaggerate any losses realized by the Fund. See “Principal Risks of the Fund—Leverage Risk.” Also, there is the risk that the counterparty to a short sale may fail to honor its contractual terms, causing a loss to the Fund. See “Principal Risks of the Fund—Counterparty Risk.” To the extent the Fund seeks to obtain some or all of its short exposure by using derivative instruments instead of engaging directly in short sales on individual securities, it will be subject to many of the foregoing risks, as well as to those described under “Principal Risks of the Fund—Derivatives Risk.” See also “Principal Risks of the Fund—Segregation and Coverage Risk.”

Other investment companies risk

The Fund may invest in securities of other open- or closed-end investment companies, including without limitation ETFs, to the extent that such investments are consistent with the Fund’s investment objectives and policies and permissible under the 1940 Act. As a shareholder in an investment company, the Fund will bear its ratable share of that investment company’s expenses, and would remain subject to payment of the Fund’s investment management fees with respect to the assets so invested. Common Shareholders would therefore be subject to duplicative expenses to the extent the Fund invests in other investment companies. In addition, these other investment companies may utilize leverage, in which case an investment would subject the Fund to additional risks associated with leverage. See “Principal Risks of the Fund —Leverage Risk.”

Private placements risk

A private placement involves the sale of securities that have not been registered under the Securities Act, or relevant provisions of applicable non-U.S. law, to certain institutional and qualified individual purchasers, such as the Fund. In addition to the general risks to which all securities are subject, securities received in a private placement generally are subject to strict restrictions on resale, and there may be no liquid secondary market or ready purchaser for such securities. See “Principal Risks of the Fund—Liquidity Risk.” Therefore, the Fund may be unable to dispose of such securities when it desires to do so, or at the most favorable time or price. Private placements may also raise valuation risks. See “Principal Risks of the Fund—Valuation Risk.”

Inflation/deflation risk

Inflation risk is the risk that the value of assets or income from the Fund’s investments will be worth less in the future as inflation decreases the value of payments at future dates. As inflation increases, the real value of the Fund’s portfolio could decline. Deflation risk is the risk that prices throughout the economy decline over time. Deflation may have an adverse effect on the creditworthiness of issuers and may make issuer default more likely, which may result in a decline in the value of the Fund’s portfolio and Common Shares.

Risk of regulatory changes

To the extent that legislation or national or sub-national bank or other regulators in the U.S. or relevant foreign jurisdiction impose additional requirements or restrictions on the ability of certain financial institutions to make loans, particularly in connection with highly leveraged transactions, the availability of investments sought after by the Fund may be reduced. Further, such legislation or regulation could depress the market value of investments held by the Fund. Additionally, legislative, regulatory or tax developments may affect the investment techniques available to PIMCO and the portfolio managers in

 

 

29


Table of Contents

connection with managing the Fund and may also adversely affect the ability of the Fund to achieve its investment objectives.

On July 21, 2010, the President signed into law major financial services reform legislation in the form of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”). The Dodd-Frank Act, among other things, grants regulatory authorities, such as the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”) and the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), broad rulemaking authority to implement various provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act, including comprehensive regulation of the over-the-counter derivatives market. It is unclear how these regulators will exercise these revised and expanded powers and whether they will undertake rulemaking, supervisory or enforcement actions (in addition to those that have been proposed or taken thus far) that would adversely affect the Fund or investments made by the Fund. Possible regulatory actions taken under these revised and expanded powers may include actions related to, among others, financial consumer protection, proprietary trading and derivatives. There can be no assurance that future regulatory actions authorized by the Dodd-Frank Act will not adversely affect the Fund’s performance and/or yield, perhaps to a significant extent. For example, the implementation of the Dodd-Frank Act could adversely affect the Fund by increasing transaction and/or regulatory compliance costs. In addition, greater regulatory scrutiny may increase the Fund’s and the Investment Manager’s or Sub-Adviser’s exposure to potential liabilities or restrictions. Increased regulatory oversight can also impose administrative burdens on the Fund and the Investment Manager or Sub-Adviser including, without limitation, making them subject to examinations or investigations and requiring them to implement new policies and procedures.

Regulatory risk—commodity pool operator

The CFTC has recently adopted certain regulatory changes that subject registered investment companies and their investment advisers to regulation by the CFTC if the registered investment company invests more than a prescribed level of its liquidation value in commodity futures, options on commodities or commodity futures, swaps, or other financial instruments (“commodity interests”) regulated under the Commodity Exchange Act (“CEA”), or if the fund markets itself as providing investment exposure to such instruments. In connection with these regulatory changes, the Investment Manager has registered with the National Futures Association as a “commodity pool operator” (“CPO”) under the CEA with respect to certain funds it manages. The Investment Manager has claimed an exclusion from CPO registration pursuant to CFTC Rule 4.5 with respect to the Fund. To remain eligible for this exclusion, the Fund must comply with certain limitations, including limits on its ability to use any commodity interests and limits on the manner in which the Fund holds out its use of such commodity interests. These limitations may restrict the Fund’s ability to pursue its investment objectives and strategies, increase the costs of implementing its strategies, result in higher expenses for the Fund, and/or adversely affect the Fund’s total return. Further, in the event the Investment Manager becomes unable to rely on the exclusion in Rule 4.5 with respect to the Fund, the Fund will be subject to additional regulation and its expenses may increase.

Liquidity risk

The Fund may invest without limit in illiquid securities (i.e. , securities that cannot be disposed of within seven days in the ordinary course of business at approximately the value at which the Fund has valued the securities). Many of the Fund’s investments may be illiquid. Illiquid securities may trade at a discount from comparable, more liquid investments, and may be subject to wide fluctuations in market value. Also, the Fund may not be able to dispose readily of illiquid securities when that would be beneficial at a favorable time or price or at prices approximating those at which the Fund then values them. Further, the lack of an established secondary market for illiquid securities may make it more difficult to value such securities, which may negatively affect the price the Fund would receive upon disposition of such securities. See “Principal Risks of the Fund—Valuation Risk.”

 

 

30


Table of Contents

Tax risk

The Fund intends to elect to be treated as a RIC under the Code and intends each year to qualify and be eligible to be treated as such. If the Fund qualifies as a RIC, it generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on its net investment income or net short-term or long-term capital gains, distributed (or deemed distributed, as described below) to shareholders, provided that, for each taxable year, the Fund distributes (or is treated as distributing) to its shareholders an amount equal to or exceeding 90% of its “investment company taxable income” as that term is defined in the Code (which includes, among other things, dividends, taxable interest and the excess of any net short-term capital gains over net long-term capital losses, as reduced by certain deductible expenses). The Fund intends to distribute all or substantially all of its investment company taxable income and net capital gain each year. In order for the Fund to qualify as a RIC in any taxable year, the Fund must meet certain asset diversification tests and at least 90% of its gross income for such year must be certain types of qualifying income. Foreign currency gains will generally be treated as qualifying income for purposes of the 90% gross income requirement. However, the U.S. Treasury Department has authority to issue regulations in the future that could treat some or all of the Fund’s foreign currency gains as non-qualifying income, thereby jeopardizing the Fund’s status as a RIC for all years to which the regulations are applicable. Income derived from some commodity-linked derivatives is not qualifying income, and the treatment of income from some other commodity-linked derivatives is uncertain, for purposes of the 90% gross income test. If for any taxable year the Fund were to fail to meet the income or diversification test described above, the Fund could in some cases cure such failure, including by paying a fund-level tax and, in the case of a diversification test failure, disposing of certain assets. If the Fund were ineligible to or otherwise did not cure such failure for any year, or were otherwise to fail to qualify as a RIC accorded special tax treatment in any taxable year, it would be treated as a corporation subject to U.S. federal income tax, thereby subjecting any income earned by the Fund to tax at the corporate level (currently at a 35% U.S. federal tax rate) and, when such income is distributed, to a further tax as dividends at the shareholder level to the extent of the Fund’s current or accumulated earnings and profits.

Recent economic conditions risk

The debt and equity capital markets in the United States and in foreign countries have been negatively affected by significant write-offs in the banking and financial services sectors relating to subprime mortgages and the re-pricing of credit risk in the broadly syndicated market, among other things. These events, along with the deterioration of housing markets, the failure of banking and other major financial institutions and resulting governmental actions have led to worsening general economic conditions, which have materially and adversely affected the broader financial and credit markets and have reduced the availability of debt and equity capital for the market as a whole and financial firms in particular. These developments may increase the volatility of the value of securities owned by the Fund, and also may make it more difficult for the Fund to accurately value securities or to sell securities on a timely basis. These developments have adversely affected the broader global economy, and may continue to do so, which in turn may adversely affect the ability of issuers of securities owned by the Fund to make payments of principal and interest when due, lead to lower credit ratings and increase the rate of defaults. Such developments could, in turn, reduce the value of securities owned by the Fund and adversely affect the net asset value and/or market value of the Fund’s Common Shares. In addition, the prolonged continuation or further deterioration of current market conditions could adversely affect the Fund’s portfolio.

The above-noted instability in the financial markets discussed above has led the U.S. and certain foreign governments to take a number of unprecedented actions designed to support certain banking and other financial institutions and segments of the financial markets that have experienced extreme volatility, and in some cases a lack of liquidity. Federal, state and other governments and their regulatory agencies or

 

 

31


Table of Contents

self-regulatory organizations may take actions that affect the regulation of the instruments in which the Fund invests, or the issuers of such instruments, in ways that are unforeseeable or not fully understood or anticipated. See “Principal Risks of the Fund—Risk of Regulatory Changes.”

The implications of government ownership and disposition of these assets are unclear, and such programs may have positive or negative effects on the liquidity, valuation and performance of the Fund’s portfolio holdings and the value of the Common Shares. Governments or their agencies have and may in the future acquire distressed assets from financial institutions and acquire ownership interests in those institutions.

U.S. legislation or regulation may also change the way in which the Fund itself is regulated. Such legislation or regulation could limit or preclude the Fund’s ability to achieve its investment objectives. See “Principal Risks of the Fund—Risk of Regulatory Changes.”

According to various reports, certain financial institutions, commencing as early as 2005 and throughout the global financial crisis, routinely made artificially low submissions in the LIBOR rate setting process. In June 2012, one such financial institution was fined a significant amount by various financial regulators in connection with allegations of manipulation of LIBOR rates, and other financial institutions in various countries are being investigated for similar actions. These developments may have adversely affected the interest rates on securities whose interest payments were determined by reference to LIBOR. Any future similar developments could, in turn, adversely affect the value of securities owned by the Fund.

Market disruption and geopolitical risk

The wars with Iraq and Afghanistan and similar conflicts and geopolitical developments, their aftermath and substantial military presence in Afghanistan are likely to have a substantial effect on the U.S. and world economies and securities markets. The nature, scope and duration of the wars and the potential costs of rebuilding infrastructure cannot be predicted with any certainty. Terrorist attacks on the World Trade Center and the Pentagon on September 11, 2001 closed some of the U.S. securities markets for a four-day period and similar future events cannot be ruled out. The war and occupation, terrorism and related geopolitical risks have led, and may in the future lead, to increased short-term market volatility and may have adverse long-term effects on U.S. and world economies and markets generally. Likewise, natural and environmental disasters, such as the earthquake and tsunami in Japan in early 2011, and systemic market dislocations of the kind surrounding the insolvency of Lehman Brothers in 2008, if repeated, could be highly disruptive to economies and markets. Those events, as well as other changes in foreign and domestic economic and political conditions, also could have an acute effect on individual issuers or related groups of issuers. These risks also could adversely affect individual issuers and securities markets, interest rates, secondary trading, ratings, credit risk, inflation, deflation and other factors relating to the Fund’s investments and the market value and net asset value of the Fund’s Common Shares.

Potential conflicts of interest risk—allocation of investment opportunities

The Investment Manager and the Sub-Adviser are involved worldwide with a broad spectrum of financial services and asset management activities and may engage in the ordinary course of business in activities in which their interests or the interests of their clients may conflict with those of the Fund. The Investment Manager and the Sub-Adviser may provide investment management services to other funds and discretionary managed accounts that follow an investment program similar to that of the Fund. Subject to the requirements of the 1940 Act, the Investment Manager and the Sub-Adviser intend to

 

 

32


Table of Contents

engage in such activities and may receive compensation from third parties for their services. The results of the Fund’s investment activities may differ from those of the Fund’s affiliates, or another account managed by the Fund’s affiliates, and it is possible that the Fund could sustain losses during periods in which one or more of the Fund’s affiliates and/or other accounts achieve profits on their trading for proprietary or other accounts.

Repurchase agreements risk

The Fund may enter into repurchase agreements, in which the Fund purchases a security from a bank or broker-dealer, which agrees to repurchase the security at the Fund’s cost plus interest within a specified time. If the party agreeing to repurchase should default, the Fund will seek to sell the securities which it holds. This could involve procedural costs or delays in addition to a loss on the securities if their value should fall below their repurchase price. Repurchase agreements maturing in more than seven days and which may not be terminated within seven days at approximately the amount at which the Fund has valued the agreements are considered illiquid securities. These events could also trigger adverse tax consequences for the Fund.

Securities lending risk

There may be risks of delay and costs involved in recovery of securities or even loss of rights in the collateral should the borrower of the securities fail financially. These delays and costs could be greater with respect to foreign securities. Securities lending involves the risk of loss of rights in the collateral or delay in recovery of the collateral should the borrower fail to return the securities loaned or become insolvent. The Fund may pay lending fees to the party arranging the loan. The Fund bears the risk of investments made with the cash collateral received by the Fund in securities lending transactions. Investments of cash collateral may lose value and/or become illiquid, although the Fund remains obligated to return the collateral amount to the borrower upon termination or maturity of the securities loan and may realize losses on the collateral investments and/or be required to liquidate other portfolio assets in order to satisfy its obligations. Due to continuing adverse conditions in the mortgage and credit markets, liquidity and related problems in the broader markets for commercial paper and other factors, any investments of securities lending collateral by the Fund, including investments in asset-backed commercial paper and notes issued by structured investment vehicles, would present increased credit and liquidity risks. See “Principal Risks of the Fund—Mortgage-Related and Asset-Backed Securities Risk.” To the extent the Fund invests collateral in instruments that become illiquid, efforts to recall securities and return collateral may force the Fund to liquidate other portfolio holdings in an effort to generate cash.

Zero-coupon bond and payment-in-kind securities risk

Investments in zero-coupon and payment-in-kind securities are subject to certain risks, including that market prices of zero-coupon and payment-in-kind securities generally are more volatile than the prices of securities that pay interest periodically and in cash, and are likely to respond to changes in interest rates to a greater degree than other types of debt securities with similar maturities and credit quality. Because zero-coupon securities bear no interest, their prices are especially volatile. And because zero-coupon bondholders do not receive interest payments, the prices of zero-coupon securities generally fall more dramatically than those of bonds that pay interest on a current basis when interest rates rise. However, when interest rates fall, the prices of zero-coupon securities generally rise more rapidly in value than those of similar interest paying bonds. Under many market and other conditions, the market for the zero-coupon and payment-in-kind securities may suffer decreased liquidity making it difficult for the Fund to dispose of them or to determine their current value. In addition, as these securities may not pay cash interest, the Fund’s investment exposure to these securities and their risks, including credit risk, will increase during the time

 

 

33


Table of Contents

these securities are held in the Fund’s portfolio. Further, to maintain its qualification for treatment as a RIC and to avoid Fund-level U.S. federal income and/or excise taxes, the Fund is required to distribute to its shareholders any income it is deemed to have received in respect of such investments, notwithstanding that cash has not been received currently, and the value of paid-in-kind interest. Consequently, the Fund may have to dispose of portfolio securities under disadvantageous circumstances to generate the cash, or may have to leverage itself by borrowing the cash to satisfy this distribution requirement. The required distributions, if any, would result in an increase in the Fund’s exposure to these securities.

Portfolio turnover risk

The Sub-Adviser manages the Fund without regard generally to restrictions on portfolio turnover. The use of futures contracts and other derivative instruments with relatively short maturities may tend to exaggerate the portfolio turnover rate for the Fund. Trading in fixed income securities does not generally involve the payment of brokerage commissions, but does involve indirect transaction costs. The use of futures contracts may involve the payment of commissions to futures commission merchants. Higher portfolio turnover involves correspondingly greater expenses to the Fund, including brokerage commissions or dealer mark-ups and other transaction costs on the sale of securities and reinvestments in other securities. The higher the rate of portfolio turnover of the Fund, the higher these transaction costs borne by the Fund generally will be. Such sales may result in realization of taxable capital gains (including short-term capital gains, which are generally taxed to shareholders at ordinary income tax rates when distributed net of short-term capital losses and net long-term capital losses), and may adversely impact the Fund’s after-tax returns. See “Tax Matters.”

Certain affiliations

Certain broker-dealers may be considered to be affiliated persons of the Fund, the Investment Manager and/or PIMCO due to their possible affiliations with Allianz SE, the ultimate parent of the Investment Manager and PIMCO. Absent an exemption from the SEC or other regulatory relief, the Fund is generally precluded from effecting certain principal transactions with affiliated brokers, and its ability to purchase securities being underwritten by an affiliated broker or a syndicate including an affiliated broker, or to utilize affiliated brokers for agency transactions, is subject to restrictions. This could limit the Fund’s ability to engage in securities transactions and take advantage of market opportunities. In addition, unless and until the underwriting syndicate is broken in connection with the initial public offering of the Common Shares, the Fund will be precluded from effecting principal transactions with brokers who are members of the syndicate.

Anti-takeover provisions

The Fund’s Amended and Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust (the “Declaration”) includes provisions that could limit the ability of other entities or persons to acquire control of the Fund or to convert the Fund to open-end status. See “Anti-Takeover and Other Provisions in the Declaration of Trust.” These provisions in the Declaration could have the effect of depriving the Common Shareholders of opportunities to sell their Common Shares at a premium over the then-current market price of the Common Shares or at net asset value.

 

 

34


Table of Contents

Summary of Fund expenses

The following table and the expenses shown assume the use by the Fund of leverage in the form of reverse repurchase agreements in an amount equal to approximately 30% of the Fund’s total assets (including the amounts of leverage obtained through the use of such instruments), and show Fund expenses as a percentage of net assets attributable to Common Shares. Footnote 4 to the table also shows Fund expenses as a percentage of net assets attributable to Common Shares, but assumes that the Fund does not utilize reverse repurchase agreements, borrowings or other leverage.

 

Common Shareholder transaction expenses

  

Sales load paid by you (as a percentage of offering price)

     4.50%   

Offering expenses borne by the Fund (as a percentage of offering price)(1)(2)

     0.20%   

Dividend Reinvestment Plan fees(3)

     None   

   

   Percentage of Net Assets
Attributable to
Common Shares
(assuming leverage
through reverse
repurchase agreements
is utilized)(4)
 

Annual expenses

  

Management fees

     1.63

Interest Payments on borrowed funds(5)

     0.47

Other expenses(6)

     0.13
  

 

 

 

Total annual expenses

     2.23
  

 

 

 

 

(1) The Fund will pay offering costs (other than the sales load) up to an aggregate of $0.050 per Common Share sold in this offering. The Fund will also reimburse reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses related to the initial public offering of the Fund’s common shares incurred by certain affiliates, or associated persons thereof, and employees of the Investment Manager and the Sub-Adviser, including in connection with participation in the road show and related activities (“affiliate expenses”), but only to the extent that reimbursement of affiliate expenses when added to any other Fund offering costs (other than the sales load) does not exceed $0.050 per common share sold in this offering (to such extent, “affiliate reimbursable amounts”). The Sub-Adviser has agreed to pay offering costs of the Fund (other than the sales load) to the extent that they exceed $0.050 per common share (0.20% of the offering price). Affiliate expenses in excess of affiliate reimbursable amounts will be assumed without reimbursement by the affiliate incurring such expense. The Sub-Adviser has also agreed to pay all of the Fund’s organizational expenses. Assuming that the Fund issues 12,000,000 common shares in the offering at a total public offering price of $300,000,000, total offering costs are estimated to be $800,000 (approximately $0.0667 per common share), of which the Fund would pay or reimburse offering expenses estimated at $600,000 ($0.050 per common share) from the proceeds of the offering, and the Sub-Adviser would pay (or the Sub-Adviser or its affiliates will assume without reimbursement in the case of affiliate expenses in excess of any reimbursable amounts) the balance of the offering expenses estimated at $200,000 (approximately $0.0167 per common share). These figures represent estimates as the actual offering expenses are not known as of the date of this prospectus, and the actual offering expenses to be paid or reimbursed by the Fund may vary from these estimates. The offering costs to be paid or reimbursed by the Fund are not included in the Annual Expenses table above or in footnote 4 below. However, these expenses will be borne by Common Shareholders and result in a reduction of the net asset value of the Common Shares.
(2) The Sub-Adviser (and not the Fund) has agreed to pay from its own assets, upfront structuring fees to UBS Securities LLC, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, Barclays Capital Inc. and RBC Capital Markets, LLC. These fees are not reflected under Offering Expenses Borne by the Fund in the table above. See “Underwriting—Additional Compensation to be Paid by the Sub-Adviser.”
(3)

You will pay brokerage charges if you direct your broker or the plan agent to sell your Common Shares that you acquired pursuant to a dividend reinvestment plan. You may also pay a pro rata

 

 

 

35


Table of Contents

Summary of Fund expenses

 

 

 

  share of brokerage commissions incurred in connection with open-market purchases pursuant to the Fund’s Dividend Reinvestment Plan. See “Dividend Reinvestment Plan.”
(4) The table presented below in this footnote 4 estimates what the Fund’s annual expenses would be, stated as percentages of the Fund’s net assets attributable to Common Shares, but, unlike the table above, assumes that the Fund does not utilize reverse repurchase agreements, borrowings or other leverage. See “Leverage.” In accordance with these assumptions, the Fund’s expenses would be estimated to be as follows:

 

   

   Percentage of Net Assets
Attributable to
Common Shares
(assuming no leverage)
 

Annual expenses

  

Management fees

     1.15%   

Other expenses(6)

     0.13%   

Total annual expenses

     1.28%   

 

(5) Assumes the use of leverage in the form of reverse repurchase agreements representing approximately 30% of the Fund’s total assets (including the amounts of leverage obtained through the use of such instruments) ( i.e. , leverage representing approximately 42% of the Fund’s net assets attributable to Common Shareholders) at an annual interest rate cost to the Fund of 1.13%, which is based on current market conditions. See “Leverage—Effects of Leverage.” The Fund may use forms of leverage other than and/or in addition to reverse repurchase agreements, which may be subject to different interest expenses than those estimated above. The actual amount of interest expense borne by the Fund will vary over time in accordance with the level of the Fund’s use of reverse repurchase agreements, dollar rolls and/or borrowings and variations in market interest rates. Interest expense is required to be treated as an expense of the Fund for accounting purposes. Any associated income or gains (or losses) realized from leverage obtained through such instruments is not reflected in the Annual Expenses table above, but would be reflected in the Fund’s performance results.
(6) Other Expenses are based on estimated amounts for the Fund’s first year of operations and assume that the Fund issues approximately 12,000,000 Common Shares.

The purpose of the table above is to help you understand all fees and expenses that you, as a Common Shareholder, would bear directly or indirectly. If fewer Common Shares are issued, all other things being equal, the expenses would increase. See “Management of the Fund” and “Dividend Reinvestment Plan.”

EXAMPLE

As required by relevant SEC regulations, the following example illustrates the expenses (including the sales load of $45 and estimated offering expenses of this offering of approximately $2) that you would pay on a $1,000 investment in Common Shares, assuming (a) the sales load and the offering expenses listed in the parenthetical above, (b) total annual expenses of 2.23% of net assets attributable to Common Shares in years 1 through 10 (assuming leverage through reverse repurchase agreements is utilized in an amount equal to approximately 30% of the Fund’s total assets) and (c) a 5% annual return(1):

 

1 year    3 years    5 years    10 years

$69

   $113    $161    $291

 

(1) The example above should not be considered a representation of future expenses. Actual expenses may be higher or lower than those shown. The example assumes that the estimated Interest Payments on Borrowed Funds and Other Expenses set forth in the Annual Expenses table are accurate, that the rate listed under Total Annual Expenses remains the same each year and that all dividends and distributions are reinvested at net asset value. Actual expenses may be greater or less than those assumed. Moreover, the Fund’s actual rate of return may be greater or less than the hypothetical 5% annual return shown in the example.

 

 

 

36


Table of Contents

 

The Fund

The Fund is a newly organized, non-diversified, closed-end management investment company registered under the 1940 Act. The Fund was organized as a Massachusetts business trust on September 27, 2012, pursuant to the Declaration, which is governed by the laws of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts. As a newly organized entity, the Fund has no operating history. The Fund’s principal office is located at 1633 Broadway, New York, New York 10019, and its telephone number is (800) 254-5197.

Use of proceeds

The net proceeds of the offering of Common Shares will be approximately $             (or $             if the underwriters exercise the over-allotment option in full) after payment or reimbursement of the estimated offering costs. The Sub-Adviser has agreed to pay the amount by which the Fund’s offering costs (other than the sales load) exceed $0.050 per Common Share. The Sub-Adviser has agreed to pay all of the Fund’s organizational expenses. The Fund will invest the net proceeds of the offering in accordance with the Fund’s investment objectives and policies as stated below. It is presently anticipated that the Fund will be able to invest substantially all of the net proceeds in investments that meet its investment objectives and policies within three months after the completion of the offering. Pending such investment, it is anticipated that the proceeds will be invested in high grade, short-term instruments, credit default swaps, total return swaps and/or index futures contracts or similar derivative instruments designed to give the Fund exposure to the securities and markets in which it intends to invest while PIMCO selects specific investments.

The Fund’s investment objectives and strategies

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES

The Fund seeks current income as a primary objective and capital appreciation as a secondary objective. The Fund will seek to achieve its investment objectives by utilizing a dynamic asset allocation strategy among multiple fixed-income sectors in the global credit markets, including corporate debt (including, among other things, fixed-, variable- and floating-rate bonds, bank loans, convertible securities and stressed debt securities issued by U.S. or foreign (non-U.S.) corporations or other business entities, including emerging market issuers), mortgage-related and other asset-backed securities, government and sovereign debt, taxable municipal bonds and other fixed-, variable- and floating-rate income-producing securities of U.S. and foreign issuers, including emerging market issuers. The Fund may invest in investment grade debt securities and below investment grade debt securities (commonly referred to as “high yield” securities or “junk bonds,”) including securities of stressed issuers. The types of securities and instruments in which the Fund may invest are summarized under “—Portfolio Contents and Other Information.” The Fund cannot assure you that it will achieve its investment objectives, and you could lose all of your investment in the Fund.

The Fund’s investment objectives are fundamental policies, meaning that the Fund cannot change its investment objectives without the approval of the holders of a “majority of the outstanding” shares of the Fund. A “majority of the outstanding” shares (whether voting together as a single class or voting as a separate class) means (i) 67% or more of such shares present at a meeting, if the holders of more than 50% of those shares are present or represented by proxy, or (ii) more than 50% of such shares, whichever is less.

 

 

 

37


Table of Contents

The Fund’s investment objectives and strategies

 

 

 

PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT STRATEGIES

Allianz Global Investors Fund Management LLC serves as the investment manager of the Fund and retains its affiliate, PIMCO, to serve as sub-adviser and to manage the Fund’s portfolio. See “Management of the Fund.” The portfolio management strategies and techniques to be utilized by PIMCO are described below.

Dynamic allocation strategy

On behalf of the Fund, PIMCO employs an active approach to allocation among multiple fixed income sectors based on, among other things, market conditions, valuation assessments, economic outlook, credit market trends and other economic factors. With PIMCO’s macroeconomic analysis as the basis for top-down investment decisions, including geographic and credit sector emphasis, the Fund will focus on seeking the best income generating investment ideas across multiple fixed income sectors, with an emphasis on seeking opportunities in developed and emerging global credit markets. The Fund will normally invest at least 50% of its net assets in corporate income-producing securities. PIMCO may choose to focus on particular countries or regions, asset classes, industries and sectors to the exclusion of others at any time and from time to time based on market conditions and other factors. The relative value assessment within fixed-income sectors draws on PIMCO’s regional and sector specialist expertise. As a matter of fundamental policy, the Fund will normally invest at least 25% of its total assets ( i.e. , concentrate) in privately-issued (commonly known as “non-agency”) mortgage-related securities. The Fund will observe other investment guidelines as summarized below.

Investment selection strategies

Once the Fund’s top-down, portfolio positioning decisions have been made as described above, PIMCO selects particular investments for the Fund by employing a bottom-up, disciplined credit approach which is driven by fundamental, independent research within each sector represented in the Fund, with a focus on identifying securities and other instruments with solid and/or improving fundamentals.

PIMCO utilizes strategies that focus on credit quality analysis, duration management and other risk management techniques. PIMCO attempts to identify, through fundamental research driven by independent credit analysis and proprietary analytical tools, debt obligations and other income-producing securities that provide current income and/or opportunities for capital appreciation based on its analysis of the issuer’s credit characteristics and the position of the security in the issuer’s capital structure.

PIMCO also attempts to identify investments that may appreciate in value based on PIMCO’s assessment of the issuer’s credit characteristics, forecast for interest rates and outlook for particular countries/regions, currencies, industries, sectors and the global economy and bond markets generally.

Credit quality

The Fund may invest without limitation in debt instruments that are, at the time of purchase, rated below investment grade (below Baa3 by Moody’s or below BBB- by either S&P or Fitch), or unrated but determined by PIMCO to be of comparable quality. However, the Fund will not normally invest more than 20% of its total assets in debt instruments, other than mortgage-related and other asset-backed securities, that are, at the time of purchase, rated CCC+ or lower by S&P and Fitch and Caa1 or lower

 

 

 

38


Table of Contents

The Fund’s investment objectives and strategies

 

 

 

by Moody’s, or that are unrated but determined by PIMCO to be of comparable quality to securities so rated. The Fund may invest in mortgage-related and other asset-backed securities regardless of rating ( i.e. , of any credit quality). For purposes of applying the foregoing policy, in the case of securities with split ratings ( i.e. , a security receiving two different ratings from two different rating agencies), the Fund will apply the higher of the applicable ratings. The Fund may invest in securities of stressed issuers, which include securities at risk of being in default as to the repayment of principal and/or interest at the time of acquisition by the Fund or that are rated in the lower rating categories by one or more nationally recognized statistical rating organizations (for example, Ca or lower by Moody’s or CC or lower by S&P or Fitch) or, if unrated, are determined by PIMCO to be of comparable quality. Debt instruments of below investment grade quality are regarded as having predominantly speculative characteristics with respect to capacity to pay interest and to repay principal, and are commonly referred to as “high yield” securities or “junk bonds.” Debt instruments in the lowest investment grade category also may be considered to possess some speculative characteristics. The Fund may, for hedging, investment or leveraging purposes, make use of credit default swaps, which are contracts whereby one party makes periodic payments to a counterparty in exchange for the right to receive from the counterparty a payment equal to the par (or other agreed-upon) value of a referenced debt obligation in the event of a default or other credit event by the issuer of the debt obligation.

Independent credit analysis

PIMCO relies primarily on its own analysis of the credit quality and risks associated with individual debt instruments considered for the Fund, rather than relying exclusively on rating agencies or third-party research. The Fund’s portfolio managers utilize this information in an attempt to minimize credit risk and to identify issuers, industries or sectors that are undervalued or that offer attractive yields relative to PIMCO’s assessment of their credit characteristics. This aspect of PIMCO’s capabilities will be particularly important to the extent that the Fund invests in high yield securities and in securities of emerging market issuers.

Duration management

It is expected that the Fund normally will have a short to intermediate average portfolio duration ( i.e. , within a zero to eight (0 to 8) year range), as calculated by the Sub-Adviser, although it may be shorter or longer at any time or from time to time depending on market conditions and other factors. While the Fund seeks to maintain a short to intermediate average portfolio duration, there is no limit on the maturity or duration of any individual security in which the Fund may invest. PIMCO believes that maintaining duration within this range offers flexibility and the opportunity to seek above-average returns while potentially limiting exposure to interest rate volatility and related risks. Duration is a measure used to determine the sensitivity of a security’s price to changes in interest rates. For example, the value of a portfolio of fixed income securities with an average duration of eight years would generally be expected to decline by approximately 8% if interest rates rose by one percentage point. Duration differs from the “maturity” of a security (which is the date on which the issuer is obligated to repay the principal amount) in that it considers a security’s yield, coupon payments, principal payments and call features in addition to the amount of time until maturity. As the value of a security changes over time, so will its duration. The Fund’s duration strategy may entail maintaining a negative average portfolio duration from time to time, which would potentially benefit the portfolio in an environment of rising market interest rates, but would generally adversely impact the portfolio in an environment of falling or neutral market interest rates. PIMCO may also utilize certain strategies, including without limitation investments in structured notes or interest rate futures contracts or swap, cap, floor or collar

 

 

 

39


Table of Contents

The Fund’s investment objectives and strategies

 

 

 

transactions, for the purpose of reducing the interest rate sensitivity of the Fund’s portfolio, although there is no assurance that it will do so or that such strategies will be successful.

Non-diversification

The Fund is a “non-diversified” investment company in that it may invest a greater percentage of its assets in the securities of a single issuer than investment companies that are “diversified.” See “Principal Risks of the Fund—Non-Diversification Risk.”

PORTFOLIO CONTENTS AND OTHER INFORMATION

Investment Parameters

The Fund will normally invest at least 80% of its net assets (plus any borrowings for investment purposes) in a portfolio of debt instruments of varying maturities (the “80% policy”).

For purposes of the 80% policy, debt instruments may include, without limitation, bonds, debentures, notes, and other debt securities of U.S. and foreign (non-U.S.) corporate and other issuers, including commercial paper; mortgage-related and any other type of asset-backed securities issued on a public or private basis; U.S. Government securities; obligations of foreign governments or their sub-divisions, agencies and government sponsored enterprises and obligations of international agencies and supranational entities; municipal securities and other debt securities issued by states or local governments and their agencies, authorities and other government-sponsored enterprises, including taxable municipal securities (such as Build America Bonds); payment-in-kind securities; zero-coupon bonds; inflation-indexed bonds issued by both governments and corporations; structured notes, including hybrid or indexed securities; catastrophe bonds and other event-linked bonds; credit-linked notes; structured credit products; bank loans (including, among others, senior loans, delayed funding loans, revolving credit facilities and loan participations and assignments); preferred securities; convertible debt securities ( i.e. , debt securities that may be converted at either a stated price or stated rate into underlying shares of common stock), including synthetic convertible debt securities ( i.e. , instruments created through a combination of separate securities that possess the two principal characteristics of a traditional convertible security, such as an income-producing security and the right to acquire an equity security); and bank certificates of deposit, fixed time deposits and bankers’ acceptances. The rate of interest on an income-producing security may be fixed, floating or variable. At any given time and from time to time substantially all of the Fund’s portfolio may consist of below investment grade securities. The Fund may invest in debt securities of stressed issuers. The Fund’s investments in derivatives and other synthetic instruments that have economic characteristics similar to debt instruments will be counted toward satisfaction of this 80% policy.

The Fund will normally invest at least 50% of its net assets in corporate income-producing securities of varying maturities issued by U.S. or foreign (non-U.S.) corporations or other business entities, including emerging market issuers (the “50% policy”). Corporate income-producing securities include fixed-, variable- and floating-rate bonds, debentures, notes and other similar types of corporate debt instruments, such as preferred shares, convertible securities, bank loans and loan participations and assignments, payment-in-kind securities, zero-coupon bonds, bank certificates of deposit, fixed time deposits and bankers’ acceptances, stressed debt securities, structured notes and other hybrid instruments. Certain corporate income-producing securities, such as convertible bonds, also may include the right to participate in equity appreciation, and PIMCO will generally evaluate those instruments based primarily on their debt characteristics. The Fund’s investments in derivatives and other synthetic instruments that have economic characteristics similar to corporate income-producing securities will be counted toward satisfaction of the 50% policy.

 

 

 

40


Table of Contents

The Fund’s investment objectives and strategies

 

 

 

The Fund may invest without limit in securities of U.S. issuers and without limit in securities of foreign (non-U.S.) issuers, securities traded principally outside of the United States, and securities denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. The Fund may normally invest up to 40% of its total assets in securities of issuers economically tied to “emerging market” countries. The Fund may also invest directly in foreign currencies, including currencies of emerging market countries.

As a matter of fundamental policy, the Fund will normally invest at least 25% of its total assets ( i.e. , concentrate) in privately-issued (commonly known as “non-agency”) mortgage-related securities.

The Fund may utilize various derivative strategies (both long and short positions) involving the purchase or sale of futures and forward contracts (including foreign currency exchange contracts), call and put options, credit default swaps, total return swaps, basis swaps and other swap agreements and other derivative instruments for investment purposes, leveraging purposes or in an attempt to hedge against market, credit, interest rate, currency and other risks in the portfolio. The Fund may purchase and sell securities on a when-issued, delayed delivery or forward commitment basis and may engage in short sales. For purposes of the Fund’s 80% policy, the Fund generally values its derivative instruments based on their market value. For purposes of the Fund’s 50% policy, the Fund generally values its derivative instruments based on their notional value.

The Fund will not normally invest directly in common stocks of operating companies. However, the Fund may own and hold common stocks in its portfolio from time to time in connection with a corporate action or the restructuring of a debt instrument or through the conversion of a convertible security held by the Fund. The Fund may invest in securities that have not been registered for public sale in the U.S. or relevant non-U.S. jurisdiction, including without limitation securities eligible for purchase and sale pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act, or relevant provisions of applicable non-U.S. law, and other securities issued in private placements. The Fund may also invest in securities of other investment companies, including, without limitation, ETFs, and may invest in foreign ETFs. The Fund may invest in REITs. The Fund may invest in securities of companies with any market capitalization, including small and medium capitalizations.

The Fund may invest without limit in illiquid securities ( i.e. , securities that cannot be disposed of within seven days in the ordinary course of business at approximately the value at which the Fund has valued the securities).

Temporary defensive investments.     Upon the Investment Manager’s or PIMCO’s recommendation, for temporary defensive purposes or in order to keep its cash fully invested, including during the period in which the net proceeds of this offering are being invested, the Fund may deviate from its investment strategy by investing some or all of its total assets in investments such as high grade debt securities, including high quality, short-term debt securities, and cash and cash equivalents. The Fund may not achieve its investment objectives when it does so.

The following provides additional information regarding the types of securities and other instruments in which the Fund will ordinarily invest. A more detailed discussion of these and other instruments and investment techniques that may be used by the Fund is provided under “Investment Objectives and Policies” in the Statement of Additional Information.

High yield securities

The Fund may invest without limitation in debt instruments that are rated below investment grade (below Baa3 by Moody’s or below BBB- by either S&P or Fitch) or unrated but determined by PIMCO

 

 

 

41


Table of Contents

The Fund’s investment objectives and strategies

 

 

 

to be of comparable quality. However, the Fund will not normally invest more than 20% of its total assets in debt instruments, other than mortgage-related and other asset-backed securities, that are, at the time of purchase, rated CCC+ or lower by S&P and Fitch and Caa1 or lower by Moody’s or that are unrated but determined by PIMCO to be of comparable quality to securities so rated. The Fund may invest in mortgage-related and other asset-backed securities regardless of rating ( i.e. , of any credit quality). For purposes of applying the foregoing policy, in the case of securities with split ratings ( i.e. , a security receiving two different ratings from two different rating agencies), the Fund will apply the higher of the applicable ratings. The Fund may invest in debt securities of stressed issuers, which include securities at risk of being in default as to the repayment of principal and/or interest at the time of acquisition by the Fund or that are rated in the lower rating categories by one or more nationally recognized statistical rating organizations (for example, Ca or lower by Moody’s or CC or lower by S&P or Fitch) or, if unrated, are determined by PIMCO to be of comparable quality. Below investment grade securities are commonly referred to as “high yield” securities or “junk bonds.” High yield securities involve a greater degree of risk (in particular, a greater risk of default) than, and special risks in addition to the risks associated with, investment grade debt obligations. While offering a greater potential opportunity for capital appreciation and higher yields, high yield securities typically entail greater potential price volatility and may be less liquid than higher-rated securities. High yield securities may be regarded as predominantly speculative with respect to the issuer’s continuing ability to make timely principal and interest payments. They also may be more susceptible to real or perceived adverse economic and competitive industry conditions than higher-rated securities. Debt securities in the lowest investment grade category also may be considered to possess some speculative characteristics by certain ratings agencies.

The market values of high yield securities tend to reflect individual developments of the issuer to a greater extent than do higher-quality securities, which tend to react mainly to fluctuations in the general level of interest rates. In addition, lower-quality debt securities tend to be more sensitive to general economic conditions. Certain emerging market governments that issue high yield securities in which the Fund may invest are among the largest debtors to commercial banks, foreign governments and supranational organizations, such as the World Bank, and may not be able or willing to make principal and/or interest payments as they come due.

Credit ratings and unrated securities.      Rating agencies are private services that provide ratings of the credit quality of debt obligations. Appendix A to this prospectus describes the various ratings assigned to debt obligations by Moody’s, S&P and Fitch. As noted in Appendix A, Moody’s, S&P and Fitch may modify their ratings of securities to show relative standing within a rating category, with the addition of numerical modifiers (1, 2 or 3) in the case of Moody’s, and with the addition of a plus (+) or minus (-) sign in the case of S&P and Fitch. Ratings assigned by a rating agency are not absolute standards of credit quality and do not evaluate market risks. Rating agencies may fail to make timely changes in credit ratings and an issuer’s current financial condition may be better or worse than a rating indicates. The Fund will not necessarily sell a security when its rating is reduced below its rating at the time of purchase. PIMCO does not rely solely on credit ratings, and develops and relies primarily on its own analysis of issuer credit quality. The ratings of a debt security may change over time. Moody’s, S&P and Fitch monitor and evaluate the ratings assigned to securities on an ongoing basis. As a result, debt instruments held by the Fund could receive a higher rating (which would tend to increase their value) or a lower rating (which would tend to decrease their value) during the period in which they are held by the Fund.

The Fund may purchase unrated securities (which are not rated by a rating agency) if PIMCO determines that the securities are of comparable quality to rated securities that the Fund may purchase. Unrated

 

 

 

42


Table of Contents

The Fund’s investment objectives and strategies

 

 

 

securities may be less liquid than comparable rated securities and involve the risk that PIMCO may not accurately evaluate the security’s comparative credit rating. Analysis of the creditworthiness of issuers of high yield securities may be more complex than for issuers of higher-quality debt obligations. The Fund’s success in achieving its investment objectives may depend more heavily on PIMCO’s credit analysis to the extent that the Fund invests in below investment grade quality and unrated securities.

Foreign (non-U.S.) investments

The Fund may invest without limit in instruments of corporate and other foreign (non-U.S.) issuers, and in instruments traded principally outside of the United States. The Fund may invest in sovereign and other debt securities issued by foreign governments and their respective sub-divisions, agencies or instrumentalities, government sponsored enterprises and supranational government entities. Supranational entities include international organizations that are organized or supported by one or more government entities to promote economic reconstruction or development and by international banking institutions and related governmental agencies. As a holder of such debt securities, the Fund may be requested to participate in the rescheduling of such debt and to extend further loans to governmental entities. In addition, there are generally no bankruptcy proceedings similar to those in the United States by which defaulted foreign debt securities may be collected. Investing in foreign securities involves special risks and considerations not typically associated with investing in U.S. securities. See “Principal Risks of the Fund—Foreign (Non-U.S.) Investment Risk.”

The Fund may invest in Brady Bonds, which are securities created through the exchange of existing commercial bank loans to sovereign entities for new obligations in connection with a debt restructuring. Investments in Brady Bonds may be viewed as speculative. Brady Bonds acquired by the Fund may be subject to restructuring arrangements or to requests for new credit, which may cause the Fund to realize a loss of interest or principal on any of its portfolio holdings.

The foreign securities in which the Fund may invest include without limitation Eurodollar obligations and “Yankee Dollar” obligations. Eurodollar obligations are U.S. dollar-denominated certificates of deposit and time deposits issued outside the U.S. capital markets by foreign branches of U.S. banks and by foreign banks. Yankee Dollar obligations are U.S. dollar-denominated obligations issued in the U.S. capital markets by foreign banks. Eurodollar and Yankee Dollar obligations are generally subject to the same risks that apply to domestic debt issues, notably credit risk, interest rate risk, market risk and liquidity risk. Additionally, Eurodollar (and to a limited extent, Yankee Dollar) obligations are subject to certain sovereign risks. One such risk is the possibility that a sovereign country might prevent capital, in the form of U.S. dollars, from flowing across its borders. Other risks include adverse political and economic developments; the extent and quality of government regulation of financial markets and institutions; the imposition of foreign withholding or other taxes; and the expropriation or nationalization of foreign issuers.

Emerging markets investments

The Fund may normally invest up to 40% of its total assets in securities of issuers economically tied to “emerging market” countries. PIMCO generally considers an instrument to be economically tied to an emerging market country if the security’s “country of exposure” is an emerging market country, as determined by the criteria set forth below. Alternatively, such as when a “country of exposure” is not available or when PIMCO believes the following tests more accurately reflect which country the security is economically tied to, PIMCO may consider an instrument to be economically tied to an emerging market

 

 

 

43


Table of Contents

The Fund’s investment objectives and strategies

 

 

 

country if the issuer or guarantor is a government of an emerging market country (or any political subdivision, agency, authority or instrumentality of such government), if the issuer or guarantor is organized under the laws of an emerging market country, or if the currency of settlement of the security is a currency of an emerging market country. With respect to derivative instruments, PIMCO generally considers such instruments to be economically tied to emerging market countries if the underlying assets are currencies of emerging market countries (or baskets or indexes of such currencies), or instruments or securities that are issued or guaranteed by governments of emerging market countries or by entities organized under the laws of emerging market countries. An instrument’s “country of exposure” is determined by PIMCO using certain factors provided by a third-party analytical service provider. The factors are applied in order such that the first factor to result in the assignment of a country determines the “country of exposure.” The factors, listed in the order in which they are applied, are: (i) if an asset-backed or other collateralized security, the country in which the collateral backing the security is located, (ii) if the security is guaranteed by the government of a country (or any political subdivision, agency, authority or instrumentality of such government), the country of the government or instrumentality providing the guarantee, (iii) the “country of risk” of the issuer, (iv) the “country of risk” of the issuer’s ultimate parent, or (v) the country where the issuer is organized or incorporated under the laws thereof. “Country of risk” is a separate four-part test determined by the following factors, listed in order of importance: (i) management location, (ii) country of primary listing, (iii) sales or revenue attributable to the country, and (iv) reporting currency of the issuer. PIMCO has broad discretion to identify countries that it considers to qualify as emerging markets. Emerging market countries are generally located in Asia, Africa, the Middle East, Latin America and Eastern Europe but may be in other regions as well. PIMCO will consider emerging market country and currency composition based on its evaluation of relative interest rates, inflation rates, exchange rates, monetary and fiscal policies, trade and current account balances, legal and political developments and any other specific factors it believes to be relevant.

The securities and currency markets of emerging market countries are generally smaller, less developed, less liquid, and more volatile than the securities and currency markets of the United States and other developed markets and disclosure and regulatory standards in many respects are less stringent. There also may be a lower level of monitoring and regulation of securities markets in emerging market countries and the activities of investors in such markets and enforcement of existing regulations may be extremely limited. Government enforcement of existing securities regulations is limited, and any enforcement may be arbitrary and the results may be difficult to predict. In addition, reporting requirements of emerging market countries with respect to the ownership of securities are more likely to be subject to interpretation or changes without prior notice to investors than more developed countries.

Many emerging market countries have experienced substantial, and in some periods extremely high, rates of inflation for many years. Inflation and rapid fluctuations in inflation rates have had and may continue to have negative effects on such countries’ economies and securities markets.

Economies of emerging market countries generally are heavily dependent upon international trade and, accordingly, have been and may continue to be affected adversely by trade barriers, exchange controls, managed adjustments in relative currency values, and other protectionist measures imposed or negotiated by the countries with which they trade. The economies of emerging market countries also have been and may continue to be adversely affected by economic conditions in the countries with which they trade. The economies of emerging market countries may also be predominantly based on only a few industries or dependent on revenues from particular commodities. In addition, custodial services and other investment-related costs may be more expensive in emerging markets than in many developed markets, which could reduce the Fund’s income from securities or debt instruments of emerging market country issuers.

 

 

 

44


Table of Contents

The Fund’s investment objectives and strategies

 

 

 

Governments of many emerging market countries have exercised and continue to exercise substantial influence over many aspects of the private sector. In some cases, the government owns or controls many companies, including some of the largest in the country. Accordingly, government actions could have a significant effect on economic conditions in an emerging country and on market conditions, prices and yields of securities in the Fund’s portfolio.

Emerging market countries are more likely than developed market countries to experience political uncertainty and instability, including the risk of war, terrorism, nationalization, limitations on the removal of funds or other assets, or diplomatic developments that affect investments in these countries. No assurance can be given that adverse political changes will not cause the Fund to suffer a loss of any or all of its investments in emerging market countries or interest/dividend income thereon.

Foreign investment in certain emerging market country securities is restricted or controlled to varying degrees. These restrictions or controls may at times limit or preclude foreign investment in certain emerging market country securities and increase the costs and expenses of the Fund. Certain emerging market countries require governmental approval prior to investments by foreign persons, limit the amount of investment by foreign persons in a particular issuer, limit the investment by foreign persons only to a specific class of securities of an issuer that may have less advantageous rights than the classes available for purchase by domiciliaries of the countries and/or impose additional taxes on foreign investors. Certain emerging market countries may also restrict investment opportunities in issuers in industries deemed important to national interests. Emerging market countries may require governmental approval for the repatriation of investment income, capital or the proceeds of sales of securities by foreign investors.

Also, because publicly traded debt instruments of emerging market issuers represent a relatively recent innovation in the world debt markets, there is little historical data or related market experience concerning the attributes of such instruments under all economic, market and political conditions.

As reflected in the above discussion, investments in emerging market securities involve a greater degree of risk than, and special risks in addition to the risks associated with, investments in domestic securities or in securities of foreign developed countries. See “Principal Risks of the Fund—Emerging Markets Risk.”

Foreign currencies and related transactions

The Fund’s Common Shares are priced in U.S. dollars and the distributions paid by the Fund to Common Shareholders are paid in U.S. dollars. However, a significant portion of the Fund’s assets may be denominated in foreign (non-U.S.) currencies and the income received by the Fund from many foreign debt obligations will be paid in foreign currencies. The Fund also may invest in or gain exposure to foreign currencies themselves for investment or hedging purposes. The Fund’s investments in securities that trade in, or receive revenues in, foreign currencies will be subject to currency risk, which is the risk that fluctuations in the exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and foreign currencies may negatively affect an investment. See “Principal Risks of the Fund—Foreign Currency Risk.” The Fund may (but is not required to) hedge some or all of its exposure to foreign currencies through the use of derivative strategies. For instance, the Fund may enter into forward foreign currency exchange contracts, and may buy and sell foreign currency futures contracts and options on foreign currencies and foreign currency futures. A forward foreign currency exchange contract, which involves an obligation to purchase or sell a specific currency at a future date at a price set at the time of the contract, may reduce the Fund’s exposure to changes in the value of the currency it will deliver and increase its exposure to changes in the

 

 

 

45


Table of Contents

The Fund’s investment objectives and strategies

 

 

 

value of the currency it will receive for the duration of the contract. The effect on the value of the Fund is similar to selling securities denominated in one currency and purchasing securities denominated in another currency. Contracts to sell foreign currency would limit any potential gain that might be realized by the Fund if the value of the hedged currency increases. The Fund may enter into these contracts to hedge against foreign exchange risk arising from the Fund’s investment or anticipated investment in securities denominated in foreign currencies. Suitable hedging transactions may not be available in all circumstances and there can be no assurance that the Fund will engage in such transactions at any given time or from time to time when they would be beneficial. Although PIMCO has the flexibility to engage in such transactions for the Fund, it may determine not to do so or to do so only in unusual circumstances or market conditions. Also, these transactions may not be successful and may eliminate any chance for the Fund to benefit from favorable fluctuations in relevant foreign currencies.

The Fund may also use derivatives contracts for purposes of increasing exposure to a foreign currency or to shift exposure to foreign currency fluctuations from one currency to another. To the extent that it does so, the Fund will be subject to the additional risk that the relative value of currencies will be different than anticipated by PIMCO.

Please see “Investment Objectives and Policies—Non-U.S. Securities,” “Investment Objectives and Policies—Foreign Currency Transactions” and “Investment Objectives and Policies—Foreign Currency Exchange-Related Securities” in the Statement of Additional Information for a more detailed description of the types of foreign investments and foreign currency transactions in which the Fund may invest or engage and their related risks.

Mortgage-related and other asset-backed securities

The Fund may invest in a variety of mortgage-related and other asset-backed securities issued by government agencies or other governmental entities or by private originators or issuers.

As a matter of fundamental policy, the Fund will normally invest at least 25% of its total assets ( i.e. , concentrate) in privately-issued (commonly known as “non-agency”) mortgage-related securities.

Mortgage-related securities include mortgage pass-through securities, CMOs, commercial mortgage-backed securities (“CMBSs”), mortgage dollar rolls, CMO residuals, adjustable rate mortgage-backed securities (“ARMs”), SMBSs and other securities that directly or indirectly represent a participation in, or are secured by and payable from, mortgage loans on real property.

Mortgage Pass-Through Securities.     Interests in pools of mortgage-related securities differ from other forms of debt securities, which normally provide for periodic payment of interest in fixed amounts with principal payments at maturity or specified call dates. Instead, these securities provide a monthly payment which consists of both interest and principal payments. In effect, these payments are a “pass through” of the monthly payments made by the individual borrowers on their residential or commercial mortgage loans, net of any fees paid to the issuer or guarantor of such securities. Additional payments are caused by repayments of principal resulting from the sale of the underlying property, refinancing or foreclosure, net of fees or costs that may be incurred. Some mortgage-related securities (such as securities issued by GNMA) are described as “modified pass-through.” These securities entitle the holder to receive all interest and principal payments owed on the mortgage pool, net of certain fees, at the scheduled payment dates regardless of whether or not the mortgagor actually makes the payment.

 

 

 

46


Table of Contents

The Fund’s investment objectives and strategies

 

 

 

The rate of pre-payments on underlying mortgages will affect the price and volatility of a mortgage-related security, and may have the effect of shortening or extending the effective duration of the security relative to what was anticipated at the time of purchase. To the extent that unanticipated rates of prepayment on underlying mortgages increase the effective duration of a mortgage-related security, the volatility of such security can be expected to increase. The mortgage market in the United States has experienced heightened difficulties over the past several years that may adversely affect the performance and market value of mortgage-related investments. Delinquencies and losses on residential and commercial mortgage loans (especially subprime and second-lien residential mortgage loans) generally have increased recently and may continue to increase, and a decline in or flattening of property values (as has recently been experienced and may continue to be experienced in many markets) may exacerbate such delinquencies and losses. Borrowers with adjustable-rate mortgage loans are more sensitive to changes in interest rates, which affect their monthly mortgage payments, and may be unable to secure replacement mortgages at comparably low interest rates. Also, a number of residential mortgage loan originators have recently experienced serious financial difficulties or bankruptcy. Owing largely to the foregoing, reduced investor demand for mortgage loans and mortgage-related securities and increased investor yield requirements have caused limited liquidity in the secondary market for mortgage-related securities, which can adversely affect the market value of mortgage-related securities. It is possible that such limited liquidity in such secondary markets could continue or worsen.

The principal U.S. governmental guarantor of mortgage-related securities is GNMA. GNMA is a wholly owned U.S. Government corporation within the Department of Housing and Urban Development. GNMA is authorized to guarantee, with the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government, the timely payment of principal and interest on securities issued by institutions approved by GNMA (such as savings and loan institutions, commercial banks and mortgage bankers) and backed by pools of mortgages insured by the Federal Housing Administration (the “FHA”), or guaranteed by the Department of Veterans Affairs (the “VA”). Government-related guarantors ( i.e. , not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government) include FNMA and FHLMC. FNMA is a government-sponsored corporation the common stock of which is owned entirely by private stockholders. FNMA purchases conventional ( i.e. , not insured or guaranteed by any government agency) residential mortgages from a list of approved seller/servicers which include state and federally chartered savings and loan associations, mutual savings banks, commercial banks and credit unions and mortgage bankers. Pass-through securities issued by FNMA are guaranteed as to timely payment of principal and interest by FNMA, but are not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government. FHLMC was created by Congress in 1970 for the purpose of increasing the availability of mortgage credit for residential housing. It is a government-sponsored corporation that issues Participation Certificates (“PCs”), which are pass-through securities, each representing an undivided interest in a pool of residential mortgages. FHLMC guarantees the timely payment of interest and ultimate collection of principal, but PCs are not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government.

On September 6, 2008, the Federal Housing Finance Agency (“FHFA”) placed FNMA and FHLMC into conservatorship. As the conservator, FHFA succeeded to all rights, titles, powers and privileges of FNMA and FHLMC and of any stockholder, officer or director of FNMA and FHLMC with respect to FNMA and FHLMC and the assets of FNMA and FHLMC. FHFA selected a new chief executive officer and chairman of the board of directors for each of FNMA and FHLMC. In connection with the conservatorship, the U.S. Treasury entered into a Senior Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement with each of FNMA and FHLMC pursuant to which the U.S. Treasury will purchase up to an aggregate of $100 billion of each of FNMA and FHLMC to maintain a positive net worth in each enterprise. This agreement contains various covenants that severely limit each enterprise’s operations. In exchange for

 

 

 

47


Table of Contents

The Fund’s investment objectives and strategies

 

 

 

entering into these agreements, the U.S. Treasury received $1 billion of each enterprise’s senior preferred stock and warrants to purchase 79.9% of each enterprise’s common stock. On February 18, 2009, the U.S. Treasury announced that it was doubling the size of its commitment to each enterprise under the Senior Preferred Stock Program to $200 billion. The U.S. Treasury’s obligations under the Senior Preferred Stock Program are for an indefinite period of time for a maximum amount of $200 billion per enterprise. On December 24, 2009, the U.S. Treasury announced further amendments to the Senior Preferred Stock Purchase Agreements which included additional financial support to certain governmentally supported entities, including the FHLBs, FNMA and FHLMC. There is no assurance that the obligations of such entities will be satisfied in full, or that such obligations will not decrease in value or default. It is difficult, if not impossible, to predict the future political, regulatory or economic changes that could impact the FNMA, FHLMC and the FHLBs, and the values of their related securities or obligations.

FNMA and FHLMC are continuing to operate as going concerns while in conservatorship and each remain liable for all of its obligations, including its guaranty obligations, associated with its mortgage-backed securities.

Under the Federal Housing Finance Regulatory Reform Act of 2008 (the “Reform Act”), which was included as part of the Housing and Economic Recovery Act of 2008, FHFA, as conservator or receiver, has the power to repudiate any contract entered into by FNMA or FHLMC prior to FHFA’s appointment as conservator or receiver, as applicable, if FHFA determines, in its sole discretion, that performance of the contract is burdensome and that repudiation of the contract promotes the orderly administration of FNMA’s or FHLMC’s affairs. The Reform Act requires FHFA to exercise its right to repudiate any contract within a reasonable period of time after its appointment as conservator or receiver. FHFA, in its capacity as conservator, has indicated that it has no intention to repudiate the guaranty obligations of FNMA or FHLMC because FHFA views repudiation as incompatible with the goals of the conservatorship. However, in the event that FHFA, as conservator or if it is later appointed as receiver for FNMA or FHLMC, were to repudiate any such guaranty obligation, the conservatorship or receivership estate, as applicable, would be liable for actual direct compensatory damages in accordance with the provisions of the Reform Act. Any such liability could be satisfied only to the extent of FNMA’s or FHLMC’s assets available therefor. In the event of repudiation, the payments of interest to holders of FNMA or FHLMC mortgage-backed securities would be reduced if payments on the mortgage loans represented in the mortgage loan groups related to such mortgage-backed securities are not made by the borrowers or advanced by the servicer. Any actual direct compensatory damages for repudiating these guaranty obligations may not be sufficient to offset any shortfalls experienced by such mortgage-backed security holders. Further, in its capacity as conservator or receiver, FHFA has the right to transfer or sell any asset or liability of FNMA or FHLMC without any approval, assignment or consent. Although FHFA has stated that it has no present intention to do so, if FHFA, as conservator or receiver, were to transfer any such guaranty obligation to another party, holders of FNMA or FHLMC mortgage-backed securities would have to rely on that party for satisfaction of the guaranty obligation and would be exposed to the credit risk of that party. In addition, certain rights provided to holders of mortgage-backed securities issued by FNMA and FHLMC under the operative documents related to such securities may not be enforced against FHFA, or enforcement of such rights may be delayed, during the conservatorship or any future receivership. The operative documents for FNMA and FHLMC mortgage-backed securities may provide (or with respect to securities issued prior to the date of the appointment of the conservator may have provided) that upon the occurrence of an event of default on the part of FNMA or FHLMC, in its capacity as guarantor, which includes the appointment of a conservator or receiver, holders of such mortgage-backed securities have the right to replace FNMA or FHLMC as

 

 

 

48


Table of Contents

The Fund’s investment objectives and strategies

 

 

 

trustee if the requisite percentage of mortgage-backed securities holders consent. The Reform Act prevents mortgage-backed security holders from enforcing such rights if the event of default arises solely because a conservator or receiver has been appointed. The Reform Act also provides that no person may exercise any right or power to terminate, accelerate or declare an event of default under certain contracts to which FNMA or FHLMC is a party, or obtain possession of or exercise control over any property of FNMA or FHLMC, or affect any contractual rights of FNMA or FHLMC, without the approval of FHFA, as conservator or receiver, for a period of 45 or 90 days following the appointment of FHFA as conservator or receiver, respectively.

In addition, in a February 2011 report to Congress from the Treasury Department and the Department of Housing and Urban Development, the Obama administration provided a plan to reform America’s housing finance market. The plan would reduce the role of and eventually eliminate FNMA and FHLMC. Notably, the plan does not propose similar significant changes to GNMA, which guarantees payments on mortgage-related securities backed by federally insured or guaranteed loans such as those issued by the Federal Housing Association or guaranteed by the VA. The report also identified three proposals for Congress and the administration to consider for the long-term structure of the housing finance markets after the elimination of FNMA and FHLMC, including implementing: (i) a privatized system of housing finance that limits government insurance to very limited groups of creditworthy low- and moderate-income borrowers; (ii) a privatized system with a government backstop mechanism that would allow the government to insure a larger share of the housing finance market during a future housing crisis; and (iii) a privatized system where the government would offer reinsurance to holders of certain highly-rated mortgage-related securities insured by private insurers and would pay out under the reinsurance arrangements only if the private mortgage insurers were insolvent.

Commercial banks, savings and loan institutions, private mortgage insurance companies, mortgage bankers and other secondary market issuers also create pass-through pools of conventional residential mortgage loans. Such issuers may be the originators and/or servicers of the underlying mortgage loans as well as the guarantors of the mortgage-related securities. Pools created by such non-governmental issuers generally offer a higher rate of interest than government and government-related pools because there are no direct or indirect government or agency guarantees of payments in the former pools. However, timely payment of interest and principal of these pools may be supported by various forms of insurance or guarantees, including individual loan, title, pool and hazard insurance and letters of credit, which may be issued by governmental entities or private insurers. Such insurance and guarantees and the creditworthiness of the issuers thereof will be considered in determining whether a mortgage-related security should be purchased for the Fund. There can be no assurance that the private insurers or guarantors can meet their obligations under the insurance policies or guarantee arrangements. The Fund may, however, invest in mortgage-related securities without insurance or guarantees if PIMCO believes that the securities will help to achieve the Fund’s investment objectives. Securities issued by certain private organizations may not be readily marketable.

Collateralized Mortgage Obligations.     A CMO is a debt obligation of a legal entity that is collateralized by mortgages and divided into classes. Similar to a bond, interest and prepaid principal is paid, in most cases, on a monthly basis. CMOs may be collateralized by whole mortgage loans or private mortgage bonds, but are generally collateralized by portfolios of mortgage pass-through securities guaranteed by GNMA, FHLMC or FNMA and their income streams. CMOs are structured into multiple classes, often referred to as “tranches,” with each class bearing a different stated maturity and entitled to a different schedule for payments of principal and interest, including prepayments. Actual maturity and average life will depend upon the pre-payment experience of the collateral. In the case of certain CMOs (known as

 

 

 

49


Table of Contents

The Fund’s investment objectives and strategies

 

 

 

“sequential pay” CMOs), payments of principal received from the pool of underlying mortgages, including prepayments, are applied to the classes of CMOs in the order of their respective final distribution dates. Thus, no payment of principal will be made to any class of sequential pay CMOs until all other classes having an earlier final distribution date have been paid in full. CMOs may be less liquid and may exhibit greater price volatility than other types of mortgage- or asset-backed securities.

Commercial Mortgage-Backed Securities.     CMBSs include securities that reflect an interest in, and are secured by, mortgage loans on commercial real property. Many of the risks of investing in commercial mortgage-backed securities reflect the risks of investing in the real estate securing the underlying mortgage loans. These risks reflect the effects of local and other economic conditions on real estate markets, the ability of tenants to make loan payments and the ability of a property to attract and retain tenants. Commercial mortgage-backed securities may be less liquid and exhibit greater price volatility than other types of mortgage- or asset-backed securities.

CMO Residuals.     CMO residuals are mortgage securities issued by agencies or instrumentalities of the U.S. Government or by private originators of, or investors in, mortgage loans, including savings and loan associations, homebuilders, mortgage banks, commercial banks, investment banks and special purpose entities of the foregoing. The cash flow generated by the mortgage assets underlying a series of a CMO is applied first to make required payments of principal and interest on the CMO and second to pay the related administrative expenses and any management fee of the issuer. The residual in a CMO structure generally represents the interest in any excess cash flow remaining after making the foregoing payments. Each payment of such excess cash flow to a holder of the related CMO residual represents income and/or a return of capital. The amount of residual cash flow resulting from a CMO will depend on, among other things, the characteristics of the mortgage assets, the coupon rate of each class of CMO, prevailing interest rates, the amount of administrative expenses and the prepayment experience on the mortgage assets. In particular, the yield to maturity on CMO residuals is extremely sensitive to prepayments on the related underlying mortgage assets, in the same manner as an interest-only (or IO) class of stripped mortgage-backed securities (described below). In addition, if a series of a CMO includes a class that bears interest at an adjustable rate, the yield to maturity on the related CMO residual will also be extremely sensitive to changes in the level of the index upon which interest rate adjustments are based. As described below with respect to stripped mortgage-backed securities, in certain circumstances the Fund may fail to recoup fully its initial investment in a CMO residual. CMO residuals are generally purchased and sold by institutional investors through several investment banking firms acting as brokers or dealers. CMO residuals may, or pursuant to an exemption therefrom, may not, have been registered under the Securities Act. CMO residuals, whether or not registered under the Securities Act, may be subject to certain restrictions on transferability.

Adjustable Rate Mortgage-Backed Securities.     ARMs have interest rates that reset at periodic intervals. Acquiring ARMs permits the Fund to participate in increases in prevailing current interest rates through periodic adjustments in the coupons of mortgages underlying the pool on which ARMs are based. Such ARMs generally have higher current yield and lower price fluctuations than is the case with more traditional fixed income debt securities of comparable rating and maturity. In addition, when prepayments of principal are made on the underlying mortgages during periods of rising interest rates, the Fund can reinvest the proceeds of such prepayments at rates higher than those at which they were previously invested. Mortgages underlying most ARMs, however, have limits on the allowable annual or lifetime increases that can be made in the interest rate that the mortgagor pays. Therefore, if current interest rates rise above such limits over the period of the limitation, the Fund, when holding an ARM, does not benefit from further increases in interest rates. Moreover, when interest rates are in excess of

 

 

 

50


Table of Contents

The Fund’s investment objectives and strategies

 

 

 

coupon rates ( i.e ., the rates being paid by mortgagors) of the mortgages, ARMs behave more like fixed income securities and less like adjustable-rate securities and are subject to the risks associated with fixed income securities. In addition, during periods of rising interest rates, increases in the coupon rate of adjustable-rate mortgages generally lag current market interest rates slightly, thereby creating the potential for capital depreciation on such securities.

Stripped Mortgage-Backed Securities.     SMBSs are derivative multi-class mortgage securities. SMBSs may be issued by agencies or instrumentalities of the U.S. Government, or by private originators of, or investors in, mortgage loans, including savings and loan associations, mortgage banks, commercial banks, investment banks and special purpose entities of the foregoing. SMBSs are usually structured with two classes that receive different proportions of the interest and principal distributions on a pool of mortgage assets. A common type of SMBS will have one class receiving some of the interest and most of the principal from the mortgage assets, while the other class will receive most of the interest and the remainder of the principal. In the most extreme case, one class will receive all of the interest (the IO class), while the other class will receive all of the principal (the principal-only or PO class). The yield to maturity on an IO class is extremely sensitive to the rate of principal payments (including prepayments) on the related underlying mortgage assets, and a rapid rate of principal payments may have a material adverse effect on the Fund’s yield to maturity from these securities. If the underlying mortgage assets experience greater than anticipated prepayments of principal, the Fund may fail to recoup some or all of its initial investment in these securities even if the security is in one of the highest rating categories.

Collateralized Debt Obligations.     The Fund may invest in CDOs, which include CBOs, CLOs and other similarly structured securities. CBOs and CLOs are types of asset-backed securities. A CBO is a trust which is often backed by a diversified pool of high risk, below investment grade fixed income securities. The collateral can be from many different types of fixed-income securities such as high-yield debt, residential privately-issued mortgage-related securities, commercial privately-issued mortgage-related securities, trust preferred securities and emerging market debt. A CLO is a trust typically collateralized by a pool of loans, which may include, among others, domestic and foreign senior secured loans, senior unsecured loans and subordinate corporate loans, including loans that may be rated below investment grade or equivalent unrated loans. CDOs may charge management fees and administrative expenses. For both CBOs and CLOs, the cash flows from the trust are split into two or more portions, called tranches, varying in risk and yield. The riskiest portion is the “equity” tranche which bears the bulk of defaults from the bonds or loans in the trust and serves to protect the other, more senior tranches from default in all but the most severe circumstances. Since it is partially protected from defaults, a senior tranche from a CBO trust or CLO trust typically has higher ratings and lower yields than the underlying securities, and can be rated investment grade. Despite the protection from the equity tranche, CBO or CLO tranches can experience substantial losses due to actual defaults, increased sensitivity to defaults due to collateral default and disappearance of protecting tranches, market anticipation of defaults and aversion to CBO or CLO securities as a class. The risks of an investment in a CDO depend largely on the type of the collateral securities and the class of the CDO in which the Fund invests. Normally, CBOs, CLOs and other CDOs are privately offered and sold, and thus are not registered under the securities laws. As a result, investments in CDOs may be characterized by the Fund as illiquid securities; however, an active dealer market may exist for CDOs allowing a CDO to qualify under Rule 144A under the Securities Act. In addition to the normal risks associated with debt instruments discussed elsewhere in this prospectus and in the Statement of Additional Information ( e.g. , interest rate risk and default risk), CDOs carry additional risks including, but not limited to: (i) the possibility that distributions from collateral securities will not be adequate to make interest or other payments; (ii) the quality of the collateral may decline in value or default; (iii) the Fund may invest in CDOs that are subordinate to other classes; and

 

 

 

51


Table of Contents

The Fund’s investment objectives and strategies

 

 

 

(iv) the complex structure of the security may not be fully understood at the time of investment and may produce disputes with the issuer or unexpected investment results.

Asset-Backed Securities.     Asset-backed securities (“ABS”) are bonds backed by pools of loans or other receivables. ABS are created from many types of assets, including auto loans, credit card receivables, home equity loans and student loans. ABS are typically issued through special purpose vehicles that are bankruptcy remote from the issuer of the collateral. The credit quality of an ABS transaction depends on the performance of the underlying assets. To protect ABS investors from the possibility that some borrowers could miss payments or even default on their loans, ABS include various forms of credit enhancement. Some ABS, particularly home equity loan ABS, are subject to interest rate risk and prepayment risk. A change in interest can affect the pace of payments on the underlying loans, which in turn affects total return on the securities. ABS also carry credit or default risk. If many borrowers on the underlying loans default, losses could exceed the credit enhancement level and result in losses to investors in an ABS. In addition, ABS have structural risk due to a unique characteristic known as early amortization, or early payout, risk. Built into the structure of most ABS are triggers for early payout, designed to protect investors from losses. These triggers are unique to each transaction and can include a big rise in defaults on the underlying loans, a sharp drop in the credit enhancement level or even the bankruptcy of the originator. Once early amortization begins, all incoming loan payments (after expenses are paid) are used to pay investors as quickly as possible based upon a predetermined priority of payment.

Please see “Investment Objectives and Policies—Mortgage-Related and Other Asset-Backed Securities” in the Statement of Additional Information and “Principal Risks of the Fund—Mortgage-Related and Asset-Backed Securities Risk” in this prospectus for a more detailed description of the types of mortgage-related and other asset-backed securities in which the Fund may invest and their related risks.

Municipal bonds

Municipal bonds share the attributes of debt/fixed income securities in general, but are generally issued by states, municipalities and other political subdivisions, agencies, authorities and instrumentalities of states and multi-state agencies or authorities, and may be either taxable or tax-exempt instruments. The municipal bonds that the Fund may purchase include without limitation general obligation bonds and limited obligation bonds (or revenue bonds), including industrial development bonds issued pursuant to former federal tax law. General obligation bonds are obligations involving the credit of an issuer possessing taxing power and are payable from such issuer’s general revenues and not from any particular source. Limited obligation bonds are payable only from the revenues derived from a particular facility or class of facilities or, in some cases, from the proceeds of a special excise or other specific revenue source. Tax exempt private activity bonds and industrial development bonds generally are also limited obligation bonds and thus are not payable from the issuer’s general revenues. The credit and quality of private activity bonds and industrial development bonds are usually related to the credit of the corporate user of the facilities. Payment of interest on and repayment of principal of such bonds is the responsibility of the corporate user (and/or any guarantor).

The Fund may invest in Build America Bonds, which are tax credit bonds created by the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009, which authorizes state and local governments to issue Build America Bonds as taxable bonds in 2009 and 2010, without volume limitations, to finance any capital expenditures for which such issuers could otherwise issue traditional tax-exempt bonds. State and local governments may receive a direct federal subsidy payment for a portion of their borrowing costs on Build America Bonds equal to 35% of the total coupon interest paid to investors. The state or local

 

 

 

52


Table of Contents

The Fund’s investment objectives and strategies

 

 

 

government issuer can elect to either take the federal subsidy or pass the 35% tax credit along to bondholders. The Fund’s investments in Build America Bonds will result in taxable income and the Fund may elect to pass through to shareholders the corresponding tax credits. The tax credits can generally be used to offset federal income taxes and the alternative minimum tax, but such credits are generally not refundable. Build America Bonds involve similar risks as municipal bonds, including credit and market risk. They are intended to assist state and local governments in financing capital projects at lower borrowing costs and are likely to attract a broader group of investors than tax-exempt municipal bonds. For example, taxable funds, such as the Fund, may choose to invest in Build America Bonds. Although Build America Bonds were only authorized for issuance during 2009 and 2010, the program may have resulted in reduced issuance of tax-exempt municipal bonds during the same period. The Build America Bond program expired on December 31, 2010, at which point no further issuance of new Build America Bonds was permitted. As of the date of this prospectus, there is no indication that Congress will renew the program to permit issuance of new Build America Bonds.

The Fund may invest in pre-refunded municipal bonds. Pre-refunded municipal bonds are tax-exempt bonds that have been refunded to a call date prior to the final maturity of principal, or, in the case of pre-refunded municipal bonds commonly referred to as “escrowed-to-maturity bonds,” to the final maturity of principal, and remain outstanding in the municipal market. The payment of principal and interest of the pre-refunded municipal bonds held by the Fund is funded from securities in a designated escrow account that holds U.S. Treasury securities or other obligations of the U.S. Government (including its agencies and instrumentalities (“Agency Securities”)). While still tax-exempt, pre-refunded municipal bonds usually will bear an AAA/Aaa rating (if a re-rating has been requested and paid for) because they are backed by U.S. Treasury securities or Agency Securities. Because the payment of principal and interest is generated from securities held in an escrow account established by the municipality and an independent escrow agent, the pledge of the municipality has been fulfilled and the original pledge of revenue by the municipality is no longer in place. The escrow account securities pledged to pay the principal and interest of the pre-refunded municipal bond do not guarantee the price movement of the bond before maturity. Issuers of municipal bonds refund in advance of maturity the outstanding higher cost debt and issue new, lower cost debt, placing the proceeds of the lower cost issuance into an escrow account to pre-refund the older, higher cost debt. Investment in pre-refunded municipal bonds held by the Fund may subject the Fund to interest rate risk and market risk. In addition, while a secondary market exists for pre-refunded municipal bonds, if the Fund sells pre-refunded municipal bonds prior to maturity, the price received may be more or less than the original cost, depending on market conditions at the time of sale.

The Fund may invest in municipal lease obligations. A lease is not a full faith and credit obligation of the issuer and is usually backed only by the borrowing government’s unsecured pledge to make annual appropriations for lease payments. There have been challenges to the legality of lease financing in numerous states, and, from time to time, certain municipalities have considered not appropriating money for lease payments. In deciding whether to purchase a lease obligation for the Fund, PIMCO will assess the financial condition of the borrower, the merits of the project, the level of public support for the project and the legislative history of lease financing in the state. These securities may be less readily marketable than other municipal securities.

Some longer-term municipal bonds give the investor the right to “put” or sell the security at par (face value) within a specified number of days following the investor’s request—usually one to seven days. This demand feature enhances a security’s liquidity by shortening its effective maturity and enables it to

 

 

 

53


Table of Contents

The Fund’s investment objectives and strategies

 

 

 

trade at a price equal to or very close to par. If a demand feature terminates prior to being exercised, the Fund would hold the longer-term security, which could experience substantially more volatility.

The Fund may invest in municipal warrants, which are essentially call options on municipal bonds. In exchange for a premium, municipal warrants give the purchaser the right, but not the obligation, to purchase a municipal bond in the future. The Fund may purchase a warrant to lock in forward supply in an environment in which the current issuance of bonds is sharply reduced. Like options, warrants may expire worthless and may have reduced liquidity.

The Fund may invest in municipal bonds with credit enhancements such as letters of credit, municipal bond insurance and standby bond purchase agreements (“SBPAs”). Letters of credit are issued by a third party, usually a bank, to enhance liquidity and to ensure repayment of principal and any accrued interest if the underlying municipal bond should default. Municipal bond insurance, which is usually purchased by the bond issuer from a private, nongovernmental insurance company, provides an unconditional and irrevocable guarantee that the insured bond’s principal and interest will be paid when due. Insurance does not guarantee the price of the bond. The credit rating of an insured bond reflects the credit rating of the insurer, based on its claims-paying ability. The obligation of a municipal bond insurance company to pay a claim extends over the life of each insured bond. Although defaults on insured municipal bonds have been low to date and municipal bond insurers have met their claims, there is no assurance that this will continue. A higher-than expected default rate could strain the insurer’s loss reserves and adversely affect its ability to pay claims to bondholders. Because a significant portion of insured municipal bonds that have been issued and are outstanding is insured by a small number of insurance companies, not all of which have the highest credit rating, an event involving one or more of these insurance companies, such as a credit rating downgrade, could have a significant adverse effect on the value of the municipal bonds insured by such insurance company or companies and on the municipal bond markets as a whole. An SBPA is a liquidity facility provided to pay the purchase price of bonds that cannot be re-marketed. The obligation of the liquidity provider (usually a bank) is only to advance funds to purchase tendered bonds that cannot be re-marketed and does not cover principal or interest under any other circumstances. The liquidity provider’s obligations under the SBPA are usually subject to numerous conditions, including the continued creditworthiness of the underlying borrower.

Bank loans

The Fund may invest in bank loans, which include fixed- and floating-rate loans issued by banks (including, among others, interests in senior floating rate loans made to or issued by U.S. or non-U.S. banks or other corporations (“Senior Loans”), delayed funding loans and revolving credit facilities). Loan interests may take the form of direct interests acquired during a primary distribution and may also take the form of assignments of, novations of or participations in a bank loan acquired in secondary markets. The Fund may also gain exposure to bank loans and related investments through the use of, among other strategies, total return swaps and/or other derivative instruments.

The Fund may purchase or gain economic exposure to “assignments” of bank loans from lenders. The purchaser of an assignment typically succeeds to all the rights and obligations under the loan agreement with the same rights and obligations as the assigning lender. Assignments may, however, be arranged through private negotiations between potential assignees and potential assignors, and the rights and obligations acquired by the purchaser of an assignment may differ from, and be more limited than, those held by the assigning lender.

 

 

 

54


Table of Contents

The Fund’s investment objectives and strategies

 

 

 

The Fund also may invest in “participations” in bank loans. Participations by the Fund in a lender’s portion of a bank loan typically will result in the Fund having a contractual relationship only with such lender, not with the borrower. As a result, the Fund may have the right to receive payments of principal, interest and any fees to which it is entitled only from the lender selling the participation and only upon receipt by such lender of such payments from the borrower. In connection with purchasing participations, the Fund generally will have no right to enforce compliance by the borrower with the terms of the loan agreement, nor any rights with respect to any funds acquired by other lenders through set-off against the borrower, and the Fund may not directly benefit from any collateral supporting the loan in which it has purchased the participation. As a result, the Fund may assume the credit risk of both the borrower and the lender selling the participation.

Among the types of bank loan investments that the Fund may make are interests in Senior Loans. Senior Loans typically pay interest at rates that are re-determined periodically on the basis of a floating base lending rate (such as LIBOR) plus a premium. Senior Loans are typically of below investment grade quality. Senior Loans may hold a senior position in the capital structure of a borrower and are often secured with collateral. A Senior Loan is typically originated, negotiated and structured by a U.S. or foreign commercial bank, insurance company, finance company or other financial institution (the “Agent”) for a lending syndicate of financial institutions (“Lenders”). The Agent typically administers and enforces the Senior Loan on behalf of the other Lenders in the syndicate. In addition, an institution, typically but not always the Agent, holds any collateral on behalf of the Lenders. A financial institution’s employment as an Agent might be terminated in the event that it fails to observe a requisite standard of care or becomes insolvent. A successor Agent would generally be appointed to replace the terminated Agent, and assets held by the Agent under the loan agreement would likely remain available to holders of such indebtedness. However, if assets held by the Agent for the benefit of the Fund were determined to be subject to the claims of the Agent’s general creditors, the Fund might incur certain costs and delays in realizing payment on a loan or loan participation and could suffer a loss of principal and/or interest. In situations involving other interposed financial institutions ( e.g. , an insurance company or government agency) similar risks may arise.

Purchasers of Senior Loans and other forms of direct indebtedness depend primarily upon the creditworthiness of the corporate or other borrower for payment of principal and interest. If the Fund does not receive scheduled interest or principal payments on such indebtedness, the net asset value, market price and/or yield of the Common Shares could be adversely affected. Senior Loans that are fully secured may offer the Fund more protection than an unsecured loan in the event of non-payment of scheduled interest or principal. However, there is no assurance that the liquidation of any collateral from a secured Senior Loan would satisfy the borrower’s obligation, or that such collateral could be liquidated. Also, the Fund may invest in or gain economic exposure to Senior Loans that are unsecured.

Senior Loans and interests in other bank loans may not be readily marketable and may be subject to restrictions on resale. In some cases, negotiations involved in disposing of indebtedness may require weeks to complete. Consequently, some indebtedness may be difficult or impossible to dispose of readily at what PIMCO believes to be a fair price.

Senior Loans usually require, in addition to scheduled payments of interest and principal, the prepayment of the Senior Loan from free cash flow. The degree to which borrowers prepay Senior Loans, whether as a contractual requirement or at their election, may be affected by general business conditions, the financial condition of the borrower and competitive conditions among lenders, among others. As such, prepayments cannot be predicted with accuracy. Upon a prepayment, either in part or in full, the actual

 

 

 

55


Table of Contents

The Fund’s investment objectives and strategies

 

 

 

outstanding debt on which the Fund derives interest income will be reduced. However, the Fund may receive both a prepayment penalty fee from the prepaying borrower and a facility fee upon the purchase of a new Senior Loan with the proceeds from the prepayment of the former. The effect of prepayments on the Fund’s performance may be mitigated by the receipt of prepayment fees and the Fund’s ability to reinvest prepayments in other Senior Loans that have similar or identical yields.

Economic exposure to loan interests through the use of derivative transactions, including, among others, total return swaps, generally involves greater risks than if the Fund had invested in the loan interest directly during a primary distribution or through assignments of, novations of or participations in a bank loan acquired in secondary markets since, in addition to the risks described above, certain derivative transactions may be subject to leverage risk and greater illiquidity risk, counterparty risk, valuation risk and other risks. See “Principal Risks of the Fund—Derivatives Risk” for more information on these risks.

Delayed funding loans and revolving credit facilities

As noted above under “—Bank Loans,” the Fund may enter into, or acquire participations in, delayed funding loans and revolving credit facilities, in which a bank or other lender agrees to make loans up to a maximum amount upon demand by the borrower during a specified term. These commitments may have the effect of requiring the Fund to increase its investment in a company at a time when it might not be desirable to do so (including at a time when the company’s financial condition makes it unlikely that such amounts will be repaid). Delayed funding loans and revolving credit facilities are subject to credit, interest rate and liquidity risk and the risks of being a lender.

Bonds

The Fund may invest in a wide variety of bonds of varying maturities issued by non-U.S. (foreign) and U.S. corporations and other business entities, governments and quasi-governmental entities and municipalities and other issuers. Bonds may include, among other things, fixed or variable/floating-rate debt obligations, including bills, notes, debentures, money market instruments and similar instruments and securities. Bonds generally are used by corporations as well as governments and other issuers to borrow money from investors. The issuer pays the investor a fixed or variable rate of interest and normally must repay the amount borrowed on or before maturity. Certain bonds are “perpetual” in that they have no maturity date.

Preferred securities

Preferred securities represent an equity interest in a company that generally entitles the holder to receive, in preference to the holders of other stocks such as common stocks, dividends and a fixed share of the proceeds resulting from liquidation of the company. Unlike common stocks, preferred stocks usually do not have voting rights. Preferred stocks in some instances are convertible into common stock. Some preferred stocks also entitle their holders to receive additional liquidation proceeds on the same basis as holders of a company’s common stock, and thus also represent an ownership interest in the company. Some preferred stocks offer a fixed rate of return with no maturity date. Because they never mature, these preferred stocks may act like long-term bonds, can be more volatile than other types of preferred stocks and may have heightened sensitivity to changes in interest rates. Other preferred stocks have a variable dividend, generally determined on a quarterly or other periodic basis, either according to a formula based upon a specified premium or discount to the yield on particular U.S. Treasury securities or based on an auction process, involving bids submitted by holders and prospective purchasers of such

 

 

 

56


Table of Contents

The Fund’s investment objectives and strategies

 

 

 

stocks. Although they are equity securities, preferred securities have certain characteristics of both debt securities and common stock. They are like debt securities in that their stated income is generally contractually fixed. They are like common stocks in that they do not have rights to precipitate bankruptcy proceedings or collection activities in the event of missed payments. Furthermore, preferred securities have many of the key characteristics of equity due to their subordinated position in an issuer’s capital structure and because their quality and value are heavily dependent on the profitability of the issuer rather than on any legal claims to specific assets or cash flows. Because preferred securities represent an equity ownership interest in a company, their value usually will react more strongly than bonds and other debt instruments to actual or perceived changes in a company’s financial condition or prospects, or to fluctuations in the equity markets.

In order to be payable, dividends on preferred securities must be declared by the issuer’s board of directors. In addition, distributions on preferred securities may be subject to deferral and thus may not be automatically payable. Income payments on some preferred securities are cumulative, causing dividends and distributions to accrue even if they are not declared by the board of directors of the issuer or otherwise made payable. Other preferred securities are non-cumulative, meaning that skipped dividends and distributions do not continue to accrue. There is no assurance that dividends on preferred securities in which the Fund invests will be declared or otherwise made payable.

Preferred securities have a liquidation value that generally equals their original purchase price at the date of issuance. The market values of preferred securities may be affected by favorable and unfavorable changes affecting the issuers’ industries or sectors. They also may be affected by actual and anticipated changes or ambiguities in the tax status of the security and by actual and anticipated changes or ambiguities in tax laws, such as changes in corporate and individual income tax rates or the characterization of dividends as tax-advantaged. The dividends paid on the preferred securities in which the Fund may invest might not be eligible for tax-advantaged “qualified dividend” treatment. See “Tax Matters.” Because the claim on an issuer’s earnings represented by preferred securities may become disproportionately large when interest rates fall below the rate payable on the securities or for other reasons, the issuer may redeem preferred securities, generally after an initial period of call protection in which the security is not redeemable. Thus, in declining interest rate environments in particular, the Fund’s holdings of higher dividend-paying preferred securities may be reduced and the Fund may be unable to acquire securities paying comparable rates with the redemption proceeds.

Convertible securities and synthetic convertible securities

Convertible securities ( i.e. , debt securities that may be converted at either a stated price or stated rate into underlying shares of common stock) have general characteristics similar to both debt securities and equity securities. Although to a lesser extent than with debt obligations, the market value of convertible securities tends to decline as interest rates increase and, conversely, tends to increase as interest rates decline. In addition, because of the conversion feature, the market value of convertible securities tends to vary with fluctuations in the market value of the underlying common stocks and, therefore, also will react to variations in the general market for equity securities.

Convertible securities are investments that provide for a stable stream of income with generally higher yields than common stocks. There can be no assurance of current income because the issuers of the convertible securities may default on their obligations. Convertible securities, however, generally offer lower interest or dividend yields than non-convertible debt securities of similar credit quality because of the potential for equity-related capital appreciation. A convertible security, in addition to providing

 

 

 

57


Table of Contents

The Fund’s investment objectives and strategies

 

 

 

current income, offers the potential for capital appreciation through the conversion feature, which enables the holder to benefit from increases in the market price of the underlying common stock.

The Fund may invest in synthetic convertible securities, which are created through a combination of separate securities that possess the two principal characteristics of a traditional convertible security, that is, an income-producing component and the right to acquire a convertible component. The income-producing component is achieved by investing in non-convertible, income-producing securities such as bonds, preferred stocks and money market instruments. The convertible component is achieved by purchasing warrants or options to buy common stock at a certain exercise price, or options on a stock index. The Fund may also purchase synthetic securities created by other parties, typically investment banks, including convertible structured notes. The income-producing and convertible components of a synthetic convertible security may be issued separately by different issuers and at different times. The values of synthetic convertible securities will respond differently to market fluctuations than a traditional convertible security because a synthetic convertible is composed of two or more separate securities or instruments, each with its own market value. Synthetic convertible securities are also subject to the risks associated with derivatives. See “Principal Risks of the Fund—Derivatives Risk.” In addition, if the value of the underlying common stock or the level of the index involved in the convertible element falls below the strike price of the warrant or option, the warrant or option may lose all value.

Reverse repurchase agreements and dollar rolls

As described under “Leverage,” the Fund initially intends to use, among other things, reverse repurchase agreements and/or dollar rolls to add leverage to its portfolio. Under a reverse repurchase agreement, the Fund sells securities to a bank or broker dealer and agrees to repurchase the securities at a mutually agreed future date and price. A dollar roll is similar to a reverse repurchase agreement except that the counterparty with which the Fund enters into a dollar roll transaction is not obligated to return the same securities as those originally sold by the Fund, but only securities that are “substantially identical.” Generally, the effect of a reverse repurchase agreement or dollar roll transaction is that the Fund can recover and reinvest all or most of the cash invested in the portfolio securities involved during the term of the agreement and still be entitled to the returns associated with those portfolio securities, thereby resulting in a transaction similar to a borrowing and giving rise to leverage for the Fund. The Fund will incur interest expense as a cost of utilizing reverse repurchase agreements and dollar rolls. In the event the buyer of securities under a reverse repurchase agreement or dollar roll files for bankruptcy or becomes insolvent, the Fund’s use of the proceeds of the agreement may be restricted pending a determination by the other party, or its trustee or receiver, whether to enforce the Fund’s obligation to repurchase the securities.

Commercial paper

Commercial paper represents short-term unsecured promissory notes issued in bearer form by corporations such as banks or bank holding companies and finance companies. The rate of return on commercial paper may be linked or indexed to the level of exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and a foreign currency or currencies.

U.S. government securities

U.S. Government securities are obligations of and, in certain cases, guaranteed by, the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities. The U.S. Government does not guarantee the net asset value of the

 

 

 

58


Table of Contents

The Fund’s investment objectives and strategies

 

 

 

Fund’s shares. Some U.S. Government securities, such as Treasury bills, notes and bonds, and securities guaranteed by GNMA, are supported by the full faith and credit of the United States; others, such as those of the FHLBs, are supported by the right of the issuer to borrow from the U.S. Department of the Treasury (the “U.S. Treasury”); others, such as those of FNMA, are supported by the discretionary authority of the U.S. Government to purchase the agency’s obligations; and still others, such as those of the Student Loan Marketing Association, are supported only by the credit of the instrumentality. U.S. Government securities may include zero coupon securities, which do not distribute interest on a current basis and tend to be subject to greater risk than interest-paying securities of similar maturities.

Bank capital securities and bank obligations

The Fund may invest in bank capital securities of both non-U.S. (foreign) and U.S. issuers. Bank capital securities are issued by banks to help fulfill their regulatory capital requirements. There are three common types of bank capital: Lower Tier II, Upper Tier II and Tier I. Upper Tier II securities are commonly thought of as hybrids of debt and preferred stock. Upper Tier II securities are often perpetual (with no maturity date), callable and have a cumulative interest deferral feature. This means that under certain conditions, the issuer bank can withhold payment of interest until a later date. However, such deferred interest payments generally earn interest. Tier I securities often take the form of trust preferred securities.

The Fund may also invest in other bank obligations including without limitation certificates of deposit, bankers’ acceptances and fixed time deposits. Certificates of deposit are negotiable certificates that are issued against funds deposited in a commercial bank for a definite period of time and that earn a specified return. Bankers’ acceptances are negotiable drafts or bills of exchange, normally drawn by an importer or exporter to pay for specific merchandise, which are “accepted” by a bank, meaning, in effect, that the bank unconditionally agrees to pay the face value of the instrument on maturity. Fixed time deposits are bank obligations payable at a stated maturity date and bearing interest at a fixed rate. Fixed time deposits may be withdrawn on demand by the investor, but may be subject to early withdrawal penalties which vary depending upon market conditions and the remaining maturity of the obligation. There are generally no contractual restrictions on the right to transfer a beneficial interest in a fixed time deposit to a third party, although there is generally no market for such deposits. The Fund may also hold funds on deposit with its custodian bank in an interest-bearing account for temporary purposes.

Zero-coupon bonds, step-ups and payment-in-kind securities

Zero-coupon bonds pay interest only at maturity rather than at intervals during the life of the security. Like zero-coupon bonds, “step up” bonds pay no interest initially but eventually begin to pay a coupon rate prior to maturity, which rate may increase at stated intervals during the life of the security. Payment-in-kind securities (“PIKs”) are debt obligations that pay “interest” in the form of other debt obligations, instead of in cash. Each of these instruments is normally issued and traded at a deep discount from face value. Zero-coupon bonds, step-ups and PIKs allow an issuer to avoid or delay the need to generate cash to meet current interest payments and, as a result, may involve greater credit risk than bonds that pay interest currently or in cash. The Fund would be required to distribute the income on these instruments as it accrues, even though the Fund will not receive the income on a current basis or in cash. Thus, the Fund may have to sell other investments, including when it may not be advisable to do so, to make income distributions to its shareholders.

 

 

 

59


Table of Contents

The Fund’s investment objectives and strategies

 

 

 

Inflation-indexed bonds

Inflation-indexed bonds (other than municipal inflation-indexed bonds and certain corporate inflation-indexed bonds) are fixed income securities the principal value of which is periodically adjusted according to the rate of inflation. If the index measuring inflation falls, the principal value of inflation-indexed bonds (other than municipal inflation-indexed bonds and certain corporate inflation-indexed bonds) will be adjusted downward, and consequently the interest payable on these securities (calculated with respect to a smaller principal amount) will be reduced. Repayment of the original bond principal upon maturity (as adjusted for inflation) is guaranteed in the case of TIPS. For bonds that do not provide a similar guarantee, the adjusted principal value of the bond repaid at maturity may be less than the original principal. With regard to municipal inflation-indexed bonds and certain corporate inflation-indexed bonds, the inflation adjustment is typically reflected in the semi-annual coupon payment. As a result, the principal value of municipal inflation-indexed bonds and such corporate inflation-indexed bonds does not adjust according to the rate of inflation.

The value of inflation-indexed bonds is expected to change in response to changes in real interest rates. Real interest rates are tied to the relationship between nominal interest rates and the rate of inflation. If nominal interest rates increase at a faster rate than inflation, real interest rates may rise, leading to a decrease in value of inflation-indexed bonds. Any increase in the principal amount of an inflation-indexed bond will be considered taxable ordinary income, even though investors do not receive their principal until maturity. See “Tax Matters.”

Event-linked instruments

The Fund may obtain event-linked exposure by investing in “event-linked bonds” or “event-linked swaps” or by implementing “event-linked strategies.” Event-linked exposure results in gains or losses that typically are contingent upon, or formulaically related to, defined trigger events. Examples of trigger events include hurricanes, earthquakes, weather-related phenomena or statistics relating to such events. Some event-linked bonds are commonly referred to as “catastrophe bonds.” If a trigger event occurs, the Fund may lose a portion or its entire principal invested in the bond or notional amount on a swap. Event-linked exposure often provides for an extension of maturity to process and audit loss claims when a trigger event has, or possibly has, occurred. An extension of maturity may increase volatility. Event-linked exposure may also expose the Fund to certain other risks including credit risk, counterparty risk, adverse regulatory or jurisdictional interpretations and adverse tax consequences. Event-linked exposures may also be subject to liquidity risk.

Variable- and floating-rate securities

Variable- and floating-rate instruments are instruments that pay interest at rates that adjust whenever a specified interest rate changes and/or that reset on predetermined dates (such as the last day of a month or calendar quarter). In addition to Senior Loans, variable- and floating-rate instruments may include, without limitation, instruments such as catastrophe and other event-linked bonds, bank capital securities, unsecured bank loans, corporate bonds, money market instruments and certain types of mortgage-related and other asset-backed securities. Due to their variable- or floating-rate features, these instruments will generally pay higher levels of income in a rising interest rate environment and lower levels of income as interest rates decline. For the same reason, the market value of a variable- or floating-rate instrument is generally expected to have less sensitivity to fluctuations in market interest rates than a fixed-rate instrument, although the value of a variable- or floating-rate instrument may nonetheless decline as interest rates rise and due to other factors, such as changes in credit quality.

 

 

 

60


Table of Contents

The Fund’s investment objectives and strategies

 

 

 

The Fund also may engage in credit spread trades. A credit spread trade is an investment position relating to a difference in the prices or interest rates of two bonds or other securities, in which the value of the investment position is determined by changes in the difference between the prices or interest rates, as the case may be, of the respective securities.

Inverse floaters

An inverse floater is a type of debt instrument that bears a floating or variable interest rate that moves in the opposite direction to interest rates generally or the interest rate on another security or index. Changes in interest rates generally, or the interest rate of the other security or index, inversely affect the interest rate paid on the inverse floater, with the result that the inverse floater’s price will be considerably more volatile than that of a fixed-rate bond. The Fund may invest without limitation in inverse floaters, which brokers typically create by depositing an income-producing instrument, which may be a mortgage-related security, in a trust. The trust in turn issues a variable rate security and inverse floaters. The interest rate for the variable rate security is typically determined by an index or an auction process, while the inverse floater holder receives the balance of the income from the underlying income-producing instrument less an auction fee. The market prices of inverse floaters may be highly sensitive to changes in interest rates and prepayment rates on the underlying securities, and may decrease significantly when interest rates increase or prepayment rates change. In a transaction in which the Fund purchases an inverse floater from a trust, and the underlying bond was held by the Fund prior to being deposited into the trust, the Fund typically treats the transaction as a secured borrowing for financial reporting purposes. As a result, for financial reporting purposes, the Fund will generally incur a non-cash interest expense with respect to interest paid by the trust on the variable rate securities, and will recognize additional interest income in an amount directly corresponding to the non-cash interest expense. Therefore, the Fund’s net asset value per Common Share and performance are not affected by the non-cash interest expense. This accounting treatment does not apply to inverse floaters acquired by the Fund when the Fund did not previously own the underlying bond.

Derivatives

The Fund may, but is not required to, use a variety of derivative instruments (both long and short positions) for both investment and risk management purposes. The Fund may use various derivatives transactions to add leverage to its portfolio. See “Leverage.” Generally, derivatives are financial contracts whose value depends upon, or is derived from, the value of an underlying asset, reference rate or index, and may relate to, among others, individual debt instruments, interest rates, currencies or currency exchange rates, commodities and related indexes. Examples of derivative instruments that the Fund may use include, without limitation, futures and forward contracts (including foreign currency exchange contracts), call and put options (including options on futures contracts), credit default swaps, total return swaps, basis swaps and other swap agreements. The Fund’s use of derivative instruments involves risks different from, or possibly greater than, the risks associated with investment directly in securities and other more traditional investments. See “Principal Risks of the Fund—Derivatives Risk.” Certain types of derivative instruments that the Fund may utilize are described elsewhere in this section, including those described under “—Certain Interest Rate Transactions,” “—Hybrid Instruments,” “—Credit Default Swaps” and “—Structured Notes and Related Instruments.” Please see “Investment Objectives and Policies—Derivative Instruments” in the Statement of Additional Information for additional information about these and other derivative instruments that the Fund may use and the risks associated with such instruments. There is no assurance that these derivative strategies will be available at any time or that PIMCO will determine to use them for the Fund or, if used, that the strategies will be successful. In

 

 

 

61


Table of Contents

The Fund’s investment objectives and strategies

 

 

 

addition, the Fund may be subject to certain restrictions on its use of derivative strategies imposed by guidelines of one or more rating agencies that may issue ratings for any preferred shares issued by the Fund.

Certain interest rate transactions

In order to reduce the interest rate risk inherent in the Fund’s underlying investments and capital structure, the Fund may (but is not required to) enter into interest rate swap transactions. Interest rate swaps involve the exchange by the Fund with a counterparty of their respective commitments to pay or receive interest, such as an exchange of fixed rate payments for floating rate payments. These transactions generally involve an agreement with the swap counterparty to pay a fixed or variable rate payment in exchange for the counterparty paying the Fund the other type of payment stream ( i.e. , variable or fixed). The payment obligation would be based on the notional amount of the swap. Other forms of interest rate swap agreements in which the Fund may invest include without limitation interest rate caps, under which, in return for a premium, one party agrees to make payments to the other to the extent that interest rates exceed a specified rate, or “cap;” interest rate floors, under which, in return for a premium, one party agrees to make payments to the other to the extent that interest rates fall below a specified rate, or “floor;” and interest rate “collars,” under which a party sells a cap and purchases a floor or vice versa in an attempt to protect itself against interest rate movements exceeding given minimum or maximum levels. The Fund may (but is not required to) use interest rate swap transactions with the intent to reduce or eliminate the risk that an increase in short-term interest rates could pose for the performance of the Fund’s Common Shares as a result of leverage, and also may use these instruments for other hedging or investment purposes. Any termination of an interest rate swap transaction could result in a termination payment by or to the Fund.

Credit default swaps

The Fund may enter into credit default swaps for both investment and risk management purposes, as well as to add leverage to the Fund’s portfolio. A credit default swap may have as reference obligations one or more securities that are not currently held by the Fund. The protection “buyer” in a credit default swap is generally obligated to pay the protection “seller” an upfront or a periodic stream of payments over the term of the contract provided that no credit event, such as a default, on a reference obligation has occurred. If a credit event occurs, the seller generally must pay the buyer the “par value” (full notional value) of the swap in exchange for an equal face amount of deliverable obligations of the reference entity described in the swap, or the seller may be required to deliver the related net cash amount, if the swap is cash settled. The Fund may be either the buyer or seller in the transaction. If the Fund is a buyer and no credit event occurs, the Fund may recover nothing if the swap is held through its termination date. However, if a credit event occurs, the buyer generally may elect to receive the full notional value of the swap from the seller, who, in turn, generally will recover an amount significantly lower than the equivalent face amount of the obligations of the reference entity, whose value may have significantly decreased, through (i) physical delivery of such obligations by the buyer, (ii) cash settlement or (iii) an auction process. As a seller, the Fund generally receives an upfront payment or a fixed rate of income throughout the term of the swap provided that there is no credit event. As the seller, the Fund would effectively add leverage to its portfolio because, in addition to its total net assets, the Fund would be subject to investment exposure on the notional amount of the swap.

The spread of a credit default swap is the annual amount the protection buyer must pay the protection seller over the length of the contract, expressed as a percentage of the notional amount. When spreads rise, market perceived credit risk rises and when spreads fall, market perceived credit risk falls. Wider

 

 

 

62


Table of Contents

The Fund’s investment objectives and strategies

 

 

 

credit spreads and decreasing market values, when compared to the notional amount of the swap, represent a deterioration of the referenced entity’s credit soundness and a greater likelihood or risk of default or other credit event occurring as defined under the terms of the agreement. For credit default swaps on asset-backed securities and credit indices, the quoted market prices and resulting values, as well as the annual payment rate, serve as an indication of the current status of the payment/performance risk.

Credit default swaps involve greater risks than if the Fund had invested in the reference obligation directly since, in addition to general market risks, credit default swaps are subject to illiquidity risk, counterparty risk and credit risk, among other risks associated with derivative instruments. A buyer generally also will lose its investment and recover nothing should no credit event occur and the swap is held to its termination date. If a credit event were to occur, the value of any deliverable obligation received by the seller, coupled with the upfront or periodic payments previously received, may be less than the full notional value it pays to the buyer, resulting in a loss of value to the seller. The Fund’s obligations under a credit default swap will be accrued daily (offset against any amounts owing to the Fund). In connection with credit default swaps in which the Fund is the buyer, the Fund may segregate or “earmark” cash or liquid assets, or enter into certain offsetting positions, with a value at least equal to the Fund’s exposure (any accrued but unpaid net amounts owed by the Fund to any counterparty), on a marked-to-market basis. In connection with credit default swaps in which the Fund is the seller, if the Fund covers its position through asset segregation, the Fund will segregate or “earmark” cash or liquid assets with a value at least equal to the full notional amount of the swap (minus any amounts owed to the Fund). Such segregation or “earmarking” will not limit the Fund’s exposure to loss. See “Principal Risks of the Fund—Segregation and Coverage Risk” and “Principal Risks of the Fund—Regulatory Risk—Commodity Pool Operator.”

Hybrid instruments

A hybrid instrument is a type of potentially high-risk derivative that combines a traditional bond, stock or commodity with an option or forward contract. Generally, the principal amount, amount payable upon maturity or redemption, or interest rate of a hybrid is tied (positively or negatively) to the price of some commodity, currency or securities index or another interest rate or some other economic factor (each a “benchmark”). The interest rate or (unlike most fixed income securities) the principal amount payable at maturity of a hybrid security may be increased or decreased, depending on changes in the value of the benchmark. An example of a hybrid could be a bond issued by an oil company that pays a small base level of interest with additional interest that accrues in correlation to the extent to which oil prices exceed a certain predetermined level. Such a hybrid instrument would be a combination of a bond and a call option on oil.

Hybrids can be used as an efficient means of pursuing a variety of investment goals, including currency hedging, duration management and increased total return. Hybrids may not bear interest or pay dividends. The value of a hybrid or its interest rate may be a multiple of a benchmark and, as a result, may be leveraged and move (up or down) more steeply and rapidly than the benchmark. These benchmarks may be sensitive to economic and political events, such as commodity shortages and currency devaluations, which cannot be readily foreseen by the purchaser of a hybrid. Under certain conditions, the redemption value of a hybrid could be zero. Thus, an investment in a hybrid may entail significant market risks that are not associated with a similar investment in a traditional, U.S. dollar-denominated bond that has a fixed principal amount and pays a fixed rate or floating rate of interest. The purchase of hybrids also exposes the Fund to the credit risk of the issuer of the hybrids. These risks may cause significant fluctuations in the net asset value of the Common Shares if the Fund invests in hybrid instruments.

 

 

 

63


Table of Contents

The Fund’s investment objectives and strategies

 

 

 

Certain hybrid instruments may provide exposure to the commodities markets. These are derivative securities with one or more commodity-linked components that have payment features similar to commodity futures contracts, commodity options or similar instruments. Commodity-linked hybrid instruments may be either equity or debt securities, leveraged or unleveraged, and are considered hybrid instruments because they have both security and commodity-like characteristics. A portion of the value of these instruments may be derived from the value of a commodity, futures contract, index or other economic variable.

Certain issuers of structured products such as hybrid instruments may be deemed to be investment companies as defined in the 1940 Act. As a result, the Fund’s investments in these products may be subject to limits applicable to investments in investment companies and may be subject to restrictions contained in the 1940 Act.

The Fund’s use of commodity-linked instruments can be limited by the Fund’s intention to qualify as a RIC and can limit the Fund’s ability to so qualify. In order to qualify for the special tax treatment accorded RICs and their shareholders, the Fund must, among other things, derive at least 90% of its income from certain specified sources (qualifying income). Income from certain commodity-linked instruments does not constitute qualifying income to the Fund. The tax treatment of certain other commodity-linked instruments in which the Fund might invest is not certain, in particular with respect to whether income and gains from such instruments constitute qualifying income. If the Fund were to treat income from a particular instrument as qualifying income and the income were later determined not to constitute qualifying income and, together with any other nonqualifying income, caused the Fund’s nonqualifying income to exceed 10% of its gross income in any taxable year, the Fund would fail to qualify as a RIC unless it is eligible to and does pay a tax at the Fund level. See “Tax Matters.”

Structured notes and related instruments

The Fund may invest in “structured” notes and other related instruments, which are privately negotiated debt obligations in which the principal and/or interest is determined by reference to the performance of a benchmark asset, market or interest rate (an “embedded index”), such as selected securities, an index of securities or specified interest rates, or the differential performance of two assets or markets, such as indexes reflecting bonds. Structured instruments may be issued by corporations, including banks, as well as by governmental agencies. Structured instruments frequently are assembled in the form of medium-term notes, but a variety of forms are available and may be used in particular circumstances. The terms of such structured instruments normally provide that their principal and/or interest payments are to be adjusted upwards or downwards (but ordinarily not below zero) to reflect changes in the embedded index while the structured instruments are outstanding. As a result, the interest and/or principal payments that may be made on a structured product may vary widely, depending on a variety of factors, including the volatility of the embedded index and the effect of changes in the embedded index on principal and/or interest payments. The rate of return on structured notes may be determined by applying a multiplier to the performance or differential performance of the referenced index(es) or other asset(s). Application of a multiplier involves leverage that will serve to magnify the potential for gain and the risk of loss.

The Fund may use structured instruments for investment purposes and also for risk management purposes, such as to reduce the duration and interest rate sensitivity of the Fund’s portfolio, and for leveraging purposes. While structured instruments may offer the potential for a favorable rate of return from time to time, they also entail certain risks. Structured instruments may be less liquid than other debt

 

 

 

64


Table of Contents

The Fund’s investment objectives and strategies

 

 

 

securities, and the price of structured instruments may be more volatile. In some cases, depending on the terms of the embedded index, a structured instrument may provide that the principal and/or interest payments may be adjusted below zero. Structured instruments also may involve significant credit risk and risk of default by the counterparty. Structured instruments may also be illiquid. Like other sophisticated strategies, the Fund’s use of structured instruments may not work as intended. If the value of the embedded index changes in a manner other than that expected by PIMCO, principal and/or interest payments received on the structured instrument may be substantially less than expected. Also, if PIMCO chooses to use structured instruments to reduce the duration of the Fund’s portfolio, this may limit the Fund’s return when having a longer duration would be beneficial (for instance, when interest rates decline).

Credit-linked trust certificates

The Fund may invest in credit-linked trust certificates, which are investments in a limited purpose trust or other vehicle which, in turn, invests in a basket of derivative instruments, such as credit default swaps, total return swaps, interest rate swaps or other securities, in order to provide exposure to the high yield or another debt securities market. Like an investment in a bond, investments in credit-linked trust certificates represent the right to receive periodic income payments (in the form of distributions) and payment of principal at the end of the term of the certificate. However, these payments are conditioned on the trust’s receipt of payments from, and the trust’s potential obligations to, the counterparties to the derivative instruments and other securities in which the trust invests. For instance, the trust may sell one or more credit default swaps, under which the trust would receive a stream of payments over the term of the swap agreements provided that no event of default has occurred with respect to the referenced debt obligation upon which the swap is based. If a default occurs, the stream of payments may stop and the trust would be obligated to pay to the counterparty the par (or other agreed upon value) of the referenced debt obligation. This, in turn, would reduce the amount of income and principal that the Fund would receive as an investor in the trust. The Fund’s investments in these instruments are indirectly subject to the risks associated with derivative instruments, including, among others, credit risk, default or similar event risk, counterparty risk, interest rate risk, leverage risk, valuation risk and management risk. It is expected that the trusts that issue credit-linked trust certificates will constitute “private” investment companies, exempt from registration under the 1940 Act. Therefore, the certificates will not be subject to applicable investment limitations and other regulation imposed by the 1940 Act (although the Fund will remain subject to such limitations and regulation, including with respect to its investments in the certificates). Although the trusts are typically private investment companies, they generally are not actively managed such as a “hedge fund” might be. It also is expected that the certificates will be exempt from registration under the Securities Act. Accordingly, there may be no established trading market for the certificates and they may constitute illiquid investments. See “Principal Risks of the Fund—Liquidity Risk.” If market quotations are not readily available for the certificates, they will be valued by the Fund at fair value as determined by the Board or persons acting at its direction. See “Net Asset Value.” The Fund may lose its entire investment in a credit-linked trust certificate.

Other investment companies

The Fund may invest in securities of other open- or closed-end investment companies, including without limitation ETFs, to the extent that such investments are consistent with the Fund’s investment objectives, strategies and policies and permissible under the 1940 Act. The Fund may invest in other investment companies to gain broad market or sector exposure, including during periods when it has large amounts of uninvested cash (such as the period shortly after the Fund receives the proceeds of the offering of its

 

 

 

65


Table of Contents

The Fund’s investment objectives and strategies

 

 

 

Common Shares) or when PIMCO believes share prices of other investment companies offer attractive values. The Fund treats its investments in other investment companies that invest primarily in types of securities in which the Fund may invest directly as investments in such types of securities for purposes of the Fund’s investment policies ( e.g. , the Fund’s investment in an investment company that invests primarily in debt securities will be treated by the Fund as an investment in a debt security). As a shareholder in an investment company, the Fund would bear its ratable share of that investment company’s expenses and would remain subject to payment of the Fund’s management fees and other expenses with respect to assets so invested. Common Shareholders would therefore be subject to duplicative expenses to the extent the Fund invests in other investment companies. The securities of other investment companies may be leveraged, in which case the net asset value and/or market value of the investment company’s shares will be more volatile than unleveraged investments. See “Principal Risks of the Fund—Leverage Risk.”

Common stocks and other equity securities

The Fund will not normally invest directly in common stocks of operating companies. However, the Fund may own and hold common stocks in its portfolio from time to time in connection with a corporate action or the restructuring of a debt instrument or through the conversion of a convertible security held by the Fund. For instance, in connection with the restructuring of a debt instrument, either outside of bankruptcy court or in the context of bankruptcy court proceedings, the Fund may determine or be required to accept common stocks or other equity securities in exchange for all or a portion of the debt instrument. Depending upon, among other things, PIMCO’s evaluation of the potential value of such securities in relation to the price that could be obtained by the Fund at any given time upon sale thereof, the Fund may determine to hold these equity securities in its portfolio. The Fund may invest in common shares of pooled vehicles, such as those of other investment companies, and in common shares of REITs.

Although common stocks and other equity securities have historically generated higher average returns than debt securities over the long term, they also have experienced significantly more volatility in those returns and in certain years have significantly underperformed relative to debt securities. An adverse event, such as an unfavorable earnings report, may depress the value of a particular equity security held by the Fund. Also, prices of common stocks and other equity securities are sensitive to general movements in the equity markets and a decline in those markets may depress the prices of the equity securities held by the Fund. The prices of equity securities fluctuate for many different reasons, including changes in investors’ perceptions of the financial condition of an issuer or the general condition of the relevant stock market or when political or economic events affecting the issuer occur. In addition, prices of equity securities may be particularly sensitive to rising interest rates, as the cost of capital rises and borrowing costs increase.

Repurchase agreements

The Fund may enter into repurchase agreements, in which the Fund purchases a security from a bank or broker-dealer and the bank or broker-dealer agrees to repurchase the security at the Fund’s cost plus interest within a specified time. If the party agreeing to repurchase should default, the Fund will seek to sell the securities it holds. This could involve transaction costs or delays in addition to a loss on the securities if their value should fall below their repurchase price. Repurchase agreements maturing in more than seven days are considered to be illiquid securities. See “Principal Risks of the Fund—Repurchase Agreements Risk.”

 

 

 

66


Table of Contents

The Fund’s investment objectives and strategies

 

 

 

When issued, delayed delivery and forward commitment transactions

The Fund may purchase securities that it is eligible to purchase on a when-issued basis, may purchase and sell such securities for delayed delivery and may make contracts to purchase such securities for a fixed price at a future date beyond normal settlement time (forward commitments). When-issued transactions, delayed delivery purchases and forward commitments involve a risk of loss if the value of the securities declines prior to the settlement date. The risk is in addition to the risk that the Fund’s other assets will decline in value. Therefore, these transactions may result in a form of leverage and increase the Fund’s overall investment exposure. Typically, no income accrues on securities the Fund has committed to purchase prior to the time delivery of the securities is made, although the Fund may earn income on securities it has segregated to cover these positions. When the Fund has sold a security on a when-issued, delayed delivery or forward commitment basis, the Fund does not participate in future gains or losses with respect to the security. If the other party to a transaction fails to pay for the securities, the Fund could suffer a loss. Additionally, when selling a security on a when-issued, delayed delivery or forward commitment basis without owning the security, the Fund will incur a loss if the security’s price appreciates in value such that the security’s price is above the agreed-upon price on the settlement date.

Short sales

A short sale is a transaction in which the Fund sells a security or other instrument that it does not own in anticipation that the market price will decline. The Fund may use short sales for investment purposes or for hedging and risk management purposes. The Fund may also take short positions with respect to the performance of securities, indexes, interest rates, currencies and other assets or markets through the use of derivative or forward instruments. When the Fund engages in a short sale of a security, it must borrow the security sold short and deliver it to the counterparty. The Fund may have to pay a fee to borrow particular securities and would often be obligated to pay over any payments received on such borrowed securities. The Fund’s obligation to replace the borrowed security will be secured by collateral deposited with the Fund’s custodian in the name of the lender. The Fund may not receive any payments (including interest) on its collateral. Short sales expose the Fund to the risk that it will be required to cover its short position at a time when the securities have appreciated in value, thus resulting in a loss to the Fund. The Fund may engage in so-called “naked” short sales when it does not own or have the immediate right to acquire the security sold short at no additional cost, in which case the Fund’s losses theoretically could be unlimited. If the price of the security sold short increases between the time of the short sale and the time that the Fund replaces the borrowed security, the Fund will incur a loss; conversely, if the price declines, the Fund will realize a gain. Any gain will be decreased, and any loss increased, by the transaction costs described above. The successful use of short selling may be adversely affected by imperfect correlation between movements in the price of the security sold short and securities being hedged if the short sale is being used for hedging purposes. See “—Derivatives” and “Principal Risks of the Fund—Short Sales Risk.” See also “Principal Risks of the Fund—Leverage Risk” and “Principal Risks of the Fund—Segregation and Coverage Risk.” The Fund may engage in short selling to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act and other federal securities laws.

Lending of portfolio securities

For the purpose of achieving income, the Fund may lend its portfolio securities to brokers, dealers or other financial institutions provided a number of conditions are satisfied, including that the loan is fully collateralized. See “Investment Objectives and Policies—Securities Loans” in the Statement of Additional Information for details. When the Fund lends portfolio securities, its investment performance will continue to reflect changes in the value of the securities loaned. The Fund will also receive a fee or

 

 

 

67


Table of Contents

The Fund’s investment objectives and strategies

 

 

 

interest on the collateral. Securities lending involves the risk of loss of rights in the collateral or delay in recovery of the collateral if the borrower fails to return the security loaned or becomes insolvent, or the risk of loss due to the investment performance of the collateral. The Fund may pay lending fees to the party arranging the loan. See “Principal Risks of the Fund—Securities Lending Risk.”

PORTFOLIO TURNOVER

The length of time the Fund has held a particular security is not generally a consideration in investment decisions. A change in the securities held by the Fund is known as “portfolio turnover.” The Fund may engage in frequent and active trading of portfolio securities to achieve its investment objectives, particularly during periods of volatile market movements. High portfolio turnover ( e.g., over 100%) generally involves correspondingly greater expenses to the Fund, including brokerage commissions or dealer mark-ups and other transaction costs on the sale of securities and reinvestments in other securities. Sales of portfolio securities may also result in realization of taxable capital gains, including short-term capital gains (which are generally treated as ordinary income upon distribution in the form of dividends). The trading costs and tax effects associated with portfolio turnover may adversely affect the Fund’s performance.

Please see “Investment Objectives and Policies” in the Statement of Additional Information for additional information regarding the investments of the Fund and their related risks.

Leverage

As soon as reasonably practicable following the completion of the initial public offering of the Fund’s Common Shares, the Fund intends, subject to then favorable market conditions, to add leverage to its portfolio by utilizing reverse repurchase agreements, dollar rolls or borrowings, such as through bank loans or commercial paper and/or other credit facilities, such that the leverage initially obtained represents approximately 30% of the Fund’s total assets (including the amounts of leverage obtained through the use of such instruments) ( i.e. , leverage representing approximately 42% of the Fund’s net assets attributable to Common Shares). The Fund may also enter into transactions other than those noted above that may give rise to a form of leverage including, among others, futures and forward contracts (including foreign currency exchange contracts), credit default swaps, total return swaps and other derivative transactions, loans of portfolio securities, short sales and when-issued, delayed delivery and forward commitment transactions. Although it has no current intention to do so, the Fund may also determine to issue preferred shares or other types of senior securities to add leverage to its portfolio.

The Fund intends to utilize reverse repurchase agreements, dollar rolls, borrowings and other forms of leverage opportunistically and may choose to increase or decrease, or eliminate entirely, its use of leverage over time and from time to time ( i.e. , higher or lower than the anticipated approximate 30% initial level noted above) based on PIMCO’s assessment of the yield curve environment, interest rate trends, market conditions and other factors. See “Principal Risks of the Fund—Segregation and Coverage Risk.”

Under normal market conditions, the Fund will limit its use of leverage from any combination of (i) reverse repurchase agreements or dollar roll transactions (whether or not these instruments are covered as discussed below), (ii) borrowings ( i.e. , loans or lines of credit from banks or other credit facilities), (iii) any future issuance of preferred shares, and (iv) to the extent described below, credit default swaps, other swap agreements and futures contracts (whether or not these instruments are covered with

 

 

 

68


Table of Contents

Leverage

 

 

 

segregated assets as discussed below) such that the assets attributable to the use of such leverage will not exceed 50% of the Fund’s total assets (including, for purposes of the 50% limit, the amounts of leverage obtained through the use of such instruments) (the “50% leverage policy”). For these purposes, assets attributable to the use of leverage from credit default swaps, other swap agreements and futures contracts will be determined based on the current market value of the instrument if it is cash settled or based on the notional value of the instrument if it is not cash settled. In addition, assets attributable to credit default swaps, other swap agreements or futures contracts will not be counted towards the 50% leverage policy to the extent that the Fund owns offsetting positions or enters into offsetting transactions.

The net proceeds the Fund obtains from reverse repurchase agreements, dollar rolls or other forms of leverage utilized will be invested in accordance with the Fund’s investment objectives and policies as described in this prospectus. So long as the rate of return, net of applicable Fund expenses, on the debt obligations and other investments purchased by the Fund exceeds the costs to the Fund of the leverage it utilizes, the investment of the Fund’s assets attributable to leverage will generate more income than will be needed to pay the costs of the leverage. If so, and all other things being equal, the excess may be used to pay higher dividends to Common Shareholders than if the Fund were not so leveraged.

The 1940 Act generally prohibits the Fund from engaging in most forms of leverage (including the use of reverse repurchase agreements, dollar rolls, bank loans, commercial paper or other credit facilities, credit default swaps, total return swaps and other derivative transactions, loans of portfolio securities, short sales and when-issued, delayed delivery and forward commitment transactions, to the extent that these instruments are not covered as described below) unless immediately after the issuance of the leverage the Fund has satisfied the asset coverage test with respect to senior securities representing indebtedness prescribed by the 1940 Act; that is, the value of the Fund’s total assets less all liabilities and indebtedness not represented by senior securities (for these purposes, “total net assets”) is at least 300% of the senior securities representing indebtedness (effectively limiting the use of leverage through senior securities representing indebtedness to 33  1 / 3 % of the Fund’s total net assets, including assets attributable to such leverage). In addition, the Fund is not permitted to declare any cash dividend or other distribution on Common Shares unless, at the time of such declaration, this asset coverage test is satisfied. The Fund may (but is not required to) cover its commitments under reverse repurchase agreements, dollar rolls, derivatives and certain other instruments by the segregation of liquid assets, or by entering into offsetting transactions or owning positions covering its obligations. To the extent that the Fund maintains segregated assets or otherwise covers certain of these instruments, they will not be considered “senior securities” under the 1940 Act and therefore will not be subject to the 1940 Act 300% asset coverage requirement otherwise applicable to forms of leverage used by the Fund. However, reverse repurchase agreements, dollar rolls and other such instruments, even if covered, may represent a form of economic leverage and create special risks. The use of these forms of leverage increases the volatility of the Fund’s investment portfolio and could result in larger losses to Common Shareholders than if these strategies were not used. See “Principal Risks of the Fund—Leverage Risk.” To the extent that the Fund engages in borrowings, it may prepay a portion of the principal amount of the borrowing to the extent necessary in order to maintain the required asset coverage. Failure to maintain certain asset coverage requirements could result in an event of default.

Leveraging is a speculative technique and there are special risks and costs involved. There is no assurance that the Fund will utilize reverse repurchase agreements, dollar rolls or borrowings, issue preferred shares or utilize any other forms of leverage (such as the use of derivatives strategies). If used, there can be no assurance that the Fund’s leveraging strategies will be successful or result in a higher yield on your Common Shares. When leverage is used, the net asset value and market price of the Common Shares and

 

 

 

69


Table of Contents

Leverage

 

 

 

the yield to Common Shareholders will be more volatile. See “Principal Risks of the Fund—Leverage Risk.” In addition, interest and other expenses borne by the Fund with respect to its use of reverse repurchase agreements, dollar rolls, borrowings or any other forms of leverage are borne by the Common Shareholders and result in a reduction of the net asset value of the Common Shares. In addition, because the fees received by the Investment Manager and by the Sub-Adviser are based on the total managed assets of the Fund (including any assets attributable to any reverse repurchase agreements, dollar rolls, borrowings and preferred shares that may be outstanding), the Investment Manager and the Sub-Adviser have a financial incentive for the Fund to use certain forms of leverage ( e.g. , reverse repurchase agreements, dollar rolls, borrowings and preferred shares), which may create a conflict of interest between the Investment Manager and the Sub-Adviser, on the one hand, and the Common Shareholders, on the other hand.

The Fund also may borrow money in order to repurchase its shares or as a temporary measure for extraordinary or emergency purposes, including for the payment of dividends or the settlement of securities transactions which otherwise might require untimely dispositions of portfolio securities held by the Fund.

EFFECTS OF LEVERAGE

Assuming the Fund engages in reverse repurchase agreements representing approximately 30% of the Fund’s total assets (including the amounts of leverage obtained through the use of such instruments), at an annual effective interest expense rate of 1.13% payable by the Fund on such instruments (based on market interest rates as of the date of this prospectus), the annual return that the Fund’s portfolio must experience (net of expenses) in order to cover such costs of the reverse repurchase agreements would be 0.47%. Of course, the figures are merely estimates based on current market conditions, used for illustration purposes only. Actual interest expenses associated with reverse repurchase agreements (or dollar rolls or borrowings, if any) used by the Fund may vary frequently and may be significantly higher or lower that the rate used for the example above.

The following table is furnished in response to requirements of the SEC. It is designed to illustrate the effects of leverage on Common Share total return, assuming investment portfolio total returns (consisting of income and changes in the value of investments held in the Fund’s portfolio) of -10%, -5%, 0%, 5% and 10%. These assumed investment portfolio returns are hypothetical figures and are not necessarily indicative of the investment portfolio returns expected to be experienced by the Fund. The table further assumes that the Fund utilizes reverse repurchase agreements representing approximately 30% of the Fund’s total assets (including the amounts of leverage obtained through the use of such instruments) and a projected annual rate of interest expense on the Fund’s reverse repurchase agreements of 1.13%. Your actual returns may be greater or less than those appearing below.

 

Assumed Portfolio Total Return (net of expenses)

     (10.00)%         (5.00)%         0.00%         5.00%         10.00%   

Common Share Total Return

     (14.96)%         (7.81)%         (0.67)%         6.47%         13.61%   

Common Share total return is composed of two elements—the Common Share dividends paid by the Fund (the amount of which is largely determined by the net investment income of the Fund after paying interest expenses on the Fund’s leveraging transactions as described above and dividend payments on any preferred shares issued by the Fund) and gains or losses on the value of the securities the Fund owns. As required by SEC rules, the table assumes that the Fund is more likely to suffer capital losses than to enjoy capital appreciation. For example, to assume a total return of 0%, the Fund must assume that the income

 

 

 

70


Table of Contents

Leverage

 

 

 

it receives on its investments is entirely offset by losses in the value of those investments. This table reflects hypothetical performance of the Fund’s portfolio and not the performance of the Fund’s Common Shares, the value of which will be determined by market forces and other factors.

Any benefits of leverage used by the Fund cannot be fully achieved until the proceeds resulting from the use of leverage have been received by the Fund and invested in accordance with the Fund’s investment objectives and policies. The Fund’s willingness to use leverage, and the extent to which leverage is used at any time, will depend on many factors, including, among other things, PIMCO’s assessment of the yield curve environment, interest rate trends, market conditions and other factors.

POSSIBLE FUTURE ISSUANCE OF PREFERRED SHARES

As noted above, although the Fund has no present intention to do so, the Fund may determine in the future to issue preferred shares to add leverage to its portfolio. Any such preferred shares would have complete priority upon distribution of assets over the Common Shares. Under the 1940 Act, the Fund would not be permitted to issue preferred shares unless immediately after such issuance the value of the Fund’s total net assets was at least 200% of the liquidation value of the outstanding preferred shares plus the aggregate amount of any senior securities representing indebtedness (as defined in the 1940 Act) held by the Fund as described above ( i.e. , such liquidation value plus the aggregate amount of senior securities representing indebtedness may not exceed 50% of the Fund’s total net assets). In addition, if the Fund issues preferred shares, the 1940 Act prohibits the declaration of any dividend (except a dividend payable in Common Shares of the Fund) or distribution upon the Common Shares of the Fund, or purchase of any such Common Shares, unless in every such case the preferred share class has, at the time of the declaration of any such dividend or distribution or at the time of any such purchase, an asset coverage of at least 200% (as described above) after deducting the amount of such dividend, distribution, or purchase price, as the case may be. The 1940 Act requires that the holders of any preferred shares, voting separately as a single class, have the right to elect two Trustees at all times, and, if dividends on preferred shares shall be unpaid in an amount equal to two full years’ dividends on such preferred shares, to elect a majority of the Trustees. The Fund might also be subject to certain restrictions imposed by guidelines of one or more rating agencies that may issue ratings for preferred shares issued by the Fund. These guidelines may impose asset coverage or portfolio composition requirements that are more stringent than those imposed on the Fund by the 1940 Act.

Principal risks of the Fund

The net asset value and the market price of the Common Shares will fluctuate with and be affected by, among other things, various principal risks of the Fund and its investments which are summarized below.

NO PRIOR HISTORY

The Fund is a newly organized, non-diversified, closed-end management investment company with no history of operations.

MARKET DISCOUNT RISK

As with any stock, the price of the Fund’s Common Shares will fluctuate with market conditions and other factors. If you sell your Common Shares, the price received may be more or less than your original investment. Net asset value will be reduced immediately following the initial offering by a sales load and

 

 

 

71


Table of Contents

Principal risks of the Fund

 

 

 

offering expenses paid or reimbursed by the Fund. Shares of closed-end management investment companies frequently trade at a discount from their net asset value. The Common Shares may trade at a price that is less than the initial offering price. This risk may be greater for investors who sell their shares relatively shortly after completion of the initial offering.

MARKET RISK

The market price of securities owned by the Fund may go up or down, sometimes rapidly or unpredictably. Securities may decline in value due to factors affecting securities markets generally or particular industries represented in the securities markets. The value of a security may decline due to general market conditions that are not specifically related to a particular company, such as real or perceived adverse economic conditions, changes in the general outlook for corporate earnings, changes in interest or currency rates or adverse investor sentiment generally. They may also decline due to factors that affect a particular industry or industries, such as labor shortages or increased production costs and competitive conditions within an industry. During a general downturn in the securities markets, multiple asset classes may decline in value simultaneously.

ASSET ALLOCATION RISK

The Fund’s investment performance depends upon how its assets are allocated and reallocated. A principal risk of investing in the Fund is that PIMCO may make less than optimal or poor asset allocation decisions. PIMCO employs an active approach to allocation among multiple fixed-income sectors, but there is no guarantee that such allocation techniques will produce the desired results. It is possible that PIMCO will focus on an investment that performs poorly or underperforms other investments under various market conditions. You could lose money on your investment in the Fund as a result of these allocation decisions.

ISSUER RISK

The value of securities may decline for a number of reasons that directly relate to a security’s issuer, such as its financial strength, management performance, financial leverage and reduced demand for the issuer’s goods and services, as well as the historical and prospective earnings of the issuer and the value of its assets. These risks can apply to the Common Shares issued by the Fund and to the issuers of securities and other instruments in which the Fund invests.

NON-DIVERSIFICATION RISK

The Fund is a “non-diversified” investment company and therefore may invest a greater percentage of its assets in the securities of a single issuer or a limited number of issuers than funds that are “diversified.” Accordingly, the Fund is more susceptible to risks associated with a single economic, political or regulatory occurrence than a diversified fund might be. Some of the issuers in which the Fund invests may also present substantial credit or other risks. The Fund will be subject to similar risks to the extent that it enters into derivative transactions with a limited number of counterparties.

MANAGEMENT RISK

The Fund is subject to management risk because it is an actively managed portfolio. PIMCO and the portfolio managers will apply investment techniques and risk analyses in making investment decisions for the Fund, but there can be no guarantee that these decisions will produce the desired results.

 

 

 

72


Table of Contents

Principal risks of the Fund

 

 

 

INTEREST RATE RISK

Generally, when market interest rates rise, the prices of debt obligations fall, and vice versa. Interest rate risk is the risk that debt obligations and other instruments in the Fund’s portfolio will decline in value because of increases in market interest rates. This risk may be particularly acute in the current market environment because market interest rates are currently at historically low levels. The prices of long-term debt obligations generally fluctuate more than prices of short-term debt obligations as interest rates change. Because the Fund’s normal average portfolio duration range extends up to eight years (normally in the range of zero to eight (0 to 8) years), as calculated by the Sub-Adviser, the Fund’s net asset value and market price per Common Share will tend to fluctuate more in response to changes in market interest rates than if the Fund invested mainly in short-term debt securities. While the Fund seeks to maintain a short to intermediate average portfolio duration, there is no limit on the maturity or duration of any individual security in which the Fund may invest. Securities with longer durations tend to be more sensitive to changes in interest rates than securities with shorter durations, usually making them more volatile. During periods of rising interest rates, the average life of certain types of securities may be extended due to lower than expected rates of prepayments, which could cause the securities’ durations to extend and expose the securities to more price volatility. This may lock in a below market yield, increase the security’s duration and reduce the security’s value. In addition to directly affecting debt securities, rising interest rates may also have an adverse effect on the value of any equity securities held by the Fund. The Fund’s duration strategy may entail maintaining a negative average portfolio duration from time to time, which would potentially benefit the portfolio in an environment of rising market interest rates, but would generally adversely impact the portfolio in an environment of falling or neutral market interest rates. The Fund’s use of leverage will tend to increase Common Share interest rate risk. PIMCO may utilize certain strategies, including without limitation investments in structured notes or interest rate futures contracts or swap, cap, floor or collar transactions, for the purpose of reducing the interest rate sensitivity of the Fund’s portfolio, although there is no assurance that it will do so or that, if used, such strategies will be successful.

The Fund may invest in variable- and floating-rate debt instruments, which generally are less sensitive to interest rate changes than longer duration fixed-rate instruments, but may decline in value in response to rising interest rates if, for example, the rates at which they pay interest do not rise as much, or as quickly, as market interest rates in general. Conversely, variable- and floating-rate instruments generally will not increase in value if interest rates decline. The Fund also may invest in inverse floating-rate debt securities, which may decrease in value if interest rates increase, and which also may exhibit greater price volatility than fixed-rate debt obligations of similar credit quality. To the extent the Fund holds variable- or floating-rate instruments, a decrease (or, in the case of inverse floating-rate securities, an increase) in market interest rates will adversely affect the income received from such securities and the net asset value of the Fund’s Common Shares.

CREDIT RISK

Credit risk is the risk that one or more of the Fund’s investments in debt securities or other instruments will decline in price, or fail to pay interest, liquidation value or principal when due, because the issuer of the obligation or the issuer of a reference security experiences an actual or perceived decline in its financial status.

 

 

 

73


Table of Contents

Principal risks of the Fund

 

 

 

CORPORATE BOND RISK

The market value of a corporate bond generally may be expected to rise and fall inversely with interest rates. The value of intermediate- and longer-term corporate bonds normally fluctuates more in response to changes in interest rates than does the value of shorter-term corporate bonds. The market value of a corporate bond also may be affected by factors directly relating to the issuer, such as investors’ perceptions of the creditworthiness of the issuer, the issuer’s financial performance, perceptions of the issuer in the market place, performance of management of the issuer, the issuer’s capital structure and use of financial leverage and demand for the issuer’s goods and services. Certain risks associated with investments in corporate bonds are described elsewhere in this prospectus in further detail, including “—Credit Risk”, “—Interest Rate Risk”, “—Prepayment Risk” and “—Inflation/Deflation Risk.” There is a risk that the issuers of corporate bonds may not be able to meet their obligations on interest or principal payments at the time called for by an instrument. The Fund may invest in below investment grade corporate bonds, often referred to as “high yield” securities or “junk bonds.” High yield corporate bonds are often high risk and have speculative characteristics. High yield corporate bonds may be particularly susceptible to adverse issuer-specific developments. High yield corporate bonds are subject to the risks described under “—High Yield Securities Risk.”

MORTGAGE-RELATED AND OTHER ASSET-BACKED SECURITIES RISK

The Fund may invest in a variety of mortgage-related and other asset-backed securities issued by government agencies or other governmental entities or by private originators or issuers.

As a matter of fundamental policy, the Fund will normally invest at least 25% of its total assets ( i.e. , concentrate) in privately-issued (commonly known as “non-agency”) mortgage-related securities.

The mortgage-related securities in which the Fund may invest include, without limitation, mortgage pass-through securities, CMOs, CMBSs or RMBSs, mortgage dollar rolls, CMO residuals, SMBSs and other securities that directly or indirectly represent a participation in, or are secured by and payable from, mortgage loans on real property. The Fund may also invest in other types of asset-backed securities, including CDOs, which include CBOs, CLOs and other similarly structured securities. See “The Fund’s Investment Objectives and Strategies—Portfolio Contents and Other Information––Mortgage-Related and Other Asset-Backed Securities” in this prospectus and “Investment Objectives and Policies––Mortgage-Related and Other Asset-Backed Securities” in the Statement of Additional Information for a description of the various mortgage-related and other asset-backed securities in which the Fund may invest and their related risks.

Mortgage-related and other asset-backed securities often involve risks that are different from or more acute than risks associated with other types of debt instruments. For instance, these securities may be particularly sensitive to changes in prevailing interest rates. Rising interest rates tend to extend the duration of mortgage-related securities, making them more sensitive to changes in interest rates, and may reduce the market value of the securities. This is known as extension risk. In addition, mortgage-related securities are subject to prepayment risk—the risk that borrowers may pay off their mortgages sooner than expected, particularly when interest rates decline. This can reduce the Fund’s returns because the Fund may have to reinvest that money at lower prevailing interest rates. For instance, the Fund may invest in stripped mortgage-backed securities with respect to which one class receives all of the interest from the mortgage assets (the interest-only, or IO, class), while the other class receives all of the

 

 

 

74


Table of Contents

Principal risks of the Fund

 

 

 

principal (the principal-only, or PO, class). The yield to maturity on an IO class is extremely sensitive to the rate of principal payments (including prepayments) on the underlying mortgage assets, and a rapid rate of principal payments may have a material adverse effect on the Fund’s yield to maturity from these investments.

The Fund’s investments in other asset-backed securities are subject to risks similar to those associated with mortgage-related securities, as well as additional risks associated with their structure and the nature of the assets underlying the security and the servicing of those assets. For instance, certain CDOs in which the Fund may invest are backed by pools of high-risk, below investment grade debt securities and may involve substantial credit and other risks.

Due to their often complicated structures, various mortgage-related and asset-backed securities may be difficult to value and may constitute illiquid investments.

The values of mortgage-related and other asset-backed securities may be substantially dependent on the servicing of the underlying asset pools, and are therefore subject to risks associated with the negligence by, or defalcation of, their servicers. Furthermore, debtors may be entitled to the protection of a number of state and federal consumer credit laws with respect to these securities, which may give the debtor the right to avoid or reduce payment.

Investments in mortgage-related and other asset-backed securities may involve particularly high levels of risk under current market conditions. See “—Mortgage Market/Subprime Risk.” See also “—Recent Economic Conditions Risk.”

MORTGAGE MARKET/SUBPRIME RISK

The mortgage markets in the United States and in various foreign countries have experienced extreme difficulties over the past few years that may adversely affect the performance and market value of certain of the Fund’s mortgage-related investments. Delinquencies and losses on residential and commercial mortgage loans (especially subprime and second-lien mortgage loans) generally have increased during that period and may continue to increase, and a decline in or flattening of housing and other real property values (as has been experienced during that period and may continue to be experienced in many real estate markets) may exacerbate such delinquencies and losses. Borrowers with adjustable rate mortgage loans are more sensitive to changes in interest rates, which affect their monthly mortgage payments, and may be unable to secure replacement mortgages at comparably low interest rates. Also, a number of mortgage loan originators have experienced serious financial difficulties or bankruptcy in recent periods. Owing largely to the foregoing, reduced investor demand for mortgage loans and mortgage-related securities and increased investor yield requirements have caused limited liquidity in the secondary market for mortgage-related securities, which can adversely affect the market value of mortgage-related securities. It is possible that such limited liquidity in such secondary markets could continue or worsen.

HIGH YIELD SECURITIES RISK

In general, lower rated debt securities carry a greater degree of risk that the issuer will lose its ability to make interest and principal payments, which could have a negative effect on the net asset value of the Fund’s Common Shares or Common Share dividends. Securities of below investment grade quality are regarded as having predominantly speculative characteristics with respect to capacity to pay interest and

 

 

 

75


Table of Contents

Principal risks of the Fund

 

 

 

repay principal, and are commonly referred to as “high yield” securities or “junk bonds.” High yield securities involve a greater risk of default and their prices are generally more volatile and sensitive to actual or perceived negative developments, such as a decline in the issuer’s revenues or revenues of underlying borrowers or a general economic downturn, than are the prices of higher grade securities. Debt securities in the lowest investment grade category also may be considered to possess some speculative characteristics by certain rating agencies. An economic downturn could severely affect the ability of issuers (particularly those that are highly leveraged) to service their debt obligations or to repay their obligations upon maturity. Lower-rated securities are generally less liquid than higher-rated securities, which may have an adverse effect on the Fund’s ability to dispose of a particular security. For example, under adverse market or economic conditions, the secondary market for below investment grade securities could contract further, independent of any specific adverse changes in the condition of a particular issuer, and certain securities in the Fund’s portfolio may become illiquid or less liquid. As a result, the Fund could find it more difficult to sell these securities or may be able to sell these securities only at prices lower than if such securities were widely traded. See “—Liquidity Risk.” To the extent the Fund focuses on below investment grade debt obligations, PIMCO’s capabilities in analyzing credit quality and associated risks will be particularly important, and there can be no assurance that PIMCO will be successful in this regard. See “The Fund’s Investment Objectives and Strategies—Portfolio Contents and Other Information—High Yield Securities” for additional information. Due to the risks involved in investing in high yield securities, an investment in the Fund should be considered speculative.

The Fund’s credit quality policies apply only at the time a security is purchased, and the Fund is not required to dispose of a security in the event that a rating agency or PIMCO downgrades its assessment of the credit characteristics of a particular issue. In determining whether to retain or sell such a security, PIMCO may consider factors including, but not limited to, PIMCO’s assessment of the credit quality of the issuer of such security, the price at which such security could be sold and the rating, if any, assigned to such security by other rating agencies. Analysis of creditworthiness may be more complex for issuers of high yield securities than for issuers of higher quality debt securities. For purposes of applying the Fund’s credit-quality policies, in the case of securities with split ratings ( i.e. , a security receiving two different ratings from two different rating agencies), the Fund will apply the higher of the applicable ratings.

The Fund may invest in securities rated in the lower rating categories (Ca or lower by Moody’s or CC or lower by either S&P or Fitch) or that are unrated but determined by PIMCO to be of comparable quality to securities so rated. For these securities, the risks associated with below investment grade instruments are more pronounced. The Fund may purchase stressed securities, which involve heightened risks. See “—Stressed Securities Risk.”

STRESSED SECURITIES RISK

As noted above, the Fund may invest in the debt securities of financially stressed issuers. Investments in the securities of financially stressed issuers involve substantial risks, including a substantial risk of default. The Fund may incur additional expenses to the extent it is required to seek recovery upon a default in the payment of principal or interest on its portfolio holdings. In any reorganization or liquidation proceeding relating to an investment, the Fund may lose its entire investment or may be required to accept cash or securities with a value substantially less than its original investment. Among the risks inherent in investments in a troubled issuer is that it frequently may be difficult to obtain information as to the true financial condition of such issuer. PIMCO’s judgments about the credit quality of a financially stressed issuer and the relative value of its securities may prove to be wrong.

 

 

 

76


Table of Contents

Principal risks of the Fund

 

 

 

MUNICIPAL BOND RISK

Investing in the municipal bond market involves the risks of investing in debt securities generally and certain other risks. The amount of public information available about the municipal bonds in which the Fund may invest is generally less than that for corporate equities or bonds, and the investment performance of the Fund’s investment in municipal bonds may therefore be more dependent on the analytical abilities of PIMCO than its investments in taxable bonds. The secondary market for municipal bonds also tends to be less well developed or liquid than many other securities markets, which may adversely affect the Fund’s ability to sell municipal bonds at attractive prices.

The ability of municipal issuers to make timely payments of interest and principal may be diminished during general economic downturns, by litigation, legislation or political events, or by the bankruptcy of the issuer. Laws, referenda, ordinances or regulations enacted in the future by Congress or state legislatures or the applicable governmental entity could extend the time for payment of principal and/or interest, or impose other constraints on enforcement of such obligations, or on the ability of municipal issuers to levy taxes. Issuers of municipal securities also might seek protection under the bankruptcy laws. In the event of bankruptcy of such an issuer, the Fund could experience delays in collecting principal and interest and the Fund may not, in all circumstances, be able to collect all principal and interest to which it is entitled. To enforce its rights in the event of a default in the payment of interest or repayment of principal, or both, the Fund may take possession of and manage the assets securing the issuer’s obligations on such securities, which may increase the Fund’s operating expenses.

The Fund may invest in revenue bonds, which are typically issued to fund a wide variety of capital projects including electric, gas, water and sewer systems; highways, bridges and tunnels; port and airport facilities; colleges and universities; and hospitals. Because the principal security for a revenue bond is generally the net revenues derived from a particular facility or group of facilities or, in some cases, from the proceeds of a special excise or other specific revenue source, there is no guarantee that the particular project will generate enough revenue to pay its obligations, in which case the Fund’s performance may be adversely affected.

The Fund may invest in taxable municipal bonds, such as Build America Bonds. Build America Bonds are tax credit bonds created by the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009, which authorized state and local governments to issue Build America Bonds as taxable bonds in 2009 and 2010, without volume limitations, to finance any capital expenditures for which such issuers could otherwise issue traditional tax-exempt bonds. The Fund’s investments in Build America Bonds or similar taxable municipal bonds will result in taxable income and the Fund may elect to pass through to Common Shareholders the corresponding tax credits. The tax credits can generally be used to offset federal income taxes and the alternative minimum tax, but such credits are generally not refundable. Taxable municipal bonds involve similar risks as tax-exempt municipal bonds, including credit and market risk. See “—Credit Risk” and “—Market Risk.”

INFLATION-INDEXED SECURITY RISK

Inflation-indexed debt securities are subject to the effects of changes in market interest rates caused by factors other than inflation (real interest rates). In general, the value of an inflation-indexed security, including TIPS, tends to decrease when real interest rates increase and can increase when real interest rates decrease. Thus generally, during periods of rising inflation, the value of inflation-indexed securities will tend to increase and during periods of deflation, their value will tend to decrease. Interest payments

 

 

 

77


Table of Contents

Principal risks of the Fund

 

 

 

on inflation-indexed securities are unpredictable and will fluctuate as the principal and interest are adjusted for inflation. There can be no assurance that the inflation index used ( i.e. , the Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers (“CPI”)) will accurately measure the real rate of inflation in the prices of goods and services. Increases in the principal value of TIPS due to inflation are considered taxable ordinary income for the amount of the increase in the calendar year. Any increase in the principal amount of an inflation-indexed debt security will be considered taxable ordinary income, even though the Fund will not receive the principal until maturity. In order to receive the special treatment accorded to RICs and their shareholders under the Code and to avoid U.S. federal income and/or excise taxes at the Fund level, the Fund may be required to distribute this income to shareholders in the tax year in which the income is recognized (without a corresponding receipt of cash). Therefore, the Fund may be required to pay out as an income distribution in any such tax year an amount greater than the total amount of cash income the Fund actually received, and to sell portfolio securities, including at potentially disadvantageous times or prices, to obtain cash needed for these income distributions. Additionally, a CPI swap can potentially lose value if the realized rate of inflation over the life of the swap is less than the fixed market implied inflation rate (fixed breakeven rate) that the investor agrees to pay at the initiation of the swap. With municipal inflation-indexed securities, the inflation adjustment is integrated into the coupon payment. For municipal inflation-indexed securities, there is no adjustment to the principal value. Because municipal inflation-indexed securities are a small component of the municipal bond market, they may be less liquid than conventional municipal bonds.

SENIOR DEBT RISK

Because it may invest in below investment-grade senior debt, the Fund may be subject to greater levels of credit risk than funds that do not invest in such debt. The Fund may also be subject to greater levels of liquidity risk than funds that do not invest in senior debt. Restrictions on transfers in loan agreements, a lack of publicly available information and other factors may, in certain instances, make senior debt more difficult to sell at an advantageous time or price than other types of securities or instruments. Additionally, if the issuer of senior debt prepays, the Fund will have to consider reinvesting the proceeds in other senior debt or similar instruments that may pay lower interest rates.

LOANS, PARTICIPATIONS AND ASSIGNMENTS RISK

Loan interests may take the form of direct interests acquired during a primary distribution and may also take the form of assignments of, novations of or participations in a loan acquired in secondary markets. In addition to credit risk and interest rate risk, the Fund’s exposure to loan interests may be subject to additional risks. For example, purchasers of loans and other forms of direct indebtedness depend primarily upon the creditworthiness of the corporate borrower for payment of principal and interest. If the Fund does not receive scheduled interest or principal payments on such indebtedness, the Fund’s share price and yield could be adversely affected. Loans that are fully secured offer the Fund more protection than an unsecured loan in the event of non-payment of scheduled interest or principal. However, there is no assurance that the liquidation of collateral from a secured loan would satisfy the corporate borrower’s obligation, or that the collateral can be liquidated.

Investments in loans through a direct assignment of the financial institution’s interests with respect to the loan may involve additional risks to the Fund. For example, if a loan is foreclosed, the Fund could become part owner of any collateral, and would bear the costs and liabilities associated with owning and disposing of the collateral. In addition, it is conceivable that under emerging legal theories of lender

 

 

 

78


Table of Contents

Principal risks of the Fund

 

 

 

liability, the Fund could be held liable as co-lender. It is unclear whether loans and other forms of direct indebtedness offer securities law protections against fraud and misrepresentation. In the absence of definitive regulatory guidance, the Fund will rely on PIMCO’s research in an attempt to avoid situations where fraud or misrepresentation could adversely affect the Fund. The purchaser of an assignment typically succeeds to all the rights and obligations under the loan agreement with the same rights and obligations as the assigning lender. Assignments may, however, be arranged through private negotiations between potential assignees and potential assignors, and the rights and obligations acquired by the purchaser of an assignment may differ from, and be more limited than, those held by the assigning lender.

In connection with purchasing loan participations, the Fund generally will have no right to enforce compliance by the borrower with the terms of the loan agreement relating to the loan, nor any rights of set-off against the borrower, and the Fund may not directly benefit from any collateral supporting the loan in which it has purchased the loan participation. As a result, the Fund may be subject to the credit risk of both the borrower and the lender that is selling the participation. In the event of the insolvency of the lender selling a participation, the Fund may be treated as a general creditor of the lender and may not benefit from any set-off between the lender and the borrower. Certain loan participations may be structured in a manner designed to prevent purchasers of participations from being subject to the credit risk of the lender with respect to the participation, but even under such a structure, in the event of the lender’s insolvency, the lender’s servicing of the participation may be delayed and the assignability of the participation impaired.

The Fund may have difficulty disposing of loans and loan participations because to do so it will have to assign or sell such securities to a third party. Because there is no liquid market for many such securities, the Fund anticipates that such securities could be sold only to a limited number of institutional investors. The lack of a liquid secondary market may have an adverse impact on the value of such securities and the Fund’s ability to dispose of particular loans and loan participations when that would be desirable, including in response to a specific economic event such as a deterioration in the creditworthiness of the borrower. The lack of a liquid secondary market for loans and loan participations also may make it more difficult for the Fund to assign a value to these securities for purposes of valuing the Fund’s portfolio.

The Fund’s investments in subordinated and unsecured loans generally are subject to similar risks as those associated with investments in secured loans. Subordinated or unsecured loans are lower in priority of payment to secured loans and are subject to the additional risk that the cash flow of the borrower and property securing the loan or debt, if any, may be insufficient to meet scheduled payments after giving effect to the senior secured obligations of the borrower. This risk is generally higher for subordinated unsecured loans or debt, which are not backed by a security interest in any specific collateral. Subordinated and unsecured loans generally have greater price volatility than secured loans and may be less liquid. There is also a possibility that originators will not be able to sell participations in subordinated or unsecured loans, which would create greater credit risk exposure for the holders of such loans. Subordinate and unsecured loans share the same risks as other below investment grade securities.

There may be less readily available information about most loans and the underlying borrowers than is the case for many other types of securities, including securities issued in transactions registered under the Securities Act, or registered under the Exchange Act, and borrowers subject to the periodic reporting requirements of Section 13 of the Exchange Act. Loans may be issued by companies that are not subject to SEC reporting requirements and therefore may not be required to file reports with the SEC or may file

 

 

 

79


Table of Contents

Principal risks of the Fund

 

 

 

reports that are not required to comply with SEC form requirements. In addition, such companies may be subject to a less stringent liability disclosure regime than companies subject to SEC reporting requirements. Because there is limited public information available regarding loan investments, the Fund is particularly dependent on the analytical abilities of the Fund’s portfolio managers.

Economic exposure to loan interests through the use of derivative transactions may involve greater risks than if the Fund had invested in the loan interest directly during a primary distribution or through assignments of, novations of or participations in a loan acquired in secondary markets since, in addition to the risks described above, certain derivative transactions may be subject to leverage risk and greater illiquidity risk, counterparty risk, valuation risk and other risks. See “—Derivatives Risk.”

REINVESTMENT RISK

Income from the Fund’s portfolio will decline if and when the Fund invests the proceeds from matured, traded or called debt obligations at market interest rates that are below the portfolio’s current earnings rate. For instance, during periods of declining interest rates, an issuer of debt obligations may exercise an option to redeem securities prior to maturity, forcing the Fund to invest in lower-yielding securities. The Fund also may choose to sell higher yielding portfolio securities and to purchase lower yielding securities to achieve greater portfolio diversification, because the portfolio managers believe the current holdings are overvalued or for other investment-related reasons. A decline in income received by the Fund from its investments is likely to have a negative effect on dividend levels and the market price, net asset value and/or overall return of the Common Shares.

FOREIGN (NON-U.S.) INVESTMENT RISK

The Fund may invest without limit in securities of foreign (non-U.S.) issuers and securities traded principally outside of the United States. The Fund’s investments in and exposure to foreign securities involve special risks.

For example, the value of these investments may decline in response to unfavorable political and legal developments, unreliable or untimely information or economic and financial instability. Foreign securities may experience more rapid and extreme changes in value than investments in securities of U.S. issuers. The securities markets of many foreign countries are relatively small, with a limited number of companies representing a small number of industries. Issuers of foreign securities are usually not subject to the same degree of regulation as U.S. issuers. Reporting, accounting , auditing and custody standards of foreign countries differ, in some cases significantly, from U.S. standards. Also, nationalization, expropriation or other confiscation, currency blockage, political changes or diplomatic developments could adversely affect the Fund’s investments in foreign securities. In the event of nationalization, expropriation or other confiscation, the Fund could lose its entire investment in foreign securities. To the extent that the Fund invests a significant portion of its assets in a particular foreign country or a concentrated geographic area (such as Europe, Asia or South America), the Fund will generally have more exposure to regional economic risks associated with foreign investments. Also, adverse conditions in a certain region can adversely affect securities from other countries whose economies appear to be unrelated. The costs of investing in foreign countries frequently are higher than the costs of investing in the United States. Foreign countries may impose taxes on income from or disposition of foreign securities, thereby reducing the Fund’s return on such securities. Additionally, investments in securities of foreign issuers may be denominated in foreign currencies, subjecting the Fund to foreign currency risk. See “—Foreign Currency Risk.”

 

 

 

80


Table of Contents

Principal risks of the Fund

 

 

 

EMERGING MARKETS RISK

The Fund may normally invest up to 40% of its total assets in securities of issuers economically tied to “emerging market” countries. Foreign investment risk may be particularly high to the extent that the Fund invests in securities of issuers based in or doing business in emerging market countries or invests in securities denominated in the currencies of emerging market countries. Investing in securities of issuers based in or doing business in emerging markets entails all of the risks of investing in foreign securities noted above, but to a heightened degree.

Investments in emerging market countries pose a greater degree of systemic risk ( i.e. , the risk of a cascading collapse of multiple institutions within a country, and even multiple national economies). The inter-relatedness of economic and financial institutions within and among emerging market economies has deepened over the years, with the effect that institutional failures and/or economic difficulties that are of initially limited scope may spread throughout a country, a region or even among all or most emerging market countries. This may undermine any attempt by the Fund to reduce risk through geographic diversification of its portfolio investments among emerging market countries.

There is a heightened possibility of imposition of withholding taxes on interest or dividend income generated from emerging market securities. Governments of emerging market countries may engage in confiscatory taxation or expropriation of income and/or assets to raise revenues or to pursue a domestic political agenda. In the past, emerging market countries have nationalized assets, companies and even entire sectors, including the assets of foreign investors, with inadequate or no compensation to the prior owners. There can be no assurance that the Fund will not suffer a loss of any or all of its investments or, interest or dividends thereon, due to adverse fiscal or other policy changes in emerging market countries.

There is also a greater risk that an emerging market government may take action that impedes or prevents the Fund from taking income and/or capital gains earned in the local currency and converting into U.S. dollars ( i.e. , “repatriating” local currency investments or profits). Certain emerging market countries have sought to maintain foreign exchange reserves and/or address the economic volatility and dislocations caused by the large international capital flows by controlling or restricting the conversion of the local currency into other currencies. This risk tends to become more acute when economic conditions otherwise worsen. There can be no assurance that if the Fund earns income or capital gains in an emerging market currency or PIMCO otherwise seeks to withdraw the Fund’s investments from a given emerging market country, capital controls imposed by such country will not prevent, or cause significant expense in, doing so.

Bankruptcy law and creditor reorganization processes may differ substantially from those in the United States, resulting in greater uncertainty as to the rights of creditors, the enforceability of such rights, reorganization timing and the classification, seniority and treatment of claims. In certain emerging market countries, although bankruptcy laws have been enacted, the process for reorganization remains highly uncertain. In addition, it may be impossible to seek legal redress against an issuer that is a sovereign state.

Other heightened risks associated with emerging markets investments include without limitation: (i) risks due to less social, political and economic stability; (ii) the smaller size of the market for such securities and a lower volume of trading, resulting in a lack of liquidity and in price volatility; (iii) certain national policies which may restrict the Fund’s investment opportunities, including restrictions on investing in

 

 

 

81


Table of Contents

Principal risks of the Fund

 

 

 

issuers or industries deemed sensitive to relevant national interests and requirements that government approval be obtained prior to investment by foreign persons; (iv) certain national policies that may restrict the Fund’s repatriation of investment income, capital or the proceeds of sales of securities, including temporary restrictions on foreign capital remittances; (v) the lack of uniform accounting and auditing standards and/or standards that may be significantly different from the standards required in the United States; (vi) less publicly available financial and other information regarding issuers; (vii) potential difficulties in enforcing contractual obligations; and (viii) higher rates of inflation, higher interest rates and other economic concerns. The Fund may invest to a substantial extent in emerging market securities that are denominated in local currencies, subjecting the Fund to a greater degree of foreign currency risk. See “—Foreign Currency Risk.” Also, investing in emerging market countries may entail purchases of securities of issuers that are insolvent, bankrupt or otherwise of questionable ability to satisfy their payment obligations as they become due, subjecting the Fund to a greater amount of credit risk and/or high yield risk. See “—Credit Risk” and “—High Yield Securities Risk.”

FOREIGN CURRENCY RISK

The Fund may engage in practices and strategies that will result in exposure to fluctuations in foreign exchange rates, in which case the Fund will be subject to foreign currency risk. The Fund’s Common Shares are priced in U.S. dollars and the distributions paid by the Fund to Common Shareholders are paid in U.S. dollars. However, a substantial portion of the Fund’s assets may be denominated in foreign (non-U.S.) currencies and income received by the Fund from many foreign debt obligations will be paid in foreign currencies. The Fund may also invest in or gain exposure to foreign currencies themselves in order to gain local currency exposure with respect to foreign instruments denominated in other currencies or for other investment or hedging purposes. The Fund’s investments in or exposure to foreign currencies or in securities or instruments that trade, or receive revenues, in foreign currencies are subject to the risk that those currencies will decline in value relative to the U.S. dollar or, in the case of hedging positions (if utilized), that the U.S. dollar will decline in value relative to the currency being hedged. Currency rates in foreign countries may fluctuate significantly over short periods of time for a number of reasons, including changes in interest rates, rates of inflation, balance of payments and governmental surpluses or deficits, intervention (or the failure to intervene) by U.S. or foreign governments, central banks or supranational entities such as the International Monetary Fund, or by the imposition of currency controls or other political developments in the U.S. or abroad. These fluctuations may have a significant adverse impact on the value of the Fund’s portfolio and/or the level of Fund distributions made to Common Shareholders. As noted above, the Fund may (but is not required to) seek exposure to foreign currencies, or attempt to hedge exposure to reduce the risk of loss due to fluctuations in currency exchange rates relative to the U.S. dollar. There is no assurance, however, that these strategies will be available or will be used by the Fund or, if used, that they will be successful.

REDENOMINATION RISK

Continuing uncertainty as to the status of the euro and the “EMU” has created significant volatility in currency and financial markets generally. Any partial or complete dissolution of the EMU could have significant adverse effects on currency and financial markets, and on the values of the Fund’s portfolio investments. If one or more EMU countries were to stop using the euro as its primary currency, the Fund’s investments in such countries may be redenominated into a different or newly adopted currency. As a result, the value of those investments could decline significantly and unpredictably. In addition, securities or other investments that are redenominated may be subject to foreign currency risk, liquidity

 

 

 

82


Table of Contents

Principal risks of the Fund

 

 

 

risk and valuation risk to a greater extent than similar investments currently denominated in euros. See “—Foreign Currency Risk,” “—Liquidity Risk,” and “—Valuation Risk.” To the extent a currency used for redenomination purposes is not specified in respect of certain EMU-related investments, or should the euro cease to be used entirely, the currency in which such investments are denominated may be unclear, making such investments particularly difficult to value or dispose of. The Fund may incur additional expenses to the extent it is required to seek judicial or other clarification of the denomination or value of such securities.

REAL ESTATE RISK

To the extent that the Fund invests in real estate related investments, including REITs or real-estate linked derivative instruments, it will be subject to the risks associated with owning real estate and with the real estate industry generally. These include difficulties in valuing and disposing of real estate, the possibility of declines in the value of real estate, risks related to general and local economic conditions, the possibility of adverse changes in the climate for real estate, environmental liability risks, the risk of increases in property taxes and operating expenses, possible adverse changes in zoning laws, the risk of casualty or condemnation losses, limitations on rents, the possibility of adverse changes in interest rates and in the credit markets and the possibility of borrowers paying off mortgages sooner than expected, which may lead to reinvestment of assets at lower prevailing interest rates. To the extent that the Fund invests in REITs, it will also be subject to the risk that a REIT may default on its obligations or go bankrupt. By investing in REITs indirectly through the Fund, a shareholder will bear not only his or her proportionate share of the expenses of the Fund, but also, indirectly, similar expenses of the REITs. The Fund’s investments in REITs could cause the Fund to recognize income in excess of cash received from those securities and, as a result, the Fund may be required to sell portfolio securities, including when it is not advantageous to do so, in order to make distributions.

U.S. GOVERNMENT SECURITIES RISK

The Fund may invest in debt securities issued or guaranteed by agencies, instrumentalities and sponsored enterprises of the U.S. Government. Some U.S. Government securities, such as U.S. Treasury bills, notes and bonds, and mortgage-related securities guaranteed by the GNMA, are supported by the full faith and credit of the United States; others, such as those of the FHLBs or the FHLMC, are supported by the right of the issuer to borrow from the U.S. Treasury; others, such as those of the FNMA, are supported by the discretionary authority of the U.S. Government to purchase the agency’s obligations; and still others, such as those of the Student Loan Marketing Association, are supported only by the credit of the issuing agency, instrumentality or enterprise. Although U.S. Government-sponsored enterprises, such as the FHLBs, FHLMC, FNMA and the Student Loan Marketing Association, may be chartered or sponsored by Congress, they are not funded by Congressional appropriations, and their securities are not issued by the U.S. Treasury or supported by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government and involve increased credit risks. Although legislation has been enacted to support certain government sponsored entities, including the FHLBs, FHLMC and FNMA, there is no assurance that the obligations of such entities will be satisfied in full, or that such obligations will not decrease in value or default. It is difficult, if not impossible, to predict the future political, regulatory or economic changes that could impact the government sponsored entities and the values of their related securities or obligations. In addition, certain governmental entities, including FNMA and FHLMC, have been subject to regulatory scrutiny regarding their accounting policies and practices and other concerns that may result in legislation, changes in regulatory oversight and/or other consequences that could adversely affect the credit quality,

 

 

 

83


Table of Contents

Principal risks of the Fund

 

 

 

availability or investment character of securities issued by these entities. See “Investment Objectives and Policies—Mortgage-Related and Other Asset-Backed Securities” in the Statement of Additional Information.

U.S. Government debt securities generally involve lower levels of credit risk than other types of debt securities of similar maturities, although, as a result, the yields available from U.S. Government debt securities are generally lower than the yields available from such other securities. Like other debt securities, the values of U.S. Government securities change as interest rates fluctuate. Fluctuations in the value of portfolio securities will not affect interest income on existing portfolio securities but will be reflected in the Fund’s net asset value.

FOREIGN (NON-U.S.) GOVERNMENT SECURITIES RISK

The Fund’s investments in debt obligations of foreign (non-U.S.) governments or their sub-divisions, agencies and government sponsored enterprises and obligations of international agencies and supranational entities (together “Foreign Government Securities”) can involve a high degree of risk. The foreign governmental entity that controls the repayment of debt may not be able or willing to repay the principal and/or interest when due in accordance with the terms of such debt. A governmental entity’s willingness or ability to repay principal and interest due in a timely manner may be affected by, among other factors, its cash flow situation, the extent of its foreign reserves, the availability of sufficient foreign exchange on the date a payment is due, the relative size of the debt service burden to the economy as a whole, the governmental entity’s policy towards the International Monetary Fund and the political constraints to which a governmental entity may be subject. Foreign governmental entities also may be dependent on expected disbursements from other governments, multilateral agencies and others abroad to reduce principal and interest arrearages on their debt. The commitment on the part of these governments, agencies and others to make such disbursements may be conditioned on the implementation of economic reforms and/or economic performance and the timely service of such debtor’s obligations. Failure to implement such reforms, achieve such levels of economic performance or repay principal or interest when due may result in the cancellation of such third parties’ commitments to lend funds to the foreign governmental entity, which may further impair such debtor’s ability or willingness to timely service its debts. Consequently, foreign governmental entities may default on their debt. Holders of Foreign Government Securities may be requested to participate in the rescheduling of such debt and to extend further loans to governmental entities. In the event of a default by a governmental entity, there may be few or no effective legal remedies for collecting on such debt. These risks are particularly severe with respect to the Fund’s investments in Foreign Government Securities of emerging market countries. See “—Emerging Markets Risk.” Among other risks, if the Fund’s investments in Foreign Government Securities issued by an emerging market country need to be liquidated quickly, the Fund could sustain significant transaction costs. Also, governments in many emerging market countries participate to a significant degree in their economies and securities markets, which may impair investment and economic growth, and which may in turn diminish the value of the Fund’s holdings in emerging market Foreign Government Securities and the currencies in which they are denominated and/or pay revenues.

CONVERTIBLE SECURITIES RISK

Convertible securities generally offer lower interest or dividend yields than non-convertible debt securities of similar quality. The market values of convertible securities tend to decline as interest rates

 

 

 

84


Table of Contents

Principal risks of the Fund

 

 

 

increase and, conversely, to increase as interest rates decline. However, a convertible security’s market value tends to reflect the market price of the common stock of the issuing company when that stock price approaches or is greater than the convertible security’s “conversion price.” The conversion price is defined as the predetermined price at which the convertible security could be exchanged for the associated stock. As the market price of the underlying common stock declines, the price of the convertible security tends to be influenced more by the yield of the convertible security. Thus, it may not decline in price to the same extent as the underlying common stock. In the event of a liquidation of the issuing company, holders of convertible securities would be paid before the company’s common stockholders but after holders of any senior debt obligations of the company. Consequently, the issuer’s convertible securities generally entail less risk than its common stock but more risk than its debt obligations.

The Fund may invest in synthetic convertible securities, which are created through a combination of separate securities that possess the two principal characteristics of a traditional convertible security, i.e. , an income-producing security (“income-producing component”) and the right to acquire an equity security (“convertible component”). The income-producing component is achieved by investing in non-convertible, income-producing securities such as bonds, preferred stocks and money market instruments. The convertible component is achieved by purchasing warrants or options to buy common stock at a certain exercise price, or options on a stock index. The values of synthetic convertible securities will respond differently to market fluctuations than a traditional convertible security because a synthetic convertible is composed of two or more separate securities or instruments, each with its own market value. Synthetic convertible securities are also subject to the risks associated with derivatives. See “—Derivatives Risk.” In addition, if the value of the underlying common stock or the level of the index involved in the convertible element falls below the strike price of the warrant or option, the warrant or option may lose all value.

VALUATION RISK

When market quotations are not readily available or are deemed to be unreliable, the Fund values its investments at fair value as determined in good faith pursuant to policies and procedures approved by the Board of Trustees. See “Net Asset Value.” Fair value pricing may require subjective determinations about the value of a security or other asset. As a result, there can be no assurance that fair value pricing will result in adjustments to the prices of securities or other assets, or that fair value pricing will reflect actual market value, and it is possible that the fair value determined for a security or other asset will be materially different from quoted or published prices, from the prices used by others for the same security or other asset and/or from the value that actually could be or is realized upon the sale of that security or other asset.

LEVERAGE RISK

The Fund’s use of leverage (as described under “Leverage” in the body of this prospectus) creates the opportunity for increased Common Share net income, but also creates special risks for Common Shareholders. To the extent used, there is no assurance that the Fund’s leveraging strategies will be successful. Leverage is a speculative technique that may expose the Fund to greater risk and increased costs. The net proceeds that the Fund obtains from its use of reverse repurchase agreements, dollar rolls and/or borrowings (as well as from any future issuance of preferred shares) will be invested in accordance with the Fund’s investment objectives and policies as described in this prospectus. It is

 

 

 

85


Table of Contents

Principal risks of the Fund

 

 

 

anticipated that interest expense payable by the Fund with respect to its reverse repurchase agreements, dollar rolls and borrowings (or dividends payable with respect to any outstanding preferred shares) will generally be based on shorter-term interest rates that would be periodically reset. So long as the Fund’s portfolio investments provide a higher rate of return (net of applicable Fund expenses) than the interest expenses and other costs to the Fund of such leverage, the investment of the proceeds thereof will generate more income than will be needed to pay the costs of the leverage. If so, and all other things being equal, the excess may be used to pay higher dividends to Common Shareholders than if the Fund were not so leveraged. If, however, shorter-term interest rates rise relative to the rate of return on the Fund’s portfolio, the interest and other costs to the Fund of leverage (including interest expenses on reverse repurchase agreements, dollar rolls and borrowings and the dividend rate on any outstanding preferred shares) could exceed the rate of return on the debt obligations and other investments held by the Fund, thereby reducing return to Common Shareholders. In addition, fees and expenses of any form of leverage used by the Fund will be borne entirely by the Common Shareholders (and not by preferred shareholders, if any) and will reduce the investment return of the Common Shares. Therefore, there can be no assurance that the Fund’s use of leverage will result in a higher yield on the Common Shares, and it may result in losses. In addition, any preferred shares issued by the Fund are expected to pay cumulative dividends, which may tend to increase leverage risk.

Leverage creates several major types of risks for Common Shareholders, including:

 

   

the likelihood of greater volatility of net asset value and market price of Common Shares, and of the investment return to Common Shareholders, than a comparable portfolio without leverage;

 

   

the possibility either that Common Share dividends will fall if the interest and other costs of leverage rise, or that dividends paid on Common Shares will fluctuate because such costs vary over time; and

 

   

the effects of leverage in a declining market or a rising interest rate environment, as leverage is likely to cause a greater decline in the net asset value of the Common Shares than if the Fund were not leveraged and may result in a greater decline in the market value of the Common Shares.

In addition, the counterparties to the Fund’s leveraging transactions and any preferred shareholders of the Fund will have priority of payment over the Fund’s Common Shareholders.

The use by the Fund of reverse repurchase agreements and dollar rolls to obtain leverage also involves special risks. For instance, the market value of the securities that the Fund is obligated to repurchase under a reverse repurchase agreement or dollar roll may decline below the repurchase price. See “The Fund’s Investment Objectives and Strategies––Portfolio Contents and Other Information––Reverse Repurchase Agreements and Dollar Rolls.”

In addition to reverse repurchase agreements, dollar rolls and/or borrowings (or a future issuance of preferred shares), the Fund may engage in other transactions that may give rise to a form of leverage including, among others, futures and forward contracts (including foreign currency exchange contracts), credit default swaps, total return swaps, basis swaps and other derivative transactions, loans of portfolio securities, short sales and when-issued, delayed delivery and forward commitment transactions). The Fund’s use of such transactions gives rise to associated leverage risks described above, and may adversely

 

 

 

86


Table of Contents

Principal risks of the Fund

 

 

 

affect the Fund’s income, distributions and total returns to Common Shareholders. The Fund manages some of its derivative positions by segregating an amount of cash or liquid securities equal to the notional value or the market value, as applicable, of those positions. See “—Segregation and Coverage Risk.” The Fund may also offset derivatives positions against one another or against other assets to manage effective market exposure resulting from derivatives in its portfolio. To the extent that any offsetting positions do not behave in relation to one another as expected, the Fund may perform as if it is leveraged through use of these derivative strategies. See “Leverage.”

Because the fees received by the Investment Manager and the Sub-Adviser are based on the total managed assets of the Fund (including assets attributable to any reverse repurchase agreements, dollar rolls, borrowings and preferred shares that may be outstanding), the Investment Manager and the Sub-Adviser have a financial incentive for the Fund to use certain forms of leverage ( e.g. , reverse repurchase agreements, dollar rolls and other borrowings) or to issue preferred shares, which may create a conflict of interest between the Investment Manager and the Sub-Adviser, on the one hand, and the Common Shareholders, on the other hand.

SEGREGATION AND COVERAGE RISK

Certain portfolio management techniques, such as, among other things, using reverse repurchase agreements or dollar rolls, purchasing securities on a when-issued or delayed delivery basis, entering into swap agreements, futures contracts or other derivative transactions, or engaging in short sales, may be considered senior securities unless steps are taken to segregate the Fund’s assets or otherwise cover its obligations. To avoid having these instruments considered senior securities, the Fund may segregate liquid assets with a value equal (on a daily mark-to-market basis) to its obligations under these types of leveraged transactions, enter into offsetting transactions or otherwise cover such transactions. See “Leverage” in this prospectus. The Fund may be unable to use such segregated assets for certain other purposes, which could result in the Fund earning a lower return on its portfolio than it might otherwise earn if it did not have to segregate those assets in respect of, or otherwise cover, such portfolio positions. To the extent the Fund’s assets are segregated or committed as cover, it could limit the Fund’s investment flexibility. Segregating assets and covering positions will not limit or offset losses on related positions.

FOCUSED INVESTMENT RISK

To the extent that the Fund focuses its investments in a particular industry, the net asset value of the Common Shares will be more susceptible to events or factors affecting companies in that industry. These may include, but are not limited to, governmental regulation, inflation, rising interest rates, cost increases in raw materials, fuel and other operating expenses, technological innovations that may render existing products and equipment obsolete, competition from new entrants, high research and development costs, increased costs associated with compliance with environmental or other regulation and other economic, market, political or other developments specific to that industry. Also, the Fund may invest a substantial portion of its assets in companies in related sectors that may share common characteristics, are often subject to similar business risks and regulatory burdens and whose securities may react similarly to the types of events and factors described above, which will subject the Fund to greater risk. The Fund also will be subject to focused investment risk to the extent that it invests a substantial portion of its assets in a particular country or geographic region. See “—Foreign (Non-U.S.) Investment Risk,” “—Emerging Markets Risk” and “—Foreign Currency Risk.”

 

 

 

87


Table of Contents

Principal risks of the Fund

 

 

 

As a matter of fundamental policy, the Fund will normally invest at least 25% of its total assets ( i.e. , concentrate) in privately-issued (commonly known as “non-agency”) mortgage-related securities, and therefore will be particularly susceptible to the risks associated with these securities. See “—Mortgage-Related and Other Asset-Backed Securities Risk.”

DERIVATIVES RISK

The Fund may utilize a variety of derivative instruments (both long and short positions) for investment or risk management purposes. The Fund may use derivatives to gain exposure to securities markets in which it may invest ( e.g. , pending investment of the proceeds of this offering in individual securities, as well as on an ongoing basis). The Fund may also use derivatives to add leverage to its portfolio. See “—Leverage Risk.” Derivatives transactions that the Fund may utilize include, but are not limited to, purchases or sales of futures and forward contracts (including foreign currency exchange contracts), call and put options, credit default swaps, total return swaps, basis swaps and other swap agreements. The Fund may also have exposure to derivatives, such as interest rate or credit-default swaps, through investment in credit-linked trust certificates and other securities issued by special purpose or structured vehicles. The Fund’s use of derivative instruments involves risks different from, and possibly greater than, the risks associated with investing directly in securities and other traditional investments. Derivatives are subject to a number of risks described elsewhere in this prospectus, such as liquidity risk, interest rate risk, issuer risk, credit risk, leveraging risk, counterparty risk, management risk and, if applicable, smaller company risk. See also “—Segregation and Coverage Risk.” They also involve the risk of mispricing or improper valuation, the risk of unfavorable or ambiguous documentation and the risk that changes in the value of the derivative may not correlate perfectly with the underlying asset, rate or index. If the Fund invests in a derivative instrument, it could lose more than the principal amount invested. Also, suitable derivative transactions may not be available in all circumstances and there can be no assurance that the Fund will engage in these transactions to reduce exposure to other risks when that would be beneficial. The Fund’s use of derivatives also may increase the amount and affect the character and/or timing of taxes payable by Common Shareholders.

CREDIT DEFAULT SWAPS RISK

Credit default swap agreements may involve greater risks than if the Fund had invested in the reference obligation directly since, in addition to general market risks, credit default swaps are subject to illiquidity risk, counterparty risk and credit risk. A buyer generally also will lose its investment and recover nothing should no credit event occur and the swap is held to its termination date. If a credit event were to occur, the value of any deliverable obligation received by the seller (if any), coupled with the upfront or periodic payments previously received, may be less than the full notional value it pays to the buyer, resulting in a loss of value to the seller. When the Fund acts as a seller of a credit default swap, it is exposed to many of the same risks of leverage described herein since if an event of default occurs, the seller must pay the buyer the full notional value of the reference obligation. See “—Leverage Risk.”

Although the Fund may seek to realize gains by selling credit default swaps that increase in value, to realize gains on selling credit default swaps, an active secondary market for such instruments must exist or the Fund must otherwise be able to close out these transactions at advantageous times. In addition to the risk of losses described above, if no such secondary market exists or the Fund is otherwise unable to close out these transactions at advantageous times, selling credit default swaps may not be profitable for the Fund.

 

 

 

88


Table of Contents

Principal risks of the Fund

 

 

 

The market for credit default swaps has become more volatile in recent years as the creditworthiness of certain counterparties has been questioned and/or downgraded. As of the date of this prospectus, credit default swaps are not currently traded on any securities exchange; however, certain credit default index swaps will be required to be cleared through swaps clearing houses beginning in 2013. The Fund will be subject to credit risk with respect to the counterparties to the derivative contract (whether a clearing corporation in the case of a cleared credit default swap or another third party in the case of an uncleared credit default swap). If a counterparty’s credit becomes significantly impaired, multiple requests for collateral posting in a short period of time could increase the risk that the Fund may not receive adequate collateral. The Fund may exit its obligations under a credit default swap only by terminating the contract and paying applicable breakage fees, or by entering into an offsetting credit default swap position, which may cause the Fund to incur more losses.

STRUCTURED INVESTMENTS RISK

The Fund may invest in structured products, including, structured notes, credit-linked notes and other types of structured products. Holders of structured products bear risks of the underlying investments, index or reference obligation and are subject to counterparty risk. The Fund may have the right to receive payments only from the structured product, and generally does not have direct rights against the issuer or the entity that sold the assets to be securitized. While certain structured products enable the investor to acquire interests in a pool of securities without the brokerage and other expenses associated with directly holding the same securities, investors in structured products generally pay their share of the structured product’s administrative and other expenses. Although it is difficult to predict whether the prices of indices and securities underlying structured products will rise or fall, these prices (and, therefore, the prices of structured products) are generally influenced by the same types of political and economic events that affect issuers of securities and capital markets generally. If the issuer of a structured product uses shorter term financing to purchase longer term securities, the issuer may be forced to sell its securities at below market prices if it experiences difficulty in obtaining such financing, which may adversely affect the value of the structured products owned by the Fund. Structured products generally entail risks associated with derivative instruments. See “—Derivatives Risk.”

EVENT-LINKED SECURITIES RISK

Event-linked securities are a form of derivative issued by insurance companies and insurance-related special purpose vehicles that apply securitization techniques to catastrophic property and casualty damages. Unlike other insurable low-severity, high-probability events, the insurance risk of which can be diversified by writing large numbers of similar policies, the holders of a typical event-linked securities are exposed to the risks from high-severity, low-probability events such as that posed by major earthquakes or hurricanes. If a catastrophe occurs that “triggers” the event-linked security, investors in such security may lose some or all of the capital invested. In the case of an event, the funds are paid to the bond sponsor—an insurer, reinsurer or corporation—to cover losses. In return, the bond sponsors pay interest to investors for this catastrophe protection. Event-linked securities can be structured to pay-off on three types of variables—insurance-industry catastrophe loss indices, insure-specific catastrophe losses and parametric indices based on the physical characteristics of catastrophic events. Such variables are difficult to predict or model, and the risk and potential return profiles of event-linked securities may be difficult to assess. Catastrophe-related event-linked securities have been in use since the 1990s, and the securitization and risk-transfer aspects of such event-linked securities are beginning to be employed in other insurance and risk-related areas. No active trading market may exist for certain event-linked securities, which may impair the ability of the Fund to realize full value in the event of the need to liquidate such assets.

 

 

 

89


Table of Contents

Principal risks of the Fund

 

 

 

COUNTERPARTY RISK

The Fund will be subject to credit risk with respect to the counterparties to the derivative contracts and other instruments entered into by the Fund or held by special purpose or structured vehicles in which the Fund invests. In the event that the Fund enters into a derivative transaction with a counterparty that subsequently becomes insolvent or becomes the subject of a bankruptcy case, the derivative transaction may be terminated in accordance with its terms and the Fund’s ability to realize its rights under the derivative instrument and its ability to distribute the proceeds could be adversely affected. If a counterparty becomes bankrupt or otherwise fails to perform its obligations under a derivative contract due to financial difficulties, the Fund may experience significant delays in obtaining any recovery (including recovery of any collateral it has provided to the counterparty) in a dissolution, assignment for the benefit of creditors, liquidation, winding-up, bankruptcy, or other analogous proceeding. In addition, in the event of the insolvency of a counterparty to a derivative transaction, the derivative transaction would typically be terminated at its fair market value. If the Fund is owed this fair market value in the termination of the derivative transaction and its claim is unsecured, the Fund will be treated as a general creditor of such counterparty, and will not have any claim with respect to any underlying security or asset. The Fund may obtain only a limited recovery or may obtain no recovery in such circumstances.

EQUITY SECURITIES AND RELATED MARKET RISK

Subject to the Fund’s investment policies, the Fund may hold common stocks and other equity securities from time to time, including without limitation those it has received through the conversion of a convertible security held by the Fund or in connection with the restructuring of a debt security. The market price of common stocks and other equity securities may go up or down, sometimes rapidly or unpredictably. Equity securities may decline in value due to factors affecting equity securities markets generally, particular industries represented in those markets, or the issuer itself. See “—Issuer Risk.” The values of equity securities may decline due to general market conditions that are not specifically related to a particular company, such as real or perceived adverse economic conditions, changes in the general outlook for corporate earnings, changes in interest or currency rates or adverse investor sentiment generally. They may also decline due to factors which affect a particular industry or industries, such as labor shortages or increased production costs and competitive conditions within an industry. Equity securities generally have greater price volatility than bonds and other debt securities.

PREFERRED SECURITIES RISK

In addition to equity securities risk (see “—Equity Securities and Related Market Risk”), credit risk (see “—Credit Risk”) and possibly high yield risk (see “—High Yield Securities Risk”), investment in preferred securities involves certain other risks. Certain preferred securities contain provisions that allow an issuer under certain conditions to skip or defer distributions. If the Fund owns a preferred security that is deferring its distribution, the Fund may be required to include the amount of the deferred distribution in its taxable income for tax purposes despite the fact that it does not currently receive such amount. In order to receive the special treatment accorded to RICs and their shareholders under the Code and to avoid U.S. federal income and/or excise taxes at the Fund level, the Fund may be required to distribute this income to shareholders in the tax year in which the income is recognized (without a corresponding receipt of cash). Therefore, the Fund may be required to pay out as an income distribution in any such tax year an amount greater than the total amount of cash income the Fund actually received, and to sell portfolio securities, including at potentially disadvantageous times or prices, to obtain cash needed for these income distributions. Preferred securities often are subject to legal provisions that allow

 

 

 

90


Table of Contents

Principal risks of the Fund

 

 

 

for redemption in the event of certain tax or legal changes or at the issuer’s call. In the event of redemption, the Fund may not be able to reinvest the proceeds at comparable rates of return. Preferred securities are subordinated to bonds and other debt securities in an issuer’s capital structure in terms of priority for corporate income and liquidation payments, and therefore will be subject to greater credit risk than those debt securities. Preferred securities may trade less frequently and in a more limited volume and may be subject to more abrupt or erratic price movements than many other securities, such as common stocks, corporate debt securities and U.S. Government securities.

SMALLER COMPANY RISK

The general risks associated with debt instruments or equity securities are particularly pronounced for securities issued by companies with small market capitalizations. Small capitalization companies involve certain special risks. They are more likely than larger companies to have limited product lines, markets or financial resources, or to depend on a small, inexperienced management group. Securities of smaller companies may trade less frequently and in lesser volume than more widely held securities and their values may fluctuate more sharply than other securities. They may also have limited liquidity. These securities may therefore be more vulnerable to adverse developments than securities of larger companies, and the Fund may have difficulty purchasing or selling securities positions in smaller companies at prevailing market prices. Also, there may be less publicly available information about smaller companies or less market interest in their securities as compared to larger companies. Companies with medium-sized market capitalizations may have risks similar to those of smaller companies.

CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION ACCESS RISK

In managing the Fund, PIMCO may from time to time have the opportunity to receive Confidential Information about the issuers of certain investments, including, without limitation, senior floating rate loans, other bank loans and related investments being considered for acquisition by the Fund or held in the Fund’s portfolio. For example, a bank issuer of privately placed senior floating rate loans considered by the Fund may offer to provide PIMCO with financial information and related documentation regarding the bank issuer that is not publicly available. Pursuant to applicable policies and procedures, PIMCO may (but is not required to) seek to avoid receipt of Confidential Information from the issuer so as to avoid possible restrictions on its ability to purchase and sell investments on behalf of the Fund and other clients to which such Confidential Information relates ( e.g. , other securities issued by the bank used in the example above). In such circumstances, the Fund (and other PIMCO clients) may be disadvantaged in comparison to other investors, including with respect to the price the Fund pays or receives when it buys or sells an investment. Further, PIMCO’s and the Fund’s abilities to assess the desirability of proposed consents, waivers or amendments with respect to certain investments may be compromised if they are not privy to available Confidential Information. PIMCO may also determine to receive such Confidential Information in certain circumstances under its applicable policies and procedures. If PIMCO intentionally or unintentionally comes into possession of Confidential Information, it may be unable, potentially for a substantial period of time, to purchase or sell investments to which such Confidential Information relates.

SHORT SALE RISK

The Fund may use short sales for investment and risk management purposes, including when PIMCO anticipates that the market price of securities will decline or will underperform relative to other securities

 

 

 

91


Table of Contents

Principal risks of the Fund

 

 

 

held in the Fund’s portfolio. Short sales are transactions in which the Fund sells a security or other instrument (such as an option, forward, futures or other derivative contract) that it does not own. Short exposure with respect to securities or market segments may also be achieved through the use of derivative instruments, such as forwards, futures or swaps on indices or on individual securities. When the Fund engages in a short sale on a security or other instrument, it must, to the extent required by law, borrow the security or other instrument sold short and deliver it to the counterparty. The Fund will ordinarily have to pay a fee or premium to borrow particular securities and be obligated to repay the lender of the security any dividends or interest that accrue on the security during the period of the loan. The amount of any gain from a short sale will be decreased, and the amount of any loss increased, by the amount of the premium, dividends, interest or expenses the Fund pays in connection with the short sale. Short sales expose the Fund to the risk that it will be required to cover its short position at a time when the securities have appreciated in value, thus resulting in a loss to the Fund. The Fund may, to the extent permitted by law, engage in short sales where it does not own or have the right to acquire the security (or basket of securities) sold short at no additional cost. The Fund’s loss on a short sale could theoretically be unlimited in a case in which the Fund is unable, for whatever reason, to close out its short position. The use by the Fund of short sales in combination with long positions in its portfolio in an attempt to improve performance may not be successful and may result in greater losses or lower positive returns than if the Fund held only long positions. It is possible that the Fund’s long positions will decline in value at the same time that the value of the securities underlying its short positions increase, thereby increasing potential losses to the Fund. In addition, the Fund’s short selling strategies may limit its ability to fully benefit from increases in the relevant securities markets. Short selling also involves a form of financial leverage that may exaggerate any losses realized by the Fund. See “—Leverage Risk.” Also, there is the risk that the counterparty to a short sale may fail to honor its contractual terms, causing a loss to the Fund. See “—Counterparty Risk.” To the extent the Fund seeks to obtain some or all of its short exposure by using derivative instruments instead of engaging directly in short sales on individual securities, it will be subject to many of the foregoing risks, as well as to those described under “—Derivatives Risk.” See also “—Segregation and Coverage Risk.”

OTHER INVESTMENT COMPANIES RISK

The Fund may invest in securities of other open- or closed-end investment companies, including without limitation ETFs, to the extent that such investments are consistent with the Fund’s investment objectives and policies and permissible under the 1940 Act. As a shareholder in an investment company, the Fund will bear its ratable share of that investment company’s expenses, and would remain subject to payment of the Fund’s investment management fees with respect to the assets so invested. Common Shareholders would therefore be subject to duplicative expenses to the extent the Fund invests in other investment companies. In addition, these other investment companies may utilize leverage, in which case an investment would subject the Fund to additional risks associated with leverage. See “—Leverage Risk.”

PRIVATE PLACEMENTS RISK

A private placement involves the sale of securities that have not been registered under the Securities Act, or relevant provisions of applicable non-U.S. law, to certain institutional and qualified individual purchasers, such as the Fund. In addition to the general risks to which all securities are subject, securities received in a private placement generally are subject to strict restrictions on resale, and there may be no liquid secondary market or ready purchaser for such securities. See “—Liquidity Risk.” Therefore, the Fund may be unable to dispose of such securities when it desires to do so, or at the most favorable time or price. Private placements may also raise valuation risks. See “—Valuation Risk.”

 

 

 

92


Table of Contents

Principal risks of the Fund

 

 

 

INFLATION/DEFLATION RISK

Inflation risk is the risk that the value of assets or income from the Fund’s investments will be worth less in the future as inflation decreases the value of payments at future dates. As inflation increases, the real value of the Fund’s portfolio could decline. Deflation risk is the risk that prices throughout the economy decline over time. Deflation may have an adverse effect on the creditworthiness of issuers and may make issuer default more likely, which may result in a decline in the value of the Fund’s portfolio and Common Shares.

RISK OF REGULATORY CHANGES

To the extent that legislation or national or sub-national bank or other regulators in the U.S. or relevant foreign jurisdiction impose additional requirements or restrictions on the ability of certain financial institutions to make loans, particularly in connection with highly leveraged transactions, the availability of investments sought after by the Fund may be reduced. Further, such legislation or regulation could depress the market value of investments held by the Fund. Additionally, legislative, regulatory or tax developments may affect the investment techniques available to PIMCO and the portfolio managers in connection with managing the Fund and may also adversely affect the ability of the Fund to achieve its investment objectives.

On July 21, 2010, the President signed into law major financial services reform legislation in the form of the Dodd-Frank Act. The Dodd-Frank Act, among other things, grants regulatory authorities, such as the CFTC and SEC, broad rulemaking authority to implement various provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act, including comprehensive regulation of the over-the-counter derivatives market. It is unclear how these regulators will exercise these revised and expanded powers and whether they will undertake rulemaking, supervisory or enforcement actions (in addition to those that have been proposed or taken thus far) that would adversely affect the Fund or investments made by the Fund. Possible regulatory actions taken under these revised and expanded powers may include actions related to, among others, financial consumer protection, proprietary trading and derivatives. There can be no assurance that future regulatory actions authorized by the Dodd-Frank Act will not adversely affect the Fund’s performance and/or yield, perhaps to a significant extent. For example, the implementation of the Dodd-Frank Act could adversely affect the Fund by increasing transaction and/or regulatory compliance costs. In addition, greater regulatory scrutiny may increase the Fund’s and the Investment Manager’s or Sub-Adviser’s exposure to potential liabilities or restrictions. Increased regulatory oversight can also impose administrative burdens on the Fund and the Investment Manager or Sub-Adviser including, without limitation, making them subject to examinations or investigations and requiring them to implement new policies and procedures.

REGULATORY RISK—COMMODITY POOL OPERATOR

The CFTC has recently adopted certain regulatory changes that subject registered investment companies and their investment advisers to regulation by the CFTC if the registered investment company invests more than a prescribed level of its liquidation value in commodity interests regulated under the CEA, or if the fund markets itself as providing investment exposure to such instruments. In connection with these regulatory changes, the Investment Manager has registered with the National Futures Association as a CPO under the CEA with respect to certain funds it manages. The Investment Manager has claimed an exclusion from CPO registration pursuant to CFTC Rule 4.5 with respect to the Fund. To remain eligible for this exclusion, the Fund must comply with certain limitations, including limits on its ability to use

 

 

 

93


Table of Contents

Principal risks of the Fund

 

 

 

any commodity interests and limits on the manner in which the Fund holds out its use of such commodity interests. These limitations may restrict the Fund’s ability to pursue its investment objectives and strategies, increase the costs of implementing its strategies, result in higher expenses for the Fund, and/or adversely affect the Fund’s total return. Further, in the event the Investment Manager becomes unable to rely on the exclusion in Rule 4.5 with respect to the Fund, the Fund will be subject to additional regulation and its expenses may increase.

LIQUIDITY RISK

The Fund may invest without limit in illiquid securities (i.e. , securities that cannot be disposed of within seven days in the ordinary course of business at approximately the value at which the Fund has valued the securities). Many of the Fund’s investments may be illiquid. Illiquid securities may trade at a discount from comparable, more liquid investments, and may be subject to wide fluctuations in market value. Also, the Fund may not be able to dispose readily of illiquid securities when that would be beneficial at a favorable time or price or at prices approximating those at which the Fund then values them. Further, the lack of an established secondary market for illiquid securities may make it more difficult to value such securities, which may negatively affect the price the Fund would receive upon disposition of such securities. See “—Valuation Risk.”

TAX RISK

The Fund intends to elect to be treated as a RIC under the Code and intends each year to qualify and be eligible to be treated as such. If the Fund qualifies as a RIC, it generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on its net investment income or net short-term or long-term capital gains, distributed (or deemed distributed, as described below) to shareholders, provided that, for each taxable year, the Fund distributes (or is treated as distributing) to its shareholders an amount equal to or exceeding 90% of its “investment company taxable income” as that term is defined in the Code (which includes, among other things, dividends, taxable interest and the excess of any net short-term capital gains over net long-term capital losses, as reduced by certain deductible expenses). The Fund intends to distribute all or substantially all of its investment company taxable income and net capital gain each year. In order for the Fund to qualify as a RIC in any taxable year, the Fund must meet certain asset diversification tests and at least 90% of its gross income for such year must be certain types of qualifying income. Foreign currency gains will generally be treated as qualifying income for purposes of the 90% gross income requirement. However, the U.S. Treasury Department has authority to issue regulations in the future that could treat some or all of the Fund’s foreign currency gains as non-qualifying income, thereby jeopardizing the Fund’s status as a RIC for all years to which the regulations are applicable. Income derived from some commodity-linked derivatives is not qualifying income, and the treatment of income from some other commodity-linked derivatives is uncertain, for purposes of the 90% gross income test. If for any taxable year the Fund were to fail to meet the income or diversification test described above, the Fund could in some cases cure such failure, including by paying a fund-level tax and, in the case of a diversification test failure, disposing of certain assets. If the Fund were ineligible to or otherwise did not cure such failure for any year, or were otherwise to fail to qualify as a RIC accorded special tax treatment in any taxable year, it would be treated as a corporation subject to U.S. federal income tax, thereby subjecting any income earned by the Fund to tax at the corporate level (currently at a 35% U.S. federal tax rate) and, when such income is distributed, to a further tax as dividends at the shareholder level to the extent of the Fund’s current or accumulated earnings and profits.

 

 

 

94


Table of Contents

Principal risks of the Fund

 

 

 

RECENT ECONOMIC CONDITIONS RISK

The debt and equity capital markets in the United States and in foreign countries have been negatively affected by significant write-offs in the banking and financial services sectors relating to subprime mortgages and the re-pricing of credit risk in the broadly syndicated market, among other things. These events, along with the deterioration of housing markets, the failure of banking and other major financial institutions and resulting governmental actions have led to worsening general economic conditions, which have materially and adversely affected the broader financial and credit markets and have reduced the availability of debt and equity capital for the market as a whole and financial firms in particular. These developments may increase the volatility of the value of securities owned by the Fund, and also may make it more difficult for the Fund to accurately value securities or to sell securities on a timely basis. These developments have adversely affected the broader global economy, and may continue to do so, which in turn may adversely affect the ability of issuers of securities owned by the Fund to make payments of principal and interest when due, lead to lower credit ratings and increase the rate of defaults. Such developments could, in turn, reduce the value of securities owned by the Fund and adversely affect the net asset value and/or market value of the Fund’s Common Shares. In addition, the prolonged continuation or further deterioration of current market conditions could adversely affect the Fund’s portfolio.

The above-noted instability in the financial markets discussed above has led the U.S. and certain foreign governments to take a number of unprecedented actions designed to support certain banking and other financial institutions and segments of the financial markets that have experienced extreme volatility, and in some cases a lack of liquidity. Federal, state and other governments and their regulatory agencies or self-regulatory organizations may take actions that affect the regulation of the instruments in which the Fund invests, or the issuers of such instruments, in ways that are unforeseeable or not fully understood or anticipated. See “––Risk of Regulatory Changes.”

The implications of government ownership and disposition of these assets are unclear, and such programs may have positive or negative effects on the liquidity, valuation and performance of the Fund’s portfolio holdings and the value of the Common Shares. Governments or their agencies have and may in the future acquire distressed assets from financial institutions and acquire ownership interests in those institutions.

U.S. legislation or regulation may also change the way in which the Fund itself is regulated. Such legislation or regulation could limit or preclude the Fund’s ability to achieve its investment objectives. See “––Risk of Regulatory Changes.”

According to various reports, certain financial institutions, commencing as early as 2005 and throughout the global financial crisis, routinely made artificially low submissions in the LIBOR rate setting process. In June 2012, one such financial institution was fined a significant amount by various financial regulators in connection with allegations of manipulation of LIBOR rates, and other financial institutions in various countries are being investigated for similar actions. These developments may have adversely affected the interest rates on securities whose interest payments were determined by reference to LIBOR. Any future similar developments could, in turn, adversely affect the value of securities owned by the Fund.

MARKET DISRUPTION AND GEOPOLITICAL RISK

The wars with Iraq and Afghanistan and similar conflicts and geopolitical developments, their aftermath and substantial military presence in Afghanistan are likely to have a substantial effect on the U.S. and

 

 

 

95


Table of Contents

Principal risks of the Fund

 

 

 

world economies and securities markets. The nature, scope and duration of the wars and the potential costs of rebuilding infrastructure cannot be predicted with any certainty. Terrorist attacks on the World Trade Center and the Pentagon on September 11, 2001 closed some of the U.S. securities markets for a four-day period and similar future events cannot be ruled out. The war and occupation, terrorism and related geopolitical risks have led, and may in the future lead, to increased short-term market volatility and may have adverse long-term effects on U.S. and world economies and markets generally. Likewise, natural and environmental disasters, such as the earthquake and tsunami in Japan in early 2011, and systemic market dislocations of the kind surrounding the insolvency of Lehman Brothers in 2008, if repeated, could be highly disruptive to economies and markets. Those events, as well as other changes in foreign and domestic economic and political conditions, also could have an acute effect on individual issuers or related groups of issuers. These risks also could adversely affect individual issuers and securities markets, interest rates, secondary trading, ratings, credit risk, inflation, deflation and other factors relating to the Fund’s investments and the market value and net asset value of the Fund’s Common Shares.

POTENTIAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST RISK—ALLOCATION OF INVESTMENT OPPORTUNITIES

The Investment Manager and the Sub-Adviser are involved worldwide with a broad spectrum of financial services and asset management activities and may engage in the ordinary course of business in activities in which their interests or the interests of their clients may conflict with those of the Fund. The Investment Manager and the Sub-Adviser may provide investment management services to other funds and discretionary managed accounts that follow an investment program similar to that of the Fund. Subject to the requirements of the 1940 Act, the Investment Manager and the Sub-Adviser intend to engage in such activities and may receive compensation from third parties for their services. The results of the Fund’s investment activities may differ from those of the Fund’s affiliates, or another account managed by the Fund’s affiliates, and it is possible that the Fund could sustain losses during periods in which one or more of the Fund’s affiliates and/or other accounts achieve profits on their trading for proprietary or other accounts.

REPURCHASE AGREEMENTS RISK

The Fund may enter into repurchase agreements, in which the Fund purchases a security from a bank or broker-dealer, which agrees to repurchase the security at the Fund’s cost plus interest within a specified time. If the party agreeing to repurchase should default, the Fund will seek to sell the securities which it holds. This could involve procedural costs or delays in addition to a loss on the securities if their value should fall below their repurchase price. Repurchase agreements maturing in more than seven days and which may not be terminated within seven days at approximately the amount at which the Fund has valued the agreements are considered illiquid securities. These events could also trigger adverse tax consequences for the Fund.

SECURITIES LENDING RISK

There may be risks of delay and costs involved in recovery of securities or even loss of rights in the collateral should the borrower of the securities fail financially. These delays and costs could be greater with respect to foreign securities. Securities lending involves the risk of loss of rights in the collateral or delay in recovery of the collateral should the borrower fail to return the securities loaned or become insolvent. The Fund may pay lending fees to the party arranging the loan. The Fund bears the risk of investments made with the cash collateral received by the Fund in securities lending transactions.

 

 

 

96


Table of Contents

Principal risks of the Fund

 

 

 

Investments of cash collateral may lose value and/or become illiquid, although the Fund remains obligated to return the collateral amount to the borrower upon termination or maturity of the securities loan and may realize losses on the collateral investments and/or be required to liquidate other portfolio assets in order to satisfy its obligations. Due to continuing adverse conditions in the mortgage and credit markets, liquidity and related problems in the broader markets for commercial paper and other factors, any investments of securities lending collateral by the Fund, including investments in asset-backed commercial paper and notes issued by structured investment vehicles, would present increased credit and liquidity risks. See “—Mortgage-Related and Asset-Backed Securities Risk.” To the extent the Fund invests collateral in instruments that become illiquid, efforts to recall securities and return collateral may force the Fund to liquidate other portfolio holdings in an effort to generate cash.

ZERO-COUPON BOND AND PAYMENT-IN-KIND SECURITIES RISK

Investments in zero-coupon and payment-in-kind securities are subject to certain risks, including that market prices of zero-coupon and payment-in-kind securities generally are more volatile than the prices of securities that pay interest periodically and in cash, and are likely to respond to changes in interest rates to a greater degree than other types of debt securities with similar maturities and credit quality. Because zero-coupon securities bear no interest, their prices are especially volatile. And because zero-coupon bondholders do not receive interest payments, the prices of zero-coupon securities generally fall more dramatically than those of bonds that pay interest on a current basis when interest rates rise. However, when interest rates fall, the prices of zero-coupon securities generally rise more rapidly in value than those of similar interest paying bonds. Under many market and other conditions, the market for the zero-coupon and payment-in-kind securities may suffer decreased liquidity making it difficult for the Fund to dispose of them or to determine their current value. In addition, as these securities may not pay cash interest, the Fund’s investment exposure to these securities and their risks, including credit risk, will increase during the time these securities are held in the Fund’s portfolio. Further, to maintain its qualification for treatment as a RIC and to avoid Fund-level U.S. federal income and/or excise taxes, the Fund is required to distribute to its shareholders any income it is deemed to have received in respect of such investments, notwithstanding that cash has not been received currently, and the value of paid-in-kind interest. Consequently, the Fund may have to dispose of portfolio securities under disadvantageous circumstances to generate the cash, or may have to leverage itself by borrowing the cash to satisfy this distribution requirement. The required distributions, if any, would result in an increase in the Fund’s exposure to these securities.

PORTFOLIO TURNOVER RISK

The Sub-Adviser manages the Fund without regard generally to restrictions on portfolio turnover. The use of futures contracts and other derivative instruments with relatively short maturities may tend to exaggerate the portfolio turnover rate for the Fund. Trading in fixed income securities does not generally involve the payment of brokerage commissions, but does involve indirect transaction costs. The use of futures contracts may involve the payment of commissions to futures commission merchants. Higher portfolio turnover involves correspondingly greater expenses to the Fund, including brokerage commissions or dealer mark-ups and other transaction costs on the sale of securities and reinvestments in other securities. The higher the rate of portfolio turnover of the Fund, the higher these transaction costs borne by the Fund generally will be. Such sales may result in realization of taxable capital gains (including short-term capital gains, which are generally taxed to shareholders at ordinary income tax rates when distributed net of short-term capital losses and net long-term capital losses), and may adversely impact the Fund’s after-tax returns. See “Tax Matters.”

 

 

 

97


Table of Contents

Principal risks of the Fund

 

 

 

CERTAIN AFFILIATIONS

Certain broker-dealers may be considered to be affiliated persons of the Fund, the Investment Manager and/or PIMCO due to their possible affiliations with Allianz SE, the ultimate parent of the Investment Manager and PIMCO. Absent an exemption from the SEC or other regulatory relief, the Fund is generally precluded from effecting certain principal transactions with affiliated brokers, and its ability to purchase securities being underwritten by an affiliated broker or a syndicate including an affiliated broker, or to utilize affiliated brokers for agency transactions, is subject to restrictions. This could limit the Fund’s ability to engage in securities transactions and take advantage of market opportunities. In addition, unless and until the underwriting syndicate is broken in connection with the initial public offering of the Common Shares, the Fund will be precluded from effecting principal transactions with brokers who are members of the syndicate.

ANTI-TAKEOVER PROVISIONS

The Fund’s Declaration includes provisions that could limit the ability of other entities or persons to acquire control of the Fund or to convert the Fund to open-end status. See “Anti-Takeover and Other Provisions in the Declaration of Trust.” These provisions in the Declaration could have the effect of depriving the Common Shareholders of opportunities to sell their Common Shares at a premium over the then-current market price of the Common Shares or at net asset value.

How the Fund manages risk

The Fund may (but is not required to) use various investment strategies to seek exposure to foreign currencies, or attempt to hedge exposure to reduce the risk of loss and preserve capital, due to fluctuations in currency exchange rates relative to the U.S. dollar. See “The Fund’s Investment Objectives and Strategies—Portfolio Contents and Other Information—Foreign Currencies and Related Transactions.” The Fund may also purchase credit default swaps for the purpose of hedging the Fund’s credit exposure to certain issuers and, thereby, seek to decrease its exposure to credit risk, and it may invest in structured notes or interest rate futures contracts or swap, cap, floor or collar transactions for the purpose of reducing the interest rate sensitivity of the Fund’s portfolio and, thereby, seek to decrease the Fund’s exposure to interest rate risk. See “The Fund’s Investment Objectives and Strategies—Portfolio Contents and Other Information—Credit Default Swaps,” “The Fund’s Investment Objectives and Strategies—Portfolio Contents and Other Information—Structured Notes and Related Instruments” and “The Fund’s Investment Objectives and Strategies—Portfolio Contents and Other Information—Certain Interest Rate Transactions” in this prospectus. Other derivatives strategies and instruments that the Fund may use include without limitation: financial futures contracts; short sales; other types of swap agreements or options thereon; options on financial futures; and options based on either an index or individual debt securities whose prices, PIMCO believes, correlate with the prices of the Fund’s investments. Income earned by the Fund from its hedging and related transactions may be subject to one or more special U.S. federal income tax rules that can affect the amount, timing and/or character of distributions to Common Shareholders. For instance, income earned by the Fund from its foreign currency hedging activities, if any, may give rise to ordinary income that, to the extent not offset by losses from such activities, may be distributed to Common Shareholders and taxable at ordinary income rates. Therefore, any foreign currency hedging activities by the Fund can increase the amount of distributions taxable to Common Shareholders as ordinary income. See “Tax Matters.” There is no assurance that these hedging strategies will be available at any time or that PIMCO will determine to use them for the Fund or, if used, that the strategies will be successful. PIMCO may determine not to engage

 

 

 

98


Table of Contents

How the Fund manages risk

 

 

 

in hedging strategies or to do so only in unusual circumstances or market conditions. In addition, the Fund may be subject to certain restrictions on its use of hedging strategies imposed by guidelines of one or more regulatory authorities or ratings agencies that may issue ratings on any preferred shares issued by the Fund. See “Principal Risks of the Fund—Regulatory Risk—Commodity Pool Operator.”

Management of the Fund

TRUSTEES AND OFFICERS

The Board of Trustees is responsible for the management of the Fund, including supervision of the duties performed by the Investment Manager and PIMCO. There are currently seven trustees of the Fund, three of whom are treated by the Fund as “interested persons” (as defined in the 1940 Act). Certain of the Trustees may be considered to be interested persons due to beneficial ownership of common stock of one or more principal underwriters of the Fund in its initial public offering of Common Shares. After the completion of the initial public offering of the Common Shares, it is expected that only one Trustee will be treated as an “interested person” of the Fund. The names and business addresses of the trustees and officers of the Fund and their principal occupations and other affiliations during the past five years are set forth under “Management of the Fund” in the Statement of Additional Information.

INVESTMENT MANAGER

The Investment Manager serves as the investment manager of the Fund. Subject to the supervision of the Board, the Investment Manager is responsible for managing, either directly or through others selected by it, the investment activities of the Fund and the Fund’s business affairs and other administrative matters. The Investment Manager is located at 1633 Broadway, New York, New York 10019.

Organized in 2000, the Investment Manager provides investment management and advisory services to a number of closed-end and open-end investment company clients. The Investment Manager is a wholly-owned indirect subsidiary of Allianz SE, a publicly-traded European insurance and financial services company. As of December 31, 2012, the Investment Manager had approximately $49 billion in assets under management.

The Investment Manager has retained its affiliate, PIMCO, as a sub-adviser to manage the Fund’s portfolio investments. See “—Sub-Adviser.” The Investment Manager may retain affiliates to provide various administrative and other services required by the Fund.

SUB-ADVISER

PIMCO, an affiliate of the Investment Manager, serves as the sub-adviser for the Fund pursuant to a portfolio management agreement between the Investment Manager and PIMCO. Subject to this agreement and to the supervision of the Investment Manager, PIMCO has full investment discretion and makes all determinations with respect to the investment of the Fund’s assets.

PIMCO is located at 840 Newport Center Drive, Newport Beach, California 92660. Organized in 1971, PIMCO provides investment management and advisory services to private accounts of institutional and individual clients and to a number of open-end and closed-end investment companies. As of December 31, 2012, PIMCO had approximately $2 trillion in assets under management.

 

 

 

99


Table of Contents

Management of the Fund

 

 

 

Bill Gross, a founder of PIMCO, is a Managing Director and Co-Chief Investment Officer of PIMCO. In his role as Co-Chief Investment Officer, he serves as the head of the Investment Committee, which oversees setting investment policy decisions, including duration positioning, yield curve management, sector allocation, credit quality and overall portfolio composition, for all PIMCO portfolios and strategies, including the Fund.

The Fund is managed by the following team of investment professionals. Mr. Marc P. Seidner serves as the lead portfolio manager and is primarily responsible for the day-to-day management of the Fund.

 

Name

   Since   

Recent Professional Experience

Marc P. Seidner

   Inception    Mr. Seidner is a managing director and head of PIMCO’s global credit team. He is also a regular member of PIMCO’s Investment Committee. He is also one of seven generalist portfolio managers at PIMCO. Prior to joining PIMCO in 2009, Mr. Seidner was a managing director and domestic fixed income portfolio manager at Harvard Management Company. He previously held portfolio management roles at Standish Mellon Asset Management and Fidelity Management and Research. He has 24 years of investment experience and holds an undergraduate degree in economics from Boston College.

Mark R. Kiesel

   Inception    Mr. Kiesel is a managing director of PIMCO, a generalist portfolio manager, global head of the corporate bond portfolio management group and a senior member of the investment strategy and portfolio management group. In his role as global head of corporate bond portfolio management, he oversees PIMCO’s investment grade credit, high yield and bank loan business. He also manages corporate portfolios for the firm. He joined PIMCO in 1996 and previously served as PIMCO’s head of equity derivatives and as a senior credit analyst. He has 19 years of investment experience and holds an MBA from the University of Chicago Graduate School of Business. He received his undergraduate degree from the University of Michigan

 

 

 

100


Table of Contents

Management of the Fund

 

 

 

Name

   Since   

Recent Professional Experience

Alfred T. Murata

   Inception    Mr. Murata is a managing director and portfolio manager of PIMCO with the mortgage- and asset-backed securities team. Prior to joining PIMCO in 2001, he researched and implemented exotic equity and interest-rate derivatives at Nikko Financial Technologies. He has 13 years of investment experience and holds a Ph.D. in engineering-economic systems and operations research from Stanford University. He also earned a J.D. from Stanford Law School and is a member of the State Bar of California.

Sai S. Devabhaktuni

   Inception    Mr. Devabhaktuni is an executive vice president of PIMCO and head of corporate distressed portfolio management. Prior to joining PIMCO in 2012, he was founder and managing principal of Monocle Group LLC, an investment firm focused on opportunities in stressed and distressed securities, post-reorganization securities and special situation equities. Previously he was one of three managing principals for 12 years with MHR Fund Management LLC, a New York-based private equity firm specializing in the distressed securities market. Earlier in his career he was an analyst with Highbridge Capital Management LLC and Nomura Securities. He has 19 years of investment experience and holds an undergraduate degree in economics from The Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania.

 

 

 

101


Table of Contents

Management of the Fund

 

 

 

Name

   Since   

Recent Professional Experience

Elizabeth MacLean

   Inception    Ms. MacLean is an executive vice president and bank loan portfolio manager of PIMCO. Prior to joining PIMCO in 2011, she was a partner and bank loan portfolio manager at Lord Abbett, where she oversaw the firm’s loan portfolio management team and managed structured products. Previously, she was a managing director and portfolio manager for leveraged loan investments at Nomura Corporate Research and Asset Management. Before that, she was vice president and portfolio manager at Pilgrim Investments and also held senior corporate lending officer roles at the Bank of Hawaii and the Bank of New York. She has 24 years of investment experience and holds an MBA from the W.P. Carey School of Business at Arizona State University. She received an undergraduate degree from Vanderbilt University.

The Statement of Additional Information provides additional information about the portfolio managers’ compensation, other accounts managed by the portfolio managers and the portfolio managers’ ownership of securities in the Fund.

INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT AND PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT

Pursuant to an investment management agreement between the Investment Manager and the Fund (the “Investment Management Agreement”), the Fund has agreed to pay the Investment Manager an annual fee, payable monthly, in an amount equal to 1.15% of the Fund’s average daily total managed assets, for its services rendered, for the facilities furnished and for certain expenses borne by the Investment Manager pursuant to the Investment Management Agreement. “Total managed assets” means the total assets of the Fund (including assets attributable to any reverse repurchase agreements, dollar rolls, borrowings and preferred shares that may be outstanding) minus accrued liabilities (other than liabilities representing reverse repurchase agreements, dollar rolls and borrowings). For purposes of calculating “total managed assets,” the liquidation preference of any preferred shares outstanding is not considered a liability. By way of clarification, with respect to any reverse repurchase agreement, dollar roll or similar transaction, “total managed assets” include any proceeds from the sale of an asset of the Fund to a counterparty in such a transaction, in addition to the value of the underlying asset as of the relevant measuring date.

In addition to the fees of the Investment Manager, the Fund pays all other costs and expenses of its operations, including compensation of its trustees (other than those affiliated with the Investment Manager), custodial expenses, shareholder servicing expenses, transfer agency, sub-transfer agency and dividend disbursing expenses, legal fees, expenses of independent auditors, expenses of preparing, printing and distributing prospectuses, shareholder reports, notices, proxy statements and reports to governmental agencies, and taxes, if any.

 

 

 

102


Table of Contents

Management of the Fund

 

 

 

Pursuant to a portfolio management agreement between the Investment Manager and PIMCO, the Investment Manager (and not the Fund) pays a portion of the fees it receives under the Investment Management Agreement (as defined above) to PIMCO in return for PIMCO’s services. The Investment Manager will pay a monthly fee to PIMCO at the annual rate of 1.025% of the Fund’s average daily total managed assets.

Because the fees received by the Investment Manager and PIMCO are based on the total managed assets of the Fund (including assets attributable to any reverse repurchase agreements, dollar rolls, borrowings and preferred shares that may be outstanding), the Investment Manager and PIMCO have a financial incentive for the Fund to utilize reverse repurchase agreements, dollar rolls and borrowings or to issue preferred shares, which may create a conflict of interest between the Investment Manager and PIMCO, on the one hand, and the holders of the Fund’s Common Shares, on the other hand.

A discussion regarding the considerations of the Fund’s Board of Trustees for approving the Investment Management Agreement and the portfolio management agreement between the Investment Manager and PIMCO will be included in the Fund’s first semi-annual report to shareholders.

Net asset value

The net asset value per share (“NAV”) of the Fund’s Common Shares is determined by dividing the total value of the Fund’s portfolio investments and other assets, less any liabilities, by the total number of shares outstanding. Fund shares are valued as of a particular time (the “Valuation Time”) on each day (“Business Day”) that the NYSE is open for trading. The Valuation Time is ordinarily at the close of regular trading on the NYSE (normally 4:00 p.m., Eastern time) (the “NYSE Close”). In unusual circumstances, the Board of Trustees may determine that the Valuation Time shall be as of 4:00 p.m., Eastern time, notwithstanding an earlier, unscheduled close or halt of trading on the NYSE.

For purposes of calculating NAV, the Fund’s investments for which market quotations are readily available are valued at market value. Market values for various types of securities and other instruments are determined on the basis of closing prices or last sales prices on an exchange or other market, or based on quotes or other market information obtained from quotation reporting systems, established market makers or pricing services. Short-term investments having a maturity of 60 days or less are generally valued at amortized cost.

If market quotations are not readily available (including in cases where available market quotations are deemed to be unreliable), the Fund’s investments will be valued at fair value as determined in good faith pursuant to policies and procedures approved by the Board of Trustees (so called “fair value pricing”). Fair value pricing may require subjective determinations about the value of a security or other asset, and fair values used to determine the Fund’s NAV may differ from quoted or published prices, or from prices that are used by others, for the same investments. Also, the use of fair value pricing may not always result in adjustments to the prices of securities or other assets held by the Fund.

The Fund may determine that market quotations are not readily available due to events relating to a single issuer ( e.g. , corporate actions or announcements) or events relating to multiple issuers ( e.g. , governmental actions or natural disasters). The Fund may determine the fair value of investments based on information provided by pricing services and other third-party vendors, which may recommend fair value prices or adjustments with reference to other securities, indices or assets. In considering whether fair value pricing is required and in determining fair values, the Fund may, among other things, consider

 

 

 

103


Table of Contents

Net asset value

 

 

 

significant events (which may be considered to include changes in the value of U.S. securities or securities indices) that occur after the close of the relevant market and before the Valuation Time. The Fund may use modeling tools provided by third-party vendors to determine fair values of certain non-U.S. securities.

For purposes of calculating NAV, the Fund normally uses pricing data for domestic equity securities received shortly after the NYSE Close and does not normally take into account trading, clearances or settlements that take place after the NYSE Close. Domestic fixed income and non-U.S. securities are normally priced using data reflecting the earlier closing of the principal markets for those securities, subject to possible fair value adjustments. Information that becomes known to the Fund or its agents after NAV has been calculated on a particular day will not generally be used to retroactively adjust the price of a security or NAV determined earlier that day.

Investments initially valued in currencies other than the U.S. dollar are converted to U.S. dollars using exchange rates obtained from pricing services. As a result, NAV of the Fund’s shares may be affected by changes in the value of currencies in relation to the U.S. dollar. The value of investments traded in markets outside the United States or denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar may be affected significantly on a day that the NYSE is closed. The calculation of the Fund’s NAV may not take place contemporaneously with the determination of the prices of non-U.S. securities used in NAV calculations.

In unusual circumstances, instead of valuing securities in the usual manner, the Fund may value securities at fair value as determined in good faith by the Board of Trustees, generally based upon recommendations provided by the Investment Manager or PIMCO. Fair valuation also may be required due to material events that occur after the close of the relevant market but prior to the NYSE Close.

The Fund values derivative positions in accordance with policies adopted by the Board of Trustees.

Distributions

Commencing with the Fund’s first dividend, the Fund intends to make monthly cash distributions to Common Shareholders at rates that reflect the past and projected net income of the Fund. Subject to applicable law, the Fund may fund a portion of its distributions with gains from the sale of portfolio securities and other sources. The dividend rate that the Fund pays on its Common Shares may vary as portfolio and market conditions change, and will depend on a number of factors, including without limitation the amount of the Fund’s undistributed net investment income and net short- and long-term capital gains, as well as the costs of any leverage obtained by the Fund (including interest expenses on any reverse repurchase agreements, dollar rolls and borrowings and dividends payable on any preferred shares issued by the Fund). As portfolio and market conditions change, the rate of distributions on the Common Shares and the Fund’s dividend policy could change. For a discussion of factors that may cause the Fund’s income and capital gains (and therefore the dividend) to vary, see “Principal Risks of the Fund.” The Fund intends to distribute each year all of its net investment income and net short-term capital gains. In addition, at least annually, the Fund intends to distribute net realized long-term capital gains not previously distributed, if any. The net investment income of the Fund consists of all income (other than net short-term and long-term capital gains) less all expenses of the Fund (after it pays accrued dividends on any outstanding preferred shares). The Fund’s initial distribution is expected to be declared approximately 45 to 60 days, and paid approximately 60 to 90 days, from the completion of this

 

 

 

104


Table of Contents

Distributions

 

 

 

offering, depending on market conditions. To permit the Fund to maintain more stable distributions, the Fund’s distribution rates will be based, in part, on projections as to annual cash available for distribution and, therefore, the distributions paid by the Fund for any particular month may be more or less than the amount of cash available to the Fund for distribution for that monthly period.

The tax treatment and characterization of the Fund’s distributions may vary significantly from time to time because of the varied nature of the Fund’s investments. To the extent required by the 1940 Act and other applicable laws, absent an exemption, a notice will accompany each monthly distribution with respect to the estimated source (as between net income and gains based on GAAP) of the distribution made. The tax characterization of the Fund’s distributions made in a taxable year cannot finally be determined until at or after the end of the year. As a result, there is a possibility that the Fund may make total distributions during a taxable year in an amount that exceeds the Fund’s net investment income and net realized capital gains for the relevant year (including as reduced by any capital loss carry-forwards). For example, the Fund may distribute amounts early in the year that are derived from short-term capital gains, but incur net short-term capital losses later in the year, thereby offsetting short-term capital gains out of which distributions have already been made by the Fund. In such a situation, the amount by which the Fund’s total distributions exceed net investment income and net realized capital gains would generally be treated as a tax-free return of capital up to the amount of a shareholder’s tax basis in his or her Common Shares, with any amounts exceeding such basis treated as gain from the sale of Common Shares. In general terms, a return of capital would occur where a Fund distribution (or portion thereof) represents a return of a portion of your investment, rather than net income or capital gains generated from your investment during a particular period. Although return of capital distributions may not be taxable, such distributions would reduce the basis of a shareholder’s Common Shares and therefore may increase a shareholder’s capital gains, or decrease a shareholder’s capital loss, thereby potentially increasing a shareholder’s tax liability upon a sale of Common Shares. The Fund will send shareholders detailed tax information with respect to the Fund’s distributions annually. See “Tax Matters.”

The 1940 Act currently limits the number of times the Fund may distribute long-term capital gains in any tax year, which may increase the variability of the Fund’s distributions and result in certain distributions being comprised more or less heavily than others of long-term capital gains currently eligible for favorable income tax rates.

Unless a Common Shareholder elects to receive distributions in cash, all distributions of Common Shareholders whose shares are registered with the plan agent will be automatically reinvested in additional Common Shares under the Fund’s Dividend Reinvestment Plan. See “Dividend Reinvestment Plan.”

Although it does not currently intend to do so, the Board of Trustees may change the Fund’s distribution policy and the amount or timing of distributions, based on a number of factors, including the amount of the Fund’s undistributed net investment income and net short- and long-term capital gains and historical and projected net investment income and net short- and long-term capital gains.

Dividend reinvestment plan

The Fund has adopted a Dividend Reinvestment Plan (the “Plan”) which allows Common Shareholders to reinvest Fund distributions in additional Common Shares of the Fund. American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC (the “Plan Agent”) serves as agent for Common Shareholders in administering the

 

 

 

105


Table of Contents

Dividend reinvestment plan

 

 

 

Plan. It is important to note that participation in the Plan and automatic reinvestment of Fund distributions does not ensure a profit, nor does it protect against losses in a declining market.

AUTOMATIC ENROLLMENT/VOLUNTARY PARTICIPATION

Under the Plan, Common Shareholders whose shares are registered with the Plan Agent (“registered shareholders”) are automatically enrolled as participants in the Plan and will have all Fund distributions of income, capital gains and returns of capital (together, “distributions”) reinvested by the Plan Agent in additional Common Shares of the Fund, unless the shareholder elects to receive cash. Registered shareholders who elect not to participate in the Plan will receive all distributions in cash paid by check and mailed directly to the shareholder of record (or if the shares are held in street or other nominee name, to the nominee) by the Plan Agent.

Participation in the Plan is voluntary. Participants may terminate or resume their enrollment in the Plan at any time without penalty by notifying the Plan Agent online at www.amstock.com, by calling (800) 254-5197, by writing to the Plan Agent, P.O. Box 922, Wall Street Station, New York, NY 10269-0560, or, as applicable, by completing and returning the transaction form attached to a Plan statement. A proper notification will be effective immediately and apply to the Fund’s next distribution if received by the Plan Agent at least three (3) days prior to the record date for the distribution; otherwise, a notification will be effective shortly following the Fund’s next distribution and will apply to the Fund’s next succeeding distribution thereafter. If you withdraw from the Plan and so request, the Plan Agent will arrange for the sale of your shares and send you the proceeds, minus a transaction fee and brokerage commissions.

HOW SHARES ARE PURCHASED UNDER THE PLAN

For each Fund distribution, the Plan Agent will acquire Common Shares for participants either (i) through receipt of newly issued Common Shares from the Fund (“newly issued shares”) or (ii) by purchasing Common Shares of the Fund on the open market (“open market purchases”). If, on a distribution payment date, the net asset value per Common Share of the Fund (“NAV”) is equal to or less than the market price per Common Share plus estimated brokerage commissions (often referred to as a “market premium”), the Plan Agent will invest the distribution amount on behalf of participants in newly issued shares at a price equal to the greater of (i) NAV or (ii) 95% of the market price per Common Share on the payment date. If the NAV is greater than the market price per Common Share plus estimated brokerage commissions (often referred to as a “market discount”) on a distribution payment date, the Plan agent will instead attempt to invest the distribution amount through open market purchases. If the Plan Agent is unable to invest the full distribution amount in open market purchases, or if the market discount shifts to a market premium during the purchase period, the Plan Agent will invest any un-invested portion of the distribution in newly issued shares at a price equal to the greater of (i) NAV or (ii) 95% of the market price per share as of the last business day immediately prior to the purchase date (which, in either case, may be a price greater or lesser than the NAV per Common Share on the distribution payment date). No interest will be paid on distributions awaiting reinvestment.

Under the Plan, the market price of Common Shares on a particular date is the last sales price on the exchange where the shares are listed on that date or, if there is no sale on the exchange on that date, the mean between the closing bid and asked quotations for the shares on the exchange on that date. The NAV per Common Share on a particular date is the amount calculated on that date (normally at the close of regular trading on the NYSE) in accordance with the Fund’s then current policies.

 

 

 

106


Table of Contents

Dividend reinvestment plan

 

 

 

FEES AND EXPENSES

No brokerage charges are imposed on reinvestments in newly issued shares under the Plan. However, all participants will pay a pro rata share of brokerage commissions incurred by the Plan Agent when it makes open market purchases. There are currently no direct service charges imposed on participants in the Plan, although the Fund reserves the right to amend the Plan to include such charges. The Plan Agent imposes a transaction fee (in addition to brokerage commissions that are incurred) if it arranges for the sale of your Common Shares held under the Plan.

SHARES HELD THROUGH NOMINEES

In the case of registered shareholders such as a broker, bank or other nominee (together, a “nominee”) that holds Common Shares for others who are the beneficial owners, the Plan Agent will administer the Plan on the basis of the number of Common Shares certified by the nominee/record shareholder as representing the total amount registered in such shareholder’s name and held for the account of beneficial owners who are to participate in the Plan. If your Common Shares are held through a broker, bank or other nominee and are not registered with the Plan Agent, neither you nor the nominee will be participants in or have distributions reinvested under the Plan. If you are a beneficial owner of Common Shares and wish to participate in the Plan, and your nominee is unable or unwilling to become a registered shareholder and a Plan participant on your behalf, you may request that your nominee arrange to have all or a portion of your shares re-registered with the Plan Agent in your name so that you may be enrolled as a participant in the Plan. Please contact your nominee for details or for other possible alternatives. Participants whose shares are registered with the Plan Agent in the name of one nominee firm may not be able to transfer the shares to another firm and continue to participate in the Plan.

TAX CONSEQUENCES

Automatically reinvested dividends and distributions are taxed in the same manner as cash dividends and distributions— i.e. , automatic reinvestment in additional shares does not relieve shareholders of, or defer the need to pay, any income tax that may be payable (or that is required to be withheld) on Fund dividends and distributions.

The Fund and the Plan Agent reserve the right to amend or terminate the Plan. Additional information about the Plan, as well as a copy of the full Plan itself, may be obtained from the Plan Agent, P.O. Box 922, Wall Street Station, New York, NY 10269-0560; telephone number: (800) 254-5107; web site: www.amstock.com.

Description of shares

The following is a brief description of the anticipated capital structure of the Fund. This description does not purport to be complete and is subject to and qualified in its entirety by reference to the Declaration and the Fund’s Bylaws, as amended and restated through the date hereof (the “Bylaws”). The Declaration and Bylaws are each exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

The Fund is an unincorporated voluntary association with transferable shares of beneficial interest (commonly referred to as a “Massachusetts business trust”) established under the laws of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts by the Declaration. The Declaration provides that the Trustees of the Fund may authorize separate classes of shares of beneficial interest. Preferred shares may be issued in one

 

 

 

107


Table of Contents

Description of shares

 

 

 

or more series, with such par value and with such rights as determined by the Board, by action of the Board without the approval of the Common Shareholders.

The Declaration authorizes the issuance of an unlimited number of Common Shares. The Common Shares will be issued with a par value of $0.00001 per share.

Common Shareholders are entitled to share equally in dividends declared by the Board and in the net assets of the Fund available for distribution to Common Shareholders after payment of the preferential amounts payable to any outstanding preferred shares of beneficial interest. All Common Shares have equal rights to the payment of dividends and the distribution of assets upon liquidation. Common Shares will, when issued, be fully paid and, subject to matters discussed in “Anti-Takeover and Other Provisions in the Declaration of Trust,” non-assessable, and will have no pre-emptive or conversion rights or rights to cumulative voting, and have no right to cause the Fund to redeem their shares. Upon liquidation of the Fund, after paying or adequately providing for the payment of all liabilities of the Fund and the liquidation preference with respect to any outstanding preferred shares, and upon receipt of such releases, indemnities and refunding agreements as they deem necessary for their protection, the Trustees may distribute the remaining assets of the Fund among the Fund’s Common Shareholders.

Common Shareholders are entitled to one vote for each Common Share held. Each fractional share shall be entitled to a proportionate fractional vote, except as otherwise provided by the Declaration, Bylaws, or required by applicable law.

The Fund will send unaudited reports at least semiannually and audited financial statements annually to all of its Common Shareholders.

The listing of the Fund’s Common Shares on the NYSE has been approved, subject to notice of issuance, under the trading or “ticker” symbol “PCI.” The Fund intends to hold annual meetings of shareholders so long as the Common Shares are listed on a national securities exchange and annual meetings are required as a condition of such listing.

Net asset value will be reduced immediately following the offering by the amount of the sales load and offering expenses paid or reimbursed by the Fund. The Sub-Adviser has agreed to pay the amount by which the Fund’s offering costs (other than the sales load) exceed $0.050 per Common Share. The Sub-Adviser has agreed to pay all of the Fund’s organizational expenses.

Unlike open-end funds, closed-end funds like the Fund do not continuously offer shares and do not provide daily redemptions. Rather, if a shareholder determines to buy additional Common Shares or sell shares already held, the shareholder may do so by trading on the exchange through a broker or otherwise. The Declaration limits the ability of the Fund to convert to open-end status. See “Anti-Takeover and Other Provisions in the Declaration of Trust.”

Shares of closed-end investment companies frequently trade at prices lower than net asset value. Shares of closed-end investment companies have during some periods traded at prices higher than net asset value and during other periods traded at prices lower than net asset value. The Fund cannot assure you that Common Shares will trade at a price equal to or higher than net asset value in the future. Net asset value will be reduced immediately following the offering by the sales load and the amount of offering expenses paid or reimbursed by the Fund. See “Use of Proceeds.” In addition to net asset value, market price may be affected by factors relating to the Fund such as dividend levels and stability (which will in turn be

 

 

 

108


Table of Contents

Description of shares

 

 

 

affected by Fund expenses, including the costs of any reverse repurchase agreements, dollar rolls, borrowings or other leverage used by the Fund, levels of dividend and interest payments by the Fund’s portfolio holdings, levels of appreciation/depreciation of the Fund’s portfolio holdings, regulation affecting the timing and character of Fund distributions and other factors), portfolio credit quality, liquidity, call protection, market supply and demand, and similar factors relating to the Fund’s portfolio holdings. The Fund’s market price may also be affected by general market or economic conditions, including market trends affecting securities values generally or values of closed-end fund shares more specifically. The Common Shares are designed primarily for long-term investors, and investors in the Common Shares should not view the Fund as a vehicle for trading purposes. See the Statement of Additional Information under “Repurchase of Common Shares; Conversion to Open-End Fund.”

As noted under “Leverage,” as soon as reasonably practicable following the completion of the initial public offering of the Fund’s Common Shares, the Fund intends, subject to then favorable market conditions, to add leverage to its portfolio by utilizing reverse repurchase agreements, dollar rolls or borrowings, such as through bank loans or commercial paper and/or other credit facilities, such that the leverage initially obtained represents approximately 30% of the Fund’s total assets (including the amounts of leverage obtained through the use of such instruments). The Fund may also enter into transactions other than those noted above that may give rise to a form of leverage including, among others, futures and forward contracts (including foreign currency exchange contracts), credit default swaps, total return swaps and other derivative transactions, loans of portfolio securities, short sales and when-issued, delayed delivery and forward commitment transactions.

Although it has no present intention to do so, the Fund may determine in the future to issue preferred shares or other senior securities to add leverage to its portfolio. Any such preferred shares would have complete priority upon distribution of assets over the Common Shares. See “Leverage—Possible Future Issuance of Preferred Shares.”

Anti-takeover and other provisions in the Declaration of Trust

The Declaration and the Bylaws include provisions that could limit the ability of other entities or persons to acquire control of the Fund or to convert the Fund to open-end status. The Fund’s Trustees are divided into three classes. At each annual meeting of shareholders, the term of one class will expire and each Trustee elected to that class will hold office until the third annual meeting thereafter. The classification of the Board of Trustees in this manner could delay for an additional year the replacement of a majority of the Board of Trustees. In addition, the Declaration provides that a Trustee may be removed only for cause and only (i) by action of at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the outstanding shares of the classes or series of shares entitled to vote for the election of such Trustee, or (ii) by written instrument, signed by at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the remaining Trustees, specifying the date when such removal shall become effective. Cause for these purposes shall require willful misconduct, dishonesty or fraud on the part of the Trustee in the conduct of his office or such Trustee being convicted of a felony.

As described below, the Declaration grants special approval rights with respect to certain matters to members of the Board who qualify as “Continuing Trustees,” which term means a Trustee who either (i) has been a member of the Board for a period of at least thirty-six months (or since the commencement of the Fund’s operations, if less than thirty-six months) or (ii) was nominated to serve as a member of the Board of Trustees by a majority of the Continuing Trustees then members of the Board.

 

 

 

109


Table of Contents

Anti-takeover and other provisions in the Declaration of Trust

 

 

 

The Declaration requires the affirmative vote or consent of at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the Board of Trustees and holders of at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the Fund’s shares to authorize certain Fund transactions not in the ordinary course of business, including a merger or consolidation or share exchange, issuance or transfer by the Fund of the Fund’s shares having an aggregate fair market value of $1,000,000 or more (except as may be made pursuant to a public offering, the Fund’s dividend reinvestment plan or upon exercise of any stock subscription rights), a sale, lease, exchange, mortgage, pledge, transfer or other disposition of Fund assets, having an aggregated fair market value of $1,000,000 or more, or any shareholder proposal regarding specific investment decisions, unless the transaction is authorized by both a majority of the Trustees and seventy-five percent (75%) of the Continuing Trustees (in which case no shareholder authorization would be required by the Declaration, but may be required in certain cases under the 1940 Act). The Declaration also requires the affirmative vote or consent of holders of at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the Fund’s shares entitled to vote on the matter to authorize a conversion of the Fund from a closed-end to an open-end investment company, unless the conversion is authorized by both a majority of the Trustees and seventy-five percent (75%) of the Continuing Trustees (in which case shareholders would have only the minimum voting rights required by the 1940 Act with respect to the conversion). Also, the Declaration provides that the Fund may be terminated at any time by vote or consent of at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the Fund’s shares or, alternatively, by vote or consent of both a majority of the Trustees and seventy-five percent (75%) of the Continuing Trustees. See “Anti-Takeover and Other Provisions in the Declaration of Trust” in the Statement of Additional Information for a more detailed summary of these provisions.

The Trustees may from time to time grant other voting rights to shareholders with respect to these and other matters in the Bylaws, certain of which are required by the 1940 Act.

The overall effect of these provisions is to render more difficult the accomplishment of a merger or the assumption of control of the Fund by a third party. These provisions also provide, however, the advantage of potentially requiring persons seeking control of the Fund to negotiate with its management regarding the price to be paid and facilitating the continuity of the Fund’s investment objectives and policies. The provisions of the Declaration and Bylaws described above could have the effect of depriving the Common Shareholders of opportunities to sell their Common Shares at a premium over the then current market price of the Common Shares by discouraging a third party from seeking to obtain control of the Fund in a tender offer or similar transaction. The Board of Trustees of the Fund has considered the foregoing anti-takeover provisions and concluded that they are in the best interests of the Fund and its shareholders, including Common Shareholders.

The foregoing is intended only as a summary and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the Declaration and the Bylaws, both of which are on file with the SEC.

Under Massachusetts law, shareholders could, in certain circumstances, be held personally liable for the obligations of the Fund. However, the Declaration contains an express disclaimer of shareholder liability for debts or obligations of the Fund and requires that notice of such limited liability be given in each agreement, obligation or instrument entered into or executed by the Fund or the Trustees. The Declaration further provides for indemnification out of the assets and property of the Fund for all loss and expense of any shareholder held personally liable for the obligations of the Fund. Thus, the risk of a shareholder incurring financial loss on account of shareholder liability is limited to circumstances in which the Fund would be unable to meet its obligations. The Fund believes that the likelihood of such circumstances is remote.

 

 

 

110


Table of Contents

 

Repurchase of Common Shares; conversion to open-end fund

The Fund is a closed-end investment company and as such its shareholders will not have the right to cause the Fund to redeem their shares. Instead, the Common Shares will trade in the open market at a price that will be a function of factors relating to the Fund such as dividend levels and stability (which will in turn be affected by Fund expenses, including the costs of any reverse repurchase agreements, dollar rolls, borrowings and other leverage used by the Fund, levels of dividend and interest payments by the Fund’s portfolio holdings, levels of appreciation/depreciation of the Fund’s portfolio holdings, regulation affecting the timing and character of Fund’s distributions and other factors), portfolio credit quality, liquidity, call protection, market supply and demand and similar factors relating to the Fund’s portfolio holdings. The market price of the Common Shares may also be affected by general market or economic conditions, including market trends affecting securities values generally or values of closed-end fund shares more specifically. Shares of a closed-end investment company may frequently trade at prices lower than net asset value. The Fund’s Board of Trustees regularly monitors the relationship between the market price and net asset value of the Common Shares. If the Common Shares were to trade at a substantial discount to net asset value for an extended period of time, the Board of Trustees may consider the repurchase of its Common Shares on the open market or in private transactions, the making of a tender offer for such shares or the conversion of the Fund to an open-end investment company. The Fund cannot assure you that its Board of Trustees will decide to take or propose any of these actions, or that share repurchases or tender offers will actually reduce any market discount. See “Tax Matters” in the Statement of Additional Information for a discussion of the tax implications of a tender offer by the Fund.

If the Fund were to convert to an open-end company, the Common Shares likely would no longer be listed on the NYSE. In contrast to a closed-end investment company, shareholders of an open-end investment company may require the company to redeem their shares at any time (except in certain circumstances as authorized by or under the 1940 Act) at their net asset value, less any redemption charge that is in effect at the time of redemption.

Before deciding whether to take any action to convert the Fund to an open-end investment company, the Board of Trustees would consider all relevant factors, including the extent and duration of the discount, the liquidity of the Fund’s portfolio, the impact of any action that might be taken on the Fund or its shareholders, and market considerations. Based on these considerations, even if the Common Shares should trade at a discount, the Board of Trustees may determine that, in the interest of the Fund and its shareholders, no action should be taken. See the Statement of Additional Information under “Repurchase of Common Shares; Conversion to Open-End Fund” for a further discussion of possible action to reduce or eliminate any such discount to net asset value.

Tax matters

U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX MATTERS

The following is a summary discussion of certain U.S. federal income tax consequences that may be relevant to a Common Shareholder that acquires, holds and/or disposes of Common Shares of the Fund, and reflects provisions of the Code, existing Treasury regulations, rulings published by the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”), and other applicable authority, as of the date of this prospectus. These authorities are subject to change by legislative or administrative action, possibly with retroactive effect. The following discussion is only a summary of some of the important tax considerations generally applicable to investments in the Fund. For more detailed information regarding tax considerations, see the Statement of Additional Information. There may be other and different tax considerations applicable

 

 

 

111


Table of Contents

Tax matters

 

 

 

to particular investors, such as insurance companies, financial institutions, broker-dealers, tax-deferred retirement plans and non-U.S. shareholders (as defined below). In addition, income earned through an investment in the Fund may be subject to state, local and foreign taxes. Common Shareholders should consult their own tax advisers regarding their particular situation and the possible application of U.S. federal, state, local, foreign or other tax laws.

Taxation of the Fund

The Fund intends to elect to be treated as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code and intends each year to qualify and be eligible to be treated as such. In order for the Fund to qualify as a RIC, it must meet an income and asset diversification test each year. To satisfy the income test, the Fund must derive at least 90% of its gross income in each taxable year from dividends, interest, payments with respect to certain securities loans, and gains from the sale or other disposition of stock, securities or foreign currencies, or other income (including, but not limited to, gains from options, futures or forward contracts) derived with respect to its business of investing in such stock, securities or currencies and net income derived from interests in “qualified publicly traded partnerships” (as defined in the Code). To satisfy the asset diversification test, the Fund must diversify its holdings so that at the end of each quarter of the Fund’s taxable year, (a) at least 50% of the value of its total assets consists of cash and cash items (including receivables), U.S. Government securities, securities of other RICs, and other securities limited, with respect to any one issuer, to no more than 5% of the value of the Fund’s total assets and 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer, and (b) not more than 25% of the value of the Fund’s total assets is invested in the securities (other than those of the U.S. Government or other RICs) of any one issuer or of two or more issuers which the Fund controls and which are engaged in the same, similar or related trades or businesses, or in the securities of one or more “qualified publicly traded partnerships” (as defined in the Code). If the Fund qualifies as a RIC and satisfies certain distribution requirements, the Fund (but not its shareholders) will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax to the extent it distributes its investment company taxable income (as that term is defined in the Code, without regard to the deduction for dividends paid), its net tax-exempt income and its net capital gains (the excess of net long-term capital gains over net short-term capital loss) in a timely manner to its shareholders in the form of dividends or capital gain distributions. The Fund intends to distribute substantially all of such income and gains each year.

If the Fund does retain any investment company taxable income, it will be subject to tax at regular corporate rates on the amount retained. If the Fund retains any net capital gain, it also will be subject to tax at regular corporate rates on the amount retained. If the Fund retains any net capital gain and pays tax on such amount, it may designate the retained amount as undistributed capital gain in a notice to its shareholders who would then (i) be required to include in income for U.S. federal income tax purposes, as long-term capital gain, their shares of such undistributed amount, and (ii) be entitled to credit their proportionate shares of the tax paid by the Fund on such undistributed amount against their U.S. federal income tax liabilities, if any, and to claim such refunds on a properly filed U.S. tax return to the extent the credit exceeds such liabilities. If the Fund makes this designation, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the tax basis of Common Shares owned by a shareholder will be increased by an amount equal under current law to the difference between the amount of undistributed capital gains included in the shareholder’s gross income under clause (i) of the preceding sentence and the tax deemed paid by the shareholder under clause (ii) of the preceding sentence. The Fund is not required to, and there can be no assurance that the Fund will, make this designation if it retains all or a portion of its net capital gain in a taxable year.

 

 

 

112


Table of Contents

Tax matters

 

 

 

A nondeductible excise tax at the rate of 4% will be imposed on the excess, if any, of the Fund’s “required distribution” over its actual distributions in any calendar year. Generally, the required distribution is 98% of the Fund’s ordinary income for the calendar year plus 98.2% of its capital gain net income recognized during the one-year period ending on October 31 (or later if the Fund is permitted to elect and so elects), plus undistributed amounts from prior years. For purposes of the required excise tax distribution, a RIC’s ordinary gains and losses from the sale, exchange, or other taxable disposition of property that would otherwise be taken into account after October 31 (or later if the Fund makes the election referred to immediately above) are generally treated as arising on January 1 of the following calendar year. Also, for purposes of the excise tax, the Fund will be treated as having distributed any amount for which it is subject to corporate income tax for the taxable year ending within the calendar year. The Fund intends to make distributions sufficient to avoid imposition of the excise tax, although there can be no assurance that it will be able to do so. The Fund may determine to pay the excise tax in a year to the extent it is deemed to be in the best interest of the Fund ( e.g. , if the excise tax is de minimis).

The Fund’s intention to qualify for treatment as a RIC may negatively affect the Fund’s return to Common Shareholders by limiting its ability to acquire or continue to hold positions that would otherwise be consistent with its investment strategy or by requiring it to engage in transactions it would otherwise not engage in, resulting in additional transaction costs. In certain circumstances, it may be difficult for the Fund to meet the income or diversification test for RIC qualification. Failure to qualify as a RIC would likely materially reduce the investment return to the Common Shareholders. If the Fund were to fail to meet the income, diversification, or distribution test, the Fund could in some cases cure such failure, including by paying a fund-level tax, paying interest, making additional distributions, or disposing of certain assets. If the Fund were ineligible to or otherwise did not cure such failure for any taxable year, or if the Fund were otherwise to fail to qualify as a RIC accorded special tax treatment for such year, the Fund would be subject to tax on its taxable income at corporate rates, and all distributions from earnings and profits, including any distributions of net tax-exempt income and net long-term capital gains, would be taxable to Common Shareholders as dividend income. In addition, the Fund could be required to recognize unrealized gains, pay substantial taxes and interest and make substantial distributions before re-qualifying as a RIC that is accorded special tax treatment.

Distributions

The Fund intends to make monthly distributions of net investment income. Unless a Common Shareholder elects to receive distributions in cash, all distributions of Common Shareholders whose shares are registered with the Plan Agent will be automatically reinvested in additional Common Shares of the Fund pursuant to the Plan. For U.S. federal income tax purposes, all dividends are generally taxable in the same manner, whether a shareholder takes them in cash or they are reinvested pursuant to the Plan in additional Common Shares of the Fund. A shareholder whose distributions are reinvested in Common Shares under the Plan will be treated as having received a dividend equal to either (i) if newly issued Common Shares are issued under the Plan, generally the fair market value of the newly issued Common Shares issued to the shareholder or (ii) if reinvestment is made through open-market purchases under the Plan, the amount of cash allocated to the shareholder for the purchase of Common Shares on its behalf in the open market. See “Dividend Reinvestment Plan” above.

For U.S. federal income tax purposes, distributions of net investment income are generally taxable as ordinary income. Taxes on distributions of capital gains are determined by how long the Fund owned the investments that generated them, rather than how long a shareholder has owned his or her Common Shares. In general, the Fund will recognize long-term capital gain or loss on investments it has owned (or

 

 

 

113


Table of Contents

Tax matters

 

 

 

is deemed to have owned) for more than one year, and short-term capital gain or loss on investments it has owned (or is deemed to have owned) for one year or less. Distributions of net capital gain (that is, the excess of net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss, determined in each case with reference to any loss carryforwards) that are properly reported by the Fund as capital gain dividends (“Capital Gain Dividends”) will be taxable to shareholders as long-term capital gains includible in and taxable at the reduced rates applicable to net capital gain. The Fund is permitted to carry forward net capital losses to one or more subsequent taxable years without expiration. Any such carryforward losses will retain their character as short-term or long-term. Capital loss carryforwards are reduced to the extent they offset current-year net realized capital gains, whether the Fund retains or distributes such gains. Distributions of net short-term capital gain (as reduced by any net long-term capital loss for the taxable year) will be taxable to shareholders as ordinary income. The Fund may report certain dividends as derived from “qualified dividend income,” which, when received by a non-corporate shareholder, will be taxed at the reduced rates applicable to net capital gain, provided holding period and other requirements are met at both the shareholder and Fund levels. The Fund does not expect a significant portion of distributions to be derived from qualified dividend income.

In general, dividends of net investment income received by corporate shareholders of the Fund will qualify for the 70% dividends-received deduction generally available to corporations to the extent of the amount of eligible dividends received by the Fund from domestic corporations for the taxable year. The Fund does not expect a significant portion of its distributions to be eligible for the corporate dividends-received deduction.

If, in and with respect to any taxable year, the Fund makes a distribution in excess of its current and accumulated “earnings and profits,” the excess distribution will be treated as a return of capital to the extent of a shareholder’s tax basis in his or her Common Shares, and thereafter as capital gain. A return of capital is not taxable, but it reduces a shareholder’s basis in his or her shares, thus reducing any loss or increasing any gain on a subsequent taxable disposition by the shareholder of such shares.

The determination of the character for U.S. federal income tax purposes of any distribution from the Fund ( i.e. , ordinary income dividends, Capital Gain Dividends, qualified dividends, or return of capital distributions) will be made as of the end of the Fund’s taxable year. Generally, the Fund will provide shareholders with a written statement reporting the amount of any capital gain distributions or other distributions.

Dividends and distributions on the Common Shares are generally subject to federal income tax as described herein to the extent they do not exceed the Fund’s realized income and gains, even though such dividends and distributions may economically represent a return of a particular shareholder’s investment. Such distributions are likely to occur in respect of Common Shares purchased at a time when the Fund’s net asset value reflects unrealized gains or income or gains that are realized but not yet distributed. Such realized income and gains may be required to be distributed even when the Fund’s net asset value also reflects unrealized losses.

A distribution by the Fund will be treated as paid on December 31 of any calendar year if it is declared by the Fund in October, November or December with a record date in such a month and paid by the Fund during January of the following calendar year. Such distributions will be taxable to shareholders in the calendar year in which the distributions are declared, rather than the calendar year in which the distributions are received.

 

 

 

114


Table of Contents

Tax matters

 

 

 

Sale or Exchange of Common Shares

Common Shareholders who sell or exchange their Common Shares will generally recognize gain or loss in an amount equal to the difference between the amount received and the Common Shareholder’s adjusted tax basis in the Common Shares sold or exchanged. If the Common Shares are held as a capital asset, any gain or loss realized upon a taxable disposition of the Common Shares will be treated as long-term capital gain or loss if the shares have been held for more than 12 months. Otherwise, the gain or loss on the taxable disposition of Common Shares will be treated as short-term capital gain or loss. However, any loss realized upon a taxable disposition of Common Shares held by a shareholder for six months or less will be treated as long-term, rather than short-term, to the extent of Capital Gain Dividends received (or deemed received) by the shareholder with respect to the shares. For purposes of determining whether Common Shares have been held for six months or less, the holding period is suspended for any periods during which the Common Shareholder’s risk of loss is diminished as a result of holding one or more other positions in substantially similar or related property, or through certain options or short sales. Any loss realized on a sale or exchange of Common Shares will be disallowed to the extent those Common Shares are replaced by other substantially identical shares within a period of 61 days beginning 30 days before and ending 30 days after the date of disposition of the Common Shares (including through the reinvestment of distributions, which could occur, for example, if the Common Shareholder is a participant in the Plan). In that event, the basis of the replacement shares will be adjusted to reflect the disallowed loss.

Medicare Tax

Effective for taxable years beginning on or after January 1, 2013, a new 3.8% Medicare contribution tax will be imposed on the “net investment income” of certain individuals whose income exceeds certain threshold amounts, and of certain trusts and estates under similar rules. Net investment income generally includes for this purpose dividends, including any Capital Gain Dividends paid by the Fund, and net capital gains recognized on the sale or exchange of shares of the Fund.

Foreign Taxes

The Fund may be liable to foreign governments for taxes relating primarily to investment income or capital gains on foreign securities in the Fund’s portfolio, which will reduce the Fund’s return on those securities. If at the close of its taxable year, more than 50% of the value of the Fund’s total assets consists of securities of foreign corporations (including foreign governments), the Fund will be permitted to make an election under the Code that would allow Common Shareholders who are U.S. citizens or U.S. corporations to claim a foreign tax credit or deduction (but not both) on their income tax returns for their pro rata portion of qualified taxes paid by the Fund to foreign countries in respect of foreign securities that the Fund held for at least the minimum period specified in the Code. In such a case, Common Shareholders will include in gross income from foreign sources their pro rata shares of such taxes paid by the Fund. A Common Shareholder’s ability to claim an offsetting foreign tax credit or deduction in respect of foreign taxes paid by the Fund is subject to certain limitations imposed by the Code, which may result in the shareholder’s not receiving a full credit or deduction (if any) for the amount of such taxes. Shareholders who do not itemize deductions on their U.S. federal income tax returns may claim a credit (but not a deduction) for such foreign taxes.

Certain Fund Investments

Any transaction by the Fund in foreign currencies, foreign-currency denominated debt obligations or certain foreign currency options, futures contracts, or forward contracts (or similar instruments) may give

 

 

 

115


Table of Contents

Tax matters

 

 

 

rise to ordinary income or loss to the extent such income or loss results from fluctuations in the value of the foreign currency concerned. Such ordinary income treatment may accelerate Fund distributions to Common Shareholders and increase the distributions taxed to Common Shareholders as ordinary income. Because a RIC is permitted only to carry forward net capital losses, any net losses so created cannot be carried forward by the Fund to offset income or gains earned in subsequent taxable years.

The Fund’s transactions in derivative instruments ( e.g. , options, futures, forward contracts, structured notes and swap agreements), as well as any of its other hedging, short sale, securities loan or similar transactions, may be subject to uncertainty with respect to their tax treatment, and to one or more special tax rules ( e.g. , notional principal contract, straddle, constructive sale, wash sale, and short sale rules). The aforementioned rules may affect whether gains and losses recognized by the Fund are treated as ordinary or capital or as short-term or long-term, accelerate the recognition of income or gains to the Fund, defer losses to the Fund, and cause adjustments in the holding periods of the Fund’s securities. These rules could therefore affect the amount, timing and/or character of distributions to Common Shareholders. Because the tax treatment and the tax rules applicable to these types of transactions are in some cases uncertain under current law, an adverse determination or future guidance by the IRS with respect to these rules or treatment (which determination or guidance could be retroactive) may affect whether the Fund has made sufficient distributions, and otherwise satisfied the relevant requirements, to maintain its qualification as a RIC and avoid a Fund-level tax.

Income from certain commodity-linked instruments does not constitute qualifying income for purposes of the 90% gross income test described above. The tax treatment of commodity-linked notes and certain other commodity-linked instruments in which the Fund might invest is not certain, in particular with respect to whether income and gains from such instruments constitute qualifying income. If the Fund treats income from a particular instrument as qualifying income and the income is later determined not to constitute qualifying income, and, together with any other nonqualifying income, causes the Fund’s nonqualifying income to exceed 10% of its gross income in any taxable year, the Fund will fail to qualify as a regulated investment company unless it is eligible to and does pay a tax at the Fund level.

It is possible that the Fund’s use of derivatives and foreign currency-denominated instruments, and any of the Fund’s transactions in foreign currencies and hedging activities, will produce a difference between its book income and the sum of its taxable income and net tax-exempt income (if any). If such a difference arises, and the Fund’s book income is less than the sum of its taxable income and its net tax-exempt income, the Fund could be required to make distributions exceeding book income to qualify for treatment as a RIC and to eliminate Fund-level tax. In the alternative, if the Fund’s book income exceeds the sum of its taxable income (including realized capital gains) and its net tax-exempt income, the distribution (if any) of such excess generally will be treated as (i) a dividend to the extent of the Fund’s remaining earnings and profits, (ii) thereafter, as a return of capital to the extent of the recipient’s basis in its Common Shares, and (iii) thereafter as gain from the sale or exchange of a capital asset.

From time to time, a substantial portion of the Fund’s investments in loans and other debt obligations could be treated as having “market discount” and/or “original issue discount” (“OID”) for U.S. federal income tax purposes, which, in some cases, could be significant and could cause the Fund to recognize income in respect of these investments before or without receiving cash representing such income. If so, the Fund could be required to pay out as an income distribution each year an amount which is greater than the total amount of cash interest the Fund actually received. As a result, the Fund could be required at times to liquidate investments (including at potentially disadvantageous times or prices) in order to satisfy its distribution requirements or to avoid incurring Fund-level U.S. federal income or excise taxes.

 

 

 

116


Table of Contents

Tax matters

 

 

 

If the Fund liquidates portfolio securities to raise cash, the Fund may realize gain or loss on such liquidations; in the event the Fund realizes net long-term or short-term capital gains from such liquidation transactions, its shareholders may receive larger capital gain or ordinary dividends, respectively, than they would in the absence of such transactions.

The interest paid on municipal bonds is generally exempt from U.S. federal income tax. However, because the Fund does not expect to be eligible to pay “exempt-interest dividends” to its shareholders under the Code, any distribution received by Common Shareholders that is attributable to the interest received by the Fund on its municipal bond holdings is taxable to Common Shareholders. In addition, any gains realized by the Fund on the sale or exchange of municipal bonds generally are taxable to Common Shareholders when distributed to them by the Fund.

Investments in debt obligations that are at risk of or in default present special tax issues for the Fund. Tax rules are not entirely clear about issues such as whether or to what extent the Fund should recognize market discount on a debt obligation; when the Fund may cease to accrue interest, OID or market discount; when and to what extent the Fund may take deductions for bad debts or worthless securities; and how the Fund should allocate payments received on obligations in default between principal and income. These and other related issues will be addressed by the Fund when, as, and if it invests in such securities in order to seek to ensure that it distributes sufficient income to preserve its status as a RIC and avoid becoming subject to U.S. federal income or excise tax.

Any investment by the Fund in equity securities of REITs may result in the Fund’s receipt of cash in excess of the REIT’s earnings; if the Fund distributes these amounts, these distributions could constitute a return of capital to Fund shareholders for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Investments in REIT equity securities also may require the Fund to accrue and distribute income not yet received. To generate sufficient cash to make the requisite distributions, the Fund may be required to sell securities in its portfolio (including when it is not advantageous to do so) that it otherwise would have continued to hold. Dividends received by the Fund from a REIT will not qualify for the corporate dividends-received deduction and generally will not constitute qualified dividend income.

The Fund may invest directly or indirectly in residual interests in REMICs (including by investing in residual interests in CMOs with respect to which an election to be treated as a REMIC is in effect) or equity interests in taxable mortgage pools (“TMPs”). Under a notice issued by the IRS in October 2006 and Treasury regulations that have yet to be issued but may apply retroactively, a portion of the Fund’s income (including income allocated to the Fund from a REIT or other pass-through entity) that is attributable to a residual interest in a REMIC or an equity interest in a TMP (referred to in the Code as an “excess inclusion”) will generally be subject to U.S. federal income tax. This notice also provides, and the regulations are expected to provide, that excess inclusion income of a RIC will be allocated to shareholders of the RIC in proportion to the dividends received by such shareholders, with the same consequences as if the shareholders held the related interest directly. As a result, the Fund may not be a suitable investment for certain tax-exempt investors, as noted below.

In general, excess inclusion income allocated to Common Shareholders (i) cannot be offset by net operating losses (subject to a limited exception for certain thrift institutions), (ii) will constitute unrelated business taxable income (“UBTI”) to entities (including a qualified pension plan, an individual retirement account, a 401(k) plan, a Keogh plan or other tax-exempt entity) subject to tax on UBTI, thereby potentially requiring such an entity that is allocated excess inclusion income, and otherwise might not be required to file a tax return, to file a tax return and pay tax on such income; and (iii) in the case of a

 

 

 

117


Table of Contents

Tax matters

 

 

 

foreign shareholder, will not qualify for any reduction in U.S. federal withholding tax. A shareholder will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on such inclusions, notwithstanding any exemption from such income tax otherwise available under the Code. Charitable remainder trusts and other tax-exempt shareholders are urged to consult their tax advisers concerning the consequences of investing in the Fund.

Backup Withholding

Backup withholding is generally required with respect to taxable distributions or the gross proceeds of a sale of Common Shares paid to any non-corporate shareholder who fails to properly furnish a correct taxpayer identification number, who has under-reported dividend or interest income, or who fails to certify that he or she is not subject to such withholding. The backup withholding rate is currently 28%. Amounts withheld as a result of backup withholding are remitted to the U.S. Treasury but do not constitute an additional tax imposed on the shareholder; such amounts may be claimed as a credit on the shareholder’s U.S. federal income tax return, provided the appropriate information is timely furnished to the IRS.

Non-U.S. Shareholders

Absent a specific statutory exemption, dividends other than Capital Gain Dividends paid to a shareholder that is not a “United States person” within the meaning of the Code (a “non-U.S. shareholder”) are subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax at a rate of 30% (or lower applicable treaty rate). Capital Gain Dividends paid to foreign shareholders are generally not subject to withholding. Effective for taxable years of a RIC beginning before January 1, 2014, the RIC is not required to withhold any amounts with respect to distributions of (i) U.S.-source interest income that would not have been subject to U.S. federal income tax if earned directly by an individual foreign shareholder, and (ii) net short-term capital gains in excess of net long-term capital losses, in each case to the extent the RIC properly reports such distributions in a written notice to shareholders. These exemptions from withholding will expire for taxable years beginning on or after January 1, 2014, unless Congress enacts legislation providing otherwise.

Other Reporting and Withholding Requirements

Rules enacted in March 2010 known as the “Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act” (“FATCA”), generally impose a reporting and 30% withholding tax regime with respect to certain U.S.-source income, including dividends and interest, and gross proceeds from the sale or other disposal of property that can produce U.S.-source interest or dividends. Very generally, subject to future guidance, it is possible that, beginning with certain distributions made in 2014, distributions to a Common Shareholder by the Fund will be subject to the 30% withholding requirement, unless the Common Shareholder provides certain information, certifications, waivers or other documentation, as the Fund requires, to comply with the new rules. For more information, see the Statement of Additional Information.

Shares Purchased Through Tax-Qualified Plans

Special tax rules apply to investments though defined contribution plans and other tax-qualified plans. Common Shareholders should consult their tax advisors to determine the suitability of Common Shares as an investment through such plans and the precise effect of an investment on their particular tax situation.

 

 

 

118


Table of Contents

Tax matters

 

 

 

General

The foregoing discussion relates solely to U.S. federal income tax laws. Dividends and distributions also may be subject to state and local taxes. Common Shareholders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding specific questions as to federal, state, local, and, where applicable, foreign taxes. Foreign investors should consult their tax advisors concerning the tax consequences of ownership of Common Shares.

The foregoing is a general and abbreviated summary of the applicable provisions of the Code and related regulations currently in effect. For the complete provisions, reference should be made to the pertinent Code sections and regulations. The Code and regulations are subject to change by legislative or administrative actions.

Please see “Tax Matters” in the Statement of Additional Information for additional information regarding the tax aspects of investing in Common Shares of the Fund.

 

 

 

119


Table of Contents

Underwriting

 

 

 

Underwriting

The underwriters named below (the “Underwriters”), acting through UBS Securities LLC, 299 Park Avenue, New York, New York, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., 388 Greenwich Street, New York, New York 10013, Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, 1585 Broadway, New York, New York 10036, and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, 375 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10152, as their managing representatives (the “Representatives”), have severally agreed, subject to the terms and conditions of an underwriting agreement with the Fund and the Investment Manager (the “Underwriting Agreement”), to purchase from the Fund the number of Common Shares set forth opposite their respective names. The Underwriters are committed to purchase and pay for all such Common Shares (other than those covered by the over-allotment option described below) if any are purchased.

 

Underwriters    Number of
Common Shares

UBS Securities LLC

  

Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

  

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

  

Wells Fargo Securities, LLC

  

Barclays Capital Inc.

  

RBC Capital Markets, LLC

  

BB&T Capital Markets, a division of Scott Stringfellow, LLC

  

Comerica Securities, Inc.

  

Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.

  

Henley & Company LLC

  

J.J.B. Hilliard, W.L. Lyons, LLC

  

Janney Montgomery Scott LLC

  

Ladenburg Thalmann & Co. Inc.

  

Maxim Group LLC

  

Newbridge Securities Corporation

  

Southwest Securities, Inc.

  

Sterne, Agee & Leach, Inc.

  

Wedbush Securities Inc.

  
  

 

Total

  
  

 

The Fund has granted to the Underwriters an option, exercisable for 45 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to an additional                  Common Shares to cover over-allotments, if any, at the initial offering price. The Underwriters may exercise such option solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments incurred in the sale of the Common Shares offered hereby. To the extent that the Underwriters exercise this option, each of the Underwriters will have a firm commitment, subject to certain conditions, to purchase an additional number of Common Shares proportionate to such Underwriter’s initial commitment.

The Fund has agreed to pay a commission to the Underwriters in the amount of $1.125 per Common Share (4.50% of the public offering price per Common Share). The Representatives have advised the Fund that the Underwriters may pay up to $         per Common Share from such commission to selected dealers who sell the Common Shares and that such dealers may reallow a concession of up to $         per Common Share to certain other dealers who sell Common Shares. The Sub-Adviser has agreed to pay

 

 

 

120


Table of Contents

Underwriting

 

 

 

(i) all of the Fund’s organizational expenses and (ii) offering costs (other than the sales load) of the Fund in excess of $0.050 per share. Investors must pay for any Common Shares purchased on or before                      , 2013.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public or private market for the Common Shares or any other securities of the Fund. Consequently, the offering price for the Common Shares was determined by negotiation among the Fund and the Representatives. There can be no assurance, however, that the price at which the Common Shares sell after this offering will not be lower than the price at which they are sold by the Underwriters or that an active trading market in the Common Shares will develop and continue after this offering. The listing of the Fund’s Common Shares on the NYSE has been approved, subject to notice of issuance, under the trading or “ticker” symbol “PCI.”

In connection with the requirements for listing the Common Shares on the NYSE, the Underwriters have undertaken to sell lots of 100 or more Common Shares to a minimum of 400 beneficial owners in the United States. The minimum investment requirement is 100 Common Shares.

The Fund and the Investment Manager have each agreed to indemnify the several Underwriters for or to contribute to the losses arising out of certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, except in the cases of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of applicable obligations and duties.

Certain portfolio managers and other officers and employees of the Sub-Adviser and its affiliates and their relatives (the “affiliated purchasers”) may purchase Common Shares at the offering price of $25.00 per Common Share. Common Shares purchased by the affiliated purchasers equal, in the aggregate, less than 1% of the Common Shares sold in this offering.

The Fund has agreed, and certain affiliated purchasers purchasing Common Shares in this offering have agreed, not to offer, sell or register with the SEC any additional equity securities of the Fund, other than issuances (1) of Common Shares hereby, (2) of preferred shares or (3) pursuant to the Fund’s Divided Reinvestment Plan, for a period of 180 days after the date of the Underwriting Agreement without the prior written consent of the Representatives. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if (i) during the last 17 days of the 180 day restricted period, the Fund issues an earnings release or announces material news or a material event relating to the Fund occurs; or (ii) prior to the expiration of the 180 day restricted period, the Fund announces that it will release earnings results during the 16 day period beginning on the last day of the 180 day restricted period, the restrictions described above shall continue to apply until the expiration of the 18 day period beginning on the date of the earnings release or the announcement of the material news or material event.

The Representatives have informed the Fund that the Underwriters do not intend to sell to any accounts over which they have been granted and exercise discretionary authority.

In connection with this offering, the Underwriters may purchase and sell Common Shares in the open market. These transactions may include over-allotment and stabilizing transactions and purchases to cover syndicate short positions created in connection with this offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of certain bids or purchases for the purpose of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the Common Shares and syndicate short positions involve the sale by the Underwriters of a greater number of Common Shares than they are required to purchase from the Fund in this offering. The Underwriters also may impose a penalty bid, whereby selling concessions allowed to syndicate members or other

 

 

 

121


Table of Contents

Underwriting

 

 

 

broker-dealers in respect of the Common Shares sold in this offering for their account may be reclaimed by the syndicate if such Common Shares are repurchased by the syndicate in stabilizing or covering transactions. These activities may stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the market price of the Common Shares, which may be higher than the price that might otherwise prevail in the open market; and these activities, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time without notice. These transactions may be effected on the NYSE or otherwise.

In connection with the offering, certain of the Underwriters or selected dealers may distribute prospectuses electronically.

The Fund anticipates that from time to time certain of the Underwriters may act as brokers or dealers in connection with the execution of the Fund’s portfolio transactions after they have ceased to be Underwriters and, subject to certain restrictions, may act as brokers while they are Underwriters. Certain Underwriters have performed investment banking and advisory services for the Investment Manager, the Sub-Adviser and their respective affiliates from time to time, for which they have received customary fees and expenses. Certain Underwriters may, from time to time, engage in transactions with or perform services for the Investment Manager, the Sub-Adviser and their respective affiliates in the ordinary course of business.

ADDITIONAL COMPENSATION TO BE PAID BY THE SUB-ADVISER

The Sub-Adviser (and not the Fund) has agreed to pay to each of UBS Securities LLC, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, Barclays Capital Inc. and RBC Capital Markets, LLC from its own assets a structuring fee for advice relating to the structure, design and organization of the Fund as well as for services related to the sale and distribution of the Fund’s Common Shares in the amount of $                , $                , $                , $                 and $                , respectively. If the over-allotment option is not exercised, the structuring fee paid to each of UBS Securities LLC, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, Barclays Capital Inc. and RBC Capital Markets, LLC will not exceed         %,         %,         %,         % and         % respectively, of the total public offering price of the Common Shares sold in this offering.

The Fund will reimburse reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses related to the offering of the Common Shares incurred by certain affiliates, or associated persons thereof, and employees of the Investment Manager and the Sub-Adviser, including in connection with participation in the road show and related activities (“affiliate expenses”), but only to the extent that reimbursement of affiliate expenses when added to any other Fund offering costs (other than the sales load) does not exceed $0.050 per common share sold in this offering (to such extent, “affiliate reimbursable amounts”). Some or all of such affiliate reimbursable amounts may be paid by the Fund to PIMCO Investments LLC and/or Allianz Global Investors Distributors LLC, broker-dealer affiliates of the Investment Manager and the Sub-Adviser that are members of FINRA. While these affiliated broker-dealers will not act as underwriters in connection with the public offering, they may provide marketing support for the Fund in connection with the initial public offering. Support services provided by these affiliated broker-dealers may include, among other things, assistance with organizing and scheduling roadshow presentations, assistance in presentations to underwriters and selected dealers and preparation, review and filing of the Fund’s marketing materials. The affiliate reimbursable amounts paid by the Fund to the Investment Manager, the Sub-Adviser and their affiliates, including the affiliated broker-dealers, are subject to the $0.050 per share expense cap and will be paid only to the extent that all other offering costs payable by

 

 

 

122


Table of Contents

Underwriting

 

 

 

the Fund (other than the sales load) do not equal or exceed the $0.050 per share expense cap. Therefore, in no event will such afflilate reimbursements exceed 0.20% of the total public offering price of the Common Shares sold in this offering.

The Fund has agreed to reimburse the Underwriters for the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel to the Underwriters in connection with the review by the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. of the terms of the offering of the Common Shares in an amount not to exceed $60,000 in the aggregate, which amount will not exceed         % of the total public offering price of the Common Shares sold in this offering.

The sum of all compensation to the underwriters in connection with this public offering of Common Shares, including the sales load, the affiliate reimbursable amounts paid to broker-dealer affiliates, the reimbursement of underwriter counsel fees, the structuring fees and all forms of additional payments to the underwriters will not exceed 9.0% of the total public offering price of the Common Shares sold in this offering.

Custodian and transfer agent

The custodian of the assets of the Fund is State Street Bank and Trust Company, 801 Pennsylvania Avenue, Kansas City, Missouri 64105. The custodian performs custodial and fund accounting services as well as sub-administrative and compliance services on behalf of the Fund.

American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC, 6201 15 th Avenue, Brooklyn, New York 11219, serves as the Fund’s transfer agent, registrar, dividend disbursement agent and shareholder servicing agent, as well as agent for the Fund’s Dividend Reinvestment Plan.

Legal matters

Certain legal matters will be passed on for the Fund by Ropes & Gray LLP, Boston, Massachusetts. Certain legal matters will be passed upon for the underwriters by Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, New York, New York.

 

 

 

123


Table of Contents

 

Table of contents for the Statement of Additional Information

 

The Fund

     3   

Investment objectives and policies

     3   

Investment restrictions

     69   

Management of the Fund

     72   

Investment Manager and Sub-Adviser

     78   

Portfolio transactions

     87   

Distributions

     91   

Description of shares

     91   

Anti-takeover and other provisions in the Declaration of Trust

     92   

Repurchase of Common Shares; conversion to open-end fund

     94   

Tax matters

     96   

Performance related and comparative information

     113   

Custodian, transfer agent and dividend disbursement agent

     113   

Independent registered public accounting firm

     113   

Counsel

     114   

Registration statement

     114   

Report of independent registered public accounting firm

     115   

Financial statements

     116   

Appendix A—Description of proxy voting policy and procedures

     A-1   
 

 

 

 

124


Table of Contents

 

Appendix A

Description of securities ratings

The Fund’s investments may range in quality from securities rated in the lowest category to securities rated in the highest category (as rated by Moody’s, S&P or Fitch or, if unrated, determined by PIMCO to be of comparable quality). The percentage of the Fund’s assets invested in securities in a particular rating category will vary. The following terms are generally used to described the credit quality of fixed income securities:

High Quality Debt Securities are those rated in one of the two highest rating categories (the highest category for commercial paper) or, if unrated, deemed comparable by PIMCO.

Investment Grade Debt Securities are those rated in one of the four highest rating categories or, if unrated deemed comparable by PIMCO.

Below Investment Grade, High Yield Securities (“Junk Bonds”) are those rated lower than Baa3 by Moody’s or BBB- by S&P or Fitch and comparable securities. They are considered predominantly speculative with respect to the issuer’s ability to repay principal and interest.

The following is a description of Moody’s, S&P’s and Fitch’s rating categories applicable to fixed income securities.

MOODY’S LONG-TERM RATINGS

Moody’s long-term ratings are opinions of the relative credit risk of financial obligations with an original maturity of one year or more. They address the possibility that a financial obligation will not be honored as promised. Such ratings use Moody’s Global Scale and reflect both the likelihood of default and any financial loss suffered in the event of default.

Aaa: Obligations rated Aaa are judged to be of the highest quality, subject to the lowest level of credit risk.

Aa: Obligations rated Aa are judged to be of high quality and are subject to very low credit risk.

A: Obligations rated A are judged to be upper-medium grade and are subject to low credit risk.

Baa: Obligations rated Baa are judged to be medium-grade and subject to moderate credit risk and as such may possess certain speculative characteristics.

Ba: Obligations rated Ba are judged to be speculative and are subject to substantial credit risk.

B: Obligations rated B are considered speculative and are subject to high credit risk.

Caa: Obligations rated Caa are judged to be speculative of poor standing and are subject to very high credit risk.

Ca: Obligations rated Ca are highly speculative and are likely in, or very near, default, with some prospect of recovery of principal and interest.

C: Obligations rated C are the lowest rated and are typically in default, with little prospect for recovery of principal or interest.

 

 

A-1


Table of Contents

Description of securities ratings

 

 

 

Note: Moody’s appends numerical modifiers 1, 2, and 3 to each generic rating classification from Aa through Caa. The modifier 1 indicates that the obligation ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category; the modifier 2 indicates a mid-range ranking; and the modifier 3 indicates a ranking in the lower end of that generic rating category. Additionally, a “(hyb)” indicator is appended to all ratings of hybrid securities issued by banks, insurers, finance companies, and securities firms.*

* By their terms, hybrid securities allow for the omission of scheduled dividends, interest, or principal payments, which can potentially result in impairment if such an omission occurs. Hybrid securities may also be subject to contractually allowable write-downs of principal that could result in impairment. Together with the hybrid indicator, the long-term obligation rating assigned to a hybrid security is an expression of the relative credit risk associated with that security.

Corporate short-term debt ratings

Moody’s short-term debt ratings are opinions of the ability of issuers to repay punctually senior debt obligations which have an original maturity not exceeding thirteen months. Obligations relying upon support mechanisms such as letters of credit and bonds of indemnity are excluded unless explicitly rated.

Moody’s employs the following three designations, all judged to be investment grade, to indicate the relative repayment ability of rated issuers:

P-1: Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-1 have a superior ability to repay short-term debt obligations.

P-2: Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-2 have a strong ability to repay short-term debt obligations.

P-3: Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-3 have an acceptable ability to repay short-term obligations.

N-P: Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Not Prime do not fall within any of the Prime rating categories.

Short-term municipal bond ratings

There are three rating categories for short-term municipal obligations that are considered investment grade. These ratings are designated as Municipal Investment Grade (MIG) and are divided into three levels—MIG 1 through MIG 3. In addition, those short-term obligations that are of speculative quality are designated SG, or speculative grade. MIG ratings expire at the maturity of the obligation.

MIG 1: This designation denotes superior credit quality. Excellent protection is afforded by established cash flows, highly reliable liquidity support, or demonstrated broad-based access to the market for refinancing.

MIG 2: This designation denotes strong credit quality. Margins of protection are ample, although not as large as in the preceding group.

MIG 3: This designation denotes acceptable credit quality. Liquidity and cash-flow protection may be narrow, and market access for refinancing is likely to be less well-established.

 

 

A-2


Table of Contents

Description of securities ratings

 

 

 

SG: This designation denotes speculative-grade credit quality. Debt instruments in this category may lack sufficient margins of protection.

In the case of variable-rate demand obligations (VRDOs), a two-component rating is assigned; a long or short-term debt rating and a demand obligation rating. The first element represents Moody’s evaluation of risk associated with scheduled principal and interest payments. The second element represents Moody’s evaluation of the degree of risk associated with the ability to receive purchase price upon demand (“demand feature”). The second element uses a rating from a variation of the MIG scale called the Variable Municipal Investment Grade (VMIG) scale. The rating transitions on the VMIG scale, as shown in the diagram below, differ from those on the Prime scale to reflect the risk that external liquidity support generally will terminate if the issuer’s long-term rating drops below investment grade.

VMIG 1: This designation denotes superior credit quality. Excellent protection is afforded by the superior short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.

VMIG 2: This designation denotes strong credit quality. Good protection is afforded by the strong short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.

VMIG 3: This designation denotes acceptable credit quality. Adequate protection is afforded by the satisfactory short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.

SG: This designation denotes speculative-grade credit quality. Demand features rated in this category may be supported by a liquidity provider that does not have an investment grade short-term rating or may lack the structural and/or legal protections necessary to ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.

STANDARD & POOR’S RATINGS SERVICES

Corporate and municipal bond ratings

Long-term issue credit ratings

Issue credit ratings are based, in varying degrees, on the following considerations:

 

   

Likelihood of payment—capacity and willingness of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on an obligation in accordance with the terms of the obligation;

 

   

Nature of and provisions of the obligation;

 

   

Protection afforded by, and relative position of, the obligation in the event of bankruptcy, reorganization, or other arrangement under the laws of bankruptcy and other laws affecting creditors’ rights.

Issue ratings are an assessment of default risk, but may incorporate an assessment of relative seniority or ultimate recovery in the event of default. Junior obligations are typically rated lower than senior obligations, to reflect the lower priority in bankruptcy, as noted above. (Such differentiation may apply when an entity has both senior and subordinated obligations, secured and unsecured obligations, or operating company and holding company obligations.)

 

 

A-3


Table of Contents

Description of securities ratings

 

 

 

AAA: An obligation rated ‘AAA’ has the highest rating assigned by Standard & Poor’s. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is extremely strong.

AA: An obligation rated ‘AA’ differs from the highest-rated obligations only to a small degree. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is very strong.

A: An obligation rated ‘A’ is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher-rated categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is still strong.

BBB: An obligation rated ‘BBB’ exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

Obligations rated ‘BB’, ‘B’, ‘CCC’, ‘CC’, and ‘C’ are regarded as having significant speculative characteristics. ‘BB’ indicates the least degree of speculation and ‘C’ the highest. While such obligations will likely have some quality and protective characteristics, these may be outweighed by large uncertainties or major exposures to adverse conditions.

BB: An obligation rated ‘BB’ is less vulnerable to nonpayment than other speculative issues. However, it faces major ongoing uncertainties or exposure to adverse business, financial, or economic conditions which could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

B: An obligation rated ‘B’ is more vulnerable to nonpayment than obligations rated ‘BB’, but the obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. Adverse business, financial, or economic conditions will likely impair the obligor’s capacity or willingness to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

CCC: An obligation rated ‘CCC’ is currently vulnerable to nonpayment, and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. In the event of adverse business, financial, or economic conditions, the obligor is not likely to have the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

CC: An obligation rated ‘CC’ is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment.

C: A ‘C’ rating is assigned to obligations that are currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment, obligations that have payment arrearages allowed by the terms of the documents, or obligations of an issuer that is the subject of a bankruptcy petition or similar action which have not experienced a payment default. Among others, the ‘C’ rating may be assigned to subordinated debt, preferred stock or other obligations on which cash payments have been suspended in accordance with the instrument’s terms or when preferred stock is the subject of a distressed exchange offer, whereby some or all of the issue is either repurchased for an amount of cash or replaced by other instruments having a total value that is less than par.

D: An obligation rated ‘D’ is in payment default. The ‘D’ rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due, unless Standard & Poor’s believes that such payments will be made within five business days, irrespective of any grace period. The ‘D’ rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of similar action if payments on an obligation are jeopardized. An obligation’s rating is lowered to ‘D’ upon completion of a distressed exchange offer,

 

 

A-4


Table of Contents

Description of securities ratings

 

 

 

whereby some or all of the issue is either repurchased for an amount of cash or replaced by other instruments having a total value that is less than par.

Plus (+) or Minus (-): The ratings from AA to CCC may be modified by the addition of a plus (+) or minus (-) sign to show relative standing within the major rating categories.

NR: This indicates that no rating has been requested, that there is insufficient information on which to base a rating, or that S&P does not rate a particular obligation as a matter of policy.

Short-term issue credit ratings

A-1: A short-term obligation rated ‘A-1’ is rated in the highest category by Standard & Poor’s. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is strong. Within this category, certain obligations are designated with a plus sign (+). This indicates that the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on these obligations is extremely strong.

A-2: A short-term obligation rated ‘A-2’ is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher rating categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is satisfactory.

A-3: A short-term obligation rated ‘A-3’ exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

B: A short-term obligation rated ‘B’ is regarded as having significant speculative characteristics. The obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitments; however, it faces major ongoing uncertainties which could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitments.

C: A short-term obligation rated ‘C’ is currently vulnerable to nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

D: A short-term obligation rated ‘D’ is in payment default. The ‘D’ rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due, unless Standard & Poor’s believes that such payments will be made within any stated grace period. However, any stated grace period longer than five business days will be treated as five business days. The ‘D’ rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of a similar action if payments on an obligation are jeopardized.

Active qualifiers (currently applied and/or outstanding)

i: This suffix is used for issues in which the credit factors, terms, or both, that determine the likelihood of receipt of payment of interest are different from the credit factors, terms or both that determine the likelihood of receipt of principal on the obligation. The ‘i’ suffix indicates that the rating addresses the interest portion of the obligation only. The ‘i’ suffix will always be used in conjunction with the ‘p’ suffix, which addresses likelihood of receipt of principal. For example, a rated obligation could be assigned ratings of “AAApNri” indicating that the principal portion is rated “AAA” and the interest portion of the obligation is not rated.

 

 

A-5


Table of Contents

Description of securities ratings

 

 

 

L: Ratings qualified with ‘L’ apply only to amounts invested up to federal deposit insurance limits.

P: This suffix is used for issues in which the credit factors, the terms, or both, that determine the likelihood of receipt of payment of principal are different from the credit factors, terms or both that determine the likelihood of receipt of interest on the obligation. The ‘p’ suffix indicates that the rating addresses the principal portion of the obligation only. The ‘p’ suffix will always be used in conjunction with the ‘i’ suffix, which addresses likelihood of receipt of interest. For example, a rated obligation could be assigned ratings of “AAApNri” indicating that the principal portion is rated “AAA” and the interest portion of the obligation is not rated.

pi: Ratings with a ‘pi’ suffix are based on an analysis of an issuer’s published financial information, as well as additional information in the public domain. They do not, however, reflect in-depth meetings with an issuer’s management and therefore may be based on less comprehensive information than ratings without a ‘pi’ suffix. Ratings with a ‘pi’ suffix are reviewed annually based on a new year’s financial statements, but may be reviewed on an interim basis if a major event occurs that may affect the issuer’s credit quality.

Preliminary: Preliminary ratings, with the ‘prelim’ suffix, may be assigned to obligors or obligations, including financial programs, in the circumstances described below. Assignment of a final rating is conditional on the receipt by Standard & Poor’s of appropriate documentation. Standard & Poor’s reserves the right not to issue a final rating. Moreover, if a final rating is issued, it may differ from the preliminary rating.

 

   

Preliminary ratings may be assigned to obligations, most commonly structured and project finance issues, pending receipt of final documentation and legal opinions.

 

   

Preliminary ratings are assigned to Rule 415 Shelf Registrations. As specific issues, with defined terms, are offered from the master registration, a final rating may be assigned to them in accordance with Standard & Poor’s policies.

 

   

Preliminary ratings may be assigned to obligations that will likely be issued upon the obligor’s emergence from bankruptcy or similar reorganization, based on late-stage reorganization plans, documentation and discussions with the obligor. Preliminary ratings may also be assigned to the obligors. These ratings consider the anticipated general credit quality of the reorganized or postbankruptcy issuer as well as attributes of the anticipated obligation(s).

 

   

Preliminary ratings may be assigned to entities that are being formed or that are in the process of being independently established when, in Standard & Poor’s opinion, documentation is close to final. Preliminary ratings may also be assigned to these entities’ obligations.

 

   

Preliminary ratings may be assigned when a previously unrated entity is undergoing a well-formulated restructuring, recapitalization, significant financing or other transformative event, generally at the point that investor or lender commitments are invited. The preliminary rating may be assigned to the entity and to its proposed obligation(s). These preliminary ratings consider the anticipated general credit quality of the obligor, as well as attributes of the anticipated obligation(s), assuming successful completion of the transformative event. Should the transformative event not occur, Standard & Poor’s would likely withdraw these preliminary ratings.

 

   

A preliminary recovery rating may be assigned to an obligation that has a preliminary issue credit rating.

 

 

A-6


Table of Contents

Description of securities ratings

 

 

 

t: This symbol indicates termination structures that are designed to honor their contracts to full maturity or, should certain events occur, to terminate and cash settle all their contracts before their final maturity date.

Inactive qualifiers (no longer applied or outstanding)

*: This symbol indicated continuance of the ratings is contingent upon Standard & Poor’s receipt of an executed copy of the escrow agreement or closing documentation confirming investments and cash flows. Discontinued use in August 1998.

c: This qualifier was used to provide additional information to investors that the bank may terminate its obligation to purchase tendered bonds if the long-term credit rating of the issuer is below an investment-grade level and/or the issuer’s bonds are deemed taxable. Discontinued use in January 2001.

G: The letter ‘G’ followed the rating symbol when a fund’s portfolio consists primarily of direct U.S. government securities.

pr: The letters ‘pr’ indicate that the rating is provisional. A provisional rating assumes the successful completion of the project financed by the debt being rated and indicates that payment of debt service requirements is largely or entirely dependent upon the successful, timely completion of the project. This rating, however, while addressing credit quality subsequent to completion of the project, makes no comment on the likelihood of or the risk of default upon failure of such completion. The investor should exercise his own judgment with respect to such likelihood and risk.

q: A ‘q’ subscript indicates that the rating is based solely on quantitative analysis of publicly available information. Discontinued use in April 2001.

r: The ‘r’ modifier was assigned to securities containing extraordinary risks, particularly market risks, that are not covered in the credit rating. The absence of an ‘r’ modifier should not be taken as an indication that an obligation will not exhibit extraordinary non-credit related risks. Standard & Poor’s discontinued the use of the ‘r’ modifier for most obligations in June 2000 and for the balance of obligations (mainly structured finance transactions) in November 2002.

Local Currency and Foreign Currency Ratings: Standard & Poor’s issuer credit ratings make a distinction between foreign currency ratings and local currency ratings. An issuer’s foreign currency rating will differ from its local currency rating when the obligor has a different capacity to meet its obligations denominated in its local currency, vs. obligations denominated in a foreign currency.

FITCH, INC.

A brief description of the applicable Fitch ratings symbols and meanings (as published by Fitch) follows:

Long-term credit ratings

AAA: Highest credit quality. “AAA” ratings denote the lowest expectation of default risk. They are assigned only in case of exceptionally strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is highly unlikely to be adversely affected by foreseeable events.

 

 

A-7


Table of Contents

Description of securities ratings

 

 

 

AA: Very high credit quality. “AA” ratings denote expectations of very low default risk. They indicate very strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is not significantly vulnerable to foreseeable events.

A: High credit quality. “A” ratings denote expectations of low default risk. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered strong. This capacity may, nevertheless, be more vulnerable to adverse business or economic conditions than is the case for higher ratings.

BBB: Good credit quality. “BBB” ratings indicate that expectations of default risk are currently low. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered adequate but adverse business or economic conditions are more likely to impair this capacity.

BB: Speculative. “BB” ratings indicate an elevated vulnerability to default risk, particularly in the event of adverse changes in business or economic conditions over time; however, business or financial flexibility exists which supports the servicing of financial commitments.

B: Highly speculative. “B” ratings indicate that material default risk is present, but a limited margin of safety remains. Financial commitments are currently being met; however, capacity for continued payment is vulnerable to deterioration in the business and economic environment.

CCC: Substantial credit risk. Default is a real possibility.

CC: Very high levels of credit risk. Default of some kind appears probable.

C: Exceptionally high levels of credit risk. Default is imminent or inevitable, or the issuer is in standstill. Conditions that are indicative of a ‘C’ category rating for an issuer include: (a) the issuer has entered into a grace or cure period following non-payment of a material financial obligation; (b) the issuer has entered into a temporary negotiated waiver or standstill agreement following a payment default on a material financial obligation; or (c) Fitch Ratings otherwise believes a condition of ‘RD’ or ‘D’ to be imminent or inevitable, including through the formal announcement of a distressed debt exchange.

RD: Restricted Default: ‘RD’ ratings indicate an issuer that in Fitch Ratings’ opinion has experienced an uncured payment default on a bond, loan or other material financial obligation but which has not entered into bankruptcy filings, administration, receivership, liquidation or other formal winding-up procedure, and which has not otherwise ceased operating. This would include: (a) the selective payment default on a specific class or currency of debt; (b) the uncured expiry of any applicable grace period, cure period or default forbearance period following a payment default on a bank loan, capital markets security or other material financial obligation; (c) the extension of multiple waivers or forbearance periods upon a payment default on one or more material financial obligations, either in series or in parallel; or (d) execution of a distressed debt exchange on one or more material financial obligations.

D. Default: ‘D’ ratings indicate an issuer that in Fitch Ratings’ opinion has entered into bankruptcy filings, administration, receivership, liquidation or other formal winding-up procedure, or which has otherwise ceased business.

Note: The modifiers “+” or “-” may be appended to a rating to denote relative status within major rating categories. Such suffixes are not added to the ‘AAA’ Long-Term IDR category, or to Long-Term IDR categories below ‘B’.

 

 

A-8


Table of Contents

Description of securities ratings

 

 

 

Recovery ratings

Recovery Ratings are assigned to selected individual securities and obligations. These currently are published for most individual obligations of corporate issuers with IDRs in the ‘B’ rating category and below.

Among the factors that affect recovery rates for securities are the collateral, the seniority relative to other obligations in the capital structure (where appropriate), and the expected value of the company or underlying collateral in distress.

The Recovery Rating scale is based upon the expected relative recovery characteristics of an obligation upon the curing of a default, emergence from insolvency or following the liquidation or termination of the obligor or its associated collateral.

Recovery Ratings are an ordinal scale and do not attempt to precisely predict a given level of recovery. As a guideline in developing the rating assessments, the agency employs broad theoretical recovery bands in its ratings approach based on historical averages, but actual recoveries for a given security may deviate materially from historical averages.

RR1: Outstanding recovery prospects given default. “RR1” rated securities have characteristics consistent with securities historically recovering 91%-100% of current principal and related interest.

RR2: Superior recovery prospects given default. “RR2” rated securities have characteristics consistent with securities historically recovering 71%-90% of current principal and related interest.

RR3: Good recovery prospects given default. “RR3” rated securities have characteristics consistent with securities historically recovering 51%-70% of current principal and related interest.

RR4: Average recovery prospects given default. “RR4” rated securities have characteristics consistent with securities historically recovering 31%-50% of current principal and related interest.

RR5: Below average recovery prospects given default. “RR5” rated securities have characteristics consistent with securities historically recovering 11%-30% of current principal and related interest.

RR6: Poor recovery prospects given default. “RR6” rated securities have characteristics consistent with securities historically recovering 0%-10% of current principal and related interest.

Short-term ratings assigned to obligations in corporate, public and structured finance

A short-term issuer or obligation rating is based in all cases on the short-term vulnerability to default of the rated entity or security stream and relates to the capacity to meet financial obligations in accordance with the documentation governing the relevant obligation. Short-Term Ratings are assigned to obligations whose initial maturity is viewed as “short term” based on market convention. Typically, this means up to 13 months for corporate, sovereign, and structured obligations, and up to 36 months for obligations in U.S. public finance markets.

F1: Highest credit quality. Indicates the strongest intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments; may have an added “+” to denote any exceptionally strong credit feature.

 

 

 

A-9


Table of Contents

Description of securities ratings

 

 

 

F2: Good short-term credit quality. Good intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments.

F3: Fair short-term credit quality. The intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments is adequate.

B: Speculative short-term credit quality. Minimal capacity for timely payment of financial commitments, plus heightened vulnerability to near-term adverse changes in financial and economic conditions.

C: High short-term default risk. Default is a real possibility.

RD: Restricted Default. Indicates an entity that has defaulted on one or more of its financial commitments, although it continues to meet other financial obligations. Applicable to entity ratings only.

D: Default. Indicates a broad-based default event for an entity, or the default of a short-term obligation.

 

 

A-10


Table of Contents


Table of Contents

The information in this Statement of Additional Information is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This Statement of Additional Information, which is not a prospectus, is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state or jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION

DATED JANUARY 25, 2013

PIMCO DYNAMIC CREDIT INCOME FUND

Statement of Additional Information

            , 2013

 

 

PIMCO DYNAMIC CREDIT INCOME FUND (the “Fund”) is a newly organized, non-diversified, closed-end management investment company.

This Statement of Additional Information relating to the common shares of the Fund (the “Common Shares”) is not a prospectus, and should be read in conjunction with the Fund’s prospectus relating thereto dated              , 2013 (the “Prospectus”). This Statement of Additional Information does not include all information that a prospective investor should consider before purchasing Common Shares, and investors should obtain and read the Prospectus prior to purchasing such shares. You may obtain a copy of the Prospectus on the Web site of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) at http://www.sec.gov. Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Statement of Additional Information have the meanings ascribed to them in the Prospectus.


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

The Fund

     3   

Investment Objectives and Policies

     3   

Investment Restrictions

     69   

Management of the Fund

     72   

Investment Manager and Sub-Adviser

     78   

Portfolio Transactions

     87   

Distributions

     91   

Description of Shares

     91   

Anti-Takeover And Other Provisions in the Declaration of Trust

     92   

Repurchase of Common Shares; Conversion to Open-End Fund

     94   

Tax Matters

     96   

Performance Related and Comparative Information

     113   

Custodian, Transfer Agent and Dividend Disbursement Agent

     113   

Independent Registered Public Accounting firm

     113   

Counsel

     114   

Registration Statement

     114   

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     115   

Financial Statements

     116   

Appendix A—Description of Proxy Voting Policy and Procedures

     A–1   

 

2


Table of Contents

THE FUND

The Fund was formed on September 27, 2012 as a Massachusetts business trust.

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES

The investment objectives and general investment policies of the Fund are described in the Prospectus. Additional information concerning the characteristics of certain of the Fund’s investments is set forth below.

High Yield Securities (“Junk Bonds”)

The Fund may invest without limitation in debt instruments that are, at the time of purchase, rated below investment grade (below Baa3 by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”), below BBB- by either Standard & Poor’s, a division of the McGraw Hill Companies (“S&P”), or Fitch, Inc. (“Fitch Ratings”)), or unrated but determined by PIMCO to be of comparable quality. However, the Fund will not normally invest more than 20% of its total assets in debt instruments, other than mortgage-related and other asset-backed securities, that are, at the time of purchase, rated CCC+ or lower by S&P and Fitch and Caa1 or lower by Moody’s, or that are unrated but determined by PIMCO to be of comparable quality to securities so rated. The Fund may invest in mortgage-related and other asset-backed securities regardless of rating ( i.e. , of any credit quality). For purposes of applying the foregoing policy, in the case of securities with split ratings ( i.e. , a security receiving two different ratings from two different rating agencies), the Fund will apply the higher of the applicable ratings. The Fund may invest in securities of stressed issuers, which include securities at risk of being in default as to the repayment of principal and/or interest at the time of acquisition by the Fund or that are rated in the lower rating categories by one or more nationally recognized statistical rating organizations (for example, Ca or lower by Moody’s or CC or lower by S&P or Fitch) or, if unrated, are determined by PIMCO to be of comparable quality. Below investment grade securities are commonly referred to as “high yield” securities or “junk bonds.”

Investments in high yield securities generally provide greater income and increased opportunity for capital appreciation than investments in higher quality securities, but they also typically entail greater potential price volatility and principal and income risk, including the possibility of issuer default and bankruptcy. High yield securities may be regarded as predominantly speculative with respect to the issuer’s continuing ability to make timely principal and interest payments. Debt securities in the lowest investment grade category also may be considered to possess some speculative characteristics by certain rating agencies. In addition, analysis of the creditworthiness of issuers of high yield securities may be more complex than for issuers of higher quality securities.

High yield securities may be more susceptible to real or perceived adverse economic and competitive industry conditions than investment grade securities. A projection of an economic downturn or of a period of rising interest rates, for example, could cause a decline in high yield security prices because the advent of a recession could lessen the ability of an issuer to make principal and interest payments on its debt obligations. If an issuer of high yield securities defaults, in addition to risking non-payment of all or a portion of interest and principal, the Fund may incur additional expenses to seek recovery. The market prices of high yield securities structured as zero-coupon, step-up or payment-in-kind securities will normally be affected to a greater extent by interest rate changes, and therefore tend to be more volatile than the prices of securities that pay interest currently and in cash.

 

3


Table of Contents

The secondary market on which high yield securities are traded may be less liquid than the market for investment grade securities. Less liquidity in the secondary trading market could adversely affect the price at which the Fund could sell a high yield security, and could adversely affect the net asset value of the shares. Adverse publicity and investor perceptions, whether or not based on fundamental analysis, may decrease the values and liquidity of high yield securities, especially in a thinly-traded market. When secondary markets for high yield securities are less liquid than the market for investment grade securities, it may be more difficult to value the lower rated securities because such valuation may require more research, and elements of judgment may play a greater role in the valuation because there is less reliable, objective data available. During periods of thin trading in these markets, the spread between bid and asked prices is likely to increase significantly and the Fund may have greater difficulty selling its portfolio securities. The Fund will be more dependent on PIMCO’s research and analysis when investing in high yield securities.

The Fund’s credit quality policies apply only at the time a security is purchased, and the Fund is not required to dispose of a security in the event that a rating agency or PIMCO downgrades its assessment of the credit characteristics of a particular issue. In determining whether to retain or sell such a security, PIMCO may consider factors including, but not limited to, PIMCO’s assessment of the credit quality of the issuer of such security, the price at which such security could be sold and the rating, if any, assigned to such security by other rating agencies. Analysis of creditworthiness may be more complex for issuers of high yield securities than for issuers of higher quality debt securities.

A general description of the ratings of securities by Moody’s, S&P and Fitch Ratings is set forth in Appendix A to the Prospectus. The ratings of Moody’s, S&P, and Fitch Ratings represent their opinions as to the quality of the securities they rate. It should be emphasized, however, that ratings are general and are not absolute standards of quality. Consequently, debt obligations with the same maturity, coupon and rating may have different yields while obligations with the same maturity and coupon with different ratings may have the same yield. For these reasons, the use of credit ratings as the sole method of evaluating high yield securities can involve certain risks. For example, credit ratings evaluate the safety of principal and interest payments, not the market value risk of high yield securities. Also, credit rating agencies may fail to change credit ratings in a timely fashion to reflect events since the security was last rated. PIMCO relies primarily on its own analysis of the credit quality and risks associated with individual debt instruments considered for the Fund, rather than relying exclusively on rating agencies or third-party research.

Stressed Securities

Securities in which the Fund invests may be subject to significant risk of an issuer’s inability to meet principal and interest payments on the obligations and also may be subject to price volatility due to such factors as market perception of the creditworthiness of an issuer and general market liquidity. If PIMCO’s evaluation of the anticipated outcome of an investment situation should prove incorrect, such Fund investments could experience a loss.

 

4


Table of Contents

Mortgage-Related and Other Asset-Backed Securities

The Fund may invest in a variety of mortgage-related and other asset-backed securities issued by government agencies or other governmental entities or by private originators or issuers.

As a matter of fundamental policy, the Fund will normally invest at least 25% of its total assets ( i.e. , concentrate) in privately-issued (commonly known as “non-agency”) mortgage-related securities.

Mortgage-related securities are interests in pools of residential or commercial mortgage loans, including mortgage loans made by savings and loan institutions, mortgage bankers, commercial banks and others. Pools of mortgage loans are assembled as securities for sale to investors by various governmental, government-related and private organizations. The value of some mortgage-related or asset-backed securities in which the Fund invests may be particularly sensitive to changes in prevailing interest rates, and, like other debt securities, the ability of the Fund to successfully utilize these instruments may depend in part upon the ability of PIMCO to forecast certain macro-economic factors correctly. See “–Mortgage Pass-Through Securities” below. Certain debt obligations are also secured with collateral consisting of mortgage-related securities. See “–Collateralized Mortgage Obligations (“CMOs”)” below.

The mortgage-related securities in which the Fund may invest may pay variable or fixed rates of interest.

Through investments in mortgage-related securities, including those that are issued by private issuers, the Fund may have some exposure to subprime loans as well as to the mortgage and credit markets generally. Private issuers include commercial banks, savings associations, mortgage companies, investment banking firms, finance companies and special purpose finance entities (called special purpose vehicles or SPVs) and other entities that acquire and package mortgage loans for resale as mortgage-related securities.

In addition, mortgage-related securities that are issued by private issuers are not subject to the underwriting requirements for the underlying mortgages that are applicable to those mortgage-related securities that have a government or government-sponsored entity guarantee. As a result, the mortgage loans underlying private mortgage-related securities may, and frequently do, have less favorable collateral, credit risk or other underwriting characteristics than government or government-sponsored mortgage-related securities and have wider variances in a number of terms including interest rate, term, size, purpose and borrower characteristics. Privately issued pools more frequently include second mortgages, high loan-to-value mortgages and manufactured housing loans. The coupon rates and maturities of the underlying mortgage loans in a private-label mortgage-related securities pool may vary to a greater extent than those included in a government guaranteed pool, and the pool may include subprime mortgage loans. Subprime loans refer to loans made to borrowers with weakened credit histories or with a lower capacity to make timely payments on their loans. For these reasons, the loans underlying these securities have had in many cases higher default rates than those loans that meet government underwriting requirements.

 

5


Table of Contents

The risk of non-payment is greater for mortgage-related securities that are backed by mortgage pools that contain subprime loans, but a level of risk exists for all loans. Market factors adversely affecting mortgage loan repayments may include a general economic turndown, high unemployment, a general slowdown in the real estate market, a drop in the market prices of real estate, or an increase in interest rates resulting in higher mortgage payments by holders of adjustable rate mortgages.

The recent financial downturn—particularly the increase in delinquencies and defaults on residential mortgages, falling home prices, and unemployment—has adversely affected the market for mortgage-related securities. In addition, various market and governmental actions may impair the ability to foreclose on or exercise other remedies against underlying mortgage holders, or may reduce the amount received upon foreclosure. These factors have caused certain mortgage-related securities to experience lower valuations and reduced liquidity. There is also no assurance that the U.S. Government will take further action to support the mortgage-related securities industry, as it has in the past, should the economic downturn continue or the economy experience another downturn. Further, recent legislative action and any future government actions may significantly alter the manner in which the mortgage-related securities market functions. Each of these factors could ultimately increase the risk that a Fund could realize losses on mortgage-related securities.

Mortgage Pass-Through Securities. Mortgage pass-through securities are securities representing interests in “pools” of mortgage loans secured by residential or commercial real property. Interests in pools of mortgage-related securities differ from other forms of debt securities, which normally provide for periodic payment of interest in fixed or variable amounts with principal payments at maturity or specified call dates. Instead, these securities provide a monthly payment which consists of both interest and principal payments. In effect, these payments are a “pass-through” of the monthly payments made by the individual borrowers on their residential or commercial mortgage loans, net of any fees paid to the issuer or guarantor of such securities. Additional payments are caused by repayments of principal resulting from the sale of the underlying property, refinancing or foreclosure, net of fees or costs that may be incurred. Some mortgage-related securities (such as securities issued by the Government National Mortgage Association (“GNMA”)) are described as “modified pass-through.” These securities entitle the holder to receive all interest and principal payments owed on the mortgage pool, net of certain fees, at the scheduled payment dates regardless of whether or not the mortgagor actually makes the payment.

The rate of prepayments on underlying mortgages will affect the price and volatility of a mortgage-related security, and may have the effect of shortening or extending the effective duration of the security relative to what was anticipated at the time of purchase. Early repayment of principal on some mortgage-related securities (arising from prepayments of principal due to the sale of the underlying property, refinancing, or foreclosure, net of fees and costs which may be incurred) may expose the Fund to a lower rate of return upon reinvestment of principal. Also, if a security subject to prepayment has been purchased at a premium, the value of the premium would be lost in the event of prepayment. Like other fixed-rate debt obligations, when interest rates rise, the value of a fixed-rate mortgage-related security generally will decline; however,

 

6


Table of Contents

when interest rates are declining, the value of fixed-rate mortgage-related securities with prepayment features may not increase as much as other debt obligations. Adjustable rate mortgage-related and other asset-backed securities are also subject to some interest rate risk. For example, because interest rates on most adjustable rate mortgage- and other asset-backed securities only reset periodically ( e.g. , monthly or quarterly), changes in prevailing interest rates (and particularly sudden and significant changes) can be expected to cause some fluctuations in the market value of these securities, including declines in value as interest rates rise. In addition, to the extent that unanticipated rates of prepayment on underlying mortgages increase the effective duration of a mortgage-related security, the volatility of such security can be expected to increase.

The residential mortgage market in the United States recently has experienced difficulties that may adversely affect the performance and market value of certain of the Fund’s mortgage-related investments. Delinquencies and losses on residential mortgage loans (especially subprime and second-lien mortgage loans) generally have increased recently and may continue to increase, and a decline in or flattening of housing values (as has recently been experienced and may continue to be experienced in many housing markets) may exacerbate such delinquencies and losses. Borrowers with adjustable rate mortgage loans are more sensitive to changes in interest rates, which affect their monthly mortgage payments, and may be unable to secure replacement mortgages at comparably low interest rates. Also, a number of residential mortgage loan originators have recently experienced serious financial difficulties or bankruptcy. Owing largely to the foregoing, reduced investor demand for mortgage loans and mortgage-related securities and increased investor yield requirements have caused limited liquidity in the secondary market for certain mortgage-related securities, which can adversely affect the market value of mortgage-related securities. It is possible that such limited liquidity in such secondary markets could continue or worsen.

Agency Mortgage-Related Securities. Payment of principal and interest on some mortgage pass-through securities (but not the market value of the securities themselves) may be guaranteed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government (in the case of securities guaranteed by GNMA) or guaranteed by agencies or instrumentalities of the U.S. Government (in the case of securities guaranteed by the Federal National Mortgage Association (“FNMA”) or the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“FHLMC”)). The principal governmental guarantor of mortgage-related securities is GNMA. GNMA is a wholly-owned U.S. Government corporation within the Department of Housing and Urban Development. GNMA is authorized to guarantee, with the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government, the timely payment of principal and interest on securities issued by institutions approved by GNMA (such as savings and loan institutions, commercial banks and mortgage bankers) and backed by pools of mortgages insured by the Federal Housing Administration (the “FHA”), or guaranteed by the Department of Veterans Affairs (the “VA”).

Government-related guarantors ( i.e. , not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government) include the FNMA and the FHLMC. FNMA was, until recently, a government-sponsored corporation owned entirely by private stockholders and subject to general regulation by the Department of Housing and Urban Development and the Office of Federal Housing Enterprise Oversight. As described below, FNMA is now under conservatorship by the FHFA.

 

7


Table of Contents

FNMA primarily purchases conventional ( i.e. , not insured or guaranteed by any government agency) residential mortgages from a list of approved seller/servicers, which includes state and federally chartered savings and loan associations, mutual savings banks, commercial banks, and credit unions and mortgage bankers, although it may purchase other types of mortgages as well. Pass-through securities issued by FNMA are guaranteed as to timely payment of principal and interest by FNMA but are not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government. Instead, they are supported only by the discretionary authority of the U.S. Government to purchase the agency’s obligations.

FHLMC was created by Congress in 1970 for the purpose of increasing the availability of mortgage credit for residential housing. As described below, FHLMC is now under conservatorship by the FHFA. FHLMC issues Participation Certificates (“PCs”) which represent interests in conventional mortgages from FHLMC’s national portfolio. FHLMC guarantees the timely payment of interest and ultimate collection of principal, but PCs are not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government. Instead, they are supported only by the discretionary authority of the U.S. Government to purchase the agency’s obligations.

On September 6, 2008, the Federal Housing Finance Agency (“FHFA”) placed FNMA and FHLMC into conservatorship. As the conservator, FHFA succeeded to all rights, titles, powers and privileges of FNMA and FHLMC and of any stockholder, officer or director of FNMA and FHLMC with respect to FNMA and FHLMC and the assets of FNMA and FHLMC. FHFA selected a new chief executive officer and chairman of the board of directors for each of FNMA and FHLMC.

On September 7, 2008, the U.S. Treasury announced three additional steps taken by it in connection with the conservatorship. First, the U.S. Treasury entered into a Senior Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement with each of FNMA and FHLMC pursuant to which the U.S. Treasury will purchase up to an aggregate of $100 billion of each of FNMA and FHLMC to maintain a positive net worth in each enterprise. This agreement contains various covenants that severely limit each enterprise’s operations. In exchange for entering into these agreements, the U.S. Treasury received $1 billion of each enterprise’s senior preferred stock and warrants to purchase 79.9% of each enterprise’s common stock. Second, the U.S. Treasury announced the creation of a new secured lending facility which is available to each of FNMA and FHLMC as a liquidity backstop. Third, the U.S. Treasury announced the creation of a temporary program to purchase mortgage-backed securities issued by each of FNMA and FHLMC. On February 18, 2009, the U.S. Treasury announced that it was doubling the size of its commitment to each enterprise under the Senior Preferred Stock Program to $200 billion. The U.S. Treasury’s obligations under the Senior Preferred Stock Program are for an indefinite period of time for a maximum amount of $200 billion per enterprise.

On December 24, 2009, the U.S. Treasury announced further amendments to the Senior Preferred Stock Purchase Agreements which included additional financial support to certain governmentally supported entities, including the Federal Home Loan Banks (“FHLBs”), FNMA and FHLMC. There is no assurance that the obligations of such entities will be satisfied in full, or that such obligations will not decrease in value or default. It is difficult, if not impossible, to

 

8


Table of Contents

predict the future political, regulatory or economic changes that could impact the FNMA, FHLMC and the FHLBs, and the values of their related securities or obligations.

FNMA and FHLMC are continuing to operate as going concerns while in conservatorship and each remains liable for all of its obligations, including its guaranty obligations, associated with its mortgage-backed securities.

Under the Federal Housing Finance Regulatory Reform Act of 2008 (the “Reform Act”), which was included as part of the Housing and Economic Recovery Act of 2008, FHFA, as conservator or receiver, has the power to repudiate any contract entered into by FNMA or FHLMC prior to FHFA’s appointment as conservator or receiver, as applicable, if FHFA determines, in its sole discretion, that performance of the contract is burdensome and that repudiation of the contract promotes the orderly administration of FNMA’s or FHLMC’s affairs. The Reform Act requires FHFA to exercise its right to repudiate any contract within a reasonable period of time after its appointment as conservator or receiver.

FHFA, in its capacity as conservator, has indicated that it has no intention to repudiate the guaranty obligations of FNMA or FHLMC because FHFA views repudiation as incompatible with the goals of the conservatorship. However, in the event that FHFA, as conservator or if it is later appointed as receiver for FNMA or FHLMC, were to repudiate any such guaranty obligation, the conservatorship or receivership estate, as applicable, would be liable for actual direct compensatory damages in accordance with the provisions of the Reform Act. Any such liability could be satisfied only to the extent of FNMA’s or FHLMC’s assets available therefor.

In the event of repudiation, the payments of interest to holders of FNMA or FHLMC mortgage-backed securities would be reduced if payments on the mortgage loans represented in the mortgage loan groups related to such mortgage-backed securities are not made by the borrowers or advanced by the servicer. Any actual direct compensatory damages for repudiating these guaranty obligations may not be sufficient to offset any shortfalls experienced by such mortgage-backed security holders.

Further, in its capacity as conservator or receiver, FHFA has the right to transfer or sell any asset or liability of FNMA or FHLMC without any approval, assignment or consent. Although FHFA has stated that it has no present intention to do so, if FHFA, as conservator or receiver, were to transfer any such guaranty obligation to another party, holders of FNMA or FHLMC mortgage-backed securities would have to rely on that party for satisfaction of the guaranty obligation and would be exposed to the credit risk of that party.

In addition, certain rights provided to holders of mortgage-backed securities issued by FNMA and FHLMC under the operative documents related to such securities may not be enforced against FHFA, or enforcement of such rights may be delayed, during the conservatorship or any future receivership. The operative documents for FNMA and FHLMC mortgage-backed securities may provide (or with respect to securities issued prior to the date of the appointment of the conservator may have provided) that upon the occurrence of an event of default on the part of FNMA or FHLMC, in its capacity as guarantor, which includes the appointment of a conservator or receiver, holders of such mortgage-backed securities have the right to replace FNMA or

 

9


Table of Contents

FHLMC as trustee if the requisite percentage of mortgage-backed securities holders consent. The Reform Act prevents mortgage-backed security holders from enforcing such rights if the event of default arises solely because a conservator or receiver has been appointed. The Reform Act also provides that no person may exercise any right or power to terminate, accelerate or declare an event of default under certain contracts to which FNMA or FHLMC is a party, or obtain possession of or exercise control over any property of FNMA or FHLMC, or affect any contractual rights of FNMA or FHLMC, without the approval of FHFA, as conservator or receiver, for a period of 45 or 90 days following the appointment of FHFA as conservator or receiver, respectively.

In addition, in a February 2011 report to Congress from the Treasury Department and the Department of Housing and Urban Development, the Obama administration provided a plan to reform America’s housing finance market. The plan would reduce the role of and eventually eliminate FNMA and FHLMC. Notably, the plan does not propose similar significant changes to GNMA, which guarantees payments on mortgage-related securities backed by federally insured or guaranteed loans such as those issued by the Federal Housing Association or guaranteed by the Department of Veterans Affairs. The report also identified three proposals for Congress and the administration to consider for the long-term structure of the housing finance markets after the elimination of FNMA and FHLMC, including implementing: (i) a privatized system of housing finance that limits government insurance to very limited groups of creditworthy low- and moderate-income borrowers; (ii) a privatized system with a government backstop mechanism that would allow the government to insure a larger share of the housing finance market during a future housing crisis; and (iii) a privatized system where the government would offer reinsurance to holders of certain highly-rated mortgage-related securities insured by private insurers and would pay out under the reinsurance arrangements only if the private mortgage insurers were insolvent.

Privately Issued Mortgage-Related (Non-Agency) Securities. Commercial banks, savings and loan institutions, private mortgage insurance companies, mortgage bankers and other secondary market issuers also create pass-through pools of conventional residential mortgage loans. Such issuers may be the originators and/or servicers of the underlying mortgage loans as well as the guarantors of the mortgage-related securities. Pools created by such non-governmental issuers generally offer a higher rate of interest than government and government-related pools because there are no direct or indirect government or agency guarantees of payments in such pools. However, timely payment of interest and principal of these pools may be supported by various forms of insurance or guarantees, including individual loan, title, pool and hazard insurance and letters of credit. The insurance and guarantees are issued by governmental entities, private insurers and the mortgage poolers. There can be no assurance that the private insurers or guarantors can meet their obligations under the insurance policies or guarantee arrangements. Securities issued by certain private organizations may not be readily marketable.

Privately issued mortgage-related securities are not subject to the same underwriting requirements for the underlying mortgages that are applicable to those mortgage-related securities that have a government or government-sponsored entity guarantee. As a result, the mortgage loans underlying privately issued mortgage-related securities may, and frequently do, have less favorable collateral, credit risk or other underwriting characteristics than government

 

10


Table of Contents

or government-sponsored mortgage-related securities and have wider variances in a number of terms including interest rate, term, size, purpose and borrower characteristics. Mortgage pools underlying privately issued mortgage-related securities more frequently include second mortgages, high loan-to-value ratio mortgages and manufactured housing loans, in addition to commercial mortgages and other types of mortgages where a government or government-sponsored entity guarantee is not available. The coupon rates and maturities of the underlying mortgage loans in a privately-issued mortgage-related securities pool may vary to a greater extent than those included in a government guaranteed pool, and the pool may include subprime mortgage loans. Subprime loans are loans made to borrowers with weakened credit histories or with a lower capacity to make timely payments on their loans. For these reasons, the loans underlying these securities have had in many cases higher default rates than those loans that meet government underwriting requirements. The risk of non-payment is greater for mortgage-related securities that are backed by loans that were originated under weak underwriting standards, including loans made to borrowers with limited means to make repayment. A level of risk exists for all loans, although, historically, the poorest performing loans have been those classified as subprime. Other types of privately issued mortgage-related securities, such as those classified as pay-option adjustable rate or Alt-A have also performed poorly. Even loans classified as prime have experienced higher levels of delinquencies and defaults. The substantial decline in real property values across the U.S. has exacerbated the level of losses that investors in privately issued mortgage-related securities have experienced. It is not certain when these trends may reverse. Market factors that may adversely affect mortgage loan repayment include adverse economic conditions, unemployment, a decline in the value of real property, or an increase in interest rates.

Privately issued mortgage-related securities are not traded on an exchange and there may be a limited market for the securities, especially when there is a perceived weakness in the mortgage and real estate market sectors. Without an active trading market, mortgage-related securities held in a Fund’s portfolio may be particularly difficult to value because of the complexities involved in assessing the value of the underlying mortgage loans.

The Fund may purchase privately issued mortgage-related securities that are originated, packaged and serviced by third party entities. It is possible these third parties could have interests that are in conflict with the holders of mortgage-related securities, and such holders (such as the Fund) could have rights against the third parties or their affiliates. For example, if a loan originator, servicer or its affiliates engaged in negligence or willful misconduct in carrying out its duties, then a holder of the mortgage-related security could seek recourse against the originator/servicer or its affiliates, as applicable. Also, as a loan originator/servicer, the originator/servicer or its affiliates may make certain representations and warranties regarding the quality of the mortgages and properties underlying a mortgage-related security. If one or more of those representations or warranties is false, then the holders of the mortgage-related securities (such as the Fund) could trigger an obligation of the originator/servicer or its affiliates, as applicable, to repurchase the mortgages from the issuing trust. Notwithstanding the foregoing, many of the third parties that are legally bound by trust and other documents have failed to perform their respective duties, as stipulated in such trust and other documents, and investors have had limited success in enforcing terms.

 

11


Table of Contents

Mortgage-related securities that are issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities, are not subject to the Fund’s industry concentration restriction (see “Investment Restrictions”) by virtue of the exclusion from that restriction available to all U.S. Government securities. The assets underlying such securities may be represented by a portfolio of first lien residential mortgages (including both whole mortgage loans and mortgage participation interests) or portfolios of mortgage pass-through securities issued or guaranteed by GNMA, FNMA or FHLMC. Mortgage loans underlying a mortgage-related security may in turn be insured or guaranteed by the FHA or the VA. In the case of privately issued mortgage-related securities whose underlying assets are neither U.S. Government securities nor U.S. Government insured mortgages, to the extent that real properties securing such assets may be located in the same geographical region, the security may be subject to a greater risk of default than other comparable securities in the event of adverse economic, political or business developments that may affect such region and, ultimately, the ability of residential homeowners to make payments of principal and interest on the underlying mortgages.

Collateralized Mortgage Obligations (“CMOs”). A CMO is a debt obligation of a legal entity that is collateralized by mortgages and divided into classes. Similar to a bond, interest and prepaid principal is paid, in most cases, on a monthly basis. CMOs may be collateralized by whole mortgage loans or private mortgage bonds, but are generally collateralized by portfolios of mortgage pass-through securities guaranteed by GNMA, FHLMC, or FNMA, and their income streams.

CMOs are structured into multiple classes, often referred to as “tranches,” with each class bearing a different stated maturity and entitled to a different schedule for payments of principal and interest, including pre-payments. Actual maturity and average life will depend upon the pre-payment experience of the collateral. In the case of certain CMOs (known as “sequential pay” CMOs), payments of principal received from the pool of underlying mortgages, including pre-payments, are applied to the classes of CMOs in the order of their respective final distribution dates. Thus, no payment of principal will be made to any class of sequential pay CMOs until all other classes having an earlier final distribution date have been paid in full.

In a typical CMO transaction, a corporation (“issuer”) issues multiple series ( e.g. , A, B, C, Z) of CMO bonds (“Bonds”). Proceeds of the Bond offering are used to purchase mortgages or mortgage pass-through certificates (“Collateral”). The Collateral is pledged to a third party trustee as security for the Bonds. Principal and interest payments from the Collateral are used to pay principal on the Bonds in the order A, B, C, Z. The Series A, B, and C Bonds all bear current interest. Interest on the Series Z Bond is accrued and added to principal and a like amount is paid as principal on the Series A, B, or C Bond currently being paid off. When the Series A, B, and C Bonds are paid in full, interest and principal on the Series Z Bond begins to be paid currently.

CMOs may be less liquid and may exhibit greater price volatility than other types of mortgage- or asset-backed securities.

As CMOs have evolved, some classes of CMO bonds have become more common. For example, the Fund may invest in parallel-pay and planned amortization class (“PAC”) CMOs and multi-class pass through certificates. Parallel-pay CMOs and multi-class pass-through certificates are

 

12


Table of Contents

structured to provide payments of principal on each payment date to more than one class. These simultaneous payments are taken into account in calculating the stated maturity date or final distribution date of each class, which, as with other CMO and multi-class pass-through structures, must be retired by its stated maturity date or final distribution date but may be retired earlier. PACs generally require payments of a specified amount of principal on each payment date. PACs are parallel-pay CMOs with the required principal amount on such securities having the highest priority after interest has been paid to all classes. Any CMO or multi-class pass through structure that includes PAC securities must also have support tranches—known as support bonds, companion bonds or non-PAC bonds—which lend or absorb principal cash flows to allow the PAC securities to maintain their stated maturities and final distribution dates within a range of actual prepayment experience. These support tranches are subject to a higher level of maturity risk compared to other mortgage-related securities, and usually provide a higher yield to compensate investors. If principal cash flows are received in amounts outside a pre-determined range such that the support bonds cannot lend or absorb sufficient cash flows to the PAC securities as intended, the PAC securities are subject to heightened maturity risk. The Fund may invest in various tranches of CMO bonds, including support bonds.

FHLMC Collateralized Mortgage Obligations. FHLMC CMOs are debt obligations of FHLMC issued in multiple classes having different maturity dates which are secured by the pledge of a pool of conventional mortgage loans purchased by FHLMC. Payments of principal and interest on the CMOs are made semi-annually, as opposed to monthly. The amount of principal payable on each semi-annual payment date is determined in accordance with FHLMC’s mandatory sinking fund schedule, which in turn, is equal to approximately 100% of FHA prepayment experience applied to the mortgage collateral pool. All sinking fund payments in the CMOs are allocated to the retirement of the individual classes of bonds in the order of their stated maturities. Payments of principal on the mortgage loans in the collateral pool in excess of the amount of FHLMC’s minimum sinking fund obligation for any payment date are paid to the holders of the CMOs as additional sinking fund payments. Because of the “pass-through” nature of all principal payments received on the collateral pool in excess of FHLMC’s minimum sinking fund requirement, the rate at which principal of the CMOs is actually repaid is likely to be such that each class of bonds will be retired in advance of its scheduled maturity date.

If collection of principal (including prepayments) on the mortgage loans during any semi-annual payment period is not sufficient to meet FHLMC’s minimum sinking fund obligation on the next sinking fund payment date, FHLMC agrees to make up the deficiency from its general funds.

Criteria for the mortgage loans in the pool backing the FHLMC CMOs are identical to those of FHLMC PCs. FHLMC has the right to substitute collateral in the event of delinquencies and/or defaults.

Commercial Mortgage-Backed Securities. Commercial mortgage-backed securities include securities that reflect an interest in, and are secured by, mortgage loans on commercial real property. Many of the risks of investing in commercial mortgage-backed securities reflect the risks of investing in the real estate securing the underlying mortgage loans. These risks reflect the effects of local and other economic conditions on real estate markets, the ability of tenants to make loan payments, and the ability of a property to attract and retain tenants. Commercial

 

13


Table of Contents

mortgage-backed securities may be less liquid and exhibit greater price volatility than other types of mortgage- or asset-backed securities.

CMO Residuals. CMO residuals are mortgage securities issued by agencies or instrumentalities of the U.S. Government or by private originators of, or investors in, mortgage loans, including savings and loan associations, homebuilders, mortgage banks, commercial banks, investment banks and special purpose entities of the foregoing.

The cash flow generated by the mortgage assets underlying a series of CMOs is applied first to make required payments of principal and interest on the CMOs and second to pay the related administrative expenses and any management fee of the issuer. The residual in a CMO structure generally represents the interest in any excess cash flow remaining after making the foregoing payments. Each payment of such excess cash flow to a holder of the related CMO residual represents income and/or a return of capital. The amount of residual cash flow resulting from a CMO will depend on, among other things, the characteristics of the mortgage assets, the coupon rate of each class of CMO, prevailing interest rates, the amount of administrative expenses and the prepayment experience on the mortgage assets in the same manner as an interest only (“IO”) class of stripped mortgage-backed securities. In particular, the yield to maturity on CMO residuals is extremely sensitive to prepayments on the related underlying mortgage assets. In addition, if a series of a CMO includes a class that bears interest at an adjustable rate, the yield to maturity on the related CMO residual will also be extremely sensitive to changes in the level of the index upon which interest rate adjustments are based. The Fund may fail to recoup some or all of its initial investment in a CMO residual.

CMO residuals are generally purchased and sold by institutional investors through several investment banking firms acting as brokers or dealers. The CMO residual market has developed fairly recently and CMO residuals currently may not have the liquidity of other more established securities trading in other markets. CMO residuals may, or pursuant to an exemption therefrom, may not, have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). CMO residuals, whether or not registered under the Securities Act, may be subject to certain restrictions on transferability, and may be deemed “illiquid.” As used in this Statement of Additional Information, the term CMO residual does not include residual interests in real estate mortgage investment conduits.

Adjustable Rate Mortgage Backed Securities. Adjustable rate mortgage-backed securities (“ARMs”) have interest rates that reset at periodic intervals. Acquiring ARMs permits the Fund to participate in increases in prevailing current interest rates through periodic adjustments in the coupons of mortgages underlying the pool on which ARMs are based. Such ARMs generally have higher current yield and lower price fluctuations than is the case with more traditional fixed income debt securities of comparable rating and maturity. In addition, when prepayments of principal are made on the underlying mortgages during periods of rising interest rates, the Fund can reinvest the proceeds of such prepayments at rates higher than those at which they were previously invested. Mortgages underlying most ARMs, however, have limits on the allowable annual or lifetime increases that can be made in the interest rate that the mortgagor pays. Therefore, if current interest rates rise above such limits over the period of the limitation, the Fund, when holding an ARM, does not benefit from further increases in interest rates. Moreover,

 

14


Table of Contents

when interest rates are in excess of coupon rates ( i.e. , the rates being paid by mortgagors) of the mortgages, ARMs behave more like fixed income securities and less like adjustable rate securities and are subject to the risks associated with fixed income securities. In addition, during periods of rising interest rates, increases in the coupon rate of adjustable rate mortgages generally lag current market interest rates slightly, thereby creating the potential for capital depreciation on such securities.

Stripped Mortgage-Backed Securities . SMBS are derivative multi-class mortgage securities. SMBS may be issued by agencies or instrumentalities of the U.S. Government, or by private originators of, or investors in, mortgage loans, including savings and loan associations, mortgage banks, commercial banks, investment banks and special purpose entities of the foregoing.

SMBS are usually structured with two classes that receive different proportions of the interest and principal distributions on a pool of mortgage assets. A common type of SMBS will have one class receiving some of the interest and most of the principal from the mortgage assets, while the other class will receive most of the interest and the remainder of the principal. In the most extreme case, one class will receive all of the interest (the “IO” class), while the other class will receive all of the principal (the principal-only or “PO” class). The yield to maturity on an IO class is extremely sensitive to the rate of principal payments (including pre-payments) on the related underlying mortgage assets, and a rapid rate of principal payments may have a material adverse effect on the Fund’s yield to maturity from these securities. If the underlying mortgage assets experience greater than anticipated pre-payments of principal, the Fund may fail to recoup some or all of its initial investment in these securities even if the security is in one of the highest rating categories.

Other Mortgage-Related Securities. Other mortgage-related securities include securities other than those described above that directly or indirectly represent a participation in, or are secured by and payable from, mortgage loans on real property, including CMO residuals and stripped mortgage-backed securities. Other mortgage-related securities may be equity or debt securities issued by agencies or instrumentalities of the U.S. Government or by private originators of, or investors in, mortgage loans, including savings and loan associations, homebuilders, mortgage banks, commercial banks, investment banks, partnerships, trusts and special purpose entities of the foregoing.

Asset-Backed Securities. The Fund may invest in, or have exposure to, asset-backed securities, which are securities that represent a participation in, or are secured by and payable from, a stream of payments generated by particular assets, most often a pool or pools of similar assets ( e.g. , trade receivables). The credit quality of these securities depends primarily upon the quality of the underlying assets and the level of credit support and/or enhancement provided.

The underlying assets ( e.g. , loans) are subject to prepayments that shorten the securities’ weighted average maturity and may lower their return. If the credit support or enhancement is exhausted, losses or delays in payment may result if the required payments of principal and interest are not made. The value of these securities also may change because of changes in the market’s perception of the creditworthiness of the servicing agent for the pool, the originator of the pool, or the financial institution or trust providing the credit support or enhancement.

 

15


Table of Contents

Typically, there is no perfected security interest in the collateral that relates to the financial assets that support asset-backed securities. Asset-backed securities have many of the same characteristics and risks as the mortgage backed securities described above.

The Fund may purchase or have exposure to commercial paper, including asset-backed commercial paper (“ABCP”), that is issued by structured investment vehicles or other conduits. These conduits may be sponsored by mortgage companies, investment banking firms, finance companies, hedge funds, private equity firms and special purpose finance entities. ABCP typically refers to a short-term debt security, the payment of which is supported by cash flows from underlying assets, or one or more liquidity or credit support providers, or both. Assets backing ABCP include credit card, car loan and other consumer receivables and home or commercial mortgages, including subprime mortgages. The repayment of ABCP issued by a conduit depends primarily on the cash collections received from the conduit’s underlying asset portfolio and the conduit’s ability to issue new ABCP. Therefore, there could be losses to the Fund if investing in ABCP in the event of credit or market value deterioration in the conduit’s underlying portfolio, mismatches in the timing of the cash flows of the underlying asset interests and the repayment obligations of maturing ABCP, or the conduit’s inability to issue new ABCP. To protect investors from these risks, ABCP programs may be structured with various protections, such as credit enhancement, liquidity support, and commercial paper stop-issuance and wind-down triggers. However there can be no guarantee that these protections will be sufficient to prevent losses to investors in ABCP. Some ABCP programs provide for an extension of the maturity date of the ABCP if, on the related maturity date, the conduit is unable to access sufficient liquidity through the issue of additional ABCP. This may delay the sale of the underlying collateral and the Fund may incur a loss if the value of the collateral deteriorates during the extension period. Alternatively, if collateral for ABCP deteriorates in value, the collateral may be required to be sold at inopportune times or at prices insufficient to repay the principal and interest on the ABCP. ABCP programs may provide for the issuance of subordinated notes as an additional form of credit enhancement. The subordinated notes are typically of a lower credit quality and have a higher risk of default. To the extent the Fund purchases these subordinated notes, it will have a higher likelihood of loss than investors in the senior notes.

Some ABS, particularly home equity loan transactions, are subject to interest-rate risk and prepayment risk. A change in interest rates can affect the pace of payments on the underlying loans, which in turn, affects total return on the securities. ABS also carry credit or default risk. If many borrowers on the underlying loans default, losses could exceed the credit enhancement level and result in losses to investors in an ABS transaction. Finally, ABS have structure risk due to a unique characteristic known as early amortization, or early payout, risk. Built into the structure of most ABS are triggers for early payout, designed to protect investors from losses. These triggers are unique to each transaction and can include: a big rise in defaults on the underlying loans, a sharp drop in the credit enhancement level, or even the bankruptcy of the originator. Once early amortization begins, all incoming loan payments (after expenses are paid) are used to pay investors as quickly as possible based upon a predetermined priority of payment.

Collateralized Debt Obligations. The Fund may invest in Collateralized Debt Obligations (“CDOs”), which include, among other things, collateralized bond obligations (“CBOs”),

 

16


Table of Contents

collateralized loan obligations (“CLOs”) and other similarly structured securities. CBOs and CLOs are types of asset-backed securities. A CBO is a trust which is often backed by a diversified pool of high risk, below investment grade fixed income securities. The collateral can be from many different types of fixed income securities such as high yield debt, residential privately issued mortgage-related securities, commercial privately issued mortgage-related securities, trust preferred securities and emerging market debt. A CLO is a trust typically collateralized by a pool of loans, which may include, among others, domestic and non-U.S. senior secured loans, senior unsecured loans, and subordinate corporate loans, including loans that may be rated below investment grade or equivalent unrated loans. CDOs may charge management fees and administrative expenses.

For both CBOs and CLOs, the cash flows from the trust are split into two or more portions, called tranches, varying in risk and yield. The riskiest portion is the residual or “equity” tranche which bears the bulk of defaults from the bonds or loans in the trust and serves to protect the other, more senior tranches from default in all but the most severe circumstances. Since it is partially protected from defaults, a senior tranche from a CBO trust or CLO trust typically has higher ratings and lower yields than the underlying securities, and can be rated investment grade. Despite the protection from the equity tranche, CBO or CLO tranches can experience substantial losses due to actual defaults, downgrades of the underlying collateral by rating agencies, forced liquidation of the collateral pool due to a failure of coverage tests, increased sensitivity to defaults due to collateral default and disappearance of protecting tranches, market anticipation of defaults, as well as aversion to CBO or CLO securities as a class. Interest on certain tranches of a CDO may be paid in kind or deferred and capitalized (paid in the form of obligations of the same type rather than cash), which involves continued exposure to default risk with respect to such payments.

The risks of an investment in a CDO depend largely on the type of the collateral securities and the class of the CDO in which the Fund invests. Normally, CBOs, CLOs and other CDOs are privately offered and sold, and thus, are not registered under the securities laws. As a result, investments in CDOs may be characterized by the Fund as illiquid securities; however, an active dealer market, or other relevant measures of liquidity, may exist for CDOs allowing a CDO to potentially to be deemed liquid by PIMCO under liquidity policies approved by the Fund’s Board. In addition to the risks associated with debt instruments ( e.g. , interest rate risk and credit risk), CDOs carry additional risks that include, but are not limited to: (i) the possibility that distributions from collateral securities will not be adequate to make interest or other payments; (ii) the risk that the collateral may default or decline in value or be downgraded, if rated by a nationally recognized statistical rating organization (“NRSRO”); (iii) the possibility that the Fund may invest in tranches of CDOs that are subordinate to other tranches; (iv) the structure and complexity of the transaction and the legal documents could lead to disputes among investors regarding the characterization of proceeds; (v) the investment return achieved by the Fund could be significantly different than those predicted by financial models; (vi) the lack of a readily available secondary market for CDOs; (vii) risk of forced “fire sale” liquidation due to technical defaults such as coverage test failures; and (viii) the CDO’s manager may perform poorly.

 

17


Table of Contents

Other Asset-Backed Securities. Other asset-backed securities (unrelated to mortgage loans) will be offered to investors in the future and may be purchased by the Fund. Several types of asset-backed securities have already been offered to investors, including Enhanced Equipment Trust Certificates (“EETCs”) and Certificates for Automobile Receivables SM (“CARS SM ”).

EETCs are typically issued by specially-created trusts established by airlines, railroads, or other transportation corporations. The proceeds of EETCs are used to purchase equipment, such as airplanes, railroad cars, or other equipment, which in turn serve as collateral for the related issue of the EETCs. The equipment generally is leased by the airline, railroad or other corporation, which makes rental payments to provide the projected cash flow for payments to EETC holders. Holders of EETCs must look to the collateral securing the certificates, typically together with a guarantee provided by the lessee corporation or its parent company for the payment of lease obligations, in the case of default in the payment of principal and interest on the EETCs. However, because principal and interest payments on EETCs are funded in the ordinary course by the lessee corporation, the Fund treats EETCs as corporate bonds/obligations for purposes of compliance testing and related classifications.

CARS SM represent undivided fractional interests in a trust whose assets consist of a pool of motor vehicle retail installment sales contracts and security interests in the vehicles securing the contracts. Payments of principal and interest on CARS SM are passed through monthly to certificate holders, and are guaranteed up to certain amounts and for a certain time period by a letter of credit issued by a financial institution unaffiliated with the trustee or originator of the trust. An investor’s return on CARS SM may be affected by early prepayment of principal on the underlying vehicle sales contracts. If the letter of credit is exhausted, the trust may be prevented from realizing the full amount due on a sales contract because of state law requirements and restrictions relating to foreclosure sales of vehicles and the obtaining of deficiency judgments following such sales or because of depreciation, damage or loss of a vehicle, the application of federal and state bankruptcy and insolvency laws, or other factors. As a result, certificate holders may experience delays in payments or losses if the letter of credit is exhausted.

Consistent with the Fund’s investment objectives and policies, PIMCO also may invest in other types of mortgage-related and asset-backed securities offered currently or in the future. Other asset-backed securities may be collateralized by the fees earned by service providers. The value of asset-backed securities may be substantially dependent on the servicing of the underlying asset pools and are therefore subject to risks associated with the negligence by, or defalcation of, their servicers. In certain circumstances, the mishandling of related documentation may also affect the rights of the security holders in and to the underlying collateral. The insolvency of entities that generate receivables or that utilize the assets may result in added costs and delays in addition to losses associated with a decline in the value of the underlying assets.

Investors should note that Congress from time to time may consider actions that would limit or remove the explicit or implicit guarantee of the payment of principal and/or interest on many types of asset-backed securities. Any such action would likely adversely impact the value of such securities.

 

18


Table of Contents

Real Estate Securities and Related Derivatives

The Fund may gain exposure to the real estate sector by investing in real estate-linked derivatives, real estate investment trusts (“REITs”) and common, preferred and convertible securities of issuers in real estate-related industries. Each of these types of investments is subject to risks similar to those associated with direct ownership of real estate, including loss to casualty or condemnation, increases in property taxes and operating expenses, zoning law amendments, changes in interest rates, overbuilding and increased competition, variations in market value and possible environmental liabilities. Real estate-related investments may entail leverage and may be highly volatile.

REITs are pooled investment vehicles that own, and typically operate, income-producing real estate. If a REIT meets certain requirements, including distributing to shareholders annually substantially all of its taxable income (other than net capital gains), then it is not taxed on the income distributed to shareholders. REITs are subject to management fees and other expenses, and so the Fund would bear its proportionate share of the costs of the REITs’ operations.

There are three general categories of REITs: equity REITs, mortgage REITs and hybrid REITs. Equity REITs invest primarily in direct fee ownership or leasehold ownership of real property; they derive most of their income from rents. Mortgage REITs invest mostly in mortgages on real estate, which may secure construction, development or long-term loans, and the main source of their income is mortgage interest payments. Hybrid REITs hold both ownership and mortgage interests in real estate.

Along with the risks common to different types of real estate-related securities, REITs, no matter the type, involve additional risk factors. These include poor performance by the REIT’s manager, changes to the tax laws, and failure by the REIT to qualify for tax-free distribution of income or exemption under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”). Furthermore, REITs are not diversified and are heavily dependent on cash flow.

Non-U.S. Securities

The Fund may invest without limit in instruments of corporate and other non-U.S./foreign issuers (and securities traded principally outside of the United States), including obligations of non-U.S. banks, non-U.S. governments or their subdivisions, agencies and instrumentalities, international agencies and supranational government entities and other issuers, and securities traded principally outside of the United States.

The foreign securities in which the Fund may invest include, without limitation, Eurodollar obligations and “Yankee Dollar” obligations. Eurodollar obligations are U.S. dollar-denominated certificates of deposit and time deposits issued outside the U.S. capital markets by non-U.S. branches of U.S. banks and by non-U.S. banks. Yankee Dollar obligations are U.S. dollar-denominated obligations issued in the U.S. capital markets by non-U.S. banks. Eurodollar and Yankee Dollar obligations are generally subject to the same risks that apply to domestic debt issues, notably credit risk, interest rate risk, market risk and liquidity risk. Additionally, Eurodollar (and to a limited extent, Yankee Dollar) obligations are subject to certain sovereign

 

19


Table of Contents

risks. One such risk is the possibility that a sovereign country might prevent capital, in the form of U.S. dollars, from flowing across its borders. Other risks include adverse political and economic developments; the extent and quality of government regulation of financial markets and institutions; the imposition of foreign withholding taxes; and the expropriation or nationalization of foreign issuers.

The Fund may invest in American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”), European Depositary Receipts (“EDRs”) or Global Depositary Receipts (“GDRs”). ADRs are U.S. dollar-denominated receipts issued generally by domestic banks and represent the deposit with the bank of a security of a non-U.S. issuer. EDRs are foreign currency-denominated receipts similar to ADRs and are issued and traded in Europe, and are publicly traded on exchanges or over-the-counter in the United States. GDRs may be offered privately in the United States and also trade in public or private markets in other countries. ADRs, EDRs and GDRs may be issued as sponsored or unsponsored programs. In sponsored programs, an issuer has made arrangements to have its securities trade in the form of ADRs, EDRs or GDRs. In unsponsored programs, the issuer may not be directly involved in the creation of the program. Although regulatory requirements with respect to sponsored and unsponsored programs are generally similar, in some cases it may be easier to obtain financial information from an issuer that has participated in the creation of a sponsored program.

The Fund may invest in Brady Bonds. Brady Bonds are securities created through the exchange of existing commercial bank loans to sovereign entities for new obligations in connection with debt restructurings under a debt restructuring plan introduced by former U.S. Secretary of the Treasury, Nicholas F. Brady (the “Brady Plan”). Brady Plan debt restructurings have been implemented in a number of countries, including: Albania, Argentina, Bolivia, Brazil, Bulgaria, Columbia, Costa Rica, the Dominican Republic, Ecuador, Ivory Coast, Jordan, Mexico, Morocco, Niger, Nigeria, Panama, Peru, the Philippines, Poland, Uruguay, Venezuela and Vietnam.

Brady Bonds may be collateralized or uncollateralized, are issued in various currencies (primarily the U.S. dollar) and are actively traded in the over-the-counter secondary market. Brady Bonds are not considered to be U.S. Government securities. U.S. dollar-denominated, collateralized Brady Bonds, which may be fixed rate par bonds or floating rate discount bonds, are generally collateralized in full as to principal by U.S. Treasury zero-coupon bonds having the same maturity as the Brady Bonds. Interest payments on these Brady Bonds generally are collateralized on a one-year or longer rolling-forward basis by cash or securities in an amount that, in the case of fixed rate bonds, is equal to at least one year of interest payments or, in the case of floating rate bonds, initially is equal to at least one year’s interest payments based on the applicable interest rate at that time and is adjusted at regular intervals thereafter. Certain Brady Bonds are entitled to “value recovery payments” in certain circumstances, which in effect constitute supplemental interest payments but generally are not collateralized. Brady Bonds are often viewed as having three or four valuation components: (i) the collateralized repayment of principal at final maturity; (ii) the collateralized interest payments; (iii) the uncollateralized interest payments; and (iv) any uncollateralized repayment of principal at maturity (the uncollateralized amounts constitute the “residual risk”).

 

20


Table of Contents

A significant portion of the Argentine Brady Bonds issued to date have repayments at final maturity collateralized by U.S. Treasury zero-coupon bonds (or comparable collateral denominated in other currencies) and/or interest coupon payments collateralized on a 12-month rolling-forward basis by securities held by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York as collateral agent.

Brady Bonds involve various risk factors including residual risk and the history of defaults with respect to commercial bank loans by public and private entities of countries issuing Brady Bonds. There can be no assurance that Brady Bonds in which the Fund may invest will not be subject to restructuring arrangements or to requests for new credit, which may cause the Fund to suffer a loss of interest or principal on any of its holdings.

Investing in the securities of non-U.S. issuers involves special risks and considerations not typically associated with investing in U.S. companies. These include: differences in accounting; auditing and financial reporting standards; generally higher commission rates on non-U.S. portfolio transactions; the possibility of expropriation or confiscatory taxation; adverse changes in investment or exchange control regulations (which may include suspension of the ability to transfer currency from a country); political instability which can affect U.S. investments in non-U.S. countries; and potential restrictions on the flow of international capital. In addition, non-U.S. securities and dividends and interest payable on those securities may be subject to non-U.S. taxes, including taxes withheld from payments on those securities which reduce the Fund’s yield on those securities. Non-U.S. securities often trade with less frequency and volume than domestic securities and therefore may exhibit greater price volatility. Changes in foreign exchange rates will affect the value of those securities which are denominated or quoted in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. The currencies of non-U.S. countries may experience significant declines against the U.S. dollar, and devaluation may occur subsequent to investments in these currencies by the Fund.

Emerging Market Securities . The Fund may normally invest up to 40% of its total assets in securities of issuers economically tied to “emerging market” countries. PIMCO generally considers an instrument to be economically tied to an emerging market country if the security’s “country of exposure” is an emerging market country, as determined by the criteria set forth below. Alternatively, such as when a “country of exposure” is not available or when PIMCO believes the following tests more accurately reflect which country the security is economically tied to, PIMCO may consider an instrument to be economically tied to an emerging market country if the issuer or guarantor is a government of an emerging market country (or any political subdivision, agency, authority or instrumentality of such government), if the issuer or guarantor is organized under the laws of an emerging market country, or if the currency of settlement of the security is a currency of an emerging market country. With respect to derivative instruments, PIMCO generally considers such instruments to be economically tied to emerging market countries if the underlying assets are currencies of emerging market countries (or baskets or indexes of such currencies), or instruments or securities that are issued or guaranteed by governments of emerging market countries or by entities organized under the laws of emerging market countries. An instrument’s “country of exposure” is determined by PIMCO using certain factors provided by a third-party analytical service

 

21


Table of Contents

provider. The factors are applied in order such that the first factor to result in the assignment of a country determines the “country of exposure.” The factors, listed in the order in which they are applied, are: (i) if an asset-backed or other collateralized security, the country in which the collateral backing the security is located, (ii) if the security is guaranteed by the government of a country (or any political subdivision, agency, authority or instrumentality of such government), the country of the government or instrumentality providing the guarantee, (iii) the “country of risk” of the issuer, (iv) the “country of risk” of the issuer’s ultimate parent, or (v) the country where the issuer is organized or incorporated under the laws thereof. “Country of risk” is a separate four-part test determined by the following factors, listed in order of importance: (i) management location, (ii) country of primary listing, (iii) sales or revenue attributable to the country, and (iv) reporting currency of the issuer. PIMCO has broad discretion to identify countries that it considers to qualify as emerging markets. Emerging market countries are generally located in Asia, Africa, the Middle East, Latin America and Eastern Europe, but may be in other regions as well. PIMCO will consider emerging market country and currency composition based on its evaluation of relative interest rates, inflation rates, exchange rates, monetary and fiscal policies, trade and current account balances, legal and political developments and any other specific factors it believes to be relevant.

Investment risk may be particularly high to the extent that the Fund invests in instruments economically tied to emerging market countries. These securities may present market, credit, currency, liquidity, legal, political and other risks different from, or greater than, the risks of investing in developed countries. The Fund may invest in emerging markets that may be in the process of opening to trans-national investment, which may increase these risks. Risks particular to emerging market countries include, but are not limited to, the following risks:

General Emerging Market Risk. The securities markets of countries in which the Fund may invest may be relatively small, with a limited number of companies representing a small number of industries. Additionally, issuers in countries in which the Fund may invest may not be subject to a high degree of regulation and the financial institutions with which the Fund may trade may not possess the same degree of financial sophistication, creditworthiness or resources as those in developed markets. Furthermore, the legal infrastructure and accounting, auditing and reporting standards in certain countries in which the Fund may invest may not provide the same degree of investor protection or information to investors as would generally apply in major securities markets.

Nationalization, expropriation or confiscatory taxation, currency blockage, political changes or diplomatic developments could adversely affect the Fund’s investments in a foreign country. In the event of nationalization, expropriation or other confiscation, the Fund could lose its entire investment in that country. Adverse conditions in a certain region can adversely affect securities of other countries whose economies appear to be unrelated. To the extent that the Fund invests a significant portion of assets in a concentrated geographic area, the Fund will generally have more exposure to regional economic risks associated with those investments.

Restrictions on Foreign Investment. A number of emerging securities markets restrict foreign investment to varying degrees. Furthermore, repatriation of investment income,

 

22


Table of Contents

capital and the proceeds of sales by foreign investors may require governmental registration and/or approval in some countries. While the Fund will only invest in markets where these restrictions are considered acceptable, new or additional repatriation or other restrictions might be imposed subsequent to the Fund’s investment. If such restrictions were to be imposed subsequent to the Fund’s investment in the securities markets of a particular country, the Fund’s response might include, among other things, applying to the appropriate authorities for a waiver of the restrictions or engaging in transactions in other markets designed to offset the risks of decline in that country. Such restrictions will be considered in relation to the Fund’s liquidity needs and all other acceptable positive and negative factors. Some emerging markets limit foreign investment, which may decrease returns relative to domestic investors. The Fund may seek exceptions to those restrictions. If those restrictions are present and cannot be avoided by the Fund, the Fund’s returns may be lower.

Settlement Risks. Settlement systems in emerging markets may be less well organized and less transparent than in developed markets and transactions may take longer to settle as a result. Supervisory authorities may also be unable to apply standards comparable with those in developed markets. Thus there may be risks that settlement may be delayed and that cash or securities belonging to the Fund may be in jeopardy because of failures of or defects in the systems. In particular, market practice may require that payment be made prior to receipt of the security which is being purchased or that delivery of a security must be made before payment is received. In such cases, default by a broker or bank through whom the relevant transaction is effected might result in a loss being suffered by the Fund. The Fund may not know the identity of a counterparty, which may increase the possibility of the Fund not receiving payment or delivery of securities in a transaction. The Fund seeks, when possible, to use counterparties whose financial status is such that this risk is reduced. However, there can be no certainty that the Fund will be successful in eliminating or reducing this risk, particularly as counterparties operating in developing countries frequently lack the substance, capitalization and/or financial resources of those in developed countries.

There may also be a danger that, because of uncertainties in the operation of settlement systems in individual markets, competing claims may arise in respect of securities held by or to be transferred to the Fund. Furthermore, compensation schemes may be non-existent, limited or inadequate to meet the Fund’s claims in any of these events.

Counterparty Risk. Trading in the securities of developing markets presents additional credit and financial risks. The Fund may have limited access to, or there may be a limited number of, potential counterparties that trade in the securities of emerging market issuers. Governmental regulations may restrict potential counterparties to certain financial institutions located or operating in the particular emerging market. Potential counterparties may not possess, adopt or implement creditworthiness standards, financial reporting standards or legal and contractual protections similar to those in developed markets. Currency hedging techniques may not be available or may be limited. The Fund may not be able to reduce or mitigate risks related to trading with emerging market counterparties. The Fund seeks, when possible, to use counterparties whose financial

 

23


Table of Contents

status is such that the risk of default is reduced, but the risk of losses resulting from default is still possible.

Government in the Private Sector. Government involvement in the private sector varies in degree among the emerging markets in which the Fund may invest. Such involvement may, in some cases, include government ownership of companies in certain sectors, wage and price controls or imposition of trade barriers and other protectionist measures. With respect to any developing country, there is no guarantee that some future economic or political crisis will not lead to price controls, forced mergers of companies, expropriation, or creation of government monopolies, to the possible detriment of the Fund’s investment in that country.

Litigation. The Fund may encounter substantial difficulties in obtaining and enforcing judgments against individuals and companies located in certain developing countries. It may be difficult or impossible to obtain or enforce legislation or remedies against governments, their agencies and sponsored entities.

Fraudulent Securities. It is possible, particularly in markets in developing countries, that purported securities in which the Fund invests may subsequently be found to be fraudulent and as a consequence the Fund could suffer losses.

Taxation. The local taxation of income and capital gains accruing to non-residents varies among developing countries and, in some cases, is comparatively high. In addition, developing countries typically have less well-defined tax laws and procedures and such laws may permit retroactive taxation so that the Fund could in the future become subject to local tax liabilities that had not been anticipated in conducting its investment activities or valuing its assets. The Fund seeks to reduce these risks by careful management of assets. However, there can be no assurance that these efforts will be successful.

Political Risks/Risks of Conflicts. Recently, various countries have seen significant internal conflicts and in some cases, civil wars may have had an adverse impact on the securities markets of the countries concerned. In addition, the occurrence of new disturbances due to acts of war or other political developments cannot be excluded. Apparently stable systems may experience periods of disruption or improbable reversals of policy. Nationalization, expropriation or confiscatory taxation, currency blockage, political changes, government regulation, political, regulatory or social instability or uncertainty or diplomatic developments could adversely affect the Fund’s investments. The transformation from a centrally planned, socialist economy to a more market oriented economy has also resulted in many economic and social disruptions and distortions. Moreover, there can be no assurance that the economic, regulatory and political initiatives necessary to achieve and sustain such a transformation will continue or, if such initiatives continue and are sustained, that they will be successful or that such initiatives will continue to benefit foreign (or non-national) investors. Certain instruments, such as inflation index instruments, may depend upon measures compiled by governments (or entities under their influence) which are also the obligors.

 

24


Table of Contents

Sovereign Debt. The Fund may invest in sovereign debt issued by non-U.S. developed and emerging market governments and their respective sub-divisions, agencies or instrumentalities, government sponsored enterprises and supranational government entities. Supranational entities include international organizations that are organized or supported by one or more government entities to promote economic reconstruction or development and by international banking institutions and related governmental agencies. Investment in sovereign debt can involve a high degree of risk. The governmental entity that controls the repayment of sovereign debt may not be able or willing to repay the principal and/or interest when due in accordance with the terms of the debt. A governmental entity’s willingness or ability to repay principal and interest due in a timely manner may be affected by, among other factors, its cash flow situation, the extent of its foreign reserves, the availability of sufficient foreign exchange on the date a payment is due, the relative size of the debt service burden to the economy as a whole, the governmental entity’s policy toward the International Monetary Fund, and the political constraints to which a governmental entity may be subject. Governmental entities also may depend on expected disbursements from non-U.S. governments, multilateral agencies and others to reduce principal and interest arrearages on their debt. The commitment on the part of these governments, agencies and others to make such disbursements may be conditioned on a governmental entity’s implementation of economic reforms and/or economic performance and the timely service of such debtor’s obligations. Failure to implement such reforms, achieve such levels of economic performance or repay principal or interest when due may result in the cancellation of such third parties’ commitments to lend funds to the governmental entity, which may further impair such debtor’s ability or willingness to service its debts in a timely manner. Consequently, governmental entities may default on their sovereign debt. Holders of sovereign debt (including the Fund) may be requested to participate in the rescheduling of such debt and to extend further loans to governmental entities. There is no bankruptcy proceeding by which sovereign debt on which governmental entities have defaulted may be collected in whole or in part.

The Fund’s investments in foreign currency-denominated debt obligations and hedging activities will likely produce a difference between its book income and its taxable income. This difference may cause a portion of the Fund’s income distributions to constitute returns of capital for tax purposes or require the Fund to make distributions exceeding book income to qualify as a regulated investment company or to eliminate fund-level tax for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Foreign Currency Transactions

Subject to the limitations discussed above and in the Prospectus, the Fund also may purchase and sell foreign currency options and foreign currency futures contracts and related options (see “–Derivative Instruments” below), and may engage in foreign currency transactions either on a spot (cash) basis at the rate prevailing in the currency exchange market at the time or through forward foreign currency exchange contracts (“forwards”) with terms generally of less than one year. The Fund may (but is not required to) engage in these transactions in order to protect against uncertainty in the level of future foreign exchange rates in the purchase and sale of securities. The Fund may also use foreign currency options and foreign currency forward contracts to increase exposure to a foreign currency or to shift exposure to foreign currency fluctuations from

 

25


Table of Contents

one country to another. Suitable currency hedging transactions may not be available in all circumstances and PIMCO may decide not to use hedging transactions that are available.

A forward foreign currency exchange contract involves an obligation to purchase or sell a specific currency at a future date, which may be any fixed number of days from the date of the contract agreed upon by the parties, at a price set at the time of the contract. These contracts may be bought or sold to seek to protect the Fund against a possible loss resulting from an adverse change in the relationship between foreign currencies and the U.S. dollar or to increase exposure to a particular foreign currency. Although forwards are intended to minimize the risk of loss due to a decline in the value of the hedged currencies, at the same time, they tend to limit any potential gain which might result should the value of such currencies increase. The Fund might be expected to enter into such contracts under, among others, the following circumstances:

Lock In. When PIMCO desires to lock in the U.S. dollar price on the purchase or sale of a security denominated in a foreign currency.

Cross Hedge. If a particular currency is expected to decrease against another currency, the Fund may sell the currency expected to decrease and purchase a currency that is expected to increase against the currency sold in an amount approximately equal to some or all of the Fund’s portfolio holdings denominated in the currency sold.

Direct Hedge. If PIMCO wants to try to eliminate substantially all of the risk of owning a particular currency, and/or if PIMCO believes that the Fund can benefit from price appreciation in a given country’s debt obligations but does not want to hold the currency, it may employ a direct hedge back into the U.S. dollar. In either case, the Fund might enter into a forward contract to sell the currency in which a portfolio security is denominated and purchase U.S. dollars at an exchange rate established at the time it initiated a contract. The cost of the direct hedge transaction may offset most, if not all, of the yield advantage offered by the non-U.S. security, but the Fund would hope to benefit from an increase (if any) in the value of the debt obligation.

Proxy Hedge. PIMCO might choose to use a proxy hedge, which may be less costly than a direct hedge. In this case, the Fund, having purchased a security, will sell a currency whose value is believed to be closely linked to the currency in which the security is denominated. Interest rates prevailing in the country whose currency was sold would be expected to be closer to those in the United States and lower than those of securities denominated in the currency of the original holding. This type of hedging entails greater risk than a direct hedge because it is dependent on a stable relationship between the two currencies paired as proxies and the relationships can be very unstable at times.

Costs of Hedging. When the Fund purchases a non-U.S. bond with a higher interest rate than is available on U.S. bonds of a similar maturity, the additional yield on the non-U.S. bond could be substantially reduced or lost if the Fund were to enter into a direct hedge by selling the foreign currency and purchasing the U.S. dollar. This is what is known as the “cost” of hedging. Proxy hedging attempts to reduce this cost through an indirect hedge back to the U.S. dollar.

 

26


Table of Contents

It is important to note that hedging costs are treated as capital transactions and are not, therefore, deducted from the Fund’s dividend distribution and are not reflected in its yield. Instead such costs will, over time, be reflected in the Fund’s net asset value per share.

The Fund may enter into foreign currency transactions as a substitute for cash investments and for other investment purposes not involving hedging, including, without limitation, to exchange payments received in a foreign currency into U.S. dollars or in anticipation of settling a transaction that requires the Fund to deliver a foreign currency.

The forecasting of currency market movement is extremely difficult, and whether any hedging strategy will be successful is highly uncertain. Moreover, it is impossible to forecast with precision the market value of portfolio securities at the expiration of a foreign currency forward contract. Accordingly, the Fund may be required to buy or sell additional currency on the spot market (and bear the expense of such transaction) if PIMCO’s predictions regarding the movement of foreign currency or securities markets prove inaccurate. In addition, the use of cross-hedging transactions may involve special risks, and may leave the Fund in a less advantageous position than if such a hedge had not been established. Because foreign currency forward contracts are privately negotiated transactions, there can be no assurance that the Fund will have flexibility to roll-over a foreign currency forward contract upon its expiration if it desires to do so. Additionally, there can be no assurance that the other party to the contract will perform its services thereunder.

The Fund may hold a portion of its assets in bank deposits denominated in foreign currencies, so as to facilitate investment in foreign securities as well as to protect against currency fluctuations and the need to convert such assets into U.S. dollars (thereby also reducing transaction costs). To the extent these monies are converted back into U.S. dollars, the value of the assets so maintained will be affected favorably or unfavorably by changes in foreign currency exchange rates and exchange control regulations.

Tax Consequences of Hedging. Income earned by the Fund from its foreign currency hedging activities, if any, may give rise to ordinary income that, to the extent there is no offset by losses from such activities, will be distributed to shareholders and taxable at ordinary income rates. In addition, under applicable tax law, the Fund’s foreign currency hedging activities may result in the application of, among other rules, the mark-to-market and straddle provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). These provisions could affect the amount, timing and/or character of distributions to Fund shareholders. See “Tax Matters.”

Among the risks of utilizing foreign currencies and related transactions is the risk that the relative value of currencies will be different than anticipated by PIMCO. The Fund may segregate liquid assets to cover forward currency contracts entered into for non-hedging purposes. If the Fund does not segregate liquid assets in such manner, then the Fund’s foreign currency contracts will be considered senior securities representing indebtedness for purposes of the 1940 Act.

 

27


Table of Contents

Foreign Currency Exchange-Related Securities

Foreign Currency Warrants. Foreign currency warrants, such as Currency Exchange Warrants SM , are warrants that entitle their holders to receive from their issuer an amount of cash (generally, for warrants issued in the United States, in U.S. dollars) that is calculated pursuant to a predetermined formula and based on the exchange rate between a specified foreign currency and the U.S. dollar as of the exercise date of the warrant. Foreign currency warrants generally are exercisable upon their issuance and expire as of a specific date and time. Foreign currency warrants have been issued in connection with U.S. dollar-denominated debt offerings by major issuers in an attempt to reduce the foreign currency exchange risk that, from the point of view of the prospective purchasers of the securities, is inherent in the international debt obligation marketplace. Foreign currency warrants may attempt to reduce the foreign exchange risk assumed by purchasers of a security by, for example, providing for a supplement payment in the event that the U.S. dollar depreciates against the value of a major foreign currency such as the Japanese yen. The formula used to determine the amount payable upon exercise of a foreign currency warrant may make the warrant worthless unless the applicable foreign currency exchange rate moves in a particular direction ( e.g. , unless the U.S. dollar appreciates or depreciates against the particular foreign currency to which the warrant is linked or indexed). Foreign currency warrants are severable from the debt obligations with which they may be offered, and may be listed on exchanges. Foreign currency warrants may be exercisable only in certain minimum amounts, and an investor wishing to exercise warrants who possesses less than the minimum number required for exercise may be required either to sell the warrants or to purchase additional warrants, thereby incurring additional transaction costs. In the case of any exercise of warrants, there may be a time delay between the time a holder of warrants gives instructions to exercise and the time the exchange rate relating to exercise is determined, during which time the exchange rate could change significantly, thereby affecting both the market and cash settlement values of the warrants being exercised. The expiration date of the warrants may be accelerated if the warrants should be delisted from an exchange or if their trading should be suspended permanently, which would result in the loss of any remaining “time value” of the warrants ( i.e. , the difference between the current market value and the exercise value of the warrants), and, if the warrants were “out-of-the-money,” in a total loss of the purchase price of the warrants. Warrants are generally unsecured obligations of their issuers and are not standardized foreign currency options issued by the Options Clearing Corporation (“OCC”). Unlike foreign currency options issued by the OCC, the terms of foreign exchange warrants generally will not be amended in the event of government or regulatory actions affecting exchange rates or in the event of the imposition of other regulatory controls affecting the international currency markets. The initial public offering price of foreign currency warrants is generally considerably in excess of the price that a commercial user of foreign currencies might pay in the interbank market for a comparable option involving significantly larger amounts of foreign currencies. Foreign currency warrants are subject to significant foreign exchange risk, including risks arising from complex political or economic factors.

Principal Exchange Rate Linked Securities. Principal exchange rate linked securities (“PERLs SM ”) are debt obligations the principal on which is payable at maturity in an amount that may vary based on the exchange rate between the U.S. dollar and a particular foreign currency at or about that time. The return on “standard” principal exchange rate linked securities is enhanced

 

28


Table of Contents

if the foreign currency to which the security is linked appreciates against the U.S. dollar, and is adversely affected by increases in the foreign exchange value of the U.S. dollar; “reverse” principal exchange rate linked securities are like “standard” securities, except that their return is enhanced by increases in the value of the U.S. dollar and adversely impacted by increases in the value of foreign currency. Interest payments on the securities are generally made in U.S. dollars at rates that reflect the degree of foreign currency risk assumed or given up by the purchaser of the notes ( i.e. , at relatively higher interest rates if the purchaser has assumed some of the foreign exchange risk, or relatively lower interest rates if the issuer has assumed some of the foreign exchange risk, based on the expectations of the current market). PERLs may in limited cases be subject to acceleration of maturity (generally, not without the consent of the holders of the securities), which may have an adverse impact on the value of the principal payment to be made at maturity.

Performance Indexed Paper. Performance indexed paper is U.S. dollar-denominated commercial paper the yield of which is linked to certain foreign exchange rate movements. The yield to the investor on performance indexed paper is established at maturity as a function of spot exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and a designated currency as of or about that time (generally, the index maturity two days prior to maturity). The yield to the investor will be within a range stipulated at the time of purchase of the obligation, generally with a guaranteed minimum rate of return that is below, and a potential maximum rate of return that is above, market yields on U.S. dollar-denominated commercial paper, with both the minimum and maximum rates of return on the investment corresponding to the minimum and maximum values of the spot exchange rate two business days prior to maturity.

U.S. Government Securities

U.S. Government securities are obligations of and, in certain cases, guaranteed by, the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities. The U.S. Government does not guarantee the net asset value of the Fund’s shares. Some U.S. Government securities, such as Treasury bills, notes, and bonds, and mortgage-backed securities guaranteed by the GNMA, are supported by the full faith and credit of the United States; others, such as those of the Federal Home Loan Banks, are supported by the right of the issuer to borrow from the U.S. Treasury; others, such as those of FNMA, are supported by the discretionary authority of the U.S. Government to purchase the agency’s obligations; and still others, such as those of the Student Loan Marketing Association, are supported only by the credit of the instrumentality. U.S. Government securities may include zero coupon securities, which do not distribute interest on a current basis and tend to be subject to greater risk than interest-paying securities of similar maturities. Although U.S. Government-sponsored enterprises (“GSEs”), such as the Federal Home Loan Banks, FHLMC, FNMA and the Student Loan Marketing Association, may be chartered or sponsored by Congress, they are not funded by Congressional appropriations, and their securities are not issued by the U.S. Treasury or supported by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government and involve increased credit risks. Although legislation has been enacted to support certain GSEs, including the Federal Home Loan Banks, FHLMC and FNMA, there is no assurance that GSE obligations will be satisfied in full, or that such obligations will not decrease in value or default. It is difficult, if not impossible, to predict the future political, regulatory or economic changes that could impact the GSEs and the values of their related securities or obligations. In addition, certain

 

29


Table of Contents

governmental entities have been subject to regulatory scrutiny regarding their accounting policies and practices and other concerns that may result in legislation, changes in regulatory oversight and/or other consequences that could adversely affect the credit quality, availability or investment character of securities issued or guaranteed by these entities.

U.S. Government securities include securities that have no coupons, or have been stripped of their unmatured interest coupons, individual interest coupons from such securities that trade separately, and evidences of receipt of such securities. Such securities may pay no cash income, and are purchased at a deep discount from their value at maturity. See “–Zero-Coupon Bonds, Step-Ups and Payment-In-Kind Securities.” Custodial receipts issued in connection with so-called trademark zero-coupon securities, such as CATs and TIGRs, are not issued by the U.S. Treasury, and are therefore not U.S. Government securities, although the underlying bond represented by such receipt is a debt obligation of the U.S. Treasury. Other zero-coupon Treasury securities ( e.g. , STRIPs and CUBEs) are direct obligations of the U.S. Government.

While some U.S. Government securities are guaranteed as to principal and interest, their market value is not guaranteed. U.S. Government securities are subject to the same interest rate and credit risks as are other debt securities. The U.S. Government does not guarantee the net asset value or market value of the Fund’s Common Shares. The U.S. Government’s ability to borrow money or otherwise finance its obligations, including as a result of legislatively-imposed limits on the amount of money it may borrow, could cause the values of U.S. Government securities, including those of the U.S. Government’s agencies and instrumentalities and other government-sponsored enterprises, to decline.

Municipal Bonds

The Fund may invest in municipal bonds which pay interest that, in the opinion of bond counsel to the issuer (or on the basis of other authority believed by PIMCO to be reliable), is exempt from federal income taxes (“municipal bonds”), although dividends that the Fund pays that are attributable to such interest will not be tax-exempt to shareholders of the Fund.

Municipal bonds share the attributes of debt/fixed-income securities in general, but are generally issued by states, municipalities and other political subdivisions, agencies, authorities and instrumentalities of states and multi-state agencies or authorities and may be either taxable or tax-exempt instruments. The municipal bonds that the Fund may purchase include general obligation bonds and limited obligation bonds (or revenue bonds), including industrial development bonds issued pursuant to former federal tax law. General obligation bonds are obligations involving the credit of an issuer possessing taxing power and are payable from such issuer’s general revenues and not from any particular source. Limited obligation bonds are payable only from the revenues derived from a particular facility or class of facilities or, in some cases, from the proceeds of a special excise or other specific revenue source. Tax-exempt private activity bonds and industrial development bonds generally are also revenue bonds and thus are not payable from the issuer’s general revenues. The credit and quality of private activity bonds and industrial development bonds are usually related to the credit of the user of the facilities. Payment of interest on and repayment of principal of such bonds is the responsibility of the user (and/or any guarantor).

 

30


Table of Contents

Municipal bonds are subject to credit and market risk. Generally, prices of higher quality issues tend to fluctuate less with changes in market interest rates than prices of lower quality issues and prices of longer maturity issues tend to fluctuate more than prices of shorter maturity issues. Prices and yields on municipal bonds are dependent on a variety of factors, including general money-market conditions, the financial condition of the issuer, general conditions of the municipal bond market, the size of a particular offering, the maturity of the obligation and the rating of the issue. A number of these factors, including the ratings of particular issues, are subject to change from time to time. Information about the financial condition of an issuer of municipal bonds may not be as extensive as that which is made available by corporations whose securities are publicly traded. Obligations of issuers of municipal bonds are subject to the provisions of bankruptcy, insolvency and other laws, such as the Federal Bankruptcy Reform Act of 1978, affecting the rights and remedies of creditors. Congress or state legislatures may seek to extend the time for payment of principal or interest, or both, or to impose other constraints upon enforcement of such obligations. There is also the possibility that as a result of litigation or other conditions, the power or ability of issuers to meet their obligations for the payment of interest and principal on their municipal bonds may be materially affected or their obligations may be found to be invalid or unenforceable.

The Fund may also invest in residual interest municipal bonds (“RIBS”) whose interest rates bear an inverse relationship to the interest rate on another security or the value of an index. RIBS are created by dividing the income stream provided by the underlying bonds to create two securities, one short-term and one long-term. The interest rate on the short-term component is reset by an index or auction process normally every seven to 35 days. After income is paid on the short-term securities at current rates, the residual income from the underlying bond(s) goes to the long-term securities. Therefore, rising short-term interest rates result in lower income for the longer-term portion, and vice versa. The longer-term bonds can be very volatile and may be less liquid than other municipal bonds of comparable maturity. An investment in RIBS typically will involve greater risk than an investment in a fixed rate bond. Because increases in the interest rate on the other security or index reduce the residual interest paid on a RIB, the value of a RIB is generally more volatile than that of a fixed rate bond. RIBS have interest rate adjustment formulas that generally reduce or, in the extreme, eliminate the interest paid to the Fund when short-term interest rates rise, and increase the interest paid to the Fund when short-term interest rates fall. RIBS have varying degrees of liquidity that approximate the liquidity of the underlying bond(s), and the market price for these securities is volatile. These securities generally will underperform the market of fixed rate bonds in a rising interest rate environment, but tend to outperform the market of fixed rate bonds when interest rates decline or remain relatively stable. Although volatile, RIBS typically offer the potential for yields exceeding the yields available on fixed rate bonds with comparable credit quality, coupon, call provisions and maturity. The Fund may also invest in RIBS for the purpose of increasing the Fund’s leverage. Should short-term and long-term interest rates rise, the combination of the Fund’s investment in RIBS and its use of other forms of leverage (including the use of various derivative instruments) likely will adversely affect the Fund’s net asset value per share and income, distributions and total returns to shareholders. Trusts in which RIBS may be held could be terminated, in which case the residual bond holder would take possession of the underlying bond(s) on an unleveraged basis.

 

31


Table of Contents

The Fund may invest in Build America Bonds, which are taxable municipal bonds with federal subsidies for a portion of the issuer’s borrowing costs. Build America Bonds were issued through the Build America Bond program, which was created as part of the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009, which authorized state and local governments to issue Build America Bonds as taxable bonds in 2009 and 2010, without volume limitations, to finance any capital expenditures for which such issuers could otherwise issue traditional tax-exempt bonds. The objective of the program was to reduce the borrowing costs of state and local governments. Pursuant to the Act, issuers could elect to receive the federal subsidies on Build America Bonds in one of two forms: (i) in the form of direct payments from the U.S. Treasury and the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) to the issuer over the life of the bond in an amount generally equal to 35% (or 45% in the case of Recovery Zone Economic Development Bonds) of the total coupon interest payable by the issuer to its bondholders (“direct pay” Build America Bonds) or (ii) in the form of a federal tax credit, which is passed along directly to bondholders, generally in an amount equal to 35% of the total coupon interest payable by the issuer to the bondholders (“tax credit Build America Bonds”).

The interest the Fund receives from its investments in either type of Build America Bonds is included in a Fund’s taxable income and distributed to shareholders as taxable ordinary income. For any tax credit Build America Bond held by the Fund, the Fund may elect to pass through to its shareholders any tax credits from those bonds that otherwise would be allowed to the Fund. These tax credits can generally be used to offset U.S. federal income taxes and the federal alternative minimum tax, but such credits are generally not refundable. Any unused credits may be carried forward to succeeding taxable years.

Issuance of Build America Bonds ceased on December 31, 2010. Although the Build America Bond program was not extended, the Build America Bonds outstanding and issued before such date will continue to be eligible for the federal interest rate subsidy, which continues for the life of the Build America Bonds; however, no bonds issued following the expiration of the Build America Bond program will be eligible for the federal tax subsidies (either in the form of direct payments to the issuers or as federal tax credits passed along to bondholders). As of the date of this Statement of Additional Information, there is no indication that Congress will renew the program to permit issuance of new Build America Bonds.

Corporate Debt Securities

The Fund may invest in a variety of bonds and related debt obligations of varying maturities issued by U.S. and non-U.S. corporations, banks and other business entities. Bonds include bills, notes, debentures, money market instruments and similar instruments and securities, and are generally used by corporations and other issuers to borrow money from investors for such purposes as working capital or capital expenditures. The issuer pays the investor a variable or fixed rate of interest and normally must repay the amount borrowed on or before maturity. Certain bonds are “perpetual” in that they have no maturity date.

The Fund’s investments in bonds are often subject to a number of risks described in the Prospectus and/or elaborated upon elsewhere in this section of the Statement of Additional Information, including credit risk, high yield risk, interest rate risk, issuer risk, foreign (non-U.S.) investment risk, inflation/deflation risk, liquidity risk, smaller company risk and management risk.

 

32


Table of Contents

The Fund will normally invest at least 50% of its net assets in corporate income-producing securities of varying maturities issued by U.S. or foreign (non-U.S.) corporations or other business entities, including emerging market issuers (the “50% policy”). Corporate income-producing securities include fixed-, variable- and floating-rate bonds, debentures, notes and other similar types of corporate debt instruments, such as preferred shares, convertible securities, bank loans and loan participations and assignments, payment-in-kind securities, zero-coupon bonds, bank certificates of deposit, fixed time deposits and bankers’ acceptances, stressed debt securities, structured notes and other hybrid instruments. Certain corporate income-producing securities, such as convertible bonds, also may include the right to participate in equity appreciation, and PIMCO will generally evaluate those instruments based primarily on their debt characteristics. The Fund’s investments in derivatives and other synthetic instruments that have economic characteristics similar to corporate income-producing securities will be counted toward satisfaction of the 50% policy.

Commercial Paper

Commercial paper represents short-term unsecured promissory notes issued in bearer form by corporations such as banks or bank holding companies and finance companies. The Fund may invest in commercial paper of any credit quality consistent with the Fund’s investment objectives and policies, including unrated commercial paper for which PIMCO has made a credit quality assessment. See Appendix A to the Prospectus for a description of the ratings assigned by Moody’s, S&P and Fitch Ratings to commercial paper. The rate of return on commercial paper may be linked or indexed to the level of exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and a foreign currency or currencies.

Convertible Securities and Synthetic Convertible Securities

A convertible security is a bond, debenture, note, preferred stock, or other security that entitles the holder to acquire common stock or other equity securities of the same or a different issuer. A convertible security generally entitles the holder to receive interest paid or accrued until the convertible security matures or is redeemed, converted or exchanged. Before conversion, convertible securities have characteristics similar to non-convertible debt or preferred securities, as applicable.

Convertible securities rank senior to common stock in a corporation’s capital structure and, therefore, generally entail less risk than the corporation’s common stock, although the extent to which such risk is reduced depends in large measure upon the degree to which the convertible security sells above its value as a fixed income security. Convertible securities are subordinate in rank to any senior debt obligations of the issuer, and, therefore, an issuer’s convertible securities entail more risk than its debt obligations. Convertible securities generally offer lower interest or dividend yields than non-convertible debt securities of similar credit quality because of the

 

33


Table of Contents

potential for capital appreciation. In addition, convertible securities are often lower-rated securities.

Because of the conversion feature, the price of the convertible security will normally fluctuate in some proportion to changes in the price of the underlying asset, and as such is subject to risks relating to the activities of the issuer and/or general market and economic conditions. The income component of a convertible security may tend to cushion the security against declines in the price of the underlying asset. However, the income component of convertible securities causes fluctuations based upon changes in interest rates and the credit quality of the issuer.

If the convertible security’s “conversion value,” which is the market value of the underlying common stock that would be obtained upon the conversion of the convertible security, is substantially below the “investment value,” which is the value of a convertible security viewed without regard to its conversion feature ( i.e. , strictly on the basis of its yield), the price of the convertible security is governed principally by its investment value. If the conversion value of a convertible security increases to a point that approximates or exceeds its investment value, the value of the security will be principally influenced by its conversion value. A convertible security will sell at a premium over its conversion value to the extent investors place value on the right to acquire the underlying common stock while holding an income-producing security.

A convertible security may be subject to redemption at the option of the issuer at a predetermined price. If a convertible security held by the Fund is called for redemption, the Fund would be required to permit the issuer to redeem the security and convert it to underlying common stock, or would sell the convertible security to a third party, which may have an adverse effect on the Fund’s ability to achieve its investment objectives.

A third party or PIMCO also may create a “synthetic” convertible security by combining separate securities that possess the two principal characteristics of a traditional convertible security, such as an income producing component and a convertible component. The income-producing component is achieved by investing in non-convertible, income-producing securities such as bonds, preferred stocks and money market instruments, which may be represented by derivative instruments. The convertible component is achieved by investing in securities or instruments such as warrants or options to buy common stock at a certain exercise price, or options on a stock index. Unlike a traditional convertible security, which is a single security having a single market value, a synthetic convertible comprises two or more separate securities, each with its own market value.

Therefore, the “market value” of a synthetic convertible security is the sum of the values of its income-producing component and its convertible component. For this reason, the values of a synthetic convertible security and a traditional convertible security may respond differently to market fluctuations.

More flexibility is possible in the assembly of a synthetic convertible security than in the purchase of a convertible security. Although synthetic convertible securities may be selected where the two components are issued by a single issuer, thus making the synthetic convertible security similar to the traditional convertible security, the character of a synthetic convertible

 

34


Table of Contents

security allows the combination of components representing distinct issuers, when PIMCO believes that such a combination may better achieve the Fund’s investment objectives. A synthetic convertible security also is a more flexible investment in that its two components may be purchased separately. For example, the Fund may purchase a warrant for inclusion in a synthetic convertible security but temporarily hold short-term investments while postponing the purchase of a corresponding bond pending development of more favorable market conditions.

A holder of a synthetic convertible security faces the risk of a decline in the price of the security or the level of the index involved in the convertible component, causing a decline in the value of the security or instrument, such as a call option or warrant, purchased to create the synthetic convertible security. Should the price of the stock fall below the exercise price and remain there throughout the exercise period, the entire amount paid for the call option or warrant would be lost.

Because a synthetic convertible security includes the income-producing component as well, the holder of a synthetic convertible security also faces the risk that interest rates will rise, causing a decline in the value of the income-producing instrument.

The Fund also may purchase synthetic convertible securities created by other parties, including convertible structured notes. Convertible structured notes are income-producing debentures linked to equity, and are typically issued by investment banks. Convertible structured notes have the attributes of a convertible security; however, the investment bank that issues the convertible note, rather than the issuer of the underlying common stock into which the note is convertible, assumes credit risk associated with the underlying investment, and the Fund in turn assumes credit risk associated with the convertible note.

Preferred Stock

Preferred stock represents an equity interest in a company that generally entitles the holder to receive, in preference to the holders of other stocks such as common stocks, dividends and a fixed share of the proceeds resulting from a liquidation of the company. Some preferred stocks also entitle their holders to receive additional liquidation proceeds on the same basis as holders of a company’s common stock, and thus also represent an ownership interest in that company. The Fund may invest in preferred stocks that pay variable or fixed rates of return. The value of a company’s preferred stock may fall as a result of factors relating directly to that company’s products or services. A preferred stock’s value may also fall because of factors affecting not just the company, but companies in the same industry or in a number of different industries, such as increases in production costs. The value of preferred stock may also be affected by changes in financial markets that are relatively unrelated to the company or its industry, such as changes in interest rates or currency exchange rates. In addition, a company’s preferred stock generally pays dividends only after the company makes required payments to holders of its bonds and other debt. For this reason, the value of the preferred stock will usually react more strongly than bonds and other debt to actual or perceived changes in the company’s financial condition or prospects. Preferred stocks of smaller companies may be more vulnerable to adverse developments than those of larger companies.

 

35


Table of Contents

Adjustable Rate and Auction Preferred Stocks. Typically, the dividend rate on an adjustable rate preferred stock is determined prospectively each quarter by applying an adjustment formula established at the time of issuance of the stock. Although adjustment formulas vary among issues, they typically involve a fixed premium or discount relative to rates on specified debt securities issued by the U.S. Treasury. The premium or discount adjustment to be added to or subtracted from this highest U.S. Treasury base rate yield is fixed at the time of issue and cannot be changed without the approval of the holders of the stock. The dividend rate on certain other preferred stocks in which the Fund may invest, commonly known as auction preferred stocks, is adjusted at intervals that may be more frequent than quarterly, such as every 49 days, based on bids submitted by holders and prospective purchasers of such stocks and may be subject to stated maximum and minimum dividend rates. The issues of most adjustable rate and auction preferred stocks currently outstanding are perpetual, but may be redeemable after a specified date at the option of the issuer. Certain issues supported by the credit of a high-rated financial institution provide for mandatory redemption prior to expiration of the credit arrangement. No redemption can occur if full cumulative dividends are not paid. Although the dividend rates on adjustable and auction preferred stocks are generally adjusted or reset frequently, the market values of these preferred stocks may still fluctuate in response to changes in interest rates. Market values of adjustable preferred stocks also may substantially fluctuate if interest rates increase or decrease once the maximum or minimum dividend rate for a particular stock is approached. Auctions for U.S. auction preferred stocks have failed since early 2008, and the dividend rates payable on such preferred shares since that time typically have been paid at their maximum applicable rate (typically a function of a reference rate of interest). The Fund expects that auction preferred stocks will continue to pay dividends at their maximum applicable rate for the foreseeable future and cannot predict whether or when the auction markets for auction preferred stocks may resume normal functioning.

Fixed Rate Preferred Stocks. Some fixed rate preferred stocks in which the Fund may invest, known as perpetual preferred stocks, offer a fixed return with no maturity date. Because they never mature, perpetual preferred stocks act like long-term bonds, can be more volatile than other types of preferred stocks that have a maturity date and may have heightened sensitivity to changes in interest rates. The Fund may also invest in sinking fund preferred stocks. These preferred stocks also offer a fixed return, but have a maturity date and are retired or redeemed on a predetermined schedule. The shorter duration of sinking fund preferred stocks makes them perform somewhat like intermediate-term bonds and they typically have lower yields than perpetual preferred stocks.

Bank Capital Securities and Obligations

The Fund may invest in bank capital securities of both non-U.S. (foreign) and U.S. issuers. Bank capital securities are issued by banks to help fulfill their regulatory capital requirements. There are three common types of bank capital: Lower Tier II, Upper Tier II and Tier I. Upper Tier II securities are commonly thought of as hybrids of debt and preferred stock. Upper Tier II securities are often perpetual (with no maturity date), callable and have a cumulative interest deferral feature. This means that under certain conditions, the issuer bank can withhold payment of interest until a later date. However, such deferred interest payments generally earn interest. Tier I securities often take the form of trust preferred securities.

 

36


Table of Contents

The Fund may also invest in other bank obligations including without limitation certificates of deposit, bankers’ acceptances and fixed time deposits. Certificates of deposit are negotiable certificates that are issued against funds deposited in a commercial bank for a definite period of time and that earn a specified return. Bankers’ acceptances are negotiable drafts or bills of exchange, normally drawn by an importer or exporter to pay for specific merchandise, which are “accepted” by a bank, meaning, in effect, that the bank unconditionally agrees to pay the face value of the instrument on maturity. Fixed time deposits are bank obligations payable at a stated maturity date and bearing interest at a fixed rate. Fixed time deposits may be withdrawn on demand by the investor, but may be subject to early withdrawal penalties which vary depending upon market conditions and the remaining maturity of the obligation. There are generally no contractual restrictions on the right to transfer a beneficial interest in a fixed time deposit to a third party, although there is generally no market for such deposits. The Fund may also hold funds on deposit with its custodian bank in an interest-bearing account for temporary purposes.

Indebtedness and Bank Loans

The Fund may invest in bank loans, which include fixed- and floating-rate loans issued by banks (including, among others, interests in senior floating rate loans made to or issued by U.S. or non-U.S. banks or other corporations (“Senior Loans”), delayed funding loans and revolving credit facilities). Bank loans may also take the form of direct interests acquired during a primary distribution or the form of assignments of, novations of or participations in a bank loan acquired in secondary markets. The Fund may also gain exposure to bank loans and related investments through the use of total return swaps and/or other derivative instruments.

Senior Loans include floating rate loans and institutionally traded floating rate debt obligations issued by asset-backed pools and other issues, and interests therein. Loan interests may be acquired from U.S. or non-U.S. commercial banks, insurance companies, finance companies or other financial institutions who have made loans or are members of a lending syndicate or from other holders of loan interests.

Senior Loans typically pay interest at rates which are re-determined periodically on the basis of a floating base lending rate (such as the London Inter-Bank Offered Rate, “LIBOR”) plus a premium. Senior Loans are typically of below investment grade quality. Senior Loans generally may hold a senior position in the capital structure of a borrower and are often secured with collateral. A Senior Loan is typically originated, negotiated and structured by a U.S. or non-U.S. commercial bank, insurance company, finance company or other financial institution (the “Agent”) for a lending syndicate of financial institutions (“Lenders”). The Agent typically administers and enforces the Senior Loan on behalf of the other Lenders in the syndicate. In addition, an institution, typically but not always the Agent, holds any collateral on behalf of the Lenders.

The Fund may purchase or gain economic exposure to indebtedness, assignments and participations in commercial loans, as well as debtor-in-possession loans. Such indebtedness may be secured or unsecured. Loan participations typically represent direct participations in a loan to a corporate borrower, and generally are offered by banks or other financial institutions or lending syndicates.

 

37


Table of Contents

The Fund may participate in such syndications, or can buy part of a loan, becoming a part lender. When purchasing or gaining economic exposure to loan participations, the Fund assumes the credit risk associated with the corporate or other borrower and may assume the credit risk associated with an interposed bank or other financial intermediary. The participation interests in which the Fund may invest may not be rated by any nationally recognized rating service.

The Fund may invest in debtor-in-possession financings (commonly known as “DIP financings”). DIP financings are arranged when an entity seeks the protections of the bankruptcy court under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code. These financings allow the entity to continue its business operations while reorganizing under Chapter 11. Such financings constitute senior liens on unencumbered security ( i.e. , security not subject to other creditors’ claims). There is a risk that the entity will not emerge from Chapter 11 and be forced to liquidate its assets under Chapter 7 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code. In the event of liquidation, a Fund’s only recourse will be against the property securing the DIP financing.

A loan is often administered by an agent bank acting as agent for all holders. The agent bank administers the terms of the loan, as specified in the loan agreement. In addition, the agent bank is normally responsible for the collection of principal and interest payments from the corporate borrower and the apportionment of these payments to the credit of all institutions which are parties to the loan agreement. Unless, under the terms of the loan or other indebtedness, a Fund has direct recourse against the corporate borrower, the Fund may have to rely on the agent bank or other financial intermediary to apply appropriate credit remedies against a corporate borrower.

A financial institution’s employment as agent bank might be terminated in the event that it fails to observe a requisite standard of care or becomes insolvent. A successor agent bank would generally be appointed to replace the terminated agent bank, and assets held by the agent bank under the loan agreement should remain available to holders of such indebtedness. However, if assets held by the agent bank for the benefit of the Fund were determined to be subject to the claims of the agent bank’s general creditors, the Fund might incur certain costs and delays in realizing payment on a loan or loan participation and could suffer a loss of principal and/or interest. In situations involving other interposed financial institutions ( e.g. , an insurance company or governmental agency) similar risks may arise.

Purchasers of Senior Loans and other forms of direct indebtedness depend primarily upon the creditworthiness of the corporate or other borrower for payment of principal and interest. If the Fund does not receive scheduled interest or principal payments on such indebtedness, the Fund’s share price and yield could be adversely affected. Senior Loans that are fully secured may offer the Fund more protection than an unsecured loan in the event of non-payment of scheduled interest or principal. However, there is no assurance that the liquidation of any collateral from a secured Senior Loan would satisfy the borrower’s obligation, or that such collateral could be liquidated.

The Fund may invest in loan participations with credit quality comparable to that of many issuers of its other debt securities investments. Indebtedness of companies whose creditworthiness is poor involves substantially greater risks, and may be highly speculative.

Some companies may never pay off their indebtedness, or may pay only a small fraction of the amount owed. Consequently, when investing in indebtedness of companies with poor credit, the Fund bears a substantial risk of losing the entire amount invested.

The Fund is limited in the amount of total assets that it will invest in issuers within the same industry. See “Investment Restriction (1)” under “Investment Restrictions.” For purposes of this restriction, the Fund generally will treat the corporate borrower as the “issuer” of indebtedness held by the Fund. In the case of loan participations where a bank or other lending institution serves as a financial intermediary between the Fund and the corporate borrower, if the participation does not shift to the Fund the direct debtor-creditor relationship with the corporate borrower, the Fund will treat both the lending bank or other lending institution and the corporate borrower as “issuers.” Treating a financial intermediary as an issuer of indebtedness may restrict the Fund’s ability to invest in indebtedness related to a single financial intermediary, or a group of intermediaries engaged in the same industry, even if the underlying borrowers represent many different companies and industries.

Loans and other types of direct indebtedness may not be readily marketable and may be subject to restrictions on resale. In some cases, negotiations involved in disposing of indebtedness may require weeks to complete. Consequently, some indebtedness may be difficult or impossible to dispose of readily at what PIMCO believes to be a fair price. In addition, valuation of illiquid indebtedness involves a greater degree of judgment in determining the Fund’s net asset value than if that value were based on available market quotations. At the same time, many loan interests are actively traded among certain financial institutions and considered to be liquid. PIMCO will determine the liquidity of the Fund’s investments by reference to market conditions and contractual provisions. Investments in loan participations are considered to be debt obligations for purposes of the Fund’s investment restriction relating to the lending of funds or assets.

Investments in loans through a direct assignment of the financial institution’s interests with respect to the loan may involve additional risks to the Fund. For example, if a loan is foreclosed, the Fund could become part owner of any collateral, and would bear the costs and liabilities associated with owning and disposing of the collateral. In addition, it is conceivable that, under emerging legal theories of lender liability, the Fund could be held liable as co-lender. It is unclear whether loans and other forms of direct indebtedness offer securities law protections against fraud and misrepresentation.

 

38


Table of Contents

Economic exposure to loan interests through the use of derivative transactions, including, among others, total return swaps, generally involves greater risks than if the Fund had invested in the loan interest directly during a primary distribution or through assignments of, novations of or participations in a bank loan acquired in secondary markets since, in addition to the risks described above, certain derivative transactions may be subject to greater illiquidity risk and counterparty risk. See “—Derivative Instruments” for more information on these and related risks.

There may be less readily available information about most loans and the underlying borrowers than is the case for many other types of securities, including securities issued in transactions registered under the Securities Act, or registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and borrowers subject to the periodic reporting requirements of Section 13 of the Exchange Act. Loans may be issued by companies that are not subject to SEC reporting requirements and therefore may not be required to file reports with the SEC or may file reports that are not required to comply with SEC form requirements. In addition, such companies may be subject to a less stringent liability disclosure regime than companies subject to SEC reporting requirements. Because there is limited public information available regarding loan investments, the Fund is particularly dependent on the analytical abilities of the Fund’s portfolio managers.

From time to time, PIMCO and its affiliates may borrow money from various banks in connection with their business activities. Such banks may also sell Senior Loans to or acquire them from the Fund or may be intermediate participants with respect to Senior Loans in which the Fund owns interests. Such banks may also act as Agents for Senior Loans held by the Fund.

Lending Fees. In the process of buying, selling and holding Senior Loans, the Fund may receive and/or pay certain fees. These fees are in addition to interest payments received and may include facility fees, commitment fees, commissions and prepayment penalty fees. When the Fund buys a Senior Loan it may receive a facility fee and when it sells a Senior Loan it may pay a facility fee. On an ongoing basis, the Fund may receive a commitment fee based on the undrawn portion of the underlying line of credit portion of the Senior Loan. In certain circumstances, the Fund may receive a prepayment penalty fee upon the prepayment of a Senior Loan by a borrower. Other fees received by the Fund may include covenant waiver fees and covenant modification fees.

Borrower Covenants. A borrower under a Senior Loan typically must comply with various restrictive covenants contained in a loan agreement or note purchase agreement between the borrower and the Lender or lending syndicate (the “Loan Agreement”). Such covenants, in addition to requiring the scheduled payment of interest and principal, may include restrictions on dividend payments and other distributions to stockholders, provisions requiring the borrower to maintain specific minimum financial ratios and limits on total debt. In addition, the Loan Agreement may contain a covenant requiring the borrower to prepay the Senior Loan with any free cash flow. Free cash flow is generally defined as net cash flow after scheduled debt service payments and permitted capital expenditures, and includes the proceeds from asset dispositions or sales of securities. A breach of a covenant which is not waived by the Agent, or by the lenders directly, as the case may be, is normally an event of acceleration; i.e. , the Agent, or the lenders directly, as the case may be, has the right to call the outstanding Senior Loan. The typical practice of an Agent or a Lender in relying exclusively or primarily on reports from the borrower may involve a risk of fraud by the borrower. In the case of a Senior Loan in the form of a participation, the agreement between the buyer and seller may limit the rights of the holder of a Senior Loan to vote on certain changes which may be made to the Loan Agreement, such as waiving a breach of a covenant. However, the holder of the participation will, in almost all cases, have the right to vote on certain fundamental issues such as changes in principal amount, payment dates and interest rate.

Administration of Loans. In a typical Senior Loan, the Agent administers the terms of the Loan Agreement. In such cases, the Agent is normally responsible for the collection of principal and

 

39


Table of Contents

interest payments from the borrower and the apportionment of these payments to the credit of all institutions which are parties to the Loan Agreement. The Fund will generally rely upon the Agent or an intermediate participant to receive and forward to the Fund its portion of the principal and interest payments on the Senior Loan. Furthermore, unless under the terms of a participation agreement the Fund has direct recourse against the borrower, the Fund will rely on the Agent and the other members of the lending syndicate to use appropriate credit remedies against the borrower. The Agent is typically responsible for monitoring compliance with covenants contained in the Loan Agreement based upon reports prepared by the borrower. The seller of the Senior Loan usually does, but is often not obligated to, notify holders of Senior Loans of any failures of compliance. The Agent may monitor the value of the collateral, if any, and if the value of such collateral declines, may accelerate the Senior Loan, may give the borrower an opportunity to provide additional collateral or may seek other protection for the benefit of the participants in the Senior Loan. The Agent is compensated by the borrower for providing these services under a Loan Agreement, and such compensation may include special fees paid upon structuring and funding the Senior Loan and other fees paid on a continuing basis. With respect to Senior Loans for which the Agent does not perform such administrative and enforcement functions, PIMCO will perform such tasks on behalf of the Fund, although a collateral bank will typically hold any collateral on behalf of the Fund and the other lenders pursuant to the applicable Loan Agreement.

A financial institution’s appointment as Agent may usually be terminated in the event that it fails to observe the requisite standard of care or becomes insolvent, enters Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) receivership, or, if not FDIC insured, enters into bankruptcy proceedings. A successor Agent would generally be appointed to replace the terminated Agent, and assets held by the Agent under the Loan Agreement should remain available to holders of Senior Loans. However, if assets held by the Agent for the benefit of the Fund were determined to be subject to the claims of the Agent’s general creditors, the Fund might incur certain costs and delays in realizing payment on a Senior Loan, or suffer a loss of principal and/or interest. In situations involving other intermediate participants similar risks may arise.

Prepayments. Senior Loans usually require, in addition to scheduled payments of interest and principal, the prepayment of the Senior Loan from free cash flow, as defined above. The degree to which borrowers prepay Senior Loans, whether as a contractual requirement or at their election, may be affected by general business conditions, the financial condition of the borrower and competitive conditions among lenders, among others. As such, prepayments cannot be predicted with accuracy. Upon a prepayment, either in part or in full, the actual outstanding debt on which the Fund derives interest income will be reduced. However, the Fund may receive both a prepayment penalty fee from the prepaying borrower and a facility fee upon the purchase of a new Senior Loan with the proceeds from the prepayment of the former.

Bridge Financings . The Fund may acquire interests in Senior Loans which are designed to provide temporary or “bridge” financing to a borrower pending the sale of identified assets or the arrangement of longer-term loans or the issuance and sale of debt obligations. The Fund may also invest in Senior Loans of borrowers who have obtained bridge loans from other parties. A borrower’s use of bridge loans involves a risk that the borrower may be unable to locate

 

40


Table of Contents

permanent financing to replace the bridge loan, which may impair the borrower’s perceived creditworthiness.

Secured Senior Loans. To the extent that the collateral, if any, securing a Senior Loan consists of the stock of the borrower’s subsidiaries or other affiliates, the Fund will be subject to the risk that this stock will decline in value. Such a decline, whether as a result of bankruptcy proceedings or otherwise, could cause the Senior Loan to be undercollateralized or unsecured. In most credit agreements there is no formal requirement to pledge additional collateral. In addition, the Fund may invest in Senior Loans guaranteed by, or fully secured by assets of, shareholders or owners, even if the Senior Loans are not otherwise collateralized by assets of the borrower. There may be temporary periods when the principal asset held by a borrower is the stock of a related company, which may not legally be pledged to secure a secured Senior Loan. On occasions when such stock cannot be pledged, the secured Senior Loan will be temporarily unsecured until the stock can be pledged or is exchanged for or replaced by other assets, which will be pledged as security for such Senior Loan. However, the borrower’s ability to dispose of such securities, other than in connection with such pledge or replacement, will be strictly limited for the protection of the holders of secured Senior Loans.

If a borrower becomes involved in bankruptcy proceedings, a court may invalidate the Fund’s security interest in any loan collateral or subordinate the Fund’s rights under a secured Senior Loan to the interests of the borrower’s unsecured creditors. Such action by a court could be based, for example, on a “fraudulent conveyance” claim to the effect that the borrower did not receive fair consideration for granting the security interest in the loan collateral to the Fund. For secured Senior Loans made in connection with a highly leveraged transaction, consideration for granting a security interest may be deemed inadequate if the proceeds of such loan were not received or retained by the borrower, but were instead paid to other persons, such as shareholders of the borrower, in an amount which left the borrower insolvent or without sufficient working capital. There are also other events, such as the failure to perfect a security interest due to faulty documentation or faulty official filings, which could lead to the invalidation of the Fund’s security interest in any loan collateral. If the Fund’s security interest in loan collateral is invalidated or a secured Senior Loan is subordinated to other debt of a borrower in bankruptcy or other proceedings, it is unlikely that the Fund would be able to recover the full amount of the principal and interest due on the secured Senior Loan.

The Fund may also invest in or gain economic exposure to Senior Loans that are not secured by collateral or otherwise.

Delayed Funding Loans and Revolving Credit Facilities

The Fund may enter into, or acquire participations in, delayed funding loans and revolving credit facilities. Delayed funding loans and revolving credit facilities are borrowing arrangements in which the lender agrees to make loans up to a maximum amount upon demand by the borrower during a specified term. A revolving credit facility differs from a delayed funding loan in that as the borrower repays the loan, an amount equal to the repayment may be borrowed again during the term of the revolving credit facility. Delayed funding loans and revolving credit facilities usually provide for floating or variable rates of interest. These commitments may have the effect

 

41


Table of Contents

of requiring the Fund to increase its investment in a company at a time when it might not otherwise be desirable to do so (including at a time when the company’s financial condition makes it unlikely that such amounts will be repaid).

The Fund may invest in delayed funding loans and revolving credit facilities with credit quality comparable to that of issuers of its securities investments. Delayed funding loans and revolving credit facilities may be subject to restrictions on transfer, and only limited opportunities may exist to resell such instruments. As a result, the Fund may be unable to sell such investments at an opportune time or may have to resell them at less than fair market value. Delayed funding loans and revolving credit facilities are considered to be debt obligations for the purposes of the Fund’s investment restriction relating to the lending of funds or assets by the Fund. Delayed funding loans and revolving credit facilities are subject to credit, interest rate and liquidity risks, among other risks.

Zero-Coupon Bonds, Step-Ups and Payment-In-Kind Securities

Zero-coupon securities are debt obligations that do not entitle the holder to any periodic payments of interest either for the entire life of the obligation or for an initial period after the issuance of the obligations. Like zero-coupon bonds, “step-up” bonds pay no interest initially but eventually begin to pay a coupon rate prior to maturity, which rate may increase at stated intervals during the life of the security. Payment-in-kind securities (“PIKs”) are debt obligations that pay “interest” in the form of other debt obligations instead of cash. Each of these instruments is normally issued and traded at a deep discount from face value. The amount of the discount varies depending on such factors as the time remaining until maturity of the securities, prevailing interest rates, the liquidity of the security and the perceived credit quality of the issuer. The market prices of zero-coupon bonds, step-ups and PIKs generally are more volatile than the market prices of debt instruments that pay interest currently and in cash and are likely to respond to changes in interest rates to a greater degree than do other types of securities having similar maturities and credit quality.

In order to satisfy a requirement for qualification as a “regulated investment company” under the Code, an investment company, such as the Fund, must distribute each year at least 90% of its net investment income, including the original issue discount accrued on zero-coupon bonds, step-ups and PIKs. Because the Fund will not, on a current basis, receive cash payments from the issuer of these securities in respect of any accrued original issue discount, in some years, the Fund may have to sell other portfolio holdings in order to obtain cash to satisfy the distribution requirements under the Code even though investment considerations might otherwise make it undesirable for the Fund to sell securities at such time. Under many market conditions, investments in zero-coupon bonds, step-ups and PIKs may be illiquid, making it difficult for the Fund to dispose of them or determine their current value.

Variable and Floating Rate Debt Instruments

The Fund may invest in floating rate debt instruments, including Senior Loans (described in more detail above). Floating rate debt instruments are instruments that pay interest at rates that adjust whenever a specified interest rate changes, float at a fixed margin above a generally

 

42


Table of Contents

recognized base lending rate and/or reset or are redetermined ( e.g. , pursuant to an auction) on specified dates (such as the last day of a month or calendar quarter). These floating rate debt instruments may include, in addition to Senior Loans, instruments such as catastrophe and other event-linked bonds, bank capital securities, unsecured bank loans, corporate bonds, money market instruments and certain types of mortgage-backed and other asset-backed securities. Due to their floating rate features, these instruments will generally pay higher levels of income in a rising interest rate environment and lower levels of income as interest rates decline. For the same reason, the market value of a floating rate debt instrument is generally expected to have less sensitivity to fluctuations in market interest rates than a fixed-rate debt instrument, although the value of a floating rate instrument may nonetheless decline as interest rates rise and due to other factors, such as changes in credit quality.

The Fund also may invest in inverse floating rate debt instruments (“inverse floaters”). The interest rate on an inverse floater resets in the opposite direction from the market rate of interest to which the inverse floater is indexed. An inverse floating rate security may exhibit greater price volatility than a fixed rate obligation of similar credit quality.

Inflation-Indexed Bonds

The Fund may invest in inflation-indexed bonds, which are debt obligations whose principal value is periodically adjusted according to the rate of inflation. Two structures are common. The U.S. Treasury and some other issuers utilize a structure that accrues inflation into the principal value of the bond. Many other issuers pay out the Consumer Price Index accruals as part of a semiannual coupon.

Inflation-indexed bonds issued by the U.S. Treasury have maturities of approximately five, ten or thirty years, although it is possible that securities with other maturities will be issued in the future. The U.S. Treasury securities pay interest on a semi-annual basis equal to a fixed percentage of the inflation-adjusted principal amount. For example, if the Fund purchased an inflation-indexed bond with a par value of $1,000 and a 3% real rate of return coupon (payable 1.5% semi-annually), and the rate of inflation over the first six months was 1%, the mid-year par value of the bond would be $1,010 and the first semi-annual interest payment would be $15.15 ($1,010 times 1.5%). If inflation during the second half of the year resulted in the whole year’s inflation equaling 3%, the end-of-year par value of the bond would be $1,030 and the second semi-annual interest payment would be $15.45 ($1,030 times 1.5%).

If the periodic adjustment rate measuring inflation falls, the principal value of inflation-indexed bonds will be adjusted downward, and consequently the interest payable on these securities (calculated with respect to a smaller principal amount) will be reduced. Repayment of the original bond principal upon maturity (as adjusted for inflation) is guaranteed in the case of U.S. Treasury inflation-indexed bonds, even during a period of deflation. However, the current market value of the bonds is not guaranteed and will fluctuate. The Fund may also invest in other inflation-related bonds which may or may not provide a similar guarantee. If a guarantee of principal is not provided, the adjusted principal value of the bond repaid at maturity may be less than the original principal amount. With regard to municipal inflation-indexed bonds and certain corporate inflation-indexed bonds, the inflation adjustment is typically reflected in the semi-

 

43


Table of Contents

annual coupon payment. As a result, the principal value of municipal inflation-indexed bonds and such corporate inflation-indexed bonds does not adjust according to the rate of inflation.

The value of inflation-indexed bonds is expected to change in response to changes in real interest rates. Real interest rates in turn are tied to the relationship between nominal interest rates and the rate of inflation. Therefore, if the rate of inflation rises at a faster rate than nominal interest rates, real interest rates might decline, leading to an increase in value of inflation-indexed bonds. In contrast, if nominal interest rates increase at a faster rate than inflation, real interest rates might rise, leading to a decrease in value of inflation-indexed bonds.

While these securities may provide protection from long-term inflationary trends, short-term increases in inflation may lead to a decline in value. If interest rates rise due to reasons other than inflation (for example, due to changes in currency exchange rates), investors in these securities may not be protected to the extent that the increase is not reflected in the bond’s inflation measure.

The periodic adjustment of U.S. inflation-indexed bonds is tied to the Consumer Price Index for Urban Consumers (“CPI-U”), which is calculated monthly by the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics. The CPI-U is a measurement of changes in the cost of living, made up of components such as housing, food, transportation and energy. Inflation-indexed bonds issued by a non-U.S. government are generally adjusted to reflect a comparable inflation index calculated by that government. There can be no assurance that the CPI-U or any non-U.S. inflation index will accurately measure the real rate of inflation in the prices of goods and services. Moreover, there can be no assurance that the rate of inflation in a non-U.S. country will be correlated to the rate of inflation in the United States.

Any increase in the principal amount of an inflation-indexed bond will be original issue discount which is taxable as ordinary income in the year accrued, even though investors do not receive their principal, including any increases thereto, until maturity. See “Tax Matters–Original Issue Discount and Payment-in-Kind Securities.”

Event-Linked Exposure

The Fund may obtain event-linked exposure by investing in “event-linked bonds” or “event-linked swaps,” or by implementing “event-linked strategies.” Event-linked exposure results in gains or losses that typically are contingent on the nonoccurrence of a specific “trigger” event, such as a hurricane, earthquake or other physical or weather-related phenomena. Some event-linked bonds are commonly referred to as “catastrophe bonds.” They may be issued by government agencies, insurance companies, reinsurers, special purpose corporations or other on-shore or off-shore entities (such special purpose entities are created to accomplish a narrow and well-defined objective, such as the issuance of a note in connection with a reinsurance transaction). If a trigger event causes losses exceeding a specific amount in the geographic region and time period specified in a bond, the Fund may lose a portion or all of its principal invested in the bond. If no trigger event occurs, the Fund will recover its principal plus interest. For some event-linked bonds, the trigger event or losses may be based on company-wide losses, index-portfolio losses, industry indices or readings of scientific instruments rather than specified

 

44


Table of Contents

actual losses. Often the event-linked bonds provide for extensions of maturity that are mandatory, or optional at the discretion of the issuer, in order to process and audit loss claims in those cases where a trigger event has, or possibly has, occurred. An extension of maturity may increase volatility. In addition to the specified trigger events, event-linked bonds also may expose the Fund to certain unanticipated risks including but not limited to issuer risk, credit risk, counterparty risk, adverse regulatory or jurisdictional interpretations and adverse tax consequences.

Event-linked bonds are a relatively new type of financial instrument. As such, there is no significant trading history for many of these bonds, and there can be no assurance that a liquid market in these bonds will develop. Lack of a liquid market may impose the risk of higher transaction costs and the possibility that the Fund may be forced to liquidate positions when it would not be advantageous to do so. Event-linked bonds are typically rated.

Derivative Instruments

The Fund may (but is not required to) use a variety of other derivative instruments (including both long and short positions) in an attempt to enhance the Fund’s investment returns, to hedge against market and other risks in the portfolio, to add leverage to the portfolio and/or to obtain market exposure with reduced transaction costs.

Generally, derivatives are financial contracts whose value depends upon, or is derived from, the value of an underlying asset, reference rate or index, and may relate to individual debt instruments, interest rates, currencies or currency exchange rates, commodities or related indexes. Examples of derivative instruments that the Fund may use include, but are not limited to, options contracts, futures contracts, options on futures contracts, swap agreements (including total return and credit default swaps) and short sales. The Fund also may engage in credit spread trades. A credit spread trade is an investment position relating to a difference in the prices or interest rates of two bonds or other securities, in which the value of the investment position is determined by changes in the difference between the prices or interest rates, as the case may be, of the respective securities. The Fund may also have exposure to derivatives, such as interest rate or credit-default swaps, through investment in credit-linked trust certificates and other securities issued by special purpose or structured vehicles. The Fund may also use derivatives to add leverage to the portfolio. If other types of financial instruments, including other types of options, futures contracts or futures options are traded in the future, the Fund may also use those instruments, provided that their use is consistent with the Fund’s investment objectives and policies.

Like the other investments of the Fund, the ability of the Fund to utilize derivative instruments successfully may depend in part upon the ability of PIMCO to assess the issuer’s credit characteristics and other macro-economic factors correctly. If PIMCO incorrectly forecasts such factors and has taken positions in derivative instruments contrary to prevailing market trends, the Fund could lose money.

The Fund might not employ any of the strategies described below, and no assurance can be given that any strategy used will succeed. If PIMCO incorrectly forecasts market values or other

 

45


Table of Contents

economic factors in utilizing a derivatives strategy for the Fund, the Fund might have been in a better position if it had not entered into the transaction at all. Also, suitable derivative transactions may not be available in all circumstances. The use of these strategies involves certain special risks, including a possible imperfect correlation, or even no correlation, between price movements of derivative instruments and price movements of related investments. While some strategies involving derivative instruments can reduce the risk of loss, they can also reduce the opportunity for gain or even result in losses by offsetting favorable price movements in related investments or otherwise, due to the possible inability of the Fund to purchase or sell a portfolio security at a time that otherwise would be favorable or the possible need to sell a portfolio security at a disadvantageous time because the Fund is required to maintain asset coverage or offsetting positions in connection with transactions in derivative instruments, and the possible inability of the Fund to close out or to liquidate its derivatives positions. In addition, the Fund’s use of such instruments may cause the Fund to realize higher amounts of short-term capital gains (generally taxed at ordinary income tax rates) than if it had not used such instruments; also, the requirements for qualification as a regulated investment company can limit the extent to which the Fund may enter into commodity-linked derivatives, such as commodity futures contracts discussed in more detail below. See “Tax Matters” below. The Fund may be subject to certain restrictions on its use of derivative strategies imposed by guidelines of one or more rating agencies that may issue ratings for any preferred shares issued by the Fund.

Options on Securities and Indexes. The Fund may purchase and sell put and call options on securities or indexes in standardized contracts traded on domestic or other securities exchanges, boards of trade, or similar entities, or quoted on NASDAQ or on an over-the-counter market, and agreements, sometimes called cash puts, which may accompany the purchase of a new issue of debt obligations from a dealer.

An option on a security (or an index) is a contract that gives the holder of the option, in return for a premium, the right to buy from (in the case of a call) or sell to (in the case of a put) the writer of the option the security underlying the option (or the cash value of the index) at a specified exercise price at any time during the term of the option. The writer of an option on a security has the obligation upon exercise of the option to deliver the underlying security upon payment of the exercise price or to pay the exercise price upon delivery of the underlying security. Upon exercise, the writer of an option on an index is obligated to pay the difference between the cash value of the index and the exercise price multiplied by the specified multiplier for the index option. (An index is designed to reflect features of a particular financial or securities market, a specific group of financial instruments or securities, or certain economic indicators.)

The Fund may (but is not required to) “cover” its obligations when it writes call options or put options. In the case of a call option on a debt obligation or other security, the option is covered if the Fund owns the security underlying the call or has an absolute and immediate right to acquire that security without additional cash consideration (or, if additional cash consideration is required, cash or other assets determined to be liquid by PIMCO in accordance with procedures established by the Board of Trustees, in such amount are segregated by its custodian) upon conversion or exchange of other securities held by the Fund.

 

46


Table of Contents

A call option on a security is also “covered” if the Fund does not hold the underlying security or have the right to acquire it, but the Fund segregates assets determined to be liquid by PIMCO in accordance with procedures established by the Board of Trustees in an amount equal to the contract value of the position (minus any collateral deposited with a broker-dealer), on a mark-to-market basis (a so-called “naked” call option).

For a call option on an index, the option is covered if the Fund maintains with its custodian liquid assets in an amount equal to the contract value of the index. A call option is also covered if the Fund holds a call on the same index or security as the call written where the exercise price of the call held is (i) equal to or less than the exercise price of the call written, or (ii) greater than the exercise price of the call written, provided the difference is maintained by the Fund in segregated liquid assets. A put option on a security or an index is covered if the Fund segregates liquid assets equal to the exercise price. A put option is also covered if the Fund holds a put on the same security or index as the put written where the exercise price of the put held is (i) equal to or greater than the exercise price of the put written, or (ii) less than the exercise price of the put written, provided the difference is maintained by the Fund in segregated liquid assets. Obligations under written call and put options so covered will not be construed to be “senior securities” for purposes of the Fund’s investment restrictions concerning senior securities and borrowings.

If an option written by the Fund expires unexercised, the Fund realizes on the expiration date a capital gain equal to the premium the Fund received at the time the option was written. If an option purchased by the Fund expires unexercised, the Fund realizes a capital loss equal to the premium paid. Prior to the earlier of exercise or expiration, an exchange-traded option may be closed out by an offsetting purchase or sale of an option of the same series (type, exchange, underlying security or index, exercise price and expiration). There can be no assurance, however, that a closing purchase or sale transaction can be effected when the Fund desires.

The Fund may sell put or call options it has previously purchased, which could result in a net gain or loss depending on whether the amount realized on the sale is more or less than the premium and other transaction costs paid on the put or call option which is sold. Prior to exercise or expiration, an option may be closed out by an offsetting purchase or sale of an option of the same series. The Fund will realize a capital gain from a closing purchase transaction if the cost of the closing option is less than the premium received from writing the option, or, if it is more, the Fund will realize a capital loss. If the premium received from a closing sale transaction is more than the premium paid to purchase the option, the Fund will realize a capital gain or, if it is less, the Fund will realize a capital loss. The principal factors affecting the market value of a put or a call option include supply and demand, interest rates, the current market price of the underlying security or index in relation to the exercise price of the option, the volatility of the underlying security or index and the time remaining until the expiration date.

The premium paid for a put or call option purchased by the Fund is an asset of the Fund. The premium received for an option written by the Fund is recorded as a deferred credit. The value of an option purchased or written is marked to market daily and is valued at the closing price on the exchange on which it is traded or, if not traded on an exchange or no closing price is available, at the mean between the last bid and asked prices.

 

47


Table of Contents

The Fund may write straddles (covered or uncovered) consisting of a combination of a call and a put written on the same underlying security. A straddle will be covered when sufficient assets are deposited to meet the Fund’s immediate obligations. The Fund may use the same liquid assets to cover both the call and put options where the exercise price of the call and put are the same, or the exercise price of the call is higher than that of the put. In such cases, the Fund will also segregate liquid assets equivalent to the amount, if any, by which the put is “in the money.”

Risks Associated with Options on Securities and Indexes. There are several risks associated with transactions in options on securities and on indexes. For example, there are significant differences between the securities and options markets that could result in an imperfect correlation between these markets, causing a given transaction not to achieve the intended result. A decision as to whether, when and how to use options involves the exercise of skill and judgment, and even a well-conceived transaction may be unsuccessful because of market behavior or unexpected events.

During the option period, the covered call writer has, in return for the premium on the option, given up the opportunity to profit from a price increase in the underlying security above the exercise price, but, as long as its obligation as a writer continues, has retained the risk of loss should the price of the underlying security decline. The writer of an option has no control over the time when it may be required to fulfill its obligation as a writer of the option. Once an option writer has received an exercise notice, it cannot effect a closing purchase transaction in order to terminate its obligation under the option and must deliver the underlying security at the exercise price. If a put or call option purchased by the Fund is not sold when it has remaining value, and if the market price of the underlying security remains equal to or greater than the exercise price (in the case of a put), or remains less than or equal to the exercise price (in the case of a call), the Fund will lose its entire investment in the option. Also, where a put or call option on a particular security is purchased to hedge against price movements in a related security, the price of the put or call option may move more or less than the price of the related security.

There can be no assurance that a liquid market will exist when the Fund seeks to close out an option position. If the Fund were unable to close out an option that it had purchased on a security or index, it would have to exercise the option in order to realize any profit or the option may expire worthless. If the Fund were unable to close out a call option that it had written on a security held in its portfolio, it would not be able to sell the underlying security unless the option expired without exercise. As the writer of a call option on an individual security held in its portfolio, the Fund forgoes, during the option’s life, the opportunity to profit from increases in the market value of the security or index position covering the call option above the sum of the premium and the exercise price of the call.

If trading were suspended in an option purchased by the Fund, the Fund would not be able to close out the option. If restrictions on exercise were imposed, the Fund might be unable to exercise an option it has purchased. Except to the extent that a call option on an index written by the Fund is covered by an option on the same index purchased by the Fund, movements in the index may result in a loss to the Fund; however, such losses may be mitigated by changes in the value of the Fund’s securities during the period the option was outstanding.

 

48


Table of Contents

Foreign Currency Options. The Fund may buy or sell put and call options on foreign currencies for investment purposes or as a hedge against changes in the value of the U.S. dollar (or another currency) in relation to a foreign currency in which the Fund’s securities may be denominated. The Fund may buy or sell put and call options on foreign currencies either on exchanges or in the over-the-counter market. A put option on a foreign currency gives the purchaser of the option the right to sell a foreign currency at the exercise price on one or more exercise dates. A call option on a foreign currency gives the purchaser of the option the right to purchase the currency at the exercise price on one or more exercise dates. Currency options traded on U.S. or other exchanges may be subject to position limits which may limit the ability of the Fund to reduce foreign currency risk using such options.

Futures Contracts and Options on Futures Contracts. The Fund may invest in futures contracts and options thereon (“futures options”), including interest rates, securities indexes, debt obligations (to the extent they are available) and U.S. Government and agency securities, as well as purchase put and call options on such futures contracts.

Generally, a futures contract provides for the future sale by one party and purchase by another party of a specified quantity of the security or other financial instrument at a specified price and time. A futures contract on an index is an agreement pursuant to which two parties agree to take or make delivery of an amount of cash equal to the difference between the value of the index at the close of the last trading day of the contract and the price at which the index contract was originally written. Although the value of an index might be a function of the value of certain specified securities, physical delivery of these securities is not always made. A public market exists in futures contracts covering a number of indexes as well as financial instruments, including, without limitation: U.S. Treasury bonds; U.S. Treasury notes; GNMA Certificates; three-month U.S. Treasury bills; 90-day commercial paper; bank certificates of deposit; Eurodollar certificates of deposit; the Australian dollar; the Canadian dollar; the British pound; the Japanese yen; the Swiss franc; the Mexican peso; and certain multinational currencies, such as the euro. It is expected that other futures contracts will be developed and traded in the future.

The Fund may purchase and write call and put futures options. Futures options possess many of the same characteristics as options on securities and indexes (discussed above). A futures option gives the holder the right, in return for the premium paid, to assume a long position (call) or short position (put) in a futures contract at a specified exercise price on one or more exercise dates. Upon exercise of a call option, the holder acquires a long position in the futures contract and the writer is assigned the opposite short position. In the case of a put option, the opposite is true.

The Fund may enter into futures contracts and futures options that are standardized and traded on a U.S. or other exchange, board of trade, or similar entity, or quoted on an automated quotation system, and the Fund may also enter into OTC options on futures contracts.

When a purchase or sale of a futures contract is made by the Fund, the Fund is required to deposit with its custodian (or broker, if legally permitted) a specified amount of assets determined to be liquid by PIMCO in accordance with procedures established by the Board of Trustees (“initial margin”). The margin required for a futures contract is set by the exchange on

 

49


Table of Contents

which the contract is traded and may be modified during the term of the contract. Margin requirements on foreign exchanges may be different than on U.S. exchanges. The initial margin is in the nature of a performance bond or good faith deposit on the futures contract that is returned to the Fund upon termination of the contract, assuming all contractual obligations have been satisfied. The Fund expects to earn taxable interest income on its initial margin deposits. A futures contract held by the Fund is valued daily at the official settlement price of the exchange on which it is traded. Each day the Fund pays or receives cash, called “variation margin,” equal to the daily change in value of the futures contract. This process is known as “marking to market.” Variation margin does not represent a borrowing or loan by the Fund but is instead a settlement between the Fund and the broker of the amount one would owe the other if the futures contract expired. In computing daily net asset value, the Fund will mark to market its open futures positions.

The Fund is also required to deposit and to maintain margin with respect to put and call options on futures contracts written by it. Such margin deposits will vary depending on the nature of the underlying futures contract (and the related initial margin requirements), the current market value of the option, and other futures positions held by the Fund.

Although some futures contracts call for making or taking delivery of the underlying securities, generally these obligations are closed out prior to delivery by offsetting purchases or sales of matching futures contracts (involving the same exchange, underlying security or index, and delivery month). If an offsetting purchase price is less than the original sale price, the Fund realizes a capital gain, or if it is more, the Fund realizes a capital loss. Conversely, if an offsetting sale price is more than the original purchase price, the Fund realizes a capital gain, or if it is less, the Fund realizes a capital loss. The transaction costs must also be included in these calculations.

The Fund may write straddles (covered or uncovered) consisting of a call and a put written on the same underlying futures contract. A straddle will be covered when sufficient assets are deposited to meet the Fund’s immediate obligations. The Fund may use the same liquid assets to cover both the call and put options where the exercise price of the call and put are the same, or the exercise price of the call is higher than that of the put. In such cases, the Fund will also segregate liquid assets equivalent to the amount, if any, by which the put is “in the money.”

The Fund is operated by a person who has claimed an exclusion from the definition of the term “commodity pool operator” under the Commodity Exchange Act (the “CEA”) with respect to the Fund, and, therefore, such person is not subject to registration or regulation as a pool operator (“CPO”) under the CEA with respect to the Fund.

The U.S. Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”) has recently adopted certain regulatory changes that subject registered investment companies and their investment advisers to regulation by the CFTC if the registered investment company invests more than a prescribed level of its liquidation value in commodity futures, options on commodities or commodity futures, swaps, or other financial instruments (“commodity interests”) regulated under the CEA, or if the fund markets itself as providing investment exposure to such instruments. In connection with these regulatory changes, the Investment Manager has registered with the National Futures Association as a CPO under the CEA with respect to certain funds it manages. The Investment Manager has claimed an exclusion from CPO registration pursuant to CFTC Rule 4.5 with respect to the Fund. To remain eligible for this exclusion, the Fund must comply with certain limitations, including limits on its ability to use any commodity interests and limits on the manner in which the Fund holds out its use of such commodity interests. These limitations may restrict the Fund’s ability to pursue its investment objectives and strategies, increase the costs of implementing its strategies, result in higher expenses for the Fund, and/or adversely affect the Fund’s total return. Further, in the event the Investment Manager becomes unable to rely on the exclusion in Rule 4.5 with respect to the Fund, the Fund will be subject to additional regulation and its expenses may increase.

 

50


Table of Contents

Limitations on Use of Futures and Futures Options. When purchasing a futures contract, the Fund may “cover” its position by maintaining with its custodian (and mark-to-market on a daily basis) assets determined to be liquid by PIMCO in accordance with procedures established by the Board of Trustees in amounts as described below. Alternatively, the Fund may “cover” its position by purchasing a put option on the same futures contract with a strike price as high as or higher than the price of the contract held by the Fund.

When selling a futures contract, the Fund may “cover” is position by maintaining with its custodian (and mark-to-market on a daily basis) assets determined to be liquid by PIMCO in accordance with procedures established by the Board of Trustees in amounts as described below. Alternatively, the Fund may “cover” its position by owning the instruments underlying the contract (or, in the case of an index futures contract, a portfolio with a volatility substantially similar to that of the index on which the futures contract is based), or by holding a call option permitting the Fund to purchase the same futures contract at a price no higher than the price of the contract written by the Fund (or at a higher price if the difference is maintained in liquid assets with the Fund’s custodian).

With respect to futures contracts that are not legally required to “cash settle,” the Fund may cover the open position by setting aside or “earmarking” liquid assets in an amount that, when added to the amounts deposited with a futures commission merchant as margin, equal the market value of the instruments underlying the futures contract (sometimes referred to as the notional value of the contract). With respect to futures that are required to “cash settle,” however, the Fund is permitted to set aside or “earmark” liquid assets in an amount that, when added to the amounts deposited with a futures commission merchant as margin, equal the Fund’s daily marked to market (net) obligation under the contract ( i.e. , the daily market value of the contract itself), if any; in other words, the Fund may set aside its daily net liability, if any, rather than the notional value of the futures contract. By setting aside or “earmarking” assets equal to only its net obligation under cash-settled futures, the Fund will have the ability to utilize these contracts to a greater extent than if the Fund were required to segregate or “earmark” assets equal to the full notional value of the futures contract.

When selling a call option on a futures contract, the Fund will maintain with its custodian (and mark-to-market on a daily basis) liquid assets that, when added to the amounts deposited with a futures commission merchant as margin, equal the total market value of the futures contract underlying the call option. Alternatively, the Fund may cover its position by entering into a long position in the same futures contract at a price no higher than the strike price of the call option, by owning the instruments underlying the futures contract, or by holding a separate call option

 

51


Table of Contents

permitting the Fund to purchase the same futures contract at a price not higher than the strike price of the call option sold by the Fund, or by taking other offsetting positions.

When selling a put option on a futures contract, the Fund will maintain with its custodian (and mark to market on a daily basis) liquid assets that equal the purchase price of the futures contract, less any margin on deposit. Alternatively, the Fund may cover the position either by entering into a short position in the same futures contract, or by owning a separate put option permitting it to sell the same futures contract so long as the strike price of the purchased put option is the same as or higher than the strike price of the put option sold by the Fund, or by taking other offsetting positions.

To the extent that securities with maturities greater than one year are used to segregate liquid assets to cover the Fund’s obligations under futures contracts and related options, such use may tend to exaggerate the effect on net asset value of any increase or decrease in the market value of the Fund’s portfolio, and may require liquidation of portfolio positions when it is not advantageous to do so. If the Fund does not segregate liquid assets in such manner, then such securities will be considered senior securities representing indebtedness for purposes of the 1940 Act.

The requirements for qualification as a regulated investment company also may limit the extent to which the Fund may enter into futures, futures options or forward contracts. See “Tax Matters.”

The Fund’s self-imposed limit on leverage may also limit the extent to which the Fund may enter into futures contracts. See “Leverage and Borrowing” below.

Risks Associated with Futures and Futures Options. There are several risks associated with the use of futures contracts and futures options. A purchase or sale of a futures contract may result in losses in excess of the amount invested in the futures contract. In addition, there is a risk of loss by the Fund of margin deposits in the event of the bankruptcy of the custodian or broker with whom the Fund has an open position in an option or futures or forward contract. There can be no guarantee that there will be a correlation between price movements in futures used as a hedging vehicle and in the Fund securities being hedged. In addition, there are significant differences between the securities and futures markets that could result in an imperfect correlation between the markets, causing a given hedge not to achieve its objective. The degree of imperfection of correlation depends on circumstances such as variations in speculative market demand for futures and futures options on securities, including technical influences in futures trading and futures options, and differences between the financial instruments being hedged and the instruments underlying the standard contracts available for trading in such respects as interest rate levels, maturities, and creditworthiness of issuers. A decision as to whether, when and how to hedge involves the exercise of skill and judgment, and even a well-conceived hedge may be unsuccessful to some degree because of market behavior or unexpected interest rate trends.

Futures contracts on U.S. Government securities historically have reacted to an increase or decrease in interest rates in a manner similar to that in which the underlying U.S. Government securities reacted. To the extent, however, that the Fund enters into such futures contracts, the

 

52


Table of Contents

value of such futures may not vary in direct proportion to the value of the Fund’s holdings of debt obligations. Thus, the anticipated spread between the price of the futures contract and the hedged security may be distorted due to differences in the nature of the markets. The spread also may be distorted by differences in initial and variation margin requirements, the liquidity of such markets and the participation of speculators in such markets.

Futures exchanges may limit the amount of fluctuation permitted in certain futures contract prices during a single trading day. The daily limit establishes the maximum amount that the price of a futures contract may vary either up or down from the previous day’s settlement price at the end of the current trading session. Once the daily limit has been reached in a futures contract subject to the limit, no more trades may be made on that day at a price beyond that limit. The daily limit governs only price movements during a particular trading day and therefore does not limit potential losses because the limit may work to prevent the liquidation of unfavorable positions. For example, futures prices have occasionally moved to the daily limit for several consecutive trading days with little or no trading, thereby preventing prompt liquidation of positions and subjecting some holders of futures contracts to substantial losses.

There can be no assurance that a liquid market will exist at a time when the Fund seeks to close out a futures contract or a futures option position, and the Fund would remain obligated to meet margin requirements until the position is closed. As a result, there can be no assurance that an active secondary market will develop or continue to exist.

Additional Risks of Options on Securities, Futures Contracts, Options on Futures Contracts and Forward Currency Exchange Contracts and Options Thereon. Options on securities or indexes, futures contracts, options on futures contracts, and options on currencies may be traded on foreign exchanges. Such transactions may not be regulated as effectively as similar transactions in the United States, may not involve a clearing mechanism and related guarantees, and are subject to the risk of governmental actions affecting trading in, or the prices of, non-U.S. securities. Some foreign exchanges may be principal markets so that no common clearing facility exists and a trader may look only to the broker for performance of the contract. The value of such positions also could be adversely affected by (i) other complex non-U.S. political, legal and economic factors, (ii) lesser availability than in the United States of data on which to make trading decisions, (iii) delays in the Fund’s ability to act upon economic events occurring in non-U.S. markets during non-business hours in the United States, (iv) the imposition of different exercise and settlement terms and procedures and margin requirements than in the United States and (v) lesser trading volume. In addition, unless the Fund hedges against fluctuations in the exchange rate between the U.S. dollar and the currencies in which trading is done on non-U.S. exchanges, any profits that the Fund might realize in trading could be eliminated by adverse changes in the exchange rate, or the Fund could suffer losses as a result of those changes. The Fund’s use of such instruments may cause the Fund to pay higher amounts of distributions that are taxable to shareholders at ordinary income tax rates than if the Fund had not used such instruments.

Swap Agreements and Options on Swap Agreements. The Fund may enter into total return swap agreements, basis swap agreements, credit default swap agreements (see “Credit Default Swaps” below) and other swap agreements made with respect to interest rates, currencies, indexes of

 

53


Table of Contents

securities and other assets or measures of risk or return. These transactions are entered into in an attempt to obtain a particular return when it is considered desirable to do so, possibly at a lower cost to the Fund than if the Fund had invested directly in an instrument that yielded that desired return.

Swap agreements are two-party contracts entered into for periods ranging from a few weeks to more than one year. Swap agreements are typically individually negotiated and structured to include exposure to a variety of types of investments or market factors. In a standard “swap” transaction, two parties agree to exchange the returns (or differentials in rates of return) earned or realized on particular predetermined investments or instruments, which may be adjusted for an interest factor. The gross returns to be exchanged or “swapped” between the parties are generally calculated with respect to a “notional amount;” that is, the return on or increase in value of a particular dollar amount invested at a particular interest rate or in a “basket” of securities representing a particular index. The Fund may enter into basis swap agreements. In a basis swap, the rate of return of each instrument involved in the swap is floating, with each based on a different index. Generally, no cash is exchanged at the outset of the contract and no principal payments are made by either party. A single net payment is usually made by one counterparty at each due date.

Forms of swap agreements include interest rate caps, under which, in return for a premium, one party agrees to make payments to the other to the extent that interest rates exceed a specified rate, or “cap”; interest rate floors, under which, in return for a premium, one party agrees to make payments to the other to the extent that interest rates fall below a specified rate, or “floor”; and interest rate collars, under which a party sells a cap and purchases a floor or vice versa in an attempt to protect itself against interest rate movements exceeding given minimum or maximum levels. The Fund may use interest rate caps, floors and collars to a substantial degree in connection with its leveraging strategies. See “–Certain Interest Rate Transactions” below and “The Fund’s Investment Objectives and Strategies–Portfolio Contents and Other Information–Certain Interest Rate Transactions” in the Prospectus.

The Fund may also enter into options on swap agreements (“swaptions”). A swaption is a contract that gives a counterparty the right (but not the obligation) to enter into a new swap agreement or to shorten, extend, cancel or otherwise modify an existing swap agreement, at some designated future time on specified terms. The Fund may write (sell) and purchase put and call swaptions.

Depending on the terms of the particular option agreement, the Fund will generally incur a greater degree of risk when it writes a swaption than it will incur when it purchases a swaption. When the Fund purchases a swaption, it risks losing only the amount of the premium it has paid should it decide to let the option expire unexercised. However, when the Fund writes a swaption, upon exercise of the option the Fund will become obligated according to the terms of the underlying swap agreement.

Some types of swap agreements entered into by the Fund calculate the obligations of the parties to the agreements on a “net basis.” Consequently, the Fund’s current obligations (or rights) under such swap agreements will generally be equal only to the net amount to be paid or received under the agreements based on the relative values of the positions held by each party to the

 

54


Table of Contents

agreement (the “net amount”). The Fund’s current obligations under a swap agreement will be accrued daily (offset against any amounts owed to the Fund). The Fund may (but is not required to) cover any accrued but unpaid net amounts owed to a swap counterparty through the segregation or “earmarking” of liquid assets. Obligations under swap agreements so covered will not be construed to be “senior securities” for purposes of the Fund’s investment restriction concerning senior securities and borrowings.

Whether the Fund’s use of swap agreements or swap options will be successful will depend on PIMCO’s ability to predict correctly whether certain types of investments are likely to produce greater returns than other investments. Moreover, the Fund bears the risk of loss of the amount expected to be received under a swap agreement in the event of the default or bankruptcy of a swap agreement counterparty. The Fund will enter into swap agreements only with counterparties that meet certain standards of creditworthiness. Certain restrictions imposed on the Fund by the Code may limit the Fund’s ability to use swap agreements. The swaps market has historically been largely unregulated. It is possible that developments in the swaps market, including potential government regulation, could adversely affect the Fund’s ability to terminate existing swap agreements or to realize amounts to be received under such agreements.

Swaps are highly specialized instruments that require investment techniques, risk analyses, and tax planning different from those associated with traditional investments. The use of a swap requires an understanding not only of the referenced asset, reference rate, or index but also of the swap itself, without the benefit of observing the performance of the swap under all possible market conditions. Because they are two party contracts that may be subject to contractual restrictions on transferability and termination, swap agreements may be illiquid. If a swap is not liquid, it may not be possible to initiate a transaction or liquidate a position at an advantageous time or price, which may result in significant losses.

Like most other investments, swap agreements are subject to the risk that the market value of the instrument will change in a way detrimental to the Fund’s interest. The Fund bears the risk that PIMCO will not accurately forecast future market trends or the values of assets, reference rates, indexes, or other economic factors in establishing swap positions for the Fund. If PIMCO attempts to use a swap as a hedge against, or as a substitute for, a portfolio investment, the Fund will be exposed to the risk that the swap will have or will develop imperfect or no correlation with the portfolio investment. This could cause substantial losses for the Fund. While hedging strategies involving swap instruments can reduce the risk of loss, they can also reduce the opportunity for gain or even result in losses by offsetting favorable price movements in other Fund investments. Many swaps are complex and often valued subjectively.

The U.S. Government recently enacted legislation that provides for new regulation of swap agreements, including clearing, margin, reporting, recordkeeping and registration requirements. Because the legislation leaves much to rule making, its ultimate impact remains unclear. New regulations could, among other things, restrict the Fund’s ability to engage in swap transactions (for example, by making certain types of swap transactions no longer available to the Fund) and/or increase the costs of such swap transactions (for example, by increasing margin or capital requirements), and the Fund may be unable to execute its investment strategies as a result. It is also unclear how the regulatory changes will affect counterparty risk.

 

55


Table of Contents

The Fund’s self-imposed limit on leverage may also limit the extent to which the Fund may enter into swap agreements, including credit default swap agreements, total return swap agreements, basis swap agreements and other swap agreements and swaptions. See “Leverage and Borrowing” below.

Risk of Potential Government Regulation of Derivatives . It is possible that government regulation of various types of derivative instruments, including futures and swap agreements, may limit or prevent the Fund from using such instruments as a part of its investment strategy, and could ultimately prevent the Fund from being able to achieve its investment objectives. It is impossible to fully predict the effects of past, present or future legislation and regulation in this area, but the effects could be substantial and adverse. It is possible that legislative and regulatory activity could limit or restrict the ability of the Fund to use certain instruments as a part of its investment strategy. Limits or restrictions applicable to the counterparties with which the Fund engages in derivative transactions could also prevent the Fund from using certain instruments.

There is a possibility of future regulatory changes altering, perhaps to a material extent, the nature of an investment in the Fund or the ability of the Fund to continue to implement its investment strategies. The futures markets are subject to comprehensive statutes, regulations, and margin requirements. In addition, the SEC, CFTC and the exchanges are authorized to take extraordinary actions in the event of a market emergency, including, for example, the implementation or reduction of speculative position limits, the implementation of higher margin requirements, the establishment of daily price limits and the suspension of trading. The regulation of swaps and futures transactions in the U.S. is a rapidly changing area of law and is subject to modification by government and judicial action.

In particular, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”) was signed into law on July 21, 2010. The Dodd-Frank Act will change the way in which the U.S. financial system is supervised and regulated. Title VII of the Dodd-Frank Act sets forth a new legislative framework for over-the-counter (“OTC”) derivatives, including financial instruments, such as swaps, in which the Funds may invest. Title VII of the Dodd-Frank Act makes broad changes to the OTC derivatives market, grants significant new authority to the SEC and the CFTC to regulate OTC derivatives and market participants, and will require clearing and exchange trading of many OTC derivatives transactions.

Provisions in the Dodd-Frank Act include new capital and margin requirements and the mandatory use of clearinghouse mechanisms for many OTC derivative transactions. The CFTC, SEC and other federal regulators have been tasked with developing the rules and regulations enacting the provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act. Because there is a prescribed phase-in period during which most of the mandated rulemaking and regulations will be implemented, it is not possible at this time to gauge the exact nature and scope of the impact of the Dodd-Frank Act on the Fund. However, it is expected that swap dealers, major market participants and swap counterparties will experience new and/or additional regulations, requirements, compliance burdens and associated costs. The new law and the rules to be promulgated may negatively impact the Fund’s ability to meet its investment objectives either through limits or requirements imposed on it or upon its counterparties. In particular, new position limits imposed on the Fund

 

56


Table of Contents

or its counterparties may impact the Fund’s ability to invest in futures, options and swaps in a manner that efficiently meets its investment objectives. New requirements, including capital and mandatory clearing, may increase the cost of the Fund’s investments and cost of doing business, which could adversely affect investors.

In connection with an ongoing review by the SEC and its staff of the regulation of investment companies’ use of derivatives, on August 31, 2011, the SEC issued a concept release to seek public comment on a wide range of issues raised by the use of derivatives by investment companies. The SEC noted that it intends to consider the comments to help determine whether regulatory initiatives or guidance are needed to improve the current regulatory regime for investment companies and, if so, the nature of any such initiatives or guidance. While the nature of any such regulations is uncertain at this time, it is possible that such regulations could limit the implementation of the Fund’s use of derivatives, which could have an adverse impact on the Fund. Neither the Investment Manager nor the Sub-Adviser can predict the effects of future regulatory initiative or guidance on the Fund.

Credit Default Swaps

The Fund may enter into credit default swaps for both investment and risk management purposes, as well as to add leverage to the Fund’s portfolio. A credit default swap may have as reference obligations one or more securities that are not currently held by the Fund. The protection “buyer” in a credit default swap is generally obligated to pay the protection “seller” an upfront or a periodic stream of payments over the term of the contract provided that no credit event, such as a default, on a reference obligation has occurred. If a credit event occurs, the seller generally must pay the buyer the “par value” (full notional value) of the swap in exchange for an equal face amount of deliverable obligations of the reference entity described in the swap, or the seller may be required to deliver the related net cash amount, if the swap is cash settled. The Fund may be either the buyer or seller in the transaction. If the Fund is a buyer and no credit event occurs, the Fund may recover nothing if the swap is held through its termination date. However, if a credit event occurs, the buyer generally may elect to receive the full notional value of the swap from the seller, who in turn, generally will recover an amount significantly lower than the equivalent face amount of the obligations of the reference entity, whose value may have significantly decreased through (i) physical delivery of such obligations by the buyer, (ii) cash settlement or (iii) on auction process. As a seller, the Fund generally receives an upfront payment or a fixed rate of income throughout the term of the swap provided that there is no credit event. As the seller, the Fund would effectively add leverage to its portfolio because, in addition to its total net assets, the Fund would be subject to investment exposure on the notional amount of the swap.

The spread of a credit default swap is the annual amount the protection buyer must pay the protection seller over the length of the contract, expressed as a percentage of the notional amount. When spreads rise, market perceived credit risk rises and when spreads fall, market perceived credit risk falls. Wider credit spreads and decreasing market values, when compared to the notional amount of the swap, represent a deterioration of the referenced entity’s credit soundness and a greater likelihood or risk of default or other credit event occurring as defined under the terms of the agreement. For credit default swaps on asset-backed securities and credit indices, the quoted market prices and resulting values, as well as the annual payment rate, serve as an indication of the current status of the payment/performance risk.

Credit default swap agreements involve greater risks than if the Fund had invested in the reference obligation directly since, in addition to general market risks, credit default swaps are subject to illiquidity risk, counterparty risk and credit risk among other risks associated with derivative instruments. The Fund will enter into credit default swap agreements only with counterparties that meet certain standards of creditworthiness. A buyer generally also will lose its investment and recover nothing should no credit event occur and the swap is held to its termination date. If a credit event were to occur, the value of any deliverable obligation received by the seller, coupled with the upfront or periodic payments previously received, may be less

 

57


Table of Contents

than the full notional value it pays to the buyer, resulting in a loss of value to the seller. The Fund’s obligations under a credit default swap agreement will be accrued daily (offset against any amounts owing to the Fund). In connection with credit default swaps in which the Fund is the buyer or the seller, if the Fund covers its position through asset segregation, the Fund will segregate or “earmark” cash or liquid assets with a value at least equal to the Fund’s exposure (any accrued but unpaid net amounts owed by the Fund to any counterparty), on a marked-to-market basis (when the Fund is the buyer), or the full notional amount of the swap (minus any amounts owed to the Fund) (when the Fund is the seller). Such segregation or “earmarking” seeks to ensure that the Fund has assets available to satisfy its obligations with respect to the transaction and could have the effect of limiting any potential leveraging of the Fund’s portfolio. Such segregation or “earmarking” will not limit the Fund’s exposure to loss.

Hybrid Instruments

A hybrid instrument is a type of potentially high-risk derivative that combines a traditional stock, bond, or commodity with an option or forward contract. Generally, the principal amount, amount payable upon maturity or redemption, or interest rate of a hybrid is tied (positively or negatively) to the price of some commodity, currency or securities index or another interest rate or some other economic factor (each a “benchmark”). The interest rate or (unlike most fixed income securities) the principal amount payable at maturity of a hybrid security may be increased or decreased, depending on changes in the value of the benchmark. An example of a hybrid could be a bond issued by an oil company that pays a small base level of interest with additional interest that accrues in correlation to the extent to which oil prices exceed a certain predetermined level. Such a hybrid instrument would be a combination of a bond and a call option on oil.

Hybrids can be used as an efficient means of pursuing a variety of investment goals, including currency hedging, duration management and increased total return. Hybrids may not bear interest or pay dividends. The value of a hybrid or its interest rate may be a multiple of a benchmark and, as a result, may be leveraged and move (up or down) more steeply and rapidly than the benchmark. These benchmarks may be sensitive to economic and political events, such as commodity shortages and currency devaluations, which cannot be readily foreseen by the purchaser of a hybrid. Under certain conditions, the redemption value of a hybrid could be zero. Thus, an investment in a hybrid may entail significant market risks that are not associated with a similar investment in a traditional, U.S. dollar-denominated bond that has a fixed principal amount and pays a fixed rate or floating rate of interest. The purchase of hybrids also exposes the Fund to the credit risk of the issuer of the hybrids. These risks may cause significant fluctuations in the net asset value of the Fund.

Certain hybrid instruments may provide exposure to the commodities markets. These are derivative securities with one or more commodity-linked components that have payment features similar to commodity futures contracts, commodity options, or similar instruments. Commodity-linked hybrid instruments may be either equity or debt securities, leveraged or unleveraged, and are considered hybrid instruments because they have both security and commodity-like characteristics. A portion of the value of these instruments may be derived from the value of a commodity, futures contract, index or other economic variable.

 

58


Table of Contents

Certain issuers of structured products such as hybrid instruments may be deemed to be investment companies, as defined in the 1940 Act. As a result, the Fund’s investments in these products may be subject to limits applicable to investments in investment companies and may be subject to restrictions contained in the 1940 Act.

The Fund’s use of commodity-linked instruments can be limited by the Fund’s intention to qualify as a “regulated investment company,” and can limit the Fund’s ability to so qualify. In order to qualify for the special tax treatment accorded regulated investment companies and their shareholders, the Fund must, among other things, derive at least 90% of its income from certain specified sources (qualifying income). Income from certain commodity-linked instruments does not constitute qualifying income to the Fund. The tax treatment of certain other commodity-linked instruments in which the Fund might invest is not certain, in particular with respect to whether income and gains from such instruments constitute qualifying income. If the Fund were to treat income from a particular instrument as qualifying income and the income is later determined not to constitute qualifying income, and, together with any other nonqualifying income, caused the Fund’s nonqualifying income to exceed 10% of its gross income in any taxable year, the Fund would fail to qualify as a regulated investment company unless it is eligible to and does pay a tax at the Fund level. For more information, see “Tax Matters.”

Structured Notes and Indexed Securities . Structured notes are derivative debt instruments, the interest rate or principal of which is typically determined by an unrelated indicator (for example, a currency, security, commodity or index thereof). The terms of the instrument may be “structured” by the purchaser and the borrower issuing the note. Indexed securities may include structured notes as well as securities other than debt securities, the interest rate or principal of which is determined by an unrelated indicator. Indexed securities may include a multiplier that multiplies the indexed element by a specified factor and, therefore, the value of such securities may be very volatile. The terms of structured notes and indexed securities may provide that in certain circumstances no principal is due at maturity, which may result in a loss of invested capital. Structured notes and indexed securities may be positively or negatively indexed, so that appreciation of the unrelated indicator may produce an increase or a decrease in the interest rate or the value of the structured note or indexed security at maturity may be calculated as a specified multiple of the change in the value of the unrelated indicator. Therefore, the value of such notes and securities may be very volatile. Structured notes and indexed securities may entail a greater degree of market risk than other types of debt securities because the investor bears the risk of the unrelated indicator. Structured notes or indexed securities also may be more volatile, less liquid, and more difficult to accurately price than less complex securities and instruments or more traditional debt securities. PIMCO analyzes these notes and securities in its overall assessment of the effective duration of the Fund’s holdings in an effort to monitor the Fund’s interest rate risk.

Reverse Repurchase Agreements

The Fund may enter into reverse repurchase agreements and economically similar transactions for hedging or cash management purposes or to add leverage to its portfolio. See the sections “Leverage” in the Prospectus and “Leverage and Borrowing” below. A reverse repurchase

 

59


Table of Contents

agreement involves the sale of a portfolio-eligible security by the Fund, coupled with its agreement to repurchase the instrument at a specified time and price. Under a reverse repurchase agreement, the Fund continues to be entitled to receive any principal and interest payments on the underlying security during the term of the agreement. Reverse repurchase agreements involve leverage risk and the risk that the market value of securities retained by the Fund may decline below the repurchase price of the securities sold by the Fund which it is obligated to repurchase. The Fund may segregate liquid assets equal (on a daily mark-to-market basis) to its obligations under reverse repurchase agreements. To the extent that positions in reverse repurchase agreements are not so covered, they would be deemed senior securities representing indebtedness for purposes of the 1940 Act.

The Fund also may effect simultaneous purchase and sale transactions that are known as “sale-buybacks.” A sale-buyback is similar to a reverse repurchase agreement, except that in a sale-buyback, the counterparty who purchases the security is entitled to receive any principal or interest payments made on the underlying security pending settlement of the Fund’s repurchase of the underlying security.

Mortgage Dollar Rolls

A mortgage dollar roll is similar to a reverse repurchase agreement in certain respects. In a “dollar roll” transaction, the Fund sells a mortgage-related security, such as a security issued by GNMA, to a dealer and simultaneously agrees to repurchase a similar security (but not the same security) in the future at a pre-determined price. A “dollar roll” can be viewed, like a reverse repurchase agreement, as a collateralized borrowing in which the Fund pledges a mortgage-related security to a dealer to obtain cash. However, unlike reverse repurchase agreements, the dealer with which the Fund enters into a dollar roll transaction is not obligated to return the same securities as those originally sold by the Fund, but only securities which are “substantially identical.” To be considered “substantially identical,” the securities returned to the Fund generally must: (1) be collateralized by the same types of underlying mortgages; (2) be issued by the same agency and be part of the same program; (3) have a similar original stated maturity; (4) have identical net coupon rates; (5) have similar market yields (and therefore price); and (6) satisfy “good delivery” requirements, meaning that the aggregate principal amounts of the securities delivered and received back must be within 2.5% of the initial amount delivered.

As with reverse repurchase agreements, to the extent that positions in dollar roll agreements are not covered by segregated liquid assets at least equal to the amount of any forward purchase commitment, such transactions would be deemed senior securities representing indebtedness for purposes of the 1940 Act.

Repurchase Agreements

The Fund may enter into repurchase agreements with domestic commercial banks or registered broker/dealers. A repurchase agreement is a contract under which the Fund would acquire a security for a relatively short period (usually not more than one week) subject to the obligation of the seller to repurchase and the Fund to resell such security at a fixed time and price (representing the Fund’s cost plus interest). In the case of repurchase agreements with broker-

 

60


Table of Contents

dealers, the value of the underlying securities (or collateral) will be at least equal at all times to the total amount of the repurchase obligation, including the interest factor. The Fund bears a risk of loss in the event that the other party to a repurchase agreement defaults on its obligations and the Fund is delayed or prevented from exercising its rights to dispose of the collateral securities. This risk includes the risk of procedural costs or delays in addition to a loss on the securities if their value should fall below their repurchase price. PIMCO will monitor the creditworthiness of the counterparties. See “Principal Risks of the Fund—Repurchase Agreements Risk” in the Prospectus.

Credit-Linked Trust Certificates

The Fund may invest in credit-linked trust certificates, which are investments in a limited purpose trust or other vehicle which, in turn, invests in a basket of derivative instruments, such as credit default swaps, total return swaps, basis swaps, interest rate swaps and other derivative transactions or securities, in order to provide exposure to the high yield or another debt securities market. For instance, the Fund may invest in credit-linked trust certificates as a cash management tool in order to gain exposure to the high yield markets and/or to remain fully invested when more traditional income-producing securities are not available, including during the period when the net proceeds of this offering and any future offering are being invested.

Like an investment in a bond, investments in these credit-linked trust certificates represent the right to receive periodic income payments (in the form of distributions) and payment of principal at the end of the term of the certificate. However, these payments are conditioned on the trust’s receipt of payments from, and the trust’s potential obligations to, the counterparties to the derivative instruments and other securities in which the trust invests. For instance, the trust may sell one or more credit default swaps, under which the trust would receive a stream of payments over the term of the swap agreements provided that no event of default has occurred with respect to the referenced debt obligation upon which the swap is based. If a default occurs, the stream of payments may stop and the trust would be obligated to pay to the counterparty the par (or other agreed upon value) of the referenced debt obligation. This, in turn, would reduce the amount of income and principal that the Fund would receive as an investor in the trust. Please see “–Credit Default Swaps” in this Statement of Additional Information for additional information about credit default swaps. The Fund’s investments in these instruments are indirectly subject to the risks associated with derivative instruments, including, among others, credit risk, default or similar event risk, counterparty risk, interest rate risk, leverage risk and management risk. It is expected that the trusts which issue credit-linked trust certificates will constitute “private” investment companies, exempt from registration under the 1940 Act. Therefore, the certificates will be subject to the risks described under “Other Investment Companies,” and will not be subject to applicable investment limitations and other regulation imposed by the 1940 Act (although the Fund will remain subject to such limitations and regulation, including with respect to its investments in the certificates). Although the trusts are typically private investment companies, they generally are not actively managed such as a “hedge fund” might be. It is also expected that the certificates will be exempt from registration under the Securities Act. Accordingly, there may be no established trading market for the certificates and they may constitute illiquid investments. See “Principal Risks of the Fund–Liquidity Risk” in the Prospectus. If market quotations are not readily available for the certificates, they will be valued

 

61


Table of Contents

by the Fund at fair value as determined by the Board of Trustees or persons acting at its direction. See “Net Asset Value” in the Prospectus.

When-Issued, Delayed Delivery and Forward Commitment Transactions

The Fund may purchase or sell securities on a when-issued, delayed delivery or forward commitment basis. When such purchases are outstanding, the Fund may segregate liquid assets in an amount sufficient to meet the purchase price. Typically, no income accrues on securities the Fund has committed to purchase prior to the time delivery of the securities is made, although the Fund may earn income on securities it has segregated. If the Fund does not segregate liquid assets in such manner, then such securities will be considered senior securities representing indebtedness for purposes of the 1940 Act.

When purchasing a security on a when-issued, delayed delivery or forward commitment basis, the Fund assumes the rights and risks of ownership of the security, including the risk of price and yield fluctuations, and takes such fluctuations into account when determining its net asset value. Because the Fund is not required to pay for the security until the delivery date, these risks are in addition to the risks associated with the Fund’s other investments. If the other party to a transaction fails to deliver the securities, the Fund could miss a favorable price or yield opportunity. If the Fund remains substantially fully invested at a time when when-issued, delayed delivery or forward commitment purchases are outstanding, the purchases may result in a form of leverage.

When the Fund has sold a security on a when-issued, delayed delivery or forward commitment basis, the Fund does not participate in future gains or losses with respect to the security. If the other party to a transaction fails to pay for the securities, the Fund could suffer a loss. Additionally, when selling a security on a when-issued, delayed delivery or forward commitment basis without owning the security, the Fund will incur a loss if the security’s price appreciates in value such that the security’s price is above the agreed upon price on the settlement date.

The Fund may dispose of or renegotiate a transaction after it is entered into, and may sell when-issued, delayed delivery or forward commitment securities before the settlement date, which may result in a capital gain or loss. There is no percentage limitation on the extent to which the Fund may purchase or sell securities on a when-issued, delayed delivery or forward commitment basis.

Leverage and Borrowing

As soon as reasonably practicable following the completion of the initial public offering of the Fund’s Common Shares, the Fund intends, subject to then favorable market conditions, to add leverage to its portfolio by utilizing reverse repurchase agreements, dollar rolls or borrowings, such as through bank loans or commercial paper and/or other credit facilities, such that the leverage initially obtained represents approximately 30% of the Fund’s total assets (including the amounts of leverage obtained through the use of such instruments) ( i.e. , leverage representing approximately 42% of the Fund’s net assets attributable to Common Shares). The Fund may also enter into transactions other than those noted above that may give rise to a form of leverage including, among others, futures and forward contracts (including foreign currency exchange contracts), credit default swaps, total return swaps and other derivative transactions, loans of portfolio

 

62


Table of Contents

securities, short sales and when-issued, delayed delivery and forward commitment transactions. Although it has no current intention to do so, the Fund may also determine to issue preferred shares or other types of senior securities to add leverage to its portfolio.

The Fund intends to utilize reverse repurchase agreements, dollar rolls, borrowings and other forms of leverage opportunistically and may choose to increase or decrease, or eliminate entirely, its use of leverage over time and from time to time ( i.e. , higher or lower than the anticipated approximate 30% initial level noted above) based on PIMCO’s assessment of the yield curve environment, interest rate trends, market conditions and other factors.

Under normal market conditions, the Fund will limit its use of leverage from any combination of (i) reverse repurchase agreements or dollar roll transactions (whether or not these instruments are covered as discussed below), (ii) borrowings ( i.e. , loans or lines of credit from banks or other credit facilities), (iii) any future issuance of preferred shares, and (iv) to the extent described below, credit default swaps, other swap agreements and futures contracts (whether or not these instruments are covered with segregated assets as discussed below) such that the assets attributable to the use of such leverage will not exceed 50% of the Fund’s total assets (including, for purposes of the 50% limit, the amounts of leverage obtained through the use of such instruments) (the “50% leverage policy”). For these purposes, assets attributable to the use of leverage from credit default swaps, other swap agreements and futures contracts will be determined based on the current market value of the instrument if it is cash settled or based on the notional value of the instrument if it is not cash settled. In addition, assets attributable to credit default swaps, other swap agreement or futures contract will not be counted towards the 50% leverage policy to the extent that the Fund owns offsetting positions or enters into offsetting transactions.

The net proceeds the Fund obtains from reverse repurchase agreements, dollar rolls, or other forms of leverage utilized will be invested in accordance with the Fund’s investment objectives and policies as described in the Prospectus. So long as the rate of return, net of applicable Fund expenses, on the debt obligations and other investments purchased by the Fund exceeds the costs to the Fund of the leverage it utilizes, the investment of the Fund’s assets attributable to leverage will generate more income than will be needed to pay the costs of the leverage. If so, and all other things being equal, the excess may be used to pay higher dividends to Common Shareholders than if the Fund were not so leveraged.

The 1940 Act generally prohibits the Fund from engaging in most forms of leverage (including the use of reverse repurchase agreements, dollar rolls, bank loans, commercial paper or other credit facilities, credit default swaps, total return swaps and other derivative transactions, loans of portfolio securities, short sales and when-issued, delayed delivery and forward commitment transactions, to the extent that these instruments are not covered as described below) unless immediately after the issuance of the leverage the Fund has satisfied the asset coverage test with respect to senior securities representing indebtedness prescribed by the 1940 Act; that is, the value of the Fund’s total assets less all liabilities and indebtedness not represented by senior securities (for these purposes, “total net assets”) is at least 300% of the senior securities representing indebtedness (effectively limiting the use of leverage through senior securities representing indebtedness to 33  1 / 3% of the Fund’s total net assets, including assets attributable to such leverage). In addition, the Fund is not permitted to declare any cash dividend or other

 

63


Table of Contents

distribution on Common Shares unless, at the time of such declaration, this asset coverage test is satisfied. The Fund may (but is not required to) cover its commitments under reverse repurchase agreements, dollar rolls, derivatives and certain other instruments by the segregation of liquid assets, or by entering into offsetting transactions or owning positions covering its obligations. To the extent that the Fund maintains segregated assets or otherwise covers certain of these instruments, they will not be considered “senior securities” under the 1940 Act and therefore will not be subject to the 1940 Act 300% asset coverage requirement otherwise applicable to forms of leverage used by the Fund. However, reverse repurchase agreements, dollar rolls and other such instruments, even if covered, may represent a form of economic leverage and create special risks. The use of these forms of leverage increases the volatility of the Fund’s investment portfolio and could result in larger losses to Common Shareholders than if these strategies were not used. To the extent that the Fund engages in borrowings, it may prepay a portion of the principal amount of the borrowing to the extent necessary in order to maintain the required asset coverage. Failure to maintain certain asset coverage requirements could result in an event of default.

Leveraging is a speculative technique and there are special risks and costs involved. There is no assurance that the Fund will utilize reverse repurchase agreements, dollar rolls or borrowings, issue preferred shares or utilize any other forms of leverage (such as the use of derivatives strategies). If used, there can be no assurance that the Fund’s leveraging strategies will be successful or result in a higher yield on your Common Shares. When leverage is used, the net asset value and market price of the Common Shares and the yield to Common Shareholders will be more volatile. See “Principal Risks of the Fund—Leverage Risk” in the Prospectus. In addition, interest and other expenses borne by the Fund with respect to its use of reverse repurchase agreements, dollar rolls, borrowings or any other forms of leverage are borne by the Common Shareholders and result in a reduction of the net asset value of the Common Shares. In addition, because the fees received by the Investment Manager and by the Sub-Adviser are based on the total managed assets of the Fund (including any assets attributable to any reverse repurchase agreements, dollar rolls, borrowings and preferred shares that may be outstanding), the Investment Manager and the Sub-Adviser have a financial incentive for the Fund to use certain forms of leverage ( e.g. , reverse repurchase agreements, dollar rolls, borrowings and preferred shares), which may create a conflict of interest between the Investment Manager and the Sub-Adviser, on the one hand, and the Common Shareholders, on the other hand.

The Fund also may borrow money in order to repurchase its shares or as a temporary measure for extraordinary or emergency purposes, including for the payment of dividends or the settlement of securities transactions which otherwise might require untimely dispositions of portfolio securities held by the Fund.

Common Stocks

The Fund will normally not invest directly in common stocks of operating companies. However, the Fund may own and hold common stocks in its portfolio from time to time in connection with a corporate action or the restructuring of a debt instrument or through the conversion of a convertible security held by the Fund. The Fund may invest in common stocks of pooled vehicles, such as those of other investment companies and in the common stocks of REITs.

 

64


Table of Contents

Common stock generally takes the form of shares in a corporation. The value of a company’s stock may fall as a result of factors directly relating to that company, such as decisions made by its management or lower demand for the company’s products or services. A stock’s value also may fall because of factors affecting not just the company, but also companies in the same industry or in a number of different industries, such as increases in production costs. The value of a company’s stock also may be affected by changes in financial markets that are relatively unrelated to the company or its industry, such as changes in interest rates or currency exchange rates. In addition, a company’s stock generally pays dividends only after the company invests in its own business and makes required payments to holders of its bonds, other debt and preferred stock. For this reason, the value of a company’s stock will usually react more strongly than its bonds, other debt and preferred stock to actual or perceived changes in the company’s financial condition or prospects. Stocks of smaller companies may be more vulnerable to adverse developments than those of larger companies. Stocks of companies that the portfolio managers believe are fast-growing may trade at a higher multiple of current earnings than other stocks. The value of such stocks may be more sensitive to changes in current or expected earnings than the values of other stocks.

Short Sales

The Fund may make short sales of securities as part of its overall portfolio management strategies involving the use of derivative instruments and to offset potential declines in long positions in similar securities. The Fund intends to take short positions, if at all, principally for hedging purposes and/or with respect to securities held in the Fund’s portfolio. A short sale is a transaction in which the Fund sells a security or other instrument it does not own in anticipation that the market price of that security will decline.

When the Fund engages in a short sale of a security, it must, to the extent required by law, borrow the security sold short and deliver it to the counterparty. The Fund may have to pay a fee to borrow particular securities and would often be obligated to pay over any payments received on such borrowed securities.

If the price of the security sold short increases between the time of the short sale and the time that the Fund replaces the borrowed security, the Fund will incur a loss; conversely, if the price declines, the Fund will realize a capital gain. Any gain will be decreased, and any loss increased, by the transaction costs described above. The successful use of short selling may be adversely affected by imperfect correlation between movements in the price of the security sold short and the securities being hedged if the short sale is being used for hedging purposes.

To the extent the Fund engages in short sales, it will provide collateral to the broker-dealer and (except in the case of short sales “against the box”) may maintain additional asset coverage in the form of segregated or “earmarked” liquid assets equal to the current market value of the securities sold short, or may ensure that such positions are covered by “offsetting” positions, until the Fund replaces the borrowed security. If the Fund does not segregate liquid assets in such manner, then such securities will be considered senior securities representing indebtedness for purposes of the 1940 Act. A short sale is “against the box” to the extent that the Fund contemporaneously owns, or has the right to obtain at no added cost, securities identical to those

 

65


Table of Contents

sold short. The Fund may engage in short selling to the extent permitted by the federal securities laws and rules and interpretations thereunder. To the extent the Fund engages in short selling in foreign (non-U.S.) jurisdictions, the Fund will do so to the extent permitted by the laws and regulations of such jurisdiction.

Illiquid Securities

The Fund may invest without limit in illiquid securities (determined using the SEC’s standard applicable to open-end investment companies, that is, securities that cannot be disposed of within seven days in the ordinary course of business at approximately the value at which the Fund has valued the securities). Illiquid securities may include, among other things, certain written over-the-counter options and various other derivative instruments, certain securities or other liquid assets being used as cover for such options, repurchase agreements with maturities in excess of seven days, certain loan participation interests, fixed time deposits which are not subject to prepayment or provide for withdrawal penalties upon prepayment (other than overnight deposits), and certain other securities whose disposition is restricted under the federal securities laws.

Illiquid securities may include privately placed securities, which are sold directly to a small number of investors, usually institutions. Unlike public offerings, such securities are not registered under the federal securities laws. Although certain of these securities may be readily sold, others may be illiquid, and their sale may involve substantial delays and additional costs.

Other Investment Companies

The Fund may invest in securities of open- or closed-end investment companies, including exchange-traded funds (“ETFs”), to the extent that such investments are consistent with the Fund’s investment objectives and policies and permissible under the 1940 Act. The Fund treats its investments in other investment companies that invest primarily in types of securities in which the Fund may invest directly as investments in such types of securities for purposes of the Fund’s investment policies ( e.g. , the Fund’s investment in an investment company that invests primarily in debt securities will be treated by the Fund as an investment in a debt security).

In general, under the 1940 Act, an investment company such as the Fund may not (i) own more than 3% of the outstanding voting securities of any one registered investment company, (ii) invest more than 5% of its total assets in the securities of any single registered investment company or (iii) invest more than 10% of its total assets in securities of other registered investment companies.

The Fund may invest in other investment companies to gain broad market or sector exposure, including during periods when it has large amounts of uninvested cash (such as the period shortly after the Fund receives the proceeds of the offering of its Common Shares) or when PIMCO believes share prices of other investment companies offer attractive values.

As a shareholder in an investment company, the Fund will bear its ratable share of that investment company’s expenses and would remain subject to payment of the Fund’s management fees and other expenses with respect to assets so invested. Common Shareholders would therefore be subject to duplicative expenses to the extent the Fund invests in other investment companies. In addition, the securities of other investment companies may also be leveraged and will therefore be subject to the same leverage risks described in the Prospectus and

 

66


Table of Contents

herein. As described in the Prospectus in the section entitled “Principal Risks of the Fund–Leverage Risk,” the net asset value and market value of leveraged shares will be more volatile and the yield to shareholders will tend to fluctuate more than the yield generated by unleveraged shares.

Portfolio Trading and Turnover Rate

A change in the securities held by the Fund is known as “portfolio turnover.” PIMCO manages the Fund without regard generally to restrictions on portfolio turnover. Trading in fixed income securities does not generally involve the payment of brokerage commissions, but does involve indirect transaction costs. The use of futures contracts may involve the payment of commissions to futures commission merchants. High portfolio turnover ( e.g. , greater than 100%) generally involves correspondingly greater expenses to the Fund, including brokerage commissions or dealer mark-ups and other transaction costs on the sale of securities and reinvestments in other securities. The higher the rate of portfolio turnover of the Fund, the higher these transaction costs borne by the Fund generally will be. Such sales may result in realization of taxable capital gains, including short-term capital gains (which are generally treated as ordinary income upon distribution in the form of dividends).

The portfolio turnover rate of the Fund is calculated by dividing (a) the lesser of purchases or sales of portfolio securities for the particular fiscal year by (b) the monthly average of the value of the portfolio securities owned by the Fund during the particular fiscal year. In calculating the rate of portfolio turnover, there is excluded from both (a) and (b) all securities, including options, whose maturities or expiration dates at the time of acquisition were one year or less. Proceeds from short sales and assets used to cover short positions undertaken are included in the amounts of securities sold and purchased, respectively, during the year.

Because the Fund is newly organized, there are no portfolio turnover rates to report from prior fiscal years.

Warrants to Purchase Securities

The Fund may invest in warrants to purchase debt securities. Debt obligations with warrants attached to purchase equity securities have many characteristics of convertible bonds and their prices may, to some degree, reflect the performance of the underlying stock. Debt obligations also may be issued with warrants attached to purchase additional debt securities at the same coupon rate. A decline in interest rates would permit the Fund to buy additional bonds at the favorable rate or to sell the warrants at a profit. If interest rates rise, the warrants would generally expire with no value.

Securities Loans

Subject to the Fund’s “Investment Restrictions” listed below, the Fund may make secured loans of its portfolio securities to brokers, dealers and other financial institutions amounting to no more than one-third of its total assets. The risks in lending portfolio securities, as with other extensions of credit, consist of possible delay in recovery of the securities or possible loss of rights in the

 

67


Table of Contents

collateral should the borrower fail financially. However, such loans will be made only to broker-dealers that are believed by PIMCO to be of relatively high credit standing. Securities loans are made to broker-dealers pursuant to agreements requiring that loans be continuously secured by collateral consisting of U.S. Government securities, cash or cash equivalents (negotiable certificates of deposit, bankers’ acceptances or letters of credit) maintained on a daily mark-to-market basis in an amount at least equal at all times to the market value of the securities lent. The borrower pays to the Fund, as the lender, an amount equal to any dividends or interest received on the securities lent.

The Fund may invest the cash collateral received in interest-bearing, short-term securities or receive a fee from the borrower. In the case of cash collateral, the Fund typically pays a rebate to the lender. Although voting rights (if any) or rights to consent with respect to the loaned securities (if any) pass to the borrower, the Fund, as the lender, retains the right to call the loans and obtain the return of the securities loaned at any time on reasonable notice, and it will do so in order that the securities may be voted by the Fund if the holders of such securities are asked to vote upon or consent to matters materially affecting the investment. The Fund may also call such loans in order to sell the securities involved. When engaged in securities lending, the Fund’s performance will continue to reflect changes in the value of the securities loaned and will also reflect the receipt of either interest, through investment of cash collateral by the Fund in permissible investments, or a fee, if the collateral is U.S. Government securities. It is possible that the Fund will realize losses on the investment of any cash collateralizing a securities loan; any such losses would be for the account of the Fund, not the borrower. See “Principal Risks of the Fund—Securities Lending Risk” in the Prospectus.

Participation on Creditors Committees

The Fund may from time to time participate on committees formed by creditors to negotiate with the management of financially troubled issuers of securities held by the Fund. Such participation may subject the Fund to expenses such as legal fees and may make the Fund an “insider” of the issuer for purposes of the federal securities laws, and therefore may restrict the Fund’s ability to trade in or acquire additional positions in a particular security when it might otherwise desire to do so. Participation by the Fund on such committees also may expose the Fund to potential liabilities under the federal bankruptcy laws or other laws governing the rights of creditors and debtors.

Short-Term Investments / Temporary Defensive Strategies

Upon PIMCO’s recommendation, for temporary defensive purposes and in order to keep the Fund’s cash fully invested, including the period during which the net proceeds of the initial public offering of the Fund’s Common Shares are being invested, the Fund may invest up to 100% of its net assets in investment grade debt securities, including high quality, short-term debt instruments, credit-linked trust certificates and/or index futures contracts or similar derivative instruments. Such investments may prevent the Fund from achieving its investment objectives.

 

68


Table of Contents

Government Intervention in Financial Markets

Recent instability in the financial markets has led the U.S. Government to take a number of unprecedented actions designed to support certain financial institutions and segments of the financial markets that have experienced extreme volatility, and in some cases a lack of liquidity. Federal, state, and other governments, their regulatory agencies, or self regulatory organizations may take actions that affect the regulation of the instruments in which the Fund invests, or the issuers of such instruments, in ways that are unforeseeable or not fully understood or anticipated. Legislation or regulation may also change the way in which the Fund itself is regulated. Such legislation or regulation could limit or preclude the Fund’s ability to achieve its investment objectives.

Governments or their agencies have and may in the future acquire distressed assets from financial institutions and acquire ownership interests in those institutions. The implications of government ownership and disposition of these assets are unclear, and such a program may have positive or negative effects on the liquidity, valuation and performance of the Fund’s portfolio holdings. Furthermore, volatile financial markets can expose the Fund to greater market and liquidity risk and potential difficulty in valuing portfolio instruments held by the Fund. The Fund has established procedures to assess the liquidity of portfolio holdings and to value instruments for which market prices may not be readily available. PIMCO will monitor developments and seek to manage the Fund in a manner consistent with achieving the Fund’s investment objectives, but there can be no assurance that it will be successful in doing so.

Tax Consequences

The requirements for qualification as a regulated investment company limit the extent to which the Fund may invest in certain securities and transactions described above. In addition, the Fund’s utilization of certain investment instruments may alter the character and timing of income attributable to the Fund relative to other means of achieving similar investment exposure. In certain circumstances, accelerated attribution of income may require the Fund to sell assets in order to meet regulated investment company distribution requirements even when investment considerations make such sales otherwise undesirable. For more information concerning these requirements and the taxation of investments, see “Tax Matters” below.

INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS

Except as described below, the Fund, as a fundamental policy, may not, without the approval of the holders of a majority of the Fund’s outstanding Common Shares and, if issued, preferred shares voting together as a single class, and of the holders of a majority of the outstanding preferred shares voting as a separate class:

 

(1)

Purchase any security if as a result 25% or more of the Fund’s total assets (taken at current value at the time of investment) would be invested in a single industry (for purposes of this restriction, investment companies are not considered to be part of any industry). The Fund will normally invest at least 25% of its total assets ( i.e. , concentrate)

 

69


Table of Contents
  in privately-issued mortgage-related securities not issued or guaranteed as to principal or interest by the U.S. Government or its agencies or instrumentalities.

 

(2) Purchase or sell real estate, although it may purchase securities secured by real estate or interests therein, or securities issued by companies that invest in real estate, or interests therein.

 

(3) Purchase or sell commodities or commodities contracts or oil, gas or mineral programs. This restriction shall not prohibit the Fund, subject to restrictions described in the Prospectus and elsewhere in this Statement of Additional Information, from purchasing, selling or entering into futures contracts, options on futures contracts, forward contracts, or any interest rate, securities-related or other derivative instrument, including swap agreements and other derivative instruments, subject to compliance with any applicable provisions of the federal securities or commodities laws.

 

(4) Borrow money or issue any senior security, except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act and as interpreted, modified, or otherwise permitted from time to time by regulatory authority having jurisdiction.

 

(5) Make loans, except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, as interpreted, modified, or otherwise permitted from time to time by regulatory authority having jurisdiction.

 

(6) Act as an underwriter of securities of other issuers, except to the extent that in connection with the disposition of portfolio securities, it may be deemed to be an underwriter under the federal securities laws.

Subject to the Fund’s self-imposed limitations, if any, as they may be amended from time to time, the Fund interprets its policies with respect to leverage and borrowing, issuing senior securities and lending to permit such activities as may be lawful for the Fund, to the full extent permitted by the 1940 Act or by exemption from the provisions therefrom pursuant to exemptive order of the SEC.

Currently, under the 1940 Act, the Fund may generally not lend money or property to any person, directly or indirectly, if such person controls or is under common control with the Fund, except for a loan from the Fund to a company that owns all of the outstanding securities of the Fund, except directors’ and qualifying shares.

For purposes of the foregoing, “majority of the outstanding,” when used with respect to particular shares of the Fund (whether voting together as a single class or voting as separate classes), means (i) 67% or more of such shares present at a meeting, if the holders of more than 50% of such shares are present or represented by proxy, or (ii) more than 50% of such shares, whichever is less.

Unless otherwise indicated, all limitations applicable to the Fund’s investments (as stated above and elsewhere in this Statement of Additional Information) apply only at the time a transaction is entered into. Any subsequent change in a rating assigned by any rating service to a security (or,

 

70


Table of Contents

if unrated, deemed by PIMCO to be of comparable quality), or change in the percentage of the Fund’s total assets invested in certain securities or other instruments, or change in the average maturity or duration of the Fund’s investment portfolio, resulting from market fluctuations or other changes in the Fund’s total assets will not require the Fund to dispose of an investment until PIMCO determines that it is practicable to sell or close out the investment without undue market or tax consequences to the Fund. In the event that rating agencies assign different ratings to the same security, PIMCO will determine which rating it believes best reflects the security’s quality and risk at that time, which may be the higher of the several assigned ratings.

Under the 1940 Act, a “senior security” does not include any promissory note or evidence of indebtedness where such loan is for temporary purposes only and in an amount not exceeding 5% of the value of the total assets of the issuer at the time the loan is made. A loan is presumed to be for temporary purposes if it is repaid within sixty days and is not extended or renewed.

For purposes of applying the terms of the Fund’s policy in the first sentence of paragraph (1) above (the “industry concentration policy”), PIMCO will, on behalf of the Fund, make reasonable determinations as to the appropriate industry classification to assign to each security or instrument in which the Fund invests. For purposes of the industry concentration policy, investments in securities of a single foreign government represent investments in a separate industry, although currency positions are not considered to be an investment in a foreign government for these purposes. Mortgage-related or other asset-backed securities that are issued or guaranteed as to principal or interest by the U.S. Government or its agencies or instrumentalities are not subject to the industry concentration policy, by virtue of the exclusion from that test available to all U.S. Government securities.

For purposes of applying the terms of the policy in the second sentence of paragraph (1) above, privately-issued mortgage-related securities means any mortgage-related security (other than those issued or guaranteed as to principal or interest by the U.S. Government or its agencies or instrumentalities), such as securities representing interests in, collateralized or backed by, or whose values are determined in whole or in part by reference to any number of mortgages or pools of mortgages or the payment experience of such mortgages or pools of mortgages, including Real Estate Mortgage Investment Conduits (“REMICs”), which could include resecuritizations of REMICs (“Re-REMICs”), mortgage pass-through securities, inverse floaters, collateralized mortgage obligations, collateralized loan obligations, multiclass pass-through securities, private mortgage pass-through securities, and stripped mortgage securities (generally interest-only and principal-only securities). Exposures to mortgage-related securities through derivatives or other financial instruments will be considered investments in mortgage-related securities. Privately-issued mortgage-related securities also may include, without limitation, interests in pools of residential mortgages or commercial mortgages, and may relate to domestic or non-U.S. mortgages.

To the extent the Fund covers its commitment under a reverse repurchase agreement, credit default swap or other derivative instrument by the segregation of assets determined by PIMCO to be liquid in accordance with procedures adopted by the Trustees, equal in value to the amount of the Fund’s commitment, such instrument will not be considered a “senior security” for purposes of the 1940 Act asset coverage requirements otherwise applicable to borrowings by the Fund.

 

71


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT OF THE FUND

Trustees and Officers

The business of the Fund is managed under the direction of the Fund’s Board of Trustees. Subject to the provisions of the Fund’s Agreement and Declaration of Trust, as may be amended from time to time (the “Declaration”), its Bylaws, as may be amended from time to time (the “Bylaws”) and Massachusetts law, the Trustees have all powers necessary and convenient to carry out this responsibility, including the election and removal of the Fund’s officers.

The Fund’s Board of Trustees consists of seven Trustees, four of whom are not “interested persons” (within the meaning of Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act) of the Fund or of the Investment Manager (the “Independent Trustees”). Two additional Trustees who will not initially be treated as Independent Trustees due to their ownership of shares of potential members of the underwriting syndicate for the initial public offering of the Fund’s Common Shares, are expected to qualify as Independent Trustees following the completion of the initial public offering.

An Independent Trustee serves as Chairman of the Board of Trustees and is selected by vote of the majority of the Independent Trustees. The Chairman of the Trustees presides at meetings of the Board and acts as a liaison with service providers, officers, attorneys and other Trustees generally between meetings, and performs such other functions as may be requested by the Board from time to time.

The Board of Trustees has established certain standing Committees to facilitate the Trustees’ oversight of the management of the Fund: the Audit Oversight Committee, the Nominating Committee, the Valuation Committee and the Compensation Committee. The functions and role of each Committee are described below under “—Committees of the Board of Trustees.” The membership of each Committee consists of all of the Independent Trustees, which the Board believes allows them to participate in the full range of the Board’s oversight duties.

The Board has determined that its leadership structure, including an Independent Chairman, a majority of Independent Trustees and Committee membership limited to Independent Trustees, is appropriate in light of the characteristics and circumstances of the Fund. In reaching this conclusion, the Board considered, among other things, the predominant role of the Investment Manager and Sub-Adviser in the day-to-day management of Fund affairs and the extent to which the work of the Board is conducted through the Committees. The Board also believes that its structure, including the presence of one Trustee who is an executive with various Investment Manager-affiliated entities, facilitates an efficient flow of information concerning the management of the Fund to the Independent Trustees.

Risk Oversight.   The Fund has retained the Investment Manager and the Sub-Adviser to provide investment advisory services, and, in the case of the Investment Manager, administrative services, and these service providers are immediately responsible for the management of risks that may arise from Fund investments and operations. Some employees of the Investment Manager and its affiliates serve as the Fund’s officers, including the Fund’s principal executive officer and principal financial and accounting officer, chief compliance officer and chief legal officer. The Investment Manager and the Sub-Adviser employ different processes, procedures and controls to identify and manage different types of risks that may affect the Fund. The Board oversees the performance of these functions by the Investment Manager and Sub-Adviser, both directly and through the Committee structure it has established. The Board will receive from the Investment Manager and Sub-Adviser a wide range of reports, both on a regular and as-needed basis, relating to the Fund’s activities and to the actual and potential risks of the Fund. These include reports on investment risks, custody and valuation of Fund assets, compliance with applicable laws, and the Fund’s financial accounting and reporting. In addition, the Board intends to meet periodically with the portfolio managers of the Fund to receive reports regarding the portfolio management of the Fund and its performance, including its investment risks. The Board has emphasized to the Investment Manager and the Sub-Adviser the importance of maintaining vigorous risk management programs and procedures.

In addition, the Board has appointed a Chief Compliance Officer (“CCO”). The CCO oversees the development of compliance policies and procedures that are reasonably designed to minimize the risk of violations of the federal securities laws (“Compliance Policies”). The CCO reports directly to the Independent Trustees, interacts with individuals within the Investment Manager’s organization including its Head of Risk Management, and will provide presentations to the Board at its quarterly meetings and an annual report on the application of the Compliance Policies. The Board will periodically discuss relevant risks affecting the Fund with the CCO at these meetings. The Board has approved the Compliance Policies and will review the CCO’s reports. Further, the Board will annually review the sufficiency of the Compliance Policies, as well as the appointment and compensation of the CCO.

The Board recognizes that the reports it will receive concerning risk management matters are, by their nature, typically summaries of the relevant information. Moreover, the Board recognizes that not all risks that may affect the Fund can be identified in advance; that it may not be practical or cost-effective to eliminate or mitigate certain risks; that it may be necessary to bear certain risks (such as investment-related risks) in seeking to achieve the Fund’s investment objectives; and that the processes, procedures and controls employed to address certain risks may be limited in their effectiveness. As a result of the foregoing and for other reasons, the Board’s risk management oversight is subject to substantial limitations.

 

72


Table of Contents

The Trustees and executive officers of the Fund, their year of birth, the position they hold with the Fund, their term of office and length of time served, a description of their principal occupations during the past five years, the number of portfolios in the fund complex (as defined in SEC regulations) that the Trustee oversees and any other directorships held by the Trustee are listed in the following tables. Except as shown, each Trustee’s and officer’s principal occupation and business experience for the last five years have been with the employer(s) indicated, although in some cases the Trustee may have held different positions with such
employer(s). Unless otherwise indicated, the business address of the persons listed below is c/o Allianz Global Investors Fund Management LLC, 1633 Broadway, New York, New York 10019.

Independent Trustees (1)

 

Name and

Year of Birth

  

Position(s)

Held with

the Fund

  

Term of

Office and

Length of

Time Served

  

Principal Occupation(s) During

the Past 5 Years

  

Number of

Portfolios

in Fund

Complex (2)

Overseen

by Trustee

  

Other

Directorships

Held by

Trustee

During the

Past 5 Years

Hans W. Kertess

1939

Class I

  

Trustee & Chairman

of the Board

   Since inception.    President, H. Kertess & Co., a financial advisory company. Formerly, Managing Director, Royal Bank of Canada Capital Markets. Trustee/Director of the funds in the Allianz/PIMCO Fund Complex since 2000.    65    None
              

Deborah A. DeCotis

1952

Class III

   Trustee    Since inception.    Advisory Director, Morgan Stanley & Co., Inc. (since 1996); Co-Chair Special Projects Committee, Memorial Sloan Kettering (since 2005); Board Member and Member of the Investment and Finance Committees, Henry Street Settlement (since 2007); Trustee, Stanford University (since 2010). Formerly, Director, Helena Rubenstein Foundation (1997-2012); Advisory Council, Stanford Business School (2002-2008) and Director, Armor Holdings, a manufacturing company (2002-2007). Trustee/Director of the funds in the Allianz/PIMCO Fund Complex since 2011.    65    None
              

Bradford K. Gallagher

1944

Class II

   Trustee    Since inception.    Partner, New Technology Ventures Capital Management LLC, a venture capital fund (since 2011); Chairman and Trustee, Atlantic Maritime Heritage Foundation (since 2007); Trustee, The Common Fund (since 2005); Founder, Spyglass Investments LLC, a private investment vehicle (since 2001); and Founder, President and CEO, Cypress Holding Company and Cypress Tree Investment Management Company (since 1995). Trustee/Director of the funds in the Allianz/PIMCO Fund Complex since 2010.    65    Formerly, Chairman and Trustee of Grail Advisors ETF Trust (2009-2010) and Trustee of Nicholas-Applegate Institutional Funds (2007-2010)
              

James A. Jacobson

1945

Class II

   Trustee    Since inception.    Retired. Formerly, Vice Chairman and Managing Director, Spear, Leeds & Kellogg Specialists, LLC, a specialist firm on the New York Stock Exchange. Trustee/Director of the funds in the Allianz/PIMCO Fund Complex since 2009.    65    Trustee, Alpine Mutual Funds Complex consisting of 17 funds
Interested Trustees (3)

Name,

Address and
Year of Birth

  

Position(s)
Held with
the Fund

  

Term of
Office and
Length of
Time Served

  

Principal Occupation(s) During

the Past 5 Years

  

Number of
Portfolios
in  Fund
Complex (2)
Overseen
by Trustee

  

Other
Directorships
Held by
Trustee

John C. Maney

680 Newport

Center Drive,

Suite 250, Newport Beach, CA 92660

1959

Class III

   Trustee    Since inception.    Management Board and Managing Director of Allianz Global Investors Fund Management LLC; Management Board and Managing Director of Allianz Asset Management of America L.P. (since January 2005) and also Chief Operating Officer of Allianz Asset Management of America L.P. (since November 2006). Trustee/Director of the funds in the Allianz/PIMCO Fund Complex since 2006.    84    None
              

William B. Ogden, IV

1945

Class I

   Trustee    Since inception.    Asset Management Industry Consultant. Formerly, Managing Director, Investment Banking Division of Citigroup Global Markets Inc. Trustee/Director of the funds in the Allianz/PIMCO Fund Complex since 2006.    65    None
              

Alan Rappaport

1953

Class I

   Trustee    Since inception.    Advisory Director (since 2012), formerly Vice Chairman, Roundtable Investment Partners (since 2009); Chairman (formerly President), Private Bank of Bank of America; Vice Chairman, US Trust (2001-2008); Trustee, American Museum of Natural History (since 2005) and Trustee, NYU Langone Medical Center (since 2007). Trustee/Director of the funds in the Allianz/PIMCO Fund Complex since 2010.    65    None

 

(1) “Independent Trustees” are those Trustees who are not “interested persons” (as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act).
(2) The term “Fund Complex” as used herein includes the Fund and the following registered investment companies: each series of Allianz Funds, each series of Allianz Funds Multi-Strategy Trust, each series of Premier Multi-Series VIT, PIMCO Municipal Income Fund, PIMCO Municipal Income Fund II, PIMCO Municipal Income Fund III, PIMCO California Municipal Income Fund, PIMCO California Municipal Income Fund II, PIMCO California Municipal Income Fund III, PIMCO New York Municipal Income Fund, PIMCO New York Municipal Income Fund II, PIMCO New York Municipal Income Fund III, PIMCO Corporate and Income Opportunity Fund, PIMCO Corporate and Income Fund, PIMCO High Income Fund, AGIC Convertible & Income Fund, AGIC Convertible & Income Fund II, PIMCO Income Strategy Fund, PIMCO Income Strategy Fund II, NFJ Dividend, Interest and Premium Strategy Fund, AGIC International and Premium Strategy Fund, PIMCO Global StocksPLUS & Income Fund, AGIC Equity & Convertible Income Fund, AGIC Global Equity & Convertible Income Fund, PCM Fund Inc., PIMCO Income Opportunity Fund, PIMCO Strategic Global Government Fund, Inc., PIMCO Dynamic Income Fund and each series of Allianz Global Investors Managed Accounts Trust.
(3) “Interested Trustees” are those Trustees treated as “interested persons” (as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act) of the Fund. Mr. Maney is an “interested person” of the Fund due to his affiliation with Allianz Asset Management of America L.P. and the Investment Manager. Mr. Ogden owns shares of Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, two of the underwriters of the Fund’s initial Common Share offering. Mr. Ogden will be treated by the Fund as an “interested person” of the Fund through his ownership of shares of Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC until such time as each such entity completes its participation in the distribution of the Fund’s Common Shares, and thereafter is expected to qualify as and be treated as an Independent Trustee. Mr. Rappaport will also be treated by the Fund as an “interested person” of the Fund due to his ownership of shares of certain potential underwriters, until the distribution of the Fund’s Common Shares is complete, and thereafter is expected to qualify as and be treated as an Independent Trustee.

In accordance with the Fund’s staggered board (see “Anti-Takeover and Other Provisions in the Declaration of Trust”), the Common Shareholders of the Fund elect Trustees to fill the vacancies of Trustees whose terms expire at each annual meeting of Common Shareholders.

Officers

 

Name and Date of Birth   

Position(s)

Held with

the Fund

  

Term of Office

and Length of

Time Served

   Principal Occupation(s) During the Past 5 Years

Brian S. Shlissel

1964

   President & Chief Executive Officer    Since inception.    Management Board, Managing Director, and Head of Mutual Fund Services of Allianz Global Investors Fund Management LLC; President and Chief Executive Officer of 30 funds in the Fund Complex; President of 54 funds in the Fund Complex and Treasurer, Principal Financial and Accounting Officer of The Korea Fund, Inc. Formerly, Treasurer, Principal Financial and Accounting Officer of 50 funds in the Fund Complex.

Lawrence G. Altadonna

1966

   Treasurer, Principal Financial and Accounting Officer    Since inception.    Senior Vice President, Director of Fund Administration of Allianz Global Investors Fund Management LLC; Treasurer, Principal Financial and Accounting Officer of 84 funds in the Fund Complex and Assistant Treasurer of The Korea Fund, Inc. Formerly, Assistant Treasurer of 50 funds in the Fund Complex.

Thomas J. Fuccillo

1968

   Vice President, Secretary and Chief Legal Officer    Since inception.    Executive Vice President, Chief Legal Officer and Secretary of Allianz Global Investors Fund Management LLC; Executive Vice President, Chief Regulatory Counsel and Head of U.S. Compliance of Allianz Global Investors U.S. LLC; Vice President, Secretary and Chief Legal Officer of 84 funds in the Fund Complex; Secretary and Chief Legal Officer of The Korea Fund, Inc.

 

73


Table of Contents
Name and Date of Birth   

Position(s)

Held with

the Fund

  

Term of Office

and Length of

Time Served

   Principal Occupation(s) During the Past 5 Years

Youse E. Guia

680 Newport Center Drive Suite 250

Newport Beach, CA 92660

1972

   Chief Compliance Officer    Since inception.    Senior Vice President, Chief Compliance Officer, and deputy Chief of U.S. Compliance, Allianz Global Investors U.S. LLC; Chief Compliance Officer of 84 funds in the Fund Complex and of The Korea Fund, Inc.

Scott Whisten

1971

   Assistant Treasurer    Since inception.    Senior Vice President, Allianz Global Investors Fund Management LLC and Assistant Treasurer of 84 funds in the Fund Complex.

Richard J. Cochran

1961

   Assistant Treasurer    Since inception.    Vice President, Allianz Global Investors Fund Management LLC; Assistant Treasurer of 84 funds in the Fund Complex and of the Korea Fund, Inc. Formerly, Tax Manager, Teachers Insurance Annuity Association/College Retirement Equity Fund (TIAA-CREF) (2002-2008).

Orhan Dzemaili

1974

   Assistant Treasurer    Since inception.    Vice President, Allianz Global Investors Fund Management LLC and Assistant Treasurer of 84 funds in the Fund Complex.

Lagan Srivastava

1977

   Assistant Secretary    Since inception.    Vice President of Allianz Global Investors U.S. LLC; Assistant Secretary of 84 funds in the Fund Complex and of The Korea Fund, Inc.

Each of the Fund’s executive officers is an “interested person” of the Fund (as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act) as a result of his or her position(s) set forth in the table above.

Trustee Qualifications . The Board has determined that each Trustee should serve as such based on several factors (none of which alone is decisive). Each Trustee has served in such role since prior to the Fund commencing operations and is familiar with the Fund’s business and service provider arrangements, and each has also served for several years as trustee/director to a number of other investment companies advised by the Investment Manager and its affiliates, except Messrs. Gallagher and Rappaport and Ms. DeCotis, who have served in such capacity since September 2010, June 2010 and March 2011, respectively. Among the factors the Board considered when concluding that an individual should serve on the Board were the following: (i) the individual’s business and professional experience and accomplishments; (ii) the individual’s ability to work effectively with other members of the Board; (iii) the individual’s prior experience, if any, serving on the boards of public companies (including, where relevant, other investment companies) and other complex enterprises and organizations; and (iv) how the individual’s skills, experiences and attributes would contribute to an appropriate mix of relevant skills and experience on the Board.

In respect of each current Trustee, the individual’s substantial professional accomplishments and prior experience, including, in some cases, in fields related to the operations of the Fund, were a significant factor in the determination that the individual should serve as a Trustee of the Fund. Following is a summary of various qualifications, experiences and skills of each Trustee (in addition to business experience during the past five years set forth in the table above) that contributed to the Board’s conclusion that an individual should serve on the Board. References to qualifications, experiences and skills are not intended to hold out the Board or individual Trustees as having any special expertise or experience, and shall not impose any greater responsibility or liability on any such person or on the Board by reason thereof.

 

74


Table of Contents

Deborah A. DeCotis  — Ms. DeCotis has substantial senior executive experience in the investment banking industry, having served as a Managing Director for Morgan Stanley. She has extensive board experience and experience in oversight of investment management functions through her experience as a Director of the Helena Rubenstein Foundation, Stanford Graduate School of Business and Armor Holdings.

Bradford K. Gallagher  — Mr. Gallagher has substantial executive and board experience in the financial services and investment management industries. He has served as director to several other investment companies. Having served on the Operating Committee of Fidelity Investments and as a Managing Director and President of Fidelity Investments Institutional Services Company, he provides the Fund with significant asset management industry expertise. He also brings significant securities industry experience, having served as a developer and founder of several enterprises and private investment vehicles.

James A. Jacobson  — Mr. Jacobson has substantial executive and board experience in the financial services industry. He served for more than 15 years as a senior executive at a New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) specialist firm. He has also served on the NYSE Board of Directors, including terms as Vice Chair. As such, he provides significant expertise on matters relating to portfolio brokerage and trade execution. He also provides the Fund with significant financial expertise and serves as the Audit Oversight Committee’s Chair and has been determined by the Board to be an “audit committee financial expert.” He has expertise in investment company matters through his service as a trustee of another fund family.

Hans W. Kertess  — Mr. Kertess has substantial executive experience in the investment management industry. He is the president of a financial advisory company, H. Kertess & Co., and formerly served as a Managing Director of Royal Bank of Canada Capital Markets. He has significant expertise in the investment banking industry.

John C. Maney  — Mr. Maney has substantial executive and board experience in the investment management industry. He has served in a variety of senior-level positions with investment advisory firms affiliated with the Investment Manager. Because of his familiarity with the Investment Manager and affiliated entities, he serves as an important information resource for the Independent Trustees and as a facilitator of communication with the Investment Manager.

William B. Ogden, IV  — Mr. Ogden has substantial senior executive experience in the investment banking industry. He served as Managing Director at Citigroup, where he established and led the firm’s efforts to raise capital for and provide mergers and acquisition advisory services to asset managers and investment advisers. He also has significant expertise with fund products through his senior-level responsibility for originating and underwriting a broad variety of such products.

Alan Rappaport  — Mr. Rappaport has substantial senior executive experience in the financial services industry. He formerly served as Chairman and President of the Private Bank of Bank of America and as Vice Chairman of U.S. Trust. He is currently an Advisory Director of an investment banking firm.

Committees of the Board of Trustees

Audit Oversight Committee. The Fund’s Board has established an Audit Oversight Committee in accordance with Section 3(a)(58)(A) of the Exchange Act. The Fund’s Audit Oversight Committee is currently composed of Messrs. Gallagher, Jacobson and Kertess and Ms. DeCotis, each of whom is an Independent Trustee. The Fund expects Messrs. Ogden and Rappaport to join the committee when they become Independent Trustees. Mr. Jacobson is the current Chairman of the Fund’s Audit Oversight Committee.

The Audit Oversight Committee provides oversight with respect to the internal and external accounting and auditing procedures of the Fund and, among other things, determines the selection of the independent registered public accounting firm for the Fund and considers the scope of the audit, approves all audit and permitted non-audit services proposed to be performed by those auditors on behalf of the Fund and certain affiliates, including the Investment Manager and the Sub-Adviser, and entities in a control relationship with the Investment Manager or the Sub-Adviser, that provide services to the Fund where the engagement relates directly to the operations and financial reporting of the Fund. The Audit Oversight Committee considers the possible effect of those services on the independence of the Fund’s independent registered public accounting firm. Because the Fund is newly organized, the committee members did not meet during the prior fiscal year.

Nominating Committee. The Fund has a Nominating Committee currently composed of Messrs. Gallagher, Jacobson and Kertess and Ms. DeCotis, each of whom is an Independent Trustee. The Fund expects Messrs. Ogden and Rappaport to join the committee when they become Independent Trustees. The Nominating Committee is responsible for reviewing and recommending qualified candidates to the Board in the event that a position is vacated or created or when Trustees are to be re-elected. The Nominating Committee will review and consider nominees recommended by shareholders to serve as Trustee, provided any such recommendation is submitted in writing to the Fund, c/o Thomas J. Fuccillo, Secretary, at the address of the principal executive offices of the Fund. The Nominating Committee has full discretion to reject nominees recommended by shareholders, and there is no assurance that any such person so recommended and considered by a committee will be nominated for election to the Board. Because the Fund is newly organized, the committee members did not meet during the prior fiscal year.

Valuation Committee. The Fund’s Valuation Committee is currently composed of Messrs. Gallagher, Jacobson and Kertess and Ms. DeCotis, each of whom is an Independent Trustee. The Fund expects Messrs. Ogden and Rappaport to join the committee when they become Independent Trustees. The Valuation Committee has been delegated responsibility by the Fund’s Board for overseeing determinations of the fair value of the Fund’s portfolio securities on behalf of the Board in accordance with the Fund’s valuation procedures. The Valuation Committee reviews and approves procedures for the fair valuation of the Fund’s portfolio securities and periodically reviews information from the Investment Manager and the Sub-Adviser regarding fair value and liquidity determinations made pursuant to Board-approved procedures, and makes related recommendations to the full Board and assists the full Board in resolving particular fair valuation and other valuation matters. Because the Fund is newly organized, the committee members did not meet during the prior fiscal year.

Compensation Committee. The Fund’s Compensation Committee is currently composed of Messrs. Gallagher, Jacobson and Kertess and Ms. DeCotis, each of whom is an Independent Trustee. The Fund expects Messrs. Ogden and Rappaport to join the committee when they become Independent Trustees. The Compensation Committee meets as the Board deems necessary to review and make recommendations regarding compensation payable to the Trustees of the Fund who are not directors, officers, partners or employees of the Investment Manager, the Sub-Adviser or any entity controlling, controlled by or under common control with the Investment Manager or the Sub-Adviser. Because the Fund is newly organized, the committee members did not meet during the prior fiscal year.

Securities Ownership

For each Trustee, the following table discloses the dollar range of equity securities beneficially owned by the Trustee in the Fund and, on an aggregate basis, in any registered investment companies overseen by the Trustee within the Fund’s family of investment companies as of December 31, 2012:

 

75


Table of Contents
Name of Trustee   

Dollar Range of Equity

Securities in the Fund

  

Aggregate Dollar Range of Equity Securities in

All Registered Investment Companies Overseen
by Trustee in Family of Investment  Companies*

Independent Trustees

     

Bradford K. Gallagher

   None    $50,001 - $100,000

James A. Jacobson

   None    $Over 100,000

Hans W. Kertess

   None    $Over 100,000

Deborah A. DeCotis

   None    $Over 100,000

Interested Trustee

     

John C. Maney

   None    $Over 100,000

William B. Ogden, IV

   None    $Over 100,000

Alan Rappaport

   None    $Over 100,000

 

* The term “Family of Investment Companies” as used herein includes the Fund and the following registered investment companies: each series of Allianz Funds, each series of Allianz Funds Multi-Strategy Trust, each series of Premier Multi-Series VIT, PIMCO Municipal Income Fund, PIMCO Municipal Income Fund II, PIMCO Municipal Income Fund III, PIMCO California Municipal Income Fund, PIMCO California Municipal Income Fund II, PIMCO California Municipal Income Fund III, PIMCO New York Municipal Income Fund, PIMCO New York Municipal Income Fund II, PIMCO New York Municipal Income Fund III, PIMCO Corporate and Income Opportunity Fund, PIMCO Corporate and Income Fund, PIMCO High Income Fund, AGIC Convertible & Income Fund, AGIC Convertible & Income Fund II, PIMCO Income Strategy Fund, PIMCO Income Strategy Fund II, NFJ Dividend, Interest and Premium Strategy Fund, AGIC International & Premium Strategy Fund, PIMCO Global StocksPLUS & Income Fund, AGIC Equity & Convertible Income Fund, AGIC Global Equity & Convertible Income Fund, PCM Fund, Inc., PIMCO Income Opportunity Fund, PIMCO Strategic Global Government Fund, Inc., PIMCO Dynamic Income Fund and each series of Allianz Global Investors Managed Accounts Trust.

For Independent Trustees and their immediate family members, the following table provides information regarding each class of securities owned beneficially in an investment adviser or principal underwriter of the Fund, or a person (other than a registered investment company) directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with an investment adviser or principal underwriter of the Fund as of December 31, 2012:

 

Name of Trustee    Name of Owners and
Relations to Trustee
   Company    Title of Class    Value of Securities   

Percent of Class

Deborah A. DeCotis

   None    N/A    N/A    N/A    N/A

Bradford K. Gallagher

   None    N/A    N/A    N/A    N/A

James A. Jacobson

   None    N/A    N/A    N/A    N/A

Hans W. Kertess

   None    N/A    N/A    N/A    N/A

As of December 31, 2012, the Fund’s officers and Trustees as a group owned less than 1% of the outstanding Common Shares.

As of December 31, 2012 to the knowledge of the Fund, the following entities owned beneficially or of record more than five percent (5%) of the outstanding Common Shares of the Fund as indicated:

 

Beneficial Owner

   Number of
Common Shares
   Percentage of the Fund’s outstanding
Common Shares
Allianz Asset Management of America L.P.    4,189    100%

 

76


Table of Contents

Compensation

Each of the Independent Trustees also serves as a trustee of PIMCO Municipal Income Fund, PIMCO California Municipal Income Fund, PIMCO New York Municipal Income Fund, PIMCO Municipal Income Fund II, PIMCO California Municipal Income Fund II, PIMCO New York Municipal Income Fund II, PIMCO Municipal Income Fund III, PIMCO California Municipal Income Fund III, PIMCO New York Municipal Income Fund III, PIMCO Corporate & Income Strategy Fund, PIMCO Corporate & Income Opportunity Fund, PIMCO Income Opportunity Fund, PIMCO High Income Fund, PIMCO Income Strategy Fund, PIMCO Income Strategy Fund II, AGIC Convertible & Income Fund, AGIC Convertible & Income Fund II, NFJ Dividend, Interest & Premium Strategy Fund, PIMCO Dynamic Income Fund, AGIC International & Premium Strategy Fund, PIMCO Global StocksPLUS ® & Income Fund, AGIC Equity & Convertible Income Fund, AGIC Global Equity & Convertible Income Fund, PCM Fund, Inc. and PIMCO Strategic Global Government Fund, Inc., each a closed-end fund for which the Investment Manager serves as investment manager and affiliates of the Investment Manager serve as sub-advisers (together, the “Allianz Closed-End Funds”); and Allianz Global Investors Managed Accounts Trust, Allianz Funds Multi-Strategy Trust and Premier Multi-Series VIT (together with the Fund and the Allianz Closed-End Funds, the “Allianz Managed Funds”).

Each of the Allianz Managed Funds is expected to hold joint meetings of their Boards of Trustees whenever possible. Each Trustee, other than any Trustee who is a director, officer, partner or employee of the Investment Manager, PIMCO, or any entity controlling, controlled by or under common control with the Investment Manager or PIMCO, receives annual compensation of $250,000, which is payable quarterly. The Independent Chairman of the Boards receives an additional $75,000 per year, payable quarterly. The Audit Oversight Committee chairman receives an additional $50,000 per year, payable quarterly. Trustees will also be reimbursed for meeting-related expenses.

Each Trustee’s compensation and other costs of joint meetings is allocated pro rata among the Allianz Managed Funds for which such Trustee serves as trustee based on the complexity of issues relating to each such Fund and relative time spent by the Trustees in addressing them, and secondarily, on each such Fund’s relative net assets (including assets attributable to any outstanding preferred shares issued by an Allianz Closed-End Fund).

Trustees do not currently receive any pension or retirement benefits from the Fund or the Fund Complex.

It is estimated that the Trustees will receive the amounts set forth in the following table from the Fund for its initial fiscal year ending December 31, 2013. For the calendar year ended December 31, 2012, the Independent Trustees received the compensation set forth in the table below for serving as trustees of the funds in the same “Fund Complex” as the Fund. Each officer and each Trustee who is a director, officer, partner, member or employee of the Investment Manager or the Sub-Adviser, or of any entity controlling, controlled by or under common control with the Investment Manager or the Sub-Adviser serves without any compensation from the Fund.

 

77


Table of Contents

Name of Trustee

   Aggregate
compensation
from the Fund
for the Fiscal
Year Ended
December 31,
2013*
     Pension or
Retirement
Benefits Accrued
as Part of Fund
Expenses
   Estimated Annual
Benefits Upon
Retirement
   Total Compensation
from the Fund
Complex Paid to the
Trustees for the
Calendar Year Ending
December 31, 2012
 

Trustees

           

Deborah A. DeCotis

   $ 3,690       N/A    N/A    $ 250,000   

Bradford K. Gallagher

   $ 3,690       N/A    N/A    $ 250,000   

James A. Jacobson

   $ 4,428       N/A    N/A    $ 300,000   

Hans W. Kertess

   $ 4,797       N/A    N/A    $ 325,000   

Interested Trustees

           

William B. Ogden, IV

   $ 3,690       N/A    N/A    $ 250,000   

Alan Rappaport

   $ 3,690       N/A    N/A    $ 250,000   

 

* Since the Fund has not completed its first full fiscal year, compensation is estimated based upon future payments to be made by the Fund during its initial fiscal year and upon estimated relative net assets of the Allianz Managed Funds for which the particular Trustee serves.

The Fund has no employees. Its officers and Mr. Maney are compensated by the Investment Manager and/or PIMCO and/or their affiliates.

Codes of Ethics

The Fund, the Investment Manager and PIMCO have each adopted a separate code of ethics governing personal trading activities of, as applicable, all Trustees and officers of the Fund, and directors, officers and employees of the Investment Manager and PIMCO, who, in connection with their regular functions, play a role in the recommendation of any purchase or sale of a security by the Fund or obtain information pertaining to such purchase or sale or who have the power to influence the management or policies of the Fund, the Investment Manager or PIMCO, as applicable. Such persons are prohibited from effecting certain transactions, allowed to effect certain exempt transactions (including with respect to securities that may be purchased or held by the Fund), and are required to preclear certain security transactions with the applicable compliance officer or his designee and to report certain transactions on a regular basis. The Fund, the Investment Manager and PIMCO have each developed procedures for administration of their respective codes. Text-only versions of the codes of ethics can be viewed online or downloaded from the EDGAR Database on the SEC’s internet Web site at www.sec.gov. You may also review and copy those documents by visiting the SEC’s Public Reference Room in Washington, DC, information on the operation of which may be obtained by calling 1-800-551-8090. Copies may be obtained, after paying a duplicating fee, by electronic request to publicinfo@sec.gov, or by writing the SEC’s Public Reference Section, Washington, DC 20549-0102.

INVESTMENT MANAGER AND SUB-ADVISER

Investment Manager

Allianz Global Investors Fund Management LLC (as previously defined, the “Investment Manager”) serves as investment manager to the Fund pursuant to an investment management agreement (the “Investment Management Agreement”) between it and the Fund.

The Investment Manager is a wholly-owned indirect subsidiary of Allianz Asset Management of America L.P. (“Allianz”). Allianz was organized as a limited partnership under Delaware law in 1987. Allianz’s sole general partner is Allianz Asset Management of America LLC. Allianz

 

78


Table of Contents

Asset Management of America LLC has three members, Allianz of America, Inc. (“Allianz of America”), a Delaware corporation that owns a 99.8% non-managing interest, Allianz Asset Management Aktiengesellschaft, a German Company that owns a 0.1% non-managing interest, and Allianz Asset Management of America Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation that owns a 0.1% managing interest. Allianz of America is a wholly-owned indirect subsidiary of Allianz SE. Allianz Asset Management of America Holdings Inc. is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Allianz Asset Management Aktiengesellschaft, which is an indirect subsidiary of Allianz SE. Allianz SE indirectly holds a controlling interest in Allianz. Allianz SE is a European-based, multinational insurance and financial services holding company. As of the date of this Statement of Additional Information, there are currently no significant institutional shareholders of Allianz SE. The address for Allianz, Allianz Asset Management of America LLC and Allianz Asset Management of America Holdings Inc. is 680 Newport Center Drive, Suite 250, Newport Beach, California 92660. The address for Allianz Asset Management Aktiengesellschaft is Seidlstrasse, 24-24a, D-80335, Munich, Germany. Allianz SE’s address is Koeniginstrasse 28, D-80802, Munich, Germany.

The general partner of Allianz has substantially delegated its management and control of Allianz to a Management Board.

The Investment Manager is located at 1633 Broadway, New York, NY 10019. The Investment Manager had approximately $49 billion in assets under management as of December 31, 2012.

The Investment Manager, subject to the supervision of the Board of Trustees, is responsible for managing, either directly or through others selected by the Investment Manager, the investments of the Fund. The Investment Manager also furnishes to the Board of Trustees periodic reports on the investment performance of the Fund. As more fully discussed below, the Investment Manager has retained its affiliate, PIMCO, to serve as the Fund’s sub-adviser.

Investment Management Agreement

Under the terms of the Investment Management Agreement, subject to such policies as the Trustees of the Fund may determine, the Investment Manager, at its expense, will furnish continuously an investment program for the Fund and will make investment decisions on behalf of the Fund and place all orders for the purchase and sale of portfolio securities subject always to

 

79


Table of Contents

the Fund’s investment objectives, policies and restrictions; provided that, so long as the Investment Manager retains one or more sub-advisers for the Fund, the Investment Manager’s obligation under the Investment Management Agreement with respect to the Fund is, subject always to the control of the Trustees, to determine and review with the Sub-Adviser the investment policies of the Fund.

Subject to the control of the Trustees, the Investment Manager also manages, supervises and conducts the other affairs and business of the Fund, furnishes office space and equipment, provides bookkeeping and certain clerical services (excluding determination of the net asset value of the Fund, shareholder accounting services and the accounting services for the Fund) and pays all salaries, fees and expenses of officers and Trustees of the Fund who are affiliated with the Investment Manager. The Investment Manager has, at its own expense, retained State Street Bank and Trust Company to perform certain administrative services for the Fund and may retain affiliates to provide other administrative service. As indicated under “Portfolio Transactions—Brokerage and Research Services,” the Fund’s portfolio transactions may be placed with broker-dealers which furnish the Investment Manager and PIMCO, without cost, certain research, statistical and quotation services of value to them or their respective affiliates in advising the Fund or their other clients. In so doing, the Fund may incur greater brokerage commissions and other transactions costs than it might otherwise pay.

Pursuant to the Investment Management Agreement, the Fund has agreed to pay the Investment Manager an annual management fee, payable on a monthly basis, at the annual rate of 1.15% of the Fund’s average daily total managed assets for the services and facilities it provides. “Total managed assets” means the total assets of the Fund (including assets attributable to any reverse repurchase agreements, dollar rolls, borrowings and preferred shares that may be outstanding) minus accrued liabilities (other than liabilities representing reverse repurchase agreements, dollar rolls and borrowings). For purposes of calculating “total managed assets,” the liquidation preference of any preferred shares outstanding is not considered a liability. By way of clarification, with respect to any reverse repurchase agreement, dollar roll or similar transaction, “total managed assets” include any proceeds from the sale of an asset of the Fund to a counterparty in such a transaction, in addition to the value of the underlying asset as of the relevant measuring date. All fees and expenses are accrued daily and deducted before payment of dividends to investors.

Except as otherwise described in the Prospectus, the Fund pays, in addition to the investment management fee described above, all expenses not assumed by the Investment Manager, including, without limitation, fees and expenses of Trustees who are not “interested persons” of the Investment Manager or the Fund, interest charges, taxes, brokerage commissions, expenses of issue of shares, fees and expenses of registering and qualifying the Fund and its classes of shares for distribution under federal and state laws and regulations, charges of custodians, auditing and legal expenses, expenses of determining net asset value of the Fund, reports to shareholders, expenses of meetings of shareholders, expenses of printing and mailing prospectuses, proxy statements and proxies to existing shareholders, and its proportionate share of insurance premiums and professional association dues or assessments. The Fund is also responsible for such nonrecurring expenses as may arise, including litigation in which the Fund

 

80


Table of Contents

may be a party, and other expenses as determined by the Trustees. The Fund may have an obligation to indemnify its officers and Trustees with respect to such litigation.

Because the Fund is newly organized, no fees were paid to the Investment Management pursuant to the Investment Management Agreement in any prior fiscal year.

Sub-Adviser

PIMCO, an affiliate of the Investment Manager, serves as sub-adviser for the Fund pursuant to a portfolio management agreement (the “Portfolio Management Agreement”) between PIMCO and the Investment Manager. PIMCO, a Delaware limited liability company provides investment management and advisory services to private accounts of institutional and individual clients and to mutual funds. PIMCO is a majority owned subsidiary of Allianz Asset Management of America L.P. with minority interests held by PIMCO Partners, LLC, a California limited liability company. PIMCO Partners, LLC is owned by the current managing directors and executive management of PIMCO. As further described above, through various holding company structures, Allianz Asset Management of America L.P. is majority-owned by Allianz SE.

Portfolio Management Agreement

Under the Portfolio Management Agreement, subject always to the control of the Trustees and the supervision of the Investment Manager, PIMCO’s obligation is to furnish continuously an investment program for the Fund, to make investment decisions on behalf of the Fund and to place all orders for the purchase and sale of portfolio securities and all other investments for the Fund.

The Investment Manager (and not the Fund) pays a portion of the fees it receives under the Investment Management Agreement to PIMCO in return for PIMCO’s services. The fee is currently paid monthly at the annual rate of 1.025% of the Fund’s average daily total managed assets.

Because the Fund is newly organized, no fees were paid to PIMCO pursuant to the Portfolio Management Agreement in any prior fiscal year.

PIMCO is located at 840 Newport Center Drive, Newport Beach, California 92660. PIMCO had approximately $2 trillion of assets under management as of December 31, 2012.

Certain Terms of the Investment Management and Portfolio Management Agreements

The Investment Management Agreement and the Portfolio Management Agreement are subject to the approval of the Trustees of the Fund (including all of the Trustees who are not “interested persons of the Investment Manager or PIMCO). The Investment Management Agreement and Portfolio Management Agreement will each continue in force with respect to the Fund for two years from their respective dates, and from year to year thereafter, but only so long as their continuance is approved at least annually by (i) vote, cast in person at a meeting called for that

 

81


Table of Contents

purpose, of a majority of those Trustees who are not “interested persons” of the Investment Manager, PIMCO or the Fund, and (ii) the majority vote of either the full Board of Trustees or the vote of a majority of the outstanding shares of all classes of the Fund. Each of the Investment Management Agreement and Portfolio Management Agreement automatically terminates on assignment. The Investment Management Agreement may be terminated on not less than 60 days’ notice by the Investment Manager to the Fund or by the Fund to the Investment Manager. The Portfolio Management Agreement may be terminated on not less than 60 days’ notice by the Investment Manager to PIMCO or by PIMCO to the Investment Manager, or by the Fund at any time by notice to the Investment Manager and PIMCO.

The Investment Management Agreement and the Portfolio Management Agreement each provide that the Investment Manager or PIMCO, as applicable, shall not be subject to any liability in connection with the performance of its services thereunder in the absence of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of its obligations and duties.

Portfolio Managers

Other Accounts Managed. Messrs. Seidner, Kiesel, Murata and Devabhaktuni and Ms. MacLean also manage the other registered investment companies, other pooled investment vehicles and/or other accounts indicated below. The following table identifies, as of November 30, 2012: (i) the number of registered investment companies, pooled investment vehicles and other accounts managed by the portfolio managers; and (ii) the total assets of such companies, vehicles and accounts, and the number and total assets of such companies, vehicles and accounts with respect to which the advisory fee is based on performance.

 

     Total
Number of
Accounts
     Total Assets
of All
Accounts
(in $millions)
     Number of
Accounts
Paying a
Performance
Fee
     Total Assets of
Accounts Paying a
Performance Fee
(in $millions)
 

Marc P. Seidner

           

Registered Investment Companies

     2         3,636.04         0         0.00   

Other Pooled Investment Vehicles

     2         102.75         0         0.00   

Other Accounts

     104         31,052.94         11         4,639.00   

Mark R. Kiesel

           

Registered Investment Companies

     9         36,747.29         0         0.00   

Other Pooled Investment Vehicles

     27         40,667.98         5         394.65   

Other Accounts

     128         55,564.79         12         5,281.40   

Alfred T. Murata

           

Registered Investment Companies

     1         37.81         0         0.00   

Other Pooled Investment Vehicles

     2         2,048.95         0         0.00   

Other Accounts

     3         436.72         0         0.00   

Sai S. Devabhaktuni

           

Registered Investment Companies

     0         0.00         0         0.00   

Other Pooled Investment Vehicles

     0         0.00         0         0.00   

Other Accounts

     4         22.36         0         0.00   

Elizabeth MacLean

           

Registered Investment Companies

     2         1,951.62         0         0.00   

Other Pooled Investment Vehicles

     2         723.48         0         0.00   

Other Accounts

     10         1,827.14         0         0.00   

 

82


Table of Contents

Conflicts of Interest

From time to time, potential and actual conflicts of interest may arise between a portfolio manager’s management of the investments of the Fund, on the one hand, and the management of other accounts, on the other. Potential and actual conflicts of interest may also arise as a result of PIMCO’s other business activities and PIMCO’s possession of material non-public information about an issuer. Other accounts managed by a portfolio manager might have similar investment objectives or strategies as the Fund, track the same index the Fund tracks or otherwise hold, purchase, or sell securities that are eligible to be held, purchased or sold by the Fund. The other accounts might also have different investment objectives or strategies than the Fund.

Knowledge and Timing of Fund Trades. A potential conflict of interest may arise as a result of the portfolio manager’s day-to-day management of the Fund. Because of his or her position with the Fund, a portfolio manager knows the size, timing and possible market impact of the Fund’s trades. It is theoretically possible that the portfolio manager could use this information to the advantage of other accounts he or she manages and to the possible detriment of the Fund.

Investment Opportunities. A potential conflict of interest may arise as a result of the portfolio manager’s management of a number of accounts with varying investment guidelines. Often, an investment opportunity may be suitable for both the Fund and other accounts managed by the portfolio manager, but may not be available in sufficient quantities for both the Fund and the other accounts to participate fully. Similarly, there may be limited opportunity to sell an investment held by the Fund and another account. PIMCO has adopted policies and procedures reasonably designed to allocate investment opportunities on a fair and equitable basis over time.

Under PIMCO’s allocation procedures, investment opportunities are allocated among various investment strategies based on individual account investment guidelines and PIMCO’s investment outlook. PIMCO has also adopted additional procedures to complement the general trade allocation policy that are designed to address potential conflicts of interest due to the side-by-side management of the Fund and certain pooled investment vehicles, including investment opportunity allocation issues.

 

83


Table of Contents

Conflicts potentially limiting the Fund’s investment opportunities may also arise when the Fund and other PIMCO clients invest in different parts of an issuer’s capital structure, such as when the Fund owns senior debt obligations of an issuer and other clients own junior tranches of the same issuer. In such circumstances, decisions over whether to trigger an event of default, over the terms of any workout, or how to exit an investment may result in conflicts of interest. In order to minimize such conflicts, a portfolio manager may avoid certain investment opportunities that would potentially give rise to conflicts with other PIMCO clients or PIMCO may enact internal procedures designed to minimize such conflicts, which could have the effect of limiting the Fund’s investment opportunities. Additionally, if PIMCO acquires material non-public confidential information in connection with its business activities for other clients, a portfolio manager may be restricted from purchasing securities or selling securities for the Fund. When making investment decisions where a conflict of interest may arise, PIMCO will endeavor to act in a fair and equitable manner as between the Fund and other clients; however, in certain instances the resolution of the conflict may result in PIMCO acting on behalf of another client in a manner that may not be in the best interest, or may be opposed to the best interest, of the Fund.

Performance Fees. A portfolio manager may advise certain accounts with respect to which the advisory fee is based entirely or partially on performance. Performance fee arrangements may create a conflict of interest for the portfolio manager in that the portfolio manager may have an incentive to allocate the investment opportunities that he or she believes might be the most profitable to such other accounts instead of allocating them to the Fund. PIMCO has adopted policies and procedures reasonably designed to allocate investment opportunities between the Fund and such other accounts on a fair and equitable basis over time.

Broad and Wide-Ranging Activities. The portfolio managers, the Investment Manager, PIMCO and their affiliates engage in a broad spectrum of activities. In the ordinary course of their business activities, the portfolio managers, the Investment Manager, PIMCO and their affiliates may engage in activities where the interests of certain divisions of the Investment Manager, PIMCO and their affiliates or the interests of their clients may conflict with the interests of the shareholders of the Fund.

Possible Future Activities. The Investment Manager, PIMCO and their affiliates may expand the range of services that they provide over time. Except as provided herein, the Investment Manager, PIMCO and their affiliates will not be restricted in the scope of their business or in the performance of any such services (whether now offered or undertaken in the future) even if such activities could give rise to conflicts of interest, and whether or not such conflicts are described herein. The Investment Manager, PIMCO and their affiliates have, and will continue to develop, relationships with a significant number of companies, financial sponsors and their senior managers, including relationships with clients who may hold or may have held investments similar to those intended to be made by the Fund. These clients may themselves represent appropriate investment opportunities for the Fund or may compete with the Fund for investment opportunities.

Use of Leverage. During periods in which the Fund is using leverage, the fees paid to the Investment Manager and PIMCO for investment advisory services, which may directly or indirectly affect the portfolio managers’ compensation, will be higher than if the Fund did not

 

84


Table of Contents

use leverage because the fees paid will be calculated on the basis of the Fund’s total managed assets, including assets attributable to reverse repurchase agreements, dollar rolls borrowings, and any preferred shares that may be outstanding, which may create an incentive for a portfolio manager to leverage the Fund or to leverage using strategies that increase the Investment Manager’s and PIMCO’s fees.

Portfolio Manager Compensation

PIMCO has adopted a Total Compensation Plan for its professional level employees, including its portfolio managers, that is designed to pay competitive compensation and reward performance, integrity and teamwork consistent with the firm’s mission statement. The Total Compensation Plan includes an incentive component that rewards high performance standards, work ethic and consistent individual and team contributions to the firm. The compensation of portfolio managers consists of a base salary, discretionary performance bonus, and may include an equity or long term incentive component.

Certain employees of PIMCO, including portfolio managers, may elect to defer compensation through PIMCO’s deferred compensation plan. PIMCO also offers its employees a non-contributory defined contribution plan through which PIMCO makes a contribution based on the employee’s compensation. PIMCO’s contribution rate increases at a specified compensation level, which is a level that would include portfolio managers.

The Total Compensation Plan consists of three components:

 

   

Base Salary – Base salary is determined based on core job responsibilities, positions/levels and market factors. Base salary levels are reviewed annually, when there is a significant change in job responsibilities or a significant change in the market. Base salary is paid in regular installments throughout the year and payment dates are in line with local practice.

 

   

Performance Bonus – Performance bonuses are designed to reward individual performance. Each professional and his or her supervisor will agree upon performance objectives to serve as a basis for performance evaluation during the year. The objectives will outline individual goals according to pre-established measures of the group or department success. Achievement against these goals as measured by the employee and supervisor will be an important, but not exclusive, element of the Compensation Committee’s bonus decision process. Final award amounts are determined at the discretion of the Compensation Committee and will also consider firm performance.

 

   

Equity or Long Term Incentive Compensation  – Equity allows key professionals to participate in the long-term growth of the firm. This program provides mid to senior level employees with the potential to acquire an equity stake in PIMCO over their careers and to better align employee incentives with the firm’s long-term results. These options vest over a number of years and may convert into PIMCO equity which shares in the profit distributions of the firm. M Units are non-voting common equity of PIMCO and provide a mechanism for individuals to build a significant equity stake in PIMCO over time. Employees who reach a total compensation threshold are delivered their annual compensation in a mix of cash and option awards. PIMCO incorporates a progressive allocation of option awards as a percentage of total compensation which is in line with market practices.

 

85


Table of Contents

In certain countries with significant tax implications for employees who participate in the M Unit Option Plan, PIMCO continues to use the Long Term Incentive Plan (“LTIP”) in place of the M Unit Option Plan. The LTIP provides cash awards that appreciate or depreciate based upon PIMCO’s performance over a three-year period. The aggregate amount available for distribution to participants is based upon PIMCO’s profit growth.

Participation in the M Unit Option Plan and LTIP is contingent upon continued employment at PIMCO.

In addition, the following non-exclusive list of qualitative criteria may be considered when specifically determining the total compensation for portfolio managers:

 

   

3-year, 2-year and 1-year dollar-weighted and account-weighted, pre-tax investment performance as judged against the applicable benchmarks for each account managed by a portfolio manager (including the Fund) and relative to applicable industry peer groups;

 

   

Appropriate risk positioning that is consistent with PIMCO’s investment philosophy and the Investment Committee/CIO approach to the generation of alpha;

 

   

Amount and nature of assets managed by the portfolio manager;

 

   

Consistency of investment performance across portfolios of similar mandate and guidelines (reward low dispersion);

 

   

Generation and contribution of investment ideas in the context of PIMCO’s secular and cyclical forums, portfolio strategy meetings, Investment Committee meetings, and on a day-to-day basis;

 

   

Absence of defaults and price defaults for issues in the portfolios managed by the portfolio manager;

 

   

Contributions to asset retention, gathering and client satisfaction;

 

   

Contributions to mentoring, coaching and/or supervising; and

 

   

Personal growth and skills added.

A portfolio manager’s compensation is not based directly on the performance of any fund or any other account managed by that portfolio manager.

Profit Sharing Plan . Instead of a bonus, portfolio managers who are Managing Directors of PIMCO receive compensation from a non-qualified profit sharing plan consisting of a portion of PIMCO’s net profits. Portfolio managers who are Managing Directors receive an amount

 

86


Table of Contents

determined by the Partner Compensation Committee, based upon an individual’s overall contribution to the firm.

Securities Ownership

Because the Fund is newly organized, currently no shares of the Fund are owned by Fund portfolio management. Certain portfolio managers and other officers and employees of the Sub-Adviser and its affiliates and their relatives (the “affiliated purchasers”) may purchase Common Shares at the offering price of $25 per Common Share.

Proxy Voting Policies

The policies and procedures that the Fund uses to determine how to vote proxies relating to portfolio securities have been included as Appendix A. Summary descriptions of the proxy voting policies and procedures of Allianz Global Fund Management and PIMCO are also included in Appendix A.

Information about how the Fund voted proxies relating to portfolio securities held during the most recent twelve month period ended June 30th will be made available without charge, upon request, by calling the Fund’s shareholder servicing agent at (800) 254-5197, on the Fund’s website at http://www.allianzinvestors.com/closedendfunds and on the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov.

PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS

Investment Decisions and Portfolio Transactions

Investment decisions for the Fund and for the other investment advisory clients of the Investment Manager and PIMCO are made with a view to achieving their respective investment objectives. Investment decisions are the product of many factors in addition to basic suitability for the particular client involved (including the Fund). Some securities considered for investments by the Fund also may be appropriate for other clients served by the Investment Manager and PIMCO. Thus, a particular security may be bought or sold for certain clients even though it could have been bought or sold for other clients at the same time, including accounts in which the Investment Manager, PIMCO, their affiliates and their employees may have a financial interest. If a purchase or sale of securities consistent with the investment policies of the Fund and one or more of these clients served by the Investment Manager or PIMCO is considered at or about the same time, transactions in such securities will be allocated among the Fund and other clients pursuant to the Investment Manager’s or PIMCO’s trade allocation policy, as applicable, that is designed to ensure that all accounts, including the Fund, are treated fairly, equitably, and in a non-preferential manner, such that allocations are not based upon fee structure or portfolio manager preference. The Investment Manager or PIMCO may acquire on behalf of its clients

 

87


Table of Contents

(including the Fund) securities or other financial instruments providing exposure to different aspects of the capital and debt structure of an issuer, including without limitation those that relate to senior and junior/subordinate obligations of such issuer. In certain circumstances, the interests of those clients exposed to one portion of the issuer’s capital and debt structure may diverge from those clients exposed to a different portion of the issuer’s capital and debt structure. The Investment Manager or PIMCO may advise some clients or take actions for them in their best interests with respect to their exposures to an issuer’s capital and debt structure that may diverge from the interests of other clients with different exposures to the same issuer’s capital and debt structure.

The Investment Manager or PIMCO may aggregate orders for the Fund with simultaneous transactions entered into on behalf of its other clients when, in its reasonable judgment, aggregation may result in an overall economic benefit to the Fund and the other clients in terms of pricing, brokerage commissions or other expenses. When feasible, PIMCO allocates trades prior to execution. When pre-execution allocation is not feasible, PIMCO promptly allocates trades following established and objective procedures. Allocations generally are made at or about the time of execution and before the end of the trading day. As a result, one account may receive a price for a particular transaction that is different from the price received by another account for a similar transaction on the same day. In general, trades are allocated among portfolio managers on a pro rata basis (to the extent a portfolio manager decides to participate fully in the trade), for further allocation by each portfolio manager among that manager’s eligible accounts. In allocating trades among accounts, portfolio managers generally consider a number of factors, including, but not limited to, each account’s deviation (in terms of risk exposure and/or performance characteristics) from a relevant model portfolio, each account’s investment objectives, restrictions and guidelines, its risk exposure, its available cash, and its existing holdings of similar securities. Once trades are allocated, they may be reallocated only in unusual circumstances due to recognition of specific account restrictions. In some cases, the Investment Manager or PIMCO may sell a security on behalf of a client, including the Fund, to a broker-dealer that thereafter may be purchased for the accounts of one or more other clients, including the Fund, from that or another broker-dealer. The Investment Manager and PIMCO have adopted procedures they believe are reasonably designed to obtain the best execution for the transactions by each account.

Brokerage and Research Services

There is generally no stated commission in the case of fixed-income securities, which are traded in the over-the-counter markets, but the price paid by the Fund usually includes an undisclosed dealer commission or mark-up. In underwritten offerings, the price paid by the Fund includes a disclosed, fixed commission or discount retained by the underwriter or dealer. Transactions on U.S. stock exchanges and other agency transactions involve the payment by the Fund of negotiated brokerage commissions. Such commissions vary among different brokers. Also, a particular broker may charge different commissions according to such factors as the difficulty and size of the transaction. Transactions in foreign securities generally involve the payment of fixed brokerage commissions, which are generally higher than those in the United States.

 

88


Table of Contents

Subject to the supervision of the Investment Manager, PIMCO places all orders for the purchase and sale of portfolio securities, options, futures contracts, swap agreements and other instruments for the Fund and buys and sells such securities, options, futures, swap agreements and other instruments for the Fund through a substantial number of brokers and dealers. In so doing, PIMCO uses its best efforts to obtain for the Fund the best execution available. In seeking best execution, PIMCO, having in mind the Fund’s best interests, considers all factors it deems relevant, including, by way of illustration, price, the size of the transaction, the nature of the market for the security, the amount of the commission, the timing of the transaction taking into account market prices and trends, the reputation, experience and financial stability of the broker-dealer involved and the quality of service rendered by the broker-dealer in other transactions.

Because the Fund is newly-organized, it did not pay any brokerage commissions in a prior fiscal year.

Subject to the supervision of the Investment Manager, PIMCO places orders for the purchase and sale of portfolio investments for the Fund’s account with brokers or dealers selected by it in its discretion. In effecting purchases and sales of portfolio securities for the account of the Fund, PIMCO will seek the best execution of the Fund’s orders. In doing so, the Fund may pay higher commission rates than the lowest available when PIMCO believes it is reasonable to do so in light of the value of the brokerage and research services provided by the broker effecting the transaction, as discussed below.

It has for many years been a common practice in the investment advisory business for advisers of investment companies and other institutional investors to receive research services from broker-dealers that execute portfolio transactions for the clients of such advisers. Consistent with this practice, PIMCO may receive research services from many broker-dealers with which PIMCO places the Fund’s portfolio transactions. PIMCO also may receive research or research related credits from brokers that are generated from underwriting commissions when purchasing new issues of fixed-income securities or other assets for the Fund. These services, which in some cases also may be purchased for cash, include such matters as general economic and security market reviews, industry and company reviews, evaluations of securities and recommendations as to the purchase and sale of securities. Such information may be provided in the form of meetings with analysts, telephone contacts and written materials. Some of these services are of value to PIMCO in advising various of its clients (including the Fund), although not all of these services are necessarily useful and of value in managing the Fund. Neither the management fee paid by the Fund to the Investment Manager nor the portfolio management fee paid by the Investment Manager to PIMCO is reduced in the event that PIMCO and its affiliates received such services. Although PIMCO considers the research products and services it receives from broker-dealers to be supplemental to its own internal research, PIMCO would likely incur additional costs if it had to generate these research products and services through its own efforts or if it paid for these products or services itself.

As permitted by Section 28(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, PIMCO may cause the Fund to pay a broker-dealer that provides “brokerage and research services” (as defined in such Act) to PIMCO an amount of disclosed commission or spread for effecting a securities

 

89


Table of Contents

transaction for the Fund in excess of the commission or spread which another broker-dealer would have charged for effecting that transaction.

As noted above, PIMCO may purchase new issues of securities for the Fund in underwritten fixed price offerings. In these situations, the underwriter or selling group member may provide PIMCO with research in addition to selling the securities (at the fixed public offering price) to the Fund or other advisory clients. Because the offerings are conducted at a fixed price, the ability to obtain research from a broker-dealer in this situation provides knowledge that may benefit the Fund, other PIMCO clients, and PIMCO without incurring additional costs. These arrangements may not fall within the safe harbor of Section 28(e) because the broker-dealer is considered to be acting in a principal capacity in underwritten transactions. However, FINRA has adopted rules expressly permitting broker-dealers to provide bona fide research to advisers in connection with fixed price offerings under certain circumstances. As a general matter in these situations, the underwriter or selling group member will provide research credits at a rate that is higher than that which is available for secondary market transactions.

PIMCO may place orders for the purchase and sale of portfolio securities with a broker-dealer that is an affiliate of the Investment Manager or PIMCO where, in the judgment of the Investment Manager or PIMCO, such firm will be able to obtain a price and execution at least as favorable as other qualified broker-dealers. Pursuant to applicable sections under the 1940 Act, a broker-dealer that is an affiliate of the Investment Manager or PIMCO may receive and retain compensation for effecting portfolio transactions for the Fund if the commissions paid to such an affiliated broker-dealer by the Fund do not exceed applicable 1940 Act limitations.

SEC rules further require that commissions paid to such an affiliated broker dealer, the Investment Manager or PIMCO by the Fund on exchange transactions not exceed “usual and customary brokerage commissions.” The rules define “usual and customary” commissions to include amounts which are “reasonable and fair compared to the commission, fee or other remuneration received or to be received by other brokers in connection with comparable transactions involving similar securities being purchased or sold on a securities exchange during a comparable period of time.”

Since the securities in which the Fund will invest consist primarily of fixed income securities, which are generally not subject to stated brokerage commissions, as described above, the Fund’s anticipated investments in securities subject to stated commissions are expected to generally constitute a small percentage of the aggregate dollar amount of the Fund’s transactions.

The Fund is newly-organized and did not pay any commissions to affiliated brokers in a prior fiscal year.

References to PIMCO in this section would apply equally to the Investment Manager if the Investment Manager were to assume portfolio management responsibilities for the Fund and place orders for the purchase and sale of the Fund’s portfolio investments.

 

90


Table of Contents

Holdings of Securities of the Fund’s Regular Brokers and Dealers

The Fund is newly-organized and did not acquire or hold any securities of its regular broker-dealers in a prior fiscal year.

DISTRIBUTIONS

See “Distributions” in the Prospectus for information relating to distributions to Fund shareholders.

DESCRIPTION OF SHARES

Common Shares

The Declaration authorizes the issuance of an unlimited number of Common Shares. The Common Shares will be issued with a par value of $0.00001 per share. All Common Shares of the Fund have equal rights as to the payment of dividends and the distribution of assets upon liquidation of the Fund. The Common Shares will, when issued, be fully paid and, subject to matters discussed in “Anti-Takeover and Other Provisions in the Declaration of Trust—Shareholder Liability” below, non-assessable, and will have no pre-emptive or conversion rights or rights to cumulative voting.

The listing of the Fund’s Common Shares on the NYSE has been approved, subject to notice of issuance. The Fund intends to hold annual meetings of shareholders so long as the Common Shares are listed on a national securities exchange and such meetings are required as a condition to such listing.

Shares of closed-end investment companies may frequently trade on an exchange at prices lower than net asset value, although they have during some periods traded at prices equal to or higher than net asset value. There can be no assurance that Common Shares or shares of other similar funds will trade at a price equal to a higher than net asset value in the future. Net asset value will be reduced immediately following the offering of Common Shares after payment of the sales load and payment or reimbursement of offering expenses. Net asset value fluctuations are expected to be greater if the Fund has a leveraged capital structure. Whether investors will realize gains or losses upon the sale of Common Shares will not depend upon the Fund’s net asset value but will depend entirely upon whether the market price of the Common Shares at the time of sale is above or below the original purchase price for the shares. Since the market price of the Fund’s Common Shares will be determined by factors beyond the control of the Fund, the Fund cannot predict whether the Common Shares will trade at, below or above net asset value or at, below or above the initial public offering price. Accordingly, the Common Shares are designed primarily for long-term investors, and investors in the Common Shares should not view the Fund as a vehicle for trading purposes.

 

91


Table of Contents

ANTI-TAKEOVER AND OTHER PROVISIONS IN THE DECLARATION OF TRUST

Shareholder Liability

Under Massachusetts law, shareholders could, under certain circumstances, be held personally liable for the obligations of the Fund. However, the Declaration contains an express disclaimer of shareholder liability for acts or obligations of the Fund and requires that notice of such limited liability be given in each agreement, obligation or instrument entered into or executed by the Fund or the Trustees. The Declaration also provides for indemnification out of the Fund’s assets and property for all loss and expense of any shareholder held personally liable on account of being or having been a shareholder. Thus, the risk of a shareholder incurring financial loss on account of shareholder liability should be limited to circumstances in which such disclaimer is inoperative or the Fund is unable to meet its obligations, and thus should be considered remote.

Anti-Takeover Provisions

As described below, the Declaration includes provisions that could limit the ability of other entities or persons to acquire control of the Fund, convert the Fund to open-end status or to change the composition of its Board of Trustees, and could have the effect of depriving shareholders of opportunities to sell their shares at a premium over prevailing market prices by discouraging a third party from seeking to obtain control of the Fund.

The Fund’s Trustees are divided into three classes (Class I, Class II and Class III), having initial terms of one, two and three years, respectively. At each annual meeting of shareholders, the term of one class will expire and each Trustee elected to that class will hold office until the third annual meeting thereafter. The classification of the Board of Trustees in this manner could delay for an additional year the replacement of a majority of the Board of Trustees. In addition, the Declaration provides that a Trustee may be removed only for cause and only (i) by action of at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the outstanding shares of the classes or series of shares entitled to vote for the election of such Trustee, or (ii) by written instrument, signed by at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the remaining Trustees, specifying the date when such removal shall become effective. Cause for these purposes shall require willful misconduct, dishonesty or fraud on the part of the Trustee in the conduct of his office or such Trustee being convicted of a felony.

Except as provided in the next paragraph, the affirmative vote or consent of at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the Board of Trustees and at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the holders of shares of the Fund outstanding and entitled to vote thereon are required to authorize any of the following transactions (each a “Material Transaction”): (1) a merger, consolidation or share exchange of the Fund or any series or class of shares of the Fund with or into any other person or company, or of any such person or company with or into the Fund or any such series or class of shares; (2) the issuance or transfer by the Fund or any series or class of shares (in one or a series of transactions in any twelve-month period) of any securities of the Fund or such series or class to any other person or entity for cash, securities or other property (or combination thereof) having an aggregate fair market value of $1,000,000 or more, excluding sales of securities of the Fund or such series or class in connection with a public offering, issuances of securities of the

 

92


Table of Contents

Fund or such series or class pursuant to a dividend reinvestment plan adopted by the Fund and issuances of securities of the Fund or such series or class upon the exercise of any stock subscription rights distributed by the Fund; or (3) a sale, lease, exchange, mortgage, pledge, transfer or other disposition by the Fund or any series or class of shares (in one or a series of transactions in any twelve-month period) to or with any person of any assets of the Fund or such series or class having an aggregate fair market value of $1,000,000 or more, except for transactions in securities effected by the Fund or such series or class in the ordinary course of its business. The same affirmative votes are required with respect to any shareholder proposal as to specific investment decisions made or to be made with respect to the Fund’s assets or the assets of any series or class of shares of the Fund. Notwithstanding the approval requirements specified in the preceding paragraph, the Declaration requires no vote or consent of the Fund’s shareholders to authorize a Material Transaction if the transaction is approved by a vote of both a majority of the Board of Trustees and seventy-five percent (75%) of the Continuing Trustees (as defined below), so long as all other conditions and requirements, if any, provided for in the Fund’s Bylaws and applicable law (including any shareholder voting rights under the 1940 Act) have been satisfied.

In addition, the Declaration provides that the Fund may be terminated at any time by vote or consent of at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the Fund’s shares entitled to vote or, alternatively, by vote or consent of both a majority of the Board of Trustees and seventy-five percent (75%) of the Continuing Trustees (as defined below) upon written notice to shareholders of the Fund.

In certain circumstances, the Declaration also imposes shareholder voting requirements that are more demanding than those required under the 1940 Act in order to authorize a conversion of the Fund from a closed-end to an open-end investment company. See “Repurchase of Common Shares; Conversion to Open-End Fund” below.

As noted, the voting provisions described above could have the effect of depriving Common Shareholders of an opportunity to sell their Common Shares at a premium over prevailing market prices by discouraging a third party from seeking to obtain control of the Fund in a tender offer or similar transaction. In the view of the Fund’s Board of Trustees, however, these provisions offer several possible advantages, including: (1) requiring persons seeking control of the Fund to negotiate with its management regarding the price to be paid for the amount of Common Shares required to obtain control; (2) promoting continuity and stability; and (3) enhancing the Fund’s ability to pursue long-term strategies that are consistent with its investment objectives and management policies. The Board of Trustees has determined that the voting requirements described above, which are generally greater than the minimum requirements under the 1940 Act, are in the best interests of the Fund’s Common Shareholders generally.

A “Continuing Trustee,” as used in the discussion above, is any member of the Fund’s Board of Trustees who either (i) has been a member of the Board for a period of at least thirty-six months (or since the commencement of the Fund’s operations, if less than thirty-six months) or (ii) was nominated to serve as a member of the Board of Trustees by a majority of the Continuing Trustees then members of the Board.

 

93


Table of Contents

The foregoing is intended only as a summary and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the Declaration and the Fund’s Bylaws, both of which have been filed as exhibits to the Fund’s registration statement on file with the SEC.

Liability of Trustees

The Declaration provides that the obligations of the Fund are not binding upon the Trustees of the Fund individually, but only upon the assets and property of the Fund, and that the Trustees shall not be liable for errors of judgment or mistakes of fact or law. Nothing in the Declaration, however, protects a Trustee against any liability to which he would otherwise be subject by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his office.

REPURCHASE OF COMMON SHARES; CONVERSION TO OPEN-END FUND

The Fund is a closed-end investment company and as such its shareholders will not have the right to cause the Fund to redeem their shares. Instead, the Fund’s Common Shares will trade in the open market at a price that will be a function of several factors, including dividend levels and stability (which will in turn be affected by dividend and interest payments by the Fund’s portfolio holdings, regulations affecting the timing and character of Fund’s distributions, Fund expenses and other factors), portfolio credit quality, liquidity, call protection, market supply and demand, and similar factors relating to the Fund’s portfolio holdings. Shares of a closed-end investment company may frequently trade at prices lower than net asset value. The Fund’s Board of Trustees will regularly monitor the relationship between the market price and net asset value of the Common Shares. If the Common Shares were to trade at a substantial discount to net asset value for an extended period of time, the Board may consider the repurchase of its Common Shares on the open market or in private transactions, the making of a tender offer for such shares or the conversion of the Fund to an open-end investment company. The Fund cannot assure you that the Board of Trustees will decide to take or propose any of these actions, or that share repurchases or tender offers will actually reduce any market discount. The Fund has no present intention to repurchase its Common Shares and would do so only in the circumstances described in this section.

Subject to its investment limitations, the Fund may borrow to finance the repurchase of shares or to make a tender offer. Interest on any borrowings to finance share repurchase transactions or the accumulation of cash by the Fund in anticipation of share repurchases or tenders will reduce the Fund’s net income. Any share repurchase, tender offer or borrowing that might be approved by the Board of Trustees would have to comply with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the 1940 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder.

The Fund’s Board of Trustees may also from time to time consider submitting to the holders of the shares of beneficial interest of the Fund a proposal to convert the Fund to an open-end investment company. In determining whether to exercise its sole discretion to submit this issue to shareholders, the Board of Trustees would consider all factors then relevant, including the

 

94


Table of Contents

relationship of the market price of the Common Shares to net asset value, the extent, if any, to which the Fund’s capital structure is leveraged and general market and economic conditions.

The Declaration requires the affirmative vote or consent of holders of at least seventy-five percent (75%) of each class of the Fund’s shares entitled to vote on the matter to authorize a conversion of the Fund from a closed-end investment company to an open-end investment company, unless the conversion is authorized by both a majority of the Board of Trustees and seventy-five percent (75%) of the Continuing Trustees (as defined above under “Anti-Takeover and Other Provisions in the Declaration of Trust–Anti-Takeover Provisions”). This seventy-five percent (75%) shareholder approval requirement is higher than is required under the 1940 Act. In the event that a conversion is approved by the Trustees and the Continuing Trustees as described above, the minimum shareholder vote required under the 1940 Act would be necessary to authorize the conversion. Currently, the 1940 Act would require approval of the holders of a “majority of the outstanding” Common Shares and, if issued, preferred shares voting together as a single class, and the holders of a “majority of the outstanding” preferred shares, if issued, voting as a separate class, in order to authorize a conversion.

If the Fund converted to an open-end company the Fund’s Common Shares likely would no longer be listed on the NYSE. In addition, if the Fund were to convert to an open-end company, it would likely have to significantly reduce any leverage it is then employing and would not be able to invest more than 15% of its net assets in illiquid securities, either or both of which may necessitate a substantial repositioning of the Fund’s investment portfolio, which may in turn generate substantial transaction costs, which would be borne by Common Shareholders, and may adversely affect Fund performance and Fund dividends. Shareholders of an open-end investment company may require the company to redeem their shares on any business day (except in certain circumstances as authorized by or under the 1940 Act) at their net asset value, less such redemption charge, if any, as might be in effect at the time of redemption. In order to avoid maintaining large cash positions or liquidating favorable investments to meet redemptions, open-end companies typically engage in a continuous offering of their shares. Open-end companies are thus subject to periodic asset in-flows and out-flows that can complicate portfolio management.

The repurchase by the Fund of its shares at prices below net asset value will result in an increase in the net asset value of those shares that remain outstanding. However, there can be no assurance that share repurchases or tenders at or below net asset value will result in the Fund’s shares trading at a price equal to their net asset value. Nevertheless, the fact that the Fund’s shares may be the subject of repurchase or tender offers at net asset value from time to time, or that the Fund may be converted to an open-end company, may reduce any spread between market price and net asset value that might otherwise exist.

In addition, a purchase by the Fund of its Common Shares will decrease the Fund’s total assets. This would likely have the effect of increasing the Fund’s expense ratio. Any purchase by the Fund of its Common Shares at a time when reverse repurchase agreements, borrowings, or preferred shares or other forms of leverage are outstanding will increase the leverage applicable to the outstanding Common Shares then remaining. See the Prospectus under “Principal Risks of the Fund–Leverage Risk.”

 

95


Table of Contents

Before deciding whether to take any action if the Fund’s Common Shares trade below net asset value, the Board of Trustees would consider all relevant factors, including the extent and duration of the discount, the liquidity of the Fund’s portfolio, the effect of any action that might be taken on the Fund or its shareholders and market considerations. Based on these considerations, even if the Fund’s Common Shares should trade at a discount, the Board of Trustees may determine that, in the interest of the Fund and its shareholders, no action should be taken.

TAX MATTERS

The following discussion of U.S. federal income tax consequences of an investment in Common Shares of the Fund is based on the Code, U.S. Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, and other applicable authority, as of the date of this Statement of Additional Information. These authorities may be changed, possibly with retroactive effect, or subject to new legislative, administrative, or judicial interpretation. The following discussion is only a summary of some of the important U.S. federal tax considerations generally applicable to investments in Common Shares of the Fund. This summary does not purport to be a complete description of the U.S. federal income tax considerations applicable to an investment in Common Shares of the Fund. There may be other U.S. federal income tax consequences applicable to particular shareholders. For example, except as otherwise specifically noted herein, we have not described certain tax considerations that may be relevant to certain types of holders subject to special treatment under the U.S. federal income tax laws, including shareholders subject to the U.S. federal alternative minimum tax, insurance companies, tax-exempt organizations, pension plans and trusts, regulated investment companies, dealers in securities, shareholders holding Common Shares through tax-advantaged accounts (such as 401(k) plans or individual retirement accounts), financial institutions, shareholders holding Common Shares as part of a hedge, straddle, or conversion transaction, entities that are not organized under the laws of the United States or a political subdivision thereof, and persons who are neither citizens nor residents of the United States. This summary assumes that investors hold Common Shares as capital assets (within the meaning of the Code). Shareholders should consult their own tax advisors regarding their particular situation and the possible application of U.S. federal, state, local, foreign or other tax laws.

Taxation of the Fund

The Fund intends to elect to be treated as a regulated investment company (“RIC”) under Subchapter M of the Code and intends each year to qualify and be eligible to be treated as such. In order to qualify for the special tax treatment accorded RICs and their shareholders, the Fund must, among other things: (i) derive at least 90% of its gross income in each taxable year from dividends, interest, payments with respect to certain securities loans, and gains from the sale or other disposition of stock, securities or foreign currencies, or other income (including, but not limited to, gains from options, futures or forward contracts) derived with respect to its business of investing in such stock, securities or currencies and net income derived from interests in “qualified publicly traded partnerships” (as defined below); (ii) diversify its holdings so that at the close of each quarter of the Fund’s taxable year, (a) at least 50% of the value of its total

 

96


Table of Contents

assets consists of cash and cash items (including receivables), U.S. Government securities, securities of other RICs, and other securities limited, with respect to any one issuer, to no more than 5% of the value of the Fund’s total assets and no more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer, and (b) not more than 25% of the value of the Fund’s total assets is invested in the securities (other than those of the U.S. Government or other RICs) of any one issuer or of two or more issuers that the Fund controls and that are engaged in the same, similar or related trades or businesses, or in the securities of one or more qualified publicly traded partnerships; and (iii) distribute with respect to each taxable year at least 90% of the sum of its investment company taxable income (as that term is defined in the Code, without regard to the deduction for dividends paid—generally, taxable ordinary income and the excess, if any, of net short-term capital gains over net long-term capital losses) and net tax-exempt income for such year.

In general, for purposes of the 90% gross income requirement described in (i) above, income derived from a partnership will be treated as qualifying income only to the extent such income is attributable to items of income of the partnership that would be qualifying income if realized directly by the RIC. However, 100% of the net income derived from an interest in a qualified publicly traded partnership (a partnership (a) the interests in which are traded on an established securities market or are readily tradable on a secondary market or the substantial equivalent thereof and (b) that derives less than 90% of its income from the qualifying income described in (i) above) will be treated as qualifying income. In general, such entities will be treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes because they meet the passive income requirement under Code Section 7704(c)(2). In addition, although in general the passive loss rules of the Code do not apply to RICs, such rules do apply to a RIC with respect to items attributable to an interest in a qualified publicly traded partnership.

For purposes of the diversification test described in (ii) above, the term “outstanding voting securities of such issuer” will include the equity securities of a qualified publicly traded partnership. Also, for purposes of the diversification test in (ii) above, the identification of the issuer (or, in some cases, issuers) of a particular investment can depend on the terms and conditions of that investment. In some cases, identification of the issuer (or issuers) is uncertain under current law, and an adverse determination or future guidance by the IRS with respect to issuer identification for a particular type of investment may adversely affect the Fund’s ability to meet the diversification test in (ii) above.

If the Fund qualifies for treatment as a RIC, the Fund will not be subject to federal income tax on income distributed to Common Shareholders in a timely manner in the form of dividends (including Capital Gain Dividends, as defined below). The Fund’s intention to qualify for treatment as a RIC may negatively affect the Fund’s return to Common Shareholders by limiting its ability to acquire or continue to hold positions that would otherwise be consistent with its investment strategy or by requiring it to engage in transactions it would otherwise not engage in, resulting in additional transaction costs. In certain circumstances, it may be difficult for the Fund to meet the income test described in clause (i) or the diversification test set forth in clause (ii) of the third preceding paragraph. If the Fund were to fail to meet the income, diversification, or distribution test described above, the Fund could in some cases cure such failure, including by paying a Fund-level tax, paying interest, making additional distributions, and disposing of certain

 

97


Table of Contents

assets. If the Fund were ineligible to or otherwise did not cure such failure for any year, or if the Fund were otherwise to fail to qualify as a RIC accorded special tax treatment for such year, the Fund would be subject to tax on its taxable income at corporate rates, and all distributions from earnings and profits, including any distributions of net tax-exempt income and net long-term capital gains, would be taxable to Common Shareholders as dividend income. Such dividend income generally would be eligible for the dividends received deduction in the case of corporate shareholders and to be treated as qualified dividend income in the case of non-corporate shareholders, provided, in both cases, that the shareholder meets certain holding period and other requirements in respect of the Fund’s Common Shares (as described below). In addition, the Fund could be required to recognize unrealized gains, pay substantial taxes and interest and make substantial distributions before re-qualifying as a RIC that is accorded special tax treatment. Thus failure to qualify as a RIC would likely materially reduce the investment return to the Common Shareholders.

The Fund intends to distribute all or substantially all of its investment company taxable income, its net tax-exempt income (if any) and its net capital gain (that is, the excess of net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss, in each case determined with reference to any loss carryforwards) in each taxable year. Any taxable income including any net capital gain retained by the Fund will be subject to tax at the Fund level at regular corporate rates. In the case of net capital gain, the Fund is permitted to designate the retained amount as undistributed capital gain in a notice to its shareholders who would then (i) be required to include in income for U.S. federal income tax purposes, as long-term capital gain, their shares of such undistributed amount, and (ii) be entitled to credit their proportionate shares of the tax paid by the Fund on such undistributed amount against their U.S. federal income tax liabilities, if any, and to claim refunds on a properly filed U.S. tax return to the extent the credit exceeds such liabilities. If the Fund makes this designation, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the tax basis of Common Shares owned by a shareholder will be increased by an amount equal under current law to the difference between the amount of undistributed capital gains included in the shareholder’s gross income under clause (i) of the preceding sentence and the tax deemed paid by the shareholder under clause (ii) of the preceding sentence. The Fund is not required to, and there can be no assurance that the Fund will, make this designation if it retains all or a portion of its net capital gain in a taxable year.

In determining its net capital gain, including in connection with determining the amount available to support a Capital Gain Dividend (as defined below), its taxable income and its earnings and profits, a RIC generally may elect to treat part or all of any post-October capital loss (defined as the greatest of net capital loss, net long-term capital loss, or net short-term capital loss, in each case attributable to the portion of the taxable year after October 31 (or a later date if the Fund is permitted to elect and so elects)) or late-year ordinary loss (generally, (i) net ordinary loss from the sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of property, attributable to the portion of the taxable year after October 31 (or a later date if the Fund makes the election referred to immediately above), plus (ii) other net ordinary loss attributable to the portion of the taxable year after December 31) as if incurred in the succeeding taxable year.

 

98


Table of Contents

A nondeductible excise tax at the rate of 4% will be imposed on the excess, if any, of the Fund’s “required distribution” over its actual distributions in any calendar year. Generally, the required distribution is 98% of the Fund’s ordinary income for the calendar year plus 98.2% of its capital gain net income recognized during the one-year period ending on October 31 (or later if the Fund makes the election referred to in the previous paragraph), plus undistributed amounts from prior years. For purposes of the required excise tax distribution, a RIC’s ordinary gains and losses from the sale, exchange, or other taxable disposition of property that would otherwise be taken into account after October 31 (or later if the Fund makes the election referred to in the previous paragraph) generally are treated as arising on January 1 of the following calendar year. Also, for purposes of the excise tax, the Fund will be treated as having distributed any amount on which it is subject to corporate income tax for the taxable year ending within the calendar year. The Fund intends to make distributions sufficient to avoid imposition of the excise tax, although there can be no assurance that it will be able to do so. The Fund may determine to pay the excise tax in a year to the extent it is deemed to be in the best interest of the Fund (e.g., if the excise tax is de minimis ).

Capital losses in excess of capital gains (“net capital losses”) are not permitted to be deducted against the Fund’s net investment income. Instead, potentially subject to certain limitations, the Fund may carry net capital losses from any taxable year forward to subsequent taxable years to offset capital gains, if any, realized during such subsequent taxable years. Capital loss carryforwards are reduced to the extent they offset current-year net realized capital gains, whether the Fund retains or distributes such gains. The Fund may carry net capital losses forward to one or more subsequent taxable years without expiration. The Fund must apply such carryforwards first against gains of the same character. The Fund’s available capital loss carryforwards, if any, will be set forth in its annual shareholder report for each fiscal year.

Distributions

The Fund intends to make monthly distributions. Unless a shareholder elects otherwise, all distributions will be automatically reinvested in additional Common Shares of the Fund pursuant to the Plan. A shareholder whose distributions are reinvested in Common Shares under the Plan will be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as having received an amount in distribution equal to either (i) if Newly Issued Common Shares are issued under the Plan, generally the fair market value of the Newly Issued Common Shares issued to the shareholder or (ii) if reinvestment is made through Open-Market Purchases under the Plan, the amount of cash allocated to the shareholder for the purchase of Common Shares on its behalf in the open market. For U.S. federal income tax purposes, all distributions are generally taxable in the manner described below, whether a shareholder takes them in cash or they are reinvested pursuant to the Plan in additional shares of the Fund.

For U.S. federal income tax purposes, distributions of net investment income are generally taxable to Common Shareholders as ordinary income. Taxes on distributions of capital gains are determined by how long the Fund owned the investments that generated the gains, rather than how long a shareholder has owned his or her Common Shares. In general, the Fund will recognize long-term capital gain or loss on investments it has owned (or is deemed to have owned) for more than one year, and short-term capital gain or loss on investments it has owned

 

99


Table of Contents

(or is deemed to have owned) for one year or less. Distributions of net capital gain that are properly reported by the Fund as capital gain dividends (“Capital Gain Dividends”) will be taxable to shareholders as long-term capital gains includible in and taxed at the reduced rates applicable to net capital gains. Distributions of net short-term capital gain (as reduced by any net long-term capital loss for the taxable year) will be taxable to shareholders as ordinary income. The Fund may report certain dividends as derived from “qualified dividend income” which, when received by a non-corporate shareholder, will be taxed at the reduced rates applicable to net capital gain, provided holding period and other requirements are met at both the shareholder and Fund levels. Interest income, short-term capital gain and, generally, REIT distributions, are not qualified dividend income. The Fund does not expect a significant portion of distributions to be derived from qualified dividend income.

Dividends received by corporate shareholders may qualify for the 70% dividends-received deduction to the extent of the amount of qualifying dividends received by the Fund from domestic corporations and to the extent, if any, that a portion of interest paid or accrued on certain high yield discount obligations owned by the Fund is treated as a dividend, providing holding period and other requirements are met at both the shareholder and Fund levels. The Fund does not expect a significant portion of distributions to be eligible for the dividends-received deduction.

Any distribution of income that is attributable to (i) income received by the Fund in lieu of dividends with respect to securities on loan pursuant to a securities lending transaction or (ii) dividend income received by the Fund on securities it temporarily purchased from a counterparty pursuant to a repurchase agreement that is treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a loan by the Fund, will not constitute qualified dividend income to non-corporate shareholders and will not be eligible for the dividends-received deduction for corporate shareholders.

If, in and with respect to any taxable year, the Fund makes a distribution in excess of its current and accumulated “earnings and profits,” the excess distribution will be treated as a return of capital to the extent of a shareholder’s tax basis in his or her Common Shares, and thereafter as capital gain. A return of capital is not taxable, but it reduces a shareholder’s basis in his or her shares, thus reducing any loss or increasing any gain on a subsequent taxable disposition by the shareholder of such shares.

A distribution by the Fund will be treated as paid on December 31 of any calendar year if it is declared by the Fund in October, November or December with a record date in such a month and paid by the Fund during January of the following calendar year. Such distributions will be taxable to shareholders in the calendar year in which the distributions are declared, rather than the calendar year in which the distributions are received.

As required by federal law, detailed federal tax information with respect to each calendar year will be furnished to shareholders early in the succeeding year.

Dividends and distributions on the Common Shares are generally subject to federal income tax as described herein to the extent they do not exceed the Fund’s realized income and gains, even

 

100


Table of Contents

though such dividends and distributions may economically represent a return of a particular shareholder’s investment. Such distributions are likely to occur in respect of Common Shares purchased at a time when the Fund’s net asset value reflects unrealized gains or income or gains that are realized but not yet distributed. Such realized income and gains may be required to be distributed even when the Fund’s net asset value also reflects unrealized losses.

Sales or Exchanges of Shares

The sale or exchange of shares of the Fund by a shareholder may give rise to a gain or loss. In general, any gain or loss realized upon a taxable disposition of shares will be treated as long-term capital gain or loss if the shares have been held for more than 12 months. Otherwise, the gain or loss on the taxable disposition of shares will be treated as short-term capital gain or loss. However, any loss realized upon a taxable disposition of shares held for six months or less will be treated as long-term, rather than short-term, to the extent of any Capital Gain Dividends received (or deemed received) by the shareholder with respect to those shares. All or a portion of any loss realized upon a taxable disposition of shares will be disallowed under the Code’s “wash sale” rule if other substantially identical shares of the Fund are purchased (whether through the automatic reinvestment of dividends or otherwise) within 30 days before or after the disposition. In such a case, the basis of the newly purchased shares will be adjusted to reflect the disallowed loss.

From time to time the Fund may make a tender offer for its Common Shares. Shareholders who tender all Common Shares held, or considered to be held, by them will be treated as having sold their shares and generally will realize a capital gain or loss. If a shareholder tenders fewer than all of its Common Shares in certain circumstances, such shareholder will be treated as having received a taxable dividend upon the tender of its Common Shares. In such a case, there is a risk that non-tendering shareholders will be treated as having received taxable distributions from the Fund. The extent of such risk will vary depending upon the particular circumstances of the tender offer, in particular whether such offer is a single and isolated event or is part of a plan for periodically redeeming the Common Shares of the Fund; if isolated, any such risk is likely remote. To the extent that the Fund recognizes net gains on the liquidation of portfolio securities to meet such tenders of Common Shares, the Fund will be required to make additional distributions to its Common Shareholders.

The Fund’s repurchase of Common Shares on the open market similarly results in a percentage increase in the interests of remaining shareholders. In such a case, a selling shareholder would likely have no specific knowledge that he or she is selling his or her shares to the Fund. It is therefore less likely that shareholders whose percentage share interests in the Fund increase as a result of any such open-market sale will be treated as having received a taxable distribution from the Fund.

Medicare Tax

For taxable years beginning on or after January 1, 2013, Section 1411 of the Code generally imposes a 3.8% Medicare contribution tax on the net investment income of certain individuals whose income exceeds certain threshold amounts, and of certain trusts and estates under similar rules. The details of the implementation of this tax and of the calculation of net investment income, among other issues, are currently unclear and remain subject to future guidance. For these purposes, “net investment income”

 

101


Table of Contents

generally includes, among other things, (i) distributions paid by the Fund of net investment income and capital gains as described above, and (ii) any net gain from the sale or exchange of Fund shares. Common Shareholders are advised to consult their tax advisors regarding the possible implications of this additional tax on their investment in the Fund.

Original Issue Discount, Market Discount, Payment-in-Kind Securities, Preferred Securities and Commodity-Linked Notes

Some debt obligations with a fixed maturity date of more than one year from the date of issuance (including zero-coupon bonds) that are acquired by the Fund will be treated as debt obligations that are issued originally at a discount. Generally, the amount of the original issue discount (“OID”) is treated as interest income and is included in the Fund’s income (and thus is required to be distributed) over the term of the debt security, even though payment of that amount is not received until a later time, upon partial or full repayment or disposition of the debt obligation. Increases in the principal amount of an inflation-indexed bond will generally be treated as OID.

Some debt obligations with a fixed maturity date of more than one year from the date of issuance that are acquired by the Fund in the secondary market may be treated as having “market discount.” Very generally, market discount is the excess of the stated redemption price of a debt obligation (or, in the case of an obligation issued with OID, its “revised issue price”) over the purchase price of such obligation. Generally, any gain recognized on the disposition of, and any partial payment of principal on, a debt obligation having market discount is treated as ordinary income to the extent the gain, or principal payment, does not exceed the “accrued market discount” on such debt obligation. Alternatively, the Fund may elect to accrue market discount currently. If this election is made, the Fund will be required to include currently any accrued market discount on such debt obligations in the Fund’s taxable income (as ordinary income) and thus distribute it over the term of the debt obligations, even though payment of those amounts is not received until a later time, upon partial or full repayment or disposition of the debt obligations. The Fund reserves the right to revoke such an election at any time pursuant to applicable IRS procedures. The rate at which the market discount accrues, and thus is included in the Fund’s income, will depend upon which of the permitted accrual methods the Fund elects. In the case of higher-risk securities, the amount of market discount may be unclear. See “Higher Risk Securities.”

From time to time, a substantial portion of the Fund’s investments in loans and other debt obligations could be treated as having OID and/or market discount, which, in some cases could be significant.

Some debt obligations with a fixed maturity date of one year or less from the date of issuance that are acquired by the Fund may be treated as having OID or, in certain cases, “acquisition discount” (very generally, the excess of the stated redemption price over the purchase price). The Fund will be required to include the OID or acquisition discount in income (as ordinary income) and thus distribute it over the term of the debt obligation, even though payment of that amount is not received until a later time, upon partial or full repayment or disposition of the debt obligation. The rate at which OID or acquisition discount accrues, and thus is included in the Fund’s income, will depend upon which of the permitted accrual methods the Fund elects.

 

102


Table of Contents

Some preferred securities may include provisions that permit the issuer, at its discretion, to defer the payment of distributions for a stated period without any adverse consequences to the issuer. If the Fund owns a preferred security that is deferring the payment of its distributions, the Fund may be required to report income for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent of any such deferred distributions even though the Fund has not yet actually received the cash distribution.

In addition, payment-in-kind securities will, and commodity-linked notes may, give rise to income which is required to be distributed and is taxable even though the Fund receives no interest payment in cash on the security during the year.

By reason of holding the foregoing kinds of securities, the Fund may be required to pay out as an income distribution each year an amount which is greater than the total amount of cash interest the Fund actually received. Such distributions may be made from the cash assets of the Fund or by liquidation of portfolio securities, if necessary (including when it is not advantageous to do so). The Fund may realize gains or losses from such liquidations. In the event the Fund realizes net capital gains from such transactions, its shareholders may receive a larger capital gain distribution, if any, than they would in the absence of such transactions.

Higher-Risk Securities

Investments in debt obligations that are at risk of or in default present special tax issues for the Fund. Tax rules are not entirely clear about issues such as whether or to what extent the Fund should recognize market discount on a debt obligation, when the Fund may cease to accrue interest, OID or market discount, when and to what extent the Fund may take deductions for bad debts or worthless securities and how the Fund should allocate payments received on obligations in default between principal and income. These and other related issues will be addressed by the Fund when, as and if it invests in such securities, in order to seek to ensure that it distributes sufficient income to preserve its status as a RIC and does not become subject to federal income or excise tax.

High Yield Discount Obligations

A portion of the interest paid or accrued on certain high yield discount obligations owned by the Fund may not, and interest paid on debt obligations, if any, that are considered for tax purposes to be payable in the equity of the issuer or a related party will not be deductible to the issuer. This may affect the cash flow of the issuer. If a portion of the interest paid or accrued on certain high yield discount obligations is not deductible, that portion will be treated as a dividend paid by the issuer for purposes of the corporate dividends received deduction. In such cases, if the issuer of the high yield discount obligations is a domestic corporation, dividend payments by the Fund may be eligible for the dividends-received deduction to the extent attributable to the deemed dividend portion of such accrued interest.

Municipal Bonds

The interest on municipal bonds is generally exempt from U.S. federal income tax. The Fund does not expect to invest 50% or more of its assets in municipal bonds on which the interest is exempt from U.S. federal income tax, or in interests in other RICs. As a result, it does not expect to be eligible to pay “exempt-interest dividends” to its shareholders under the applicable tax

 

103


Table of Contents

rules. As a result, interest on municipal bonds is taxable to shareholders of the Fund when received as a distribution from the Fund. In addition, gains realized by the Fund on the sale or exchange of municipal bonds are taxable to shareholders of the Fund when distributed to them.

As discussed in “Investment Objectives and Policies,” unlike most municipal bonds, interest paid by an issuer on a Build America Bond is taxable to the bondholder. Thus, the interest the Fund receives on such bonds will be included in the Fund’s taxable income and taxable to shareholders as ordinary income when distributed by the Fund.

If the Fund holds, directly or indirectly, one or more tax credit Build America Bonds (which will have been issued prior to December 31, 2010) on one or more applicable dates during a taxable year, it is possible that the Fund will elect to permit its shareholders to claim a tax credit on their income tax returns equal to each shareholder’s proportionate share of tax credits from the applicable bonds that otherwise would be allowed to the Fund. In such a case, a shareholder will be deemed to receive a distribution of money with respect to its Fund shares equal to the shareholder’s proportionate share of the amount of such credits and be allowed a credit against the shareholder’s U.S. federal income tax liability equal to the amount of such deemed distribution, subject to certain limitations imposed by the Code on the credits involved. Even if the Fund is eligible to pass through tax credits to shareholders, the Fund may choose not to do so.

Certain Investments in REITs

Any investment by the Fund in equity securities of REITs may result in the Fund’s receipt of cash in excess of the REIT’s earnings; if the Fund distributes these amounts, these distributions could constitute a return of capital to Fund shareholders for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Investments in REIT equity securities also may require the Fund to accrue and to distribute income not yet received. To generate sufficient cash to make the requisite distributions, the Fund may be required to sell securities in its portfolio (including when it is not advantageous to do so) that it otherwise would have continued to hold. Dividends received by the Fund from a REIT generally will not constitute qualified dividend income.

The Fund may invest directly or indirectly in real estate mortgage investment conduits (“REMICs”) (including by investing in residual interests in CMOs with respect to which an election to be treated as a REMIC is in effect) or equity interests in taxable mortgage pools (“TMPs”). Under a notice issued by the IRS in October 2006 and Treasury Regulations that have yet to be issued but may apply retroactively, a portion of the Fund’s income (including income allocated to the Fund from a REIT or other pass-through entity) that is attributable to a residual interest in a REMIC or an equity interest in a TMP — referred to in the Code as an “excess inclusion”— will be subject to U.S. federal income tax in all events. This notice also provides, and the regulations are expected to provide, that “excess inclusion income” of a RIC, such as the Fund, will generally be allocated to shareholders of the RIC in proportion to the dividends received by such shareholders, with the same consequences as if the shareholders held the related interest directly. As a result, the Fund may not be a suitable investment for charitable remainder trusts, as noted below.

 

104


Table of Contents

In general, excess inclusion income allocated to shareholders (i) cannot be offset by net operating losses (subject to a limited exception for certain thrift institutions), (ii) in the case of a non-U.S. shareholder, will not qualify for any reduction in U.S. federal withholding tax (discussed below), and (iii) will constitute unrelated business taxable income (“UBTI”) to entities (including a qualified pension plan, an individual retirement account, a 401(k) plan, a Keogh plan or other tax-exempt entity) subject to tax on unrelated business income, thereby potentially requiring such an entity that is allocated excess inclusion income, and otherwise might not be required to file a U.S. federal income tax return, to file such a tax return and pay tax on such income. A shareholder will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on such inclusions notwithstanding any exemption from such income tax otherwise available under the Code.

Income of a RIC that would be UBTI if earned directly by a tax-exempt entity will not generally be attributed as UBTI to a tax-exempt shareholder of the RIC. Notwithstanding this “blocking” effect, a tax-exempt shareholder could realize UBTI by virtue of its investment in the Fund if shares in the Fund constitute debt-financed property in the hands of the tax-exempt shareholder within the meaning of Code Section 514(b). A tax-exempt shareholder may also recognize UBTI if the Fund recognizes “excess inclusion income” derived from direct or indirect investments in residual interests in REMICs or equity interests in TMPs as described above, if the amount of such income recognized by the Fund exceeds the Fund’s investment company taxable income (after taking into account deductions for dividends paid by the Fund).

In addition, special tax consequences apply to charitable remainder trusts (“CRTs”) that invest in RICs that invest directly or indirectly in residual interests in REMICs or equity interests in TMPs. Under legislation enacted in December 2006, if a charitable remainder trust (“CRT”), as defined in Section 664 of the Code, realizes any UBTI for a taxable year, a 100% excise tax is imposed on such UBTI. Under IRS guidance issued in October 2006, a CRT will not recognize UBTI solely as a result of investing in a RIC that recognizes “excess inclusion income.” Rather, if at any time during any taxable year a CRT (or one of certain other tax-exempt shareholders, such as the United States, a state or political subdivision, or an agency or instrumentality thereof, and certain energy cooperatives) is a record holder of a share in a RIC that recognizes “excess inclusion income,” then the RIC will be subject to a tax on that portion of its “excess inclusion income” for the taxable year that is allocable to such shareholders at the highest federal corporate income tax rate. The extent to which this IRS guidance remains applicable in light of the December 2006 legislation is unclear. To the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, the Fund may elect to specially allocate any such tax to the applicable CRT, or other shareholder, and thus reduce such shareholder’s distributions for the year by the amount of the tax that relates to such shareholder’s interest in the Fund. CRTs and other tax-exempt shareholders are urged to consult their tax advisors concerning the consequences of investing in the Fund.

Options, Futures, and Forward Contracts, Swap Agreements, and other Derivatives

The U.S. federal income tax treatment of the Fund’s options activity will vary based on the nature and the subject of the options. In general, option premiums from the Fund’s option writing activity are not immediately included in the income of the Fund when received. Instead, in the case of certain options (including options on single stocks, options on certain narrow-based indexes and options not listed on certain exchanges) the premiums are recognized when the option contract expires, the option is exercised by the holder, or the Fund transfers or otherwise

 

105


Table of Contents

terminates the option. If a call option written by the Fund with respect to individual stocks is exercised and the Fund sells or delivers the underlying stock, the Fund generally will recognize capital gain or loss equal to (a) the sum of the strike price and the option premium received by the Fund minus (b) the Fund’s adjusted tax basis in the stock. Such gain or loss generally will be short-term or long-term depending upon the holding period of the underlying stock. If securities are purchased by the Fund pursuant to the exercise of a put option written by it, the Fund will generally subtract the premium received for purposes of computing its cost basis in the stock purchased. Gain or loss arising in respect of a termination of the Fund’s obligation under an option other than through the exercise of the option and related sale or delivery of the underlying stock will be short-term capital gain or loss depending on whether the premium income received by the Fund is greater or less than the amount paid by the Fund (if any) in terminating the transaction. Thus, for example, if an option written by the Fund expires unexercised, the Fund generally will recognize short-term capital gain equal to the premium received.

The tax treatment of certain options that are listed on a qualified board of exchange (“listed options”) written or purchased by the Fund (including options on futures contracts, broad-based equity indices and debt securities), as well as certain futures contracts, will be governed by Section 1256 of the Code (“Section 1256 contracts”). Gains or losses on Section 1256 contracts generally are considered 60% long-term and 40% short-term capital gains or losses (“60/40”), although certain foreign currency gains and losses from such contracts may be treated as ordinary in character. Also, Section 1256 contracts held by the Fund at the end of each taxable year (and, for purposes of the nondeductible 4% excise tax, on certain other dates as prescribed under the Code) are “marked to market” with the result that unrealized gains or losses are treated as though they were realized and the resulting gain or loss is treated as ordinary or 60/40 gain or loss, as applicable. Certain options and futures listed on non-U.S. exchanges will meet the requirements for Section 1256 treatment.

Certain covered call-writing activities of the Fund, if any, may trigger the U.S. federal income tax straddle rules of Section 1092 of the Code, requiring that losses be deferred and holding periods be tolled on offsetting positions in options and stocks deemed to constitute substantially similar or related property. Options on single stocks that are not “deep in the money” may constitute qualified covered calls, which generally are not subject to the straddle rules; the holding period on stock underlying qualified covered calls that are “in the money” although not “deep in the money” will be suspended while such calls are outstanding. Thus, the straddle rules and the rules governing qualified covered calls could cause gains that would otherwise constitute long-term capital gains to be treated as short-term capital gains, and distributions that would otherwise constitute “qualified dividend income” to fail to satisfy the holding period requirements and therefore to be taxed as ordinary income or to fail to qualify for the 70% dividends received deduction for corporations.

In addition to the foregoing special rules in respect of futures and options transactions, the Fund’s transactions in other derivatives contracts ( e.g. , swap agreements and forward contracts), as well as any of its hedging, short sale, securities loan or similar transactions may be subject to one or more special tax rules ( e.g. , notional principal contract, mark-to-market, constructive sale, straddle, wash sale and short sale rules), the effect of which may be, among other things, to accelerate the recognition of income to the Fund, to defer losses to the Fund, to cause

 

106


Table of Contents

adjustments in the holding periods of the Fund’s securities, to convert lower taxed long-term capital gains or “qualified dividend income” into higher taxed short-term capital gains or ordinary income and to convert short-term capital losses into long-term capital losses. These rules, therefore, could affect the amount, timing and/or character of distributions to shareholders.

Because these and other tax rules applicable to these types of transactions are in some cases uncertain under current law, an adverse determination or future guidance by the IRS with respect to these rules (which determination or guidance could be retroactive) may affect whether the Fund has made sufficient distributions, and otherwise satisfied the relevant requirements, to maintain its qualification as a RIC and avoid a Fund-level tax.

The Fund’s use of commodity-linked instruments can be limited by the Fund’s intention to qualify as a RIC, and can limit the Fund’s ability to so qualify. Income from certain commodity-linked instruments does not constitute qualifying income to the Fund. The tax treatment of commodity-linked notes and certain other commodity-linked instruments in which the Fund might invest is not certain, in particular with respect to whether income and gains from such instruments constitutes qualifying income. If the Fund treats income from a particular instrument as qualifying income and the income is later determined not to constitute qualifying income, and, together with any other nonqualifying income, causes the Fund’s nonqualifying income to exceed 10% of its gross income in any taxable year, the Fund will fail to qualify as a RIC unless it is eligible to and does pay a tax at the Fund level.

Book-Tax Differences

Certain of the Fund’s investments in derivative instruments and foreign currency-denominated instruments, and any of the Fund’s transactions in foreign currencies and hedging activities, are likely to produce a difference between its book income and the sum of its taxable income and net tax-exempt income (if any). If such a difference arises and the Fund’s book income exceeds the sum of its taxable income (including realized capital gains) and net tax-exempt income (if any), the distribution (if any) of such excess will be treated as (i) a dividend to the extent of the Fund’s remaining current or accumulated earnings and profits, (ii) thereafter, as a return of capital to the extent of the recipient’s adjusted tax basis in the shares and (iii) thereafter, as gain from the sale or exchange of a capital asset. If the Fund’s book income is less than the sum of its taxable income (including realized capital gains) and net tax-exempt income (if any), the Fund could be required to make distributions exceeding book income to qualify as a RIC that is accorded special tax treatment.

Foreign Currency Transactions

The Fund’s transactions in foreign currencies, foreign currency-denominated debt obligations and certain foreign currency options, futures contracts and forward contracts (and similar instruments) may give rise to ordinary income or loss to the extent such income or loss results from fluctuations in the value of the foreign currency concerned. Any such net gains could

 

107


Table of Contents

require a larger dividend toward the end of the calendar year, and may accelerate Fund distributions to shareholders and increase the distributions taxed to shareholders as ordinary income. Any such net losses will generally reduce and potentially require the recharacterization of prior ordinary income distributions. Any net ordinary losses so created cannot be carried forward by the Fund to offset income or gains earned in subsequent taxable years.

Non-U.S. Taxation

Income received by the Fund from sources within foreign countries may be subject to withholding and other taxes imposed by such countries. Tax treaties between certain countries and the United States may reduce or eliminate such taxes.

If more than 50% of the Fund’s assets at its year end consists of the securities of non-U.S. (foreign) corporations, the Fund may elect to permit shareholders to claim a credit or deduction on their income tax returns for their pro rata portion of qualified taxes paid by the Fund to non-U.S. countries in respect of non-U.S. securities the Fund has held for at least the minimum period specified in the Code. In such a case, shareholders will include in gross income from non-U.S. sources their pro rata shares of such taxes. A shareholder’s ability to claim an offsetting non-U.S. tax credit or deduction in respect of non-U.S. taxes paid by the Fund may be subject to certain limitations imposed by the Code, as a result of which the shareholder might not get a full credit or deduction for the amount of such taxes. Shareholders who do not itemize on their federal income tax returns may claim a credit (but no deduction) for such non-U.S. taxes. Shareholders that are not subject to U.S. federal income tax, and those who invest in the Fund through tax-advantaged accounts (including those who invest through individual retirement accounts or other tax-advantaged retirement plans), generally will receive no benefit from any tax credit or deduction passed through by the Fund.

Non-U.S. Shareholders

In general, dividends other than Capital Gain Dividends paid by the Fund to a shareholder that is not a “United States person” within the meaning of the Code (such shareholder, a “non-U.S. person” or a “non-U.S. shareholder”) are subject to withholding of federal income tax at a rate of 30% (or lower applicable treaty rate) even if they are funded by income or gains (such as portfolio interest, short-term capital gains, or non-U.S.-source dividend and interest income) that, if paid to a non-U.S. person directly, would not be subject to withholding. Effective for taxable

 

108


Table of Contents

years of a RIC beginning before January 1, 2014, the RIC is not required to withhold any amounts with respect to (i) distributions (other than distributions to a non-U.S. person (w) that has not provided a satisfactory statement that the beneficial owner is not a United States person, (x) to the extent that the dividend is attributable to certain interest on an obligation if the non-U.S. person is the issuer or is a 10% shareholder of the issuer, (y) that is within certain non-U.S. countries that have inadequate information exchange with the United States, or (z) to the extent the dividend is attributable to interest paid by a person that is a related person of the non-U.S. person and the non-U.S. person is a controlled foreign corporation) from U.S.-source interest income of types similar to those that would not be subject to U.S. federal income tax if earned directly by an individual non-U.S. person, to the extent such distributions are properly reported by the Fund (“interest-related dividends”), and (ii) distributions (other than (a) distributions to an individual non-U.S. person who is present in the United States for a period or periods aggregating 183 days or more during the year of the distribution and (b) distributions subject to special rules regarding the disposition of U.S. real property interests, as described below) of net short-term capital gains in excess of net long-term capital losses, to the extent such distribution are properly reported by the Fund (“short-term capital gain dividends”). A RIC is permitted to report such part of its dividends as interest-related and/or short-term capital gain dividends as are eligible, but is not required to do so. In the case of shares held through an intermediary, the intermediary may withhold against a payment even if the RIC reports such payment as an interest-related and/or short-term capital gain dividend. This exemption from withholding for interest-related and short-term capital gain dividends will expire for distributions with respect to taxable years of a RIC beginning on or after January 1, 2014, unless Congress enacts legislation providing otherwise.

Non-U.S. shareholders should contact their intermediaries regarding the application of these rules to their accounts.

Subject to certain exceptions ( e.g. , if the Fund were a “United States real property holding company” as described below), the Fund is generally not required to withhold on the amount of a non-dividend distribution ( i.e. , a distribution that is not paid out of the Fund’s current or accumulated “earnings and profits” for the applicable taxable year) when paid to its non-U.S. shareholders.

Special rules would apply if the Fund were either a “U.S. real property holding corporation” (“USRPHC”) or would be a USRPHC but for the operation of certain exceptions to the definition thereof. Very generally, a USRPHC is a domestic corporation that holds USRPIs the fair market value of which equals or exceeds 50% of the sum of the fair market values of the corporation’s USPRIs, interests in real property located outside the United States, and trade or business assets. USRPIs are generally defined as any interest in U.S. real property and any interest (other than solely as a creditor) in a USRPHC or former USRPHC.

If the Fund were a USRPHC or would be a USRPHC but for the exceptions referred to above, any distributions by the Fund to a non-U.S. shareholder attributable to gains realized by the Fund on the disposition of USRPIs or to distributions received by the Fund from a lower-tier RIC or REIT that the Fund is required to treat as USRPI gain in its hands

 

109


Table of Contents

generally would be subject to U.S. withholding tax. In addition, such distributions could result in the non-U.S. shareholder being required to file a U.S. tax return and pay tax on the distributions at regular U.S. federal income tax rates. The consequences to a non-U.S. shareholder, including the rate of such withholding and character of such distributions ( e.g. , as ordinary income or USRPI gain), would vary depending upon the extent of the non-U.S. shareholder’s current and past ownership of the Fund. On and after January 1, 2014, the “look-through” USRPI treatment described above for distributions by the Fund (which treatment applies only if the Fund is either a USRPHC or would be a USRPHC but for the operation of the exceptions referred to above) applies only to those distributions that, in turn, are attributable to distributions received by the Fund from a lower-tier REIT, unless Congress enacts legislation providing otherwise.

In addition, if the Fund were a USRPHC or former USRPHC, a greater-than-5% non-U.S. shareholder generally would be required to file a U.S. tax return in connection with the sale of its Fund shares, and pay related taxes due on any gain realized on the sale. Moreover, if the Fund were a USRPHC or former USRPHC, it could be required to withhold on amounts distributed to a greater-than-5% non-U.S. shareholder to the extent such amounts are in excess of the Fund’s current and accumulated “earnings and profits” for the applicable taxable year.

The Fund generally does not expect that it will be a USRPHC or would be a USRPHC but for the operation of certain of the special exceptions referred to above. Non-U.S. shareholders should consult their tax advisers and, if holding shares through intermediaries, their intermediaries, concerning the application of these rules to their investment in the Fund.

In order to qualify for any exemptions from withholding described above or for lower withholding tax rates under income tax treaties, or to establish an exemption from backup withholding, a non-U.S. shareholder must comply with special certification and filing requirements relating to its non-U.S. status (including, in general, furnishing an IRS Form W-8BEN or substitute form). Non-U.S. shareholders should consult their tax advisors in this regard.

Under U.S. federal tax law, a beneficial holder of shares who is a non-U.S. shareholder generally is not subject to U.S. federal income tax on gains (and is not allowed a deduction for losses) realized on the sale of shares of the Fund or on Capital Gain Dividends unless (i) such gain or dividend is effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business carried on by such holder within the United States (subject to the terms of any applicable treaty), (ii) in the case of an individual holder, the holder is present in the United States for a period or periods aggregating 183 days or more during the year of the sale or receipt of the Capital Gain Dividend and certain other conditions are met, or (iii) the special rules relating to gain attributable to the sale or exchange of USRPIs apply to the non-U.S. shareholder’s sale of Common Shares or to the Capital Gain Dividend the non-U.S. shareholder received (as described above).

If a beneficial holder who is a non-U.S. person has a trade or business in the United States, and Fund dividends are effectively connected with the conduct by the beneficial holder of a trade or business in the United States, the dividends will be subject to federal net income taxation at

 

110


Table of Contents

regular income tax rates. If a non-U.S. person is eligible for the benefits of a tax treaty, any effectively connected income or gain will generally be subject to federal income tax on a net basis only if it is also attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by such person in the United States. More generally, foreign shareholders who are residents in a country with an income tax treaty with the United States may obtain different tax results than those described herein, and are urged to consult their tax advisors.

A beneficial holder of shares who is a non-U.S. person may be subject to state and local tax and to the U.S. federal estate tax in addition to the U.S. federal tax on income referred to above.

Reporting and Withholding for U.S. Shareholders and Non-U.S. Shareholders

Rules enacted in March 2010 known as the “Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act” (“FATCA”) require the reporting to the IRS of direct and indirect ownership of foreign financial accounts and foreign entities by U.S. persons. Failure to provide this required information can result in a 30% withholding tax on certain payments of, and gross proceeds from the sale or disposition of instruments that produce, U.S. source income (“withholdable payments”); this withholding tax will be phased in beginning with certain withholdable payments made on January 1, 2014. Specifically, withholdable payments subject to this 30% withholding tax include payments of U.S.-source dividends or interest and payments of gross proceeds from the sale or other disposal of property that can produce U.S.-source dividends or interest.

The IRS has issued preliminary guidance with respect to these rules; this guidance is potentially subject to material change. Pursuant to this guidance, distributions made by the Fund to a shareholder subject to the phase in noted above, including a distribution in redemption of shares and a distribution of income or gains otherwise exempt from withholding under the rules applicable to non-U.S. shareholders described above ( e.g. , Capital Gain Dividends and short-term capital gain and interest-related dividends, as described above), will be withholdable payments subject to withholding. Payments to shareholders will generally not be subject to withholding, so long as such shareholders provide the Fund with such certifications, waivers or other documentation as the Fund requires to comply with these rules, including, to the extent required, with regard to their direct and indirect owners. In general, it is expected that a shareholder that is a U.S. person or non-U.S. individual will be able to avoid being withheld upon by timely providing the Fund with a valid IRS Form W-9 or W-8, respectively. Subject to any applicable intergovernmental agreement, payments to a foreign shareholder that is a “foreign financial institution” (as defined under these rules) will generally be subject to withholding unless such shareholder (i)(a) enters into a valid agreement with the IRS to, among other requirements, report required information about certain direct and indirect U.S. investors or accounts, or (b) qualifies for an exception from entering into such an agreement and (ii) provides the Fund with appropriate certifications or other documentation concerning its status.

The Fund may disclose the information that it receives from its shareholders to the IRS, non-U.S. taxing authorities or other parties as necessary to comply with FATCA, including current or future Treasury regulations or IRS guidance issued thereunder, in each case as modified by any applicable intergovernmental agreement between the United States and a non-U.S. government to implement FATCA and improve international tax compliance.

Each prospective investor is urged to consult its tax adviser regarding the applicability of FATCA and any other reporting requirements with respect to the prospective investor’s own situation. Persons investing in the Fund through an intermediary should contact their intermediary regarding the application of this reporting and withholding regime to their investments in the Fund.

Reporting Requirements regarding Foreign Bank and Financial Accounts

If a shareholder owns directly or indirectly more than 50% by vote or value of the Fund, it should consult its tax advisor regarding its filing obligations with respect to IRS Form TD F 90-22.1, Report of Foreign Bank and Financial Accounts (“FBAR”).

 

111


Table of Contents

Shareholders could be subject to substantial penalties for failure to comply with this reporting requirement. Shareholders should consult their tax advisors to determine the applicability of this reporting requirement in light of their individual circumstances.

Backup Withholding

Backup withholding is generally required with respect to taxable distributions or the gross proceeds of a sale or exchange of Common Shares paid to any non-corporate shareholder who fails to properly furnish a correct taxpayer identification number, who has under-reported dividend or interest income, or who fails to certify that he or she is not subject to such withholding. The backup withholding rate is currently 28%. Amounts withheld as a result of backup withholding are remitted to the U.S. Treasury but do not constitute an additional tax imposed on the shareholder; such amounts may be claimed as a credit on the shareholder’s U.S. federal income tax return, provided the appropriate information is timely furnished to the IRS.

Tax Shelter Reporting Regulations

Under U.S. Treasury regulations, if a shareholder recognizes a loss with respect to the Fund’s shares of $2 million or more for an individual shareholder or $10 million or more for a corporate shareholder, the shareholder must file with the IRS a disclosure statement on Form 8886. Direct shareholders of portfolio securities are in many cases excepted from this reporting requirement, but under current guidance, shareholders of a RIC are not excepted. Future guidance may extend the current exception from this reporting requirement to shareholders of most or all RICs. The fact that a loss is reportable under these regulations does not affect the legal determination of whether the taxpayer’s treatment of the loss is proper. Shareholders should consult their tax advisors to determine the applicability of these regulations in light of their individual circumstances.

Shares Purchased Through Tax-Qualified Plans

Special tax rules apply to investments through defined contribution plans and other tax-qualified plans. Shareholders should consult their tax advisors to determine the suitability of shares of the Fund as an investment through such plans and the precise effect of an investment on their particular tax situation.

Other Taxation

Distributions also may be subject to additional federal, state, local and non-U.S. taxes, depending on each shareholder’s particular situation. Additionally, most states permit mutual funds, such as the Fund, to “pass through” to their shareholders the state tax exemption on income earned from investments in certain direct U.S. Treasury obligations, as well as some limited types of U.S. government agency securities (such as Federal Farm Credit Bank and Federal Home Loan Bank securities), so long as a fund meets all applicable state requirements. Therefore, shareholders in the Fund may be allowed to exclude from their state taxable income distributions made to them

 

112


Table of Contents

by the Fund to the extent attributable to interest the Fund earned on such investments. The availability of these exemptions varies by state. Investments in securities of certain U.S. government agencies, including securities issued by GNMA and FNMA, and repurchase agreements collateralized by U.S. government securities generally do not qualify for these exemptions. Moreover, these exemptions may not be available to corporate shareholders. All shareholders should consult their tax advisors regarding the applicability of these exemptions to their situation. The Fund will provide information annually to shareholders indicating the amount and percentage of its dividend distribution which is attributable to interest on federal obligations, and will indicate to the extent possible from what types of federal obligations such dividends are derived.

The Fund is organized as a Massachusetts business trust. Under current law, so long as the Fund qualifies for the federal income tax treatment described above, it is believed that the Fund will not be liable for any income or franchise tax imposed by Massachusetts. Shareholders, in any event, are advised to consult their own tax advisors with respect to the particular tax consequences to them of an investment in the Fund.

PERFORMANCE RELATED AND COMPARATIVE INFORMATION

The Fund may quote certain performance-related information and may compare certain aspects of its portfolio and structure to other substantially similar closed-end funds as categorized by Lipper, Inc. (“Lipper”), Morningstar Inc. or other independent services. Comparison of the Fund to an alternative investment should be made with consideration of differences in features and expected performance. The Fund may obtain data from sources or reporting services, such as Bloomberg Financial and Lipper, that the Fund believes to be generally accurate.

The Fund, in its advertisements, may refer to pending legislation from time to time and the possible effect of such legislation on investors, investment strategy and related matters. At any time in the future, yields and total return may be higher or lower than past yields and there can be no assurance that any historical results will continue.

Past performance is not indicative of future results. At the time Common Shareholders sell their shares, they may be worth more or less than their original investment.

CUSTODIAN, TRANSFER AGENT AND DIVIDEND DISBURSEMENT AGENT

State Street Bank and Trust Company, 801 Pennsylvania Avenue, Kansas City, Missouri 64105, serves as custodian for assets of the Fund. The custodian performs custodial and fund accounting services.

American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC, 6201 15 th Avenue, Brooklyn, New York 11219, serves as the transfer agent, registrar and dividend disbursement agent for the Common Shares, as well as agent for the Dividend Reinvestment Plan relating to the Common Shares.

INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (“PwC”), 300 Madison Avenue, New York, New York 10017, serves as independent registered public accounting firm for the Fund. PwC provided audit services, tax and other audit related services to the Fund.

 

113


Table of Contents

COUNSEL

Ropes & Gray LLP, Prudential Tower, 800 Boylston Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02199, passes upon certain legal matters in connection with shares offered by the Fund, and also acts as counsel to the Fund. Certain legal matters will be passed upon for the underwriters by Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, Four Times Square, New York, New York 10036.

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

A Registration Statement on Form N-2, including any amendments thereto (the “Registration Statement”), relating to the Common Shares of the Fund offered hereby, has been filed by the Fund with the SEC, Washington, D.C. The Prospectus and this Statement of Additional Information are parts of, but do not contain all of the information set forth in, the Registration Statement, including any exhibits and schedules thereto. For further information with respect to the Fund and the Common Shares offered or to be offered hereby, reference is made to the Fund’s Registration Statement. Statements contained in the Prospectus and this Statement of Additional Information as to the contents of any contract or other document referred to are not necessarily complete and in each instance reference is made to the copy of such contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, each such statement being qualified in all respects by such reference. Copies of the Registration Statement may be inspected without charge at the SEC’s principal office in Washington, D.C., and copies of all or any part thereof may be obtained from the SEC upon the payment of certain fees prescribed by the SEC.

 

114


Table of Contents

 

LOGO

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Shareholder and Board of Trustees of

PIMCO Dynamic Credit Income Fund

In our opinion, the accompanying statement of net assets presents fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of PIMCO Dynamic Credit Income Fund (the “Fund”) at December 7, 2012 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. This financial statement is the responsibility of the Fund’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the financial statement based on our audit. We conducted our audit of the financial statement in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statement is free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statement, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

LOGO

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

New York, New York

December 13, 2012

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, PricewaterhouseCoopers Center, 300 Madison Avenue, New York, NY 10017

T: (646) 471 3000, F: (813) 286 6000, www.pwc.com/us

 

115


Table of Contents

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

PIMCO Dynamic Credit Income Fund

Statement of Net Assets

December 7, 2012

 

Assets:

  

Cash

   $ 100,012   
  

 

 

 

Net Assets

   $ 100,012   
  

 

 

 

Net Assets (4,189 shares of $0.00001 per value shares of beneficial interest issued and outstanding; unlimited shares authorized)

   $ 100,012   
  

 

 

 

Net asset value per share

   $ 23.875   
  

 

 

 

Notes to Statement of Net Assets:

1. Organization

PIMCO Dynamic Credit Income Fund (the “Fund”) was organized as a Massachusetts business trust on September 27, 2012. The Fund has had no operations to date other than matters relating to its organization and registration as a non-diversified, closed-end management investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and the sale and issuance to Allianz Asset Management of America L.P. (“AAM”) of 4,189 shares of beneficial interest at an aggregate purchase price of $100,012. Allianz Global Investors Fund Management LLC (the “Investment Manager”), an affiliate of Pacific Investment Management Company LLC (“PIMCO or the ‘Sub-Adviser’), serves as the Fund’s investment manager and is an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of AAM. AAM is an indirect, wholly -owned subsidiary of Allianz SE, a publicly traded European insurance and financial services company.

The Fund seeks current income as a primary objective and capital appreciation as a secondary objective.

2. Accounting Policies

The preparation of the financial statement in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Actual results could differ from these estimates.

The Sub-Adviser has agreed to pay the Fund’s organizational expenses of approximately $25,000 as well as the amount by which the Fund’s offering costs (other than the sales load) exceeds $0.05 per common share issued. The Fund’s offering costs are estimated to be $ 800,000 assuming 12,000,000 shares of beneficial interest are sold in the Fund’s initial offering. Offering costs will be charged to paid-in capital at the time such shares of beneficial interest are issued. The actual number of shares that are sold in the initial public offering, and associated offering costs, may differ significantly from the above estimates.

3. Indemnification

In the normal course of business, the Fund enters into contracts that contain a variety of representations which provide general indemnifications. The Fund’s maximum exposure under these arrangements is unknown as this would involve future claims that may be made against the Fund that have not yet occurred. However, the Fund expects the risk of any loss to be remote.

4. Investment Manager/Sub-Adviser

The Fund has entered into an Investment Management Agreement (the “Agreement”) with the Investment Manager. Subject to the supervision of the Fund’s Board of Trustees, the Investment Manager is responsible for managing, either directly or through others selected by it, the Fund’s investment activities, business affairs, and other administrative matters. Pursuant to the Agreement, the Investment Manager will receive an annual fee, payable monthly, at the annual rate of 1.15% of the Fund’s average daily total managed assets. Total managed assets means the total assets of the Fund (including assets attributable to any reverse repurchase agreements, dollar rolls, borrowings and preferred shares that may be outstanding) minus accrued liabilities (other than liabilities representing reverse repurchase agreements, dollar rolls and borrowings). The Investment Manager has retained the Sub-Adviser to manage the Fund’s investments. Pursuant to PIMCO’s portfolio management agreement with the Investment Manager, the Investment Manager (and not the Fund) will pay a portion of the fees it receives to PIMCO for PIMCO’s services.

5 . Subsequent Events

The Fund considered subsequent events through the date this report was issued and concluded that no subsequent events of a material effect have occurred from the date of the financial statements through the date this report was issued.

 

116


Table of Contents

Appendix A

Description of Proxy Voting Policy and Procedures

PIMCO Dynamic Credit Income Fund (the “Fund”)

Proxy Voting Policy

 

1. It is the policy of the Fund that proxies should be voted in the interest of its shareholders, as determined by those who are in the best position to make this determination. The Fund believes that the firms and/or persons purchasing and selling securities for the Fund and analyzing the performance of the Fund’s securities are in the best position and have the information necessary to vote proxies in the best interests of the Fund and its shareholders, including in situations where conflicts of interest may arise between the interests of shareholders, on one hand, and the interests of the investment adviser, a sub-adviser and/or any other affiliated person of the Fund, on the other. Accordingly, the Fund’s policy shall be to delegate proxy voting responsibility to those entities with portfolio management responsibility for the Fund.

 

2. The Fund delegates the responsibility for voting proxies to Allianz Global Investors Fund Management LLC (“AGIFM”), which will in turn delegate such responsibility to the sub-adviser of the particular Fund. AGIFM’s Proxy Voting Policy Summary is attached as Exhibit 1 hereto. A summary of the detailed proxy voting policies of the Fund’s current sub-adviser is set forth in Exhibit 2 attached hereto. Such summary may be revised from time to time to reflect changes to the sub-adviser’s detailed proxy voting policies.

 

3. The party voting the proxies ( i.e. , the sub-adviser) shall vote such proxies in accordance with such party’s proxy voting policies and, to the extent consistent with such policies, may rely on information and/or recommendations supplied by others.

 

4. AGIFM and the sub-adviser of the Fund with proxy voting authority shall deliver a copy of its respective proxy voting policies and any material amendments thereto to the applicable Board of the Fund promptly after the adoption or amendment of any such policies.

 

5. The party voting the proxy shall: (i) maintain such records and provide such voting information as is required for the Fund’s regulatory filings including, without limitation, Form N-PX and the required disclosure of policy called for by Item 18 of Form N-2 and Item 7 of Form N-CSR; and (ii) shall provide such additional information as may be requested, from time to time, by the Board or the Fund’s Chief Compliance Officer.

 

6. This Proxy Voting Policy Statement, the Proxy Voting Policy Summary of AGIFM and a summary of the detailed proxy voting policies of the sub-adviser of the Fund with proxy voting authority and how the Fund voted proxies relating to portfolio securities held during the most recent twelve month period ending June 30, shall be made available (i) without charge, upon request, by calling 1-800-254-5197; (ii) on the Fund’s website at www.allianzinvestors.com; and (iii) on the Securities and Exchange Commission’s (“SEC’s”) website at http://www.sec.gov. In addition, to the extent required by applicable law or determined by the Fund’s Chief Compliance Officer or Board of Trustees, the Proxy Voting Policy Summary of AGIFM and a summary of the detailed proxy voting policies of the sub-adviser with proxy voting authority shall also be included in the Fund’s Registration Statements or Form N-CSR filings.

 

A-1


Table of Contents

Exhibit 1

Allianz Global Investors Fund Management LLC (“AGIFM”)

Proxy Voting Policy Summary

 

1. It is the policy of AGIFM that proxies should be voted in the interest of the shareholders of the applicable fund, as determined by those who are in the best position to make this determination. AGIFM believes that the firms and/or persons purchasing and selling securities for the funds and analyzing the performance of the funds’ securities are in the best position and have the information necessary to vote proxies in the best interests of the funds and their shareholders, including in situations where conflicts of interest may arise between the interests of shareholders, on one hand, and the interests of the investment adviser, a sub-adviser and/or any other affiliated person of the fund, on the other. Accordingly, AGIFM’s policy shall be to delegate proxy voting responsibility to those entities with portfolio management responsibility for the funds.

 

2. AGIFM, for each fund for which it acts as investment adviser, delegates the responsibility for voting proxies to the sub-adviser for the respective fund.

 

3. The party voting proxies ( e.g. , the sub-adviser) vote the proxies in accordance with their proxy voting policies and, to the extent consistent with their policies, may rely on information and/or recommendations supplied by others.

 

4. AGIFM and each sub-adviser of a fund will deliver a copy of their respective proxy voting policies and any material amendments thereto to the board of the relevant fund promptly after the adoption or amendment of any such policies.

 

5. The party voting the proxy will: (i) maintain such records and provide such voting information as is required for such funds’ regulatory filings including, without limitation, Form N-PX and the required disclosure of policy called for by Item 18 of Form N-2 and Item 7 of Form N-CSR; and (ii) will provide additional information as may be requested, from time to time, by the funds’ respective boards or chief compliance officers.

 

6. Summaries of the proxy voting policies for AGIFM and each sub-adviser of a fund advised by AGIFM and how each fund voted proxies relating to portfolio securities held during the most recent twelve month period ended June 30 will be available (i) without charge, upon request, by calling 1-800-254-5197; (ii) on the Allianz Global Investors Distributors Web site at www.allianzinvestors.com; and (iii) on the Securities and Exchange Commission’s (“SEC’s”) website at http://www.sec.gov. In addition, to the extent required by applicable law or determined by the relevant fund’s board of directors/trustees or chief compliance officer, summaries of the detailed proxy voting policies of AGIFM, each sub-adviser and each other entity with proxy voting authority for a fund advised by AGIFM shall also be included in the Registration Statement or Form N-CSR filings for the relevant fund.

 

118


Table of Contents

Exhibit 2

Pacific Investment Management Company LLC (“PIMCO”)

Description of Proxy Voting Policy and Procedures

PIMCO has adopted written proxy voting policies and procedures (“Proxy Policy”) as required by Rule 206(4)-6 under the Advisers Act. In addition to covering the voting of equity securities, the Proxy Policy also applies generally to voting and/or consent rights of fixed income securities, including but not limited to, plans of reorganization, and waivers and consents under applicable indentures. The Proxy Policy does not apply, however, to consent rights that primarily entail decisions to buy or sell investments, such as tender or exchange offers, conversions, put options, redemption and Dutch auctions. The Proxy Policy is designed and implemented in a manner reasonably expected to ensure that voting and consent rights (collectively, “proxies”) are exercised in the best interests of the Funds and their shareholders.

With respect to the voting of proxies relating to equity securities, PIMCO has selected an unaffiliated third party proxy research and voting service (“Proxy Voting Service”), to assist it in researching and voting proxies. With respect to each proxy received, the Proxy Voting Service researches the financial implications of the proposals and provides a recommendation to PIMCO as to how to vote on each proposal based on the Proxy Voting Service’s research of the individual facts and circumstances and the Proxy Voting Service’s application of its research findings to a set of guidelines that have been approved by PIMCO. Upon the recommendation of the applicable portfolio managers, PIMCO may determine to override any recommendation made by the Proxy Voting Service. In the event that the Proxy Voting Service does not provide a recommendation with respect to a proposal, PIMCO may determine to vote on the proposals directly.

With respect to the voting of proxies relating to fixed income securities, PIMCO’s fixed income credit research group (the “Credit Research Group”) is responsible for researching and issuing recommendations for voting proxies. With respect to each proxy received, the Credit Research Group researches the financial implications of the proxy proposal and makes voting recommendations specific for each Fund that holds the related fixed income security. PIMCO considers each proposal regarding a fixed income security on a case-by-case basis taking into consideration any relevant contractual obligations as well as other relevant facts and circumstances at the time of the vote. Upon the recommendation of the applicable portfolio managers, PIMCO may determine to override any recommendation made by the Credit Research Group. In the event that the Credit Research Group does not provide a recommendation with respect to a proposal, PIMCO may determine to vote the proposal directly.

PIMCO may determine not to vote a proxy for an equity or fixed income security if: (1) the effect on the Fund’s economic interests or the value of the portfolio holding is insignificant in relation to the Fund’s portfolio; (2) the cost of voting the proxy outweighs the possible benefit to the Fund, including, without limitation, situations where a jurisdiction imposes share blocking restrictions which may affect the ability of the portfolio managers to effect trades in the related security; or (3) PIMCO otherwise has determined that it is consistent with its fiduciary obligations not to vote the proxy.

In the event that the Proxy Voting Service or the Credit Research Group, as applicable, does not provide a recommendation, or the portfolio managers of the Fund propose to override a recommendation by the Proxy Voting Service, or the Credit Research Group, as applicable, PIMCO will review the proxy to determine whether there is a material conflict between PIMCO and the Fund or between the Fund and another PIMCO-advised fund or account. If no material conflict exists, the proxy will be voted according to the portfolio managers’ recommendation. If a material conflict does exist, PIMCO will seek to resolve the conflict in good faith and in the best interests of the Fund, as provided by the Proxy Policy. The Proxy Policy permits PIMCO to seek to resolve material conflicts of interest by pursuing any one of several courses of action. With respect to material conflicts of interest between PIMCO and the Fund, the Proxy Policy permits PIMCO to either: (i) convene a committee to assess and resolve the conflict (the “Proxy Conflicts Committee”); or (ii) vote in accordance with protocols previously established by the Proxy Policy, the Proxy Conflicts Committee and/or other relevant procedures approved by PIMCO’s Legal and Compliance department with respect to specific types of conflicts. With respect to material conflicts of interest between the Fund and one or more other PIMCO-advised funds or accounts, the Proxy Policy permits PIMCO to: (i) designate a PIMCO portfolio manager who is not subject to the conflict to determine how to vote the proxy if the conflict exists between two funds or accounts with at least one portfolio manager in common; or (ii) permit the respective portfolio managers to vote the proxies in accordance with each fund’s or account’s best interests if the conflict exists between funds or accounts managed by different portfolio managers.

PIMCO will supervise and periodically review its proxy voting activities and the implementation of the Proxy Policy.

 

119


Table of Contents

PART C—OTHER INFORMATION

 

Item 25: Financial Statements and Exhibits

 

1. Financial Statements:

The Registrant has not conducted any business as of the date of this filing, other than in connection with its organization. Financial Statements indicating that the Registrant has met the net worth requirements of Section 14(a) of the 1940 Act are filed herewith as part of the Statement of Additional Information.

 

2. Exhibits:

 

  a. Amended and Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust dated December 12, 2012—filed herewith.

 

  b. Amended and Restated Bylaws of Registrant dated December 12, 2012—filed herewith.

 

  c. None.

 

  d.1 Article III (Shares) and Article V (Shareholders’ Voting Powers and Meetings) of the Amended and Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust—filed herewith as exhibit a.

 

  d.2 Article 10 (Shareholders’ Voting Powers and Meetings) of the Amended and Restated Bylaws of Registrant—filed herewith exhibit b.

 

  d.3 Form of Share Certificate of the Common Shares—filed herewith.

 

  e. Terms and Conditions of Dividend Reinvestment Plan—filed herewith.

 

  f. None.

 

  g.1 Investment Management Agreement between Registrant and Allianz Global Investors Fund Management LLC—filed herewith.

 

  g.2 Portfolio Management Agreement between Allianz Global Investors Fund Management LLC and Pacific Investment Management Company LLC (“PIMCO”)—filed herewith.

 

  h.1 Form of Underwriting Agreement—filed herewith.

 

  h.2 Form of Master Selected Dealers Agreement—filed herewith.

 

  h.3 Form of Master Agreement Among Underwriters—filed herewith.

 

  h.4 Form of Structuring Fee Agreement for UBS Securities LLC—filed herewith.

 

  h.5 Form of Structuring Fee Agreement for Citigroup Global Markets Inc.—filed herewith.

 

  h.6 Form of Structuring Fee Agreement for Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC—filed herewith.

 

  h.7 Form of Structuring Fee Agreement for Wells Fargo Securities, LLC—filed herewith.

 

  h.8 Form of Structuring Fee Agreement for Barclays Capital Inc.—filed herewith.

 

  h.9 Form of Structuring Fee Agreement for RBC Capital Markets, LLC—filed herewith.

 

  i. None.

 

  j. Custodian Agreement between Registrant and State Street Bank & Trust Company—filed herewith.

 

  k.1 Certificate of Appointment of American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC as Transfer Agent and Registrar—filed herewith.

 

  k.2 Regulations of American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC—filed herewith.

 

  k.3 Organizational and Offering Expenses Reimbursement Agreement between Registrant and PIMCO—filed herewith.

 

  k.4 Support Services Agreement between Registrant and Allianz Global Investors Distributors LLC—filed herewith.

 

  k.5 Support Services Agreement between Registrant and PIMCO Investments LLC—filed herewith.

 

  l. Opinion and consent of Ropes & Gray LLP—field herewith .


Table of Contents
  m. None.

 

  n. Consent of Registrant’s independent registered public accounting firm—filed herewith.

 

  o. None.

 

  p. Subscription Agreement—filed herewith.

 

  q. None.

 

  r.1 Amended and Restated Code of Ethics of Registrant—filed herewith.

 

  r.2 Code of Ethics of Allianz Global Investors Fund Management LLC—filed herewith.

 

  r.3 Code of Ethics of PIMCO—filed herewith.

 

  r.4 Code of Ethics Pursuant to Section 406 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 for Principal Executive and Senior Financial Officers—filed herewith.

 

  s. Powers of Attorney for Deborah A. DeCotis, Bradford K. Gallagher, James A. Jacobson, Hans W. Kertess, John C. Maney, William B. Ogden IV and Alan Rappaport.(1)

 

(1) Incorporated by reference to pre-effective amendment no. 2 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-2 relating to its Common Shares of beneficial interest, File Nos. 333-184290 and 811-22758 (filed December 18, 2012).

 

Item 26: Marketing Arrangements

See the Form of Underwriting Agreement, the Form of Master Selected Dealers Agreement, the Form of Master Agreement Among Underwriters, the Form of Structuring Fee Agreement for UBS Securities LLC, the Form of Structuring Fee Agreement for Citigroup Global Markets Inc., the Form of Structuring Fee Agreement for Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, the Form of Structuring Fee Agreement for Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, the Form of Structuring Fee Agreement for Barclays Capital Inc. and the Form of Structuring Fee Agreement for RBC Capital Markets, LLC filed as Exhibit h.1, Exhibit h.2, Exhibit h.3, Exhibit h.4, Exhibit h.5, Exhibit h.6, Exhibit h.7, Exhibit h.8 and Exhibit h.9, respectively, to this Registration Statement.

 

Item 27: Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution

 

Securities and Exchange Commission Fees

   $ 450,120   

Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. Fees

     225,500   

Printing and Postage Expenses

     355,000   

Legal Fees

     375,000   

New York Stock Exchange Fees

     40,000   

Marketing Expenses

     250,000   

Underwriting Reimbursement

     60,000   
  

 

 

 

Total

     1,755,620   

 

Item 28: Persons Controlled by or under Common Control with Registrant

Not applicable.


Table of Contents
Item 29: Number of Holders of Securities

At December 31, 2012:

 

Title of Class

   Number of Record Holders  

Common Shares, par value $0.00001

     1   

 

Item 30: Indemnification

Reference is made to Article VIII, Sections 1 through 4, of the Registrant’s Amended and Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust, which is filed herewith.

The form of Underwriting Agreement filed herewith provides for each of the parties thereto, including the Registrant and the underwriters, to indemnify others, their directors or trustees, officers, agents, affiliates and persons who control them against certain liabilities in connection with the offering as described herein, including certain liabilities under the federal securities laws.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), may be permitted to trustees, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant by the Registrant pursuant to the Trust’s Agreement and Declaration of Trust, its Bylaws or otherwise, the Registrant is aware that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and, therefore, is unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by trustees, officers or controlling persons of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such trustees, officers or controlling persons in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

Reference is made to section 9.4 of the Form of Master Agreement Among Underwriters filed herewith as Exhibit (h.3), which is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Item 31: Business and Other Connections of Investment Adviser

Descriptions of the business of Allianz Global Investors Fund Management LLC, the Registrant’s investment manager and Pacific Investment Management Company LLC, the Registrant’s portfolio manager, are set forth under the captions “Investment Manager” and “Portfolio Manager” under “Management of the Fund” in both the Prospectus and Statement of Additional Information forming part of this Registration Statement. The following sets forth business and other connections of each director and executive officer (and persons performing similar functions) of Allianz Global Investors Fund Management LLC and Pacific Investment Management Company LLC.

Allianz Global Investors Fund Management LLC

1633 Broadway

New York, NY 10019

 

                     Name                    

  

Position with AGIFM

  

Other Connections

John Carroll

   Member — Management Board    Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer of Allianz Global Investor Distributors LLC, Member — Executive Committee of Allianz Global Investors U.S. Holdings LLC, and Member — Management Board of Allianz Global Investors U.S. LLC.

David Jobson

   Member — Management Board    Managing Director of Allianz Global Investor Distributors LLC.

John C. Maney

   Management Board and Managing Director    Member — Management Board, Managing Director and Chief Operating Officer of Allianz Asset Management of America LLC, Sole Member - Management Board, Managing Director and


Table of Contents

Name

   Position with AGIFM   

Other Connections

      COO of Allianz Asset Management of America L.P., COO of Allianz Asset Management U.S. Holding II LLC, Director and COO of PIMCO Global Advisors (Resources) Limited, EVP of PIMCO Japan Ltd, Member — Board of Directors and COO of Allianz Asset Management of America Holdings Inc., Sole Member - Board of Directors and COO of Oppenheimer Group, Inc.

Brian Shlissel

   Member -Management Board and

Managing Director

   None.

Julian Slayters

   Member - Management Board    Member — Management Board of Allianz Global Investors U.S. LLC.

Michael J. Puntoriero

   Chief Financial Officer    Chief Financial Officer of Allianz Asset Management of America Holdings Inc., Allianz Asset Management U.S. Holding II LLC, NFJ Investment Group LLC, Oppenheimer Group, Inc., Pacific Investment Management Company LLC, PIMCO Australia Pty Ltd., PIMCO Global Holdings LLC, PIMCO Canada Corp., PIMCO Europe Limited, PIMCO Global Advisors LLC, PIMCO Japan Ltd., StocksPLUS Management Inc.; Managing Director and Chief Financial Officer of Allianz Asset Management of America LLC, Allianz Asset Management of America L.P., Allianz Global Investors U.S. LLC, Allianz Global Investors U.S. Holdings LLC; Director and Chief Financial Officer of PIMCO Global Advisors (Resources) Limited; Managing Director of Allianz Global Investors Distributors LLC.

Lawrence G. Altadonna

   Senior Vice President    None.

Thomas J. Fuccillo

   Executive Vice President, Chief

Legal Officer and Secretary

   Executive Vice President of Allianz Global Investors U.S. Holdings LLC.

James T. Funaro

   Senior Vice President - Tax

Matters

   Senior Vice President of Allianz Asset Management of America L.P. and Allianz Asset Management of America Holdings Inc.; Senior Vice President — Tax Matters of Allianz Asset Management of America LLC, Allianz Global Investors U.S. LLC, Allianz Global Investors Distributors LLC, Allianz Global Investors U.S. Holdings LLC, NFJ Investment Group LLC, Oppenheimer Group, Inc., and StocksPLUS Management, Inc.


Table of Contents

Name

  

Position with AGIFM

  

Other Connections

Vinh T. Nguyen

  

Senior Vice President and

Treasurer

   Senior Vice President and Treasurer of Allianz Asset Management of America LLC, Allianz Asset Management of America L.P., Allianz Asset Management of America Holdings Inc., Allianz Global Investors Distributors LLC, Allianz Global Investors U.S. LLC, Allianz Global Investors U.S. Holdings LLC, NFJ Investment Group LLC, Oppenheimer Group, Inc., Pacific Investment Management Company LLC, PIMCO Global Holdings LLC, PIMCO Global Advisors LLC, PIMCO Global Advisors (Resources) Limited, Vice President and Controller of PIMCO Australia Pty. Ltd., PIMCO Europe Limited and PIMCO Japan Ltd., Treasurer of Allianz Asset Management U.S. Holding II LLC, Caywood - Scholl Capital Management LLC.

Colleen Martin

  

Senior Vice President and

Controller

   Senior Vice President and Controller of Allianz Asset Management of America LLC, Allianz Asset Management of America Holdings Inc., Allianz Global Investors U.S. LLC, Allianz Global Investors U.S. Holdings LLC, NFJ Investment Group LLC, Oppenheimer Group Inc., PIMCO Global Holdings LLC, PIMCO Global Advisers LLC, PIMCO Global Advisors (Resources) Limited; Controller of RCM Capital Management LLC, and StocksPlus Management Inc.; Chief Financial Officer, Financial Operations Principal, Senior Vice President and Controller of Allianz Global Investors Distributors LLC; Chief Financial Officer, Financial Operations Principal of PIMCO Investments LLC; and Controller of Allianz Asset Management U.S. Holding II LLC.

Albert A. Pisano

  

Senior Vice President and Chief

Compliance Officer

   Senior Vice President of Allianz Global Investors U.S. Holdings LLC.

Scott Whisten

   Senior Vice President    None.

Kellie E. Davidson

   Assistant Secretary    Secretary of Allianz Asset Management of America LLC, and Allianz Asset Management of America L.P., Assistant Secretary of Allianz Asset Management of America Holdings Inc., Allianz Global Investors Distributors LLC, Allianz Asset Management U.S. Holding II LLC, Allianz Global Investors U.S. Holdings LLC, NFJ Investment Group LLC, Oppenheimer Group, Inc., PIMCO Global Holdings LLC, PIMCO Global Advisors


Table of Contents

Name

  

Position with AGIFM

  

Other Connections

      LLC, PIMCO Global Advisors (Resources) Limited and Allianz Global Investors U.S. LLC.
Richard Cochran    Vice President    None.

Orhan Dzemaili

   Vice President    None.

Pacific Investment Management Company LLC

840 Newport Center Drive, Suite 100

Newport Beach, CA 92660

 

Name

  

Position with PIMCO

  

Other Connections

Amey, Mike

   Managing Director    Director, PIMCO Europe Limited

Anderson, Josh

   Managing Director   

Baker, Brian P.

   Managing Director   

Director, PIMCO Asia Pte Ltd. and PIMCO

Asia Limited (Hong Kong)

Balls, Andrew T.

   Managing Director   

Benz II, William R.

   Managing Director    Director, PIMCO Europe Limited, PIMCO Global Advisors (Ireland) Limited

Bhansali, Vineer

   Managing Director   

Bodereau, Philippe

   Managing Director

Bosomworth, Andrew

   Managing Director    Director, PIMCO Deutschland Gmblt

Bridwell, Jennifer S.

   Managing Director   

Callin, Sabrina C.

   Managing Director   

Acting Head of PIMCO Advisory; and Vice

President, StocksPLUS Management, Inc.

Cupps, Wendy W.

   Managing Director   

Dada, Suhail H.

   Managing Director   

Dawson, Craig A.

   Managing Director    Director, PIMCO Deutschland Gmblt, PIMCO Global Advisors (Ireland) Limited, PIMCO Luxembourg IV S.A.

De Leon, Bill

   Managing Director   

Dialynas, Chris P.

   Managing Director   

Durham, Jennifer E.

   Managing Director and Chief Compliance Officer    Chief Compliance Officer, PIMCO Funds, PIMCO Variable Insurance Trust, PIMCO ETF Trust, PIMCO Equity Series and PIMCO Equity Series VIT

El-Erian, Mohamed A.

   Managing Director, Chief Executive Officer and Co- Chief Investment Officer    Senior Vice President, PIMCO Funds, PIMCO Variable Insurance Trust, PIMCO ETF Trust, PIMCO Equity Series and PIMCO Equity Series VIT, CEO, PIMCO Global Advisors LLC, PIMCO Global Holdings LLC Formerly President and CEO of Harvard Management Co.

Flattum, David C.

   Managing Director and General Counsel    Chief Legal Officer, PIMCO Funds, PIMCO Variable Insurance Trust, PIMCO ETF Trust,


Table of Contents

Name

  

Position with PIMCO

  

Other Connections

      PIMCO Equity Series and PIMCO Equity Series VIT, Director, PIMCO Europe Limited, PIMCO Canada Corp., PIMCO Australia Pty Ltd., PIMCO Asia Ltd., Secretary, PIMCO Global Holdings LLC

Gomez, Michael

   Managing Director   

Gross, William H.

   Managing Director, Chief Investment Officer and Executive Committee Member    Director and Vice President, StocksPLUS Management, Inc., Senior Vice President of PIMCO Funds, PIMCO Variable Insurance Trust, PIMCO ETF Trust, PIMCO Equity Series and PIMCO Equity Series VIT

Harris, Brent Richard

   Managing Director and Executive Committee Member    Director and President, StocksPLUS Management, Inc., Trustee, Chairman and President of PIMCO Funds, PIMCO Variable Insurance Trust and PIMCO ETF Trust. Trustee, Chairman and Senior Vice President, PIMCO Equity Series and PIMCO Equity Series VIT.

Hodge, Douglas M.

   Managing Director and Chief Operating Officer    Trustee and Senior Vice President, PIMCO Funds, PIMCO Variable Insurance Trust and PIMCO ETF Trust; Senior Vice President, PIMCO Equity Series and PIMCO Equity Series VIT; Director and Vice President, StocksPLUS Management Inc.; Director, PIMCO Europe Ltd., PIMCO Asia Pte Ltd., PIMCO Australia Pty Ltd, PIMCO Japan Ltd., PIMCO Asia Limited (Hong Kong), PIMCO Canada Corp. COO, PIMCO Global Advisors LLC, PIMCO Global Holdings LLC

Holden, Brent L.

   Managing Director   

Hong, Ki Myung

   Managing Director    Director, PIMCO Australia Pty Ltd., PIMCO Asia Pte Ltd., PIMCO Asia Ltd, PIMCO Japan Ltd. Formerly Vice Chairman of Asia Pacific, Bank of America Merrill Lynch

Ivascyn, Daniel J.

   Managing Director   

Jacobs IV, Lew W.

   Managing Director    Director, PIMCO Europe Limited

Kiesel, Mark R.

   Managing Director   

Lahr, Chuck

   Managing Director   

Lown, David C.

   Managing Director   

Masanao, Tomoya

   Managing Director   

Mather, Scott A.

   Managing Director   

Mattu, Ravi K.

   Managing Director    Formerly, Head of Research and Strategy, Citadel Securities.

McDevitt, Joseph V.

   Managing Director    Director and Chief Executive Officer, PIMCO Europe Limited, Director, PIMCO Global Advisors (Ireland) Limited, PIMCO Luxembourg IV S.A.


Table of Contents

Name

   Position with PIMCO     

Other Connections

Mead, Robert

     Managing Director      

Mewbourne, Curtis A.

     Managing Director      

Miller, John M.

     Managing Director      

Mogelof, Eric

     Managing Director      

Moore, James F.

     Managing Director      

Murata, Alfred

     Managing Director      

Ongaro, Douglas J.

     Managing Director       SVP, PIMCO Investments LLC

Otterbein, Thomas J.

     Managing Director      

Pagani, Lorenzo

     Managing Director      

Parikh, Saumil H.

     Managing Director      

Ravano, Emanuele

     Managing Director       Director, PIMCO Europe Limited

Rodosky, Stephen A.

     Managing Director      

Schneider, Jerome

     Managing Director      

Seidner, Marc Peter

     Managing Director      

Short, Jonathan D.

     Managing Director       Chairman, PIMCO Investments LLC

Simon, W Scott

     Managing Director      

Stracke, Christian

     Managing Director      

Strelow, Peter G.

     Managing Director      

Sutherland, Eric

     Managing Director       Head of Sale, PIMCO Investments LLC

Takano, Makoto

     Managing Director       Director and President, PIMCO Japan Ltd.

Thimons, Josh

     Managing Director      

Vaden, Andrew T.

     Managing Director      

Wang, Qi

     Managing Director      

Wilson, Susan L.

     Managing Director      

Worah, Mihir P.

     Managing Director      

Young, Robert

     Managing Director      

Item 32: Location of Accounts and Records

The account books and other documents required to be maintained by the Registrant pursuant to Section 31(a) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 and the rules thereunder will be maintained at the offices of Allianz Global Investors Fund Management LLC, 1633 Broadway, New York, New York 10019, and Pacific Investment Management Company LLC, 840 Newport Center Drive, Suite 100, Newport Beach, California 92660, or the Registrant’s custodian, State Street Bank and Trust Company, 801 Pennsylvania Avenue, Kansas City, Missouri 64105.

Item 33: Management Services

Not applicable.

Item 34: Undertakings

1. Registrant undertakes to suspend the offering of its Common Shares until it amends the prospectus filed herewith if (1) subsequent to the effective date of its registration statement, the net asset value declines more than 10 percent from its net asset value as of the effective date of the registration statement, or (2) the net asset value increases to an amount greater than its net proceeds as stated in the prospectus.

 

2. Not applicable.


Table of Contents
3. Not applicable.

 

4. Not applicable.

 

5. The Registrant undertakes that:

a. For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in the form of prospectus filed by the Registrant under Rule 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective; and

b. For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of the securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

6. The Registrant undertakes to send by first class mail or other means designed to ensure equally prompt delivery, within two business days of receipt of a written or oral request, any Statement of Additional Information.

NOTICE

A copy of the Amended and Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust of PIMCO Dynamic Credit Income Fund (the “Fund”) is on file with the Secretary of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts and notice is hereby given that this instrument is executed on behalf of the Fund by any officer of the Fund as an officer and not individually and that the obligations of or arising out of this instrument are not binding upon any of the Trustees of the Fund or shareholders of the Fund individually, but are binding only upon the assets and property of the Fund.


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933 and/or the Investment Company Act of 1940, the Registrant has duly caused this pre-effective amendment no. 3 to its Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York, and the State of New York on the 25 th day of January, 2013.

 

PIMCO Dynamic Credit Income Fund
By:   / S / B RIAN S. S HLISSEL
Name:   Brian S. Shlissel
Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this pre-effective amendment no. 3 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the date indicated.

 

Name

  

Capacity

 

Date

/ S / B RIAN S. S HLISSEL    President & Chief Executive Officer   January 25, 2013
Brian S. Shlissel     
/ S / L AWRENCE G. A LTADONNA    Treasurer and Principal Financial and Accounting Officer   January 25, 2013
Lawrence G. Altadonna     
DEBORAH A. DECOTIS*    Trustee   January 25, 2013
Deborah A. DeCotis     
BRADFORD K. GALLAGHER*    Trustee   January 25, 2013
Bradford K. Gallagher     
JAMES A. JACOBSON*    Trustee   January 25, 2013
James A. Jacobson     
HANS W. KERTESS*    Trustee   January 25, 2013
Hans W. Kertess     
JOHN C. MANEY*    Trustee   January 25, 2013
John C. Maney     
WILLIAM B. OGDEN, IV*    Trustee   January 25, 2013
William B. Ogden, IV     
ALAN RAPPAPORT*    Trustee   January 25, 2013
Alan Rappaport     

 

* By:   / S / B RIAN S. S HLISSEL
 

Brian S. Shlissel

Attorney-In-Fact

Date: January 25, 2013


Table of Contents

INDEX TO EXHIBITS

 

Exhibit

  

Exhibit Name

a.    Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust dated December 12, 2012
b.    Amended and Restated Bylaws dated December 12, 2012.
d.3    Form of Share Certificate.
e.    Terms and Conditions of Dividend Reinvestment Plan.
g.1    Investment Management Agreement between Registrant and Allianz Global Investors Fund Management LLC.
g.2    Portfolio Management Agreement between Registrant and Pacific Investment Management Company LLC (“PIMCO”).
h.1    Form of Underwriting Agreement.
h.2    Form of Master Selected Dealers Agreement.
h.3    Form of Master Agreement Among Underwriters.
h.4    Form of Structuring Fee Agreement for UBS Securities LLC.
h.5    Form of Structuring Fee Agreement for Citigroup Global Markets Inc.
h.6    Form of Structuring Fee Agreement for Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC.
h.7    Form of Structuring Fee Agreement for Wells Fargo Securities, LLC.
h.8    Form of Structuring Fee Agreement for Barclays Capital Inc.
h.9    Form of Structuring Fee Agreement for RBC Capital Markets, LLC.
j.    Custodian Agreement between Registrant and State Street Bank & Trust Company.
k.1    Certificate of Appointment of American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC as Transfer Agent and Registrar.
k.2    Regulations of American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC.
k.3    Organizational and Offering Expenses Reimbursement Agreement between Registrant and PIMCO.
k.4    Support Services Agreement between Registrant and Allianz Global Investors Distributors LLC.
k.5    Support Services Agreement between Registrant and PIMCO Investments LLC.
l.    Opinion and consent of Ropes & Gray LLP.
n.    Consent of Registrants Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
p.    Subscription Agreement.
r.1    Amended and Restated Code of Ethics of Registrant.
r.2    Code of Ethics of Allianz Global Investors Fund Management LLC.
r.3    Code of Ethics of PIMCO.
r.4    Code of Ethics Pursuant to Section 406 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 for Principal Executive and Senior Financial Officers.

PIMCO DYNAMIC CREDIT INCOME FUND

AMENDED AND RESTATED

AGREEMENT AND DECLARATION OF TRUST

December 12, 2012


PIMCO DYNAMIC CREDIT INCOME FUND

 

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED AGREEMENT AND DECLARATION OF TRUST

 

 

AGREEMENT AND DECLARATION OF TRUST made this 12th day of December, 2012, by the Trustees hereunder, and by the holders of shares of beneficial interest to be issued hereunder as hereinafter provided amending and restating the Agreement and Declaration of Trust made at Boston, Massachusetts the 27th day of September, 2012, for the purposes of eliminating references to the sole initial trustee, adding Trustees as signatories hereto and making such other changes as the Trustees deemed necessary.

WHEREAS, pursuant to Article IX, Section 7 of the Agreement and Declaration of Trust, the Trustees of the Trust and the holders of all of the beneficial interest of the Trust have determined that the Agreement and Declaration of Trust should be amended and restated in its entirety as hereinafter set forth.

NOW, THEREFORE, this Amended and Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust shall take effect as of the time of execution by a majority of the Trustees of the Trust and shall be filed with the Secretary of State of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

WITNESSETH that:

WHEREAS, this Trust has been formed to carry on the business of an investment company; and

WHEREAS, the Trustees have agreed to manage all property coming into their hands as trustees of a Massachusetts business trust in accordance with the provisions hereinafter set forth.

NOW, THEREFORE, the Trustees hereby declare that they will hold all cash, securities and other assets which they may from time to time acquire in any manner as Trustees hereunder IN TRUST to manage and dispose of the same upon the following terms and conditions for the pro rata benefit of the holders from time to time of Shares in this Trust as hereinafter set forth.

 

A MENDED AND R ESTATED D ECLARATION OF T RUST


ARTICLE I

NAME AND DEFINITIONS

Name

Section 1. This Trust shall be known as “PIMCO Dynamic Credit Income Fund” and the Trustees shall conduct the business of the Trust under that name or any other name as they may from time to time determine.

Definitions

Section 2. Whenever used herein, unless otherwise required by the context or specifically provided:

(a) The “Trust” refers to the Massachusetts business trust established by this Declaration, as amended or restated from time to time;

(b) “Trustees” refers to the Trustees of the Trust named herein or elected in accordance with Article IV hereof;

(c) “Shares” means the equal proportionate transferable units of interest into which the beneficial interest in the Trust shall be divided from time to time or, if more than one class or series of Shares is authorized by the Trustees, the equal proportionate transferable units into which each class or series of shares shall be divided from time to time;

(d) “Shareholder” means a record owner of Shares;

(e) The “1940 Act” refers to the Investment Company Act of 1940 and the rules and regulations thereunder, all as amended from time to time;

(f) The terms “Affiliated Person,” “Interested Person,” and “Principal Underwriter” shall have the applicable meanings given them in the 1940 Act;

(g) “Closed-end company” shall be as defined in the 1940 Act.

(h) “Declaration” shall mean this Amended and Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust, as amended or restated from time to time;

(i) “Bylaws” shall mean the Bylaws of the Trust as amended or restated from time to time;

(j) The term “class” or “class of Shares” refers to the division of Shares into two or more classes as provided in Article III, Section 1 hereof;

 

A MENDED AND R ESTATED D ECLARATION OF T RUST


(k) The term “series” or “series of Shares” refers to the division of Shares representing any class into two or more series as provided in Article III, Section 1 hereof; and

(l) The term “Continuing Trustee” shall have the meaning given to such term in Article IV, Section 2 hereof.

ARTICLE II

PURPOSE

The purpose of the Trust is to provide investors a managed investment primarily in securities, debt instruments and other instruments and rights of a financial character and to carry on such other business as the Trustees may from time to time determine pursuant to their authority under this Declaration.

ARTICLE III

SHARES

Division of Beneficial Interest

Section 1. The Trustees may, without Shareholder approval, authorize one or more classes of Shares (which classes may be divided into two or more series), Shares of each such class or series having such par value and such preferences, voting powers, terms of redemption, if any, and special or relative rights or privileges (including conversion rights, if any) as the Trustees may determine. Subject to applicable law, the Trustees may, without Shareholder approval, authorize the Trust to issue subscription or other rights representing interests in Shares to existing Shareholders or other persons subject to such terms and conditions as the Trustees may determine. The number of Shares of each class or series authorized shall be unlimited, except as the Bylaws may otherwise provide, and the Shares so authorized may be represented in part by fractional shares. The Trustees may from time to time divide or combine the Shares of any class or series into a greater or lesser number without thereby changing the proportionate beneficial interest in the class or series.

Ownership of Shares

Section 2. The ownership of Shares shall be recorded on the books of the Trust or a transfer or similar agent. Except as provided in the Bylaws or as the Trustees may otherwise determine from time to time, no certificates certifying the ownership of Shares shall be issued. The Trustees may make such rules as they consider appropriate for the issuance of Share certificates, the transfer of Shares and similar matters. The record books of the Trust as kept by the Trust or any transfer or similar agent, as the case may be, shall be conclusive as to who are the Shareholders of each class and series and as to the number of Shares of each class and series held from time to time by each Shareholder.

 

A MENDED AND R ESTATED D ECLARATION OF T RUST


Investments in the Trust

Section 3. The Trustees shall accept investments in the Trust from such persons and on such terms and, subject to any requirements of law, for such consideration, which may consist of cash or tangible or intangible property or a combination thereof, as the Trustees or the Bylaws from time to time authorize.

No Preemptive Rights

Section 4. Shareholders shall have no preemptive or other right to receive, purchase or subscribe for any additional Shares or other securities issued by the Trust.

Derivative Claims

Section 5. No Shareholder shall have the right to bring or maintain any court action, proceeding or claim on behalf of the Trust or any series or class of Shares without first making demand on the Trustees requesting the Trustees to bring or maintain such action, proceeding or claim. Such demand shall not be excused under any circumstances, including claims of alleged interest on the part of the Trustees, unless the plaintiff makes a specific showing that irreparable nonmonetary injury to the Trust or a series or class of Shares would otherwise result. Such demand shall be mailed to the Secretary of the Trust at the Trust’s principal office and shall set forth in reasonable detail the nature of the proposed court action, proceeding or claim and the essential facts relied upon by the Shareholder to support the allegations made in the demand. The Trustees shall consider such demand within 90 days of its receipt by the Trust. In their sole discretion, the Trustees may submit the matter to a vote of Shareholders of the Trust or series or class of Shares, as appropriate. Any decision by the Trustees to bring, maintain or settle (or not to bring, maintain or settle) such court action, proceeding or claim, or to submit the matter to a vote of Shareholders, shall be made by the Trustees in their business judgment and shall be binding upon the Shareholders.

Direct Claims

Section 6. No group of Shareholders shall have the right to bring or maintain a direct action or claim for monetary damages against the Trust or the Trustees predicated upon an express or implied right of action under this Declaration or the 1940 Act (excepting rights of action permitted under section 36(b) of the 1940 Act), nor shall any single Shareholder who is similarly situated to one or more other Shareholders with respect to the alleged injury have the right to bring such an action, unless the group of Shareholders or Shareholder has obtained authorization from the Trustees to bring the action. The requirement of authorization shall not be excused under any circumstances, including claims of alleged interest on the part of the Trustees. A request for authorization shall be mailed to the Secretary of the Trust at the Trust’s principal office and shall set forth with particularity the nature of the proposed court action, proceeding or claim and the essential facts relied upon by the group of Shareholders or Shareholder to support the allegations made in the request. The Trustees shall consider such request within 90 days of

 

A MENDED AND R ESTATED D ECLARATION OF T RUST


its receipt by the Trust. In their sole discretion, the Trustees may submit the matter to a vote of Shareholders of the Trust or series or class of Shares, as appropriate. Any decision by the Trustees to settle or to authorize (or not to settle or to authorize) such court action, proceeding or claim, or to submit the matter to a vote of Shareholders, shall be made in their business judgment and shall be binding on all Shareholders.

Status of Shares and Limitation of Personal Liability

Section 7. Shares shall be deemed to be personal property giving only the rights provided in this Declaration or the Bylaws. Every Shareholder by virtue of having become a Shareholder shall be held to have expressly assented and agreed to the terms of this Declaration and the Bylaws and to have become a party hereto and thereto. The death of a Shareholder during the continuance of the Trust shall not operate to terminate the same nor entitle the representative of any deceased Shareholder to an accounting or to take any action in court or elsewhere against the Trust or the Trustees, but only to the rights of said decedent under this Trust. Ownership of Shares shall not entitle the Shareholder to any title in or to the whole or any part of the Trust property or right to call for a partition or division of the same or for an accounting, nor shall the ownership of Shares constitute the Shareholders partners. Neither the Trust nor the Trustees, nor any officer, employee or agent of the Trust, shall have any power to bind personally any Shareholder, nor except as specifically provided herein to call upon any Shareholder for the payment of any sum of money or assessment whatsoever other than such as the Shareholder may at any time personally agree to pay.

ARTICLE IV

THE TRUSTEES

Number and Classes of Trustees and Term of Office

Section 1. Subject to the voting powers of one or more classes or series of Shares as set forth in the Bylaws, the number of Trustees shall be such number as shall be fixed from time to time by the vote of a majority of the Trustees then in office; provided, however , that the number of Trustees shall in no event be less than three (3) from and after the date when Shares are first sold pursuant to a public offering. The Trustees who are signatories to this Declaration on the date hereof, and such other persons as the Trustee or Trustees then in office shall appoint (to fill a vacancy or otherwise) prior to any sale of Shares pursuant to a public offering, shall, each serve until the first meeting of Shareholders at which Trustees are elected (or, if later, until the first meeting of Shareholders at which Trustees of the Class to which such Trustee has been assigned are elected) and until his or her successor is elected and qualified, or until he or she sooner dies, resigns or is removed, subject in each case to the Classes of Trustees and terms created pursuant to this Article IV.

An initial annual meeting of Shareholders or special meeting in lieu thereof shall be called to be held not more than twenty-four months after Shares are first sold pursuant to a public offering; subsequent annual meetings of Shareholders or special meetings in lieu thereof (each an

 

A MENDED AND R ESTATED D ECLARATION OF T RUST


“annual meeting”) shall be held as specified in the Bylaws. Prior to any sale of Shares pursuant to a public offering, the Trustees shall classify themselves, with respect to the time for which they severally hold office, into the following three classes: Class I, whose term expires at the initial annual meeting; Class II, whose term expires at the next succeeding annual meeting after the initial annual meeting (the “second annual meeting”); and Class III, whose term expires at the next succeeding annual meeting after the second annual meeting. Each Class shall consist, as nearly as may be possible, of one-third of the total number of Trustees constituting the entire Board of Trustees. At each annual meeting beginning with the initial annual meeting, the successors of the Class of Trustees whose term expires at that meeting shall be elected to hold office for a term expiring at the annual meeting held in the third year following the year of their election, with each Trustee holding office until the expiration of the term of the relevant Class and the election and qualification of his or her successor, or until he or she sooner dies, resigns, retires, or is disqualified or removed from office. The Trustees shall assign by resolution from their number Trustees to each of the three Classes. The Trustees may also determine by resolution those Trustees in each Class that shall be elected by Shareholders of a particular class of Shares ( e.g. , by a class of preferred Shares issued by the Fund) prior to the initial public offering of such class of Shares.

If the number of Trustees is changed, any increase or decrease shall be apportioned among the Classes, as of the annual meeting of Shareholders next succeeding any such change, so as to maintain a number of Trustees in each Class as nearly equal as possible. No reduction in the number of Trustees shall have the effect of removing any Trustee from office prior to the expiration of his or her term unless the Trustee is specifically removed pursuant to Section 3 of this Article IV at the time of the decrease. Except as provided in this Section 1 or Section 3 of this Article IV, Trustees shall be elected only at an annual meeting of Shareholders.

Continuing Trustee; Definition

Section 2. For purposes of this Declaration and the Bylaws, the term “Continuing Trustee” shall mean any member of the Board of Trustees who either (a) has been a member of the Board of Trustees for a period of at least thirty-six months (or since the commencement of the Trust’s operations, if less than thirty-six months) or (b) was nominated to serve as a member of the Board of Trustees by a majority of the Continuing Trustees then members of the Board of Trustees.

Vacancies; Resignation; Removal

Section 3. From and after the date when Shares are first sold pursuant to a public offering and subject to any voting powers of one or more classes or series of Shares as set forth in this Declaration or in the Bylaws or by resolution of the Board of Trustees, any vacancies occurring in the Board of Trustees may be filled by the Trustees as set forth below. Prior to the date when Shares are first sold pursuant to a public offering, subject to any limitations imposed by the 1940 Act or other applicable law, any vacancies occurring in the Board of Trustees may be filled by the Trustees without any action by or meeting of Shareholders.

 

A MENDED AND R ESTATED D ECLARATION OF T RUST


Subject to any limitations imposed by the 1940 Act or other applicable law, any vacancy occurring in the Board of Trustees that results from an increase in the number of Trustees may be filled by a majority of the entire Board of Trustees, and any other vacancy occurring in the Board of Trustees may be filled by a majority of the Trustees then in office, whether or not sufficient to constitute a quorum, or by a sole remaining Trustee; provided , however , that if the Shareholders of any class or series of Shares are entitled separately to elect one or more Trustees, a majority of the remaining Trustees elected by that class or series or the sole remaining Trustee elected by that class or series may fill any vacancy among the number of Trustees elected by that class or series. A Trustee elected by the Board of Trustees to fill any vacancy occurring in the Board of Trustees shall serve until the next annual meeting of Shareholders and until his or her successor shall be elected and shall qualify, subject, however, to prior death, resignation, retirement, disqualification or removal from office. At any annual meeting of Shareholders, any Trustee elected to fill any vacancy occurring in the Board of Trustees that has arisen since the preceding annual meeting of Shareholders (whether or not any such vacancy has been filled by election of a new Trustee by the Board of Trustees) shall hold office for a term that coincides with the remaining term of the Class of Trustee to which such office was previously assigned, if such vacancy arose other than by an increase in the number of Trustees, and until his or her successor shall be elected and shall qualify. In the event such vacancy arose due to an increase in the number of Trustees, any Trustee so elected to fill such vacancy at an annual meeting shall hold office for a term which coincides with that of the Class of Trustee to which such office has been apportioned as heretofore provided, and until his or her successor shall be elected and shall qualify.

Any Trustee may resign his or her trust or retire as a Trustee (without need for prior or subsequent accounting except in the event of removal) by an instrument in writing signed by him and delivered to the President or Secretary or a Trustee of the Trust, and such resignation or retirement shall be effective upon such delivery, or at a later date according to the terms of the instrument. Any Trustee may be removed from office only for “Cause” (as hereinafter defined) and only (i) by action of at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the outstanding Shares of the classes or series of Shares entitled to vote for the election of such Trustee, or (ii) by written instrument, signed by at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the remaining Trustees, specifying the date when such removal shall become effective. “Cause” for these purposes shall require willful misconduct, dishonesty or fraud on the part of the Trustee in the conduct of his or her office or such Trustee being convicted of a felony.

Effect of Death, Resignation, etc. of a Trustee

Section 4. The death, declination, resignation, retirement, removal, disqualification or incapacity of the Trustees, or any one of them, shall not operate to annul the Trust or to revoke any existing agency created pursuant to the terms of this Declaration.

Powers

Section 5. Subject to the provisions of this Declaration, the business of the Trust shall be managed by the Trustees, and they shall have all powers necessary or convenient to

 

A MENDED AND R ESTATED D ECLARATION OF T RUST


carry out that responsibility. Without limiting the foregoing, the Trustees may adopt Bylaws not inconsistent with this Declaration providing for the conduct of the business of the Trust and may amend and repeal them to the extent and as provided in Article IX, Section 7(c) of this Declaration. Subject to the voting power of one or more classes or series of Shares as set forth in this Declaration or in the Bylaws or by resolution of the Board of Trustees, the Trustees may fill vacancies in or add to their number, including vacancies resulting from increases in their number, and may elect and remove such officers and appoint and terminate such agents as they consider appropriate; they may appoint from their own number, and terminate, any one or more committees consisting of one or more Trustees, including an executive committee which may, when the Trustees are not in session, exercise some or all of the power and authority of the Trustees as the Trustees may determine; they may appoint an advisory board, the members of which shall not be Trustees and need not be Shareholders; they may employ one or more custodians of the assets of the Trust and may authorize such custodians to employ subcustodians (including foreign custodians) and to deposit all or any part of such assets in a system or systems for the central handling of securities, retain a transfer agent or a shareholder servicing agent, or both, retain a fund account agent or administrator, or both, provide for the distribution of Shares by the Trust, through one or more principal underwriters or otherwise, set record dates for the determination of Shareholders with respect to various matters, and in general delegate such authority as they consider desirable to any officer of the Trust, to any committee of the Trustees and to any agent or employee of the Trust or to any such custodian or underwriter or other duly appointed service provider.

Without limiting the foregoing, the Trustees shall have power and authority:

(a) To invest and reinvest cash, and to hold cash uninvested;

(b) To sell, exchange, lend, pledge, mortgage, hypothecate, write options on and lease any or all of the assets of the Trust;

(c) To vote or give assent, or exercise any rights of ownership, with respect to stock or other securities or property; and to execute and deliver proxies or powers of attorney to such person or persons as the Trustees shall deem proper, granting to such person or persons such power and discretion with relation to securities or property as the Trustees shall deem proper;

(d) To exercise powers and rights of subscription or otherwise which in any manner arise out of ownership of securities;

(e) To hold any security or property in a form not indicating any trust, whether in bearer, unregistered or other negotiable form, or in the name of the Trustees or of the Trust or in the name of a custodian, subcustodian or other depository or a nominee or nominees or otherwise;

(f) To the extent necessary or appropriate to give effect to the preferences, special or relative rights and privileges of any classes or series of Shares, to allocate

 

A MENDED AND R ESTATED D ECLARATION OF T RUST


assets, liabilities, income and expenses of the Trust to a particular class or classes or series of Shares or to apportion the same among two or more classes or series;

(g) To consent to or participate in any plan for the reorganization, consolidation or merger of any corporation or issuer, any security of which is or was held in the Trust; to consent to any contract, lease, mortgage, purchase or sale of property by such corporation or issuer, and to pay calls or subscriptions with respect to any security held in the Trust;

(h) To join with other security holders in acting through a committee, depositary, voting trustee or otherwise, and in that connection to deposit any security with, or transfer any security to, any such committee, depositary or trustee, and to delegate to them such power and authority with relation to any security (whether or not so deposited or transferred) as the Trustees shall deem proper, and to agree to pay, and to pay, such portion of the expenses and compensation of such committee, depositary or trustee as the Trustees shall deem proper;

(i) To compromise, arbitrate, mediate or otherwise adjust claims in favor of or against the Trust on any matter in controversy, including but not limited to claims for taxes;

(j) To enter into joint ventures, general or limited partnerships, limited liability companies, and any other combinations or associations;

(k) To borrow funds;

(l) To endorse or guarantee the payment of any notes or other obligations of any person; to make contracts of guaranty or suretyship, or otherwise assume liability for payment thereof; and to mortgage and pledge the Trust property or any part thereof to secure any of or all of such obligations;

(m) To purchase and pay for entirely out of Trust property such insurance as they may deem necessary or appropriate for the conduct of the business of the Trust, including, without limitation, insurance policies insuring the assets of the Trust and payment of distributions and principal on its portfolio investments, and insurance policies insuring the Shareholders, Trustees, officers, employees, agents, investment advisers, sub-advisers or managers, principal underwriters or independent contractors of the Trust individually against all claims and liabilities of every nature arising by reason of holding, being or having held any such office or position, or by reason of any action alleged to have been taken or omitted by any such person as Shareholder, Trustee, officer, employee, agent, investment adviser, sub-adviser or manager, principal underwriter or independent contractor, including any action taken or omitted that may be determined to constitute negligence, whether or not the Trust would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability;

 

A MENDED AND R ESTATED D ECLARATION OF T RUST


(n) To pay pensions for faithful service, as deemed appropriate by the Trustees, and to adopt, establish and carry out pension, profit-sharing, share bonus, share purchase, savings, thrift and other retirement, incentive and benefit plans, trusts and provisions, including the purchasing of life insurance and annuity contracts as a means of providing such retirement and other benefits, for any or all of the Trustees, officers, employees and agents of the Trust;

(o) To purchase or otherwise acquire Shares; and

(p) To engage in any other lawful act or activity in which business corporations or voluntary associations organized under the laws of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts may engage, including, but not limited to, any and all acts permitted of a Closed-end company under the 1940 Act.

The Trustees shall not in any way be bound or limited by any present or future law or custom in regard to investments by trustees. Except as otherwise provided herein or from time to time in the Bylaws, any action to be taken by the Trustees may be taken by a majority of the Trustees present at a meeting of the Trustees (a quorum being present), within or without Massachusetts. Except as otherwise provided herein or from time to time in the Bylaws, any action to be taken by the Trustees may be taken at a meeting held by means of a conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other at the same time and participation by such means shall constitute presence in person at a meeting, or by written consents of a majority of the Trustees then in office (or such greater number as may be required by this Declaration, the Bylaws or applicable law).

Payment of Expenses by the Trust

Section 6. The Trustees are authorized to pay, or to cause to be paid out of the principal or income, or partly out of principal and partly out of income, of the Trust as they deem fair, all expenses, fees, charges, taxes and liabilities incurred or arising in connection with the Trust, or in connection with the management thereof, including, but not limited to, the Trustees’ compensation and such expenses and charges for the services of the Trust’s officers, employees, investment advisers, sub-advisers or managers, principal underwriters, auditors, counsel, custodians, transfer agents, shareholder servicing agents, and such other agents or independent contractors and such other expenses and charges as the Trustees may deem necessary or proper to incur.

Ownership of Assets of the Trust

Section 7. Title to all of the assets of the Trust and each series and class of Shares shall at all times be considered as vested in the Trustees.

 

A MENDED AND R ESTATED D ECLARATION OF T RUST


Advisory, Management and Distribution

Section 8. The Trustees may, at any time and from time to time, contract for exclusive or nonexclusive advisory and/or management services with one or more corporations, trusts, associations or other organizations (each, a “Manager”), every such contract to comply with such requirements and restrictions as may be set forth in the Bylaws; and any such contract may provide for one or more sub-advisers or other agents who shall perform all or part of the obligations of the relevant Manager under such contract and contain such other terms interpretive of or in addition to said requirements and restrictions as the Trustees may determine, including, without limitation, authority to determine from time to time what investments shall be purchased, held, sold, or exchanged and what portion, if any, of the assets of the Trust shall be held uninvested and to make changes in the Trust’s investments. The Trustees may also, at any time and from time to time, contract with one or more Managers or other corporations, trusts, associations or other organizations, appointing it or them exclusive or nonexclusive distributor(s) and/or principal underwriter(s) for the Shares, every such contract to comply with such requirements and restrictions as may be set forth in the Bylaws; and any such contract may contain such other terms interpretive of or in addition to said requirements and restrictions as the Trustees may determine.

The fact that:

(i) any of the Shareholders, Trustees or officers of the Trust is a shareholder, director, officer, partner, trustee, employee, manager, adviser, sub-adviser, principal underwriter or distributor or agent of or for any corporation, partnership, trust, association or other organization, or of or for any parent or affiliate of any organization, with which an advisory, sub-advisory or management contract, or principal underwriter’s or distributor’s contract, or transfer, shareholder servicing or other agency contract may have been or may hereafter be made or that any such organization, or any parent or affiliate thereof, is a Shareholder or has an interest in the Trust, or that

(ii) any corporation, trust, association or other organization with which an advisory, sub-advisory or management contract or principal underwriter’s or distributor’s contract or transfer, shareholder servicing or other agency contract may have been or may hereafter be made also has an advisory, sub-advisory or management contract, or principal underwriter’s or distributor’s contract or transfer, shareholder servicing or other agency contract with one or more other corporations, trusts, associations or other organizations, or has other business or interests,

shall not affect the validity of any such contract or disqualify any Shareholder, Trustee or officer of the Trust from voting upon or executing the same or create any liability or accountability to the Trust or its Shareholders.

 

A MENDED AND R ESTATED D ECLARATION OF T RUST


Address of the Trustees and Agent for Service of Process

Section 9. The principal address of the Trustees on the date hereof is c/o Allianz Global Investors Fund Management LLC, 1633 Broadway, New York, New York 10019. The name and address of the resident agent of the Trust on the date hereof in The Commonwealth of Massachusetts is Corporation Service Company, 84 State Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02109. Each Trustee may change his or her principal address, and the Trustees may appoint a new or successor resident agent of the Trust, in each case at any time in his, her or their sole discretion.

ARTICLE V

SHAREHOLDERS’ VOTING POWERS AND MEETINGS

General

Section 1. Except as otherwise provided in this Article V or elsewhere in this Declaration, Shareholders shall have such power to vote as is provided for in, and shall and may hold meetings and take actions pursuant to, the provisions of the Bylaws.

Voting Powers as to Certain Transactions

Section 2.

(a) Except as otherwise provided in paragraph (b) of this Section 2, the affirmative vote or consent of at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the Trustees of the Trust and at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the Shares outstanding and entitled to vote thereon shall be necessary to authorize any of the following actions:

(i) the merger or consolidation or share exchange of the Trust or any series or class of Shares with or into any other person or company (including, without limitation, a partnership, corporation, joint venture, business trust, common law trust or any other business organization) or of any such person or company with or into the Trust or any series or class of Shares;

(ii) the issuance or transfer by the Trust or any series or class of Shares (in one or more series of transactions in any twelve-month period) of any securities of the Trust or such series or class to any other person or entity for cash, securities or other property (or combination thereof) having an aggregate fair market value of $1,000,000 or more, excluding (i) sales of any securities of the Trust or a series or class in connection with a public offering thereof, (ii) issuance of securities of the Trust or a series or class pursuant to a dividend reinvestment plan adopted by the Trustees and (iii) issuances of securities of the Trust or a series or class upon the exercise of any stock subscription rights distributed by the Trust or a series or class;

 

A MENDED AND R ESTATED D ECLARATION OF T RUST


(iii) a sale, lease, exchange, mortgage, pledge, transfer or other disposition by the Trust or any series or class of Shares (in one or a series of transactions in any twelve-month period) to or with any person of any assets of the Trust or such series or class having an aggregate fair market value of $1,000,000 or more, except for transactions in securities effected by the Trust or a series or class in the ordinary course of business;

(iv) any Shareholder proposal as to specific investment decisions made or to be made with respect to the assets of the Trust or a series or class of Shares.

(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in paragraph (a) of this Section 2, so long as each action is approved by both a majority of the entire Board of Trustees and seventy-five percent (75%) of the Continuing Trustees, and so long as all other conditions and requirements, if any, provided for in the Bylaws and applicable law have been satisfied, then no Shareholder vote or consent shall be necessary or required to approve any of the actions listed in paragraphs (a)(i), (a)(ii), (a)(iii) or (a)(iv) of this Section 2, except to the extent such Shareholder vote or consent is required by the 1940 Act or other applicable law.

Conversion to Open-End Company

Section 3. Notwithstanding any other provisions in this Declaration or the Bylaws, the conversion of the Trust or any series of Shares from a “closed-end company” to an “open-end company,” as those terms are defined in Sections 5(a)(2) and 5(a)(1), respectively, of the 1940 Act (as in effect on the date of this Declaration), together with any necessary amendments to this Declaration to permit such a conversion, shall require the affirmative vote or consent of at least seventy-five percent (75%) of each class of Shares outstanding and entitled to vote on the matter, unless a majority of the Trustees and seventy-five percent (75%) of the Continuing Trustees entitled to vote on the matter approve such conversion and related actions. In the event of such approval by the Trustees and the Continuing Trustees as referred to in the preceding sentence, the 1940 Act shall govern whether and to what extent a vote or consent of Shares shall be required to approve such conversion and related actions. Any affirmative vote or consent required under this Section 3 shall be in addition to the vote or consent of the Shareholders otherwise required by law or by any agreement between the Trust and any national securities exchange.

ARTICLE VI

DISTRIBUTIONS AND DETERMINATION OF NET ASSET VALUE

Distributions

Section 1. The Trustees may each year, or more frequently if they so desire, but need not, distribute to the Shareholders of any or all classes or series of Shares such income and gains, accrued or realized, as the Trustees may determine, after providing for actual and accrued expenses and liabilities (including such reserves as the Trustees may establish) determined in

 

A MENDED AND R ESTATED D ECLARATION OF T RUST


accordance with good accounting practices and subject to the preferences, special or relative rights and privileges of the various classes or series of Shares. The Trustees shall have full discretion to determine which items shall be treated as income and which items as capital and their determination shall be binding upon the Shareholders. Distributions of income for each year or other period, if any be made, may be made in one or more payments, which shall be in Shares, in cash or otherwise and on a date or dates and as of a record date or dates determined by the Trustees. At any time and from time to time in their discretion, the Trustees may distribute to the Shareholders as of a record date or dates determined by the Trustees, in Shares, in cash or otherwise, all or part of any gains realized on the sale or disposition of property or otherwise, or all or part of any other principal of the Trust. Each distribution pursuant to this Section 1 to the Shareholders of a particular class or series shall be made ratably according to the number of Shares of such class or series held by the several Shareholders on the applicable record date thereof, provided that no distribution need be made on Shares purchased pursuant to orders received, or for which payment is made, after such time or times as the Trustees may determine. Any such distribution paid in Shares will be paid at the net asset value thereof as determined in accordance with Section 2 of this Article VI, or at such other value as may be specified by the Bylaws or as the Trustees may from time to time determine, subject to applicable laws and regulations then in effect.

Determination of Net Asset Value

Section 2. The net asset value per share of each class and each series of Shares of the Trust shall be determined in accordance with the 1940 Act and any related procedures adopted by the Trustees from time to time. Determinations made under and pursuant to this Section 2 in good faith and in accordance with the provisions of the 1940 Act shall be binding on all parties concerned.

ARTICLE VII

COMPENSATION AND LIMITATION

OF LIABILITY OF TRUSTEES

Compensation

Section 1. The Trustees as such shall be entitled to reasonable compensation from the Trust; they may fix the amount of their compensation. Nothing herein shall in any way prevent the Trust’s employment of any Trustee for advisory, management, legal, accounting, investment banking, underwriting, brokerage or other services and payment for the same by the Trust.

Limitation of Liability

Section 2. The Trustees shall not be responsible or liable in any event for any neglect or wrongdoing of any officer, agent, employee, adviser, sub-adviser, manager or principal underwriter of the Trust, nor shall any Trustee be responsible for the act or omission of any other

 

A MENDED AND R ESTATED D ECLARATION OF T RUST


Trustee, but nothing herein contained shall protect any Trustee against any liability to which he or she would otherwise be subject by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his or her office.

Every note, bond, contract, instrument, certificate, Share or undertaking and every other act or thing whatsoever executed or done by or on behalf of the Trust or the Trustees or any of them in connection with the Trust shall be conclusively deemed to have been executed or done only in or with respect to their or his or her capacity as Trustees or Trustee, and such Trustees or Trustee shall not be personally liable thereon.

ARTICLE VIII

INDEMNIFICATION

Trustees, Officers etc.

Section 1. The Trust shall indemnify each of its Trustees and officers (including persons who serve at the Trust’s request as directors, officers or trustees of another organization in which the Trust has any interest as a shareholder, creditor or otherwise) (hereinafter referred to as a “Covered Person”) against all liabilities and expenses, including but not limited to amounts paid in satisfaction of judgments, in compromise or as fines and penalties, and counsel fees reasonably incurred by any Covered Person in connection with the defense or disposition of any action, suit or other proceeding, whether civil or criminal, before any court or administrative or legislative body, including any form of alternate dispute resolution, such as, but not limited to, arbitration or mediation, in which such Covered Person may be or may have been involved as a party or otherwise or with which such Covered Person may be or may have been threatened, while in office or thereafter, by reason of being or having been such a Covered Person, except with respect to any matter as to which such Covered Person shall have been finally adjudicated in a decision on the merits in any such action, suit or other proceeding not to have acted in good faith in the reasonable belief that such Covered Person’s action was in the best interests of the Trust and except that no Covered Person shall be indemnified against any liability to the Trust or its Shareholders to which such Covered Person would otherwise be subject by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of such Covered Person’s office. Expenses, including counsel fees so incurred by any such Covered Person (but excluding amounts paid in satisfaction of judgments, in compromise or as fines or penalties), shall be paid from time to time by the Trust in advance of the final disposition of any such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such Covered Person to repay amounts so paid to the Trust if it is ultimately determined that indemnification of such expenses is not authorized under this Article VIII, provided , that (a) such Covered Person shall provide appropriate security for his or her undertaking, (b) the Trust shall be insured against losses arising by reason of such Covered Person’s failure to fulfill his or her undertaking, or (c) a majority of the Trustees who are disinterested persons and who are not Interested Persons of the Trust (provided that a majority of such Trustees then in office act on the matter), or independent legal counsel in a written opinion shall determine, based on a review of

 

A MENDED AND R ESTATED D ECLARATION OF T RUST


readily available facts (but not a full trial-type inquiry), that there is reason to believe such Covered Person ultimately will be entitled to indemnification.

Each Covered Person’s right to indemnification vests by virtue of such Covered Person’s status as such, and no repeal or modification of this Article VIII, Section 1 shall adversely affect any rights to indemnification from liabilities or expenses or to the advancement of liabilities or expenses of any Covered Person who is within the definition of “Covered Person” existing at the time of such repeal or modification with respect to any acts or omissions occurring prior to such repeal or modification.

Compromise Payment

Section 2. As to any matter disposed of (whether by a compromise payment, pursuant to a consent decree or otherwise) without an adjudication in a decision on the merits by a court, or by any other body before which the proceeding was brought, that such Covered Person either (a) did not act in good faith in the reasonable belief that such Covered Person’s action was in the best interests of the Trust or (b) is liable to the Trust or its Shareholders by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of such Covered Person’s office, indemnification shall be provided if (x) approved as in the best interests of the Trust, after notice that it involves such indemnification, by at least a majority of the Trustees who are disinterested persons and are not Interested Persons of the Trust (provided that a majority of such Trustees then in office act on the matter), upon a determination, based upon a review of readily available facts (but not a full trial-type inquiry) that such Covered Person acted in good faith in the reasonable belief that such Covered Person’s action was in the best interests of the Trust and is not liable to the Trust or its Shareholders by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of such Covered Person’s office, or (y) there has been obtained an opinion in writing of independent legal counsel, based upon a review of readily available facts (but not a full trial-type inquiry), to the effect that such Covered Person appears to have acted in good faith in the reasonable belief that such Covered Person’s action was in the best interests of the Trust and that such indemnification would not protect such Covered Person against any liability to the Trust to which such Covered Person would otherwise be subject by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his or her office. Any approval pursuant to this Section 2 shall not prevent the recovery from any Covered Person of any amount paid to such Covered Person in accordance with this Section 2 as indemnification if such Covered Person is subsequently adjudicated by a court of competent jurisdiction not to have acted in good faith in the reasonable belief that such Covered Person’s action was in the best interests of the Trust or to have been liable to the Trust or its Shareholders by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of such Covered Person’s office.

Rebuttable Presumption

Section 3. For purposes of the determination or opinion referred to in clause (c) of Section 1 of this Article VIII or clauses (x) or (y) of Section 2 of this Article VIII, the majority of

 

A MENDED AND R ESTATED D ECLARATION OF T RUST


disinterested Trustees acting on the matter or independent legal counsel, as the case may be, shall be entitled to rely upon a rebuttable presumption that the Covered Person has not engaged in willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of such Covered Person’s office.

Indemnification Not Exclusive

Section 4. The right of indemnification hereby provided shall not be exclusive of or affect any other rights to which any such Covered Person may be entitled. As used in this Article VIII, the term “Covered Person” shall include such person’s heirs, executors and administrators, and a “disinterested person” is a person against whom none of the actions, suits or other proceedings in question or another action, suit or other proceeding on the same or similar grounds is then or has been pending. Nothing contained in this Article VIII shall affect any rights to indemnification to which personnel of the Trust, other than Trustees or officers, and other persons may be entitled by contract or otherwise under law, nor the power of the Trust to purchase and maintain liability insurance on behalf of any person.

Shareholders

Section 5. In case any Shareholder or former Shareholder shall be held to be personally liable solely by reason of his or her being or having been a Shareholder and not because of his or her acts or omissions or for some other reason, the Shareholder or former Shareholder (or his or her heirs, executors, administrators or other legal representatives or, in the case of a corporation or other entity, its corporate or other general successor) shall be entitled to be held harmless from and indemnified against all loss and expense arising from such liability.

ARTICLE IX

MISCELLANEOUS

Trustees, Shareholders etc. Not Personally Liable; Notice

Section 1. All persons extending credit to, contracting with or having any claim against the Trust or a particular series or class of Shares shall look only to the assets of the Trust or the assets of that particular series or class of Shares for payment under such credit, contract or claim; and neither the Shareholders nor the Trustees, nor any of the Trust’s officers, employees or agents, whether past, present or future, shall be personally liable therefor. Nothing in this Declaration shall protect any Trustee against any liability to which such Trustee would otherwise be subject by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of the office of Trustee.

Every note, bond, contract, instrument, certificate or undertaking made or issued by the Trustees or by any officer or officers shall give notice that this Declaration is on file with the Secretary of State of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts and shall recite that the same was executed or made by or on behalf of the Trust or by them as Trustee or Trustees or as officer or

 

A MENDED AND R ESTATED D ECLARATION OF T RUST


officers and not individually and that the obligations of such instrument are not binding upon any of them or the Shareholders individually but are binding only upon the assets and property of the Trust, and may contain such further recital as he or she or they may deem appropriate, but the omission thereof shall not operate to bind any Trustee or Trustees or officer or officers or Shareholder or Shareholders individually.

Trustees and Officers Good Faith Action, Expert Advice, No Bond or Surety

Section 2. The exercise by the Trustees of their powers and discretions hereunder shall be binding upon everyone interested. A Trustee or officer shall be liable for his or her own willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of the office of Trustee or officer, and for nothing else, and shall not be liable for errors of judgment or mistakes of fact or law. The Trustees or officers may take advice of counsel or other experts with respect to the meaning and operation of this Declaration, and shall be under no liability for any act or omission in accordance with such advice or for failing to follow such advice. The Trustees and officers shall not be required to give any bond as such, nor any surety if a bond is required.

For purposes of (a) any standard of care applicable to a Trustee in the discharge of his or her duties as a trustee and (b) indemnification of a Trustee pursuant to Article VIII of this Declaration of Trust, the conduct of the Trustee shall be evaluated solely by reference to a hypothetical reasonable person, without regard to any special expertise, knowledge or other qualifications of the Trustee. In particular, and without limiting the generality of the foregoing, neither the determination that a Trustee is an “audit committee financial expert” nor the knowledge, experience or other qualifications underlying such a determination shall result in that Trustee being held to a standard of care that is higher than the standard that would be applicable in the absence of such a determination or such knowledge, experience or qualification, nor shall such a determination or such knowledge, experience or other qualification impose any duties, obligations or liabilities that are greater than would obtain in the absence of such a determination or such knowledge, experience or qualification.

Liability of Third Persons Dealing with Trustees

Section 3. No person dealing with the Trustees shall be bound to make any inquiry concerning the validity of any transaction made or to be made by the Trustees or to see to the application of any payments made or property transferred to the Trust or upon its order.

Duration and Termination of Trust

Section 4. Unless terminated as provided herein, the Trust shall continue without limitation of time. Subject to the voting powers of one or more classes or series of Shares as set forth in the Bylaws, the Trust may be terminated at any time (i) by vote or consent of Shareholders holding at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the Shares entitled to vote or (ii) by vote or consent of majority of the entire Board of Trustees and seventy-five percent (75%) of the Continuing Trustees upon written notice to the Shareholders. Any series or class of Shares may

 

A MENDED AND R ESTATED D ECLARATION OF T RUST


be terminated at any time (x) by vote or consent of Shareholders holding at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the Shares of such series of class entitled to vote or (y) by vote or consent of majority of the entire Board of Trustees and seventy-five percent (75%) of the Continuing Trustees upon written notice to the Shareholders of such series or class. For the avoidance of any doubt and notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Declaration, Shareholders shall have no separate right to vote with respect to the termination of the Trust or a series of class of Shares if the Trustees (including the Continuing Trustees) exercise their right to terminate the Trust or such series or class pursuant to clauses (ii) and (y) of this Section 4.

Upon termination of the Trust or of any one or more series or classes of Shares, after paying or otherwise providing for all charges, taxes, expenses and liabilities, whether due or accrued or anticipated, of the Trust or of the particular series or class, as may be determined by the Trustees, the Trust shall in accordance with such procedures as the Trustees consider appropriate reduce the remaining assets to distributable form in cash or shares or other property, or any combination thereof, and distribute the proceeds to the Shareholders of the series or class(es) involved, ratably according to the number of Shares of such series or class held by the several Shareholders on the date of termination, except to the extent otherwise required or permitted by the preferences and special or relative rights and privileges of any classes or series of Shares.

Filing of Copies, References, Headings

Section 5. The original or a copy of this instrument and of each amendment hereto shall be kept at the office of the Trust, where it may be inspected by any Shareholder. A copy of this instrument and of each amendment hereto shall be filed by the Trust with the Secretary of State of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts and with the Boston City Clerk, as well as any other governmental office where such filing may from time to time be required. Anyone dealing with the Trust may rely on a certificate by an officer of the Trust as to whether or not any such amendments have been made and as to any matters in connection with the Trust hereunder; and, with the same effect as if it were the original, may rely on a copy certified by an officer of the Trust to be a copy of this instrument or of any such amendments. In this instrument and in any such amendment, references to this instrument, and all expressions like “herein”, “hereof”, and “hereunder”, shall be deemed to refer to this instrument as amended or affected by any such amendments. Headings are placed herein for convenience of reference only and shall not be taken as a part hereof or control or affect the meaning, construction or effect of this instrument. This instrument may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original.

Applicable Law

Section 6 . This Declaration is made in The Commonwealth of Massachusetts, and it is created under and is to be governed by and construed and administered according to the laws of said Commonwealth. The Trust shall be of the type commonly called a Massachusetts business trust, and without limiting the provisions hereof, the Trust may exercise all powers which are ordinarily exercised by such a trust.

 

A MENDED AND R ESTATED D ECLARATION OF T RUST


Amendments

Section 7 . (a) Except to the extent that the Bylaws or applicable law may require a higher vote or the separate vote of one or more classes or series of Shares, and except as provided in paragraph (b) of this Section 7, this Declaration may be amended at any time by an instrument in writing signed by a majority of the then Trustees (1) when authorized so to do by a vote of Shareholders holding a majority of the Shares entitled to vote or (2) without Shareholder approval as may be necessary or desirable in order to authorize one or more classes or series of Shares as in Section 1 of Article III hereof. Amendments having the purpose of changing the name of the Trust or of supplying any omission, curing any ambiguity or curing, correcting or supplementing any defective or inconsistent provision contained herein shall not require authorization by Shareholder vote.

(b) Except to the extent that the Bylaws or applicable law may require a higher vote or the separate vote of one or more classes or series of Shares, no amendment may be made under this Section 7 which shall amend, alter, change or repeal any of the following provisions hereof: Article III, Sections 4, 5, 6 or 7; Article IV, Sections 1, 2 and 3; each Section of Article V; Article VII, Section 2; each Section of Article VIII; or this Article IX, Sections 1, 2, 3, 4, 7(b) or 7(c); unless, in each case, the amendment effecting such amendment, alteration, change or repeal shall be effected by an instrument in writing signed by a majority of the then Trustees and seventy-five percent (75%) of the Continuing Trustees and shall receive the affirmative vote or consent of at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the Shares entitled to vote; provided , however , that such affirmative vote or consent shall be in addition to the vote or consent of the Shareholders otherwise required by applicable law or by the terms of any agreement between the Trust and any national securities exchange.

(c) Except to the extent that the Bylaws or applicable law requires a vote or consent of Shareholders, the Board of Trustees shall have the sole power and authority to adopt, amend, alter, change or repeal any Bylaw of the Trust, if the resolution or writing adopting, amending, altering, changing or repealing any such Bylaw is approved or signed by a majority of the Board of Trustees; provided , however , that the approval of a majority of the Board of Trustees and seventy-five percent (75%) of the Continuing Trustees shall be required for (i) any amendment, alteration, change or repeal of Section 10 of the Bylaws and (ii) any amendment, alteration, change or repeal of any other Section or provision of the Bylaws designated from time to time by resolution of a majority of the Board of Trustees and seventy-five percent (75%) of the Continuing Trustees to require such approval.

Address of the Trust

Section 8. As of the date hereof, the principal address of the Trust is c/o Allianz Global Investors Fund Management LLC, 1633 Broadway, New York, New York 10019. The Trustees may change the principal address of the Trust to any location within or without The Commonwealth of Massachusetts as they shall determine in their sole discretion.

 

A MENDED AND R ESTATED D ECLARATION OF T RUST


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, all of the Trustees as aforesaid do hereto set their hands this 12 th day of December, 2012.

 

  / S / D EBORAH A. D E C OTIS
  Deborah A. DeCotis
  / S / B RADFORD K. G ALLAGHER
  Bradford K. Gallagher
  / S / J AMES A. J ACOBSON
  James A. Jacobson
  / S / H ANS W. K ERTESS
  Hans W. Kertess
  / S / J OHN C. M ANEY
  John C. Maney
  / S / W ILLIAM B. O GDEN , IV
  William B. Ogden, IV
  / S / A LAN R APPAPORT
  Alan Rappaport

 

A MENDED AND R ESTATED D ECLARATION OF T RUST

AMENDED AND RESTATED

BYLAWS

of

PIMCO DYNAMIC CREDIT INCOME FUND

(Dated as of December 12, 2012)

ARTICLE 1

Agreement and Declaration of Trust and Principal Office

1.1 Principal Office of the Trust . The Trust may have one or more principal offices within or outside of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts as the Trustees may determine or as they may authorize.

1.2 Agreement and Declaration of Trust . These Amended and Restated Bylaws (the “Bylaws”) shall be subject to the Agreement and Declaration of Trust, as amended or restated from time to time (the “Declaration of Trust”), of PIMCO Dynamic Credit Income Fund, the Massachusetts business trust established by the Declaration of Trust (the “Trust”). Capitalized terms used in these Bylaws and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given to such terms in the Declaration of Trust.

ARTICLE 2

Meetings of Trustees

2.1 Regular Meetings . Regular meetings of the Trustees may be held without call or notice at such places and at such times as the Trustees may from time to time determine, provided that notice of the first regular meeting following any such determination shall be given to absent Trustees. A regular meeting of the Trustees may be held without call or notice immediately after and at the same place as an annual meeting of the Shareholders.

2.2 Special Meetings . Special meetings of the Trustees may be held at any time and at any place designated in the call of the meeting when called by the Chairman of the Trustees, the President or the Treasurer or by two or more Trustees, sufficient notice thereof being given to each Trustee by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary or by the officer or the Trustees calling the meeting.

2.3 Notice . It shall be sufficient notice to a Trustee of a special meeting to send notice by mail at least forty-eight hours, or by telegram, telex or telecopy or other electronic facsimile transmission method at least twenty-four hours, before the meeting addressed to the Trustee at his or her usual or last known business or residence address (or facsimile number or e-mail address as the case may be) or to give notice to him or her in person or by telephone or voice-mail at least twenty-four hours before the meeting. Notice of a meeting need not be given to any Trustee if a written waiver of notice, executed by him or her, before or after the meeting, is filed with the records of the meeting, or to any Trustee who attends the meeting without


protesting prior thereto or at its commencement the lack of notice to him or her. Neither notice of a meeting nor a waiver of a notice need specify the purposes of the meeting.

2.4 Quorum . At any meeting of the Trustees a majority of the Trustees then in office shall constitute a quorum. Any meeting may be adjourned from time to time by a majority of the votes cast upon the question, whether or not a quorum is present, and the meeting may be held as adjourned without further notice.

ARTICLE 3

Officers and Chairman of the Trustees

3.1 Enumeration; Qualification . The officers of the Trust shall be a President, a Treasurer, a Secretary, a Chief Compliance Officer and such other officers, if any, as the Trustees from time to time may in their discretion elect. The Trust may also have such agents as the Trustees from time to time may in their discretion appoint. Any officer may but need not be a Trustee or a Shareholder. Any two or more offices may be held by the same person.

3.2 Election . The President, the Treasurer, and the Secretary shall be elected annually by the Trustees. Other officers, if any, may be elected or appointed by the Trustees at the same meeting at which the President, Treasurer and Secretary are elected, or at any other time. If required by the 1940 Act, the Chief Compliance Officer shall be elected or appointed by a majority of the Trustees, as well as a majority of the Trustees who are not Interested Persons of the Trust (the “Independent Trustees”), and otherwise in accordance with Rule 38a-1 (or any successor rule) under the 1940 Act, as such rule may be amended from time to time (“Rule 38a-1”). Vacancies in any office may be filled at any time.

3.3 Tenure . The Chairman of the Trustees, if one is elected, the President, the Treasurer, the Secretary and the Chief Compliance Officer shall hold office until their respective successors are chosen and qualified, or in each case until he or she sooner dies, resigns, is removed with or without cause or becomes disqualified, provided that, if required by the 1940 Act, any removal of the Chief Compliance Officer shall be in accordance with Rule 38a-1. Each other officer shall hold office and each agent of the Trust shall retain authority at the pleasure of the Trustees.

3.4 Powers . Subject to the other provisions of these Bylaws, each officer shall have, in addition to the duties and powers herein and set forth in the Declaration of Trust, such duties and powers as are commonly incident to the office occupied by him or her as if the Trust were organized as a Massachusetts business corporation and such other duties and powers as the Trustees may from time to time designate.

3.5 Chairman of the Trustees. There shall be an office of the Chairman of the Trustees, which shall serve on behalf of the Trustees, but shall not be an officer of the Trust. The office of the Chairman of the Trustees may be held by more than one person. Any Chairman of

 

-2-


the Trustees shall be elected by a majority of the Trustees, as well as a majority of the Independent Trustees if required by the 1940 Act. If required by the 1940 Act, any Chairman of the Trustees shall be an Independent Trustee and may, but need not, be a shareholder. The powers and the duties of the Chairman of the Trustees shall include any and all such powers and duties relating to the operations of the Trustees as, from time to time, may be conferred upon or assigned to such office by the Trustees or as may be required by law, provided that the Chairman of the Trustees shall have no individual authority to act for the Trust as an officer of the Trust. In carrying out the responsibilities and duties of the office, the Chairman of the Trustees may seek assistance and input from other Trustees or Committees of the Trustees, officers of the Trust and the Trust’s investment adviser(s) and other service providers, as deemed necessary or appropriate. The Trustees, including a majority of the Independent Trustees if required by the 1940 Act, may appoint one or more persons to perform the duties of the Chairman of the Trustees, in the event of his or her absence at any meeting or in the event of his or her disability.

3.6 President; Vice President . The President shall be the chief executive officer of the Trust. Any Vice President shall have such duties and powers as may be designated from time to time by the Trustees or the President.

3.7 Treasurer; Assistant Treasurer . The Treasurer shall be the chief financial and accounting officer of the Trust, and shall, subject to the provisions of the Declaration of Trust and to any arrangement made by the Trustees with a custodian, investment adviser, sub-adviser or manager, or transfer, shareholder servicing or similar agent, be in charge of the valuable papers, books of account and accounting records of the Trust, and shall have such other duties and powers as may be designated from time to time by the Trustees or by the President. Any Assistant Treasurer shall have such duties and powers as may be designated from time to time by the Trustees or the President.

3.8 Secretary; Assistant Secretary . The Secretary shall record all proceedings of the Shareholders and the Trustees in books to be kept therefor, which books or a copy thereof shall be kept at the principal office of the Trust. In the absence of the Secretary from any meeting of the Shareholders or Trustees, an Assistant Secretary, or if there be none or if he or she is absent, a temporary secretary chosen at such meeting shall record the proceedings thereof in the aforesaid books. Any Assistant Secretary shall have such duties and powers as may be designated from time to time by the Trustees or the President.

3.9 Chief Compliance Officer . The Chief Compliance Officer shall perform the duties and have the responsibilities of the chief compliance officer of the Trust, including if required by the 1940 Act any such duties and responsibilities imposed by Rule 38a-1, and shall have such other duties and powers as may be designated from time to time by the Trustees.

3.10 Resignations . Any officer may resign at any time by written instrument signed by him or her and delivered to the Chairman of the Trustees, if any, the President or the Secretary, or to a meeting of the Trustees. Such resignation shall be effective upon receipt unless specified

 

-3-


to be effective at some other time. Except to the extent expressly provided in a written agreement with the Trust, no officer resigning and no officer removed shall have any right to any compensation for any period following his or her resignation or removal, or any right to damages on account of such removal.

ARTICLE 4

Committees

4.1 Quorum; Voting . Except as provided below or as otherwise specifically provided in the resolutions constituting a Committee of the Trustees and providing for the conduct of its meetings, a majority of the members of any Committee of the Trustees shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and any action of such a Committee may be taken at a meeting by a vote of a majority of the members present (a quorum being present) or evidenced by one or more writings signed by such a majority. Members of a Committee may participate in a meeting of such Committee by means of a conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other at the same time and participation by such means shall constitute presence in person at a meeting.

With respect to a Valuation Committee of the Trustees, one or more of the Committee members shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business.

Except as specifically provided in the resolutions constituting a Committee of the Trustees and providing for the conduct of its meetings, Section 2.3 of these Bylaws relating to special meetings shall govern the notice requirements for Committee meetings, except that it shall be sufficient notice to a Valuation Committee of the Trustees to send notice by telegram, telex or telecopy or other electronic means (including by telephone, voice-message or e-mail) at least fifteen minutes before the meeting.

ARTICLE 5

Reports

5.1 General . The Trustees and officers shall render reports at the time and in the manner required by the Declaration of Trust or any applicable law. Officers and Committees shall render such additional reports as they may deem desirable or as may from time to time be required by the Trustees.

ARTICLE 6

Fiscal Year

6.1 General . Except as from time to time otherwise determined by the Trustees, the initial fiscal year of the Trust shall end on such date as is determined in advance or in arrears by the Trustees or the Treasurer, and the subsequent fiscal years shall end on such date in subsequent years.

 

-4-


ARTICLE 7

Seal

7.1 General . The seal of the Trust shall, subject to alteration by the Trustees, consist of a flat-faced die with the word “Massachusetts,” together with the name of the Trust and the year of its organization cut or engraved thereon; provided, however, that unless otherwise required by the Trustees, the seal shall not be necessary to be placed on, and its absence shall not impair the validity of, any document, instrument or other paper executed and delivered by or on behalf of the Trust.

ARTICLE 8

Execution of Papers

8.1 General . Except as the Trustees may generally or in particular cases authorize the execution thereof in some other manner, all deeds, leases, transfers, contracts, bonds, notes, checks, drafts and other obligations made, accepted or endorsed by the Trust shall be executed by the President, any Vice President, the Treasurer or by whomever else shall be designated for that purpose by vote of the Trustees, and need not bear the seal of the Trust.

ARTICLE 9

Uncertificated Shares and Share Certificates

9.1 Uncertificated Shares; Share Certificates . In lieu of issuing certificates for Shares, the Trustees or the transfer agent may either issue receipts therefor or may keep accounts upon the books of the Trust for the record holders of such Shares, who shall in either case be deemed, for all purposes hereunder, to be the holders of certificates for such Shares as if they had accepted such certificates and shall be held to have expressly assented and agreed to the terms hereof.

The Trustees may at any time, but are not required to, authorize the issuance of share certificates. In that event, each Shareholder shall be entitled to a certificate stating the number of Shares owned by him or her, in such form as shall be prescribed from time to time by the Trustees. Any such certificates shall be signed by the President or any Vice President and by the Treasurer or any Assistant Treasurer. Such signatures may be by facsimile if the certificate is signed by a transfer agent, or by a registrar, other than a Trustee, officer or employee of the Trust. In case any officer who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed on such certificate shall cease to be such officer before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Trust with the same effect as if he or she were such officer at the time of its issuance.

9.2 Loss of Certificates . In case of the alleged loss or destruction or the mutilation of a share certificate, a duplicate certificate may be issued in place thereof, upon such terms as the Trustees shall prescribe.

 

-5-


9.3 Issuance of New Certificates to Pledgee . A pledgee of Shares transferred as collateral security shall be entitled to a new certificate if the instrument of transfer substantially describes the debt or duty that is intended to be secured thereby. Such new certificate shall express on its face that it is held as collateral security, and the name of pledgor shall be stated thereon, who alone shall be liable as a Shareholder and entitled to vote thereon.

9.4 Discontinuance of Issuance of Certificates . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Article 9, the Trustees may at any time discontinue any issuance of share certificates and may, by written notice to each Shareholder, require the surrender of share certificates to the Trust for cancellation. Such surrender and cancellation shall not affect the ownership of Shares in the Trust.

ARTICLE 10

Shareholders’ Voting Powers and Meetings

10.1 Voting Powers . The Shareholders shall have power to vote only (i) for the election or removal of Trustees as provided in Article IV, Sections 1 and 3 of the Declaration of Trust, (ii) with respect to any Manager or sub-adviser as provided in Article IV, Section 8 of the Declaration of Trust to the extent required by the 1940 Act, (iii) with respect to certain transactions and other matters to the extent and as provided in Article V, Sections 2 and 3 of the Declaration of Trust, (iv) with respect to any termination of this Trust to the extent and as provided in Article IX, Section 4 of the Declaration of Trust (for the avoidance of any doubt, Shareholders shall have no separate right to vote with respect to the termination of the Trust or a series or class of Shares if the Trustees (including the Continuing Trustees) exercise their right to terminate the Trust or such series or class pursuant to clauses (ii) or (y) of Article IX, Section 4 of the Declaration of Trust), (v) with respect to any amendment of the Declaration of Trust to the extent and as provided in Article IX, Section 7 of the Declaration of Trust, (vi) to the same extent as the stockholders of a Massachusetts business corporation as to whether or not a court action, proceeding or claim should or should not be brought or maintained derivatively or as a class action on behalf of the Trust or the Shareholders, and (vii) with respect to such additional matters relating to the Trust as may be required by law, the Declaration of Trust, these Bylaws or any registration of the Trust with the Securities and Exchange Commission (or any successor agency) or any state, or as the Trustees may consider necessary or desirable. Each whole Share shall be entitled to one vote as to any matter on which it is entitled to vote and each fractional Share shall be entitled to a proportionate fractional vote, except as otherwise provided in the Declaration of Trust, these Bylaws, or required by applicable law. Except as otherwise provided in the Declaration of Trust or in respect of the terms of a class of preferred shares of beneficial interest of the Trust as reflected in these Bylaws or required by applicable law, all Shares of the Trust then entitled to vote shall be voted in the aggregate as a single class without regard to classes or series of Shares. There shall be no cumulative voting in the election of Trustees. Shares may be voted in person or by proxy. A proxy with respect to Shares held in the name of two or more persons shall be valid if executed by any one of them unless at or prior to exercise of the proxy the Trust receives a specific written notice to the contrary from any one of them. The placing of

 

-6-


a Shareholder’s name on a proxy pursuant to telephonic or electronically transmitted instructions obtained pursuant to procedures reasonably designed to verify that such instructions have been authorized by such Shareholder shall constitute execution of such proxy by or on behalf of such Shareholder. A proxy purporting to be executed by or on behalf of a Shareholder shall be deemed valid unless challenged at or prior to its exercise and the burden of proving invalidity shall rest on the challenger. Until Shares of a particular class or series are issued, the Trustees may exercise all rights of Shareholders and may take any action required by law, the Declaration of Trust or these Bylaws to be taken by Shareholders as to such class or series.

10.2 Voting Power and Meetings . Except as provided in the third sentence of this paragraph, regular meetings of the Shareholders for the election of Trustees and the transaction of such other business as may properly come before the meeting shall be held, so long as Shares are listed for trading on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”), on at least an annual basis, on such day and at such place as shall be designated by the Trustees. For the avoidance of doubt, for these purposes, “on at least an annual basis” is intended to permit the Trustees to set the Trust’s annual meetings at anytime within the timeframes required of closed-end investment companies whose shares are listed for trading on the NYSE in accordance with applicable rules of the NYSE (which, as of the date of these Bylaws, require listed companies to hold an annual shareholders’ meeting during each fiscal year). In the event that such a meeting is not held in any annual period if so required, whether the omission be by oversight or otherwise, a subsequent special meeting may be called by the Trustees and held in lieu of such meeting with the same effect as if held within such annual period. Special meetings of the Shareholders or any or all classes or series of Shares may also be called by the Trustees from time to time for such other purposes as may be prescribed by law, by the Declaration of Trust or by these Bylaws, or for the purpose of taking action upon any other matter deemed by a majority of the Trustees and a majority of the Continuing Trustees to be necessary or desirable. A special meeting of Shareholders may be held at any such time, day and place as is designated by the Trustees. Written notice of any meeting of Shareholders, stating the date, time, place and purpose of the meeting, shall be given or caused to be given by a majority of the Trustees and a majority of the Continuing Trustees at least seven days before such meeting to each Shareholder entitled to vote thereat by leaving such notice with the Shareholder at his or her residence or usual place of business or by mailing such notice, postage prepaid, to the Shareholder’s address as it appears on the records of the Trust. Such notice may be given by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary or by any other officer or agent designated for such purpose by the Trustees. Whenever notice of a meeting is required to be given to a Shareholder under the Declaration of Trust or these Bylaws, a written waiver thereof, executed before or after the meeting by such Shareholder or his or her attorney thereunto authorized and filed with the records of the meeting, shall be deemed equivalent to such notice. Notice of a meeting need not be given to any Shareholder who attends the meeting without protesting prior thereto or at its commencement the lack of notice to such Shareholder. No ballot shall be required for any election unless required by a Shareholder present or represented at the meeting and entitled to vote in such election. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 10.2, no matter shall be properly before any annual or

 

-7-


special meeting of Shareholders and no business shall be transacted thereat unless in accordance with Section 10.6 of these Bylaws.

10.3 Quorum and Required Vote . Except when a larger quorum is required by any provision of law or the Declaration of Trust or these Bylaws, thirty percent (30%) of the Shares entitled to vote on a particular matter shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at a Shareholders’ meeting, except that where any provision of law or the Declaration of Trust or these Bylaws permits or requires that holders of any class or series of Shares shall vote as an individual class or series, then thirty percent (30%) (unless a larger quorum is required as specified above) of Shares of that class or series entitled to vote shall be necessary to constitute a quorum for the transaction of business by that class or series. Any lesser number shall be sufficient for adjournments. Any adjourned session or sessions may be held, within a reasonable time after the date set for the original meeting, without the necessity of further notice. Except when a different vote is required by any provision of law or the Declaration of Trust or these Bylaws, a plurality of the quorum of Shares necessary for the transaction of business at a Shareholders’ meeting shall decide any questions and a plurality of Shares voted shall elect a Trustee, provided that where any provision of law or of the Declaration of Trust or these Bylaws permits or requires that the holders of any class or series of Shares shall vote as an individual class or series, then a plurality of the quorum of Shares of that class or series necessary for the transaction of business by that class or series at a Shareholders’ meeting shall decide that matter insofar as that class or series is concerned.

10.4 Action by Written Consent . Any action taken by Shareholders may be taken without a meeting if a majority of Shareholders entitled to vote on the matter (or such larger proportion thereof as shall be required by any express provision of law or the Declaration of Trust or these Bylaws) consent to the action in writing and such written consents are filed with the records of the meetings of Shareholders. Such consent shall be treated for all purposes as a vote taken at a meeting of Shareholders.

10.5 Record Dates . For the purpose of determining the Shareholders who are entitled to vote or act at any meeting or any adjournment thereof, or who are entitled to receive payment of any dividend or of any other distribution, the Trustees may from time to time fix a time, which shall be not more than 90 days before the date of any meeting of Shareholders or the date for the payment of any dividend or of any other distribution, as the record date for determining the Shareholders having the right to notice of and to vote at such meeting and any adjournment thereof or the right to receive such dividend or distribution, and in such case only Shareholders of record on such record date shall have the right notwithstanding any transfer of Shares on the books of the Trust after the record date; or without fixing such record date the Trustees may for any of such purposes close the register or transfer books for all or any part of such period.

 

-8-


10.6 Advance Notice of Shareholder Nominees for Trustees and Other Shareholder Proposals .

(a) As used in this Section 10.6, the term “annual meeting” refers to any annual meeting of Shareholders as well as any special meeting held in lieu of an annual meeting as described in the first three sentences of Section 10.2 of these Bylaws, and the term “special meeting” refers to all meetings of Shareholders other than an annual meeting or a special meeting in lieu of an annual meeting.

(b) The matters to be considered and brought before any annual or special meeting of Shareholders shall be limited to only such matters, including the nomination and election of Trustees, as shall be brought properly before such meeting in compliance with the procedures set forth in this Section 10.6. Only persons who are nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 10.6 shall be eligible for election as Trustees, and no proposal to fix the number of Trustees shall be brought before an annual or special meeting of Shareholders or otherwise transacted unless in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 10.6, except as may be otherwise provided in these Bylaws with respect to the right of holders of preferred shares of beneficial interest, if any, of the Trust to nominate and elect a specified number of Trustees in certain circumstances.

(c) For any matter to be properly before any annual meeting, the matter must be (i) specified in the notice of meeting given by or at the direction of a majority of the Trustees and a majority of the Continuing Trustees pursuant to Section 10.2 of these Bylaws, (ii) otherwise brought before the meeting by or at the direction of a majority of the Continuing Trustees (or any duly authorized committee thereof), or (iii) brought before the meeting in the manner specified in this Section 10.6(c) by a Shareholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting or by a Shareholder (a “Beneficial Owner”) that holds Shares entitled to vote at the meeting through a nominee or “street name” holder of record and that can demonstrate to the Trust such indirect ownership and such Beneficial Owner’s entitlement to vote such Shares, provided that the Shareholder was the Shareholder of record or the Beneficial Owner held such Shares at the time the notice provided for in this Section 10.6(c) is delivered to the Secretary.

In addition to any other requirements under applicable law and the Declaration of Trust and these Bylaws, persons nominated by Shareholders for election as Trustees and any other proposals by Shareholders may be properly brought before an annual meeting only pursuant to timely notice (the “Shareholder Notice”) in writing to the Secretary. To be timely, the Shareholder Notice must be delivered to or mailed and received at the principal executive offices of the Trust not less than forty-five (45) nor more than sixty (60) days prior to the first anniversary date of the date on which the Trust first mailed its proxy materials for the prior year’s annual meeting; provided , however , with respect to the first annual meeting to be held after the initial offering of the Trust’s Common Shares, the Shareholder Notice must be so delivered or mailed and so received on or before December 31, 2013; provided further , however , if and only if the annual meeting is not scheduled to be held within a period

 

-9-


that commences thirty (30) days before the first anniversary date of the annual meeting for the preceding year and ends thirty (30) days after such anniversary date (an annual meeting date outside such period being referred to herein as an “Other Annual Meeting Date”), such Shareholder Notice must be given in the manner provided herein by the later of the close of business on (i) the date forty-five (45) days prior to such Other Annual Meeting Date or (ii) the tenth (10 th ) business day following the date such Other Annual Meeting Date is first publicly announced or disclosed.

Any Shareholder desiring to nominate any person or persons (as the case may be) for election as a Trustee or Trustees of the Trust shall deliver, as part of such Shareholder Notice: (i) a statement in writing setting forth (A) the name, age, date of birth, business address, residence address and nationality of the person or persons to be nominated; (B) the class or series and number of all Shares of the Trust owned of record or beneficially by each such person or persons, as reported to such Shareholder by such nominee(s); (C) any other information regarding each such person required by paragraphs (a), (d), (e) and (f) of Item 401 of Regulation S-K or paragraph (b) of Item 22 of Rule 14a-101 (Schedule 14A) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), adopted by the Securities and Exchange Commission (or the corresponding provisions of any regulation or rule subsequently adopted by the Securities and Exchange Commission or any successor agency applicable to the Trust); (D) any other information regarding the person or persons to be nominated that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitation of proxies for election of Trustees or directors pursuant to Section 14 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder; and (E) whether such Shareholder believes any nominee is or will be an “interested person” of the Trust (as defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended) and, if not an “interested person,” information regarding each nominee that will be sufficient for the Trust to make such determination; and (ii) the written and signed consent of the person or persons to be nominated to be named as nominees and to serve as Trustees if elected. In addition, the Trustees may require any proposed nominee to furnish such other information as they may reasonably require or deem necessary to determine the eligibility of such proposed nominee to serve as a Trustee. Any Shareholder Notice required by this Section 10.6(c) in respect of a proposal to fix the number of Trustees shall also set forth a description of and the text of the proposal, which description and text shall state a fixed number of Trustees that otherwise complies with applicable law, these Bylaws and the Declaration of Trust.

Without limiting the foregoing, any Shareholder who gives a Shareholder Notice of any matter proposed to be brought before a Shareholder meeting (whether or not involving nominees for Trustees) shall deliver, as part of such Shareholder Notice: (i) the description of and text of the proposal to be presented; (ii) a brief written statement of the reasons why such Shareholder favors the proposal; (iii) such Shareholder’s name and address as they appear on the Trust’s books; (iv) any other information relating to the Shareholder that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in

 

-10-


connection with the solicitation of proxies with respect to the matter(s) proposed pursuant to Section 14 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder; (v) the class or series and number of all Shares of the Trust owned beneficially and of record by such Shareholder; (vi) any material interest of such Shareholder in the matter proposed (other than as a Shareholder); (vii) a representation that the Shareholder intends to appear in person or by proxy at the Shareholder meeting to act on the matter(s) proposed; (viii) if the proposal involves nominee(s) for Trustees, a description of all arrangements or understandings between the Shareholder and each proposed nominee and any other person or persons (including their names) pursuant to which the nomination(s) are to be made by the Shareholder; and (ix) in the case of a Beneficial Owner, evidence establishing such Beneficial Owner’s indirect ownership of, and entitlement to vote, Shares at the meeting of Shareholders. As used in this Section 10.6, Shares “beneficially owned” shall mean all Shares which such person is deemed to beneficially own pursuant to Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act.

(d) For any matter to be properly before any special meeting, the matter must be specified in the notice of meeting given by or at the direction of a majority of the Trustees and a majority of the Continuing Trustees pursuant to Section 10.2 of these Bylaws. In the event the Trust calls a special meeting for the purpose of electing one or more Trustees, any Shareholder may nominate a person or persons (as the case may be) for election to such position(s) as specified in the Trust’s notice of meeting if and only if the Shareholder provides a notice containing the information required in the Shareholder Notice to the Secretary required with respect to annual meetings by Section 10.6(c) hereof, and such notice is delivered to or mailed and received at the principal executive office of the Trust not later than the close of business on the tenth (10 th ) day following the day on which the date of the special meeting and of the nominees proposed by the Trustees to be elected at such meeting are publicly announced or disclosed.

(e) For purposes of this Section 10.6, a matter shall be deemed to have been “publicly announced or disclosed” if such matter is disclosed in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press or comparable national news service, in a document publicly filed by the Trust with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or in a Web site accessible to the public maintained by the Trust or by its investment adviser or an affiliate of such investment adviser with respect to the Trust.

(f) In no event shall an adjournment or postponement (or a public announcement thereof) of a meeting of Shareholders commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of notice as provided in this Section 10.6.

(g) The person presiding at any meeting of Shareholders, in addition to making any other determinations that may be appropriate to the conduct of the meeting, shall have the power and duty to (i) determine whether a nomination or proposal of other matters to be brought before a meeting and notice thereof have been duly made and given in the manner provided in this Section 10.6 and elsewhere in these Bylaws and the Declaration of Trust and

 

-11-


(ii) if not so made or given, to direct and declare at the meeting that such nomination and/or such other matters shall be disregarded and shall not be considered. Any determination by the person presiding shall be binding on all parties absent manifest error.

(h) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 10.6 or otherwise in these Bylaws, unless required by federal law, no matter shall be considered at or brought before any annual or special meeting unless such matter has been approved for these purposes by a majority of the Continuing Trustees and, in particular, no Beneficial Owner shall have any rights as a Shareholder except as may be required by federal law. Furthermore, nothing in this Section 10.6 shall be construed as creating any implication or presumption as to the requirements of federal law.

ARTICLE 11

Amendment to the Bylaws

11.1 General . Except to the extent that the Declaration of Trust or applicable law requires a vote or consent of Shareholders or a higher vote or consent by the Trustees and/or the Continuing Trustees, these Bylaws may be amended, changed, altered or repealed, in whole or part, only by resolution of a majority of the Trustees and a majority of the Continuing Trustees then in office at any meeting of the Trustees, or by one or more writings signed by such Trustees and Continuing Trustees.

 

-12-

ORGANIZED AND EXISTING UNDER AND BY VIRTUE OF

THE LAWS OF THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS

 

Number

  PIMCO DYNAMIC CREDIT INCOME FUND  

Shares

COMMON SHARES(S) OF   THIS CERTIFICATE IS TRANSFERABLE IN   CUSIP TO COME

BENEFICIAL INTEREST

$0.00001 PAR VALUE PER SHARE

  THE CITY OF BOSTON, MASSACHUSETTS OR NEW YORK, NEW YORK  

SEE REVERSE SIDE FOR

CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

This certifies that                              

is the owner of                                                               

FULLY PAID AND NON-ASSESSABLE COMMON SHARES OF BENEFICIAL INTEREST OF

PIMCO DYNAMIC CREDIT INCOME FUND, the said shares being issued, received and held under and subject to the terms and provisions of the Agreement and Declaration of Trust dated as of September 27, 2012, establishing the Fund, and all amendments thereto, copies of which are on file with the Secretary of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts, and the Fund’s Bylaws, and all amendments thereto. The said owner by accepting this certificate agrees to and is bound by all of the said terms and provisions. The common shares represented hereby are transferable in writing by the owner thereof in person or by attorney upon surrender of this certificate to the Fund, properly endorsed for transfer. This certificate is executed on behalf of the Trustees of the Fund as Trustees and not individually and the obligations hereof are not binding upon any of the Trustees, officers or shareholders of the Fund individually but are binding only upon the assets and property of the Fund. This certificate is not valid until countersigned and registered by the Transfer Agent and Registrar.

WITNESS the seal of the Fund and the signatures of its duly authorized officers.

DATED:

 

 

TREASURER                    

   

 

PRESIDENT                    


The Fund will furnish a copy of the Agreement and Declaration of Trust and Bylaws to the holder of this certificate without charge upon written request.

EXPLANATION OF ABBREVIATIONS

The following abbreviations when used in the form of ownership on the face of this certificate shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations. Abbreviations in addition to those appearing below, may be used.

 

Abbreviation

 

Equivalent

 

Abbreviation

 

Equivalent

JT TEN   As joint tenants, with rights of survivorship   TEN IN COM   As tenants in common
  and not as tenants in common   TEN BY ENT   As tenants by the entireties
    UNIF TRANSFERS MIN ACT   Uniform Transfers to Minors Act

Abbreviation

 

Equivalent

 

Abbreviation

 

Equivalent

ADM   Administrator(s)   FDN   Foundation
  Administratrix   PL   Public Law
AGMT   Agreement   TR   (As) trustee(s) for, of
CUST   Custodian for   UA   Under Agreement
EST   Estate, Of estate of   UW   Under will of, Of will of,
EX   Executor(s), Executrix     Under last will & testament
FBO   For the benefit of    

Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list.

TRANSFER FORM

For value received,                                      hereby sell, assign and transfer unto:

                                             (I/We)

PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER

IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE

 

 

    

 

       Please Print or Typewrite Name and Address (including postal Zip Code of Assignee)
        

                              Common Shares of Beneficial Interest represented by this Certificate, and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint                                          Attorney, to transfer such beneficial interest on the books of the Fund named therein with full power of substitution in the premises.

Dated                                ,             

 

   Signature(s)    
Signature Guaranteed By      (The signature of this assignment must correspond exactly with the name as written upon the face of this Certificate in every particular, without alteration or enlargement or any change whatsoever. If more than one owner, all must sign.)

 

 

(Signature must be guaranteed by a commercial

bank or trust company or member firm of any

national stock exchange.)

IMPORTANT NOTICE

When you sign your name to the Transfer Form without filling in the name of your “Assignee” this certificate becomes fully negotiable, similar to a check endorsed in blank. Therefore, to safeguard a signed certificate, it is recommended that you fill in the name of the new owner in the “Assignee” space.

Alternatively, instead of using this Transfer Form, you may sign a separate “stock power” form and then mail the unsigned certificate and the signed “stock power” in separate envelopes. For added protection, use registered mail for a certificate.

PIMCO DYNAMIC CREDIT INCOME FUND

TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE DIVIDEND REINVESTMENT PLAN

Holders of common shares of beneficial interest (the “Common Shares”) of the PIMCO Dynamic Credit Income Fund (the “Fund”), whose Common Shares are registered with the Agent (as defined below) (the “Registered Common Shareholders” or “Shareholders”), will automatically be enrolled (those so enrolled, the “Participants”) in the Fund’s Dividend Reinvestment Plan (the “Plan”) and are advised as follows with respect to the Fund:

1. THE PLAN AGENT. American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC (the “Agent”) will act as Agent for each Participant. The Agent will open an account for each Participant under the Plan with respect to the Fund in the same name in which his or her outstanding Common Shares of the Fund are registered with the Agent.

2. AUTOMATIC REINVESTMENT FOR PARTICIPANTS / CASH OPTION ELECTION. On behalf of each Participant, the Agent will automatically reinvest the Fund’s distributions of income, capital gains and returns of capital (together, “Distributions”) in Common Shares as described herein as of the first record date for a Distribution by the Fund to shareholders following the date on which the Participant becomes a shareholder of record of the Fund. In accordance with the foregoing, each Registered Common Shareholder will have all Distributions on his or her Common Shares automatically reinvested in additional Common Shares, unless such Shareholder elects to not be a Participant in the Plan and to receive such Distributions in cash. Registered Common Shareholders who wish to receive Distributions in cash, whether following his or her initial purchase of Common Shares or after having been a Participant in the Plan for some period, should so notify the Agent online at www.amstock.com, by calling (800) 254-5197, by writing to the Agent at P.O. Box 922, Wall Street Station, New York, NY 10269-0560, or, as applicable, by completing and returning the transaction form attached to each Plan statement, as specified and in accordance with Section 13 hereof.

3. MARKET PREMIUM ISSUANCES. With respect to each Participant, if on the payment date for a Distribution, the net asset value per Common Share of the Fund is equal to or less than the market price per Common Share plus estimated brokerage commissions, the Agent shall cause the Distribution to be invested by receiving newly issued Common Shares (“Additional Common Shares”), including fractions, from the Fund for each Participant’s account. The number of Additional Common Shares to be credited shall be determined by dividing the dollar amount of the Distribution by the greater of (i) the net asset value per Common Share on the payment date, or (ii) 95% of the market price per Common Share on the payment date.

4. MARKET DISCOUNT PURCHASES. With respect to each Participant, and except as provided below, if the net asset value per Common Share of the Fund exceeds the market price per Common Share plus estimated brokerage commissions on the payment date for a Distribution, the Agent (or a broker-dealer selected by the Agent) shall endeavor to apply the amount of such Distribution on such Participant’s Common Shares to purchase Common Shares of the Fund on the open market. Such market purchases will commence on or shortly after the payment date for such Distribution and the Agent shall complete such purchases not more than thirty (30) calendar days after such Distribution payment date, except where temporary curtailment or suspension of purchase is necessary to comply with applicable provisions of federal securities laws. If the Agent is unable to invest the full amount of a


Distribution through open market purchases pursuant to this Section 4, or, if before the Agent has completed the open market purchases, the market price per Common Share of the Fund plus estimated brokerage commissions exceeds the net asset value per Common Share as of the last business day immediately prior to the purchase date (the “prior business day”), the Agent shall cause the remainder of the Distribution to be invested by receiving Additional Common Shares, including fractions, from the Fund for each Participant’s account, the number of which shall be determined by dividing the dollar amount of the remainder ( i.e. , the uninvested portion) of the Distribution by the greater of (i) the net asset value per Common Share on the prior business day, or (ii) 95% of the market price per Common Share on the prior business day (which, in either case, may be a price greater or lesser than the net asset value per Common Share on the payment date for the applicable Distribution). Participants should note that they will not be able to instruct the Agent to purchase Common Shares at a specific time or at a specific price. Open-market purchases may be made on any securities exchange where Common Shares are traded, in the over-the-counter market or in negotiated transactions, and may be on such terms as to price, delivery and otherwise as the Agent shall determine.

The Agent may commingle all Participants’ amounts to be used for open market purchases of the Fund’s Common Shares. The weighted average price (including brokerage commissions) of all Common Shares purchased on the open market by the Agent as Agent and/or issued by the Fund pursuant to Section 3 shall be the price per Common Share allocable to each Participant.

5. VALUATION. The market price of Common Shares of the Fund on a particular date shall be the last sales price on the securities exchange where the Common Shares are listed on that date (the “Exchange”), or, if there is no sale on such Exchange on that date, then the mean between the closing bid and asked quotations on such Exchange on such date will be used. The net asset value per Common Share on a particular date shall be the amount calculated on that date (or if not calculated on such date, the amount most recently calculated) by or on behalf of the Fund in accordance with the Fund’s current policies.

6. SAFEKEEPING. In order to protect against loss, theft or destruction, if Participants hold Common Shares registered in their own names in certificate form, Participants may deposit such Common Shares into their Plan accounts. Certificates, along with a letter of instruction, should be sent to the Agent by registered mail, insured for 2% of their market value. Participants should not endorse their certificates. There are no fees for this service.

7. TAXATION. The automatic reinvestment of Distributions does not relieve Participants of any taxes which may be payable on Distributions. Participants will receive tax information annually for their personal records and to help them prepare their federal income tax return. For further information as to tax consequences of participation in the Plan, Participants should consult with their own tax advisors.

8. LIABILITY OF AGENT. The Agent shall at all times act in good faith and agrees to use its best efforts within reasonable limits to ensure the accuracy of all services performed under these terms and conditions and to comply with applicable law, but assumes no responsibility and shall not be liable for loss or damage due to errors unless such error is caused by the Agent’s negligence, bad faith, or willful misconduct or that of its employees. Each Participant’s uninvested funds held by the Agent will not bear interest. The Agent shall have no liability in connection with any inability to purchase Common Shares within the time period specified herein, or with the timing of any purchases effected.

 

-2-


The Agent shall have no responsibility for the value of Common Shares acquired. The Agent may commingle Participants’ funds.

9. RECORDKEEPING. The Agent may hold each Participant’s Common Shares acquired pursuant to the Plan together with the Common Shares of other Registered Common Shareholders of the Fund acquired pursuant to the Plan in non-certificated form in the Agent’s name or that of the Agent’s nominee. Distributions on fractional shares will be credited to each Participant’s account. Each Participant will be sent a confirmation by the Agent of each acquisition made for his or her account as soon as practicable, but in no event later than sixty (60) calendar days, after the date thereof. Upon a Participant’s request, the Agent will deliver to the Participant, without charge, a certificate or certificates for the full Common Shares. Although each Participant may from time to time have an undivided fractional interest (computed to four decimal places) in a Common Share of the Fund, no certificates for a fractional share will be issued. Participants may request a certificate online at www.amstock.com, by calling the Agent at (800) 254-5197, by writing to the Agent at P.O. Box 922, Wall Street Station, New York, NY 10269-0560, or by completing and returning the transaction form attached to each Plan statement. The Agent will issue certificates as soon as possible but in no event more than five (5) business days after receipt of a Participant’s request. Similarly, Participants may request to sell a portion of the Common Shares held by the Agent in their Plan accounts online, by calling the Agent, by writing to the Agent, or by completing and returning the transaction form attached to each Plan statement as specified above. The Agent will sell such Common Shares through a broker-dealer selected by the Agent within five (5) business days of receipt of the request assuming the relevant markets are open and sufficient market liquidity exists (and except where deferral of the sale is required under applicable federal or state laws or regulations). The sale price, which will not be determined until such time as the broker-dealer completes the sale, will equal the weighted average price of all Common Shares sold through the Plan on the day of the sale, less a transaction fee and brokerage commissions. Participants should note that the Agent is unable to accept instructions to sell on a specific date or at a specific price. As an alternative to selling Common Shares through the Agent, a Participant may request that the Agent electronically transfer his or her Common Shares to his or her brokerage account in applicable circumstances. Any share dividends or split shares distributed by the Fund on Common Shares held by the Agent for Participants will be credited to their accounts. In the event that the Fund makes available to its Common Shareholders rights to purchase additional Common Shares, the Common Shares held for each Participant under the Plan will be added to other Common Shares held by the Participant in calculating the number of rights to be issued to each Participant.

10. PROXY MATERIALS. The Agent will forward to each Participant any proxy solicitation material it receives with respect to the Common Shares in the Participant’s Plan account. The Agent will vote any Common Shares held for a Participant first in accordance with the instructions set forth on proxies returned by such Participant to the Fund, and then with respect to any proxies not returned by such Participant to the Fund, in the same proportion as the Agent votes the proxies returned by the Participants to the Fund.

11. BROKERS, NOMINEE HOLDERS, ETC. In the case of Registered Common Shareholders such as a broker, bank or other nominee that holds Common Shares for others who are the beneficial owners, the Agent will administer the Plan on the basis of the number of Common Shares certified by the nominee/record shareholder as representing the total amount registered in such shareholder’s name and held for the account of beneficial owners who are to participate in the Plan. If a beneficial owner’s broker, bank or other nominee who is the record shareholder for the beneficial owner’s Common Shares

 

-3-


is not a Registered Common Shareholder ( i.e. , the Common Shares are not registered with the Agent), neither the nominee nor the beneficial owner will be a Participant under the Plan and have Distributions automatically reinvested by the Agent (although the broker, bank or other nominee may offer other dividend reinvestment programs independent from this Plan). If a beneficial owner of Common Shares wishes to participate in the Plan, but his or her broker, bank or other nominee is unable or unwilling to become a Registered Common Shareholder and a Participant on behalf of the beneficial owner, the beneficial owner may request that the broker, bank or other nominee arrange to have all or a portion of his or her Common Shares re-registered with the Agent in the name of the beneficial owner, such that the beneficial owner becomes a Registered Common Shareholder and, as such, would be enrolled as a Participant in the Plan unless he or she elects otherwise in accordance with the terms hereof. Participants whose Common Shares are registered in the name of one nominee firm may not be able to transfer the Common Shares to another nominee firm and continue to participate in the Plan.

12. FEES. The Agent’s service fee for handling Distributions will be paid by the Fund. Each Participant will be charged his or her pro rata share of brokerage commissions on all open-market purchases. If a Participant elects to have the Agent sell part or all of his or her Common Shares and remit the proceeds, such Participant will be charged a transaction fee plus his or her pro rata share of brokerage commissions. The Participant will not be charged any other fees for this service.

13. TERMINATION IN THE PLAN / NOTIFICATION OF ELECTION TO RECEIVE CASH DISTRIBUTIONS. Each Registered Common Shareholder may elect to receive Distributions from the Fund in cash and, if a Participant in the Plan, to disenroll from and terminate his or her account under the Plan, by notifying the Agent online at www.amstock.com, in writing at P.O. Box 922, Wall Street Station, New York, NY 10269-0560, by calling the Agent at (800) 254-5197, or by completing and returning the transaction form attached to each Plan statement. Any such written notification must be in proper order and duly executed by the Participant and any notification online or by telephone must be in accordance with such reasonable requirements as the Agent and the Fund may agree. Any such notification will be effective immediately if proper notice is received by the Agent at least three (3) calendar days prior to the record date for the Fund’s next Distribution, in which case it will apply to such Distribution; otherwise, a notification will be effective shortly following the Fund’s next Distribution and will apply with respect to the Fund’s next succeeding Distribution thereafter. The Plan may be terminated for the Fund by the Agent or the Fund upon notice in writing mailed to each Participant at least sixty (60) calendar days prior to the effective date of the termination. Upon any termination, the Agent will arrange to deposit all full Common Shares held for each Participant into his or her account, where they will be held in book-entry by the Agent. A cash adjustment will be made for any fraction of a Common Share at the then current market value of the Common Shares to be delivered to him or her without charge. If preferred, a Participant may request the sale of all full and fractional Common Shares held by the Agent in his or her Plan account in order to terminate participation in the Plan in accordance with Section 9 hereof. If a Participant has terminated his or her participation in the Plan but continues to have Common Shares registered in his or her name with the Agent, he or she may re-enroll in the Plan at any time by calling the Agent at (800) 254-5197.

14. AMENDMENT OF THE PLAN. These terms and conditions may be amended by the Agent or the Fund at any time but, except when necessary or appropriate to comply with applicable law or the rules or policies of the Securities and Exchange Commission or any other regulatory authority, only by mailing to each Participant appropriate written notice at least thirty (30) calendar days prior to the effective date thereof. The amendment shall be deemed to be accepted by each Participant unless, prior

 

-4-


to the effective date thereof, the Agent receives notice of the termination of the Participant’s account under the Plan. Any such amendment may include an appointment by the Agent of a successor Agent, subject to the prior written approval of the successor Agent by the Fund. Upon any such appointment of a successor Agent for the purpose of receiving distributions, the Fund will be authorized to pay to such successor Agent, for each Participant’s account, all Distributions payable on Common Shares of the Fund held in the Participant’s name or under the Plan for retention or application by such successor Agent as provided in these terms and conditions.

15. APPLICABLE LAW. These terms and conditions shall be governed by the laws of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

 

-5-

INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT

PIMCO Dynamic Credit Income Fund

This Investment Management Agreement is executed as of December 17, 2012 by and between PIMCO DYNAMIC CREDIT INCOME FUND, a Massachusetts business trust (the “ Fund ”), and ALLIANZ GLOBAL INVESTORS FUND MANAGEMENT LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Manager ”).

WITNESSETH:

That in consideration of the mutual covenants herein contained, it is agreed as follows:

 

1. SERVICES TO BE RENDERED BY THE MANAGER TO THE FUND.

(a) Subject always to the control of the Trustees of the Fund and to such policies as the Trustees may determine, the Manager will, at its expense, (i) furnish continuously an investment program for the Fund and will make investment decisions on behalf of the Fund and place all orders for the purchase and sale of portfolio securities and (ii) furnish office space and equipment, provide bookkeeping and clerical services (excluding determination of net asset value and shareholder accounting services) and pay all salaries, fees and expenses of officers and Trustees of the Fund who are affiliated with the Manager. In the performance of its duties, the Manager will comply with the provisions of the Agreement and Declaration of Trust and By-Laws of the Fund, each as amended or restated from time to time, and the Fund’s stated investment objectives, policies and restrictions.

(b) In the selection of brokers or dealers and the placing of orders for the purchase and sale of portfolio investments for the Fund, the Manager shall seek to obtain for the Fund the most favorable price and execution available, except to the extent it may be permitted to pay higher brokerage commissions for brokerage and research services as described below. In using its best efforts to obtain for the Fund the most favorable price and execution available, the Manager, bearing in mind the Fund’s best interests at all times, shall consider all factors it deems relevant, including by way of illustration, price, the size of the transaction, the nature of the market for the security, the amount of the commission, the timing of the transaction taking into account market prices and trends, the reputation, experience and financial stability of the broker or dealer involved and the quality of service rendered by the broker or dealer in other transactions. Subject to such policies as the Trustees may determine, the Manager shall not be deemed to have acted unlawfully or to have breached any duty created by this Agreement or otherwise solely by reason of its having caused the Fund to pay a broker or dealer that provides brokerage and

 

-1-


research services to the Manager an amount of commission for effecting a portfolio investment transaction in excess of the amount of commission another broker or dealer would have charged for effecting that transaction, if the Manager determines in good faith that such amount of commission was reasonable in relation to the value of the brokerage and research services provided by such broker or dealer, viewed in terms of either that particular transaction or the Manager’s overall responsibilities with respect to the Fund and to other clients of the Manager as to which the Manager exercises investment discretion. The Fund hereby agrees with the Manager and with any Portfolio Manager selected by the Manager as provided in Section 1(c) hereof that any entity or person associated with the Manager which is a member of a national securities exchange is authorized to effect any transaction on such exchange for the account of the Fund which is permitted by Section 11(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the rules and regulations thereunder, as amended from time to time (the “ 1934 Act ”).

(c) Subject to the provisions of the Agreement and Declaration of Trust and By-Laws of the Fund and the Investment Company Act of 1940 and the rules and regulations thereunder, as amended from time to time (the “ 1940 Act ”), the Manager, at its expense, may select and contract with investment advisers (the “ Portfolio Managers ”) for the Fund. The Manager shall retain any Portfolio Manager pursuant to a portfolio management agreement the terms and conditions of which are acceptable to the Fund. If the Manager retains a Portfolio Manager hereunder, then unless otherwise provided in the applicable portfolio management agreement, the obligation of the Manager under this Agreement with respect to the Fund shall be, subject in any event to the control of the Trustees of the Fund, to determine and review with the Portfolio Manager the investment policies of the Fund, and the Portfolio Manager shall have the obligation of furnishing continuously an investment program and making investment decisions for the Fund (or with respect to a portion of the Fund’s assets managed by such Portfolio Manager), adhering to applicable investment objectives, policies and restrictions, and placing all orders for the purchase and sale of portfolio securities and other investments for the Fund (or with respect to a portion of the Fund’s assets managed by such Portfolio Manager), as applicable. The Manager (and not the Fund) will compensate any Portfolio Manager for its services to the Fund. Subject to the provisions of the applicable portfolio management agreement with the Portfolio Manager, the Manager may terminate the services of any Portfolio Manager at any time in its sole discretion, and shall at such time assume the responsibilities of such Portfolio Manager unless and until a successor Portfolio Manager is selected.

(d) The Manager shall not be obligated to pay any expenses of or for the Fund not expressly assumed by the Manager pursuant to this Section 1 other than as provided in Section 3.

 

-2-


2. OTHER AGREEMENTS, ETC.

It is understood that any of the shareholders, Trustees, officers and employees of the Fund may be a shareholder, partner, director, officer or employee of, or be otherwise interested in, the Manager, and in any person controlled by or under common control with the Manager, and that the Manager and any person controlled by or under common control with the Manager may have an interest in the Fund. It is also understood that the Manager and persons controlled by or under common control with the Manager have and may have advisory, management service, distribution or other contracts with other organizations and persons, and may have other interests and businesses.

 

3. COMPENSATION TO BE PAID BY THE FUND TO THE MANAGER.

The Fund will pay to the Manager as compensation for the Manager’s services rendered, for the facilities furnished and for the expenses borne by the Manager pursuant to Section 1, a fee, computed and paid monthly, at the annual rate of 1.15% of the average daily total managed assets of the Fund. For purposes of this Section 3, “total managed assets” means the total assets of the Fund (including assets attributable to any reverse repurchase agreements, dollar rolls, borrowings and preferred shares that may be outstanding) minus accrued liabilities (other than liabilities representing reverse repurchase agreements, dollar rolls and borrowings). For purposes of calculating “total managed assets,” the liquidation preference of any preferred shares outstanding shall not be considered a liability. By way of clarification, with respect to any reverse repurchase agreement, dollar roll or similar transaction, “total managed assets” includes any proceeds from the sale of an asset of the Fund to a counterparty in such a transaction, in addition to the value of the underlying asset as of the relevant measuring date. The average daily total managed assets of the Fund shall be determined by taking an average of all of the determinations of such amount during such month at the close of business on each business day during such month while this Agreement is in effect. Such fee shall be payable for each month within five (5) business days after the end of such month.

In the event that the Manager has agreed to a fee waiver or an expense limitation or reimbursement arrangement with the Fund, subject to such terms and conditions as the Manager and the Fund may set forth in such agreement, the compensation due the Manager hereunder shall be reduced, and, if necessary, the Manager shall bear expenses with respect to the Fund, to the extent required by such fee waiver or expense limitation or reimbursement arrangement.

If the Manager shall serve for less than the whole of a month, the foregoing compensation shall be prorated.

 

-3-


4. ASSIGNMENT TERMINATES THIS AGREEMENT; AMENDMENTS OF THIS AGREEMENT.

This Agreement shall automatically terminate, without the payment of any penalty, in the event of its assignment; and this Agreement shall not be amended as to the Fund unless such amendment is approved at a meeting by the affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding shares of the Fund, and by the vote, cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval, of a majority of the Trustees of the Fund who are not interested persons of the Fund or of the Manager or of any Portfolio Manager of the Fund.

 

5. EFFECTIVE PERIOD AND TERMINATION OF THIS AGREEMENT.

This Agreement shall become effective upon its execution, and shall remain in full force and effect as to the Fund continuously thereafter (unless terminated automatically as set forth in Section 4) until terminated as follows:

(a) Either party hereto may at any time terminate this Agreement by not more than sixty days’ written notice delivered or mailed by registered mail, postage prepaid, to the other party, or

(b) If (i) the Trustees of the Fund or the shareholders by the affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding shares of the Fund, and (ii) a majority of the Trustees of the Fund who are not interested persons of the Fund or of the Manager or any Portfolio Manager, by vote cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval, do not specifically approve at least annually the continuance of this Agreement, then this Agreement shall automatically terminate at the close of business on the second anniversary of its execution, or upon the expiration of one year from the effective date of the last such continuance, whichever is later; provided , however , that if the continuance of this Agreement is submitted to the shareholders of the Fund for their approval and such shareholders fail to approve such continuance of this Agreement as provided herein, the Manager may continue to serve hereunder in a manner consistent with the 1940 Act.

Action by the Fund under (a) above may be taken either (i) by vote of a majority of its Trustees, or (ii) by the affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding shares of the Fund.

Termination of this Agreement pursuant to this Section 5 shall be without the payment of any penalty.

 

-4-


6. CERTAIN DEFINITIONS.

For the purposes of this Agreement, the “affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding shares” means the affirmative vote, at a duly called and held meeting of shareholders, (a) of the holders of 67% or more of the shares of the Fund present (in person or by proxy) and entitled to vote at such meeting, if the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding shares of the Fund entitled to vote at such meeting are present in person or by proxy, or (b) of the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding shares of the Fund entitled to vote at such meeting, whichever is less.

For the purposes of this Agreement, the terms “affiliated person,” “control,” “interested person,” “investment adviser” and “assignment” shall have their respective meanings defined in the 1940 Act, giving effect to any interpretations of or exemptive relief granted by the Securities and Exchange Commission and/or its staff; the term “specifically approve at least annually” shall be construed in a manner consistent with the 1940 Act; and the term “brokerage and research services” shall have the meaning given in the 1934 Act.

 

7. NONLIABILITY OF MANAGER.

Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, in the absence of willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence on the part of the Manager, or reckless disregard of its obligations and duties hereunder, the Manager, including its officers, directors, members, shareholders, employees and partners, shall not be subject to any liability to the Fund, or to any shareholder, officer, director, partner, employee or Trustee thereof, for any act or omission in the course of, or connected with, rendering services hereunder.

 

8. LIMITATION OF LIABILITY OF THE TRUSTEES AND SHAREHOLDERS.

A copy of the Agreement and Declaration of Trust of the Fund is on file with the Secretary of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts, and notice is hereby given that this instrument is executed on behalf of the Trustees of the Fund as Trustees and not individually and that the obligations of this instrument are not binding upon any of the Trustees or shareholders individually but are binding only upon the assets and property of the Fund.

 

9. USE OF NAMES AND LOGOS.

It is expressly understood that the names “Allianz,” “Allianz Global Investors Fund Management LLC,” “PIMCO” and “Pacific Investment Management Company LLC” or any derivation thereof, or any logo associated with those names, are the valuable property of the Manager and its affiliates, and that the Fund shall have the limited right to use such names (or

 

-5-


derivations thereof or associated logos) only so long as the Manager shall consent and this Agreement shall remain in effect. Upon reasonable notice from the Manager to the Fund or upon termination of this Agreement, the Fund shall forthwith cease to use such names (or derivations thereof or associated logos) and shall promptly amend its Agreement and Declaration of Trust and other public documents to change its name accordingly. The covenants on the part of the Fund in this Section 9 shall be binding upon it, its Trustees, officers, stockholders, creditors and all other persons claiming under or through it, and shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

 

10. COUNTERPARTS.

This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original.

[ Remainder of page intentionally blank. ]

 

-6-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, PIMCO DYNAMIC CREDIT INCOME FUND and ALLIANZ GLOBAL INVESTORS FUND MANAGEMENT LLC have each caused this instrument to be signed in its behalf by its duly authorized representative, all as of the day and year first above written.

 

PIMCO DYNAMIC CREDIT INCOME FUND
By:   /s/ Brian S. Shlissel
Name:   Brian S. Shlissel
Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer

 

ALLIANZ GLOBAL INVESTORS FUND MANAGEMENT LLC
By:   /s/ Brian S. Shlissel
Name:   Brian S. Shlissel
Title:   Management Board and Managing Director

I NVESTMENT M ANAGEMENT A GREEMENT

PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT

PIMCO Dynamic Credit Income Fund

This Portfolio Management Agreement is executed as of December 17, 2012 by and between ALLIANZ GLOBAL INVESTORS FUND MANAGEMENT LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Manager ”), and PACIFIC INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT COMPANY LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Portfolio Manager ”).

WITNESSETH:

That in consideration of the mutual covenants herein contained, it is agreed as follows:

 

1. SERVICES TO BE RENDERED BY THE PORTFOLIO MANAGER TO THE FUND.

 

  (a) Subject always to the direction and oversight of the Trustees of PIMCO Dynamic Credit Income Fund (the “ Fund ”), a Massachusetts business trust, and the Manager, the Portfolio Manager, at its expense, will furnish continuously an investment program for the Fund and will make all related investment decisions on behalf of the Fund and place all orders for the purchase and sale of portfolio securities and all other investments. In the performance of its duties, the Portfolio Manager (1) will comply with the provisions of the Fund’s Agreement and Declaration of Trust and Bylaws, including any amendments thereto or restatements thereof (upon receipt of such amendments or restatements by the Portfolio Manager), and the investment objectives, policies and restrictions of the Fund as set forth in its current Prospectus and Statement of Additional Information (copies of which will be supplied to the Portfolio Manager upon filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ SEC ”)), (2) will use its best efforts to safeguard and promote the welfare of the Fund and (3) will comply with other policies which the Trustees or the Manager, as the case may be, may from time to time determine as promptly as practicable after such policies have been communicated to the Portfolio Manager in writing. The Portfolio Manager and the Manager shall each make its officers and employees available to the other from time to time at reasonable times to review the investment policies of the Fund and to consult with each other regarding the investment affairs of the Fund.

 

  (b)

The Portfolio Manager shall be responsible for daily monitoring of the investment activities and portfolio holdings of the Fund in connection with the Fund’s compliance with the investment objectives, policies and restrictions of the Fund, as set forth in the Fund’s current Prospectus and Statement of Additional Information. The Portfolio Manager shall also cooperate with and provide sufficient information to the Manager to assist the Manager in its monitoring of the investment activities and portfolio holdings of the Fund in connection with the

 

-1-


  Fund’s overall compliance with the Investment Company Act of 1940 and the rules and regulations thereunder, as amended from time to time (the “ 1940 Act ”), the Fund’s compliance with the investment objective, policies and restrictions of the Fund as set forth in its current Prospectus and Statement of Additional Information, and the Fund’s satisfaction of quarterly diversification requirements for qualification as a regulated investment company under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and the rules and regulations thereunder. Notwithstanding the investment discretion delegated to the Portfolio Manager in paragraph (a) of this Section 1, the Portfolio Manager shall act on any instructions of the Manager with respect to the investment activities of the Fund to ensure the Fund’s compliance with the foregoing.

 

  (c) The Portfolio Manager, at its expense, will furnish (i) all necessary investment and management facilities, including salaries of personnel, required for it to execute its duties hereunder faithfully and (ii) administrative facilities, including bookkeeping, clerical personnel and equipment necessary for the efficient conduct of the investment affairs of the Fund, including verification and oversight of the pricing of the Fund’s portfolio (but excluding determination of net asset value and shareholder accounting services).

 

  (d)

In the selection of brokers or dealers and the placing of orders for the purchase and sale of portfolio investments for the Fund, the Portfolio Manager shall use its best efforts to obtain for the Fund the most favorable price and execution available, except to the extent it may be permitted to pay higher brokerage commissions for brokerage and research services as described below. In using its best efforts to obtain for the Fund the most favorable price and execution available, the Portfolio Manager, bearing in mind the Fund’s best interests at all times, shall consider all factors it deems relevant, including, by way of illustration, price, the size of the transaction, the nature of the market for the security, the amount of the commission, the timing of the transaction taking into account market prices and trends, the reputation, experience and financial stability of the broker or dealer involved and the quality of service rendered by the broker or dealer in other transactions. Subject to such policies as the Trustees of the Fund may determine and communicate to the Portfolio Manager in writing, the Portfolio Manager shall not be deemed to have acted unlawfully or to have breached any duty created by this Agreement or otherwise solely by reason of its having caused the Fund to pay a broker or dealer that provides brokerage and research services to the Portfolio Manager or its affiliates an amount of commission for effecting a portfolio investment transaction in excess of the amount of commission another broker or dealer would have charged for effecting that transaction, if the Portfolio Manager determines in good faith that such amount of commission was reasonable in relation to the value of the brokerage and research services provided by such broker or dealer, viewed in terms of either that particular transaction or the Portfolio Manager’s overall responsibilities with

 

-2-


  respect to the Fund and to other clients of the Portfolio Manager and its affiliates as to which the Portfolio Manager and its affiliates exercise investment discretion. The Fund agrees that any entity or person associated with the Portfolio Manager or its affiliates which is a member of a national securities exchange is expressly authorized to effect any transaction on such exchange for the account of the Fund which is permitted by Section 11(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the rules and regulations thereunder, as amended from time to time (the “ 1934 Act ”).

 

  (e) The Portfolio Manager shall not be obligated to pay any expenses of or for the Fund not expressly assumed by the Portfolio Manager pursuant to this Section 1.

 

2. OTHER AGREEMENTS, ETC.

It is understood that any of the shareholders, Trustees, officers and employees of the Fund may be a shareholder, member, director, officer or employee of, or be otherwise interested in, the Portfolio Manager, and in any person controlled by or under common control with the Portfolio Manager, and that the Portfolio Manager and any person controlled by or under common control with the Portfolio Manager may have an interest in the Fund. It is also understood that the Portfolio Manager and persons controlled by or under common control with the Portfolio Manager have and may have advisory, management service or other contracts with other organizations and persons, and may have other interests and businesses.

 

3. COMPENSATION TO BE PAID BY THE MANAGER TO THE PORTFOLIO MANAGER.

The Manager will pay the Portfolio Manager as compensation for the Portfolio Manager’s services rendered and for the expenses borne by the Portfolio Manager pursuant to Section 1, a fee, computed and paid monthly, at the annual rate of 1.025% of the average daily total managed assets of the Fund. For purposes of this Section 3, “total managed assets” means the total assets of the Fund (including assets attributable to any reverse repurchase agreements, dollar rolls, borrowings and preferred shares that may be outstanding) minus accrued liabilities (other than liabilities representing reverse repurchase agreements, dollar rolls and borrowings). For purposes of calculating “total managed assets,” the liquidation preference of any preferred shares outstanding shall not be considered a liability. By way of clarification, with respect to any reverse repurchase agreement, dollar roll or similar transaction, “total managed assets” includes any proceeds from the sale of an asset of the Fund to a counterparty in such a transaction, in addition to the value of the underlying asset as of the relevant measuring date. The average daily total managed assets of the Fund shall be determined by taking an average of all of the determinations of such amount during such month at the close of business on each business day during such month while this Agreement is in effect. Such fee from

 

-3-


the Manager to the Portfolio Manager shall be payable for each month within 10 business days after the end of the month.

In the event that the Portfolio Manager has agreed to a fee waiver arrangement with the Manager, subject to such terms and conditions as the Manager and the Portfolio Manager may set forth in such agreement, the compensation due the Portfolio Manager hereunder shall be reduced to the extent required by such fee waiver arrangement.

If the Portfolio Manager shall serve for less than the whole of a month, the foregoing compensation shall be prorated.

 

4. ASSIGNMENT TERMINATES THIS AGREEMENT; AMENDMENTS OF THIS AGREEMENT.

This Agreement shall automatically terminate, without the payment of any penalty, in the event of its assignment or in the event that the Investment Management Agreement between the Manager and the Fund shall have terminated for any reason; and this Agreement shall not be amended unless such amendment is approved at a meeting by the affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding shares of the Fund, and by the vote, cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval, of a majority of the Trustees of the Fund who are not interested persons of the Fund or of the Manager or the Portfolio Manager.

 

5. EFFECTIVE PERIOD AND TERMINATION OF THIS AGREEMENT.

This Agreement shall become effective upon its execution, and shall remain in full force and effect as to the Fund continuously thereafter (unless terminated automatically as set forth in Section 4) until terminated as follows:

 

  (a) The Fund may at any time terminate this Agreement by written notice delivered or mailed by registered mail, postage prepaid, to the Manager and the Portfolio Manager, or

 

  (b)

If (i) the Trustees of the Fund or the shareholders by the affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding shares of the Fund, and (ii) a majority of the Trustees of the Fund who are not interested persons of the Fund or of the Manager or of the Portfolio Manager, by vote cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval, do not specifically approve at least annually the continuance of this Agreement, then this Agreement shall automatically terminate at the close of business on the second anniversary of its execution, or upon the expiration of one year from the effective date of the last such continuance, whichever is later; provided , however , that if the continuance of this Agreement is submitted to the shareholders of the Fund for their approval and such shareholders fail to approve such continuance of this Agreement as provided herein, the

 

-4-


  Portfolio Manager may continue to serve hereunder in a manner consistent with the 1940 Act, or

 

  (c) The Manager may at any time terminate this Agreement by not less than 60 days’ written notice delivered or mailed by registered mail, postage prepaid, to the Portfolio Manager, and the Portfolio Manager may at any time terminate this Agreement by not less than 60 days’ written notice delivered or mailed by registered mail, postage prepaid, to the Manager.

Action by the Fund under (a) above may be taken either (i) by vote of a majority of the Trustees, or (ii) by the affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding shares of the Fund.

Termination of this Agreement pursuant to this Section 5 shall be without the payment of any penalty.

 

6. CERTAIN INFORMATION.

The Portfolio Manager shall promptly notify the Manager in writing of the occurrence of any of the following events: (a) the Portfolio Manager shall fail to be registered as an investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended from time to time, (b) the Portfolio Manager shall have been served or otherwise have notice of any action, suit, proceeding, inquiry or investigation, at law or in equity, before or by any court, public board or body, involving the affairs of the Fund, (c) there is a change in control of the Portfolio Manager or any parent of the Portfolio Manager within the meaning of the 1940 Act, or (d) there is a material adverse change in the business or financial position of the Portfolio Manager.

 

7. CERTAIN DEFINITIONS.

For the purposes of this Agreement, the “affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding shares” means the affirmative vote, at a duly called and held meeting of shareholders, (a) of the holders of 67% or more of the shares of the Fund, as the case may be, present (in person or by proxy) and entitled to vote at such meeting, if the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding shares of the Fund, as the case may be, entitled to vote at such meeting are present in person or by proxy, or (b) of the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding shares of the Fund, as the case may be, entitled to vote at such meeting, whichever is less.

For the purposes of this Agreement, the terms “affiliated person,” “control,” “interested person,” “investment adviser” and “assignment” shall have their respective meanings defined in the 1940 Act, giving effect to any interpretations of or exemptive relief granted by the SEC and/or its staff; the term “specifically approve at least annually” shall be construed in a manner consistent with the 1940 Act, giving effect to any interpretations of

 

-5-


or exemptive relief granted by the SEC and/or its staff; and the term “brokerage and research services” shall have the meaning given in the 1934 Act, giving effect to any interpretations of or exemptive relief granted by the SEC and/or its staff.

 

8. NONLIABILITY OF PORTFOLIO MANAGER.

Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, in the absence of willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence on the part of the Portfolio Manager, or reckless disregard of its obligations and duties hereunder, the Portfolio Manager, including its officers, directors, members, shareholders, employees and partners, shall not be subject to any liability to the Manager, to the Fund, or to any shareholder, officer, director, partner, employee or Trustee thereof, for any act or omission in the course of, or connected with, rendering services hereunder.

 

9. LIMITATION OF LIABILITY OF THE TRUSTEES AND SHAREHOLDERS.

A copy of the Agreement and Declaration of Trust of the Fund is on file with the Secretary of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts, and notice is hereby given that this instrument is executed on behalf of the Trustees of the Fund as Trustees and not individually and that the obligations of this instrument are not binding upon any of the Trustees or shareholders individually but are binding only upon the assets and property of the Fund.

 

10. EXERCISE OF VOTING RIGHTS.

Except with the agreement (which may be evidenced by resolution) or on the specific instructions of the Trustees of the Fund or the Manager, the Portfolio Manager shall not exercise or procure the exercise of any voting right attaching to investments of the Fund.

 

11. COUNTERPARTS.

This Agreement may be signed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original.

[ Remainder of page intentionally blank. ]

 

-6-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, ALLIANZ GLOBAL INVESTORS FUND MANAGEMENT LLC and PACIFIC INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT COMPANY LLC have each caused this instrument to be signed on its behalf by its duly authorized representative, all as of the day and year first above written.

 

ALLIANZ GLOBAL INVESTORS FUND

MANAGEMENT LLC

   

PACIFIC INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT

COMPANY LLC

By:   /s/ Brian S. Shlissel     By:   /s/ Jonathan D. Short
Name:   Brian S. Shlissel     Name:   Jonathan D. Short
Title:   Management Board and Managing Director     Title:   Managing Director

Accepted and agreed to as of the

day and year first above written:

 

PIMCO DYNAMIC CREDIT INCOME FUND

   
By:   /s/ Brian S. Shlissel      
Name:   Brian S. Shlissel      
Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer      

PIMCO Dynamic Credit Income Fund

[•] Common Shares of Beneficial Interest

Par Value $0.00001 Per Share

UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT

[•], 2013


UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT

[•], 2013

UBS Securities LLC

[ other co-managers ]

c/o UBS Securities LLC

299 Park Avenue

New York, New York 10171-0026

Ladies and Gentlemen:

PIMCO Dynamic Credit Income Fund, an unincorporated voluntary association with transferable shares of beneficial interest organized under the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts (commonly referred to as a “Massachusetts business trust”) (the “ Fund ”), proposes to issue and sell to the underwriters named in Schedule A annexed hereto (the “ Underwriters ”) an aggregate of [•] common shares of beneficial interest (the “ Firm Shares ”), par value $0.00001 per share (the “ Common Shares ”), of the Fund. In addition, solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments, the Fund proposes to grant to the Underwriters the option to purchase from the Fund up to an additional [•] Common Shares (the “ Additional Shares ”). The Firm Shares and the Additional Shares are hereinafter collectively sometimes referred to as the “ Shares .” The Shares are described in the Prospectus which is defined below. UBS Securities LLC, [ other co-managers ] (the “ Managing Representatives ”) will act as managing representatives for the Underwriters in connection with the issuance and sale of the Shares.

The Fund has filed, in accordance with the provisions of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder (collectively called the “ Securities Act ”), and with the provisions of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder (collectively called the “ Investment Company Act ”), with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ Commission ”) a registration statement on Form N-2 (File Nos. 333-184290 and 811-22758), including a prospectus and a statement of additional information, relating to the Shares. In addition, the Fund has filed a Notification of Registration on Form N-8A (the “ Notification ”) pursuant to Section 8 of the Investment Company Act.

Except where the context otherwise requires, “ Preliminary Prospectus ,” as used herein, means each prospectus (including the statement of additional information incorporated therein by reference) included in such registration statement, or amendment thereof, before it became effective under the Securities Act and any prospectus (including the statement of additional information incorporated therein by reference) filed with the Commission by the Fund with the consent of the Managing Representatives on behalf of the Underwriters, pursuant to Rule 497(a) under the Securities Act.

 

2


Except where the context otherwise requires, “ Registration Statement ,” as used herein, means the registration statement, as amended at the time of such registration statement’s effectiveness for purposes of Section 11 of the Securities Act, as such section applies to the respective Underwriters (the “ Effective Time ”), including (i) all documents filed as a part thereof or incorporated by reference therein, (ii) any information contained in a prospectus subsequently filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 497 under the Securities Act and deemed to be part of the registration statement at the Effective Time pursuant to Rule 430A under the Securities Act, and (iii) any registration statement filed to register the offer and sale of Shares pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act.

Except where the context otherwise requires, “ Prospectus ,” as used herein, means the final prospectus (including the statement of additional information incorporated therein by reference) as filed by the Fund with the Commission (i) pursuant to Rule 497(h) under the Securities Act on or before the second business day after the date hereof (or such earlier time as may be required under the Securities Act) or (ii) pursuant to Rule 497(b) under the Securities Act on or before the fifth business day after the date hereof (or such earlier time as may be required under the Securities Act), or, if no such filing is required, the final prospectus (including the final statement of additional information) included in the Registration Statement at the Effective Time, in each case in the form furnished by the Fund to you for use by the Underwriters and by dealers in connection with the confirmation of sales in the offering of the Shares.

Pricing Prospectus ” means the Preliminary Prospectus, dated December 18, 2012, including the statement of additional information incorporated therein by reference.

Pricing Information ” means the information relating to (i) the number of Shares issued and (ii) the offering price of the Shares included on the cover page of the Prospectus.

Disclosure Package ” means the Pricing Prospectus taken together with the Pricing Information.

Sales Materials ” means those advertising materials, sales literature or other promotional materials or documents, if any, constituting an advertisement pursuant to Rule 482 under the Securities Act authorized or prepared by the Fund or authorized or prepared on behalf of the Fund by the Investment Manager (as defined below) or Sub-Adviser (as defined below) or any representative thereof for use in connection with the public offering or sale of the Shares; provided , howeve r, that Sales Materials do not include any slides, tapes or other materials or documents that constitute a “written communication” (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) used in connection with a “road show” or a “bona fide electronic road show” (each as defined in Rule 433 under the Securities Act) related to the offering of Shares contemplated hereby (collectively, “ Road Show Materials ”).

Applicable Time ” means the time as of which this Underwriting Agreement was entered into, which shall be [•] p.m. (New York City time) on the date of this Underwriting Agreement (or such other time as is agreed to in writing by the Fund and the Managing Representatives on behalf of the Underwriters).

 

3


The Fund has prepared and filed, in accordance with Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder (collectively, the “ Exchange Act ”), a registration statement (as amended, the “ Exchange Act Registration Statement ”) on Form 8-A (File No. [•]) under the Exchange Act to register, under Section 12(b) of the Exchange Act, the class of securities consisting of the Common Shares.

Allianz Global Investors Fund Management LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Investment Manager ”), will act as the Fund’s investment manager pursuant to an Investment Management Agreement by and between the Fund and the Investment Manager, dated as of December 17, 2012 (the “ Investment Management Agreement ”). Pacific Investment Management Company LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ PIMCO ” or the “ Sub-Adviser ” and, together with the Investment Manager, the “ Advisers ”) will act as the Fund’s investment sub-adviser pursuant to a Portfolio Management Agreement between the Investment Manager and the Sub-Adviser dated as of December 17, 2012 (the “ Portfolio Management Agreement ”). State Street Bank and Trust Company will act as the custodian (the “ Custodian ”) of the Fund’s cash and portfolio assets pursuant to the Custodian Agreement between the Fund and the Custodian, dated as of December 5, 2012 (the “ Custodian Agreement ”). American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC will act as the Fund’s transfer agent, registrar, and dividend disbursing agent (the “ Transfer Agent ”) pursuant to the Certificate of Appointment of American Stock Transfer & Trust Company between the Fund and the Transfer Agent, dated as of December 19, 2012 (the “ Transfer Agency Agreement ”). PIMCO and UBS Securities LLC have entered into a Structuring Fee Agreement dated [•] (the “ UBS Structuring Fee Agreement ”). PIMCO has also entered into a Structuring Fee Agreement with Citigroup Global Markets Inc. dated [•] (the “ Citi Structuring Fee Agreement ”), a Structuring Fee Agreement with Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC dated [•] (the “ Morgan Stanley Structuring Fee Agreement ”), a Structuring Fee Agreement with Wells Fargo Securities, LLC dated [•] (the “ Wells Structuring Fee Agreement ”), a Structuring Fee Agreement with Barclays Capital Inc. dated [•] (the “ Barclays Structuring Fee Agreement ”) and a Structuring Fee Agreement with RBC Capital Markets, LLC dated [•] (the “ RBC Structuring Fee Agreement ” and together with the UBS Structuring Fee Agreement, the Citi Structuring Fee Agreement, the Morgan Stanley Structuring Fee Agreement , the Wells Structuring Fee Agreement and the Barclay’s Structuring Fee Agreement, the “ Fee Agreements ”). The Fund and Allianz Global Investors Distributors LLC have entered into a Support Services Agreement, dated January 4, 2013 (the “ AGID Support Services Agreement ”). The Fund and PIMCO Investments LLC have entered into a Support Services Agreement, dated January 4, 2013 (the “ PIMCO Support Services Agreement ”). The Fund and the Sub-Adviser have entered into an Organizational and Offering Expenses Reimbursement Agreement, dated December 17, 2012 (the “ Expense Reimbursement Agreement ”).

The Fund and Allianz Asset Management of America L.P., an affiliate of the Investment Manager and the Sub-Adviser, have entered into a Subscription Agreement dated as of December 6, 2012 (the “ Subscription Agreement ”). In addition, the Fund has adopted a dividend reinvestment plan (the “ Dividend Reinvestment Plan ”) pursuant to which holders of Shares may have their dividends automatically reinvested in additional Common Shares of the Fund unless they elect to receive such dividends in cash.

 

4


As used in this Underwriting Agreement, “ business day ” shall mean a day on which the New York Stock Exchange (the “ NYSE ”) is open for trading. The terms “herein,” “hereof,” “hereto,” “hereinafter” and similar terms, as used in this Underwriting Agreement, shall in each case refer to this Underwriting Agreement as a whole and not to any particular section, paragraph, sentence or other subdivision of this Underwriting Agreement. The term “ or ,” as used herein, is not exclusive.

The Fund, the Investment Manager and the Underwriters agree as follows:

 

1. Sale and Purchase . Upon the basis of the warranties and representations and subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, the Fund agrees to sell to the respective Underwriters and each of the Underwriters, severally and not jointly, agrees to purchase from the Fund the aggregate number of Firm Shares set forth opposite the name of such Underwriter in Schedule A attached hereto in each case at a purchase price of $[•] per Share (the “ Purchase Price ”). The Fund is advised that the Underwriters intend (i) to make a public offering of their respective portions of the Firm Shares as soon after the Effective Time as is advisable and (ii) initially to offer the Firm Shares upon the terms set forth in the Prospectus. The Underwriters may from time to time increase or decrease the public offering price after the initial public offering to such extent as they may determine.

In addition, the Fund hereby grants to the several Underwriters the option to purchase, and upon the basis of the warranties and representations and subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Underwriters shall have the right to purchase, severally and not jointly, from the Fund, ratably in accordance with the number of Firm Shares to be purchased by each of them, all or a portion of the Additional Shares as may be necessary to cover over-allotments made in connection with the offering of the Firm Shares, at the Purchase Price less an amount per Share equal to any dividends or distributions declared by the Fund paid and payable on the Firm Shares, but not payable on the Additional Shares. This option may be exercised by the Managing Representatives on behalf of the several Underwriters at any time and from time to time on or before the forty-fifth (45 th ) day following the date hereof, by written notice to the Fund. Such notice shall set forth the aggregate number of Additional Shares as to which the option is being exercised, and the date and time when the Additional Shares are to be paid for and delivered (such date and time being herein referred to as the “ Additional Shares Closing Time ”); provided , however , that the Additional Shares Closing Time shall not be earlier than the Firm Shares Closing Time (as defined below) nor earlier than the second business day after the date on which the option shall have been exercised nor later than the tenth business day after the date of such notice. The number of Additional Shares to be sold to each Underwriter shall be the number that bears the same proportion to the aggregate number of Additional Shares being purchased as the number of Firm Shares set forth opposite the name of such Underwriter on Schedule A hereto bears to the total number of Firm Shares (subject, in each case, to such adjustment to eliminate fractional shares as the Managing Representatives may determine).

 

2.

Payment and Delivery . Payment of the Purchase Price for the Firm Shares shall be made by the Underwriters to the Fund by Federal Funds wire transfer, against delivery of

 

5


  the Firm Shares to the Managing Representatives through the facilities of the Depository Trust Company for the respective accounts of the Underwriters. Such payment and delivery shall be made at a time mutually agreed upon by the parties on the third business day following the date of this Underwriting Agreement (unless another date shall be agreed to by the Fund and the Managing Representatives on behalf of the Underwriters). The time at which such payment and delivery are actually made is hereinafter sometimes called the “ Firm Shares Closing Time .” Certificates, if any, for the Firm Shares shall be delivered to the Managing Representatives in definitive form in such names and in such denominations as the Managing Representatives shall specify on the second business day preceding the Firm Shares Closing Time. If the Firm Shares are to be certificated, for the purpose of expediting the checking of the certificates, if any, for the Firm Shares by the Managing Representatives, the Fund agrees to make such certificates, if any, available to the Managing Representatives for such purpose at least one full business day preceding the Firm Shares Closing Time.

Payment of the purchase price for the Additional Shares shall be made at the Additional Shares Closing Time in the same manner and at the same office as the payment for the Firm Shares. Certificates, if any, for the Additional Shares shall be delivered to the Managing Representatives in definitive form in such names and in such denominations as the Managing Representatives shall specify no later than the second business day preceding the Additional Shares Closing Time. If the Additional Shares, if any, are to be certificated, for the purpose of expediting the checking of the certificates, if any, for the Additional Shares by the Managing Representatives, the Fund agrees to make such certificates, if any, available to the Managing Representatives for such purpose at least one full business day preceding the Additional Shares Closing Time. The Firm Shares Closing Time and the Additional Shares Closing Time are sometimes referred to herein as the “ Closing Times .”

 

3. Representations and Warranties of the Fund and the Investment Manager . Each of the Fund and the Investment Manager, on behalf of itself and on behalf of the Sub-Adviser, jointly and severally represents and warrants to each Underwriter as of the date of this Underwriting Agreement, as of the Applicable Time, as of the Firm Shares Closing Time and as of each Additional Shares Closing Time, if any, as follows:

 

  (a) (i)(A) The Registration Statement has heretofore become effective under the Securities Act or, with respect to any registration statement to be filed to register the offer and sale of Shares pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, will be filed with the Commission and become effective under the Securities Act no later than 10:00 p.m., New York City time, on the date of determination of the public offering price for the Shares; (B) no stop order of the Commission preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus or Sales Materials or of the Prospectus or the effectiveness of the Registration Statement has been issued, no revocation of registration has been issued and no proceedings for such purpose have been instituted or, to the Fund’s knowledge, are contemplated by the Commission; and (C) the Exchange Act Registration Statement has become effective as provided in Section 12 of the Exchange Act;

 

6


(ii)(A) The Registration Statement complied at the Effective Time, complies as of the date hereof and will comply, as amended or supplemented, at the Firm Shares Closing Time, at each Additional Shares Closing Time, if any, and at each and any time of a sale of Shares by an Underwriter during the period in which a prospectus is required by the Securities Act to be delivered in connection with any sale of Shares, in each case in all material respects, with the requirements of the Securities Act and the Investment Company Act; (B) each of the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus complied or will comply, at the time it was or is filed with the Commission, and the Prospectus complies as of its date and will comply, as amended or supplemented, at the Firm Shares Closing Time, at each Additional Shares Closing Time, if any, and at each and any time of a sale of Shares by an Underwriter during the period in which a prospectus is required by the Securities Act to be delivered in connection with any sale of Shares, in each case in all material respects, with the requirements of the Securities Act (including, without limitation, Section 10(a) of the Securities Act) and the Investment Company Act; and (C) each of the Sales Materials complied, at the time it was first used in connection with the public offering of the Shares, and complies as of the date hereof, in each case in all material respects, with the requirements of the Securities Act (including, without limitation, Rule 482 thereunder), the Investment Company Act and the applicable rules and interpretations of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“ FINRA ”);

(iii)(A) (1) The Registration Statement as of the Effective Time did not, (2) the Registration Statement (including any post-effective amendment thereto declared or deemed to be effective by the Commission) as of the date hereof does not, and (3) the Registration Statement (including any post-effective amendment thereto declared or deemed to be effective by the Commission), as of the Firm Shares Closing Time and each Additional Shares Closing Time, if any, will not, in each case, contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; (B) at no time during the period that begins as of the Applicable Time and ends at the Firm Shares Closing Time did or will the Disclosure Package, as then amended or supplemented, contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; (C) at no time during the period that begins at the time each of the Sales Materials was first used in connection with the public offering of the Shares and ends at the Applicable Time did any of the Sales Materials (as materials deemed to be a prospectus under Section 10(b) of the Securities Act pursuant to Rule 482 under the Securities Act), as then amended or supplemented, contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; and (D) at no time during the period that begins on the earlier of the date of the Prospectus and the date the Prospectus is filed with the Commission and ends at the latest of the Firm Shares Closing Time, the latest Additional Shares Closing Time, if any, and the end of the period during which a

 

7


prospectus is required by the Securities Act to be delivered in connection with any sale of Shares did or will the Prospectus, as then amended or supplemented, contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided , however , that each of the Fund and the Investment Manager makes no representation or warranty with respect to any statement contained in the Registration Statement, the Disclosure Package, the Prospectus or the Sales Material in reliance upon and in conformity with information concerning an Underwriter furnished in writing by or on behalf of such Underwriter through the Managing Representatives to the Fund or to the Investment Manager on behalf of the Fund expressly for use in the Registration Statement, the Disclosure Package, the Prospectus or the Sales Material as described in Section 9(f) hereof; and provided further that if any event occurs during any of the periods referred to in clauses (B), (C) or (D) of this Section 3(a)(iii) as a result of which it is necessary to amend or supplement the Prospectus, the Disclosure Package or the Sales Materials, as applicable, in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, and the Disclosure Package, the Sales Materials or the Prospectus, as applicable, is amended or supplemented in connection therewith in accordance with Section 5(d) of this Underwriting Agreement, such amendment or supplement shall be deemed, for purposes of this Section 3(a)(iii), to have been made contemporaneously with the occurrence of such event.

 

  (b) The Fund (i) has been duly formed and is validly existing as an unincorporated voluntary association with transferable shares of beneficial interest under the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts; (ii) has full power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and assets, and conduct its business and other activities conducted by it as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus; (iii) is duly licensed and qualified to do business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction where it owns or leases property or in which the conduct of its business or other activity requires such qualification, except where the failure to be so qualified or in good standing does not or would not have a material adverse effect on the condition (financial or otherwise), business affairs, business prospects, management, properties, net assets or results of operations of the Fund; (iv) owns, possesses or has obtained and currently maintains all governmental licenses, permits, consents, orders, approvals and other authorizations (collectively, the “ Licenses and Permits ”), whether foreign or domestic, necessary to carry on its business as contemplated in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus; (v) has no subsidiaries; and (vi) has made all necessary filings required under any applicable federal, state, local or foreign law, regulation or rule.

 

  (c)

The capitalization of the Fund is as set forth in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus. The Common Shares conform to the description of them in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus. All the issued and outstanding Common Shares have been duly authorized and are validly

 

8


  issued, fully paid and nonassessable (except as described or referred to in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus). The Shares to be issued and delivered to and paid for by the Underwriters in accordance with this Underwriting Agreement against payment therefor as provided by this Underwriting Agreement have been duly authorized and when issued and delivered to the Underwriters will have been validly issued and will be fully paid and nonassessable (except as described or referred to in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus). The certificates, if any, for the Shares will be in due and proper form. The issuance of the Shares has been done in compliance with all applicable federal and state securities laws in all material respects. No person is entitled to any preemptive or other similar rights with respect to the issuance of the Shares.

 

  (d) The Fund is duly registered with the Commission under the Investment Company Act as a non-diversified, closed-end management investment company, and, subject to the filing of any final amendment to the Registration Statement (a “ Final Amendment ”), if not already filed, all action under the Securities Act and the Investment Company Act, as the case may be, necessary to make the public offering and consummate the sale of the Shares as provided in this Underwriting Agreement has or will have been taken by the Fund; the provisions of the Fund’s Agreement and Declaration of Trust (as amended or restated through the date hereof, the “ Declaration of Trust ”) and Bylaws (as amended or restated through the date hereof, the “ Bylaws ”) comply in all material respects with the requirements of the Investment Company Act.

 

  (e)

The Fund has full power and authority to enter into or adopt each of this Underwriting Agreement, the Investment Management Agreement, the Custodian Agreement, the Transfer Agency Agreement, the AGID Support Services Agreement, the PIMCO Support Services Agreement, the Expense Reimbursement Agreement, and the Subscription Agreement (collectively, the “ Fund Agreements ”) and the Dividend Reinvestment Plan and to perform all of the terms and provisions hereof and thereof to be carried out by it and (i) each Fund Agreement has been duly and validly authorized, executed and delivered by or on behalf of the Fund and the Dividend Reinvestment Plan has been duly and validly authorized by the Fund, (ii) each Fund Agreement and the Dividend Reinvestment Plan complies in all material respects with all applicable provisions of the Investment Company Act and the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder (collectively called the “ Advisers Act ”), as the case may be, and (iii) assuming due authorization, execution and delivery by the other parties thereto, each of the Fund Agreements constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Fund enforceable in accordance with its terms, (A) subject to the qualification that the enforceability of the Fund’s obligations thereunder may be limited by U.S. bankruptcy, insolvency and similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally, whether statutory or decisional, and to general equitable principles (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or at law), (B) subject, in the case

 

9


  of the Investment Management Agreement, to termination under the Investment Company Act or the reasonableness or fairness of compensation payable thereunder and (C) except as rights to indemnity thereunder may be limited by federal or state securities laws.

 

  (f) None of (i) the execution, delivery and performance by the Fund of the Fund Agreements, (ii) the issuance and sale by the Fund of the Shares as contemplated by this Underwriting Agreement, the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus, the Prospectus, or any of the Fund Agreements and (iii) the performance by the Fund of its obligations under any of the Fund Agreements or the Dividend Reinvestment Plan or consummation by the Fund of the other transactions contemplated by the Fund Agreements or the Dividend Reinvestment Plan (A) conflicts with or will conflict with or results in or will result in a breach or violation of the Declaration of Trust or Bylaws, (B) conflicts with or will conflict with, results in or will result in a breach or violation of, or constitutes or will constitute a default or an event of default under, or results in or will result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any properties or assets of the Fund under the Declaration of Trust or Bylaws, or under the terms and provisions of any agreement, indenture, mortgage, loan agreement, note, insurance or surety agreement, lease or other instrument to which the Fund is a party or by which it may be bound or to which any of the property or assets of the Fund is subject or (C) results in or will result in any violation of any law, rule or regulation, or order of any court, governmental instrumentality, securities exchange or association or arbitrator, whether foreign or domestic, applicable to the Fund or having jurisdiction over the Fund’s properties, other than state securities or “blue sky” laws applicable in connection with the purchase and distribution of the Shares by the Underwriters pursuant to this Underwriting Agreement, except in the case of clauses (B) or (C), where such conflict, breach, default, creation, imposition or violation, either individually or in the aggregate, does not or would not have a material adverse effect on the condition (financial or otherwise), business affairs, business prospects, management, properties, net assets or results of operations of the Fund.

 

  (g) The Fund is not currently in breach of, or in default under, any written agreement or instrument to which it is a party or by which it or its property is bound or affected, except where such breach or default does not or would not have a material adverse effect on the condition (financial or otherwise), business affairs, business prospects, management, properties, net assets or results of operations of the Fund.

 

  (h) There are no material restrictions, limitations or regulations with respect to the ability of the Fund to invest its assets as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus, other than as described therein.

 

  (i) No person has any right to the registration of any securities of the Fund because of the filing of the Registration Statement with the Commission.

 

10


  (j) No consent, approval, authorization, notification or order of, or filing with, or the issuance of any license or permit by, any federal, state, local or foreign court or governmental or regulatory agency, commission, board, authority or body or with any self-regulatory organization, securities exchange or association, whether foreign or domestic, is required by the Fund for the consummation by the Fund of the transactions to be performed by the Fund or the performance by the Fund of all the terms and provisions to be performed by or on behalf of it in each case as contemplated in the Fund Agreements, the Dividend Reinvestment Plan, the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus, except (i) such as have been obtained and such as may be required (and shall be obtained prior to commencement of the transactions contemplated by this Underwriting Agreement) under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, the Investment Company Act or the Advisers Act, (ii) such as may be required by the NYSE, FINRA or under state securities or “blue sky” laws, in connection with the purchase and distribution of the Shares by the Underwriters pursuant to this Underwriting Agreement, or (iii) where the failure to obtain such consent, approval, authorization, notification or order, filing, permit or license does not or would not have a material adverse effect on the condition (financial or otherwise), business affairs, business prospects, management, properties, net assets or results of operations of the Fund or the consummation by the Fund of the transactions to be performed by the Fund pursuant to this Underwriting Agreement or the performance by the Fund of all the terms and provisions to be performed by or on behalf of it in each case as contemplated in the Fund Agreements, the Dividend Reinvestment Plan, the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus.

 

  (k) No transaction has occurred between or among the Fund and any of its officers or trustees, shareholders or affiliates or any affiliate or affiliates of any such officer or trustee or shareholder or affiliate that is required to be described in and is not described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus.

 

  (l) Neither the Fund nor any employee or agent of the Fund has made any payment of funds of the Fund or received or retained any funds, which payment, receipt or retention of funds is of a character required to be described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus, and which has not been so described.

 

  (m) The Shares are duly authorized for listing, subject to official notice of issuance, on the NYSE and the Exchange Act Registration Statement has become effective.

 

  (n)

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP was engaged by the Fund to act as its independent registered public accounting firm in accordance with the Investment Company Act. PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, whose report appears in the Prospectus, is an independent registered public accounting firm with respect to the Fund as

 

11


  required by the Investment Company Act, the Securities Act and the rules of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board.

 

  (o) The statement of assets and liabilities, together with any related notes or schedules thereto, included or incorporated by reference in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus presents fairly in all material respects the financial condition of the Fund as of the dates or for the periods indicated in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States applied on a consistent basis, and complies in all material respects with all applicable requirements under the Securities Act and the Investment Company Act.

 

  (p) Since the date as of which information is given in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus, except as otherwise stated therein, (i) there has been no material adverse change in the condition (financial or otherwise), business affairs, business prospects, management, properties, net assets or results of operations of the Fund, whether or not arising in the ordinary course of business; (ii) the Fund has not incurred any material liabilities or obligations, direct or contingent, nor entered into any material transactions, other than in the ordinary course of business or incident to its organization; (iii) there has been no dividend or distribution of any kind declared, paid or made on any class of the Fund’s capital shares (other than, in the event this representation and warranty is made after the Firm Shares Closing Time, ordinary and customary dividends declared and payable after the Firm Shares Closing Time); and (iv) the Fund has not incurred any long-term debt.

 

  (q) Except as otherwise set forth in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus, there is no pending or, to the knowledge of the Fund or the Investment Manager, threatened action, suit, claim, inquiry, investigation or proceeding affecting the Fund or to which the Fund is a party before or by any court, commission, regulatory body, administrative agency or other governmental agency, authority or body, whether foreign or domestic, which, (i) if determined adversely, would result in any material adverse effect on the condition (financial or otherwise), business affairs, business prospects, management, properties, net assets or results of operations of the Fund, or (ii) which might materially and adversely affect the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or (iii) is of a character required to be described in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus that is not so described.

 

  (r) There are no franchises, contracts or other documents that are of a character required to be described in the Registration Statement or to be filed or incorporated by reference as exhibits to the Registration Statement which are not described or filed or incorporated by reference therein as permitted by the Securities Act and the Investment Company Act.

 

  (s)

Except for stabilization transactions conducted by the Underwriters, and except for the issuance or purchase of Shares pursuant to the Dividend Reinvestment

 

12


  Plan effected following the date on which the distribution of the Shares is completed in accordance with the policies of the Fund as set forth in the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus, the Fund has not taken and will not take, directly or indirectly, any action designed or which might be reasonably expected to cause or result in, or which will constitute, stabilization or manipulation of the price of the Shares in violation of applicable federal securities laws, provided that, for the sake of clarity, no action taken by an Underwriter that is an affiliate of the Fund shall be deemed to be an action taken, directly or indirectly, by the Fund for purposes of this Section 3(s).

 

  (t) The Fund intends to direct the investment of the proceeds of the offering of the Shares in such a manner as to comply with the requirements of Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), and is eligible to qualify as a regulated investment company under Subchapter M of the Code.

 

  (u) The Fund has not distributed and, prior to the later to occur of the (i) date of the last Closing Time and (ii) completion of the distribution of the Shares, will not distribute any offering materials in connection with the public offering or sale of the Shares other than the Registration Statement, the Disclosure Package, the Sales Materials, the Prospectus, or any other materials the distribution of which has been approved in writing by the Managing Representatives.

 

  (v) There are no Sales Materials other than the definitive client brochure, the financial advisor guide [and [update as necessary]], which were filed with FINRA on [•]; and no Sales Materials or Road Show Materials authorized or prepared by the Fund or authorized or prepared on behalf of the Fund by the Investment Manager or the Sub-Adviser or any affiliate or representative thereof for use in connection with the public offering or sale of the Shares contained or contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

 

  (w) No person is serving or acting as an officer, trustee or investment adviser of the Fund except in accordance with the provisions of the Investment Company Act. Except as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement to any of them), no trustee of the Fund is (i) an “interested person” (as defined in the Investment Company Act) of the Fund or (ii) an “affiliated person” (as defined in the Investment Company Act) of any Underwriter listed in Schedule A hereto. For purposes of this Section 3(w), the Fund and the Investment Manager shall be entitled to rely on the representations from such officers and trustees.

 

  (x)

Other than any transfer taxes paid by the Fund pursuant to Section 5(f), there are no transfer taxes or other similar fees or charges under federal law or the laws of any state, or any political subdivision thereof, required to be paid by the Fund in

 

13


  connection with the execution and delivery of this Underwriting Agreement or the issuance by the Fund or sale by the Fund of the Shares.

 

  (y) The Fund has (i) appointed a Chief Compliance Officer and (ii) adopted and implemented written policies and procedures reasonably designed to prevent violation of the Federal Securities Laws (as that term is defined in Rule 38a-1 under the Investment Company Act) by the Fund in a manner required by and consistent with Rule 38a-1 under the Investment Company Act and is in compliance in all material respects with such Rule.

 

  (z) Any statistical, demographic or market-related data included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus, the Prospectus, the Sales Materials or the Road Show Materials are based on or derived from sources that the Fund believes to be reliable and accurate in all material respects, and all such data included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus, the Prospectus, the Sales Materials or the Road Show Materials accurately reflects in all material respects the materials upon which it is based or from which it was derived.

 

  (aa) The Fund is insured by insurers of recognized financial responsibility against such losses and risks and in such amounts as are prudent and customary in the businesses in which it is engaged and which the Fund deems adequate; all policies of insurance insuring the Fund or its business, assets, employees, officers and trustees, including the Fund’s trustees and officers errors and omissions insurance policy and its fidelity bond required by Rule 17g-1 of the Investment Company Act, are in full force and effect; the Fund is in compliance with the terms of such policy and fidelity bond in all material respects; and there are no claims by the Fund under any such policy or fidelity bond as to which any insurance company is denying liability or defending under a reservation of rights clause; the Fund has not been refused any insurance coverage sought or applied for; and the Fund has no reason to believe that it will not be able to renew its existing insurance coverage and fidelity bond as and when such coverage and fidelity bond expires or to obtain similar coverage and fidelity bond from similar insurers as may be necessary to continue its business.

 

  (bb)

The Fund owns or possesses, or can acquire on reasonable terms, adequate patents, patent rights, licenses, inventions, copyrights, know-how (including trade secrets and other unpatented and/or unpatentable proprietary or confidential information, systems, or procedures), trademarks, service marks, trade names or other intellectual property (collectively, “ Intellectual Property ”) necessary to carry on the business operated by the Fund, provided that the Fund’s right to use the name “Allianz,” “Allianz Global Investors Fund Management LLC,” “PIMCO” and “Pacific Investment Management Company LLC” or any derivation thereof, or any logo associated with those names, is limited as set forth in Section 9 of the Investment Management Agreement, and the Fund has not received any notice or is not otherwise aware of any infringement of or conflict with asserted rights of others with respect to any Intellectual Property or of any

 

14


  facts or circumstances which would render any Intellectual Property invalid or inadequate to protect the interest of the Fund and which, individually or in the aggregate, if the subject of an unfavorable decision, ruling or finding, would have a material adverse effect on the condition (financial or otherwise), business affairs, business prospects, management, properties, net assets or results of operations of the Fund.

 

  (cc) The Fund maintains a system of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurance that (i) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; (ii) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles and to maintain accountability for assets; (iii) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; and (iv) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with existing assets through an asset reconciliation procedure or otherwise at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences.

 

  (dd) The Fund has established and maintains disclosure controls and procedures; such disclosure controls and procedures (as such term is defined in Rule 30a-3 under the Investment Company Act) are designed to ensure that material information relating to the Fund is made known to the Fund’s principal executive officer and its principal financial officer by others within the Fund, and such disclosure controls and procedures are effective to perform the functions for which they were established; the Fund is not aware of any material weakness in its internal controls over financial reporting.

 

  (ee) The Fund and its officers and trustees, in their capacities as such, are in compliance in all material respects with the applicable provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder (the “ Sarbanes-Oxley Act ”).

 

  (ff) The Fund’s Board of Trustees has validly appointed an audit committee whose composition satisfies the applicable requirements of Rules 303A.06 and 303A.07(a) of the NYSE Listed Company Manual and the Board of Trustees and/or the audit committee has adopted a charter that satisfies the applicable requirements of Rule 303A.07(c) of the NYSE Listed Company Manual.

 

  (gg)

Neither the Fund nor any trustee who is an “interested person” (as defined in the Investment Company Act) of the Fund (an “ Interested Trustee ”) or officer of the Fund, nor, to the Fund’s knowledge, any of its employees, agents or representatives, or any trustee who is not an “interested person” (as defined in the Investment Company Act) of the Fund (an “ Independent Trustee ”), has taken or will take any action in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay, or authorization or approval of the payment or giving of anything of value, directly or indirectly, to any “government official” (including any officer or employee of a government or government-owned or controlled entity or of a public international

 

15


  organization, or any person acting in an official capacity for or on behalf of any of the foregoing, or any political party or party official or candidate for political office) to influence official action or secure an improper advantage; and to the extent required by applicable law, the Fund has policies and procedures reasonably designed to comply with applicable anti-corruption laws including, without limitation, the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended (the “ FCPA ”), and will continue to maintain these policies and procedures reasonably designed to comply with such laws.

 

  (hh) To the extent required by applicable law, the Fund has policies and procedures reasonably designed to comply with all applicable financial recordkeeping and reporting requirements, including those of the Bank Secrecy Act, as amended by Title III of the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (USA PATRIOT Act), and the applicable anti-money laundering statutes of jurisdictions where the Fund conducts business, the rules and regulations thereunder and any related or similar rules, regulations or guidelines, issued, administered or enforced by any governmental agency (collectively, the “ Money Laundering Laws ”), and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving the Fund with respect to any applicable Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the knowledge of the Fund, threatened.

 

  (ii) Neither the Fund nor any Interested Trustee or officer of the Fund, nor, to the Fund’s knowledge, any employee, agent or affiliate of the Fund, or any Independent Trustee, is currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Treasury Department (“ OFAC ”); and the Fund will not directly or indirectly use the proceeds of the offering, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any subsidiary, joint venture partner or other person or entity, for the purpose of financing the activities or business of any person or in any country or territory that, at the time of such financing, is subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by OFAC.

In addition, any certificate signed by any officer of the Fund or the Investment Manager and delivered to the Underwriters or counsel for the Underwriters in connection with the offering of the Share shall be deemed to be a representation and warranty by the Fund or the Investment Manager as to matters covered thereby, to each Underwriter.

 

4. Representations and Warranties of the Investment Manager with Respect to the Advisers . The Investment Manager represents and warrants to each Underwriter on behalf of itself and, as applicable, on behalf of the Sub-Adviser, as of the date of this Underwriting Agreement, as of the Applicable Time, as of the Firm Shares Closing Time and as of each Additional Shares Closing Time, if any, as follows:

 

  (a)

Such Adviser (i) has been duly organized and is validly existing and in good standing as a limited liability company under the laws of the State of Delaware; (ii) has full power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and

 

16


  assets, and conduct its business and other activities conducted by it as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus; (iii) is duly licensed and qualified to do business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction where it owns or leases property or in which the conduct of its business or other activity requires such qualification, except to the extent that such failure to be so qualified or be in good standing does not or would not have a material adverse effect on the condition (financial or otherwise), prospects, earnings, business, operations or properties of such Adviser or on such Adviser’s ability to provide services to the Fund; and (iv) owns, possesses or has obtained and currently maintains all Licenses and Permits, whether foreign or domestic, necessary to carry on its business as contemplated in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus.

 

  (b) Such Adviser is (i) duly registered with the Commission as an investment adviser under the Advisers Act and (ii) not prohibited by the Advisers Act or the Investment Company Act from acting as an investment adviser for the Fund as contemplated by the Investment Management Agreement or the Portfolio Management Agreement, as applicable, the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus.

 

  (c) Such Adviser has full power and authority to enter into, as applicable, each of this Underwriting Agreement, the Investment Management Agreement, the Portfolio Management Agreement, the Expense Reimbursement Agreement and the Fee Agreements to which such Adviser is a party (collectively, the “ Adviser Agreements ”), and carry out all the terms and provisions hereof and thereof to be carried out by it; and (i) each respective Adviser Agreement to which such Adviser is a party has been or will be duly and validly authorized, executed and delivered by such Adviser, (ii) the respective Adviser Agreements to which such Adviser is a party do not violate in any material respects any of the applicable provisions of the Investment Company Act or the Advisers Act and (iii) assuming due authorization, execution and delivery by the other parties thereto, each of the Adviser Agreements to which such Adviser is a party constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Adviser enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject to the qualification that the enforceability of such Adviser’s obligations thereunder may be limited by U.S. bankruptcy, insolvency and similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally, whether statutory or decisional, and to general equitable principles (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or at law), subject, in the case of the Investment Management Agreement and the Portfolio Management Agreement, to termination under the Investment Company Act or the reasonableness or fairness of compensation payable thereunder and except as enforcement of rights to indemnity thereunder may be limited by federal or state securities laws.

 

  (d)

None of (i) the execution, delivery and performance by such Adviser of the Adviser Agreements to which such Adviser is a party, (ii) the issuance and sale by the Fund of the Shares as contemplated by this Underwriting Agreement, the

 

17


  Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus, the Prospectus or any of the Adviser Agreements and (iii) the performance by such Adviser of its obligations under any of the Adviser Agreements to which such Adviser is a party or performance and consummation by such Adviser of the other transactions contemplated by the Adviser Agreements to which such Adviser is a party (A) conflicts with or will conflict with, or results in or will result in a breach or violation of the limited liability company operating agreement, bylaws or similar organizational documents of such Adviser, (B) conflicts with or will conflict with will result in a breach or violation of, or constitutes or will constitute a default or an event of default under, any agreement or instrument to which such Adviser is a party or by which it is bound or to which any of the property or assets of such Adviser is subject or (C) results in or will result in any violation of any law, rule or regulation, or order of any court, governmental instrumentality, securities exchange or association or arbitrator, whether foreign or domestic, applicable to such Adviser or having jurisdiction over such Adviser’s properties, except in the case of clauses (B) or (C), where such conflict, breach, default or violation, either individually or in the aggregate, does not or would not have a material adverse effect on the condition (financial or otherwise), prospects, earnings, business, operations or properties of such Adviser or on such Adviser’s ability to provide services to the Fund.

 

  (e) No consent, approval, authorization, notification or order of, or qualification with, or the issuance of any license or permit by, any federal, state, local or foreign court or governmental or regulatory agency, commission, board, authority or body or with any self-regulatory organization, securities exchange or association, whether foreign or domestic, is required by such Adviser for the consummation by such Adviser of the transactions to be performed by such Adviser or the performance by such Adviser of all the terms and provisions to be performed by or on behalf of it in each case as contemplated in the Adviser Agreements to which it is a party, the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus, except (i) such as have been obtained and such as may be required (and shall be obtained prior to commencement of the transaction contemplated by this Underwriting Agreement) under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, the Investment Company Act or the Advisers Act, (ii) such as may be required by the NYSE, FINRA or under state securities or “blue sky” laws, in connection with the purchase and distribution of the Shares by the Underwriters pursuant to this Underwriting Agreement, or (iii) where the failure to obtain such consent, approval, authorization, notification or order does not or would not have a material adverse effect on such Adviser’s ability to provide services to the Fund or on the condition (financial or otherwise), prospects, earnings, business, operations or properties of such Adviser or the consummation by such Adviser of the transactions to be performed by such Adviser pursuant to this Underwriting Agreement or the performance by such Adviser of all the terms and provisions to be performed by or on behalf of it in each case as contemplated in the Adviser Agreements to which it is a party, the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus.

 

18


  (f) The description of such Adviser and its business and the statements attributed to such Adviser in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus comply in all material respects with the requirements of the Securities Act and the Investment Company Act and do not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein (in the case of the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus in light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading.

 

  (g) Except as set forth in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus, there is no action, suit, claim, inquiry, investigation or proceeding before or by any court, commission, regulatory body, administrative agency or other governmental agency or body, whether foreign or domestic, now pending or, to the knowledge of the Adviser, threatened against such Adviser which (i) if determined adversely would have a material adverse effect on the condition (financial or otherwise), prospects, earnings, business, operations or properties of such Adviser or on such Adviser’s ability to provide services to the Fund, or (ii) is of a character required to be described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus that is not so described.

 

  (h) Except for stabilization transactions conducted by the Underwriters, and except for the issuance or purchase of Shares pursuant to the Dividend Reinvestment Plan effected following the date on which the distribution of the Shares is completed in accordance with the policies of the Fund as set forth in the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus, such Adviser has not taken and will not take, directly or indirectly, any action designed or which might be reasonably expected to cause or result in, or which will constitute, stabilization or manipulation of the price of the Shares in violation of applicable federal securities laws, provided that, for the sake of clarity, no action taken by an Underwriter that is an affiliate of such Adviser shall be deemed to be an action taken, directly or indirectly, by such Adviser for purposes of this Section 4(h).

 

  (i) In the event that the Fund or such Adviser has made available any Road Show Materials or promotional materials (other than the Sales Materials) by means of an Internet web site or similar electronic means such as to constitute a bona fide electronic road show, such Adviser has installed and maintained pre-qualification and password-protection or similar procedures which are reasonably designed and expected to effectively prohibit access to such Road Show Materials or promotional materials by persons other than qualified broker-dealers and registered representatives thereof.

 

  (j) Such Adviser has adopted and implemented written policies and procedures under Rule 206(4)-7 of the Advisers Act reasonably designed to prevent violation of the Advisers Act by such Adviser and its supervised persons.

 

  (k)

Such Adviser maintains a system of internal controls sufficient to ensure that (i) transactions effectuated by it under the Investment Management Agreement or the

 

19


  Portfolio Manager Agreement, as applicable, are executed in accordance with its management’s general or specific authorization; and (ii) access to the Fund’s assets is permitted only in accordance with its management’s general or specific authorization.

 

  (l) Neither Adviser nor any director or officer of the Adviser, nor, to the Investment Manager’s knowledge (after consultation with the Sub-Adviser), any of such Adviser’s subsidiaries, employees, agents or representatives, have taken or will take any action in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay, or authorization or approval of the payment or giving of anything of value, directly or indirectly, to any “government official” (including any officer or employee of a government or government-owned or controlled entity or of a public international organization, or any person acting in an official capacity for or on behalf of any of the foregoing, or any political party or party official or candidate for political office) to influence official action or secure an improper advantage; and to the extent required by applicable law, such Adviser and its subsidiaries have policies and procedures reasonably designed to comply with applicable anti-corruption laws including, without limitation, the FCPA, and will continue to maintain these policies and procedures reasonably designed to comply with such laws.

 

  (m) To the extent required by applicable law, such Adviser and its subsidiaries have policies and procedures reasonably designed to comply with all applicable Money Laundering Laws, and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving such Adviser or any of its subsidiaries with respect to any applicable Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the knowledge of the Investment Manager (after consultation with the Sub-Adviser), threatened.

 

  (n) Neither such Adviser nor any director or officer of such Adviser nor, to the Investment Manager’s knowledge (after consultation with the Sub-Adviser), any of such Adviser’s subsidiaries, employees, agents or representatives, is currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by OFAC; and such Adviser will not directly or indirectly direct the proceeds of the offering, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any subsidiary, joint venture partner or other person or entity for the purpose of financing the activities or business of any person or in any country or territory that, at the time of such financing, is subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by OFAC.

In addition, any certificate signed by any officer of the Investment Adviser or the Sub-Adviser and delivered to the Underwriters or counsel for the Underwriters in connection with the offering of the Shares shall be deemed to be a representation and warranty by the Investment Adviser or the Sub-Adviser, as applicable, as to matters covered thereby, to each Underwriter.

 

20


5. Agreements of the Parties .

 

  (a) If the registration statement relating to the Shares has not yet become effective, the Fund will promptly file a Final Amendment, if not previously filed, with the Commission, and will use its best efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective and, as soon as the Fund is advised, will advise the Managing Representatives when the Registration Statement or any amendment thereto has become effective. If it is necessary for a post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement, or a Registration Statement under Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, to be filed with the Commission and become effective before the Shares may be sold, the Fund will use its best efforts to cause such post-effective amendment or such Registration Statement to be filed and become effective as soon as possible, and the Fund will advise the Managing Representatives promptly and, if requested by the Managing Representatives, will confirm such advice in writing, when such post-effective amendment or such Registration Statement has become effective. If the Registration Statement has become effective and the Prospectus contained therein omits certain information at the time of effectiveness pursuant to Rule 430A under the Securities Act, the Fund will file a 430A Prospectus pursuant to Rule 497(h) under the Securities Act as promptly as practicable, but no later than the second business day following the earlier of the date of the determination of the offering price of the Shares or the date the Prospectus is first used after the Effective Time. If the Registration Statement has become effective and the Prospectus contained therein does not so omit such information, the Fund will file a Prospectus pursuant to Rule 497(b) or a certification pursuant to Rule 497(j) under the Securities Act as promptly as practicable, but no later than the fifth business day following the date of the later of the Effective Time or the commencement of the public offering of the Shares after the Effective Time. In either case, the Fund will provide the Managing Representatives satisfactory evidence of the filing. The Fund will not file with the Commission any Prospectus or any other amendment (except any post-effective amendment which is filed with the Commission after the later of (i) one year from the date of this Underwriting Agreement or (ii) the date on which distribution of the Shares is completed) or supplement to the Registration Statement or the Prospectus unless a copy has first been submitted to the Managing Representatives a reasonable time before its filing and the Managing Representatives has not objected to it in writing within a reasonable time after receiving the copy.

 

  (b)

For the period of three years from the date hereof, the Fund will advise the Managing Representatives promptly (i) of the issuance by the Commission of any order in respect of the Fund, or in respect of the Investment Manager or the Sub-Adviser, which relates to the Fund and could materially affect the ability of the Investment Manager or the Sub-Adviser, as applicable, to perform its respective obligations to the Fund, (ii) of the initiation or threatening in writing of any proceedings for, or receipt by the Fund of any written notice with respect to, any suspension of the qualification of the Shares for sale in any jurisdiction or the

 

21


  issuance of any order by the Commission suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, (iii) of receipt by the Fund, or any representative or attorney of the Fund, of any other communication from the Commission relating in any material way to the Fund (other than communications with respect to an offering of preferred shares of beneficial interest), the Registration Statement, the Notification, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Sales Materials, the Prospectus or to the transactions contemplated by this Underwriting Agreement and (iv) the issuance by any federal, state, local or foreign court or governmental agency, commission, board, authority or body or with any self-regulatory organization, whether foreign or domestic, of any order, ruling or decree, or the threat in writing to initiate any proceedings with respect thereto, regarding the Fund, which relates in any material way to the Fund or any material arrangements or proposed material arrangements involving the Fund. The Fund will use its best efforts to prevent the issuance of any order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement and, if any such order is issued, to obtain its lifting as soon as practicable.

 

  (c) If not delivered prior to the date of this Underwriting Agreement, the Fund will deliver to the Managing Representatives, upon request and without charge, a signed copy of the Registration Statement, the Exchange Act Registration Statement and the Notification and of any amendments (except any post-effective amendment which is filed with the Commission after the later of (i) one year from the date of this Underwriting Agreement or (ii) the date on which the distribution of the Shares is completed) to either the Registration Statement, the Exchange Act Registration Statement or the Notification (including all exhibits filed with any such document) and as many conformed copies of the Registration Statement and any amendments thereto (except any post-effective amendment which is filed with the Commission after the later of (i) one year from the date of this Underwriting Agreement or (ii) the date on which the distribution of the Shares is completed) (excluding exhibits) as the Managing Representatives may reasonably request.

 

  (d)

During such period as a prospectus is required by law to be delivered by an underwriter or a dealer, the Fund will deliver, without charge, to the Managing Representatives, the Underwriters and any dealers, at such office or offices as the Managing Representatives may designate, as many copies of the Prospectus as the Managing Representatives may reasonably request, and, if any event occurs during such period as a result of which it is necessary to amend or supplement the Prospectus, in order to make any statements of material fact therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, or if during such period it is necessary to amend or supplement the Prospectus to comply with the Securities Act or the Investment Company Act, the Fund promptly will prepare, submit to the Managing Representatives, file with the Commission and deliver, without charge, to the Underwriters and to dealers (whose names and addresses the Managing Representatives will furnish to the Fund) to whom Shares may have been sold by the Underwriters, and to other dealers on request, amendments or

 

22


  supplements to the Prospectus so that any statements of material fact in such Prospectus, as so amended or supplemented, will not, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, be misleading and will comply with the Securities Act and the Investment Company Act; provided that if the amendment or supplement is required exclusively as a result of a misstatement in or omission from the information provided to the Fund or the Investment Manager on behalf of the Fund in writing by the Underwriters expressly for use in the Prospectus, the Fund may deliver such amendment or supplement to the Underwriters and dealers at a reasonable charge not to exceed the actual cost thereof to the Fund. Delivery by the Underwriters of any such amendments or supplements to the Prospectus will not constitute a waiver of any of the conditions in Section 6 hereof.

 

  (e) The Fund will make generally available to holders of the Fund’s securities, as soon as practicable but in no event later than the last day of the 18th full calendar month following the calendar quarter in which the date of the Effective Time falls, an earnings statement, if applicable, satisfying the provisions of the last paragraph of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and, at the option of the Fund, Rule 158 under the Securities Act.

 

  (f)

If the transactions contemplated by this Underwriting Agreement are consummated, the Fund shall pay all costs and expenses incident to the performance of the obligations of the Fund under this Underwriting Agreement, including but not limited to costs and expenses of or relating to (i) the preparation, printing and filing of the Registration Statement and exhibits to it, each Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus and all amendments and supplements thereto, (ii) the issuance of the Shares and the preparation and delivery of certificates for the Shares, if any, (iii) the registration or qualification of the Shares for offer and sale under the securities or “blue sky” laws of any applicable jurisdictions, including the fees and disbursements, if any, of counsel for the Underwriters in that connection, and the preparation and printing of any preliminary and supplemental “blue sky” memoranda, (iv) the furnishing (including costs of design, production, shipping and mailing) to the Underwriters and dealers of copies of each Preliminary Prospectus relating to the Shares, the Sales Materials, the Prospectus, and all amendments or supplements to the Prospectus, and of the other documents required by this Section to be so furnished, (v) the filing requirements of FINRA, in connection with its review of the underwriting arrangements and the Sales Materials, including filing fees paid by counsel for the Underwriters in that connection, (vi) all transfer taxes, if any, with respect to the sale and delivery of the Shares by the Fund to the Underwriters, (vii) the listing of the Shares on the NYSE; (viii) the transfer agent for the Shares and (ix) reimbursement of the Underwriters for the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel to the Underwriters in connection with the review by the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. of the terms of the offering of the Common Shares in an amount not to exceed $60,000 in the aggregate; provided that (i) the Fund, the Investment Manager, the Sub-Adviser and each Underwriter shall pay its own costs and expenses relating to the attendance at any

 

23


  road show or other informational meeting relating to the Fund, (ii) each Underwriter shall pay the costs and expenses of any internal promotional or informational materials relating to the Fund, other than the Sales Materials, prepared by such Underwriter in connection with the offering of the Shares, (iii) the Underwriters shall pay the costs and expenses of any “tombstone” announcements relating to the offering of the Shares and (iv) except as expressly provided in this Section 5(f), the Underwriters shall pay their own costs and expenses, including fees and disbursements of their counsel. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Fund, the Investment Manager and the Sub-Adviser may agree among themselves as to the payment or reimbursement of the foregoing expenses, including as specified in the Expense Reimbursement Agreement, the AGID Support Services Agreement and the PIMCO Support Services Agreement, whether or not the transactions contemplated by this Underwriting Agreement are consummated, provided, however, that in no event shall the Underwriters be obligated to pay any expenses intended to be borne by the Fund or the Investment Manager as provided above.

 

  (g) If the transactions contemplated by this Underwriting Agreement are not consummated, except as otherwise provided herein, no party will be under any liability to any other party, except that (i) if this Underwriting Agreement is terminated by (A) the Fund or the Investment Manager pursuant to any of the provisions hereof (otherwise than pursuant to Section 7 hereof) or (B) by the Managing Representatives or the Underwriters because of any inability, failure or refusal on the part of the Fund or the Investment Manager to comply with any terms of this Underwriting Agreement or because any of the conditions in Section 6 are not satisfied, the Investment Manager and the Fund, jointly and severally, will reimburse the Underwriters for all out-of-pocket expenses (including the fees, disbursements and other charges of their counsel) reasonably incurred by them in connection with the proposed purchase and sale of the Shares ( provided , however , that the Fund and the Investment Manager shall not be liable for any loss of anticipated profits or speculative or consequential or similar damages for such termination) and (ii) no Underwriter who has failed or refused to purchase the Shares agreed to be purchased by it under this Underwriting Agreement, in breach of its obligations pursuant to this Underwriting Agreement, will be relieved of liability to the Fund, the Investment Manager and the other Underwriters for damages occasioned by its default.

 

  (h) Without the prior written consent of the Managing Representatives, the Fund will not offer, sell or register with the Commission, or announce an offering of, any equity securities of the Fund, within 180 days after the date of the Effective Time, except for the Shares as described in the Prospectus and any issuance of Common Shares pursuant to the Dividend Reinvestment Plan.

 

  (i)

The Fund will (i) use its best efforts to cause the Shares to be listed on the NYSE prior to the date the Shares are issued, subject to official notice of the issuance thereof, and (ii) comply with the rules and regulations of the NYSE, except where

 

24


  such non-compliance does not or would not have a material adverse effect on the condition (financial or otherwise), business affairs, business prospects, management, properties, net assets or results of operations of the Fund.

 

  (j) The Fund will direct the investment of the net proceeds of the offering of the Shares in such a manner as to comply with the investment objectives and policies of the Fund as described in the Prospectus.

 

6. Conditions of the Underwriters’ Obligations . The obligations of the Underwriters to purchase the Shares are subject to the accuracy on the date of this Underwriting Agreement, as of the Applicable Time and as of each of the Closing Times, of the representations of the Fund and the Investment Manager, on behalf of itself and on behalf of the Sub-Adviser, in this Underwriting Agreement, to the accuracy and completeness of all statements made by the Fund, the Investment Manager or the Sub-Adviser or any of their respective officers in any certificate delivered to the Managing Representatives or their counsel pursuant to this Underwriting Agreement, to performance by the Fund and the Investment Manager of their respective obligations under this Underwriting Agreement and to the satisfaction (or waiver in writing by the Managing Representatives on behalf of the Underwriters) of each of the following additional conditions:

 

  (a) The Registration Statement must have become effective by 5:30 p.m., New York City time, on the date of this Underwriting Agreement or such later date and time as the Managing Representatives consent to in writing. The Prospectus must have been filed in accordance with Rule 497(b) or (h) or a certificate must have been filed in accordance with Rule 497(j), as the case may be, under the Securities Act.

 

  (b) No order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement may be in effect and no proceedings for such purpose may be pending before or, to the knowledge of counsel to the Underwriters, threatened by the Commission, and any requests for additional information on the part of the Commission (to be included in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus or otherwise) must be complied with or waived to the reasonable satisfaction of the Managing Representatives.

 

  (c)

Since the dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus, as of the date of this Underwriting Agreement, (i) there must not have been any change in the Common Shares or any adverse change in the liabilities of the Fund except as set forth in or contemplated by the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus; (ii) there must not have been any adverse change in the condition (financial or otherwise), business affairs, business prospects, management, properties, net assets or results of operations, whether or not arising from transactions in the ordinary course of business, of the Fund, the Investment Manager or the Sub-Adviser as set forth in or contemplated by the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus; (iii) the Fund must not have sustained any loss or interference with its business from any court or from any legislative or other governmental action, order or decree, whether foreign or domestic, or from any other occurrence not described in the

 

25


  Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus; and (iv) there must not have occurred any event that makes untrue or incorrect in any respect any statement of material fact or information contained in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus or any statement of material fact or information omitted in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus that should be reflected therein in order to make the statements or information therein (in the case of the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus, in light of the circumstances under which they were made), not misleading; if, in the judgment of the Managing Representatives, any such development referred to in clause (i), (ii), (iii), or (iv) of this paragraph (c) is material and adverse so as to make it impracticable or inadvisable to consummate the sale and delivery of the Shares to the public on the terms and in the manner contemplated by the Pricing Prospectus.

 

  (d)

The Managing Representatives must have received as of each Closing Time a certificate, dated such date, of the Chief Executive Officer, President, Managing Director or a Vice-President and the Controller, Treasurer, Assistant Treasurer, Chief Financial Officer or Chief Accounting Officer of each of the Fund and, the Investment Manager certifying (in their capacity as such officers) that (i) the signers or their representatives have carefully examined the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus, the Prospectus and this Underwriting Agreement, (ii) the representations of the Fund (with respect to the certificates from such Fund officers) and the representations of the Investment Manager (on behalf of itself and the Sub-Adviser, where applicable) (with respect to the certificates from such officers of the Investment Manager) in this Underwriting Agreement are accurate on and as of the date of the certificate, (iii) there has not been any material adverse change in the condition (financial or otherwise), business affairs, business prospects, management, property, net assets or results of operations of the Fund (with respect to the certificates from such Fund officers) or either Adviser (with respect to the certificates from such officers of the Investment Manager (on behalf of itself and the Sub-Adviser, where applicable)), which change would materially and adversely affect the ability of the Fund, the Investment Manager or the Sub-Adviser, as the case may be, to fulfill its obligations under this Underwriting Agreement, the Investment Management Agreement, the Fee Agreements or the Portfolio Management Agreement, as applicable, whether or not arising from transactions in the ordinary course of business, (iv) with respect to the certificates from such officers of the Fund only, no order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, prohibiting the sale of any of the Shares or otherwise having a material adverse effect on the Fund has been issued and, to the knowledge of such officers after reasonable investigation, no proceedings for any such purpose are pending before or threatened by the Commission or any other regulatory body, whether foreign or domestic, (v) with respect to the certificates from such officers of the Investment Manager, no order having a material adverse effect on the ability of the Investment Manager or the Sub-Adviser to fulfill its obligations under this Underwriting Agreement, the Investment Management Agreement, the Portfolio

 

26


  Management Agreement or the Fee Agreements, as applicable, has been issued, and, to the knowledge of such officers after reasonable investigation, no proceedings for any such purpose are pending before or threatened by the Commission or any other regulatory body, whether foreign or domestic, and (vi) each of the Fund (with respect to the certificates from such Fund officers) and the Investment Manager (with respect to the certificates from such officers of the Investment Manager) has performed all of its respective agreements that this Underwriting Agreement requires it to perform by such Closing Time (to the extent not waived in writing by the Managing Representatives).

 

  (e) The Managing Representatives must have received as of each Closing Time the opinions dated as of the date thereof substantially in the form of Schedules B, C and D to this Underwriting Agreement from the counsel identified in each such Schedules.

 

  (f) The Managing Representatives must have received as of each Closing Time from Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP an opinion dated as of the date thereof with respect to the Fund, the Shares, the Registration Statement and the Prospectus and this Underwriting Agreement in a form reasonably satisfactory in all respects to the Managing Representatives. The Fund and the Investment Manager must have furnished to such counsel such documents as counsel may reasonably request for the purpose of enabling them to render such opinion.

 

  (g) The Managing Representatives must have received on the date this Underwriting Agreement is signed and delivered by you a signed report from PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, dated such date, and in form and substance satisfactory to the Managing Representatives containing statements and information of the type ordinarily included in accountants’ reports with respect to the financial information of the Fund contained in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus. The Managing Representatives also must have received from PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP a report, as of each Closing Time, dated as of the date thereof, in form and substance satisfactory to the Managing Representatives, to the effect that they reaffirm the statements made in the earlier report, except that the specified date referred to shall be a date not more than three business days prior to such Closing Time.

 

  (h) The Managing Representatives must have received “lock-up” agreements, each substantially in the form of Schedule E hereto, from each purchaser of shares identified on Schedule E hereto, and such agreements shall be in full force and effect at each Closing Time.

All opinions, letters, reports, evidence and certificates mentioned above or elsewhere in this Underwriting Agreement will comply only if they are in form and scope reasonably satisfactory to counsel for the Underwriters, provided that any such documents, forms of which are annexed hereto, shall be deemed satisfactory to such counsel if substantially in such form.

 

27


7. Termination . This Underwriting Agreement may be terminated by the Managing Representatives by notifying the Fund at any time:

 

  (a) before the later of the Effective Time and the time when any of the Shares are first generally offered pursuant to this Underwriting Agreement by the Managing Representatives to dealers by electronic delivery, letter or telegram;

 

  (b) as of or before any Closing Time if, in the sole judgment of the Managing Representatives, payment for and delivery of any Shares is rendered impracticable or inadvisable because (i) trading in the equity securities of the Fund is suspended by the Commission or by the principal exchange that lists the Shares, (ii) trading in securities generally on the NYSE, NYSE Amex or the NASDAQ Stock Market shall have been suspended or limited or minimum or maximum prices shall have been generally established on such exchange or over-the-counter market, (iii) additional material governmental restrictions, not in force on the date of this Underwriting Agreement, have been imposed upon trading in securities or trading has been suspended on any U.S. securities exchange, (iv) a general banking moratorium has been established by U.S. federal or New York authorities or (v) if there has occurred (A) any material adverse change in the financial or securities markets in the United States or the international financial markets, (B) any material adverse change in the political, financial or economic conditions in the United States, (C) any outbreak of hostilities or escalation thereof or other calamity, terrorist activity, crises or any change or development involving a prospective change in national or international political, financial or economic conditions or (D) declaration by the United States of a national emergency or war or other calamity shall have occurred the effect of any of which is such as to make it, in the sole judgment of the Managing Representatives, impracticable or inadvisable to market the Shares on the terms and in the manner contemplated by the Prospectus; or

 

  (c) as of or before any Closing Time, if any of the conditions specified in Section 6 with respect to such Closing Time have not been fulfilled when and as required by this Underwriting Agreement, and the Managing Representatives shall have given the Fund and the Investment Manager notice thereof and a reasonable opportunity to fulfill such condition.

 

8. Substitution of Underwriters . If one or more of the Underwriters fails (other than for a reason sufficient to justify the termination of this Underwriting Agreement) to purchase as of any Closing Time the Shares agreed to be purchased as of such Closing Time by such Underwriter or Underwriters, the Managing Representatives may find one or more substitute underwriters to purchase such Shares or make such other arrangements as the Managing Representatives deem advisable, or one or more of the remaining Underwriters may agree to purchase such Shares in such proportions as may be approved by the Managing Representatives, in each case upon the terms set forth in this Underwriting Agreement. If no such arrangements have been made within 36 hours after the date of such Closing Time, and

 

28


  (a) the number of Shares to be purchased by the defaulting Underwriters as of such Closing Time does not exceed 10% of the Shares that the Underwriters are obligated to purchase as of such Closing Time, each of the nondefaulting Underwriters will be obligated to purchase such Shares on the terms set forth in this Underwriting Agreement in proportion to their respective obligations under this Underwriting Agreement, or

 

  (b) the number of Shares to be purchased by the defaulting Underwriters as of such Closing Time exceeds 10% of the Shares to be purchased by all the Underwriters as of such Closing Time, the Fund will be entitled to an additional period of 24 hours within which to find one or more substitute underwriters reasonably satisfactory to the Managing Representatives to purchase such Shares on the terms set forth in this Underwriting Agreement.

Upon the occurrence of the circumstances described in the foregoing paragraph (b), either the Managing Representatives or the Fund will have the right to postpone the date of the applicable Closing Time for not more than five business days in order that necessary changes and arrangements (including any necessary amendments or supplements to the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus) may be effected by the Managing Representatives and the Fund. If the number of Shares to be purchased as of such Closing Time by such defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters exceeds 10% of the Shares that the Underwriters are obligated to purchase as of such Closing Time, and none of the nondefaulting Underwriters or the Fund makes arrangements pursuant to this Section 8 within the period stated for the purchase of the Shares that the defaulting Underwriters agreed to purchase, this Underwriting Agreement will terminate without liability on the part of any nondefaulting Underwriter, the Fund or the Investment Manager except as provided in Sections 5(g) and 9 hereof. Any action taken under this Section will not affect the liability of any defaulting Underwriter to the Fund or the Investment Manager or to any nondefaulting Underwriters arising out of such default. A substitute underwriter will become an Underwriter for all purposes of this Underwriting Agreement.

 

9. Indemnity and Contribution .

 

  (a)

Each of the Fund and the Investment Manager, jointly and severally, agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless each Underwriter, its partners, directors, members, managers, officers, affiliates, each selling agent of any Underwriter and any person who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, and the successors and assigns of all of the foregoing persons from and against any loss, damage, expense, liability or claim (including the reasonable cost of investigation) which, jointly or severally, any such Underwriter or any such person may incur under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, the Investment Company Act, the Advisers Act, the common law or otherwise, insofar as such loss, damage, expense, liability or claim (i) arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement (or in the

 

29


Registration Statement as amended by any post-effective amendment thereof by the Fund) or arises out of or is based upon an omission or alleged omission to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or (ii) arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact included in any Road Show Material, the Disclosure Package, any Sales Material, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus (as it may be amended or supplemented) or arises out of or is based upon an omission or alleged omission to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; except with respect to either of the foregoing clause (i) and (ii) insofar as any such loss, damage, expense, liability or claim arises out of or is based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in and in conformity with information concerning such Underwriters furnished in writing by or on behalf of any Underwriter through the Managing Representatives to the Fund expressly for use with reference to any Underwriter in such Registration Statement or in such Road Show Material, Disclosure Package, Sales Material or Prospectus (as amended or supplemented) as set forth in Section 9(f) hereof or arises out of or is based upon any omission or alleged omission to state a material fact in connection with such information required to be stated in such Registration Statement or in such Road Show Material, Disclosure Package, Sales Material or Prospectus (as amended or supplemented) or necessary to make such information (with respect to such Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, in light of the circumstances under which they were made), not misleading.

If any action, suit or proceeding (together, a “ Proceeding ”) is brought against an Underwriter or any such person in respect of which indemnity may be sought against the Fund or the Investment Manager pursuant to the foregoing paragraph, such Underwriter or such person shall promptly notify the Fund or the Investment Manager, as the case may be, in writing of the institution of such Proceeding and the Fund or the Investment Manager shall assume the defense of such Proceeding, including the employment of counsel reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party and payment of all fees and expenses; provided , however , that the omission to so notify the Fund or the Investment Manager shall not relieve the Fund or the Investment Manager from any liability which the Fund or the Investment Manager may have to any Underwriter or any such person or otherwise. Such Underwriter or such person shall have the right to employ additional counsel in any such case, but the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such Underwriter or of such person unless the employment of such counsel shall have been authorized in writing by the Fund or the Investment Manager, as the case may be, in connection with the defense of such Proceeding or the Fund or the Investment Manager shall not have, within a reasonable period of time in light of the circumstances, employed counsel to have charge of the defense of such Proceeding or such indemnified party or parties shall have reasonably concluded that there may be defenses available to it or them, which are different from, additional to or in conflict with those available to

 

30


  the Fund or the Investment Manager (in which case the Fund or the Investment Manager shall not have the right to direct the defense of such Proceeding on behalf of the indemnified party or parties), in any of which events such reasonable fees and expenses shall be borne by the Fund or the Investment Manager and paid as incurred (it being understood, however, that the Fund or the Investment Manager shall not be liable for the expenses of more than one separate counsel (in addition to any local counsel) in any one Proceeding or series of related Proceedings in the same jurisdiction representing the indemnified parties who are parties to such Proceeding). Neither the Fund nor the Investment Manager shall be liable for any settlement of any Proceeding effected without its written consent but if settled with the written consent of the Fund or the Investment Manager, the Fund or the Investment Manager, as the case may be, agrees to indemnify and hold harmless any Underwriter and any such person from and against any loss or liability by reason of such settlement. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, if at any time an indemnified party shall have requested an indemnifying party to reimburse the indemnified party for reasonable fees and expenses of counsel as contemplated by the second sentence of this paragraph, then the indemnifying party agrees that it shall be liable for any settlement of any Proceeding effected without its written consent if (i) such settlement is entered into more than 60 business days after receipt by such indemnifying party of the aforesaid request, (ii) such indemnifying party shall not have reimbursed the indemnified party in accordance with such request prior to the date of such settlement and (iii) such indemnified party shall have given the indemnifying party at least 30 days’ prior notice of its intention to settle. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified party, effect any settlement of any pending or threatened Proceeding in respect of which any indemnified party is or could have been a party and indemnity could have been sought hereunder by such indemnified party, unless such settlement includes an unconditional release of such indemnified party from all liability on claims that are the subject matter of such Proceeding and does not include an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act, by or on behalf of such indemnified party.

 

  (b)

Each Underwriter severally agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Fund and the Investment Manager, and each of their respective shareholders, partners, managers, members, trustees, directors and officers and any person who controls the Fund or the Investment Manager within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, and the successors and assigns of all of the foregoing persons from and against any loss, damage, expense, liability or claim (including the reasonable cost of investigation), which, jointly or severally, the Fund, the Investment Manager or any such person may incur under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, the Investment Company Act, the Advisers Act, the common law or otherwise, insofar as such loss, damage, expense, liability or claim arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in and in conformity with information concerning such Underwriters furnished in writing by or on behalf of any Underwriter to the Fund or the Investment Manager expressly for use in the

 

31


  Registration Statement (or in the Registration Statement as amended by any post-effective amendment thereof by the Fund) or in any Road Show Material, the Disclosure Package, any Sales Material or the Prospectus (as it may be amended or supplemented) as set forth in Section 9(f) hereof, or arises out of or is based upon an omission or alleged omission to state a material fact in connection with such information required to be stated in such Registration Statement or such Road Show Material, Disclosure Package, Sales Material or the Prospectus (as it may be amended or supplemented) or necessary to make such information (with respect to the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, in light of the circumstances under which they were made), not misleading.

If any Proceeding is brought against the Fund, the Investment Manager or any such person in respect of which indemnity may be sought against any Underwriter pursuant to the foregoing paragraph, the Fund, the Investment Manager or such person shall promptly notify such Underwriter in writing of the institution of such Proceeding and such Underwriter shall assume the defense of such Proceeding, including the employment of counsel reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party and payment of all fees and expenses; provided , however , that the omission to so notify such Underwriter shall not relieve such Underwriter from any liability which such Underwriter may have to the Fund, the Investment Manager or any such person or otherwise. The Fund, the Investment Manager or such person shall have the right to employ additional counsel in any such case, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of the Fund, the Investment Manager or such person, as the case may be, unless the employment of such counsel shall have been authorized in writing by such Underwriter in connection with the defense of such Proceeding or such Underwriter shall not have, within a reasonable period of time in light of the circumstances, employed counsel to have charge of the defense of such Proceeding or such indemnified party or parties shall have reasonably concluded that there may be defenses available to it or them, which are different from or additional to or in conflict with those available to such Underwriter (in which case such Underwriter shall not have the right to direct the defense of such Proceeding on behalf of the indemnified party or parties, but such Underwriter may employ counsel in connection with the defense thereof but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such Underwriter), in any of which events such fees and expenses shall be borne by such Underwriter and paid as incurred. No Underwriter shall be liable for any settlement of any Proceeding effected without its written consent but if settled with the written consent of such Underwriter, such Underwriter agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Fund or the Investment Manager, as the case may be, from and against any loss or liability by reason of such settlement. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, if at any time an indemnified party shall have requested an indemnifying party to reimburse the indemnified party for reasonable fees and expenses of counsel as contemplated by the second sentence of this paragraph, then the indemnifying party agrees that it shall be liable for any settlement of any Proceeding effected without its written consent if (i) such settlement is entered into more than 60 business days after

 

32


receipt by such indemnifying party of the aforesaid request, (ii) such indemnifying party shall not have reimbursed the indemnified party in accordance with such request prior to the date of such settlement and (iii) such indemnified party shall have given the indemnifying party at least 30 days’ prior notice of its intention to settle. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified party, effect any settlement of any pending or threatened Proceeding in respect of which any indemnified party is or could have been a party and indemnity could have been sought hereunder by such indemnified party, unless such settlement includes an unconditional release of such indemnified party from all liability on claims that are the subject matter of such Proceeding and does not include an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act, by or on behalf of such indemnified party.

 

  (c) If the indemnification provided for in this Section 9 is unavailable to an indemnified party under subsections (a) and (b) of this Section 9 in respect of any losses, damages, expenses, liabilities or claims referred to therein, then each applicable indemnifying party, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such losses, damages, expenses, liabilities or claims (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Fund and the Investment Manager on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other hand from the offering of the Shares or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) above is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) above but also the relative fault of the Fund and the Investment Manager on the one hand and of the Underwriters on the other in connection with the statements or omissions, which resulted in such losses, damages, expenses, liabilities or claims, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Fund and the Investment Manager on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other shall be deemed to be in the same respective proportions as the total proceeds from the offering (net of underwriting discounts and commissions but before deducting expenses) received by the Fund and the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by the Underwriters, bear to the aggregate public offering price of the Shares. The relative fault of the Fund and the Investment Manager on the one hand and of the Underwriters on the other shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission relates to information supplied by the Fund or the Investment Manager or by the Underwriters and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The amount paid or payable by a party as a result of the losses, damages, expenses, liabilities and claims referred to in this subsection shall be deemed to include any legal or other fees or expenses reasonably incurred by such party in connection with investigating, preparing to defend or defending any Proceeding.

 

33


  (d) The Fund, the Investment Manager and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 9 were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Underwriters were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation that does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in subsection (c) above. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 9, no Underwriter shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the fees and commissions received by such Underwriter. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The Underwriters’ obligations to contribute pursuant to this Section 9 are several in proportion to their respective underwriting commitments and not joint.

 

  (e) The indemnity and contribution agreements contained in this Section 9 and the covenants, warranties and representations of the Fund and the Investment Manager, on behalf of itself and on behalf of the Sub-Adviser, contained in this Underwriting Agreement shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of any Underwriter, its partners, directors, members, managers, officers, affiliates, any selling agent of any Underwriter or any person who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, or by or on behalf of the Fund, the Investment Manager, and each of their respective shareholders, partners, managers, members, trustees, directors and officers and any person who controls the Fund or the Investment Manager within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, and shall survive any termination of this Underwriting Agreement or the issuance and delivery of the Shares. The Fund, the Investment Manager and each Underwriter agree promptly to notify each other of the commencement of any Proceeding against it and, in the case of the Fund or the Investment Manager, against any of the Fund’s trustees, directors or officers, or any of the Investment Manager’s shareholders, partners, managers, members, trustees, directors or officers in connection with the issuance and sale of the Shares, or in connection with the Registration Statement or Prospectus.

 

  (f)

The Fund and the Investment Manager each acknowledge that the statements in the Registration Statement, Sales Materials, Road Show Materials, Prospectus, or Disclosure Package with respect to (i) the public offering price per share of the Shares as set forth on the cover page of the Prospectus, (ii) the names of the Underwriters and number of Common Shares allocated for purchase by such Underwriters, (iii) the selling concessions and reallowances of selling concessions, and payment of fees, if any, to Underwriters that meet certain minimum sales thresholds, (iv) the statements regarding stabilization, penalty bids and syndicate short selling, (v) the statements regarding electronic delivery of prospectuses, and (vi) the representations of the Underwriters as required by the NYSE, each of (ii)-(vi) as described under the caption “Underwriting” in the Prospectus, constitute the only information furnished in writing by or on behalf of

 

34


  any Underwriter through the Managing Representatives to the Fund expressly for use with reference to such Underwriter in the Registration Statement or in the Disclosure Package or the Prospectus (as amended or supplemented). The Underwriters severally confirm that these statements are correct in all material respects and were so furnished by or on behalf of each of the Underwriters severally for use in the Prospectus.

 

  (g) Notwithstanding any other provisions in this Section 9, no party shall be entitled to indemnification or contribution under this Underwriting Agreement against any loss, claim, liability, expense or damage arising by reason of such person’s willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of its duties in the performance of its duties hereunder. The parties hereto acknowledge that the foregoing provision shall be applicable solely as to matters arising under Section 17(i) of the Investment Company Act, and shall not be construed to impose any duties or obligations upon any such parties under this Underwriting Agreement other than as specifically set forth herein (it being understood that the Underwriters have no duty hereunder to the Fund to perform any due diligence investigation).

 

10.

No Fiduciary Relationship. The Fund and the Investment Manager, on behalf of itself and on behalf of the Sub-Adviser, hereby acknowledge and agree that the Underwriters are acting solely as underwriters in connection with the purchase and sale of the Fund’s securities contemplated hereby. The Fund and the Investment Manager, on behalf of itself and on behalf of the Sub-Adviser, further acknowledge and agree that the Underwriters are acting pursuant to a contractual relationship created solely by this Underwriting Agreement entered into on an arm’s length basis, and in no event do the parties intend that the Underwriters act or be responsible as a fiduciary to the Fund, its management, shareholders or creditors or any other person in connection with any activity that the Underwriters may undertake or have undertaken in furtherance of such purchase and sale of the Fund’s securities, either before or after the date hereof. The Underwriters hereby expressly disclaim any fiduciary or similar obligations to the Fund or the Advisers, either in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Underwriting Agreement or any matters leading up to such transactions, and the Fund and the Investment Manager, on behalf of itself and on behalf of the Sub-Adviser, hereby confirm their understanding and agreement to that effect. The Fund, the Investment Manager and the Underwriters agree that they are each responsible for making their own independent judgments with respect to any such transactions and that any opinions or views expressed by the Underwriters to the Fund or the Advisers regarding such transactions, including, but not limited to, any opinions or views with respect to the price or market for the Fund’s securities, do not constitute advice or recommendations to the Fund or the Advisers. The Fund, the Investment Manager and the Underwriters agree that each Underwriter is acting solely as principal and is not the agent, representative or fiduciary of the Fund or the Advisers and no Underwriter has assumed, and no Underwriter will assume, any advisory or fiduciary responsibility in favor of the Fund or the Advisers with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby or the process leading thereto (irrespective of whether any Underwriter has advised or is currently advising the

 

35


  Fund or the Advisers on other matters); provided, that an Underwriter, in its capacity as an independent contractor, may provide advice to the Advisers as to the structure and organization of the Fund pursuant to a Fee Agreement. The Fund and Investment Manager, on behalf of itself and on behalf of the Sub-Adviser, acknowledge and agree that the Underwriters have not provided any legal, accounting, regulatory or tax advice with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby and each of the Fund and the Advisers have consulted its own respective legal, accounting, regulatory, and tax advisors to the extent it deemed appropriate. The Fund and the Investment Manager, on behalf of itself and the Sub-Adviser, hereby waive and release, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any claims that the Fund or the Advisers may have against the Underwriters with respect to any breach or alleged breach of any fiduciary, advisory or similar duty to the Fund or the Advisers in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Underwriting Agreement or any matters leading up to such transactions.

 

11. Notices. Except as otherwise herein provided, all statements, requests, notices and agreements shall be in writing or by telegram and, if to the Underwriters, shall be sufficient in all respects if delivered or sent to UBS Securities LLC, 1285 Avenue of the Americas, New York, New York 10019, Attention: Syndicate / Michael Ryan (fax: (212) 713-3371); and if to the Fund or the Investment Manager, shall be sufficient in all respects if delivered or sent to the Fund or the Investment Manager, as the case may be, at the offices of the Fund or the Investment Manager at 1633 Broadway, New York, New York 10019, Attention: Thomas Fuccillo.

 

12. Governing Law; Construction. This Underwriting Agreement and any claim, counterclaim or dispute of any kind or nature whatsoever arising out of or in any way relating to this Underwriting Agreement (“ Claim ”), directly or indirectly, shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York. The Section headings in this Underwriting Agreement have been inserted as a matter of convenience of reference and are not a part of this Underwriting Agreement.

 

13. Submission to Jurisdiction. Except as set forth below, no Claim may be commenced, prosecuted or continued in any court other than the courts of the State of New York located in the City and County of New York or in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York, which courts shall have jurisdiction over the adjudication of such matters, and the Fund and the Underwriters each consent to the jurisdiction of such courts and personal service with respect thereto. Each of the Underwriters, the Fund (on its behalf and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, on behalf of its stockholders and affiliates) and the Investment Manager (on its behalf and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, on behalf of its unitholders and affiliates) waives all right to trial by jury in any action, proceeding or counterclaim (whether based upon contract, tort or otherwise) in any way arising out of or relating to this Underwriting Agreement. Each of the Fund and the Investment Manager agrees that a final judgment in any such action, proceeding or counterclaim brought in any such court shall be conclusive and binding upon the Fund and the Investment Manager, as the case may be, and may be enforced in any other courts in the jurisdiction of which the Fund or the Investment Manager, as the case may be, is or may be subject, by suit upon such judgment.

 

36


14. Parties at Interest. The Agreement herein set forth has been and is made solely for the benefit of the Underwriters, the Fund and the Investment Manager and to the extent provided in Section 9 hereof the controlling persons, shareholders, partners, managers, members, trustees, directors, officers employees, agents an affiliates and any person who controls the Fund or the Investment Manager within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, referred to in such section, and their respective successors, assigns, heirs, personal representatives and executors and administrators. No other person, partnership, association or corporation (including a purchaser, as such purchaser, from any of the Underwriters) shall acquire or have any right under or by virtue of this Underwriting Agreement.

 

15. Counterparts. This Underwriting Agreement may be signed by the parties in one or more counterparts which together shall constitute one and the same agreement among the parties.

 

16. Successors and Assigns. This Underwriting Agreement shall be binding upon the Underwriters, the Fund and the Investment Manager and any successor or assign of any substantial portion of the Fund’s, the Investment Manager’s or any of the Underwriters’ respective businesses and/or assets, as the case may be.

 

17. Disclaimer of Liability of Trustees and Beneficiaries. A copy of the Agreement and Declaration of Trust of the Fund is on file with the Secretary of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, and notice hereby is given that this Underwriting Agreement is executed on behalf of the Fund by an officer or Trustee of the Fund in his or her capacity as an officer or Trustee of the Fund and not individually and that the obligations under or arising out of this Underwriting Agreement are not binding upon any of the Trustees, officers or shareholders individually but are binding only upon the assets and properties of the Fund.

 

37


If the foregoing correctly sets forth the understanding among the Fund, the Investment Manager and the Underwriters, please so indicate in the space provided below, whereupon this letter and your acceptance shall constitute a binding agreement among the Fund, the Investment Manager and the Underwriters, severally.

 

Very truly yours,

 

PIMCO DYNAMIC CREDIT INCOME FUND

 

By:
Title:
ALLIANZ GLOBAL INVESTORS FUND MANAGEMENT LLC

 

By:
Title:

 

38


Accepted and agreed to as of the date first above written, on behalf of themselves and the other several Underwriters named in Schedule A

 

UBS SECURITIES LLC

   
By:
Title:
   
By:
Title:

 

39


SCHEDULE A

 

Underwriters

   Number of Shares  

UBS Securities LLC

     [•]   

[ ]

     [            ]   

[ ]

     [            ]   

[ ]

     [            ]   

[ ]

     [            ]   

[ ]

     [            ]   

[ ]

     [            ]   

[ ]

     [            ]   

[ ]

     [            ]   

[ ]

     [            ]   

[ ]

     [            ]   

[ ]

     [            ]   

[ ]

     [            ]   

[ ]

     [            ]   

[ ]

     [            ]   

[ ]

     [            ]   

Total

     [            ]   
  

 

 

 

 

Schedule A-1


SCHEDULE B

FORM OF OPINION OF ROPES & GRAY LLP REGARDING THE FUND

[Provided under separate cover.]

 

Schedule B-1


SCHEDULE C

FORM OF OPINION OF [•] REGARDING

ALLIANZ GLOBAL INVESTORS FUND MANAGEMENT LLC

[Provided under separate cover.]

 

Schedule C-1


SCHEDULE D

FORM OF OPINION OF [•] REGARDING

PACIFIC INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT COMPANY LLC

[Provided under separate cover.]

 

Schedule D-1


SCHEDULE E

FORM OF LOCK UP AGREEMENT

[Provided under separate cover.]

 

Schedule E-1


PURCHASERS SUBJECT TO LOCK UP AGREEMENTS

[To come.]

 

Schedule E-2

Final adopted version dated May 23, 2012

UBS Securities LLC

MASTER SELECTED DEALERS AGREEMENT

R EGISTERED S EC O FFERINGS

AND

E XEMPT O FFERINGS

(O THER T HAN O FFERINGS OF M UNICIPAL S ECURITIES )

May 23, 2012

 

LOGO


This Master Selected Dealers Agreement (this “ Master SDA ”), dated as of May 23, 2012, is by and between UBS Securities LLC (including its successors and assigns) (“ we ,” “ our ,” “ us ” or the “ Manager ”) and the party named on the signature page hereof (a “ Dealer ,” “ you ” or “ your ”). From time to time, in connection with an offering and sale (an “ Offering ”) of securities (the “ Securities ”), managed solely by us or with one or more other managers or co-managers, we or one or more of our affiliates may offer you (and others) the opportunity to purchase as principal a portion of such securities on the terms set forth herein as a Selected Dealer (as defined below).

References herein to laws, statutory and regulatory sections, rules, regulations, forms and interpretive materials are deemed to include successor provisions. The following provisions of this Master SDA shall apply separately to each individual Offering of Securities. You and we further agree as follows:

1. Applicability of this Master SDA . The terms and conditions of this Master SDA will be applicable to any Offering in which you accept an offer to participate as a Selected Dealer (including through the receipt by you of Securities), whether pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ 1933 Act ”), or exempt from registration thereunder, in respect of which we (acting for our own account or for the account of any underwriting or similar group or syndicate) are responsible for managing or otherwise implementing the sale of Securities to Selected Dealers. A Dealer is a person who meets the requirements of Section 10 hereof. The parties who agree to participate (including by the receipt by such parties of Securities) or are designated a selling concession to Dealers (the “ Selling Concession ”), and reallowance, if any (the “ Reallowance ”), in such Offering as selected Dealers are hereinafter referred to as “ Selected Dealers ”. In the case of any Offering where we are acting for the account of the several underwriters, initial purchasers or others acting in a similar capacity (the “ Underwriters ”), the terms and conditions of this Master SDA will be for the benefit of such Underwriters, including, in the case of any Offering where we are acting with others as representatives of Underwriters, such other representatives.

2. Terms of the Offering . We may advise you orally or by one or more wires, telexes, telecopy or electronic data transmissions, or other written communications (each, a “ Wire ”) of the particular method and supplementary terms and conditions of any Offering (including the price or prices at which the Securities initially will be offered by the several Underwriters, or if the price is to be determined by a formula based on market price, the terms of the formula, (the “ Offering Price ”) and any Selling Concession or, if applicable, Reallowance) in which you are invited to participate. Any such Wire may also amend or modify such provisions of this Master SDA in respect of the Offering to which such Wire relates, and may contain such supplementary provisions as may be specified in any Wire relating to an Offering. To the extent such supplementary terms and conditions are inconsistent with any provision herein, such supplementary terms and conditions shall supersede any provision of this Master SDA. Unless otherwise indicated in any such Wire, acceptances and other communications by you with respect to an Offering should be sent pursuant to the terms of Section 19 hereof. Notwithstanding that we may not have sent you a Wire or other form of invitation to participate in such Offering or that you may not otherwise have responded by wire or other written

 

LOGO


communication (any such communication being deemed “ In Writing ”) to any such Wire or other form of invitation, you will be deemed to have accepted the terms of our offer to participate as a Selected Dealer and of this Master SDA (as amended, modified or supplemented by any Wire) by your purchase of Securities or otherwise receiving and retaining an economic benefit for participating in the Offering as a Selected Dealer. We reserve the right to reject any acceptance in whole or in part.

Any Offering will be subject to delivery of the Securities and their acceptance by us and any other Underwriters may be subject to the approval of all legal matters by counsel and may be subject to the satisfaction of other conditions. Any application for additional Securities will be subject to rejection in whole or in part.

3. Offering Documents . Upon your request, we will furnish, make available to you or make arrangements for you to obtain copies (which may, to the extent permitted by law, be in electronic form) of each prospectus, prospectus supplement, offering memorandum, offering circular or similar offering document, and any preliminary version thereof, as soon as reasonably practicable after sufficient quantities thereof have been made available by the issuer of the Securities (each, an “ Issuer ”) and any guarantor (each, a “ Guarantor ”) thereof, and, if different from the Issuer, the seller or sellers (each, a “ Seller ”) of the Securities. You agree that you will comply with the applicable United States federal and state laws, and the applicable rules and regulations of any regulatory body promulgated thereunder, and the applicable laws, rules and regulations of any non-United States jurisdiction, governing the use and distribution of offering materials by brokers and dealers. You represent and warrant that you are familiar with Rule l5c2-8 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ 1934 Act ”), relating to the distribution of preliminary and final prospectuses and agree that your purchase of Securities shall constitute your confirmation that you have delivered and will deliver all preliminary prospectuses and final prospectuses required for compliance therewith. You agree to make a record of your distribution of each preliminary prospectus and, when furnished with copies of any revised preliminary prospectus or final prospectus, you will, upon our request, promptly forward copies thereof to each person to whom you have theretofore distributed a preliminary prospectus. You agree that, in purchasing Securities, you will rely upon no statement whatsoever, written or oral, other than the statements in the final prospectus, offering memorandum, offering circular or similar offering document delivered to you by us. You are not authorized by the Issuer or other Seller of Securities offered pursuant to a final prospectus, offering memorandum, offering circular or similar offering document or by any Underwriters to give any information or to make any representation not contained therein in connection with the sale of such Securities.

4. Offering of Securities .

(a) In respect of any Offering, we will inform you of any Selling Concession and Reallowance, if any. The Offering of Securities is made subject to the conditions referred to in the prospectus, offering memorandum, or offering circular or similar offering document related to the Offering and to the terms and conditions set forth in any Wire. After the initial Offering has commenced, we may change the Offering Price, the Selling Concession and the Reallowance (if any) to Selected Dealers. If a Reallowance is in effect, a reallowance from the Offering Price

 

   2    LOGO


not in excess of such Reallowance may be allowed (i) in the case of Offerings of Securities that are not exempted securities (as defined in Section 3(a)(12) of the 1934 Act), as consideration for services rendered in distribution to Dealers who are either members in good standing of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“ FINRA ”) who agree to abide by the applicable rules of FINRA or non-U.S. banks, brokers, dealers or other non-U.S. institutions not eligible for membership in FINRA who represent to you that they will promptly reoffer such Securities at the Offering Price and will abide by the conditions with respect to non-U.S. banks, dealers and other non-U.S. institutions set forth in Section 10 hereof, or (ii) in the case of Offerings of Securities that are exempted securities (as defined in Section 3(a)(12) of the 1934 Act), as consideration for services rendered in distribution not only to Dealers identified in the immediately preceding clause but also to Dealers that are Banks (as defined in Section 10 hereof) and represent to you that they will promptly reoffer such Securities at the Offering Price and will abide by the conditions with respect to Banks set forth in Section 10 hereof.

(b) No expenses will be charged to Selected Dealers. A single transfer tax upon the sale of the Securities by the respective Underwriters to you will be paid by such Underwriters when such Securities are delivered to you. However, you shall pay any transfer tax on sales of Securities by you and you shall pay your proportionate share of any transfer tax or other tax (other than the single transfer tax described above) in the event that any such tax shall from time to time be assessed against you and other Selected Dealers as a group or otherwise.

5. Payment and Delivery . You will deliver to us, on the date and at the place and time specified by us orally or In Writing, payment in the manner and type of currency specified by us orally or In Writing, payable to the order of UBS Securities LLC (or as we may subsequently inform you), for an amount equal to the Offering Price plus (if not included in the Offering Price) accrued interest, amortization of original issue discount or dividends, if any, specified in the prospectus or offering circular or other similar offering document furnished in connection with the Offering of the Securities. We may, in our sole discretion, retain the applicable Selling Concession in respect of the Securities to be purchased by you for release at a date specified by us. We will make payment to the Issuer or Seller against delivery to us for your account of the Securities to be purchased by you, and we will deliver to you the Securities paid for by you which will have been retained by or released to you for direct sale. If we determine that transactions in the Securities are to be settled through The Depository Trust Company (“ DTC ”) or another clearinghouse facility and payment in the settlement currency is supported by such facility, payment for and delivery of Securities purchased by you will be made through such facility, if you are a participant, or, if you are not a participant, settlement will be made through your ordinary correspondent who is a participant.

6. Over-allotment; Stabilization; Unsold Allotments; Penalty Bids . We may, with respect to any Offering, be authorized to over-allot in arranging sales to Selected Dealers, to purchase and sell Securities for long or short account and to stabilize or maintain the market price of the Securities. You agree that upon our request at any time and from time to time prior to the termination of the provisions of Section 4 hereof with respect to any Offering, you will report to us the amount of Securities purchased by you pursuant to such Offering which then remain unsold by you and will, upon our request at any such time, sell to us for our account or the account of one or more Underwriters such amount of such unsold Securities as we may

 

   3    LOGO


designate at the Offering Price less an amount to be determined by us not in excess of the Selling Concession. Prior to the termination of the Manager’s authority to cover any short position in connection with the Offering or such other date as the Manager may specify by Wire, if the Manager determines pursuant to the “Initial Public Offering Tracking System” of DTC that the Manager has purchased, or any of your customers have sold, a number or amount of Securities retained by, or released to, you for direct sale or any Securities sold pursuant to Section 4 hereof for which you received a portion of the Selling Concession, or any Securities which may have been issued on transfer or in exchange for such Securities, which Securities were therefore not effectively placed for investment, then you authorize the Manager to charge your account with an amount equal to such portion of the Selling Concession received by you with respect to such Securities at a price equal to the total cost of such purchase, including transfer taxes, accrued interest, dividends, and commissions, if any.

7. Termination .

(a) The terms and conditions set forth in (i) Section 4, (ii) the second sentence of Section 6, (iii) Section 15 and (iv) Section 16 of this Master SDA (collectively, the “ offering provisions ”) will terminate with respect to each Offering pursuant to this Master SDA at the close of business on the later of (a) the date on which the Underwriters pay the Issuer or Seller for the Securities, and (b) 45 calendar days after the applicable Offering date, unless in either such case the effectiveness of such offering provisions is extended or sooner terminated as hereinafter provided. We may terminate such offering provisions other than Section 6 at any time by notice to you to the effect that the offering provisions are terminated and we may terminate the provisions of Section 6 at any time at or subsequent to the termination of the other offering provisions by notice to you to the effect that the penalty bid provisions are terminated. All other provisions of the Master SDA shall remain operative and in full force and effect with respect to such Offering.

(b) This Master SDA may be terminated by either party hereto upon five business days’ written notice to the other party; provided, however, that with respect to any particular Offering, if we receive any such notice from you after we have advised you of the amount of Securities allotted to you, this Master SDA shall remain in full force and effect as to such Offering and shall terminate with respect to such Offering and all previous Offerings only in accordance with and to the extent provided in subsection (a) of this Section 7.

8. Amendments . This Master SDA may be amended from time to time by consent of the parties hereto. Your consent will be deemed to have been given to an amendment to this Master SDA, and such amendment will be effective, five business days following written notice to you of such amendment if you do not notify us In Writing prior to the close of business on such fifth business day that you do not consent to such amendment. Notwithstanding the foregoing, you agree that any amendment, supplement or modification of the terms of this Master SDA by Wire or otherwise In Writing will be effective immediately and your consent will be deemed to have been given to any such amendment, supplement or modification by your purchase of Securities or otherwise receiving and retaining an economic benefit for participating in the Offering as a Selected Dealer; provided that such amendment, supplement or modification of the terms of this Master SDA shall only be effective with respect to the related Offering.

 

   4    LOGO


9. Relationship Among Underwriters and Selected Dealers . We shall have full authority to take such actions as we deem advisable in all matters pertaining to any Offering under this Master SDA. You are not authorized to act as an agent for us, any Underwriter or the Issuer or other Seller of any Securities in offering Securities to the public or otherwise. Neither we nor any Underwriter will be under any obligation to you except for obligations assumed hereby or in any Wire from us in connection with any Offering, and no obligations on our part as the Manager will be implied hereby or inferred herefrom. Nothing contained in this Master SDA or any Wire shall constitute the Selected Dealers an association or partners with us or any Underwriter or with one another, and the obligations of you and each of the other Selected Dealers or any of the Underwriters are several and not joint. If the Selected Dealers, among themselves, with us or with the Underwriters, should be deemed to constitute a partnership for federal income tax purposes, then you elect to be excluded from the application of Subchapter K, Chapter 1, Subtitle A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 and agree not to take any position inconsistent with such election. You authorize the Manager, in its discretion, to execute on your behalf such evidence of such election as may be required by the U.S. Internal Revenue Service. In connection with any Offering, you will be liable for your proportionate share of the amount of any tax, claim, demand or liability that may be asserted against you alone or against one or more Selected Dealers participating in such Offering, or against us or the Underwriters, based upon the claim that the Selected Dealers, or any of them, constitute an association, an unincorporated business or other entity, including, in each case, your proportionate share of the amount of any expense (including attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred in defending against any such tax, claim, demand or liability.

10. FINRA Compliance . You represent and warrant that you are (a) a broker or dealer (as defined in Section 3(a)(4) or 3(a)(5) of the 1934 Act) that is a member in good standing of FINRA, (b) a non-U.S. bank, broker, dealer or other non-U.S. institution that is not eligible for membership in FINRA and is not required to be registered as a broker or dealer under the 1934 Act (a “ non-member non-U.S. dealer ”), or (c) only in the case of Offerings of Securities that are exempted securities (as defined in Section 3(a)(12) of the 1934 Act), and such other Securities as from time to time may be sold by a “bank” (as defined in Section 3(a)(6) of the 1934 Act (a “ Bank ”)), that you are a Bank that is acting in connection with the Offering in accordance with an applicable exception or exemption from the definition of broker and dealer under Sections 3(a)(4) and 3(a)(5) of the 1934 Act.

You further represent, warrant and agree that, in connection with any purchase or sale of the Securities wherein a selling concession, discount or other allowance is received or granted by or to you:

(i) if you are a member of FINRA, you will comply with all applicable rules of FINRA, including, without limitation, the requirements of FINRA Rules 5110, 5121, 5130, 5131 and 5141 (to the extent any or all such rules are applicable to the particular Offering);

(ii) if you are a non-member non-U.S. dealer, (x) you will not make any offers or sales of the Securities in, or to nationals or residents of, the United States, its territories, or its possessions, except to the extent permitted by Rule 15a-6 under the 1934 Act (or any successor rule thereto adopted by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”)), (y) in

 

   5    LOGO


making any offers or sales of the Securities, you will comply with the requirements of the following FINRA rules (including any successor rules thereto adopted by FINRA): (A) to the extent that you are acting, in respect of offers or sales of the Securities, as a “conduit” for, or are receiving in connection with such offers and sales any selling commissions, discounts, allowances or other compensation from, or are otherwise being directed with respect to allocations or disposition of the Securities by, a FINRA member, FINRA Rule 5130 and FINRA Rule 5141 as though you are a member of FINRA, and (B) NASD Conduct Rule 2420(c), as that Rule applies to a non-member broker or dealer in a non-U.S. country, and (z) you are, and will remain at all relevant times, an appropriately registered or licensed broker or dealer (to the extent required) in your home jurisdiction and in any non-U.S. jurisdiction in which you engage in activities in connection with an Offering;

(iii) if you are a Bank, (x) to the extent you are acting, in respect of offers or sales of the Securities, as a “conduit” for, or are receiving in connection with such offers and sales any selling commissions, discounts, allowances or other compensation from, or are otherwise being directed with respect to allocations or disposition of the Securities by, a FINRA member, you will comply with FINRA Rules 5130 and 5141 as though you are a member of FINRA, and (y) you will not accept any fee or other compensation, or purchase any Securities at a discount from the offering price from any Underwriter or Dealer, which would not be permitted under applicable FINRA rules (including, without limitation, NASD Conduct Rule 2420 or any successor rule thereto adopted by FINRA) or would subject you to registration and regulation as a “broker” or “dealer” under Section 3(a)(4) or 3(a)(5) of the 1934 Act;

(iv) in respect of each Offering in which you participate (as indicated by your participation therein), you have provided to us all documents and other information required to be filed with respect to you, any related person or any person associated with you or any such related person pursuant to FINRA’s requirements and interpretations with respect to review of corporate financing transactions as such requirements and interpretations relate to such Offering; and

(v) you are fully familiar with the 1933 Act, 1934 Act and FINRA provisions referenced in this Section 10 and elsewhere in this Master SDA.

11. Blue Sky Matters . Upon application to us, we shall inform you as to any advice we have received from counsel concerning the jurisdictions in which Securities have been qualified for sale or are exempt under the securities or “Blue Sky” laws of such jurisdictions, but we do not assume any obligation or responsibility as to your right to sell Securities in any such jurisdiction, notwithstanding any information we may furnish to you in that connection.

12. Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction . This Master SDA (as it may be modified or supplemented by any Wire) will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York applicable to contracts made and to be performed in the State. You hereby irrevocably: (a) submit to the jurisdiction of any court of the State of New York located in the City of New York or the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of the State of New York for the purpose of any suit, action, or other proceeding arising out of this Master SDA, or any of the agreements or transactions contemplated hereby (each, a “ Proceeding ”), (b)

 

   6    LOGO


agree that all claims in respect of any Proceeding may be heard and determined in any such court, (c) waive, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any immunity from jurisdiction of any such court or from any legal process therein, (d) agree not to commence any Proceeding other than in such courts, and (e) waive, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any claim that such Proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum.

13. Successors and Assigns . This Master SDA will be binding on, and inure to the benefit of, the parties hereto and other persons specified in Section 1 hereof, and the respective successors and assigns of each of them; provided, however, that you may not assign your rights or delegate any of your duties under this Master SDA without our prior written consent.

14. Compliance with Law . You agree that in selling Securities pursuant to any Offering (which agreement shall also be for the benefit of the Issuer or other Seller of such Securities) you will comply with all applicable rules and regulations, including the applicable provisions of the 1933 Act and the 1934 Act, the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC thereunder, the applicable rules and regulations of FINRA, the applicable rules and regulations of any securities exchange or other regulatory or self-regulatory organization having jurisdiction over the Offering and the applicable laws, rules and regulations specified in Section 16(a) and 16(b) hereof.

15. Discretionary Accounts . In the case of an Offering of Securities registered under the 1933 Act by an Issuer that was not, immediately prior to the filing of the related registration statement, subject to the requirements of Section 13(d) or 15(d) of the 1934 Act, you will not make sales to any account over which you exercise discretionary authority in connection with such sale, except as otherwise permitted by us for such Offering In Writing.

16. Offering Restrictions . You will not make any offers or sales of Securities or any other securities in jurisdictions outside the United States except under circumstances that will result in compliance with (a) applicable laws, including private placement requirements, in each such jurisdiction and (b) the restrictions on offers or sales set forth in this Master SDA, any Wire or the prospectus, preliminary prospectus, offering memorandum, offering circular, or preliminary offering memorandum or preliminary offering circular or other similar offering document, as the case may be. It is understood that, except as specified in this Master SDA, the prospectus, offering memorandum or offering circular or other similar offering document, or applicable Wire, no action has been taken by us, the Issuer, the Guarantor, the Seller or any other party to permit you to offer Securities in any jurisdiction other than the United States, in the case of a Registered Offering, where action would be required for such purpose.

17. Prohibition on Money Laundering . The operations of your business and your subsidiaries are and, to your knowledge, have been conducted at all times in compliance with applicable financial recordkeeping and reporting requirements of the Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act of 1970, as amended, the money laundering statutes of all jurisdictions, the rules and regulations thereunder and any related or similar rules, regulations or guidelines, issued, administered or enforced by any governmental agency (collectively, the “ Money Laundering Laws ”) and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving you or any of your

 

   7    LOGO


subsidiaries with respect to the Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to your knowledge, threatened.

18. Liability of Manager . The Manager will not be liable to you for any act or omission, except for obligations expressly assumed by the Manager In Writing.

19. Notices . Any notice to you will be deemed to have been duly given if mailed, sent by Wire, or delivered in person to you at the address set forth on the signature page hereto (or to such other address, telephone, telecopy or telex as you will be notified by us), or if such address is no longer valid, then at the address set forth in reports filed by you with FINRA. Any such notice will take effect upon receipt thereof. Communications by Wire will be deemed to be “written” communications and made In Writing.

20. Severability . In case any provision in this Master SDA or any Wire is deemed invalid, illegal, or unenforceable, the validity, legality, and enforceability of the remaining provisions will not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

21. Counterparts . This Master SDA may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which will be deemed to be an original, and all of which taken together constitute one and the same instrument. Transmission by telecopy of an executed counterpart of this Master SDA will constitute due and sufficient delivery of such counterpart.

Please confirm by signing and returning to us the enclosed copy of this Master SDA that your subscription to, or your acceptance of any reservation of, any Securities pursuant to an Offering shall constitute (a) acceptance of and agreement to the terms and conditions of this Master SDA (as supplemented and amended pursuant to Section 8 hereof) together with and subject to any supplementary terms and conditions contained in any Wire from us in connection with such Offering, all of which shall constitute a binding agreement between you and us individually or as representative of any Underwriters, (b) confirmation that your representations and warranties set forth herein are true and correct at that time, (c) confirmation that your agreements herein have been and will be fully performed by you to the extent and at the times required thereby and (d) in the case of any Offering described in Section 3 hereof, acknowledgment that you have requested and received from us sufficient copies of the final prospectus, offering memorandum or offering circular, as the case may be, with respect to such Offering in order to comply with your undertakings in Section 16(a) or 16(b) hereof.

( Remainder of page intentionally left blank )

( Signature page follows )

 

   8    LOGO


This Master SDA is dated as of May 23, 2012, and executed by and between UBS Securities LLC and [ insert name of selected dealer ].

 

Very truly yours,
UBS Securities LLC

By: 

   
 
  Name:
  Title:

By: 

   
 
  Name:
  Title:

Confirmed as of (date):

CONFIRMED:                       , 2012

 

[ INSERT NAME OF SELECTED DEALER ]

By:

   
 
  Name:
  Title:
Address:
Telephone:
Facsimile:
Email:

 

LOGO


Master Selected Dealers Agreement

GUIDE TO DEFINED TERMS

 

Term

   Section Reference  

1933 Act

     1   

1934 Act

     3   

Bank

     10   

Dealer

     Foreward   

DTC

     5   

FINRA

     4(a)   

Guarantor

     3   

In Writing

     2   

Issuer

     3   

Manager

     Foreword   

Master SDA

     Foreword   

Money Laundering Laws

     17   

non-member non-U.S. dealer

     10   

Offering

     Foreword   

Offering Price

     2   

offering provisions

     7(a)   

Proceeding

     12   

Reallowance

     1   

SEC

     10   

Securities

     1   

Selected Dealers

     1   

Seller

     3   

Selling Concession

     1   

Underwriters

     1   

Wire

     2   

 

10

UBS SECURITIES LLC

MASTER AGREEMENT AMONG UNDERWRITERS

REGISTERED SEC OFFERINGS

(INCLUDING MULTIPLE SYNDICATE OFFERINGS)

AND

EXEMPT OFFERINGS

(OTHER THAN OFFERINGS OF MUNICIPAL SECURITIES)

August 2, 2012

This Master Agreement Among Underwriters (this “ Master AAU ”), dated as of August 2, 2012, is by and between UBS Securities LLC (“ UBS ,” or “ we ”) and the party named on the signature page hereto (an “ Underwriter ,” as defined in Section 1.1 hereof, or “ you ”). From time to time we or one or more of our affiliates may invite you (and others) to participate on the terms set forth herein as an underwriter or an initial purchaser, or in a similar capacity, in connection with certain offerings of securities that are managed solely by us or with one or more other co-managers. If we invite you to participate in a specific offering and sale of securities (an “ Offering ”) to which this Master AAU will apply, we will send the information set forth in Section 1.1 hereof to you by one or more wires, telexes, telecopy or electronic data transmissions, or other written communications (each, a “ Wire ,” and collectively, an “ AAU ”), unless you are otherwise deemed to have accepted an AAU with respect to such Offering pursuant to Section 1.2 hereof. Each Wire will indicate that it is a Wire pursuant to this Master AAU. The Wire inviting you to participate in an Offering is referred to herein as an “ Invitation Wire .” You and we hereby agree that by the terms hereof the provisions of this Master AAU automatically will be incorporated by reference in each AAU, except that any such AAU may also exclude or revise such provisions of this Master AAU in respect of the Offering to which such AAU relates, and may contain such additional provisions as may be specified in any Wire relating to such AAU. You and we further agree as follows :

I. GENERAL

1.1. Terms of AAU; Certain Definitions; Construction . Each AAU will relate to an Offering, and will identify: (i) the securities to be offered in the Offering (the “ Securities ”), their principal terms, the issuer or issuers (each, an “ Issuer ”) and any guarantor (each, a


Guarantor ”) thereof, and, if different from the Issuer, the seller or sellers (each, a “ Seller ”) of the Securities, (ii) the underwriting agreement, purchase agreement, standby underwriting agreement, distribution agreement, or similar agreement (as identified in such AAU and as amended or supplemented, including a terms agreement or pricing agreement pursuant to any of the foregoing, collectively, the “ Underwriting Agreement ”) providing for the purchase, on a several and not joint basis, of the Securities by the several underwriters, initial purchasers, or others acting in a similar capacity (the “ Underwriters ”) on whose behalf the Manager (as defined below) executes the Underwriting Agreement, and whether such agreement provides for: (x) an option to purchase Additional Securities (as defined below) to cover over-allotments, or (y) an offering in multiple jurisdictions or markets involving two or more syndicates (an “ International Offering ”), each of which will offer and sell Securities subject to such restrictions as may be specified in any Intersyndicate Agreement (as defined below) referred to in such AAU, (iii) the price at which the Securities are to be purchased by the several Underwriters from any Issuer or Seller thereof (the “ Purchase Price ”), (iv) the offering terms, including, if applicable, the price or prices at which the Securities initially will be offered by the Underwriters (the “ Offering Price ”), any selling concession to dealers (the “ Selling Concession ”), reallowance (the “ Reallowance ”), management fee, global coordinators’ fee, praecipium, or other similar fees, discounts, or commissions (collectively, the “ Fees and Commissions ”) with respect to the Securities, and (v) other principal terms of the Offering, which may include, without limitation: (A) the proposed or actual pricing date (“ Pricing Date ”) and settlement date (the “ Settlement Date ”), (B) any contractual restrictions on the offer and sale of the Securities pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement, Intersyndicate Agreement, or otherwise, (C) any co-managers for such Offering (the “ Co-Managers ”), (D) your proposed participation in the Offering, and (E) any trustee, fiscal agent, or similar agent (the “ Trustee ”) for the indenture, trust agreement, fiscal agency agreement, or similar agreement (the “ Indenture ”) under which such Securities will be issued.

Manager ” means UBS Securities LLC, except as set forth in Section 9.9 hereof. “ Representative ” means the Manager and any Co-Manager that signs the applicable Underwriting Agreement on behalf of the Underwriters or is identified as a Representative in the applicable Underwriting Agreement. “ Underwriters ” includes the Representative(s), the Manager, and the Co-Managers. “ Firm Securities ” means the number or amount of Securities that the several Underwriters are initially committed to purchase under the Underwriting Agreement (which may be expressed as a percentage of an aggregate number or amount of Securities to be purchased by the Underwriters, as in the case of a standby Underwriting Agreement). “ Additional Securities ” means the Securities, if any, that the several Underwriters have an option to purchase under the Underwriting Agreement to cover over-allotments. The number, amount, or percentage of Firm Securities set forth opposite each Underwriter’s name in the Underwriting Agreement plus any additional Firm Securities which such Underwriter has made a commitment to purchase, irrespective of whether such Underwriter actually purchases or sells such number, amount, or percentage of Securities under the Underwriting Agreement or Article XI hereof, is hereinafter referred to as the “ Original Underwriting Obligation ” of such Underwriter, and the ratio which such Original Underwriting Obligation bears to the total of all Firm Securities set forth in the Underwriting Agreement (or, in the case of a standby Underwriting Agreement, to 100%) is hereinafter referred to as the “ Underwriting Percentage ” of such Underwriter. For the avoidance of doubt, each Underwriter acknowledges and agrees that, for all purposes under this Agreement and otherwise (including, to the extent applicable, for

 

2


purposes of Section 11(e) under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933 (the “ 1933 Act ”)), each Underwriter’s Underwriting Percentage of the total number, amount, or percentage of Securities offered and sold in the Offering (including any Additional Securities), and only such number, amount, or percentage, 1 constitutes the securities underwritten by such Underwriter and distributed to investors . 1

References herein to laws, statutory and regulatory sections, rules, regulations, forms, and interpretive materials will be deemed to include any successor provisions.

1.2. Acceptance of AAU . You will have accepted an AAU for an Offering if: (a) we receive your acceptance, prior to the time specified in the Invitation Wire for such Offering, by wire, telex, telecopy or electronic data transmission, or other written communication (any such communication being deemed “ In Writing ”) or orally (if promptly confirmed In Writing), in the manner specified in the Invitation Wire, of our invitation to participate in the Offering, or (b) notwithstanding that we did not send you an Invitation Wire or you have not otherwise responded In Writing to any such Wire, you: (i) agree (orally or by a Wire) to be named as an Underwriter in the relevant Underwriting Agreement executed by us as Manager, or (ii) receive and retain an economic benefit for participating in the Offering as an Underwriter. Your acceptance of the invitation to participate will cause such AAU to constitute a valid and binding contract between us. Your acceptance of the AAU as provided above or an Invitation Wire will also constitute acceptance by you of the terms of subsequent Wires to you relating to the Offering unless we receive In Writing, within the time and in the manner specified in such subsequent Wire, a notice from you to the effect that you do not accept the terms of such subsequent Wire, in which case you will be deemed to have elected not to participate in the Offering.

1.3. Underwriters’ Questionnaire . Your acceptance of the Invitation Wire for an Offering or your participation in an Offering as an Underwriter will confirm that you have no exceptions to the Underwriters’ Questionnaire attached as Exhibit A hereto (or to any other questions addressed to you in any Wires relating to the Offering previously sent to you), other than exceptions noted by you In Writing in connection with the Offering and received from you by us before the time specified in the Invitation Wire or any subsequent Wire.

II. OFFERING MATERIALS; OFFERING AGREEMENTS

2.1. Registered Offerings . In the case of an Offering that will be registered in whole or in part (a “ Registered Offering ”) under the 1933 Act, you acknowledge that the Issuer has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ Commission ”) a registration statement, including a prospectus relating to the Securities. “ Registration Statement ” means such registration statement as amended to the effective date of the Underwriting Agreement and, in the event that the Issuer files an abbreviated registration statement to register additional Securities pursuant to Rule 462(b) or 462(e) under the 1933 Act, such abbreviated registration

 

1  

Meant to clarify mechanics of underwriting for purposes of Section 11(e), and rebut footnote 8 of the WorldCom decision (See In re: Worldcom, Inc. Securities Litigation , U.S. Dist. Ct. (SDNY), slip-op 02 Civ 3288, March 14, 2005 (unpublished)).

 

3


statement. “ Prospectus ” means the prospectus, together with the final prospectus supplement, if any, containing the final terms of the Securities and, in the case of a Registered Offering that is an International Offering, “ Prospectus ” means, collectively, each prospectus or offering circular, together with each final prospectus supplement or final offering circular supplement, if any, relating to the Offering, in the respective forms containing the final terms of the Securities. “ Preliminary Prospectus ” means any preliminary prospectus relating to the Offering or any preliminary prospectus supplement together with a prospectus relating to the Offering and, in the case of a Registered Offering that is an International Offering, “ Preliminary Prospectus ” means, collectively, each preliminary prospectus or preliminary offering circular relating to the Offering or each preliminary prospectus supplement or preliminary offering circular supplement, together with a prospectus or offering circular, respectively, relating to the Offering. “ Free Writing Prospectus ” means, in the case of a Registered Offering, a “free writing prospectus” as defined in Rule 405 under the 1933 Act. As used herein the terms “ Registration Statement ,” “ Prospectus ,” “ Preliminary Prospectus ,” and “ Free Writing Prospectus ” will include in each case the material, if any, incorporated by reference therein, and as used herein, the term “ Registration Statement ” includes information deemed to be part thereof pursuant to, and as of the date and time specified in, Rules 430A, 430B, or 430C under the 1933 Act, while the terms “ Prospectus ” and “ Preliminary Prospectus ” include information deemed to be a part thereof pursuant to the rules and regulations under the 1933 Act, but only as of the actual time that information is first used or filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the 1933 Act. The Manager will furnish, make available to you, or make arrangements for you to obtain copies (which may, to the extent permitted by law, be in electronic form) of each Prospectus and Preliminary Prospectus (as amended or supplemented, if applicable, but excluding, for this purpose, unless otherwise required pursuant to rules or regulations under the 1933 Act, documents incorporated therein by reference) as soon as practicable after sufficient quantities thereof have been made available by the Issuer.

As used herein, in the case of an Offering that is an offering of asset-backed securities, the term “ ABS Underwriter Derived Information ” means any analytical or computational materials as described in clause (5) of footnote 271 of Commission Release No. 33-8591, issued July 19, 2005 (Securities Offering Reform) (the “ Securities Offering Reform Release ”).

2.2. Non-Registered Offerings . In the case of an Offering other than a Registered Offering, you acknowledge that no registration statement has been filed with the Commission. “ Offering Circular ” means the final offering circular or memorandum, if any, or any other final written materials authorized by the Issuer to be used in connection with an Offering that is not a Registered Offering. “ Preliminary Offering Circular ” means any preliminary offering circular or memorandum, if any, or any other written preliminary materials authorized by the Issuer to be used in connection with such an Offering. As used herein, the terms “ Offering Circular ” and “ Preliminary Offering Circular ” include the material, if any, incorporated by reference therein. We will either, as soon as practicable after the later of the date of the Invitation Wire or the date made available to us by the Issuer, furnish to you (or make available for your review) a copy of any Preliminary Offering Circular or any proof or draft of the Offering Circular. In any event, in any Offering involving an Offering Circular, the Manager will furnish, make available to you, or make arrangements for you to obtain, as soon as practicable after sufficient quantities thereof are made available by the Issuer, copies (which may, to the extent permitted by law, be in electronic

 

4


form) of the Preliminary Offering Circular and Offering Circular, as amended or supplemented, if applicable (but excluding, for this purpose, documents incorporated therein by reference).

2.3. Authority to Execute Underwriting and Intersyndicate Agreements . You authorize the Manager, on your behalf: (a) to determine the form of the Underwriting Agreement and to execute and deliver to the Issuer, Guarantor, or Seller the Underwriting Agreement to purchase: (i) up to the number, amount, or percentage of Firm Securities set forth in the applicable AAU, and (ii) if the Manager elects on behalf of the several Underwriters to exercise any option to purchase Additional Securities, up to the number, amount, or percentage of Additional Securities set forth in the applicable AAU, subject, in each case, to reduction pursuant to Article IV; and (b) to determine the form of any agreement or agreements, including, but not limited to, underwriting agreements, between or among the syndicates participating in the Offering or International Offering, respectively (each, an “ Intersyndicate Agreement ”), and to execute and deliver any such Intersyndicate Agreement.

III. MANAGER’S AUTHORITY

3.1. Terms of Offering . You authorize the Manager to act as manager of the Offering of the Securities by the Underwriters (the “ Underwriters’ Securities ”) or by the Issuer or Seller pursuant to delayed delivery contracts (the “ Contract Securities ”), if any, contemplated by the Underwriting Agreement. You authorize the Manager: (i) to purchase any or all of the Additional Securities for the accounts of the several Underwriters pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement, (ii) to agree, on your behalf and on behalf of the Co-Managers, to any addition to, change in, or waiver of any provision of, or the termination of, the Underwriting Agreement or any Intersyndicate Agreement (other than an increase in the Purchase Price or in your Original Underwriting Obligation to purchase Securities, in either case from that contemplated by the applicable AAU), (iii) to add prospective or remove existing Underwriters from the syndicate, (iv) to exercise, in the Manager’s discretion, all of the authority vested in the Manager in the Underwriting Agreement, (v) except as described below in this Section 3.1, to take any other action as may seem advisable to the Manager in respect of the Offering (including, in the case of an Offering of asset-backed securities, the preparation and delivery of ABS Underwriter Derived Information), including actions and communications with the Commission, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“ FINRA ,” formerly known as the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc., and NASD, Inc., or “ NASD ”), state blue sky or securities commissions, stock exchanges, and other regulatory bodies or organizations. Furthermore, the Manager will have exclusive authority, on your behalf and on behalf of the Co-Managers, to exercise powers and pursue enforcement of the terms and conditions of the Underwriting Agreement and any Intersyndicate Agreement, whether or not actually exercised, except as otherwise specified herein or therein. If, in accordance with the terms of the applicable AAU, the Offering of the Securities is at varying prices based on prevailing market prices, or prices related to prevailing market prices, or at negotiated prices, you authorize the Manager to determine, on your behalf in the Manager’s discretion, any Offering Price and the Fees and Commissions applicable to the Offering from time to time. You authorize the Manager on your behalf to arrange for any currency transactions (including forward and hedging currency transactions) as the Manager may deem necessary to facilitate settlement of the purchase of the Securities, but you do not authorize the Manager on your behalf to engage in any other forward or hedging transactions (including interest rate hedging transactions) in connection with the Offering unless such transactions are

 

5


specified in an applicable AAU or are otherwise consented to by you. You further authorize the Manager, subject to the provisions of Section 1.2 hereof: (i) to vary the offering terms of the Securities in effect at any time, including, if applicable, the Offering Price, Fees, and Commissions set forth in the applicable AAU, (ii) to determine, on your behalf, the Purchase Price, and (iii) to increase or decrease the number, amount, or percentage of Securities being offered. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 3.1, the Manager will notify the Underwriters, prior to the signing of the Underwriting Agreement, of any provision in the Underwriting Agreement that could result in an increase in the number, amount, or percentage of Firm Securities set forth opposite each Underwriter’s name in the Underwriting Agreement by more than 25% (or such other percentage as will have been specified in the applicable Invitation Wire or otherwise consented to by you) as a result of the failure or refusal of another Underwriter or Underwriters to perform its or their obligations thereunder. The Manager may, at its discretion, delegate to any Underwriter any and all authority vested in the applicable AAU, including, but not limited to, the powers set forth in Sections 5.1 and 5.2 hereof.

3.2. Offering Date . The Offering is to be made on or about the time the Underwriting Agreement is entered into by the Issuer, Guarantor, or Seller and the Manager as in the Manager’s judgment is advisable, on the terms and conditions set forth in the Prospectus or the Offering Circular, as the case may be, and the applicable AAU. You will not sell any Securities prior to the time the Manager releases such Securities for sale to purchasers. The date on which such Securities are released for sale is referred to herein as the “ Offering Date .”

3.3. Communications . Any public announcement or advertisement of the Offering will be made by the Manager on behalf of the Underwriters on such date as the Manager may determine. You will not announce or advertise the Offering prior to the date of the Manager’s announcement or advertisement thereof without the Manager’s consent. If the Offering is made in whole or in part in reliance on any applicable exemption from registration under the 1933 Act, you will not engage in any general solicitation, announcement, or advertising in connection with the Offering, and will abide by any other restrictions in the AAU or the Underwriting Agreement in connection therewith relating to any announcement, advertising, or publicity. Any announcement or advertisement you may make of the Offering after such date will be your own responsibility, and at your own expense and risk. In addition to your compliance with restrictions on the Offering pursuant to Sections 10.9, 10.10 and 10.11 hereof, you represent that you have not, and you agree that you will not, in connection with the offering and sale of the Securities in the Offering, give, send, or otherwise convey to any prospective purchaser or any purchaser of the Securities or other person not in your employ any written communication (as defined in Rule 405 under the 1933 Act) other than:

(i) any Preliminary Prospectus, Prospectus, Preliminary Offering Circular, or Offering Circular,

(ii) (A) written confirmations and notices of allocation delivered to your customers in accordance with Rules 172 or 173 under the 1933 Act, and written communications based on the exemption provided by Rule 134 under the 1933 Act, and (B) in the case of Offerings not registered under the 1933 Act, such written communications (1) as would be permitted by Section 3.3(v)(D)(1) below were such Offering registered under the 1933 Act, or (2) that the Manager or Underwriting

 

6


Agreement may permit; provided, however , that such written communication under this clause (B) would not have otherwise constituted “ Issuer Information ” as defined below, or would have qualified for the exemption provided by Rule 134 under the 1933 Act, in each case, if such communication had been furnished in the context of a Registered Offering (“ Supplemental Materials ”),

(iii) any “issuer free writing prospectus” (as defined in Rule 433(h) under the 1933 Act, an “ Issuer Free Writing Prospectus ”), the issuance or use of which has been permitted or consented to by the Issuer and the Manager,

(iv) information contained in any computational materials, or in the case of an Offering of asset backed securities, the ABS Underwriter Derived Information, or any other offering materials not constituting a Free Writing Prospectus concerning the Offering, the Issuer, the Guarantor, or the Seller, in each case, prepared by or with the permission of the Manager for use by the Underwriters in connection with the Offering, and, in the case of a Registered Offering, filed (if required) with the Commission or FINRA, as applicable,

(v) a Free Writing Prospectus prepared by or on behalf of, or used or referred to by, an Underwriter in connection with the Offering, so long as: (A) such Free Writing Prospectus is not required to be filed with the Commission, (B) the proposed use of such Free Writing Prospectus is permitted by the Underwriting Agreement, (C) such Free Writing Prospectus complies with the legending condition of Rule 433 under the 1933 Act, and you comply with the record-keeping condition of Rule 433, and (D) (1) such Free Writing Prospectus contains only information describing the preliminary terms of 2 the Securities and other pricing data 2 that is not “ Issuer Information ” (as defined in Rule 433(h) under the 1933 Act, including footnote 271 of the Securities Offering Reform Release), or (2) the Issuer has agreed in the Underwriting Agreement to file a final term sheet under Rule 433 within the time period necessary to avoid a requirement for any Underwriter to file the Free Writing Prospectus to be used by such Underwriter, and the Free Writing Prospectus used by such Underwriter contains only information describing the terms of the Securities or their offering that is included in such final term sheet of the Issuer and other pricing data that is not Issuer Information (a Free Writing Prospectus meeting the requirements of (A) through (D) above is referred to herein as an “ Underwriter Free Writing Prospectus ”). Without limiting the foregoing, any Underwriter Free Writing Prospectus that you use or refer to will not be distributed by you or on your behalf in a manner reasonably designed to lead to its broad unrestricted dissemination. You will comply in all material respects with the applicable requirements of the 1933 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder in connection with your use of any Underwriter Free Writing Prospectus,

(vi) any written communication prepared by or on behalf of, or used or referred to by, the Issuer, the conveyance of which by you in reliance on Section 5(d) of

 

2  

Meant to permit disclosure of non-Issuer related information, such as benchmark Treasury rate, in preliminary term sheets or price talk.

 

7


the 1933 Act has been permitted or consented to by the Issuer and the Manager (a “ Written Testing-the-Waters Communication ”), so long as (A) you convey any such Written Testing-the-Waters Communication solely to entities that are 3 qualified institutional buyers within the meaning of Rule 144A under the 1933 Act or institutions that are accredited investors within the meaning of Rule 501 under the 1933 Act, and (B) you otherwise comply with the requirements of Section 5(d) of the 1933 Act, and

(vii) any written communication not otherwise permitted under clauses (i) through (vi) above, the conveyance of which by you has been permitted or consented to by the Manager (a “ Manager-Approved Communication ”).

Any advertisement or written information published, given, sent, or otherwise conveyed by you in violation of this Section 3.3 is referred to as “ Unauthorized Material .”

3.4. Institutional and Retail Sales . You authorize the Manager to sell to institutions and retail purchasers such Securities purchased by you pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement as the Manager will determine. The Selling Concession on any such sales will be credited to the accounts of the Underwriters as the Manager will determine.

3.5. Sales to Dealers . You authorize the Manager to sell to Dealers (as defined below) such Securities purchased by you pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement as the Manager will determine. A “ Dealer ” will be a person who is: (a) a broker or dealer (as defined by FINRA) actually engaged in the investment banking or securities business, and (i) a member in good standing of FINRA, or (ii) a non-U.S. bank, broker, dealer, or other institution not eligible for membership in FINRA that, in the case of either clause (a)(i) or (a)(ii), makes the representations and agreements applicable to such institutions contained in Section 10.5 hereof, or (b) in the case of Offerings of Securities that are exempt securities under Section 3(a)(12) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “ 1934 Act ”), and such other Securities as from time to time may be sold by a “bank” (as defined in Section 3(a)(6) of the 1934 Act (a “ Bank ”)), a Bank that is not a member of FINRA and that makes the representations and agreements applicable to such institutions contained in Section 10.5 hereof. If the price for any such sales by the Manager to Dealers exceeds an amount equal to the Offering Price less the Selling Concession set forth in the applicable AAU, the amount of such excess, if any, will be credited to the accounts of the Underwriters as the Manager will determine.

3.6. Direct Sales . The Manager will advise you promptly, on the Offering Date, as to the Securities purchased by you pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement that you will retain for direct sale. At any time prior to the termination of the applicable AAU, any such Securities that are held by the Manager for sale but not sold may, on your request and at the Manager’s discretion, be released to you for direct sale, and Securities so released to you will no longer be deemed held for sale by the Manager. You may allow, and Dealers may reallow, a discount on sales to Dealers in an amount not in excess of the Reallowance set forth in the applicable AAU. You may not purchase Securities from, or sell Securities to, any other Underwriter or Dealer at

 

3  

If, and after, the SEC clarifies that “reasonable belief” is the applicable standard in this context, this language should be revised to reflect that standard.

 

8


any discount or concession other than the Reallowance, except with the prior consent of the Manager.

3.7. Release of Unsold Securities . From time to time prior to the termination of the applicable AAU, at the request of the Manager, you will advise the Manager of the number or amount of Securities remaining unsold which were retained by or released to you for direct sale, and of the number or amount of Securities and Other Securities (as defined below) purchased for your account remaining unsold which were delivered to you pursuant to Article V hereof or pursuant to any Intersyndicate Agreement, and, on the request of the Manager, you will release to the Manager any such Securities and Other Securities remaining unsold: (a) for sale by the Manager to institutions, Dealers, or retail purchasers, (b) for sale by the Issuer or Seller pursuant to delayed delivery contracts, or (c) if, in the Manager’s opinion, such Securities or Other Securities are needed to make delivery against sales made pursuant to Article V hereof or any Intersyndicate Agreement.

3.8. International Offerings . In the case of an International Offering, you authorize the Manager: (i) to make representations on your behalf as set forth in any Intersyndicate Agreement, and (ii) to purchase or sell for your account pursuant to the Intersyndicate Agreement: (a) Securities, (b) any other securities of the same class and series, or any securities into which the Securities may be converted or for which the Securities may be exchanged or exercised, and (c) any other securities designated in the applicable AAU or applicable Intersyndicate Agreement (the securities referred to in clauses (b) and (c) above being referred to collectively as the “ Other Securities ”).

IV. DELAYED DELIVERY CONTRACTS

4.1. Arrangements for Sales . Arrangements for sales of Contract Securities will be made only through the Manager acting either directly or through Dealers (including Underwriters acting as Dealers), and you authorize the Manager to act on your behalf in making such arrangements. The aggregate number or amount of Securities to be purchased by the several Underwriters will be reduced by the respective number or amounts of Contract Securities attributed to such Underwriters as hereinafter provided. Subject to the provisions of Section 4.2 hereof, the aggregate number or amount of Contract Securities will be attributed to the Underwriters as nearly as practicable in proportion to their respective Underwriting Percentages, except that, as determined by the Manager in its discretion: (a) Contract Securities directed and allocated by a purchaser to specific Underwriters will be attributed to such Underwriters, and (b) Contract Securities for which arrangements have been made for sale through Dealers will be attributed to each Underwriter approximately in the proportion that Securities of such Underwriter held by the Manager for sales to Dealers bear to all Securities so held. The fee with respect to Contract Securities payable to the Manager for the accounts of the Underwriters pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement will be credited to the accounts of the respective Underwriters in proportion to the Contract Securities attributed to such Underwriters pursuant to the provisions of this Section 4.1, less, in the case of each Underwriter, the concession to Dealers on Contract Securities sold through Dealers and attributed to such Underwriter.

4.2. Excess Sales . If the number or amount of Contract Securities attributable to an Underwriter pursuant to Section 4.1 hereof would exceed such Underwriter’s Original

 

9


Underwriting Obligation reduced by the number or amount of Underwriters’ Securities sold by or on behalf of such Underwriter, such excess will not be attributed to such Underwriter, and such Underwriter will be regarded as having acted only as a Dealer with respect to, and will receive only the concession to Dealers on, such excess.

V. PURCHASE AND SALE OF SECURITIES

5.1. Facilitation of Distribution . In order to facilitate the distribution and sale of the Securities, you authorize the Manager to buy and sell Securities and any Other Securities, in addition to Securities sold pursuant to Article III hereof, in the open market or otherwise (including, without limitation, pursuant to any Intersyndicate Agreement), for long or short account, on such terms as it may deem advisable, and to over-allot in arranging sales. Such purchases and sales and over-allotments will be made for the accounts of the several Underwriters as nearly as practicable to their respective Underwriting Percentages or, in the case of an International Offering, such purchases and sales will be for such accounts as set forth in the applicable Intersyndicate Agreement. Any Securities or Other Securities which may have been purchased by the Manager for stabilizing purposes in connection with the Offering prior to the acceptance of the applicable AAU will be treated as having been purchased pursuant to this Section 5.1 for the accounts of the several Underwriters or, in the case of an International Offering, for such accounts as are set forth in the applicable Intersyndicate Agreement. Your net commitment pursuant to the foregoing authorization will not exceed at the close of business on any day an amount equal to 20% of your Underwriting Percentage of the aggregate initial Offering Price of the Firm Securities, it being understood that, in calculating such net commitment, the initial Offering Price will be used with respect to the Securities so purchased or sold and, in the case of all Other Securities, will be the purchase price thereof. For purposes of determining your net commitment for short account ( i.e. , “naked short”), any short position that can be covered with: (a) Securities that may be purchased upon exercise of any over-allotment option then exercisable, (b) in the case of an International Offering, any Securities or Other Securities that the Manager has agreed to purchase for your account pursuant to any applicable Intersyndicate Agreement, and (c) Securities that may be purchased pursuant to a forward sale contract or similar arrangement with the Issuer or any selling security holder in the Offering, will be disregarded. On demand you will take up and pay for any Securities or Other Securities so purchased for your account and any Securities released to you pursuant to Section 3.7 hereof, and will deliver to the Manager against payment any Securities or Other Securities so sold or over-allotted for your account or released to you. The Manager will notify you if it engages in any stabilization transaction in accordance with Rule 17a-2 under the 1934 Act, and will notify you of the date of termination of stabilization. You will not stabilize or engage in any syndicate covering transaction (as defined in Rule 100 of Regulation M under the 1934 Act (“ Regulation M ”)) in connection with the Offering without the prior consent of the Manager. You will provide to the Manager any reports required of you pursuant to Rule 17a-2 of the 1934 Act not later than the date specified therein.

5.2. Penalty With Respect to Securities Repurchased by the Manager . If pursuant to the provisions of Section 5.1 hereof and prior to the termination of the Manager’s authority to cover any short position incurred under the applicable AAU or such other date as the Manager may specify in a Wire, either: (a) the Manager purchases or contracts to purchase for the account of any Underwriter in the open market or otherwise any Securities which were retained by, or

 

10


released to, you for direct sale or any Securities sold pursuant to Section 3.4 hereof for which you received a portion of the Selling Concession set forth in the applicable AAU, or any Securities which may have been issued on transfer or in exchange for such Securities, and which Securities were therefore not effectively placed for investment, or (b) if the Manager has advised you by Wire that trading in the Securities will be reported to the Manager pursuant to the “Initial Public Offering Tracking System” of The Depository Trust Company (“ DTC ”) and the Manager determines, based on notices from DTC, that your customers sold a number or amount of Securities during any day that exceeds the number or amount previously notified to you by Wire, then you authorize the Manager either to charge your account with an amount equal to such portion of the Selling Concession set forth in the applicable AAU received by you with respect to such Securities or, in the case of clause (b), such Securities as exceed the number or amount specified in such Wire, or to require you to repurchase such Securities or, in the case of clause (b), such Securities as exceed the number or amount specified in such Wire, at a price equal to the total cost of such purchase, including transfer taxes, accrued interest, dividends, and commissions, if any.

5.3. Compliance with Regulation M . You represent that, at all times since you were invited to participate in the Offering, you have complied with the provisions of Regulation M applicable to the Offering, in each case as interpreted by the Commission and after giving effect to any applicable exemptions. If you have been notified in a Wire that the Underwriters may conduct passive market making in compliance with Rule 103 of Regulation M in connection with the Offering, you represent that, at all times since your receipt of such Wire, you have complied with the provisions of such Rule applicable to such Offering, as interpreted by the Commission and after giving effect to any applicable exemptions. You will comply with any additional provisions of Regulation M if and to the extent set forth in the Invitation Wire or other Wire.

5.4. Standby Underwritings . You authorize the Manager in its discretion, at any time on, or from time to time prior to, the expiration of the conversion right of convertible securities identified in the applicable AAU in the case of securities called for redemption, or the expiration of rights to acquire securities in the case of rights offerings, for which, in either case, standby underwriting arrangements have been made: (i) to purchase convertible securities or rights to acquire Securities for your account, in the open market or otherwise, on such terms as the Manager determines, and to convert convertible securities or exercise rights so purchased; and (ii) to offer and sell the underlying common stock or depositary shares for your account, in the open market or otherwise, for long or short account (for purposes of such commitment, such common stock or depositary shares being considered the equivalent of convertible securities or rights), on such terms consistent with the terms of the Offering set forth in the Prospectus or Offering Circular as the Manager determines. On demand, you will take up and pay for any securities so purchased for your account or you will deliver to the Manager against payment any securities so sold, as the case may be. During such period, you may offer and sell the underlying common stock or depositary shares, but only at prices set by the Manager from time to time, and any such sales will be subject to the Manager’s right to sell to you the underlying common stock or depositary shares as above provided and to the Manager’s right to reserve your securities purchased, received, or to be received upon conversion. You agree not to otherwise bid for, purchase, or attempt to induce others to purchase or sell, directly or indirectly, any convertible securities or rights or underlying common stock or depositary shares, provided, however , that no Underwriter will be prohibited from: (a) selling underlying common stock owned beneficially by

 

11


such Underwriter on the day the convertible securities were first called for redemption, (b) converting convertible securities owned beneficially by such Underwriter on such date or selling 12 underlying common stock issued upon conversion of convertible securities so owned, (c) exercising rights owned beneficially by such Underwriter on the record date for a rights offering, or selling the underlying common stock or depositary shares issued upon exercise of rights so owned, or (d) purchasing or selling convertible securities or rights or underlying common stock or depositary shares as a broker pursuant to unsolicited orders.

VI. PAYMENT AND SETTLEMENT

You will deliver to the Manager on the date and at the place and time specified in the applicable AAU (or on such later date and at such place and time as may be specified by the Manager in a subsequent Wire) the funds specified in the applicable AAU, payable to the order of UBS Securities LLC, for: (a) an amount equal to the Offering Price plus (if not included in the Offering Price) accrued interest, amortization of original issue discount or dividends, if any, specified in the Prospectus or Offering Circular, less the applicable Selling Concession in respect of the Firm Securities to be purchased by you, (b) an amount equal to the Offering Price plus (if not included in the Offering Price) accrued interest, amortization of original issue discount or dividends, if any, specified in the Prospectus or Offering Circular, less the applicable Selling Concession in respect of such of the Firm Securities to be purchased by you as will have been retained by or released to you for direct sale as contemplated by Section 3.6 hereof, or (c) the amount set forth or indicated in the applicable AAU, as the Manager will advise. You will make similar payment as the Manager may direct for Additional Securities, if any, to be purchased by you on the date specified by the Manager for such payment. The Manager will make payment to the Issuer or Seller against delivery to the Manager for your account of the Securities to be purchased by you, and the Manager will deliver to you the Securities paid for by you which will have been retained by or released to you for direct sale. If the Manager determines that transactions in the Securities are to be settled through DTC or another clearinghouse facility and payment in the settlement currency is supported by such facility, payment for and delivery of Securities purchased by you will be made through such facilities, if you are a participant, or, if you are not a participant, settlement will be made through your ordinary correspondent who is a participant.

VII. EXPENSES

7.1. Management Fee . You authorize the Manager to charge your account as compensation for the Manager’s and Co-Managers’ services in connection with the Offering, including the purchase from the Issuer or Seller of the Securities, as the case may be, and the management of the Offering, the amount, if any, set forth as the management fee, global coordinators’ fee, praecipium, or other similar fee in the applicable AAU. Such amount will be divided among the Manager and any Co-Managers named in the applicable AAU as they may determine. Each Underwriter acknowledges that such fees are being paid by the Underwriters, and are not a benefit received directly or indirectly from the Issuer of the type referred to in Section 11(e) of the 1933 Act.

7.2. Offering Expenses . You authorize the Manager to charge your account with your Underwriting Percentage of all expenses agreed to be paid by the Underwriters in the

 

12


Underwriting Agreement and all expenses of a general nature incurred by the Manager and Co- Managers under the applicable AAU in connection with the Offering, including the negotiation and preparation thereof, or in connection with the purchase, carrying, marketing, sale and distribution of any securities under the applicable AAU and any Intersyndicate Agreement, including, without limitation, legal fees and expenses, transfer taxes, costs associated with approval of the Offering by FINRA, and the costs of currency transactions (including forward and hedging currency transactions) or, if permitted pursuant to Section 3.1 hereof, any other forward or hedging transactions (including interest rate swaps) entered into to facilitate settlement of the purchase of Securities permitted hereunder.

VIII. MANAGEMENT OF SECURITIES AND FUNDS

8.1. Advances; Loans; Pledges . You authorize the Manager to advance the Manager’s own funds for your account, charging current interest rates, and to arrange loans for your account for the purpose of carrying out the provisions of the applicable AAU and any Intersyndicate Agreement, and in connection therewith, to hold or pledge as security therefor all or any securities which the Manager may be holding for your account under the applicable AAU and any Intersyndicate Agreement, to execute and deliver any notes or other instruments evidencing such advances or loans, and to give all instructions to the lenders with respect to any such loans and the proceeds thereof. The obligations of the Underwriters under loans arranged on their behalf will be several in proportion to their respective Original Underwriting Obligations, and not joint. Any lender is authorized to accept the Manager’s instructions as to the disposition of the proceeds of any such loans. In the event of any such advance or loan, repayment thereof will, in the discretion of the Manager, be effected prior to making any remittance or delivery pursuant to Section 8.2, 8.3, or 9.2 hereof.

8.2. Return of Amount Paid for Securities . Out of payment received by the Manager for Securities sold for your account which have been paid for by you, the Manager will remit to you promptly an amount equal to the price paid by you for such Securities.

8.3. Delivery and Redelivery of Securities for Carrying Purposes . The Manager may deliver to you from time to time prior to the termination of the applicable AAU pursuant to Section 9.1 hereof against payment, for carrying purposes only, any Securities or Other Securities purchased by you under the applicable AAU or any Intersyndicate Agreement which the Manager is holding for sale for your account but which are not sold and paid for. You will redeliver to the Manager against payment any Securities or Other Securities delivered to you for carrying purposes at such times as the Manager may demand.

IX. TERMINATION; INDEMNIFICATION; CONTRIBUTION; SETTLEMENT

9.1. Termination . Each AAU will terminate at the close of business on the later of: (a) the date on which the Underwriters pay the Issuer or Seller for the Securities, and (b) 45 calendar days after the applicable Offering Date, unless sooner terminated by the Manager. The Manager may at its discretion by notice to you prior to the termination of such AAU alter any of the terms or conditions of the Offering to the extent permitted by Articles III and IV hereof, or terminate or suspend the effectiveness of Article V hereof, or any part thereof. No termination or suspension pursuant to this paragraph will affect the Manager’s authority under Section 3.1

 

13


hereof to take actions in respect of the Offering or under Article V hereof to cover any short position incurred under such AAU or in connection with covering any such short position to require you to repurchase Securities as specified in Section 5.2 hereof. For the avoidance of doubt, unless otherwise agreed in a Wire or an Intersyndicate Agreement, the Manager’s authority to purchase Securities or Other Securities, for long account, pursuant to Section 5.1 hereof, will terminate or be suspended upon the termination or suspension, as the case may be, of the applicable AAU (or any provision and or term thereof in respect of trading, price or offering restrictions as set forth in a Wire that is sent by the Manager following the time the Securities are released for sale to purchasers) or Article V or Section 5.1 hereof pursuant to this paragraph.

9.2. Delivery or Sale of Securities; Settlement of Accounts . Upon termination of each AAU, or prior thereto at the Manager’s discretion, the Manager will deliver to you any Securities paid for by you pursuant to Article VI hereof and held by the Manager for sale pursuant to Section 3.4 or 3.5 hereof but not sold and paid for and any Securities or Other Securities that are held by the Manager for your account pursuant to the provisions of Article V hereof or any Intersyndicate Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, at the termination of such AAU, if the aggregate initial Offering Price of any such Securities and the aggregate purchase price of any Other Securities so held and not sold and paid for does not exceed an amount equal to 20% of the aggregate initial Offering Price of the Securities, the Manager may, in its discretion, sell such Securities and Other Securities for the accounts of the several Underwriters, at such prices, on such terms, at such times, and in such manner as it may determine. Within the period specified by applicable FINRA Rules or, if no period is so specified, as soon as practicable after termination of such AAU, your account will be settled and paid. The Manager may reserve from distribution such amount as the Manager deems advisable to cover possible additional expenses. The determination by the Manager of the amount so to be paid to or by you will be final and conclusive. Any of your funds under the Manager’s control may be held with the Manager’s general funds without accountability for interest.

Notwithstanding any provision of this Master AAU other than Section 10.11 hereof, upon termination of each AAU, or prior thereto at the Manager’s discretion, the Manager may: (i) allocate to the accounts of the Underwriters the expenses described in Section 7.2 hereof and any losses incurred upon the sale of Securities or Other Securities pursuant to the applicable AAU or any Intersyndicate Agreement (including any losses incurred upon the sale of securities referred to in Section 5.4(ii) hereof), (ii) deliver to the Underwriters any unsold Securities or Other Securities purchased pursuant to Section 5.1 hereof or any Intersyndicate Agreement, and (iii) deliver to the Underwriters any unsold Securities purchased pursuant to the applicable Underwriting Agreement, in each case in the Manager’s discretion. The only limitations on such discretion will be as follows: (a) no Underwriter that is not the Manager or a Co-Manager will bear more than its share of such expenses, losses, or Securities (such share will not exceed such Underwriter’s Underwriting Percentage and will be determined pro rata among all such Underwriters based on their Underwriting Percentages), (b) no such Underwriter will receive Securities that, together with any Securities purchased by such Underwriter pursuant to Article VI (but excluding any Securities that such Underwriter is required to repurchase pursuant to Section 5.2 hereof) exceed such Underwriter’s Original Underwriting Obligation, and (c) no Co- Manager will bear more than its share of such expenses, losses, or Securities (such share to be determined pro rata among the Manager and all Co-Managers based on their Underwriting Percentages). If any Securities or Other Securities returned to you pursuant to clause (ii) or (iii)

 

14


above were not paid for by you pursuant to Article VI hereof, you will pay to the Manager an amount per security equal to the amount set forth in clause (i) of Article VI, in the case of Securities returned to you pursuant to clause (iii) above, or the purchase price of such securities, in the case of Securities or Other Securities returned to you pursuant to clause (ii) above.

9.3. Certain Other Expenses . You will pay your Underwriting Percentage of: (i) all expenses incurred by the Manager in investigating, preparing to defend, and defending against any action, claim, or proceeding which is asserted, threatened, or instituted by any party, including any governmental or regulatory body (each, an “Action”), relating to: (A) the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus or Prospectus (and any amendment or supplement thereto), any Preliminary Offering Circular or Offering Circular (and any amendment or supplement thereto), any Supplemental Materials, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication, and any ABS Underwriter Derived Information used by any Underwriter other than the Manager, (B) the violation of any applicable restrictions on the offer, sale, resale, or purchase of Securities or Other Securities imposed by U.S. Federal or state laws or non-U.S. laws and the rules and regulations of any regulatory body promulgated thereunder or pursuant to the terms of the applicable AAU, the Underwriting Agreement, or any Intersyndicate Agreement, and (C) any claim that the Underwriters constitute a partnership, an association, or an unincorporated business or other separate entity, and (ii) any Losses (as defined in Section 9.4 hereof) incurred by the Manager in respect of any such Action, whether such Loss will be the result of a judgment or arbitrator’s determination or as a result of any settlement agreed to by the Manager. Notwithstanding the foregoing, you will not be required to pay your Underwriting Percentage of any such expense or liability: (1) to the extent that such expense or liability was caused by the Manager’s gross negligence or willful misconduct as determined in a final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction; (2) as to which, and to the extent, the Manager actually receives (a) indemnity pursuant to Section 9.4 hereof, (b) contribution pursuant to Section 9.5 hereof, (c) indemnity or contribution pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement, or (d) damages from an Underwriter for breach of its representations, warranties, agreements, or covenants contained in the applicable AAU; or (3) of the Manager (other than fees of Syndicate Counsel) that relates to a settlement entered into by the Manager on a basis that results in a settlement of such Action against it and fewer than all the Underwriters. None of the foregoing provisions of this Section 9.3 will relieve any defaulting or breaching Underwriter from liability for its defaults or breach. Failure of any party to give notice under Section 9.10 hereof will not relieve any Underwriter of an obligation to pay expenses pursuant to the provisions of this Section 9.3.

9.4. Indemnification . Notwithstanding any settlement on the termination of the applicable AAU, you agree to indemnify and hold harmless each other Underwriter and each person, if any, who controls any such Underwriter within the meaning of either Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act (each, an “ Indemnified Party ”), to the extent and upon the terms which you agree to indemnify and hold harmless any of the Issuer, the Guarantor, the Seller, any person controlling the Issuer, the Guarantor, the Seller, its directors, and, in the case of a Registered Offering, its officers who signed the Registration Statement and, in the case of an Offering other than a Registered Offering, its officers, in each case as set forth in the Underwriting Agreement. You further agree to indemnify and hold harmless each Indemnified Party from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, and expenses not reimbursed pursuant to Section 9.3 hereof (collectively, “ Losses ”) related to, arising out of, or in

 

15


connection with the breach or violation by you of the terms of Section 3.3 hereof, including any and all Losses under Section 5 of the 1933 Act, and any litigation, investigation, and proceeding (collectively, “ Litigation ”) relating to any of the foregoing. You will also reimburse each such Indemnified Party upon demand for all expenses, including fees and expenses of counsel, as they are incurred, in connection with investigating, preparing for, or defending any of the foregoing. You will indemnify and hold harmless each Indemnified Party from and against any and all Losses related to, arising out of, or in connection with, any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Underwriter Free Writing Prospectus, Manager-Approved Communication or Supplemental Material used by you, or any research report in the form of a written communication (as defined in Rule 405 under the 1933 Act) used by you in reliance upon the penultimate sentence of Section 2(a)(3) of the 1933 Act prior to completion of the distribution of an initial public offering (a “ Written Research Report ”), or any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and any Litigation relating to any of the foregoing, and to reimburse each such Indemnified Party upon demand for all expenses, including fees and expenses of counsel, as they are incurred, in connection with investigating, preparing for, or defending any of the foregoing. In addition, you will indemnify and hold harmless each Indemnified Party from and against any and all Losses related to, arising out of, or in connection with any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any ABS Underwriter Derived Information used by you, or any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and any Litigation relating to any of the foregoing, and to reimburse each such Indemnified Party upon demand for all expenses, including fees and expenses of counsel, as they are incurred, in connection with investigating, preparing for, or defending any of the foregoing; provided, however, that any Losses, joint or several, paid or incurred by any Underwriter, arising out of or based upon any ABS Underwriter Derived Information which was used only by such Underwriter, or in connection with the preparation of which an Underwriter is found to have acted with gross negligence or willful misconduct in a final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction, will be paid solely by such Underwriter.

Each Underwriter will further indemnify and hold harmless any investment banking firm identified in a Wire as the qualified independent underwriter as defined in FINRA Rule 5121 or any successor rule thereto (in such capacity, a “ QIU ”) for an Offering and each person, if any, who controls such QIU within the meaning of either Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act, from and against any and all Losses related to, arising out of, or in connection with such investment banking firm’s activities as QIU for the Offering. Each Underwriter will reimburse such QIU for all expenses, including fees and expenses of counsel, as they are incurred, in connection with investigating, preparing for, and defending any Action related to, arising out of, or in connection with such QIU’s activities as a QIU for the Offering. Each Underwriter will be responsible for its Underwriting Percentage of any amount due to such QIU on account of the foregoing indemnity and reimbursement. Such QIU will have no additional liability to any Underwriter or otherwise as a result of its serving as QIU in connection with the Offering. To the extent the indemnification provided to a QIU under this Section 9.4 is unavailable to such QIU or is insufficient in respect of any Losses related thereto, whether as a matter of law or public policy or as a result of the default of any Underwriter in performing its obligations under this Section 9.4, each other Underwriter will contribute to the amount paid or

 

16


payable by such QIU as a result of such Losses related thereto in proportion to its Underwriting Percentage.

For the avoidance of doubt, references to an “Underwriter” or “you” in this Section 9.4 shall include the Manager in its role as an Underwriter.

9.5. Contribution . Notwithstanding any settlement on the termination of the applicable AAU, you will pay upon request of the Manager, as contribution, your Underwriting Percentage of any Losses, joint or several, paid or incurred by any Indemnified Party to any person other than an Indemnified Party, arising out of or in connection with the breach or violation of the terms of Section 3.3 hereof, including any and all Losses under Section 5 of the 1933 Act, and any Litigation relating to the foregoing. Further, you will pay upon request of the Manager, as contribution, your Underwriting Percentage of any Losses, joint or several, paid or incurred by any Indemnified Party to any person other than an Indemnified Party, arising out of or in connection with any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus or Prospectus (and any amendment or supplement thereto), any Preliminary Offering Circular or Offering Circular (and any amendment or supplement thereto), any Supplemental Materials, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication, any other materials prepared or used by an Underwriter in accordance with Section 3.3 hereof, or any Underwriter Free Writing Prospectus, Manager-Approved Communication or Written Research Report, or the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading (other than an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished to the Company In Writing by the Underwriter on whose behalf the request for contribution is being made expressly for use therein), or any act or omission to act or any alleged act or omission to act by the Manager or, if applicable, a Representative, as the Manager or a Representative, in connection with any transaction contemplated by this Agreement or undertaken in preparing for the purchase, sale, and delivery of the Securities (provided, that you will not be required to pay in any such case to the extent that any such Loss resulted from the Manager’s or such Representative’s gross negligence or willful misconduct as determined in a final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction), and your Underwriting Percentage of any legal or other expenses, including fees and expenses of counsel, as they are incurred, reasonably incurred by the Indemnified Party (with the approval of the Manager) on whose behalf the request for contribution is being made in connection with investigating or defending any such Loss or any action in respect thereof; provided, however, that no request will be made on behalf of any Indemnified Party guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the 1933 Act) from any Indemnified Party who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the 1933 Act); provided, further, that any Losses, joint or several, paid or incurred by any Indemnified Party, arising out of or based upon an Underwriter’s Underwriter Free Writing Prospectus, Manager-Approved Communication, Written Research Report or Supplemental Material, will be paid by only the Underwriters that used such Underwriter Free Writing Prospectus, Manager-Approved Communication, Written Research Report or Supplemental Material, as the case may be (the “Contributing Underwriters”), and the amount to be paid by each Contributing Underwriter will be determined pro rata among the Contributing Underwriters based on their Underwriting

 

17


Percentages. None of the foregoing provisions of this Section 9.5 will relieve any defaulting or breaching Underwriter from liability for its defaults or breach.

In addition, you will pay upon request of the Manager, as contribution, your Underwriting Percentage of any Losses, joint or several, paid or incurred by any Indemnified Party to any person other than an Indemnified Party, arising out of or in connection with any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any ABS Underwriter Derived Information, or the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading (other than an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished to the Company In Writing by the Underwriter on whose behalf the request for contribution is being made expressly for use therein) and your Underwriting Percentage of any expenses, including fees and expenses of counsel, as they are incurred, reasonably incurred by the Indemnified Party (with the approval of the Manager) on whose behalf the request for contribution is being made in connection with investigating, preparing for, or defending any such Loss or any action in respect thereof; provided, however, that any Losses, joint or several, paid or incurred by any Underwriter, arising out of or based upon any ABS Underwriter Derived Information which was used only by such Underwriter, or in connection with the preparation of which the Underwriter is found to have acted with gross negligence or willful misconduct in a final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction, will be paid solely by the Underwriter.

For the avoidance of doubt, references to an “Underwriter” or “you” in this Section 9.5 shall include the Manager in its role as an Underwriter.

9.6. Separate Counsel . If any Action is asserted or commenced pursuant to which the indemnity provided in Section 9.4 hereof or the right of contribution provided in Section 9.5 hereof may apply, the Manager may take such action in connection therewith as it deems necessary or desirable, including retention of counsel for the Underwriters (“ Syndicate Counsel ”), and in its discretion separate counsel for any particular Underwriter or group of Underwriters, and the fees and disbursements of any counsel so retained will be allocated among the several Underwriters as determined by the Manager. Any such Syndicate Counsel retained by the Manager will be counsel to the Underwriters as a group and, in the event that: (a) the Manager settles any Action on a basis that results in the settlement of such Action against it and fewer than all the Underwriters, or (b)(i) a conflict develops between the Manager and the other Underwriters, or (ii) differing defenses are available to the other Underwriters and not available to the Manager, and as a result of either (b)(i) or (b)(ii) such Syndicate Counsel concludes that it is unable to continue to represent the Manager and the other Underwriters, then in each such case, after notification to the Manager and the other Underwriters, Syndicate Counsel will remain counsel to the other Underwriters and will withdraw as counsel to the Manager. The Manager hereby consents to such arrangement and undertakes to take steps to: (i) ensure that any engagement letters with Syndicate Counsel are consistent with such arrangement; (ii) issue a notice to all other Underwriters promptly following receipt of any advice (whether oral or written) from Syndicate Counsel regarding its inability to represent the Manager and the other Underwriters jointly; and (iii) facilitate Syndicate Counsel’s continued representation of the other Underwriters. Any Underwriter may elect to retain at its own expense its own counsel and, on advice of such counsel, may settle or consent to the settlement of any such Action, but only in

 

18


compliance with Section 9.7 hereof, and in each case, only after notification to every other Underwriter. The Manager may settle or consent to the settlement of any such Action, but only in compliance with Section 9.7 hereof.

9.7. Settlement of Actions . Neither the Manager nor any other Underwriter party to this Master AAU may settle or agree to settle any Action related to or arising out of the Offering, nor may any other Underwriter settle or agree to settle any such Action without the consent of the Manager, nor may any other Underwriter seek the Manager’s consent to any such settlement agreement, nor may the Manager consent to any such settlement agreement, unless: (A) the Manager, together with such other Underwriters as constitute a majority in aggregate interest based on the Underwriting Percentage of the Underwriters as a whole (including the Manager’s interest), approve the settlement of such Action, in which case the Manager is authorized to settle for all Underwriters, provided, however, that the settlement agreement results in the settlement of the Action against all Underwriters raised by the plaintiffs party thereto; or (B) (i) such settlement agreement expressly provides that the non-settling Underwriters will be given a judgment credit (or credit in settlement) with respect to all such Actions for which the nonsettling Underwriters may be found liable (or will pay in subsequent settlement), in an amount that is the greatest of: (x) the dollar amount paid in such initial settlement to settle such Actions, (y) the proportionate share of the settling Underwriter’s fault in respect of common damages arising in connection with such Actions as proven at trial, if applicable, or (z) the amount by which the settling Underwriter would have been required to make contribution had it not settled, under Sections 9.5 and 11.2 hereof in respect of the final non-appealable judgment (or settlement) subsequently entered into by the non-settling Underwriters (such greatest amount of either (x), (y), or (z), the “ Judgment Credit ”); 4 (ii) such settlement agreement expressly provides that in the event that the applicable court does not approve the Judgment Credit as part of the settlement, the settlement agreement will automatically terminate; and (iii) the final judgment entered with respect to the settlement agreement contains the Judgment Credit.

9.8. Survival . Except as set forth in the last sentence of Section 9.1, your agreements contained in Article V and Sections 3.1, 9.3, 9.4, 9.5, 9.6, 9.7, 9.8, 9.9, 9.10, and 11.2 hereof will remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of any termination of an AAU and: (a) any termination of the Underwriting Agreement, (b) any investigation made by or on behalf of

 

4  

Seeks to ensure that there is no harm to non-settling Underwriter due to settlement. For example, assume that plaintiffs have suffered $1,000 in damage in a case in which the Underwriters are 50% at fault and other defendants, all of whom are insolvent, are 50% at fault. Further assume that there were 2 Underwriters, each which underwrote 50% of the offering, and they were equally at fault. If neither Underwriter settles, then each would be required to pay $500 to satisfy the $1,000 verdict for which they are jointly and severally liable (or, if one paid $1,000, Section 9.5 would obligate the other to contribute $500 towards such payment). If the first Underwriter settles for $100, then the second Underwriter will obtain a judgment credit of $500, being equal to the greater of: (a) settlement amount ($100), (b) the first Underwriter’s fault ($250), and (c) the amount which the settling Underwriters would have been required to contribute under the contribution provisions ($500). This formula ensures that the second Underwriter is not harmed by the settlement. By contrast, the judgment credit applied in WorldCom ignored clause (c), resulting in a credit of only $250 and leading the non-settling Underwriter to pay $750, or $250 more than had the first Underwriter not settled.

 

19


any Underwriter or any person controlling any Underwriter or by or on behalf of the Issuer, the Guarantor, the Seller, its directors or officers, or any person controlling the Issuer, the Guarantor or the Seller, and (c) acceptance of any payment for any Securities.

9.9. Replacement of Manager . If at any time after any Action is brought the Manager settles the Action on a basis that results in the settlement of such Action against it and fewer than all the Underwriters (whether or not such settlement complies with Section 9.7 hereof), the Manager will, at such time, for purposes of Sections 9.3, 9.4, 9.5, 9.6, and 9.7 hereof, cease to be the Manager. The non-settling Underwriters will, by vote of holders of a majority of the Underwriting Percentage of such non-settling Underwriters, select a new Manager, which will become the new “ Manager ” for all purposes of Sections 9.3, 9.4., 9.5, 9.6, and 9.7 hereof as well as this section; provided that the non-settling Underwriter(s) with the largest Underwriting Percentage will act as Manager until such vote occurs and a new Manager is selected. 5

Notwithstanding such a settlement, the Manager and the other settling Underwriters will remain obligated to the non-settling Underwriters to assist and cooperate fully, in good faith, and at their own expense, in the defense of any Actions, including, without limitation, by providing, upon reasonable request of any non-settling Underwriter, and without the necessity of court process, access to or copies of all relevant records, and reasonable access to all witnesses under control of the Manager or the other settling Underwriters, for the purpose of interviews, depositions, and testimony at trial, subject in each case to the applicable legal and procedural obligations of such Manager and such other settling Underwriter.

In addition, if at any time, the Manager is unwilling or unable for any reason to assume or discharge its duties as Manager under the applicable AAU, whether resulting from its insolvency (voluntary or involuntary), resignation or otherwise, to the extent permitted by applicable law, the remaining Underwriters will, by vote of holders of a majority of the Underwriting Percentage of such Underwriters, be entitled to select a new Manager, which will become the new Manager for all purposes under this Agreement. 6 Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Manager replaced pursuant to this Section 9.9 shall continue to benefit from and be subject to all other terms and conditions of this Agreement applicable to an Underwriter.

9.10. Notice . When the Manager receives notice of the assertion of any Action to which the provisions of Sections 9.4, 9.5, 9.6, or 9.7 hereof would apply, it will give prompt notice thereof to each Underwriter, and whenever an Underwriter receives notice of the assertion of any claim or commencement of any Action to which the provisions of Sections 9.4, 9.5, 9.6, or 9.7 hereof would apply, such Underwriter will give prompt notice thereof to the Manager. The Manager also will furnish each Underwriter with periodic reports, at such times as it deems appropriate, as to the status of such Action, and the actions taken by it in connection therewith. If the Manager or any other Underwriter engages in any settlement discussion that involves or contemplates settlement on any basis other than settlement of all Actions against all

 

5  

Permits new Manager to replace settling Manager and manage the litigation–related provisions of this agreement.

6  

Permits new Manager to replace insolvent Manager and manage all aspects of this MAAU.

 

20


Underwriters on a pro rata basis according to their Underwriting Percentages, the Manager (or other Underwriter engaging in such discussions) will notify all other Underwriters promptly and provide reasonable details about such discussions.

X. REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS OF UNDERWRITERS

10.1. Knowledge of Offering . You acknowledge that it is your responsibility to examine the Registration Statement, the Prospectus, or the Offering Circular, as the case may be, any amendment or supplement thereto relating to the Offering, any Preliminary Prospectus or Preliminary Offering Circular, and the material, if any, incorporated by reference therein, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, any Supplemental Materials, and any ABS Underwriter Derived Information, and you will familiarize yourself with the terms of the Securities, any applicable Indenture, and the other terms of the Offering thereof which are to be reflected in the Prospectus or the Offering Circular, as the case may be, and the applicable AAU and Underwriting Agreement. The Manager is authorized, with the advice of counsel for the Underwriters, to approve on your behalf any amendments or supplements to the documents described in the preceding sentence.

10.2. Accuracy of Underwriters’ Information . You confirm that the information that you have given and are deemed to have given in response to the Underwriters’ Questionnaire attached as Exhibit A hereto (and to any other questions addressed to you in the Invitation Wire or other Wires), which information has been furnished to the Issuer for use in the Registration Statement, Prospectus, or Offering Circular, as the case may be, or has otherwise been relied upon in connection with the Offering, is complete and accurate. You will notify the Manager immediately of any development before the termination of the applicable AAU which makes untrue or incomplete any information that you have given or are deemed to have given in response to the Underwriters’ Questionnaire (or such other questions).

10.3. Name; Address . Unless you have promptly notified the Manager In Writing otherwise, your name as it should appear in the Registration Statement, Prospectus or Offering Circular and any advertisement, if different, and your address, are as set forth on the signature pages hereof.

10.4. Compliance with Capital Requirements . You represent that your commitment to purchase the Securities will not result in a violation of the financial responsibility requirements of Rule 15c3-1 under the 1934 Act or of any similar provision of any applicable rules of any securities exchange to which you are subject or, if you are a financial institution subject to regulation by the Board of Governors of the U.S. Federal Reserve System, the U.S. Comptroller of the Currency, or the U.S. Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, will not place you in violation of any applicable capital requirements or restrictions of such regulator or any other regulator to which you are subject.

10.5. FINRA Requirements . (A) You represent that you are a member in good standing of FINRA, or a non-U.S. bank, broker, dealer, or institution not eligible for membership in FINRA or a Bank.

 

21


(i) If you are a member of FINRA, you will comply with all applicable rules of FINRA in respect of any Offering of Securities, including, without limitation, the requirements of FINRA Rules 5110, 5121, 5130, 5131 and 5141 (to the extent any or all such rules are applicable to the particular Offering).

(ii) If you are a non-U.S. bank, broker, dealer, or other non-U.S. institution not eligible for membership in FINRA, you represent that you are not required to be registered as a broker or dealer under the 1934 Act and you will not make any offers or sales of the Securities in, or to nationals or residents of, the United States, its territories, or its possessions, except to the extent permitted by Rule 15a-6 under the 1934 Act (or any successor rule thereto adopted by the SEC). In making any offers or sales of the Securities you also agree to comply with the requirements of the following FINRA rules (including any successor rules thereto adopted by FINRA): (a) to the extent that you are acting, in respect of offers or sales of the Securities, as a “conduit” for, or are receiving in connection with such offers and sales any selling commissions, discounts, allowances or other compensation from, or are otherwise being directed with respect to allocations or disposition of the Securities by, a FINRA member, FINRA Rule 5130 and FINRA Rule 5141 as though you are a member of FINRA, and (b) NASD Conduct Rule 2420(c), as that Rule applies to a non-member broker/dealer in a non-U.S. country.

(iii) If you are a Bank, you agree that (a) to the extent you are acting, in respect of offers or sales of the Securities, as a “conduit” for, or are receiving in connection with such offers and sales any selling commissions, discounts, allowances or other compensation from, or are otherwise being directed with respect to allocations or disposition of the Securities by, a FINRA member, you will comply with FINRA Rules 5130 and 5141 as though you are a member of FINRA, and (b) you will not accept any portion of the management fee paid by the Underwriters with respect to any Offering or, in connection with any Offering of Securities that do not constitute “exempted securities” within the meaning of Section 3(a)(12) of the 1934 Act, or purchase any Securities at a discount from the offering price from any Underwriter or Dealer or otherwise accept any Fees and Commissions from any Underwriter or Dealer, which in any such case is not permitted under FINRA rules (including, without limitation, NASD Conduct Rule 2420 or any successor rule thereto adopted by FINRA) or would subject you to registration and regulation as a “broker” or “dealer” under Section 3(a)(4) or 3(a)(5) of the 1934 Act.

(B) With respect to any Offering of Securities that constitutes a “new issue” under FINRA Rule 5131, you agree that, with respect to any Securities trading at a premium to the public offering price that are returned by a purchaser (the “ Returned Securities ”) to you after secondary market trading commences, you will promptly consult with the Manager or Co- Manager that has been appointed to manage the syndicate short position for that Offering (the “ Designated Syndicate Agent ”) to determine the appropriate treatment of the Returned Securities under FINRA Rule 5131(d)(3), and agree to (i) return the Returned Securities to the Designated Syndicate Agent if directed to do so by that entity, or (ii) if no such direction has been provided by the Designated Syndicate Agent, to comply with the provisions of FINRA Rule 5131(d)(3)(B) with respect to the disposition of the Returned Securities.

 

22


10.6. Further State Notice . The Manager will file a Further State Notice with the Department of State of New York, if required.

10.7. Compliance with Rule 15c2-8 . In the case of a Registered Offering and any other Offering to which the provisions of Rule 15c2-8 under the 1934 Act are made applicable pursuant to the AAU or otherwise, you will comply with such Rule in connection with the Offering. In the case of an Offering other than a Registered Offering, you will comply with applicable Federal and state laws and the applicable rules and regulations of any regulatory body promulgated thereunder governing the use and distribution of offering circulars by underwriters.

10.8. Discretionary Accounts . In the case of a Registered Offering of Securities issued by an Issuer that was not, immediately prior to the filing of the Registration Statement, subject to the requirements of Section 13(d) or 15(d) of the 1934 Act, you will not make sales to any account over which you exercise discretionary authority in connection with such sale, except as otherwise permitted by the applicable AAU for such Offering.

10.9. Offering Restrictions . You will not make any offers or sales of Securities or any Other Securities in jurisdictions outside the United States except under circumstances that will result in compliance with (i) applicable laws, including private placement requirements, in each such jurisdiction and (ii) the restrictions on offers or sales set forth in any AAU or the Prospectus, Preliminary Prospectus, Offering Circular, or Preliminary Offering Circular, as the case may be.

It is understood that, except as specified in the Prospectus or Offering Circular or applicable AAU, no action has been taken by the Manager, the Issuer, the Guarantor, or the Seller to permit you to offer Securities in any jurisdiction other than the United States, in the case of a Registered Offering, where action would be required for such purpose.

10.10. Representations, Warranties, and Agreements . You will make to each other Underwriter participating in an Offering the same representations, warranties, and agreements, if any, made by the Underwriters to the Issuer, the Guarantor, or the Seller in the applicable Underwriting Agreement or any Intersyndicate Agreement, and you authorize the Manager to make such representations, warranties, and agreements to the Issuer, the Guarantor, or the Seller on your behalf.

10.11. Limitation on the Authority of the Manager to Purchase and Sell Securities for the Account of Certain Underwriters . Notwithstanding any provision of this AAU authorizing the Manager to purchase or sell any Securities or Other Securities (including arranging for the sale of Contract Securities) or over-allot in arranging sales of Securities for the accounts of the several Underwriters, the Manager may not, in connection with the Offering of any Securities, make any such purchases, sales, and/or over-allotments for the account of any Underwriter that, not later than its acceptance of the Invitation Wire relating to such Offering, has advised the Manager that, due to its status as, or relationship to, a bank or bank holding company such purchases, sales, and/or over-allotments are prohibited by applicable law. If any Underwriter so advises the Manager, the Manager may allocate any such purchases, sales, and over-allotments (and the related expenses) which otherwise would have been allocated to your account based on your respective Underwriting Percentage to your account based on the ratio of your Original

 

23


Underwriting Obligation to the Original Underwriting Obligations of all Underwriters other than the advising Underwriter or Underwriters, or in such other manner as the Manager will determine.

10.12. Agreement Regarding Oral Due Diligence . By participating in an Offering, each Underwriter agrees that it, each of its affiliates participating in an Offering as Underwriter or financial intermediary and each controlling person of it and each such participating affiliate are bound by the Agreement Regarding Oral Due Diligence currently in effect between UBS Securities LLC and the accounting firm or firms that participate in oral due diligence in such offering.

XI. DEFAULTING UNDERWRITERS

11.1. Effect of Termination . If the Underwriting Agreement is terminated as permitted by the terms thereof, your obligations hereunder with respect to the Offering of the Securities will immediately terminate except: (a) as set forth in Section 9.8 hereof, (b) that you will remain liable for your Underwriting Percentage (or such other percentage as may be specified pursuant to Section 9.2 hereof) of all expenses, and for any purchases or sales which may have been made for your account pursuant to the provisions of Article V hereof or any Intersyndicate Agreement, and (c) that such termination will not affect any obligations of any defaulting or breaching Underwriter.

11.2. Sharing of Liability . If any Underwriter defaults in its obligations: (a) pursuant to Section 5.1, 5.2 or 5.4 hereof, (b) to pay amounts charged to its account pursuant to Section 7.1, 7.2, or 8.1 hereof, or (c) pursuant to Section 9.2, 9.3, 9.4, 9.5, 9.6, or 11.1 hereof, you will assume your proportionate share (determined on the basis of the respective Underwriting Percentages of the non-defaulting Underwriters) of such obligations, but no such assumption will relieve any defaulting Underwriter from liability to the non-defaulting Underwriters, the Issuer, the Guarantor, or the Seller for its default.

11.3. Arrangements for Purchases . The Manager is authorized to arrange for the purchase by others (including the Manager or any other Underwriter) of any Securities not purchased by any defaulting Underwriter in accordance with the terms of the applicable Underwriting Agreement or, if the applicable Underwriting Agreement does not provide arrangements for defaulting Underwriters, in the discretion of the Manager. If such arrangements are made, the respective amounts of Securities to be purchased by the remaining Underwriters and such other person or persons, if any, will be taken as the basis for all rights and obligations hereunder, but this will not relieve any defaulting Underwriter from liability for its default.

XII. MISCELLANEOUS

12.1. Obligations Several . Nothing contained in this Master AAU or any AAU constitutes you partners with the Manager or with the other Underwriters, and the obligations of you and each of the other Underwriters are several and not joint. Each Underwriter elects to be excluded from the application of Subchapter K, Chapter 1, Subtitle A, of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986. Each Underwriter authorizes the Manager, on behalf of such

 

24


Underwriter, to execute such evidence of such election as may be required by the U.S. Internal Revenue Service.

12.2. Liability of Manager . The Manager will not be liable to you for any act or omission, except for obligations expressly assumed by the Manager in the applicable AAU.

12.3. Termination of Master AAU . This Master AAU may be terminated by either party hereto upon five business days’ written notice to the other party; provided, however, that with respect to any Offering for which an AAU was sent prior to such notice, this Master AAU as it applies to such Offering will remain in full force and effect and will terminate with respect to such Offering in accordance with Section 9.1 hereof.

12.4. Governing Law . This Master AAU and each AAU will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York applicable to contracts made and to be performed in the State, without giving effect to principles of conflicts of law. You hereby irrevocably: (a) submit to the jurisdiction of any court of the State of New York located in the City of New York or the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of the State of New York for the purpose of any suit, action, or other proceeding arising out of this Master AAU, or any of the agreements or transactions contemplated hereby (each, a “ Proceeding ”), (b) agree that all claims in respect of any Proceeding may be heard and determined in any such court, (c) waive, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any immunity from jurisdiction of any such court or from any legal process therein, (d) agree not to commence any Proceeding other than in such courts, and (e) waive, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any claim that such Proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum.

12.5. Amendments . This Master AAU may be amended from time to time by consent of the parties hereto. Your consent will be deemed to have been given to an amendment to this Master AAU, and such amendment will be effective, five business days following written notice to you of such amendment if you do not notify us In Writing prior to the close of business on such fifth business day that you do not consent to such amendment. Upon effectiveness, the provisions of this Master AAU as so amended will apply to each AAU thereafter entered into, except as otherwise specifically provided in any such AAU.

12.6. Notices . Any notice to any Underwriter will be deemed to have been duly given if mailed, sent by wire, telecopy or electronic transmission or other written communication, or delivered in person to such Underwriter at the address set forth in its Underwriters’ Questionnaire, or if no address is provided in an Underwriters’ Questionnaire, then at the address set forth in reports filed by such Underwriter with FINRA. Any such notice will take effect upon receipt thereof.

12.7. Severability . In case any provision in this Master AAU is deemed invalid, illegal, or unenforceable, the validity, legality, and enforceability of the remaining provisions will not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

12.8. Counterparts . This Master AAU may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which will be deemed to be an original, and all of which taken together constitute one

 

25


and the same instrument. Transmission by telecopy of an executed counterpart of this Master AAU will constitute due and sufficient delivery of such counterpart.

Please confirm your acceptance of this Master AAU by signing and returning to us the enclosed duplicate copy hereof.

 

UBS SECURITIES LLC
By:    
  Name:  

 

  Title:  

 

    (Authorized Officer)
By:    
  Name:  

 

  Title:  

 

    (Authorized Officer)

 

Confirmed and accepted
as of August 2, 2012
 

(Legal Name of Underwriter)

 

(Address)

 

By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

    (Authorized Officer)
(If person signing is not an officer or a partner, please attach instrument of authorization)

 

26


GUIDE TO DEFINED TERMS

 

Term

   Section Reference  

1933 Act

     1.1   

1934 Act

     3.5   

AAU

     Foreword   

ABS Underwriter Derived Information

     2.1   

Action

     9.3   

Additional Securities

     1.1   

Bank

     3.5   

Co-Managers

     1.1   

Commission

     2.1   

Contract Securities

     3.1   

Contributing Underwriters

     9.5   

Dealer

     3.5   

Designated Syndicate Agent

     10.5   

DTC

     5.2   

Fees and Commissions

     1.1   

FINRA

     3.1   

Firm Securities

     1.1   

Free Writing Prospectus

     2.1   

Guarantor

     1.1   

In Writing

     1.2   

Indemnified Party

     9.4   

Indenture

     1.1   

International Offering

     1.1   

Intersyndicate Agreement

     2.3   

Invitation Wire

     Foreword   

Issuer

     1.1   

Issuer Free Writing Prospectus

     3.3   

Issuer Information

     3.3   

Judgment Credit

     9.7   

Litigation

     9.4   

Losses

     9.4   

Manager

     1.1   

Manager-Approved Communication

     3.3   

Master AAU

     Foreword   

NASD

     3.1   

Offering

     Foreword   

Offering Circular

     2.2   

Offering Date

     3.2   

Offering Price

     1.1   

Original Underwriting Obligation

     1.1   

Preliminary Offering Circular

     2.2   

Preliminary Prospectus

     2.1   

 

27


Pricing Date

     1.1   

Proceeding

     12.4   

Prospectus

     2.1   

Purchase Price

     1.1   

QIU

     9.4   

Reallowance

     1.1   

Registered Offering

     2.1   

Registration Statement

     2.1   

Regulation M

     5.1   

Representative

     1.1   

Returned Securities

     10.5   

Securities

     1.1   

Securities Offering Reform Release

     2.1   

Seller

     1.1   

Selling Concession

     1.1   

Settlement Date

     1.1   

Supplemental Materials

     3.3   

Syndicate Counsel

     9.6   

Trustee

     1.1   

Unauthorized Material

     3.3   

Underwriter Free Writing Prospectus

     3.3   

Underwriters

     1.1   

Underwriters’ Securities

     3.1   

Underwriting Agreement

     1.1   

Underwriting Percentage

     1.1   

Wire

     Foreword   

Written Research Report

     9.4   

Written Testing-the-Waters Communication

     3.3   

 

28


EXHIBIT A

UNDERWRITERS’ QUESTIONNAIRE

In connection with each Offering governed by the UBS Securities LLC Master Agreement Among Underwriters dated August 2, 2012, except as otherwise indicated in a timely acceptance of the Invitation Wire pursuant to Section 1.2 of the Master Agreement Among Underwriters (“ Master AAU ”) or already expressly disclosed in the Preliminary Prospectus or Preliminary Offering Circular, as the case may be, each Underwriter participating in such Offering severally advises the Issuer and the other participating Underwriters (all capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein will have the meanings given to them in the Master AAU) as follows:

(a) neither such Underwriter nor any of its directors, officers, or partners have a material relationship, as _material” is defined in Regulation C under the 1933 Act, with the Issuer, the Guarantor, or the Seller;

(b) if the Registration Statement is on Form S-1, neither such Underwriter nor any _group” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) of which such Underwriter is aware is the beneficial (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) owner of more than 5% of any class of voting securities of the Issuer or Guarantor, nor does such Underwriter have any knowledge that more than 5% of any class of voting securities of the Issuer or the Guarantor is held or to be held subject to any voting trust or other similar agreement, nor does such Underwriter have any knowledge that more than 5% of any class of voting securities of the Issuer or the Guarantor is held or to be held subject to any voting trust or other similar agreement;

(c) other than as may be stated in the UBS Securities LLC Master Agreement Among Underwriters dated August 2, 2012, the applicable AAU, the Intersyndicate Agreement or dealer agreement, if any, the Prospectus, the Registration Statement, or the Offering Circular, such Underwriter does not know and has no reason to believe that there is an intention to over-allot or that the price of any security may be stabilized to facilitate the offering of the Securities;

(d) other than as stated in the Invitation Wire, such Underwriter does not know of (i) any other discounts or commissions to be allowed or paid to the Underwriters or of any other items that would be deemed by the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“ FINRA ”) to constitute underwriting compensation for purposes of FINRA Rule 5110, or (ii) any discounts or commissions to be allowed or paid to dealers, including all cash, securities, contracts, or other consideration to be received by any dealer in connection with the sale of the Securities;

(e) such Underwriter has not prepared any report or memorandum for external use in connection with the Offering;

(f) if the offer and sale of the Securities are to be registered under the 1933 Act pursuant to a Registration Statement on Form S-1 or Form F-1, such Underwriter has


not within the past 12 months prepared or had prepared for such Underwriter any engineering, management, or similar report or memorandum relating to broad aspects of the business, operations, or products of the Issuer or the Guarantor. The immediately preceding sentence does not apply to reports solely comprised of recommendations to buy, sell, or hold the Issuer’s or the Guarantor’s securities, unless such recommendations have changed within the past six months, or to information already contained in documents filed with the Commission;

(g) in the case of Registered Offerings and Offerings of Securities exempt under Section 3 of the 1933 Act, such Underwriter does not have a _conflict of interest” with the Issuer or the Guarantor under FINRA Rule 5121. In that regard, such Underwriter specifically confirms that, at the time of such Underwriter’s participation in the subject Offering, (A) such Underwriter is not issuing the Securities in such Offering; (B) neither the Issuer nor the Guarantor controls, is controlled by or is under common control (as the term _control” is defined in FINRA Rule 5121(f)(6)) with such Underwriter or such Underwriter’s _associated persons” (as such term is defined by FINRA); (C) less than five percent of the net proceeds of the Offering, not including Fees and Commissions, are intended to be: (i) used to reduce or retire the balance of a loan or credit facility extended by such Underwriter, its _affiliates” and its _associated persons” (as such terms are defined by FINRA), in the aggregate; or (ii) otherwise directed to such Underwriter, its affiliates and associated persons, in the aggregate, and (D) as a result of such Offering and any transactions contemplated at the time of such Offering: (i) such Underwriter will not become an affiliate of the Issuer or Guarantor; (ii) such Underwriter will not become publicly owned; and (iii) the Issuer or Guarantor will not become a FINRA member or form a broker-dealer subsidiary. Furthermore, such Underwriter specifically confirms that such Underwriter does not, (a) beneficially own 10% or more of the Issuer’s or Guarantor’s outstanding _common equity”, _preferred equity” or _subordinated debt” (as each such term is defined in FINRA Rule 5121), including the right to receive such securities or subordinated debt within 60 days of such Underwriter’s participation in the Offering; (b) in the case of an Issuer or Guarantor which is a partnership, beneficially own a general, limited or special partnership interest in 10% or more of the Issuer’s or Guarantor’s distributable profits or losses, or a right to receive an interest in such distributable profits or losses within 60 days of such Underwriter’s participation in the Offering; or (c) have the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of the Issuer or the Guarantor;

(h) other than as stated in the Invitation Wire, in the case of Registered Offerings and Offerings of Securities exempt under Section 3 of the 1933 Act, neither such Underwriter nor any of its directors, officers, partners, or _persons associated with” such Underwriter (as defined by FINRA) nor, to such Underwriter’s knowledge, any _related person” (defined by FINRA to include counsel, financial consultants and advisors, finders, members of the selling or distribution group, any FINRA member participating in the offering, and any other persons associated with or related to and members of the immediate family of any of the foregoing) or any other broker-dealer: (A) within the last six months have purchased in private transactions, or intend before, at, or within six months after the commencement of the public offering of the Securities to purchase in private transactions, any securities of the Issuer, the Guarantor, or any Issuer

 

2


Related Party (as hereinafter defined), (B) within the last 6 months have had any dealings with the Issuer, the Guarantor, any Seller, or any subsidiary or controlling person thereof (other than relating to the proposed Underwriting Agreement) as to which documents or information are required to be filed with FINRA, or (C) during the 6 months immediately preceding the filing of the Registration Statement (or, if there is none, the Offering Circular), have entered into any arrangement which provided or provides for the receipt of any item of value (including, but not limited to, cash payments, expense reimbursements and rights of first refusal to participate in a future public offering, private placement or other financing transaction) and/or the transfer of any warrants, options, or other securities from the Issuer, the Guarantor, or any Issuer Related Party to you or any related person;

(i) in the case of Registered Offerings and Offerings of Securities exempt under Section 3 of the 1933 Act, there is no association or affiliation between such Underwriter and; (A) any officer or director of the Issuer, the Guarantor or, any Issuer Related Party, or (B) any securityholder of 5% or more (or, in the case of an initial public offering of equity securities, any securityholder) of any class of securities of the Issuer, the Guarantor, or an Issuer Related Party; it being understood that for purposes of paragraph (i) above and this paragraph (j), the term _Issuer Related Party” includes any Seller, any affiliate of the Issuer, the Guarantor, or a Seller, and the officers or general partners, directors, employees, and securityholders thereof;

(j) in the case of Registered Offerings and Offerings of Securities exempt under Section 3 of the 1933 Act, and if the Securities are not issued by a real estate investment trust, no portion of the net offering proceeds from the sale of the Securities will be paid to such Underwriter or any of its affiliates or _persons associated with” such Underwriter (as defined by FINRA) or members of the immediate family of any such person; and

(k) in the case of Securities which are debt securities whose offer and sale is to be registered under the 1933 Act, such Underwriter is not an affiliate (as defined in Rule 0-2 under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939) of the Trustee for the Securities or of its parent, if any. Neither the Trustee nor its parent, if any, nor any of their directors or executive officers is a _director, officer, partner, employee, appointee, or representative” of such Underwriter (as those terms are defined in the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 or in the relevant instructions to Form T-1). Such Underwriter and its directors, partners, and executive officers, taken as a group, did not on the date specified in the Invitation, and do not, own beneficially 1% or more of the shares of any class of voting securities of the Trustee or of its parent, if any. If such Underwriter is a corporation, it does not have outstanding and has not assumed or guaranteed any securities issued otherwise than in its present corporate name.

If an Underwriter notes an exception with respect to material of the type referred to in clauses (e) and (f), such underwriter will send three copies of each item of such material, together with a statement as to distribution, identifying classes of recipients and the number of copies distributed to each such class, and, if relevant, the number of equity securities or the face value of debt securities owned by such person, the date such securities were acquired, and the

 

3


price paid for such securities to UBS Securities LLC, [677 Washington Boulevard, Stamford, Connecticut 06901, Attention: Fixed Income Syndicate] [299 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10171, Attention: Equity Syndicate].

 

4

STRUCTURING FEE AGREEMENT

[ ], 2013

UBS Securities LLC

299 Park Avenue

New York, New York

10171

Ladies and Gentlemen:

This agreement (the “Agreement”) is between Pacific Investment Management Company LLC (including any successor or assign by merger or otherwise, the “Company”) and UBS Securities LLC (“UBS”) with respect to the PIMCO Dynamic Credit Income Fund (the “Fund”). Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings given to them in the principal underwriting agreement (the “Underwriting Agreement”) relating to the Offering (as defined below).

1. Fee. In consideration of certain financial advisory services that UBS has provided to the Company and its affiliates in assisting the Company in structuring, designing and organizing the Fund as well as services related to the sale and distribution of the Shares of the Fund (the “Offering”), it being understood that the ultimate decision with respect to the structure, design and organization of the Fund shall rest with the Company, the Company shall pay a fee to UBS in the aggregate amount of $[ ] (the “Fee”). The Fee shall be paid on or before [ ], 2013 or as otherwise agreed to by the parties. In the event the Offering does not proceed, UBS will not receive any fees under this Agreement; however, for the avoidance of doubt, accountable expenses actually incurred may be payable to UBS pursuant to the terms of the Underwriting Agreement.

2. Term. This Agreement shall terminate upon the payment of the entire amount of the Fee, as specified in Section 1 hereof, or upon the termination of the Underwriting Agreement, having been delivered and paid for. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Sections 4, 5, 8, 9 and 10 of this Agreement and the Indemnification Agreement attached hereto shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

3. Indemnification. The Company agrees to the indemnification and other agreements set forth in the Indemnification Agreement attached hereto, the provisions of which are incorporated herein by reference and shall survive the termination, expiration or supersession of this Agreement.

4. Confidential Advice. Except to the extent legally required (after consultation with, and approval (not to be unreasonably withheld) as to form and substance by, UBS and its counsel), none of (i) the name of UBS, (ii) any advice rendered by UBS to the Company, or (iii) the terms of this Agreement (but not the existence of this Agreement) or any communication from UBS, each in connection with the services performed by UBS pursuant to this Agreement, will be quoted or referred to orally or in writing, or in the case of (ii) and (iii) (but excluding communications from UBS), reproduced or disseminated, by the Company or any of its affiliates or any of its agents (not including for these purposes UBS or any other underwriter party to or listed on Schedule I of the Underwriting Agreement or their affiliates or agents), without UBS’ prior written consent, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld in the case of clause (i)

 

1


and (iii) (but not (ii)); provided, however, that this provision shall not be applicable to: (A) any information (except for the information in clause (ii)) that becomes publicly available through no fault of the Company; (B) any information covered by each of clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) above, the release of which is required or requested by a regulatory agency, self-regulatory organization, or court with jurisdiction over the Company or its affiliates, provided, however, that the Company will promptly notify UBS of the information to be disclosed if notice thereof is permitted by law, does not violate the terms of the relevant request and is reasonably practicable under the circumstances; or (c) any information that is the same as information covered by each of clauses (ii) and (iii) above that has been independently created by the Company or its affiliates without reference to the information covered by (ii) or (iii) or has been received lawfully by the Company from a person unaffiliated with UBS (excluding any underwriter party to or listed on Schedule I of the Underwriting Agreement or their affiliates or agents). Notwithstanding the foregoing paragraph, the information covered by each of clause (i), (ii) and (iii) above will not be considered material, non-public information for purposes of Regulation FD or the Federal Securities Laws (as such term is defined in Rule 38a-1 of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended).

5. Information. The Company recognizes and confirms that UBS (a) has used and relied primarily on the information provided by the Company and on information available from generally recognized public sources in performing the services contemplated by this Agreement without having assumed responsibility for independently verifying the same, (b) has not assumed responsibility for the accuracy, completeness or reasonableness of such information and (c) has not made an appraisal of any assets or liabilities (contingent or otherwise) of the Fund.

6. Not an Investment Adviser. The Company acknowledges that UBS has not provided any advice hereunder as to the value of securities or regarding the advisability of purchasing or selling any securities for the Fund’s portfolio. The Company acknowledges and agrees that UBS has been retained to act solely as an adviser to the Company, and the Company’s engagement of UBS is not intended to confer rights upon any person (including the Fund or any shareholders, employees or creditors of the Company or the Fund) not a party hereto as against UBS or its affiliates, or their respective directors, officers, employees or agents, successors, or assigns. UBS has acted as an independent contractor under this Agreement, and not in any other capacity including as a fiduciary, and any duties arising out of its engagement shall be owed solely to the Company.

7. Not Exclusive. Nothing herein shall be construed as prohibiting you or your affiliates from acting as an underwriter or financial adviser or in any other capacity for any other persons (including other registered investment companies or other investment managers).

8. Amendment; Waiver. No provision of this Agreement may be amended or waived except by an instrument in writing signed by the parties hereto.

9. Governing Law. This Agreement and any claim, counterclaim or dispute of any kind or nature whatsoever arising out of or in any way relating to this Agreement (“Claim”), directly or indirectly, shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York. No Claim may be commenced, prosecuted or continued in any court other than the courts of the State of New York located in the City and County of New York or in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York, which courts shall have exclusive jurisdiction over the adjudication of such matters, and the Company and UBS consent to the jurisdiction of such courts and personal service with respect thereto. EACH OF UBS AND THE COMPANY WAIVES ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY PROCEEDING OR CLAIM (WHETHER BASED UPON CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE) ARISING OUT OF OR

 

2


IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT.

10. Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall be binding upon the Company and UBS and their respective successors and assigns and any successor or assign of any substantial portion of the Company’s or UBS’ respective businesses and/or assets.

11. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, and all of which, when taken together, shall constitute one agreement. Delivery of an executed signature page of this Agreement by facsimile transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof.

[ Signature Page Follows ]

 

3


This Agreement shall be effective as of the date first written above.

 

PACIFIC INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT COMPANY LLC

By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

Agreed and Accepted:

UBS SECURITIES LLC

 

By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

[ Signature page to Structuring Fee Agreement ]


Indemnification Agreement

[ ], 2013

UBS Securities LLC

299 Park Avenue

New York, New York 10171

Ladies and Gentlemen:

In connection with the engagement of UBS Securities LLC (“UBS”) to advise and assist the undersigned (including any successor or assign by merger or otherwise, the “Company”) with the matters set forth in the Structuring Fee Agreement, dated [ ], 2013, between the Company and UBS (the “Agreement”), in the event that UBS becomes involved in any capacity in any claim, suit, action, proceeding, investigation or inquiry (including, without limitation, any shareholder or derivative action or arbitration proceeding) (collectively, a “Proceeding”) in connection with any matter in any way relating to or referred to in the Agreement or arising out of the matters contemplated by the Agreement, including, without limitation, related services and activities provided prior to the date of the Agreement, the Company agrees to indemnify, defend and hold UBS harmless to the fullest extent permitted by law, from and against any losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses in connection with any matter in any way relating to or referred to in the Agreement or arising out of the matters contemplated by the Agreement, including, without limitation, related services and activities provided prior to the date of the Agreement, except to the extent that it shall be determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a judgment that has become final in that it is no longer subject to appeal or other review that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses resulted primarily from the gross negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith of UBS. In addition, in the event that UBS becomes involved in any capacity in any Proceeding in connection with any matter in any way relating to or referred to in the Agreement or arising out of the matters contemplated by the Agreement, the Company will reimburse UBS for its reasonable expenses (including fees and expenses of counsel and the cost of any investigation and preparation) as such expenses are incurred by UBS in connection therewith. If such indemnification were not to be available for any reason, the Company agrees to contribute to the losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses involved (i) in the proportion appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received or sought to be received by the Company and its stockholders and affiliates and other constituencies, on the one hand, and UBS, on the other hand, in connection with the matters contemplated by the Agreement or (ii) if (but only if and to the extent) the allocation provided for in clause (i) is for any reason held unenforceable, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) but also the relative fault of the Company and its stockholders and affiliates and other constituencies, on the one hand, and the party entitled to contribution, on the other hand, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The Company agrees that for the purposes of this paragraph the relative benefits received, or sought to be received, by the Company and its stockholders and affiliates and other constituencies, on the one hand, and the party entitled to contribution, on the other hand, in connection with the matters contemplated by the Agreement shall be deemed to be in the same proportion that the total value received or paid or contemplated to be received or paid by the Company or its stockholders or affiliates and other constituencies, as the case may be, as a result of or in connection with the matters (whether or not consummated) for which UBS has been retained to perform financial services bears to the fees paid to UBS under the Agreement; provided that, in no event shall the Company contribute less than the amount necessary to assure that UBS is not liable for losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses in excess of the amount of fees actually received by UBS pursuant to the Agreement.

 

1


Relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any alleged untrue statement or omission or any other alleged conduct relates to information provided by the Company or other conduct by the Company (or its employees or other agents (not including for these purposes UBS or other indemnified parties hereunder)), on the one hand, or by UBS, on the other hand. The Company will not settle any Proceeding in respect of which indemnity may be sought hereunder, whether or not UBS is an actual or potential party to such Proceeding, without UBS’ prior written consent. For purposes of this Indemnification Agreement, UBS shall include UBS Securities LLC, any of its affiliates, each other person, if any, controlling UBS or any of its affiliates, their respective officers, current and former directors, employees and agents, and the successors and assigns of all of the foregoing persons. The foregoing indemnity and contribution agreement shall be in addition to any rights that any indemnified party may have at common law or otherwise.

The Company agrees that neither UBS nor any of its affiliates, directors, agents, employees or controlling persons shall have any liability to the Company or any person asserting claims on behalf of or in right of the Company in connection with or as a result of either UBS’ engagement under the Agreement or any matter referred to in the Agreement, including, without limitation, related services and activities provided prior to the date of the Agreement, except to the extent that it shall be determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a judgment that has become final in that it is no longer subject to appeal or other review that any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses incurred by the Company resulted primarily from the gross negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith of UBS or any of its affiliates, directors, agents, employees or controlling persons in performing the services that are the subject of the Agreement.

THIS INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT AND ANY CLAIM, COUNTERCLAIM OR DISPUTE OF ANY KIND OR NATURE WHATSOEVER ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT (“CLAIM”), DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. EXCEPT AS SET FORTH BELOW, NO CLAIM MAY BE COMMENCED, PROSECUTED OR CONTINUED IN ANY COURT OTHER THAN THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK LOCATED IN THE CITY AND COUNTY OF NEW YORK OR IN THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK, WHICH COURTS SHALL HAVE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OVER THE ADJUDICATION OF SUCH MATTERS, AND THE COMPANY AND UBS CONSENT TO THE JURISDICTION OF SUCH COURTS AND PERSONAL SERVICE WITH RESPECT THERETO. THE COMPANY HEREBY CONSENTS TO PERSONAL JURISDICTION, SERVICE AND VENUE IN ANY COURT IN WHICH ANY CLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT IS BROUGHT BY ANY THIRD PARTY AGAINST UBS OR ANY INDEMNIFIED PARTY. EACH OF UBS AND THE COMPANY WAIVES ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY PROCEEDING OR CLAIM (WHETHER BASED UPON CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE) ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT. THE COMPANY AGREES THAT A FINAL JUDGMENT IN ANY PROCEEDING OR CLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT BROUGHT IN ANY SUCH COURT SHALL BE CONCLUSIVE AND BINDING UPON THE COMPANY AND MAY BE ENFORCED IN ANY OTHER COURTS TO THE JURISDICTION OF WHICH THE COMPANY IS OR MAY BE SUBJECT, BY SUIT UPON SUCH JUDGMENT.

The foregoing Indemnification Agreement shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any termination of UBS’ engagement. This Indemnification Agreement shall be

 

2


binding upon the Company and UBS and their respective successors and assigns and any successor or assign of any substantial portion of the Company’s or UBS’ respective businesses and/or assets. This Indemnification Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same agreement.

[ Signature Page Follows ]

 

3


Very truly yours,

PACIFIC INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT COMPANY LLC

By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

Agreed and Accepted:

UBS SECURITIES LLC

 

By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

STRUCTURING FEE AGREEMENT

[ ], 2013

Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

388 Greenwich Street

New York, New York 10013

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Reference is made to the Underwriting Agreement dated [ ], 2013 (the “Underwriting Agreement”), by and among PIMCO Dynamic Credit Income Fund (the “Fund”), Allianz Global Investors Fund Management LLC (the “Adviser”) and each of the Underwriters named in Schedule I thereto, with respect to the issue and sale of the Fund’s Shares (the “Offering”), as described therein. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings given to them in the Underwriting Agreement.

1. Fee. In consideration of your services in offering advice relating to the structure, design and organization of the Fund and the distribution of its common shares of beneficial interest, par value $0.00001 per share (the “Shares”), which may but need not necessarily include views from an investor market and distribution perspective on (i) diversification, allocation and concentration approaches for the Fund’s investments in light of current market conditions, (ii) marketing issues with respect to the Fund’s investment policies and proposed investments and (iii) the overall marketing and positioning thesis for the Fund’s initial public offering, which services may be completed by your affiliate in your sole discretion, Pacific Investment Management Company LLC (the “Sub-Adviser”) shall pay a fee to you in the aggregate amount of $[ ] (the “Fee”). The Fee shall be paid on or before the closing of the purchase and sale of the Shares pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement on [ ], 2013. The payment shall be made by wire transfer to the order of Citigroup Global Markets Inc. The Sub-Adviser acknowledges that the Fee is in addition to any compensation you earn in connection with your role as an underwriter to the Fund in the Offering, which services are distinct from and in addition to the marketing and structuring services described above. In the event the Offering does not proceed, you will not receive any fees under this Agreement; however, for the avoidance of doubt, accountable expenses actually incurred may be payable to you pursuant to the terms of the Underwriting Agreement.

2. Term. This Agreement shall terminate upon the payment of the entire amount of the Fee, as specified in Section 1 hereof, or upon the termination of the Underwriting Agreement without the Shares having been delivered and paid for, except as provided in Section 3.

3. Indemnification. The Sub-Adviser agrees to the indemnification and other agreements set forth in the Indemnification Agreement attached hereto, the provisions of which are incorporated herein by reference and shall survive the termination, expiration or supersession of this Agreement.


4. Not an Investment Adviser; No Fiduciary Duty. The Sub-Adviser acknowledges that you are not providing any advice hereunder as to the value of securities or regarding the advisability of purchasing or selling any securities for the Fund’s portfolio. No provision of this Agreement shall be considered as creating, nor shall any provision create, any obligation on the part of you, and you are not agreeing hereby, to: (i) furnish any advice or make any recommendations regarding the purchase or sale of portfolio securities; or (ii) render any opinions, valuations or recommendations of any kind or to perform any such similar services. Neither this Agreement nor the performance of the services contemplated hereunder shall be considered to constitute a partnership, association or joint venture between you and the Sub-Adviser. In addition, nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to constitute you as the agent or employee of the Sub-Adviser or the Sub-Adviser as your agent or employee, and neither party shall make any representation to the contrary. It is understood that you are engaged hereunder as an independent contractor solely to provide the services described above to the Sub-Adviser and that you are not acting as an agent or fiduciary of, and you shall not have any duties or liability to, the current or future partners, members or equity owners of the Sub-Adviser or any other third party in connection with its engagement hereunder, all of which are hereby expressly waived to the extent the Sub-Adviser has the authority to waive such duties and liabilities. Furthermore, the Sub-Adviser agrees that it is solely responsible for making its own judgments in connection with the matters covered by this Agreement (irrespective of whether you have advised or are currently advising the Sub-Adviser on related or other matters).

5. Not Exclusive. Nothing herein shall be construed as prohibiting you or your affiliates from acting as an underwriter or financial adviser or in any other capacity for any other persons (including other registered investment companies or other investment managers).

6. Assignment. This Agreement may not be assigned by any party without prior written consent of the other parties.

7. Amendment; Waiver. No provision of this Agreement may be amended or waived except by an instrument in writing signed by the parties hereto.

8. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

9. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, and all of which, when taken together, shall constitute one agreement. Delivery of an executed signature page of this Agreement by facsimile transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof.

[END OF TEXT]

 

2


This Agreement shall be effective as of the date first written above.

 

PACIFIC INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT COMPANY LLC

By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

Agreed and Accepted:

CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS INC.

 

By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  


Indemnification Agreement

[ ], 2013

Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

388 Greenwich Street

New York, New York 100

Ladies and Gentlemen:

In connection with the engagement of Citigroup Global Markets Inc. (the “Bank”) to advise and assist the undersigned, Pacific Investment Management Company LLC (the “Company”), with respect to the matters set forth in the Structuring Fee Agreement dated [ ], 2013 between the Company and the Bank (the “Agreement”), in the event that the Bank, any of its affiliates, each other person, if any, controlling the Bank or any of its affiliates, their respective officers, current or former directors, employees and agents or the successors or assigns of any of the foregoing persons (the Bank and each such other person or entity being referred to as an “Indemnified Party”) becomes involved in any capacity in any claim, suit, action, proceeding, investigation or inquiry (including, without limitation, any shareholder or derivative action or arbitration proceeding) (collectively, a “Proceeding”) with respect to the services performed pursuant to and in accordance with the Agreement, the Company agrees to indemnify, defend and hold each Indemnified Party harmless to the fullest extent permitted by law, from and against any losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses, including reasonable fees and expenses of counsel to the Indemnified Parties, with respect to the services performed pursuant to and in accordance with the Agreement, except to the extent that it shall be determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a judgment that has become final in that it is no longer subject to appeal or other review, that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses resulted primarily from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnified Party. In addition, in the event that an Indemnified Party becomes involved in any capacity in any Proceeding with respect to the services performed pursuant to and in accordance with the Agreement, the Company will reimburse such Indemnified Party for its reasonable expenses (including fees and expenses of counsel and the cost of any investigation and preparation) as such expenses are incurred by such Indemnified Party in connection therewith. Promptly as reasonably practicable after receipt by an Indemnified Party of notice of the commencement of any Proceeding, such Indemnified Party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made under this paragraph, notify the Company in writing of the commencement thereof; but the failure so to notify the Company (i) will not relieve the Company from liability under this paragraph to the extent it is not materially prejudiced as a result thereof and (ii) in any event shall not relieve the Company from any liability which it may have otherwise than on account of this Indemnification Agreement. Counsel to the Indemnified Parties shall be selected by the Bank. The Company may participate at its own expense in the defense of any such action; provided, however, that counsel to the Company shall not (except with the consent of the Indemnified Parties) also be counsel to the Indemnified Parties. The Company shall not, without the prior written consent of the Indemnified Parties, settle or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body,

 

1


commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever in respect of which indemnification or contribution could be sought hereunder (whether or not the Indemnified Parties are actual or potential parties thereto), unless such settlement, compromise or consent (i) includes an unconditional release of each Indemnified Party from all liability arising out of such litigation, investigation, proceeding or claim and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any Indemnified Party.

If such indemnification were not to be available for any reason, the Company agrees to contribute to the losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses involved (i) in the proportion appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received or sought to be received by the Company and its stockholders and affiliates, on the one hand, and the Indemnified Parties, on the other hand, in the matters contemplated by the Agreement or (ii) if (but only if and to the extent) the allocation provided for in clause (i) is for any reason held unenforceable, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) but also the relative fault of the Company and its stockholders and affiliates, on the one hand, and the Indemnified Parties, on the other hand, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The Company agrees that for the purposes of this paragraph the relative benefits received, or sought to be received, by the Company and its stockholders and affiliates, on the one hand, and the Indemnified Parties, on the other hand, of a transaction as contemplated shall be deemed to be in the same proportion that the total value received by or paid to or contemplated to be received by or paid to the Company or its stockholders or affiliates, as the case may be, as a result of or in connection with the transaction (whether or not consummated) for which the Bank has been retained to perform services bears to the fees paid to the Bank under the Agreement; provided, that in no event shall the Company contribute less than the amount necessary to assure that the Indemnified Parties are not liable for losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses in excess of the amount of fees actually received by the Bank pursuant to the Agreement. Relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any alleged untrue statement or omission or any other alleged conduct relates to information provided by the Company or other conduct by the Company (or its employees or other agents (not including for these purposes any Indemnified Party)), on the one hand, or by the Bank, on the other hand. Notwithstanding the provisions of this paragraph, an Indemnified Party shall not be entitled to contribution from the Company if it is determined that such Indemnified Party was guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended) and the Company was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The Company will not settle any Proceeding in respect of which indemnity may be sought hereunder, whether or not an Indemnified Party is an actual or potential party to such Proceeding, without the Bank’s prior written consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld). The foregoing indemnity and contribution agreement shall be in addition to any rights that any Indemnified Party may have at common law or otherwise.

The Company agrees that no Indemnified Party shall have any liability to the Company or any person asserting claims on behalf of or in right of the Company with respect to the services performed pursuant to and in accordance with the Agreement, except to the extent that it shall be determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a judgment that has become final in that it is no longer subject to appeal or other review that any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses incurred by the Company resulted primarily from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Bank in performing the services that are the subject of the Agreement.

 

2


THIS INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT AND ANY CLAIM, COUNTERCLAIM OR DISPUTE OF ANY KIND OR NATURE WHATSOEVER WITH RESPECT TO THE SERVICES PERFORMED PURSUANT TO AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE AGREEMENT (“CLAIM”), DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. EXCEPT AS SET FORTH BELOW, NO CLAIM MAY BE COMMENCED, PROSECUTED OR CONTINUED IN ANY COURT OTHER THAN THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK LOCATED IN THE CITY AND COUNTY OF NEW YORK OR IN THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK, WHICH COURTS SHALL HAVE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OVER THE ADJUDICATION OF SUCH MATTERS, AND THE COMPANY AND THE INDEMNIFIED PARTIES CONSENT TO THE JURISDICTION OF SUCH COURTS AND PERSONAL SERVICE WITH RESPECT THERETO. THE COMPANY HEREBY CONSENTS TO PERSONAL JURISDICTION, SERVICE AND VENUE IN ANY COURT IN WHICH ANY CLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT IS BROUGHT BY ANY THIRD PARTY AGAINST THE BANK OR ANY INDEMNIFIED PARTY. EACH INDEMNIFIED PARTY AND THE COMPANY WAIVES ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY PROCEEDING OR CLAIM (WHETHER BASED UPON CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE) ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT. THE COMPANY AGREES THAT A FINAL JUDGMENT IN ANY PROCEEDING OR CLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT BROUGHT IN ANY SUCH COURT SHALL BE CONCLUSIVE AND BINDING UPON THE COMPANY AND MAY BE ENFORCED IN ANY OTHER COURTS TO THE JURISDICTION OF WHICH THE COMPANY IS OR MAY BE SUBJECT, BY SUIT UPON SUCH JUDGMENT.

 

3


The foregoing Indemnification Agreement shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any termination of the Bank’s engagement under the Agreement. This Indemnification Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same agreement.

 

Very truly yours,

PACIFIC INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT COMPANY LLC

By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

Agreed and Accepted:

CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS INC.

 

By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

STRUCTURING FEE AGREEMENT

[ ], 2013

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

1585 Broadway

New York, New York 10036

Ladies and Gentlemen:

This agreement is between Pacific Investment Management Company LLC (the “ Company ”) and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC (“ Morgan Stanley ”) with respect to the PIMCO Dynamic Credit Income Fund (the “ Fund ”).

1. Fee . (a) In consideration of advice to the Company and its affiliates relating to, but not limited to, the design and structuring of, and marketing assistance with respect to, the Fund and the distribution of the Fund’s common shares, par value $0.00001 (the “ Shares ”), including without limitation, views from an investor market and distribution perspective on (i) diversification, proportion and concentration approaches for the Fund’s investments in light of current market conditions, (ii) marketing issues with respect to the Fund’s investment policies and proposed investments, (iii) the allocation of the Fund’s assets among its various investment strategies and (iv) the overall marketing and positioning thesis for the Fund’s initial public offering (the “ Offering ”), the Company shall pay a fee to Morgan Stanley equal to $[ ] (the “ Fee ”). The Fee paid to Morgan Stanley shall not exceed [ ]% of the total price to the public of the Shares sold by the Fund in the Offering. In the event the Offering does not proceed, Morgan Stanley will not receive any fees under this Agreement; however, for the avoidance of doubt, accountable expenses actually incurred may be payable to Morgan Stanley pursuant to the terms of the principal underwriting agreement relating to the Offering (the “ Underwriting Agreement ”).

(b) The Company shall accept the invoice for the Fee from Morgan Stanley before the closing of the purchase and sale of the Shares pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement on [ ], 2013 (the “ Closing Date ”). The Company shall pay the Fee to Morgan Stanley by wire transfer to the order of Morgan Stanley on or before the Closing Date. The Company acknowledges that the Fee is in addition to any compensation Morgan Stanley earns in connection with its role as an underwriter to the Fund in the Offering, which services are distinct from and in addition to the marketing and structuring services described above.

2. Term . This Agreement shall terminate upon payment of the entire amount of the Fee, as specified in Section 1 hereof or upon the termination of the Underwriting Agreement without the Shares having been delivered and paid for, except as provided in Section 3.

3. Indemnification . The Company agrees to the indemnification and other agreements set forth in the Indemnification Agreement attached hereto, the provisions of which are incorporated herein by reference and shall survive the termination, expiration or supersession of this Agreement.


4. Not an Investment Advisor . The Company acknowledges that Morgan Stanley is not providing any advice hereunder as to the value of securities or regarding the advisability of purchasing or selling any securities for the Fund’s portfolio. No provision of this Agreement shall be considered as creating, nor shall any provision create, any obligation on the part of Morgan Stanley, and Morgan Stanley is not agreeing hereby, to: (i) furnish any advice or make any recommendations regarding the purchase or sale of portfolio securities; or (ii) render any opinions, valuations or recommendations of any kind or to perform any such similar services. The Company’s engagement of Morgan Stanley is not intended to confer rights upon any person (including the Fund or any shareholders, employees or creditors of the Company or the Fund) not a party hereto as against Morgan Stanley or its affiliates, or their respective directors, officers, employees or agents, successors, or assigns.

5. Not Exclusive . Nothing herein shall be construed as prohibiting Morgan Stanley or its affiliates from acting as an underwriter or financial advisor or in any other capacity for any other persons (including other registered investment companies or other investment managers). Neither this Agreement nor the performance of the services contemplated hereunder shall be considered to constitute a partnership, association or joint venture between Morgan Stanley and the Company. In addition, nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to constitute Morgan Stanley as the agent or employee of the Company or the Company as the agent or employee of Morgan Stanley, and neither party shall make any representation to the contrary. It is understood that Morgan Stanley is engaged hereunder solely to provide the services described above to the Company and that Morgan Stanley is not acting as an agent or fiduciary of, and Morgan Stanley shall not have any duties or liability to, the current or future partners, members or equity owners of the Company or any other third party in connection with its engagement hereunder, all of which are hereby expressly waived to the extent the Company has the authority to waive such duties and liabilities.

6. Assignment . This Agreement may not be assigned by either party without prior written consent of the other party.

7. Amendment; Waiver . No provision of this Agreement may be amended or waived except by an instrument in writing signed by the parties hereto.

8. Governing Law; Consent to Jurisdiction; WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . This Agreement and any claim, counterclaim, dispute or proceeding of any kind or nature whatsoever arising out of or in any way relating to this Agreement (“ Claim ”), directly or indirectly, shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of New York. No Claim may be commenced, prosecuted or continued in any court other than the courts of the State of New York located in the City and County of New York or in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York (and of the appropriate appellate courts therefrom), which courts shall have exclusive jurisdiction over the adjudication of such matters except as provided below. Each of the parties hereby irrevocably consents to the jurisdiction of such courts (and of the appropriate appellate courts therefrom) in any such Claim and irrevocably waives, to

 

2


the fullest extent permitted by law, any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the laying of the venue of any such Claim in any such court or that any such Claim brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum. Process in any such Claim may be served on any party anywhere in the world, whether within or without the jurisdiction of any such court. Without limiting the foregoing, each party agrees that service of process on such party as provided in Section 10 shall be deemed effective service of process on such party. EACH OF MORGAN STANLEY AND THE COMPANY WAIVES ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY PROCEEDING OR CLAIM (WHETHER BASED UPON CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE) ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT. EACH OF MORGAN STANLEY AND THE COMPANY AGREES THAT A FINAL JUDGMENT IN ANY PROCEEDING OR CLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT BROUGHT IN ANY SUCH COURT SHALL BE CONCLUSIVE AND BINDING UPON MORGAN STANLEY AND THE COMPANY, AS THE CASE MAY BE, AND MAY BE ENFORCED IN ANY OTHER COURTS TO THE JURISDICTION OF WHICH MORGAN STANLEY OR THE COMPANY ARE OR MAY BE SUBJECT, BY SUIT UPON SUCH JUDGMENT.

9. Entire Agreement . This Agreement (including the attached Indemnification Agreement) embodies the entire agreement and understanding between the parties hereto and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings relating to the subject matter hereof. If any provision of this Agreement is determined to be invalid or unenforceable in any respect, such determination will not affect such provision in any other respect or any other provision of this Agreement, which will remain in full force and effect.

10. Notices . All notices required or permitted to be sent under this Agreement shall be sent, if to the Company:

Pacific Investment Management Company LLC

840 Newport Center Drive, Suite 100

Newport Beach, CA 92660

Attention: General Counsel

or if to Morgan Stanley:

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

1585 Broadway

New York, New York 10036

Attention: General Counsel

or such other name or address as may be given in writing to the other parties. Any notice shall be deemed to be given or received on the third day after deposit by certified U.S. mail, postage prepaid, or when actually received, whether by hand, express delivery service or facsimile transmission, whichever is earlier.

 

3


11. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, and all of which, when taken together, shall constitute one agreement. Delivery of an executed signature page of this Agreement by facsimile transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof.

[Remainder of this page intentionally left blank]

 

4


This Agreement shall be effective as of the date first written above.

 

Very truly yours,

PACIFIC INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT COMPANY LLC

By:  

 

  Name:  
  Title:  

Accepted and agreed to as of the date first above written:

 

MORGAN STANLEY & CO. LLC
By:  

 

  Name: Sue Portelli
  Title:   Executive Director

 

5


INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

[ ], 2013

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

1585 Broadway

New York, New York 10036

Ladies and Gentlemen:

In connection with the engagement of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC (“ Morgan Stanley ”) to advise and assist the undersigned (together with its affiliates and subsidiaries, referred to as the “ Company ”) with the matters set forth in the Structuring Fee Agreement dated [ ], 2013, between the Company and Morgan Stanley (the “ Structuring Fee Agreement ”), in the event that Morgan Stanley becomes involved in any capacity in any claim, suit, action, proceeding, investigation or inquiry (including, without limitation, any shareholder or derivative action or arbitration proceeding) with respect to the services performed pursuant to and in accordance with the Structuring Fee Agreement, including, without limitation, related services and activities prior to the date of the Structuring Fee Agreement, the Company has agreed to indemnify and hold harmless Morgan Stanley and Morgan Stanley’s affiliates and their respective officers, directors, employees and agents and each other person, if any, controlling Morgan Stanley or any of Morgan Stanley’s affiliates (Morgan Stanley and each such other person being an “ Indemnified Person ”) from and against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities related to, arising out of or in connection with the activities (the “ Activities ”) performed by any Indemnified Person in connection with, or arising out of, or based upon, the Structuring Fee Agreement and/or any action taken by any Indemnified Person in connection therewith (including, without limitation, Activities in the form of a presentation given by the Company and an Indemnified Person relating to the common shares, par value $0.00001 per share (the “ Shares ”) of the PIMCO Dynamic Credit Income Fund (the “ Fund ”)), and will reimburse each Indemnified Person for all reasonable expenses (including fees and expenses of counsel) as they are incurred in connection with investigating, preparing, pursuing or defending any claim, suit, action, proceeding, investigation or inquiry related to, arising out of or in connection with the Activities, whether pending or threatened and whether or not any Indemnified Person is a party. The Company will not, however, be responsible for any losses, claims, damages, liabilities (or expenses relating thereto) that are finally judicially determined to have resulted from the gross negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith of any Indemnified Person. The Company also agrees that no Indemnified Person shall have any liability (whether direct or indirect, in contract or tort or otherwise) to the Company for or in connection with the Activities, except for any such liability for losses, claims, damages or liabilities incurred by the Company that are finally judicially determined to have resulted from the gross negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith of such Indemnified Person.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall the Company be responsible for any losses, claims, damages or liabilities to any Indemnified Person arising from any such claim, suit, action, proceeding, investigation or inquiry in excess of the gross proceeds received by the Fund from the initial public offering of the Shares of the Fund (the “ Offering ”); provided, however,

 


that the Company shall, as set forth above, indemnify and be responsible for, regardless of the gross proceeds received by the Fund from the Offering, all expenses (including fees and expenses of counsel) incurred in connection with investigating, preparing, pursuing or defending any claim, suit, action, proceeding, investigation or inquiry related to, arising out of or in connection with the Activities, whether pending or threatened and whether or not any Indemnified Person is a party, as set forth above.

The Company will not, without Morgan Stanley’s prior written consent, settle, compromise, consent to the entry of any judgment in or otherwise seek to terminate any claim, suit, action, proceeding, investigation or inquiry in respect of which indemnification may be sought hereunder (whether or not any Indemnified Person is a party thereto) unless such settlement, compromise, consent or termination includes a release of each Indemnified Person from any liabilities arising out of such claim, suit, action, proceeding, investigation or inquiry. No Indemnified Person seeking indemnification, reimbursement or contribution under this agreement (the “ Indemnification Agreement ”) will, without the Company’s prior written consent, settle, compromise, consent to the entry of any judgment in or otherwise seek to terminate any claim, suit, action, proceeding, investigation or inquiry referred to in the preceding paragraphs.

If such indemnification were not to be available for any reason, the Company agrees to contribute to the losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses involved (i) in the proportion appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received or sought to be received by the Company (including the net proceeds from the Shares sold by Morgan Stanley in the Offering before deducting expenses) and its partners and affiliates and other constituencies, on the one hand, and Morgan Stanley, on the other hand, in the matters contemplated by the Structuring Fee Agreement or (ii) if (but only if and to the extent) the allocation provided for in clause (i) is for any reason held unenforceable, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) but also the relative fault of the Company and its partners and affiliates and other constituencies, on the one hand, and the party entitled to contribution, on the other hand, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The Company agrees that for the purposes of this paragraph the relative benefits received, or sought to be received, by the Company and its partners and affiliates, on the one hand, and the party entitled to contribution, on the other hand, of a transaction as contemplated shall be deemed to be in the same proportion that the total value received by or paid to or contemplated to be received by or paid to the Company or its partners or affiliates and other constituencies, as the case may be, as a result of or in connection with the transaction (whether or not consummated) for which Morgan Stanley has been retained to perform financial services bears to the fees paid to Morgan Stanley under the Structuring Fee Agreement; provided that in no event shall the Company contribute less than the amount necessary to assure that Morgan Stanley is not liable for losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses in excess of the amount of fees actually received by Morgan Stanley pursuant to the Structuring Fee Agreement. Relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any alleged untrue statement or omission or any other alleged conduct relates to information provided by the Company or other conduct by the Company (or its employees or other agents (not including for these purposes any Indemnified Person)), on the

 

2


one hand, or by Morgan Stanley, on the other hand. Notwithstanding the provisions of this paragraph, an Indemnified Person shall not be entitled to contribution from the Company if it is determined that such Indemnified Person was guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended) and the Company was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation or that any losses, claims, damages, liabilities (or expenses relating thereto) are determined to have resulted from the gross negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith of any Indemnified Person.

This Indemnification Agreement, together with the Structuring Fee Agreement, any contemporaneous written agreements and any prior written agreements (to the extent not superseded by this agreement) that relate to the Offering of the Shares, represents the entire agreement between the Company and the Indemnified Parties with respect to the marketing and structuring fee paid to Morgan Stanley under the Structuring Fee Agreement.

The Company acknowledges that in connection with the Offering of the Shares: (i) Morgan Stanley has acted at arms length, is not an agent of, and owes no fiduciary duties to, the Company, the Fund or any person affiliated with the Fund or the Company, (ii) Morgan Stanley owes the Company only those duties and obligations set forth in this Indemnification Agreement and (iii) Morgan Stanley may have interests that differ from those of the Company. The Company waives to the full extent permitted by applicable law any claims any of the Company, the Fund or any person affiliated with the Fund or the Company may have against Morgan Stanley arising from an alleged breach of fiduciary duty in connection with the offering of the Shares.

The provisions of this Indemnification Agreement shall apply to the Activities and any modification thereof and shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any termination or the completion of Morgan Stanley’s services under the Structuring Fee Agreement.

This Indemnification Agreement may not be assigned by either party without prior written consent of the other party. No provision of this Indemnification Agreement may be amended or waived except by an instrument in writing signed by the parties hereto. This Indemnification Agreement and any claim, counterclaim, dispute or proceeding of any kind or nature whatsoever arising out of or in any way relating to this Indemnification Agreement (“ Claim ”), directly or indirectly, shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of New York. No Claim may be commenced, prosecuted or continued in any court other than the courts of the State of New York located in the City and County of New York or in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York (and of the appropriate appellate courts therefrom), which courts shall have exclusive jurisdiction over the adjudication of such matters except as provided below. Each of the parties hereby irrevocably consents to the jurisdiction of such courts (and of the appropriate appellate courts therefrom) in any such Claim and irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the laying of the venue of any such Claim in any such court or that any such Claim brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.

 

3


Process in any such Claim may be served on any party anywhere in the world, whether within or without the jurisdiction of any such court. Without limiting the foregoing, each party agrees that service of process on such party as provided in Section 10 of the Structuring Fee Agreement shall be deemed effective service of process on such party. EACH OF MORGAN STANLEY AND THE COMPANY WAIVES ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY PROCEEDING OR CLAIM (WHETHER BASED UPON CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE) ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT. EACH OF MORGAN STANLEY AND THE COMPANY AGREES THAT A FINAL JUDGMENT IN ANY PROCEEDING OR CLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT BROUGHT IN ANY SUCH COURT SHALL BE CONCLUSIVE AND BINDING UPON MORGAN STANLEY AND THE COMPANY, AS THE CASE MAY BE, AND MAY BE ENFORCED IN ANY OTHER COURTS TO THE JURISDICTION OF WHICH MORGAN STANLEY OR THE COMPANY ARE OR MAY BE SUBJECT, BY SUIT UPON SUCH JUDGMENT. This Indemnification Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, and all of which, when taken together, shall constitute one agreement. Delivery of an executed signature page of this Indemnification Agreement by facsimile transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof.

 

4


Very truly yours,

PACIFIC INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT COMPANY LLC

By:  

 

  Name:  
  Title:  

Accepted and agreed to as of the date first above written:

 

MORGAN STANLEY & CO. LLC
By:  

 

  Name: Sue Portelli
  Title:   Executive Director

 

5

STRUCTURING FEE AGREEMENT

[ ], 2013

Wells Fargo Securities, LLC

375 Park Avenue

New York, NY 10152

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Reference is made to the Underwriting Agreement dated [ ], 2013 (the “ Underwriting Agreement ”), by and among PIMCO Dynamic Credit Income Fund (the “ Fund ”), Allianz Global Investors Fund Management LLC (the “ Investment Manager ”) and each of the Underwriters named therein (the “Underwriters”), severally, with respect to the issue and sale of the Fund’s common shares, par value $0.00001 (the “ Shares ”), as described therein (the “ Offering ”). Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings given to them in the Underwriting Agreement.

 

  1. Fee .

In consideration of your services assisting Pacific Investment Management Company LLC (the “Sub-Adviser”) and its affiliates with respect to the structure and design of the Fund and the organization of the Fund as well as services related to the sale and distribution of the Fund’s Shares, the Sub-Adviser shall pay a fee to you in the aggregate amount of $[ ] (the “ Fee ”). The Fee shall be paid on or before the Firm Shares Closing Time (as defined in the Underwriting Agreement). The Fee shall be paid by wire transfer to the order of Wells Fargo Securities, LLC. In the event the Offering does not proceed, you will not receive any fees under this Agreement; however, for the avoidance of doubt, accountable expenses actually incurred may be payable to you pursuant to the terms of the Underwriting Agreement.

 

  2. Term .

This Agreement shall terminate upon the payment of the entire amount of the Fee, as specified in Section 1 hereof, or upon the termination of the Underwriting Agreement without the Shares having been delivered and paid for, except as provided in Section 3.

 

  3. Indemnification .

The Sub-Adviser agrees to the indemnification and other agreements set forth in the Indemnification Agreement attached hereto, the provisions of which are incorporated herein by reference and shall survive the termination, expiration or supersession of this Agreement.

 

  4. Not an Adviser; No Fiduciary Duty .

The Sub-Adviser acknowledges that you are not providing any advice hereunder as to the value of securities or regarding the advisability of purchasing or selling any securities for the


Fund’s portfolio. No provision of this Agreement shall be considered as creating, nor shall any provision create, any obligation on the part of you, and you are not agreeing hereby, to: (i) furnish any advice or make any recommendations regarding the purchase or sale of portfolio securities; or (ii) render any opinions, valuations or recommendations of any kind or to perform any such similar services. The Sub-Adviser hereby acknowledges that your engagement under this Agreement is as an independent contractor and not in any other capacity, including as a fiduciary. Furthermore, the Sub-Adviser agrees that it is solely responsible for making its own judgment in connection with the matters covered by this Agreement (irrespective of whether you have advised or are currently advising the Sub-Adviser on related or other matters).

 

  5. Not Exclusive .

Nothing herein shall be construed as prohibiting you or your affiliates from acting as an underwriter or financial adviser or in any other capacity for any other persons (including other registered investment companies or other investment advisers).

 

  6. Assignment .

This Agreement may not be assigned by either party without prior written consent of the other party.

 

  7. Amendment; Waiver .

No provision of this Agreement may be amended or waived except by an instrument in writing signed by the parties hereto.

 

  8. Governing Law .

This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

 

  9. Counterparts .

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, and all of which, when taken together, shall constitute one agreement. Delivery of an executed signature page of this Agreement by facsimile transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof.

 

2


This Agreement shall be effective as of the date first written above.

 

PACIFIC INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT COMPANYLLC

By:  

 

  Name:  
  Title:  

Agreed and Accepted:

 

WELLS FARGO SECURITIES, LLC
By:  

 

  Name:   Jerry Raio
  Title:   Managing Director

[Structuring Fee Agreement]


Indemnification Agreement

[ ], 2013

Wells Fargo Securities, LLC

375 Park Avenue

New York, NY 10152

Ladies and Gentlemen:

In connection with the engagement of Wells Fargo Securities, LLC (the “ Bank ”) to assist the undersigned, Pacific Investment Management Company LLC, together with its affiliates and subsidiaries (the “ Company ”) with respect to the matters set forth in the Structuring Fee Agreement dated [ ], 2013 between the Company and the Bank (the “ Agreement ”), in the event that the Bank, any of its affiliates, each other person, if any, controlling the Bank or any of its affiliates, their respective officers, current and former directors, employees and agents, or the successors or assigns of any of the foregoing persons (the Bank and each such other person or entity being referred to as an “ Indemnified Party ”) becomes involved in any capacity in any claim, suit, action, proceeding, litigation, investigation or inquiry (including, without limitation, any shareholder or derivative action or arbitration proceeding) (collectively, a “ Proceeding ”) with respect to the services performed pursuant to and in accordance with the Agreement, the Company agrees to indemnify, defend and hold each Indemnified Party harmless to the fullest extent permitted by law, from and against any losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses, including the fees and expenses of counsel to the Indemnified Parties, reasonably incurred, with respect to the services performed pursuant to and in accordance with the Agreement, except to the extent that it shall be determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a judgment that has become final in that it is no longer subject to appeal or other review, that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses resulted primarily from the gross negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith of such Indemnified Party. In addition, in the event that an Indemnified Party becomes involved in any capacity in any Proceeding with respect to the services performed pursuant to and in accordance with the Agreement, the Company will reimburse such Indemnified Party for its legal and other expenses (including the cost of any investigation and preparation) as such expenses are reasonably incurred by such Indemnified Party in connection therewith. Promptly as reasonably practicable after receipt by an Indemnified Party of notice of the commencement of any Proceeding, such Indemnified Party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made under this paragraph, notify the Company in writing of the commencement thereof; but the failure so to notify the Company (i) will not relieve the Company from liability under this paragraph to the extent it is not materially prejudiced as a result thereof and (ii) in any event shall not relieve the Company from any liability which it may have otherwise than on account of this Indemnification Agreement. Counsel to the Indemnified Parties shall be selected by the Bank. An indemnifying party may participate at its own expense in the defense of any such action; provided , however, that counsel to the indemnifying party shall not (except with the consent of the Indemnified Parties) also be counsel to the Indemnified Party. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the Indemnified Parties, settle or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any Proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever in respect of which indemnification or contribution could be sought hereunder (whether or not the Indemnified Parties are actual or


potential parties thereto), unless such settlement, compromise or consent (i) includes an unconditional release of each Indemnified Party from all liability arising out of such Proceeding and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any Indemnified Party.

If such indemnification were not to be available for any reason, the Company agrees to contribute to the losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses involved (i) in the proportion appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received or sought to be received by the Company and its stockholders and affiliates, on the one hand, and the Indemnified Parties, on the other hand, in the matters contemplated by the Agreement or (ii) if (but only if and to the extent) the allocation provided for in clause (i) is for any reason held unenforceable, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) but also the relative fault of the Company and its stockholders and affiliates, on the one hand, and the party entitled to contribution, on the other hand, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The Company agrees that for the purposes of this paragraph the relative benefits received, or sought to be received, by the Company and its stockholders and affiliates, on the one hand, and the party entitled to contribution, on the other hand, of a transaction as contemplated shall be deemed to be in the same proportion that the total value received or paid or contemplated to be received or paid by the Company or its stockholders or affiliates, as the case may be, as a result of or in connection with the transaction (whether or not consummated) for which the Bank has been retained to perform services bears to the fees paid to the Bank under the Agreement; provided , that in no event shall the Company contribute less than the amount necessary to assure that the Indemnified Parties are not liable for losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses in excess of the amount of fees actually received by the Bank pursuant to the Agreement. Relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any alleged untrue statement or omission or any other alleged conduct relates to information provided by the Company or other conduct by the Company (or its employees or other agents (not including for these purposes any Indemnified Party)), on the one hand, or by the Bank, on the other hand. Notwithstanding the provisions of this paragraph, an Indemnified Party shall not be entitled to contribution from the Company if it is determined that such Indemnified Party was guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended) and the Company was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The Company will not settle any Proceeding in respect of which indemnity may be sought hereunder, whether or not an Indemnified Party is an actual or potential party to such Proceeding, without the Bank’s prior written consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld). The foregoing indemnity and contribution agreement shall be in addition to any rights that any Indemnified Party may have at common law or otherwise.

The Company agrees that no Indemnified Party shall have any liability to the Company or any person asserting claims on behalf of or in right of the Company with respect to the services performed pursuant to and in accordance with the Agreement, except to the extent that it shall be determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a judgment that has become final in that it is no longer subject to appeal or other review that any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses incurred by the Company resulted primarily from the gross negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith of such Indemnified Party.

 

5


THIS INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT AND ANY CLAIM, COUNTERCLAIM OR DISPUTE OF ANY KIND OR NATURE WHATSOEVER WITH RESPECT TO THE SERVICES PERFORMED PURSUANT TO AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE AGREEMENT (“ CLAIM ”), DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. EXCEPT AS SET FORTH BELOW, NO CLAIM MAY BE COMMENCED, PROSECUTED OR CONTINUED IN ANY COURT OTHER THAN THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK LOCATED IN THE CITY AND COUNTY OF NEW YORK OR IN THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK, WHICH COURTS SHALL HAVE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OVER THE ADJUDICATION OF SUCH MATTERS, AND THE COMPANY AND THE INDEMNIFIED PARTIES CONSENT TO THE JURISDICTION OF SUCH COURTS AND PERSONAL SERVICE WITH RESPECT THERETO. THE COMPANY HEREBY CONSENTS TO PERSONAL JURISDICTION, SERVICE AND VENUE IN ANY COURT IN WHICH ANY CLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT IS BROUGHT BY ANY THIRD PARTY AGAINST THE BANK OR ANY INDEMNIFIED PARTY. EACH INDEMNIFIED PARTY AND THE COMPANY WAIVES ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY PROCEEDING OR CLAIM (WHETHER BASED UPON CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE) ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT. THE COMPANY AGREES THAT A FINAL JUDGMENT IN ANY PROCEEDING OR CLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT BROUGHT IN ANY SUCH COURT SHALL BE CONCLUSIVE AND BINDING UPON THE COMPANY AND MAY BE ENFORCED IN ANY OTHER COURTS TO THE JURISDICTION OF WHICH THE COMPANY IS OR MAY BE SUBJECT, BY SUIT UPON SUCH JUDGMENT.

 

6


The foregoing Indemnification Agreement shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any termination of the Bank’s engagement under the Agreement. This Indemnification Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same agreement.

 

Very truly yours,
PACIFIC INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT COMPANY LLC
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

Agreed and Accepted:

 

WELLS FARGO SECURITIES, LLC
By:  

 

  Name:   Jerry Raio
  Title:   Managing Director

[Indemnification Agreement]

 

STRUCTURING FEE AGREEMENT

Barclays Capital Inc.

200 Park Avenue

New York, New York 10166

STRUCTURING FEE AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”), dated as of [•], 2013, between Barclays Capital Inc. (“Barclays”) and Pacific Investment Management Company LLC (the “Sub-Adviser”).

WHEREAS, PIMCO Dynamic Credit Income Fund (the “Fund”) is a newly organized, non-diversified, closed-end management investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”), and its common shares, par value $0.00001 per share (the “Common Shares”) are registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended;

WHEREAS, the Fund and Allianz Global Investors Fund Management LLC, the adviser to the Fund, have entered into an underwriting agreement (the “Underwriting Agreement”), dated [•], 2013 with Barclays and the other underwriters named therein (the “Underwriters”);

WHEREAS, Pacific Investment Management Company LLC is the investment sub-adviser of the Fund;

WHEREAS, Barclays is acting as one of the underwriters in an offering of the Fund’s Common Shares; and

WHEREAS, the Sub-Adviser desires to provide additional compensation to Barclays for providing the advice and services described below;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual terms and conditions set forth below, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1. In consideration of Barclays’s services providing advice relating to the sale and distribution of the Fund’s Common Shares, including without limitation, idea generation and assessment of the investment opportunity and advice related to positioning, marketing and distribution strategy, the Sub-Adviser shall pay Barclays a fee in the aggregate amount of $[•] (the “Fee”). The Fee shall be paid on or before the Firm Shares Closing Time (as defined in the Underwriting Agreement), or as otherwise agreed to by the parties. In the event the offering does not proceed, Barclays will not receive any fees under this Agreement; however, for the avoidance of doubt, accountable expenses actually incurred may be payable to Barclays pursuant to the terms of the Underwriting Agreement.

 

2. The Sub-Adviser acknowledges that Barclays did not provide and is not providing any advice hereunder as to the value of securities or regarding the advisability of purchasing or selling any securities for the Fund’s portfolio. No provision of this Agreement shall be considered as creating, nor shall any provision create, any obligation on the part of Barclays, and Barclays is not hereby agreeing, to: (i) furnish any advice or make any recommendations regarding the purchase or sale of portfolio securities or (ii) render any opinions, valuations or recommendations of any kind or to perform any such similar services in connection with the transactions contemplated herein.

 

3. Nothing herein shall be construed as prohibiting Barclays or its affiliates from providing similar or other services to any other clients (including other registered investment companies or other investment advisers).


4. Except as otherwise set forth herein, this Agreement shall terminate upon the payment of the entire amount of the Fee, as specified in Section 1 hereof, or upon the termination of the Underwriting Agreement without the Common Shares having been delivered and paid for.

 

5. The Sub-Adviser has furnished Barclays with such information as Barclays believes appropriate to its assignment hereunder (all such information so furnished being the “Information”). The Sub-Adviser recognizes and confirms that Barclays (a) has used and relied primarily on the Information and on information available from generally recognized public sources in performing the services contemplated by this Agreement without having independently verified the same and (b) does not assume responsibility for the accuracy or completeness of the Information and such other information.

 

6. It is understood that Barclays is being engaged hereunder solely to provide the services described above to the Sub-Adviser and that Barclays is not acting as an agent or fiduciary of, and shall have no duties or liability to the current or future shareholders of the Fund or any other third party in connection with its engagement hereunder, all of which are hereby expressly waived.

 

7. The Sub-Adviser agrees that Barclays shall have no liability to the Sub-Adviser or the Fund for any act or omission to act by Barclays in the course of its performance under this Agreement, in the absence of gross negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith on the part of Barclays. The Sub-Adviser agrees to the terms set forth in the Indemnification Agreement attached hereto, the provisions of which are incorporated herein by reference and shall survive the termination, expiration or supersession of this Agreement.

 

8. This Agreement and any claim, counterclaim or dispute of any kind or nature whatsoever arising out of or in any way relating to this Agreement (“Claim”) shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

 

9. No Claim may be commenced, prosecuted or continued in any court other than the courts of the State of New York located in the City and County of New York or in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York, which courts shall have exclusive jurisdiction over the adjudication of such matters, and the Sub-Adviser and Barclays consent to the jurisdiction of such courts and personal service with respect thereto. Each of Barclays and the Sub-Adviser waives all right to trial by jury in any proceeding (whether based upon contract, tort or otherwise) in any way arising out of or relating to this Agreement. The Sub-Adviser agrees that a final judgment in any proceeding or counterclaim brought in any such court shall be conclusive and binding upon the Sub-Adviser and may be enforced in any other courts to the jurisdiction of which the Sub-Adviser is or may be subject, by suit upon such judgment.

 

10. This Agreement may not be assigned by either party without the prior written consent of the other party.

 

11. This Agreement (including the attached Indemnification Agreement) embodies the entire agreement and understanding between the parties hereto and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings relating to the subject matter hereof. If any provision of this Agreement is determined to be invalid or unenforceable in any respect, such determination will not affect such provision in any other respect or any other provision of this Agreement, which will remain in full force and effect. This Agreement may not be amended or otherwise modified or waived except by an instrument in writing signed by both Barclays and the Sub-Adviser.


12. All notices required or permitted to be sent under this Agreement shall be sent, if to the Sub-Adviser:

Pacific Investment Management Company LLC

840 Newport Center Drive, Suite 100

Newport Beach, CA 92660

Attention: General Counsel

or if to Barclays:

Barclays Capital Inc.

200 Park Avenue

New York, New York 10166

Attention: Paul Mottola

or such other name or address as may be given in writing to the other parties. Any notice shall be deemed to be given or received on the third day after deposit in the U.S. mail with certified postage prepaid or when actually received, whether by hand, express delivery service or facsimile electronic transmission, whichever is earlier.

 

13. This Agreement may be executed in separate counterparts, each of which is deemed to be an original and all of which taken together constitute one and the same agreement.

[ signatures on following page ]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Structuring Fee Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

PACIFIC INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT COMPANY LLC
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

 

BARCLAYS CAPITAL INC.
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  


Indemnification Agreement

[ ], 2013

Barclays Capital Inc.

200 Park Avenue

New York, New York 10166

Ladies and Gentlemen:

In connection with the engagement of Barclays Capital Inc. (“Barclays”) to advise and assist the undersigned (together with its affiliates and subsidiaries, referred to as the “Company”) with the matters set forth in the Structuring Fee Agreement dated [ ], 2013 between the Company and Barclays (the “Agreement”), in the event that Barclays becomes involved in any capacity in any claim, suit, action, proceeding, investigation or inquiry (including, without limitation, any shareholder or derivative action or arbitration proceeding) (collectively, a “Proceeding”) in connection with any matter in any way relating to or referred to in the Agreement or arising out of the matters contemplated by the Agreement, including without limitation, related services and activities prior to the date of the Agreement, the Company agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Barclays harmless to the fullest extent permitted by law, from and against any losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses in connection with any matter in any way relating to or referred to in the Agreement or arising out of the matters contemplated by the Agreement, including, without limitation, related services and activities prior to the date of the Agreement, except to the extent that it shall be determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a judgment that has become final in that it is no longer subject to appeal or other review, that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses resulted solely from the gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct of Barclays. In addition, in the event that Barclays becomes involved in any capacity in any Proceeding in connection with any matter in any way relating to or referred to in the Agreement or arising out of the matters contemplated by the Agreement, including, without limitation, related services and activities prior to the date of the Agreement, the Company will reimburse Barclays for all expenses (including fees and expenses of counsel) as such expenses are reasonably incurred by Barclays in connection therewith. Promptly as reasonably practicable after receipt by Barclays of notice of the commencement of any Proceeding, Barclays will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made under this paragraph, notify the Company in writing of the commencement thereof; but the failure to so notify the Company (i) will not relieve the Company from liability under this paragraph to the extent it is not materially prejudiced as a result thereof and (ii) in any event shall not relieve the Company from any liability which it may have otherwise than on account of this Indemnification Agreement. The Company shall be entitled to appoint counsel of the Company’s choice at the Company’s expense to represent Barclays in any Proceeding for which indemnification is sought (in which case the Company shall not thereafter be responsible for the fees and expenses of any separate counsel retained by Barclays or parties except as set forth below); provided , however , that such counsel shall be reasonably satisfactory to Barclays. Notwithstanding the Company’s election to appoint counsel to represent Barclays in a Proceeding, Barclays shall have the right to employ one separate counsel (including local counsel), and the Company shall bear the reasonable fees, costs and expenses of such separate counsel if (i) the use of counsel chosen by the Company to represent Barclays would present such counsel with a conflict of interest, (ii) the actual or potential defendants in, or targets of, any such Proceeding include both Barclays and the Company and Barclays shall have reasonably concluded that there may be legal defenses available to it and/or other indemnified parties which are different from or additional to those available to the Company, (iii) the Company shall not have employed counsel satisfactory to Barclays to represent Barclays within a reasonable time after notice of the institution of such Proceeding or (iv) the Company shall authorize Barclays to employ separate counsel at the expense of the Company. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of Barclays, settle or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any litigation, or any


investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever in respect of which indemnification or contribution could be sought hereunder (whether or not Barclays is an actual or potential party thereto), unless such settlement, compromise or consent (i) includes an unconditional release of Barclays from all liability arising out of such litigation, investigation or Proceeding and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of Barclays.

If such indemnification were not to be available for any reason, the Company agrees to contribute to the losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses involved (i) in the proportion appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received or sought to be received by the Company and its shareholders, members and affiliates and other constituencies, on the one hand, and Barclays, on the other hand, in the matters contemplated by the Agreement or (ii) if (but only if and to the extent) the allocation provided for in clause (i) is for any reason held unenforceable, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) but also the relative fault of the Company and its shareholders, members and affiliates and other constituencies, on the one hand, and Barclays, on the other hand, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. Notwithstanding the provisions of this paragraph, Barclays shall not be entitled to contribution from the Company if it is determined that Barclays was guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended) and the Company was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The Company agrees that for the purposes of this paragraph the relative benefits received, or sought to be received, by the Company and its shareholders, members and affiliates, on the one hand, and Barclays, on the other hand, of a transaction as contemplated shall be deemed to be in the same proportion that the total value received or paid or contemplated to be received or paid by the Company or its shareholders, members or affiliates and other constituencies, as the case may be, as a result of or in connection with the transaction (whether or not consummated) for which Barclays has been retained to perform services bears to the fees paid to Barclays under the Agreement; provided , that in no event shall the Company contribute less than the amount necessary to assure that Barclays is not liable for losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses in excess of the amount of fees actually received by Barclays pursuant to the Agreement. Relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any alleged untrue statement or omission or any other alleged conduct relates to information provided by the Company or other conduct by the Company (or its employees or other agents (not including for these purposes Barclays)), on the one hand, or by Barclays, on the other hand.

The Company will not settle any Proceeding in respect of which indemnity may be sought hereunder, whether or not Barclays is an actual or potential party to such Proceeding, without Barclays’ prior written consent. For purposes of this Indemnification Agreement, Barclays shall include Barclays Capital Inc., any of its affiliates, each other person, if any, controlling Barclays Capital Inc. or any of its affiliates, their respective officers, current and former officers, directors, employees and agents, and the successors and assigns of all of the foregoing persons. The foregoing indemnity and contribution agreement shall be in addition to any rights that any indemnified party may have at common law or otherwise.

The Company agrees that neither Barclays nor any of its affiliates, officers, directors, agents, employees or controlling persons shall have any liability to the Company or any person asserting claims on behalf of or in right of the Company in connection with or as a result of either Barclays’ engagement under the Agreement or any matter referred to in the Agreement, including, without limitation, related services and activities prior to the date of the Agreement, except to the extent that it shall be determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a judgment that has become final in that it is no longer subject to appeal or other review that any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses incurred by the Company resulted solely from the gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct of Barclays in performing the services that are the subject of the Agreement.


For clarification, the parties to this Indemnification Agreement agree that the term “affiliate” as used in the definition of “Company” herein does not include any registered investment company, except for the Fund, for which such Company or any of its affiliates serves as investment adviser.

THIS INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT AND ANY CLAIM, COUNTERCLAIM OR DISPUTE OF ANY KIND OR NATURE WHATSOEVER ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT (“CLAIM”), DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. EXCEPT AS SET FORTH BELOW, NO CLAIM MAY BE COMMENCED, PROSECUTED OR CONTINUED IN ANY COURT OTHER THAN THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK LOCATED IN THE CITY AND COUNTY OF NEW YORK OR IN THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK, WHICH COURTS SHALL HAVE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OVER THE ADJUDICATION OF SUCH MATTERS, AND THE COMPANY AND BARCLAYS CONSENT TO THE JURISDICTION OF SUCH COURTS AND PERSONAL SERVICE WITH RESPECT THERETO. THE COMPANY HEREBY CONSENTS TO PERSONAL JURISDICTION, SERVICE AND VENUE IN ANY COURT IN WHICH ANY CLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT IS BROUGHT BY ANY THIRD PARTY AGAINST BARCLAYS OR ANY INDEMNIFIED PARTY. EACH OF BARCLAYS AND THE COMPANY WAIVES ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY PROCEEDING OR CLAIM (WHETHER BASED UPON CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE) ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT. THE COMPANY AGREES THAT A FINAL JUDGMENT IN ANY PROCEEDING OR CLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT BROUGHT IN ANY SUCH COURT SHALL BE CONCLUSIVE AND BINDING UPON THE COMPANY AND MAY BE ENFORCED IN ANY OTHER COURTS TO THE JURISDICTION OF WHICH THE COMPANY IS OR MAY BE SUBJECT, BY SUIT UPON SUCH JUDGMENT.


The foregoing Indemnification Agreement shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any termination of the Agreement. This Indemnification Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same agreement.

 

Very truly yours,

PACIFIC INVESTMENT

MANAGEMENT COMPANY LLC

By:

 

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

Accepted and agreed to as of

the date first above written:

BARCLAYS CAPITAL INC.

By:

 

 

  Name:
  Title:

STRUCTURING FEE AGREEMENT

January [    ], 2013

RBC Capital Markets, LLC

Three World Financial Center, 8th Floor

200 Vesey Street,

New York, New York 10281-8098

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Reference is made to the Underwriting Agreement dated January [    ], 2013 (the “Underwriting Agreement”), by and among PIMCO Dynamic Credit Income Fund (the “Fund”), Allianz Global Investors Fund Management LLC, (the “Investment Manager”) and each of the Underwriters named in Schedule A thereto, with respect to the issue and sale of the Fund’s Common Shares (the “Offering”), as described therein. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings given to them in the Underwriting Agreement.

1. Fee. In consideration of your services in offering advice relating to the structure, design and organization of the Fund and the distribution of its common shares of beneficial interest, $0.00001 par value per share (the “Common Shares”), which may but need not necessarily include, views from an investor market and distribution perspective on (i) diversification, proportion and concentration approaches for the Fund’s investments in light of current market conditions, (ii) marketing issues with respect to the Fund’s investment policies and proposed investments, (iii) the allocation of the Fund’s assets among its various investment strategies and (iv) the overall marketing and positioning thesis for the offering of the Common Shares, which services may be completed by your affiliate in your sole discretion, Pacific Investment Management Company LLC (the “Company”) shall pay a fee to you in the aggregate amount of $ [        ] (the “Fee”). The Fee shall be paid on the closing of the purchase and sale of the Common Shares pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement on January [    ], 2013. The payment shall be made by wire transfer to the order of RBC Capital Markets, LLC. The Company acknowledges that the Fee is in addition to any compensation you earn in connection with your role as an underwriter to the Fund in the Offering, which services are distinct from and in addition to the marketing and structuring services described above. In the event the Offering does not proceed, you will not receive any fees under this Agreement; however, for the avoidance of doubt, accountable expenses actually incurred may be payable to you pursuant to the terms of the Underwriting Agreement.

2. Term. This Agreement shall terminate upon the payment of the entire amount of the Fee, as specified in Section 1 hereof, or upon the termination of the Underwriting Agreement without the Common Shares having been delivered and paid for, except as provided in Section 3.

3. Indemnification. The Company agrees to the indemnification and other agreements set forth in the Indemnification Agreement attached hereto, the provisions of which are

 


incorporated herein by reference and shall survive the termination, expiration or supersession of this Agreement.

4. Not an Investment Adviser; No Fiduciary Duty. The Company acknowledges that you are not providing any advice hereunder as to the value of securities or regarding the advisability of purchasing or selling any securities for the Fund’s portfolio. No provision of this Agreement shall be considered as creating, nor shall any provision create, any obligation on the part of you, and you are not agreeing hereby, to: (i) furnish any advice or make any recommendations regarding the purchase or sale of portfolio securities; or (ii) render any opinions, valuations or recommendations of any kind or to perform any such similar services. Neither this Agreement nor the performance of the services contemplated hereunder shall be considered to constitute a partnership, association or joint venture between you and the Company. In addition, nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to constitute you as the agent or employee of the Company or the Company as your agent or employee, and neither party shall make any representation to the contrary. It is understood that you are engaged hereunder as an independent contractor solely to provide the services described above to the Company and that you are not acting as an agent or fiduciary of, and you shall not have any duties or liability to, the current or future partners, members or equity owners of the Company or any other third party in connection with its engagement hereunder, all of which are hereby expressly waived to the extent the Company has the authority to waive such duties and liabilities. Furthermore, the Company agrees that it is solely responsible for making its own judgments in connection with the matters covered by this Agreement (irrespective of whether you have advised or are currently advising the Company on related or other matters).

5. Not Exclusive. Nothing herein shall be construed as prohibiting you or your affiliates from acting as an underwriter or financial adviser or in any other capacity for any other persons (including other registered investment companies or other investment managers).

6. Assignment. This Agreement may not be assigned by either party without prior written consent of the other party.

7. Amendment; Waiver. No provision of this Agreement may be amended or waived except by an instrument in writing signed by the parties hereto.

8. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

9. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, and all of which, when taken together, shall constitute one agreement. Delivery of an executed signature page of this Agreement by facsimile transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof.

[END OF TEXT]


This Agreement shall be effective as of the date first written above.

 

PACIFIC INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT COMPANY LLC
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

Agreed and Accepted:

RBC CAPITAL MARKETS, LLC

 

By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

[ Structuring Fee Agreement – Signature Page ]


Indemnification Agreement

January [    ], 2013

RBC Capital Markets, LLC

Three World Financial Center, 8th Floor

200 Vesey Street,

New York, New York 10281-8098

Ladies and Gentlemen:

In connection with the engagement of RBC Capital Markets, LLC (the “Bank”) to advise and assist the undersigned, Pacific Investment Management Company LLC (together with its affiliates, subsidiaries, successors and assigns, the “Company”), with respect to the matters set forth in the Structuring Fee Agreement dated January [    ], 2013 between the Company and the Bank (the “Agreement”), in the event that the Bank, any of its affiliates, each other person, if any, controlling the Bank or any of its affiliates, their respective officers, current or former directors, employees and agents or the successors or assigns of any of the foregoing persons (the Bank and each such other person or entity being referred to as an “Indemnified Party”) becomes involved in any capacity in any claim, suit, action, proceeding, investigation or inquiry (including, without limitation, any shareholder or derivative action or arbitration proceeding) (collectively, a “Proceeding”) in connection with any matter in any way relating to or referred to in the Agreement or arising out of the matters contemplated by the Agreement, including without limitation, related services and activities prior to the date of the Agreement, the Company agrees to indemnify, defend and hold each Indemnified Party harmless to the fullest extent permitted by law, from and against any losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses, including reasonably incurred fees and expenses of counsel to the Indemnified Parties, in connection with any matter in any way relating to or referred to in the Agreement or arising out of the matters contemplated by the Agreement, including without limitation, related services and activities prior to the date of the Agreement, except to the extent that it shall be determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a judgment that has become final in that it is no longer subject to appeal or other review, that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses resulted primarily from the bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnified Party. In addition, in the event that an Indemnified Party becomes involved in any capacity in any Proceeding in connection with any matter in any way relating to or referred to in the Agreement or arising out of the matters contemplated by the Agreement, including without limitation, related services and activities prior to the date of the Agreement, the Company will reimburse such Indemnified Party for legal and other expenses (including the cost of any investigation and preparation) as such expenses are reasonably incurred by such Indemnified Party in connection therewith; provided that in any Proceeding, the Company shall be entitled to select counsel, except that the Indemnified Party shall have the right to select and employ separate counsel (including local counsel), and the Company shall bear the fees, costs and expenses as incurred of such separate counsel (and local counsel) only if (i) the use of counsel chosen by the Company to represent the Indemnified Party would present such counsel with a conflict of interest, (ii) the actual or potential defendants in, or targets of, any such Proceeding include both the Indemnified Party


and the Company and the Indemnified Party shall have reasonably concluded that there may be legal defenses available to it and/or other Indemnified Parties which are different from or additional to those available to the Company, (iii) the Company shall not have employed counsel satisfactory to the Indemnified Party to represent the Indemnified Party within a reasonable time after notice of the institution of such Proceeding or (iv) the Company shall authorize the Indemnified Party to employ separate counsel at the expense of the Company. Promptly as reasonably practicable after receipt by an Indemnified Party of notice of the commencement of any Proceeding, such Indemnified Party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made under this paragraph, notify the Company in writing of the commencement thereof; but the failure so to notify the Company (i) will not relieve the Company from liability under this paragraph to the extent it is not materially prejudiced as a result thereof and (ii) in any event shall not relieve the Company from any liability which it may have otherwise than on account of this Indemnification Agreement. The Company may participate at its own expense in the defense of any such action; provided, however, that counsel to the Company shall not (except with the consent of the Indemnified Parties) also be counsel to the Indemnified Parties. The Company shall not, without the prior written consent of the Indemnified Parties, settle or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever in respect of which indemnification or contribution could be sought hereunder (whether or not the Indemnified Parties are actual or potential parties thereto), unless such settlement, compromise or consent (i) includes an unconditional release of each Indemnified Party from all liability arising out of such litigation, investigation, proceeding or claim and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any Indemnified Party. No Indemnified Party shall, without the prior written consent of the Company, settle or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever in respect of which indemnification or contribution could be sought hereunder when the Company is an actual named party thereto, unless such settlement, compromise or consent (i) includes an unconditional release of the Company from all liability arising out of such litigation, investigation, proceeding or claim and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of the Company.

If such indemnification were not to be available for any reason, the Company agrees to contribute to the losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses involved (i) in the proportion appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received or sought to be received by the Company and its stockholders and affiliates, on the one hand, and the Indemnified Parties, on the other hand, in the matters contemplated by the Agreement or (ii) if (but only if and to the extent) the allocation provided for in clause (i) is for any reason held unenforceable, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) but also the relative fault of the Company and its stockholders and affiliates, on the one hand, and the Indemnified Parties, on the other hand, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The Company agrees that for the purposes of this paragraph the relative benefits received, or sought to be received, by the Company and its stockholders and affiliates, on the one hand, and the Indemnified Parties, on the other hand, of a transaction as contemplated shall be deemed to be in the same proportion that the total value received by or paid to or contemplated to be received by or paid to the Company or its stockholders or affiliates, as the case may be, as a result of or in


connection with the transaction (whether or not consummated) for which the Bank has been retained to perform services bears to the fees paid to the Bank under the Agreement; provided, that in no event shall the Company contribute less than the amount necessary to assure that the Indemnified Parties are not liable for losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses in excess of the amount of fees actually received by the Bank pursuant to the Agreement. Relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any alleged untrue statement or omission or any other alleged conduct relates to information provided by the Company or other conduct by the Company (or its employees or other agents (not including for these purposes any Indemnified Party)), on the one hand, or by the Bank, on the other hand. Notwithstanding the provisions of this paragraph, an Indemnified Party shall not be entitled to contribution from the Company if it is determined that such Indemnified Party was guilty of or liable for fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended) and the Company was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The foregoing indemnity and contribution agreement shall be in addition to any rights that any Indemnified Party may have at common law or otherwise.

The Company agrees that no Indemnified Party shall have any liability to the Company or any person asserting claims on behalf of or in right of the Company with respect to the services performed pursuant to and in accordance with the Agreement, except to the extent that it shall be determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a judgment that has become final in that it is no longer subject to appeal or other review that any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses incurred by the Company resulted primarily from the bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Bank or any of its affiliates, directors, agents, employees or controlling persons in performing the services that are the subject of the Agreement.

THIS INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT AND ANY CLAIM, COUNTERCLAIM OR DISPUTE OF ANY KIND OR NATURE WHATSOEVER WITH RESPECT TO THE SERVICES PERFORMED PURSUANT TO AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE AGREEMENT (“CLAIM”), DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. EXCEPT AS SET FORTH BELOW, NO CLAIM MAY BE COMMENCED, PROSECUTED OR CONTINUED IN ANY COURT OTHER THAN THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK LOCATED IN THE CITY AND COUNTY OF NEW YORK OR IN THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK, WHICH COURTS SHALL HAVE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OVER THE ADJUDICATION OF SUCH MATTERS, AND THE COMPANY AND THE INDEMNIFIED PARTIES CONSENT TO THE JURISDICTION OF SUCH COURTS AND PERSONAL SERVICE WITH RESPECT THERETO. THE COMPANY HEREBY CONSENTS TO PERSONAL JURISDICTION, SERVICE AND VENUE IN ANY COURT IN WHICH ANY CLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT IS BROUGHT BY ANY THIRD PARTY AGAINST THE BANK OR ANY INDEMNIFIED PARTY. EACH INDEMNIFIED PARTY AND THE COMPANY WAIVES ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY PROCEEDING OR CLAIM (WHETHER BASED UPON CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE) ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT. THE COMPANY AGREES THAT A FINAL JUDGMENT IN ANY PROCEEDING OR CLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT BROUGHT IN ANY


SUCH COURT SHALL BE CONCLUSIVE AND BINDING UPON THE COMPANY AND MAY BE ENFORCED IN ANY OTHER COURTS TO THE JURISDICTION OF WHICH THE COMPANY IS OR MAY BE SUBJECT, BY SUIT UPON SUCH JUDGMENT.


The foregoing Indemnification Agreement shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any termination of the Bank’s engagement under the Agreement. This Indemnification Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same agreement.

 

Very truly yours,
PACIFIC INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT COMPANY LLC
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

Agreed and Accepted:

RBC CAPITAL MARKETS, LLC

 

By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

[ Indemnification Agreement – Signature Page ]

C USTODIAN A GREEMENT

This Agreement, dated as of December 5, 2012, is between PIMCO D YNAMIC C REDIT I NCOME F UND a business trust organized and existing under the laws of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts (the “ Fund ”), and S TATE S TREET B ANK and T RUST C OMPANY , a Massachusetts trust company (the “ Custodian ”).

W ITNESSETH : that in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements hereinafter contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

S ECTION  1. E MPLOYMENT OF C USTODIAN AND P ROPERTY TO BE H ELD BY I T .

The Fund hereby employs the Custodian as the custodian of its assets, including securities which the Fund desires to be held in places within the United States (“ domestic securities ”) and securities it desires to be held outside the United States (“ foreign securities ”). The Fund agrees to deliver to the Custodian all securities and cash owned by it, and all payments of income, payments of principal or capital distributions received by it with respect to all securities owned by it from time to time, and the cash consideration received by it for such new or treasury shares of beneficial interest of the Fund (“ Shares ”) as may be issued or sold from time to time. The Custodian shall not be responsible for any property of the Fund held or received by the Fund and not delivered to the Custodian. With respect to uncertificated shares (the “ Underlying Shares ”) of registered “investment companies” (as defined in Section 3(a)(1) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended from time to time (the “ 1940 Act ”)), whether in the same “group of investment companies” (as defined in Section 12(d)(1)(G)(ii) of the 1940 Act) or otherwise, including pursuant to Section 12(d)(1)(F) of the 1940 Act (hereinafter sometimes referred to as the “ Underlying Portfolios ”) the holding of confirmation statements that identify the shares as being recorded in the Custodian’s name on behalf of the Fund will be deemed custody for purposes hereof.

Upon receipt of “ Proper Instructions ” (as such term is defined in Section 6 hereof), the Custodian shall from time to time employ one or more sub-custodians located in the United States, but only in accordance with an applicable vote by the Board of Trustees of the Fund (the “ Board ”). The Custodian may employ as sub-custodian for the Fund’s foreign securities the foreign banking institutions and foreign securities depositories designated in Schedules A and B hereto, but only in accordance with the applicable provisions of Sections 3 and 4. The Custodian shall have no more or less responsibility or liability to the Fund on account of any actions or omissions of any sub-custodian so employed than any such sub-custodian has to the Custodian.

 

S ECTION  2. D UTIES OF THE C USTODIAN WITH R ESPECT TO P ROPERTY OF THE F UND H ELD B Y THE C USTODIAN IN THE U NITED S TATES .

S ECTION  2.1 H OLDING S ECURITIES . The Custodian shall hold and physically segregate for the account of the Fund all non-cash property, to be held by it in the United States, including all domestic securities owned by the Fund other than (a) securities which are maintained pursuant to Section 2.8 in a clearing agency which acts as a securities depository or in a book-entry system authorized by the U.S. Department of the Treasury (each, a “ U.S. Securities System ”) and (b) Underlying Shares owned by the Fund which are maintained pursuant to Section 2.13 hereof in an account with State Street Bank and Trust Company or such other entity which may from time to time

 

1


act as a transfer agent for the Underlying Portfolios and with respect to which the Custodian is provided with Proper Instructions (each, an “ Underlying Transfer Agent ”).

S ECTION  2.2 D ELIVERY OF S ECURITIES . The Custodian shall release and deliver domestic securities owned by the Fund held by the Custodian, in a U.S. Securities System account of the Custodian, or in an account at the Underlying Transfer Agent, only upon receipt of Proper Instructions, which may be continuing instructions when deemed appropriate by the parties, and only in the following cases:

 

  1) Upon sale of such securities for the account of the Fund and receipt of payment therefor;

 

  2) Upon the receipt of payment in connection with any repurchase agreement related to such securities entered into by the Fund;

 

  3) In the case of a sale effected through a U.S. Securities System, in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.8 hereof;

 

  4) To the depository agent in connection with tender or other similar offers for securities of the Fund;

 

  5) To the issuer thereof or its agent when such securities are called, redeemed, retired or otherwise become payable; provided that, in any such case, the cash or other consideration is to be delivered to the Custodian;

 

  6) To the issuer thereof, or its agent, for transfer into the name of the Fund or into the name of any nominee or nominees of the Custodian or into the name or nominee name of any agent appointed pursuant to Section 2.7 or into the name or nominee name of any sub-custodian appointed pursuant to Section 1; or for exchange for a different number of bonds, certificates or other evidence representing the same aggregate face amount or number of units; provided that, in any such case, the new securities are to be delivered to the Custodian;

 

  7) Upon the sale of such securities for the account of the Fund, to the broker or its clearing agent, against a receipt, for examination in accordance with “street delivery” custom; provided that in any such case, the Custodian shall have no responsibility or liability for any loss arising from the delivery of such securities prior to receiving payment for such securities except as may arise from the Custodian’s own negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct;

 

  8) For exchange or conversion pursuant to any plan of merger, consolidation, recapitalization, reorganization or readjustment of the securities of the issuer of such securities, or pursuant to provisions for conversion contained in such securities, or pursuant to any deposit agreement; provided that, in any such case, the new securities and cash, if any, are to be delivered to the Custodian;

 

2


  9) In the case of warrants, rights or similar securities, the surrender thereof in the exercise of such warrants, rights or similar securities or the surrender of interim receipts or temporary securities for definitive securities; provided that, in any such case, the new securities and cash, if any, are to be delivered to the Custodian;

 

  10) For delivery in connection with any loans of securities made by the Fund, but only against receipt of adequate collateral as agreed upon from time to time by the Custodian and the Fund, which may be in the form of cash or obligations issued by the United States government, its agencies or instrumentalities, except that in connection with any loans for which collateral is to be credited to the Custodian’s account in the book-entry system authorized by the U.S. Department of the Treasury, the Custodian will not be held liable or responsible for the delivery of securities owned by the Fund prior to the receipt of such collateral;

 

  11) For delivery as security in connection with any borrowing by the Fund requiring a pledge of assets by the Fund, but only against receipt of amounts borrowed;

 

  12) For delivery in accordance with the provisions of any agreement among the Fund, the Custodian and a broker-dealer registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “ Exchange Act ”) and a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“ FINRA ”, formerly known as The National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.), relating to compliance with the rules of The Options Clearing Corporation and of any registered national securities exchange, or of any similar organization or organizations, regarding escrow or other arrangements in connection with transactions by the Fund;

 

  13) For delivery in accordance with the provisions of any agreement among the Fund, the Custodian, and a futures commission merchant registered under the Commodity Exchange Act, relating to compliance with the rules of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“ CFTC ”) and/or any contract market, or any similar organization or organizations, regarding account deposits in connection with transactions by the Fund;

 

  14) Upon receipt of instructions from the transfer agent for the Fund (the “ Transfer Agent ”) for delivery to such Transfer Agent or to the holders of Shares in connection with distributions in kind, as may be described from time to time in the Fund’s currently effective prospectus and statement of additional information (the “ Prospectus ”), in satisfaction of requests by holders of Shares for repurchase or redemption;

 

  15) For delivery as initial or variation margin in connection with futures or options on futures contracts entered into by the Fund;

 

  16) In the case of a sale processed through the Underlying Transfer Agent of Underlying Shares, in accordance with Section 2.13 hereof; and

 

3


  17) For any other purpose, but only upon receipt of Proper Instructions specifying the securities of the Fund to be delivered and naming the person or persons to whom delivery of such securities shall be made.

S ECTION  2.3 R EGISTRATION OF S ECURITIES . Domestic securities held by the Custodian (other than bearer securities) shall be registered in the name of the Fund or in the name of any nominee of the Fund or of any nominee of the Custodian which nominee shall be assigned exclusively to the Fund, unless the Fund has authorized in writing the appointment of a nominee to be used in common with other registered investment companies having the same investment advisor as the Fund, or in the name or nominee name of any agent appointed pursuant to Section 2.7 or in the name or nominee name of any sub-custodian appointed pursuant to Section 1. All securities accepted by the Custodian on behalf of the Fund under the terms of this Agreement shall be in “street name” or other good delivery form. If, however, the Fund directs the Custodian to maintain securities in “street name”, the Custodian shall utilize its best efforts only to timely collect income due the Fund on such securities and to notify the Fund on a best efforts basis only of relevant corporate actions including, without limitation, pendency of calls, maturities, tender or exchange offers.

S ECTION  2.4 B ANK A CCOUNTS . The Custodian shall open and maintain a separate bank account or accounts in the United States in the name of the Fund, subject only to draft or order by the Custodian acting pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, and shall hold in such account or accounts, subject to the provisions hereof, all cash received by it from or for the account of the Fund, other than cash maintained by the Fund in a bank account established and used in accordance with Rule 17f-3 under the 1940 Act. Monies held by the Custodian for the Fund may be deposited by it to its credit as Custodian in the banking department of the Custodian or in such other banks or trust companies as it may in its discretion deem necessary or desirable; provided , however, that every such bank or trust company shall be qualified to act as a custodian under the 1940 Act and that each such bank or trust company and the monies to be deposited with each such bank or trust company shall be approved by vote of a majority of the Board. Such monies shall be deposited by the Custodian in its capacity as Custodian and shall be withdrawable by the Custodian only in that capacity.

S ECTION  2.5 C OLLECTION OF I NCOME . Subject to the provisions of Section 2.3, the Custodian shall collect on a timely basis all income and other payments with respect to registered domestic securities held hereunder to which the Fund shall be entitled either by law or pursuant to custom in the securities business, and shall collect on a timely basis all income and other payments with respect to bearer domestic securities if, on the date of payment by the issuer, such securities are held by the Custodian or its agent thereof and shall credit such income, as collected, to the Fund’s custodian account. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Custodian shall detach and present for payment all coupons and other income items requiring presentation as and when they become due and shall collect interest when due on securities held hereunder. Income due the Fund on securities loaned pursuant to the provisions of Section 2.2 (10) shall be the responsibility of the Fund. The Custodian will have no duty or responsibility in connection therewith, other than to provide the Fund with such information or data as may be necessary to assist the Fund in arranging for the timely delivery to the Custodian of the income to which the Fund is properly entitled.

 

4


S ECTION  2.6 P AYMENT OF F UND M ONIES . Upon receipt of Proper Instructions, which may be continuing instructions when deemed appropriate by the parties, the Custodian shall pay out monies of the Fund in the following cases only:

 

  1) Upon the purchase of domestic securities, options, futures contracts or options on futures contracts for the account of the Fund but only (a) against the delivery of such securities or evidence of title to such options, futures contracts or options on futures contracts to the Custodian (or any bank, banking firm or trust company doing business in the United States or abroad which is qualified under the 1940 Act to act as a custodian and has been designated by the Custodian as its agent for this purpose) registered in the name of the Fund or in the name of a nominee of the Custodian referred to in Section 2.3 hereof or in proper form for transfer; (b) in the case of a purchase effected through a U.S. Securities System, in accordance with the conditions set forth in Section 2.8 hereof; (c) in the case of a purchase of Underlying Shares, in accordance with the conditions set forth in Section 2.13 hereof; (d) repurchase agreements entered into between the Fund and the Custodian, or another bank, or a broker-dealer which is a member of FINRA, (i) against delivery of the securities either in certificate form or through an entry crediting the Custodian’s account at the Federal Reserve Bank with such securities or (ii) against delivery of the receipt evidencing purchase by the Fund of securities owned by the Custodian along with written evidence of the agreement by the Custodian to repurchase such securities from the Fund; or (e) for transfer to a time deposit account of the Fund in any bank, whether domestic or foreign; such transfer may be effected prior to receipt of a confirmation from a broker and/or the applicable bank pursuant to Proper Instructions from the Fund as defined herein;

 

  2) In connection with conversion, exchange or surrender of securities owned by the Fund as set forth in Section 2.2 hereof;

 

  3) For the redemption or repurchase of Shares issued as set forth in Section 5 hereof;

 

  4) For the payment of any expense or liability incurred by the Fund, including but not limited to the following payments for the account of the Fund: interest, taxes, management, accounting, transfer agent and legal fees, and operating expenses of the Fund whether or not such expenses are to be in whole or part capitalized or treated as deferred expenses;

 

  5) For the payment of any dividends on Shares declared pursuant to the governing documents of the Fund;

 

  6) For payment of the amount of dividends received in respect of securities sold short;

 

  7) For delivery as initial or variation margin in connection with futures or options on futures contracts entered into by the Fund; and

 

5


  8) For any other purpose, but only upon receipt of Proper Instructions specifying the amount of such payment and naming the person or persons to whom such payment is to be made.

S ECTION  2.7 A PPOINTMENT OF A GENTS . The Custodian may at any time or times in its discretion appoint (and may at any time remove) any other bank or trust company which is itself qualified under the 1940 Act to act as a custodian, as its agent to carry out such of the provisions of this Section 2 as the Custodian may from time to time direct; provided , however, that the appointment of any agent shall not relieve the Custodian of its responsibilities or liabilities hereunder. The Underlying Transfer Agent shall not be deemed an agent or sub-custodian of the Custodian for purposes of this Section 2.7 or any other provision of this Agreement.

S ECTION  2.8 D EPOSIT OF F UND A SSETS IN U.S. S ECURITIES S YSTEMS . The Custodian may deposit and/or maintain securities owned by the Fund in a U.S. Securities System in compliance with the conditions of Rule 17f-4 of the 1940 Act, as amended from time to time.

S ECTION  2.9 S EGREGATED A CCOUNT . The Custodian shall upon receipt of Proper Instructions establish and maintain a segregated account or accounts for and on behalf of the Fund, into which account or accounts may be transferred cash and/or securities, including securities maintained in an account by the Custodian pursuant to Section 2.8 hereof, (i) in accordance with the provisions of any agreement among the Fund, the Custodian and a broker-dealer registered under the Exchange Act and a member of FINRA (or any futures commission merchant registered under the Commodity Exchange Act), relating to compliance with the rules of The Options Clearing Corporation and of any registered national securities exchange (or the CFTC or any registered contract market), or of any similar organization or organizations, regarding escrow or other arrangements in connection with transactions by the Fund, (ii) for purposes of segregating cash or government securities in connection with options purchased, sold or written by the Fund or commodity futures contracts or options thereon purchased or sold by the Fund, (iii) for the purposes of compliance by the Fund with the procedures required by Investment Company Act Release No. 10666, or any subsequent release of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ SEC ”), or interpretative opinion of the staff of the SEC, relating to the maintenance of segregated accounts by registered investment companies, and (iv) for any other purpose upon receipt of Proper Instructions.

S ECTION  2.10 O WNERSHIP C ERTIFICATES FOR T AX P URPOSES . The Custodian shall execute ownership and other certificates and affidavits for all federal and state tax purposes in connection with receipt of income or other payments with respect to domestic securities of the Fund held by it and in connection with transfers of securities.

S ECTION  2.11 P ROXIES . The Custodian shall, with respect to the domestic securities held hereunder, cause to be promptly executed by the registered holder of such securities, if the securities are registered otherwise than in the name of the Fund or a nominee of the Fund, all proxies, without indication of the manner in which such proxies are to be voted, and shall promptly deliver to the Fund such proxies, all proxy soliciting materials and all notices relating to such securities.

S ECTION  2.12 C OMMUNICATIONS R ELATING TO F UND S ECURITIES . Subject to the provisions of Section 2.3, the Custodian shall transmit promptly to the Fund all written information (including, without limitation, pendency of calls and maturities of domestic securities and expirations of rights

 

6


in connection therewith and notices of exercise of call and put options written by the Fund and the maturity of futures contracts purchased or sold by the Fund) received by the Custodian from issuers of the securities being held for the Fund. With respect to tender or exchange offers, the Custodian shall transmit promptly to the Fund all written information received by the Custodian from issuers of the securities whose tender or exchange is sought and from the party (or its agents) making the tender or exchange offer. The Custodian shall not be liable for any untimely exercise of any tender, exchange or other right or power in connection with domestic securities or other property of the Fund at any time held by it unless (i) the Custodian is in actual possession of such domestic securities or property and (ii) the Custodian receives Proper Instructions with regard to the exercise of any such right or power, and both (i) and (ii) occur at least three business days prior to the date on which the Custodian is to take action to exercise such right or power. The Custodian shall also transmit promptly to the Fund all written information received by the Custodian regarding any class action or other litigation in connection with securities or other assets issued in the United States and then held, or previously held, during the term of this Agreement by the Custodian for the account of the Fund, including, but not limited to, opt-out notices and proof-of-claim forms. For avoidance of doubt, upon and after the effective date of any termination of this Agreement, the Custodian shall have no responsibility to so transmit any information under this Section 2.12.

S ECTION  2.13 D EPOSIT OF F UND A SSETS WITH THE U NDERLYING T RANSFER A GENT . Underlying Shares beneficially owned by the Fund shall be deposited and/or maintained in an account or accounts maintained with an Underlying Transfer Agent and the Custodian’s only responsibilities with respect thereto shall be limited to the following:

 

  1) Upon receipt of a confirmation or statement from an Underlying Transfer Agent that such Underlying Transfer Agent is holding or maintaining Underlying Shares in the name of the Custodian (or a nominee of the Custodian) for the benefit of the Fund, the Custodian shall identify by book-entry that such Underlying Shares are being held by it as custodian for the benefit of the Fund.

 

  2) In respect of the purchase of Underlying Shares for the account of the Fund, upon receipt of Proper Instructions, the Custodian shall pay out monies of the Fund as so directed, and record such payment from the account of the Fund on the Custodian’s books and records.

 

  3) In respect of the sale or redemption of Underlying Shares for the account of the Fund, upon receipt of Proper Instructions, the Custodian shall transfer such Underlying Shares as so directed, record such transfer from the account of the Fund on the Custodian’s books and records and, upon the Custodian’s receipt of the proceeds therefor, record such payment for the account of the Fund on the Custodian’s books and records.

The Custodian shall not be liable to the Fund for any loss or damage to the Fund resulting from the maintenance of Underlying Shares with an Underlying Transfer Agent except for losses resulting directly from the fraud, negligence or willful misconduct of the Custodian or any of its agents or of any of its or their employees.

 

7


S ECTION  3. P ROVISIONS R ELATING TO R ULES 17 F -5 AND 17 F -7.

S ECTION  3.1. D EFINITIONS . As used throughout this Agreement, the following capitalized terms shall have the indicated meanings:

“Country Risk” means all factors reasonably related to the systemic risk of holding Foreign Assets in a particular country including, but not limited to, such country’s political environment, economic and financial infrastructure (including any Eligible Securities Depository operating in the country), prevailing or developing custody and settlement practices, and laws and regulations applicable to the safekeeping and recovery of Foreign Assets held in custody in that country.

“Eligible Foreign Custodian” has the meaning set forth in section (a)(1) of Rule 17f-5, including a majority-owned or indirect subsidiary of a U.S. Bank (as defined in Rule 17f-5), a bank holding company meeting the requirements of an Eligible Foreign Custodian (as set forth in Rule 17f-5 or by other appropriate action of the SEC, or a foreign branch of a Bank (as defined in Section 2(a)(5) of the 1940 Act) meeting the requirements of a custodian under Section 17(f) of the 1940 Act; the term does not include any Eligible Securities Depository.

“Eligible Securities Depository” has the meaning set forth in section (b)(1) of Rule 17f-7.

“Foreign Assets” means any of the Fund’s investments (including foreign currencies) for which the primary market is outside the United States and such cash and cash equivalents as are reasonably necessary to effect the Fund’s transactions in such investments.

“Foreign Custody Manager” has the meaning set forth in section (a)(3) of Rule 17f-5.

“Rule 17f-5” means Rule 17f-5 promulgated under the 1940 Act.

“Rule 17f-7” means Rule 17f-7 promulgated under the 1940 Act.

S ECTION  3.2. T HE C USTODIAN AS F OREIGN C USTODY M ANAGER .

3.2.1 D ELEGATION TO THE C USTODIAN AS F OREIGN C USTODY M ANAGER . The Fund, by resolution adopted by its Board, hereby delegates to the Custodian, subject to Section (b) of Rule 17f-5, the responsibilities set forth in this Section 3.2 with respect to Foreign Assets held outside the United States, and the Custodian hereby accepts such delegation as Foreign Custody Manager of the Fund.

3.2.2 C OUNTRIES C OVERED . The Foreign Custody Manager shall be responsible for performing the delegated responsibilities defined below only with respect to the countries and custody arrangements for each such country listed on Schedule A to this Agreement, which list of countries may be amended from time to time by the Fund with the agreement of the Foreign Custody Manager. The Foreign Custody Manager shall list on Schedule A the Eligible Foreign Custodians selected by the Foreign Custody Manager to maintain the Fund’s assets, which list of Eligible Foreign Custodians may be amended from time to time in the sole discretion of the Foreign Custody Manager. The Foreign Custody Manager will provide amended versions of Schedule A in accordance with Section 3.2.5 hereof.

 

8


Upon the receipt by the Foreign Custody Manager of Proper Instructions to open an account or to place or maintain Foreign Assets in a country listed on Schedule A, and the fulfillment by the Fund of the applicable account opening requirements for such country, the Foreign Custody Manager shall be deemed to have been delegated by the Board responsibility as Foreign Custody Manager with respect to that country and to have accepted such delegation. Execution of this Agreement by the Fund shall be deemed to be a Proper Instruction to open an account, or to place or maintain Foreign Assets, in each country listed on Schedule A in which the Custodian has previously placed or currently maintains Foreign Assets pursuant to the terms of the Agreement. Following the receipt of Proper Instructions directing the Foreign Custody Manager to close the account of the Fund with the Eligible Foreign Custodian selected by the Foreign Custody Manager in a designated country, the delegation by the Board to the Custodian as Foreign Custody Manager for that country shall be deemed to have been withdrawn and the Custodian shall immediately cease to be the Foreign Custody Manager of the Fund with respect to that country.

The Foreign Custody Manager may withdraw its acceptance of delegated responsibilities with respect to a designated country upon written notice to the Fund. Thirty days (or such longer period to which the parties agree in writing) after receipt of any such notice by the Fund, the Custodian shall have no further responsibility in its capacity as Foreign Custody Manager to the Fund with respect to the country as to which the Custodian’s acceptance of delegation is withdrawn.

3.2.3 S COPE OF D ELEGATED R ESPONSIBILITIES :

(a) S ELECTION OF E LIGIBLE F OREIGN C USTODIANS . Subject to the provisions of this Section 3.2, the Foreign Custody Manager may place and maintain the Foreign Assets in the care of the Eligible Foreign Custodian selected by the Foreign Custody Manager in each country listed on Schedule A, as amended from time to time. In performing its delegated responsibilities as Foreign Custody Manager to place or maintain Foreign Assets with an Eligible Foreign Custodian, the Foreign Custody Manager shall determine that the Foreign Assets will be subject to reasonable care, based on the standards applicable to custodians in the country in which the Foreign Assets will be held by that Eligible Foreign Custodian, after considering all factors relevant to the safekeeping of such assets, including, without limitation the factors specified in Rule 17f-5(c)(1).

(b) C ONTRACTS W ITH E LIGIBLE F OREIGN C USTODIANS . The Foreign Custody Manager shall determine that the contract governing the foreign custody arrangements with each Eligible Foreign Custodian selected by the Foreign Custody Manager will satisfy the requirements of Rule 17f-5(c)(2), as amended from time to time.

(c) M ONITORING . In each case in which the Foreign Custody Manager maintains Foreign Assets with an Eligible Foreign Custodian selected by the Foreign Custody Manager, the Foreign Custody Manager shall establish a system to monitor (i) the appropriateness of maintaining the Foreign Assets with such Eligible Foreign Custodian and (ii) the contract governing the custody arrangements established by the Foreign Custody Manager with the Eligible Foreign Custodian. In the event the Foreign Custody Manager determines that the custody arrangements with an Eligible Foreign Custodian it has selected are no longer appropriate or no longer meets the requirements of Rule 17f-5, the Foreign Custody Manager shall notify the Board in accordance with Section 3.2.5 hereunder.

 

9


3.2.4 G UIDELINES FOR THE E XERCISE OF D ELEGATED A UTHORITY . For purposes of this Section 3.2, the Board, or at its delegation the Fund’s investment adviser, shall be deemed to have considered and determined to accept such Country Risk as is incurred by placing and maintaining the Foreign Assets in each country for which the Custodian is serving as Foreign Custody Manager of the Fund.

3.2.5 R EPORTING R EQUIREMENTS . The Foreign Custody Manager shall report the withdrawal of the Foreign Assets from an Eligible Foreign Custodian and the placement of such Foreign Assets with another Eligible Foreign Custodian by providing to the Board an amended Schedule A at the end of the calendar quarter in which an amendment to such Schedule has occurred. The Foreign Custody Manager shall make written quarterly reports notifying the Board of any other material change in the foreign custody arrangements of the Fund described in this Section 3.2 after the occurrence of the material change.

3.2.6 S TANDARD OF C ARE AS F OREIGN C USTODY M ANAGER OF THE F UND . In performing the responsibilities delegated to it, the Foreign Custody Manager agrees to exercise reasonable care, prudence and diligence such as a person having responsibility for the safekeeping of assets of management investment companies registered under the 1940 Act would exercise.

3.2.7 R EPRESENTATIONS WITH R ESPECT TO R ULE 17 F -5 . The Foreign Custody Manager represents to the Fund that it is a U.S. Bank as defined in section (a)(7) of Rule 17f-5. The Fund represents to the Custodian that the Board has determined that it is reasonable for the Board to rely on the Custodian to perform the responsibilities delegated pursuant to this Agreement to the Custodian as the Foreign Custody Manager of the Fund.

3.2.8 E FFECTIVE D ATE AND T ERMINATION OF THE C USTODIAN AS F OREIGN C USTODY M ANAGER . The Board’s delegation to the Custodian as Foreign Custody Manager of the Fund shall be effective as of the date hereof and shall remain in effect until terminated at any time, without penalty, by written notice from the terminating party to the non-terminating party. Termination will become effective thirty (30) days after receipt by the non-terminating party of such notice. The provisions of Section 3.2.2 hereof shall govern the delegation to and termination of the Custodian as Foreign Custody Manager of the Fund with respect to designated countries.

S ECTION  3.3 E LIGIBLE S ECURITIES D EPOSITORIES .

3.3.1 A NALYSIS AND M ONITORING . The Custodian shall (a) provide the Fund (or its duly-authorized investment manager or investment advisor) with an analysis of the custody risks associated with maintaining assets with the Eligible Securities Depositories set forth on Schedule B hereto, as amended from time to time, in accordance with section (a)(1)(i)(A) of Rule 17f-7, as amended from time to time, and (b) monitor such risks on a continuing basis, and promptly notify the Fund (or its duly-authorized investment manager or investment advisor) of any material change in such risks, in accordance with section (a)(1)(i)(B) of Rule 17f-7, as amended from time to time.

3.3.2 S TANDARD OF C ARE . The Custodian agrees to exercise reasonable care, prudence and diligence in performing the duties set forth in Section 3.3.1.

 

10


S ECTION  4. D UTIES OF THE C USTODIAN WITH R ESPECT TO P ROPERTY OF THE F UND H ELD O UTSIDE THE U NITED S TATES .

S ECTION  4.1 D EFINITIONS . As used throughout this Agreement, the following capitalized terms shall have the indicated meanings:

“Foreign Securities System” means an Eligible Securities Depository listed on Schedule B hereto.

“Foreign Sub-Custodian” means an Eligible Foreign Custodian.

S ECTION  4.2. H OLDING S ECURITIES . The Custodian shall identify on its books as belonging to the Fund the foreign securities held by each Foreign Sub-Custodian or Foreign Securities System. The Custodian may hold foreign securities for all of its customers, including the Fund, with any Foreign Sub-Custodian in an account that is identified as belonging to the Custodian for the benefit of its customers, provided however, that (i) the records of the Custodian with respect to foreign securities of the Fund which are maintained in such account shall identify those securities as belonging to the Fund and (ii), to the extent permitted and customary in the market in which the account is maintained, the Custodian shall require that securities so held by the Foreign Sub-Custodian be held separately from any assets of such Foreign Sub-Custodian or of other customers of such Foreign Sub-Custodian.

S ECTION  4.3. F OREIGN S ECURITIES S YSTEMS . Foreign securities shall be maintained in a Foreign Securities System in a designated country through arrangements implemented by the Custodian or a Foreign Sub-Custodian, as applicable, in such country.

S ECTION  4.4. T RANSACTIONS IN F OREIGN C USTODY A CCOUNT .

4.4.1. D ELIVERY OF F OREIGN A SSETS . The Custodian or a Foreign Sub-Custodian shall release and deliver foreign securities of the Fund held by the Custodian or such Foreign Sub-Custodian, or in a Foreign Securities System account, only upon receipt of Proper Instructions, which may be continuing instructions when deemed appropriate by the parties, and only in the following cases:

 

  (i) upon the sale of such foreign securities for the Fund in accordance with commercially reasonable market practice in the country where such foreign securities are held or traded, including, without limitation: (A) delivery against expectation of receiving later payment; or (B) in the case of a sale effected through a Foreign Securities System, in accordance with the rules governing the operation of the Foreign Securities System;

 

  (ii) in connection with any repurchase agreement related to foreign securities;

 

11


  (iii) to the depository agent in connection with tender or other similar offers for foreign securities of the Fund;

 

  (iv) to the issuer thereof or its agent when such foreign securities are called, redeemed, retired or otherwise become payable;

 

  (v) to the issuer thereof, or its agent, for transfer into the name of the Custodian (or the name of the respective Foreign Sub-Custodian or of any nominee of the Custodian or such Foreign Sub-Custodian) or for exchange for a different number of bonds, certificates or other evidence representing the same aggregate face amount or number of units;

 

  (vi) to brokers, clearing banks or other clearing agents for examination or trade execution in accordance with market custom; provided that in any such case the Foreign Sub-Custodian shall have no responsibility or liability for any loss arising from the delivery of such securities prior to receiving payment for such securities except as may arise from the Foreign Sub-Custodian’s own negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct;

 

  (vii) for exchange or conversion pursuant to any plan of merger, consolidation, recapitalization, reorganization or readjustment of the securities of the issuer of such securities, or pursuant to provisions for conversion contained in such securities, or pursuant to any deposit agreement;

 

  (viii) in the case of warrants, rights or similar foreign securities, the surrender thereof in the exercise of such warrants, rights or similar securities or the surrender of interim receipts or temporary securities for definitive securities;

 

  (ix) for delivery as security in connection with any borrowing by the Fund requiring a pledge of assets by the Fund;

 

  (x) for delivery as initial or variation margin in connection with futures or options on futures contracts entered into by the Fund;

 

  (xi) in connection with the lending of foreign securities; and

 

  (xii) for any other purpose, but only upon receipt of Proper Instructions specifying the foreign securities to be delivered and naming the person or persons to whom delivery of such securities shall be made.

4.4.2. P AYMENT OF F UND M ONIES . Upon receipt of Proper Instructions, which may be continuing instructions when deemed appropriate by the parties, the Custodian shall pay out, or direct the respective Foreign Sub-Custodian or the respective Foreign Securities System to pay out, monies of the Fund in the following cases only:

 

  (i)

upon the purchase of foreign securities for the Fund, unless otherwise directed by Proper Instructions, by (A) delivering money to the seller thereof or to a dealer therefor (or an agent for such seller or dealer) against expectation of receiving later delivery of such foreign securities; or (B) in the case of a purchase effected through a

 

12


  Foreign Securities System, in accordance with the rules governing the operation of such Foreign Securities System;

 

  (ii) in connection with the conversion, exchange or surrender of foreign securities of the Fund;

 

  (iii) for the payment of any expense or liability of the Fund, including but not limited to the following payments: interest, taxes, investment advisory fees, transfer agency fees, fees under this Agreement, legal fees, accounting fees, and other operating expenses;

 

  (iv) for the purchase or sale of foreign exchange or foreign exchange contracts for the Fund, including transactions executed with or through the Custodian or its Foreign Sub-Custodians;

 

  (v) for delivery as initial or variation margin in connection with futures or options on futures contracts entered into by the Fund;

 

  (vi) for payment of part or all of the dividends received in respect of securities sold short;

 

  (vii) in connection with the borrowing or lending of foreign securities; and

 

  (viii) for any other purpose, but only upon receipt of Proper Instructions specifying the amount of such payment and naming the person or persons to whom such payment is to be made.

4.4.3. M ARKET C ONDITIONS . Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, settlement and payment for Foreign Assets received for the account of the Fund and delivery of Foreign Assets maintained for the account of the Fund may be effected in accordance with the customary established securities trading or processing practices and procedures in the country or market in which the transaction occurs, including, without limitation, delivering Foreign Assets to the purchaser thereof or to a dealer therefor (or an agent for such purchaser or dealer) with the expectation of receiving later payment for such Foreign Assets from such purchaser or dealer.

The Custodian shall provide to the Board the information with respect to custody and settlement practices in countries in which the Custodian employs a Foreign Sub-Custodian described on Schedule C hereto at the time or times set forth on such Schedule. The Custodian may revise Schedule C from time to time, provided that no such revision shall result in the Board being provided with substantively less information than had been previously provided hereunder.

S ECTION  4.5. R EGISTRATION OF F OREIGN S ECURITIES . The foreign securities maintained in the custody of a Foreign Sub-Custodian (other than bearer securities) shall be registered in the name of the Fund or in the name of the Custodian or in the name of any Foreign Sub-Custodian or in the name of any nominee of the foregoing (provided, however, that such registration indicates such foreign securities as having been held for the benefit of the customers and not, in any event, for the benefit of the Custodian or a Foreign Sub-Custodian or any nominee thereof), and the Fund agrees to hold any such nominee harmless from any liability as a holder of record of such foreign securities.

 

13


The Custodian or a Foreign Sub-Custodian shall not be obligated to accept securities on behalf of the Fund under the terms of this Agreement unless the form of such securities and the manner in which they are delivered are in accordance with reasonable market practice.

S ECTION  4.6 B ANK A CCOUNTS . The Custodian shall identify on its books as belonging to the Fund cash (including cash denominated in foreign currencies) deposited with the Custodian. Where the Custodian is unable to maintain, or market practice does not facilitate the maintenance of, cash on the books of the Custodian, a bank account or bank accounts shall be opened and maintained outside the United States on behalf of the Fund with a Foreign Sub-Custodian. All accounts referred to in this Section shall be subject only to draft or order by the Custodian (or, if applicable, such Foreign Sub-Custodian) acting pursuant to the terms of this Agreement to hold cash received by or from or for the account of the Fund. Cash maintained on the books of the Custodian (including its branches, subsidiaries and affiliates), regardless of currency denomination, is maintained in bank accounts established under, and subject to the laws of, The Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

S ECTION  4.7. C OLLECTION OF I NCOME . The Custodian shall use reasonable commercial efforts to collect all income and other payments with respect to the Foreign Assets held hereunder to which the Fund shall be entitled and shall credit such income, as collected, to the Fund. In the event that extraordinary measures are required to collect such income, the Fund and the Custodian shall consult as to such measures and as to the compensation and expenses of the Custodian relating to such measures.

S ECTION  4.8 S HAREHOLDER R IGHTS . With respect to the foreign securities held pursuant to this Section 4, the Custodian will use reasonable commercial efforts to facilitate the exercise of voting and other shareholder rights, subject always to the laws, regulations and practical constraints that may exist in the country where such securities are issued. The Fund acknowledges that local conditions, including lack of regulation, onerous procedural obligations, lack of notice and other factors may have the effect of severely limiting the ability of the Fund to exercise shareholder rights.

S ECTION  4.9. C OMMUNICATIONS R ELATING TO F OREIGN S ECURITIES . The Custodian shall transmit promptly to the Fund written information with respect to materials received by the Custodian via the Foreign Sub-Custodians from issuers of the foreign securities being held for the account of the Fund (including, without limitation, pendency of calls and maturities of foreign securities and expirations of rights in connection therewith). With respect to tender or exchange offers, the Custodian shall transmit promptly to the Fund written information with respect to materials so received by the Custodian from issuers of the foreign securities whose tender or exchange is sought or from the party (or its agents) making the tender or exchange offer. The Custodian shall not be liable for any untimely exercise of any tender, exchange or other right or power in connection with foreign securities or other property of the Fund at any time held by it unless (i) the Custodian or the respective Foreign Sub-Custodian is in actual possession of such foreign securities or property and (ii) the Custodian receives Proper Instructions with regard to the exercise of any such right or power, and both (i) and (ii) occur at least three business days prior to the date on which the Custodian is to take action to exercise such right or power. The Custodian shall also transmit promptly to the Fund all written information received by the Custodian via the Foreign Sub-Custodians from issuers of the foreign securities being held for the account of the Fund regarding any class action or other litigation in connection with foreign securities or other assets issued outside the United States and then held, or previously held, during the term of this Agreement

 

14


by the Custodian for the account of the Fund, including, but not limited to, opt-out notices and proof-of-claim forms. For avoidance of doubt, upon and after the effective date of any termination of this Agreement, the Custodian shall have no responsibility to so transmit any information under this Section 4.9.

S ECTION  4.10. L IABILITY OF F OREIGN S UB -C USTODIANS . Each agreement pursuant to which the Custodian employs a Foreign Sub-Custodian shall, to the extent possible, require the Foreign Sub-Custodian to exercise reasonable care in the performance of its duties, and to indemnify, and hold harmless, the Custodian from and against any loss, damage, cost, expense, liability or claim arising out of or in connection with the Foreign Sub-Custodian’s performance of such obligations. At the Fund’s election, it shall be entitled to be subrogated to the rights of the Custodian with respect to any claims against a Foreign Sub-Custodian as a consequence of any such loss, damage, cost, expense, liability or claim if and to the extent that the Fund has not been made whole for any such loss, damage, cost, expense, liability or claim.

S ECTION  4.11 T AX L AW . The Custodian shall have no responsibility or liability for any obligations now or hereafter imposed on the Fund or the Custodian as custodian of the Fund by the tax law of the United States or of any state or political subdivision thereof. It shall be the responsibility of the Fund to notify the Custodian of the obligations imposed on the Fund or the Custodian as custodian of the Fund by the tax law of countries other than those mentioned in the above sentence, including responsibility for withholding and other taxes, assessments or other governmental charges, certifications and governmental reporting. The sole responsibility of the Custodian with regard to such tax law shall be to use reasonable efforts to assist the Fund with respect to any claim for exemption or refund under the tax law of countries for which the Fund has provided such information.

S ECTION  4.12. L IABILITY OF C USTODIAN . The Custodian shall be liable for the acts or omissions of a Foreign Sub-Custodian to the same extent as set forth with respect to sub-custodians generally in the Agreement and, regardless of whether assets are maintained in the custody of a Foreign Sub-Custodian or a Foreign Securities System, the Custodian shall not be liable for any loss, damage, cost, expense, liability or claim resulting from nationalization, expropriation, currency restrictions, or acts of war or terrorism, or any other loss where the Sub-Custodian has otherwise acted with reasonable care.

 

S ECTION  5. P AYMENTS FOR S ALES OR R EPURCHASES OR R EDEMPTIONS OF S HARES .

The Custodian shall receive from the distributor for the Shares or from the Transfer Agent and deposit into the Fund’s such payments as are received for Shares thereof issued or sold from time to time by the Fund. The Custodian will provide timely notification to the Fund and the Transfer Agent of any receipt by it of payments for Shares of the Fund.

From such funds as may be available for the purpose, the Custodian shall, upon receipt of instructions from the Transfer Agent, make funds available for payment to holders of Shares who have delivered to the Transfer Agent a request for redemption or repurchase of their Shares. In connection with the redemption or repurchase of Shares, the Custodian is authorized upon receipt of instructions from the Transfer Agent to wire funds to or through a commercial bank designated by the redeeming shareholders. In connection with the redemption or repurchase of Shares, the

 

15


Custodian shall honor checks drawn on the Custodian by a holder of Shares, which checks have been furnished by the Fund to the holder of Shares, when presented to the Custodian in accordance with such procedures and controls as are mutually agreed upon from time to time between the Fund and the Custodian.

 

S ECTION  6. P ROPER I NSTRUCTIONS .

Proper Instructions, which may also be standing instructions, as used throughout this Agreement, shall mean instructions received by the Custodian from the Fund, the Fund’s investment manager, or a person or entity duly authorized by either of them. Such instructions may be in writing signed by the authorized person or persons or may be in a tested communication or in a communication utilizing access codes effected between electro-mechanical or electronic devices or may be by such other means and utilizing such intermediary systems and utilities as may be agreed to from time to time by the Custodian and the person or entity giving such instructions, provided that the Fund has followed any security procedures agreed to from time to time by the Fund and the Custodian, including, but not limited to, the security procedures selected by the Fund in the Funds Transfer Addendum to this Agreement, the terms of which are hereby agreed to. Oral instructions will be considered Proper Instructions if the Custodian reasonably believes them to have been given by a person authorized to give such instructions with respect to the transaction involved. The Fund shall cause all oral instructions to be confirmed in writing. For purposes of this Section, Proper Instructions shall include instructions received by the Custodian pursuant to any multi-party agreement which requires a segregated asset account in accordance with Section 2.10 of this Agreement. The Fund or the Fund’s investment manager shall cause its duly authorized officer to certify to the Custodian in writing the names and specimen signatures of persons authorized to give Proper Instructions. The Custodian shall be entitled to rely upon the identity and authority of such persons until it receives notice from the Fund to the contrary.

 

S ECTION  7. A CTIONS P ERMITTED WITHOUT E XPRESS A UTHORITY .

The Custodian may in its discretion, without express authority from the Fund:

 

  1) make payments to itself or others for minor expenses of handling securities or other similar items relating to its duties under this Agreement, provided that all such payments shall be accounted for to the Fund;

 

  2) surrender securities in temporary form for securities in definitive form;

 

  3) endorse for collection, in the name of the Fund, checks, drafts and other negotiable instruments; and

 

  4) in general, attend to all non-discretionary details in connection with the sale, exchange, substitution, purchase, transfer and other dealings with the securities and property of the Fund except as otherwise directed by the Board.

 

S ECTION  8. E VIDENCE OF A UTHORITY .

 

16


The Custodian shall be protected in acting upon any instructions, notice, request, consent, certificate or other instrument or paper reasonably believed by it to be genuine and to have been properly executed by or on behalf of the Fund. The Custodian may receive and accept a copy of a resolution of the Board, certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Fund (“ Certified Resolution ”), as conclusive evidence (a) of the authority of any person to act in accordance with such resolution or (b) of any determination or of any action by the Board as described in such resolution, and such resolution may be considered as in full force and effect until receipt by the Custodian of written notice to the contrary.

 

S ECTION  9. D UTIES OF C USTODIAN WITH R ESPECT TO THE B OOKS OF A CCOUNT AND C ALCULATION OF N ET A SSET V ALUE AND N ET I NCOME .

The Custodian shall cooperate with and supply necessary information to the entity or entities appointed by the Board to keep the books of account of the Fund and/or compute the net asset value per Share of the outstanding Shares or, if directed in writing to do so by the Fund, shall itself keep such books of account and/or compute such net asset value per Share. If so directed, the Custodian shall also calculate daily the net income of the Fund as described in the Prospectus and shall advise the Fund and the Transfer Agent daily of the total amounts of such net income and, if instructed in writing by an officer of the Fund to do so, shall advise the Transfer Agent periodically of the division of such net income among its various components. The Fund acknowledges and agrees that, with respect to investments maintained with the Underlying Transfer Agent, the Underlying Transfer Agent is the sole source of information on the number of shares of a fund held by it on behalf of the Fund and that the Custodian has the right to rely on holdings information furnished by the Underlying Transfer Agent to the Custodian in performing its duties under this Agreement, including without limitation, the duties set forth in this Section 9 and in Section 10 hereof; provided, however, that the Custodian shall be obligated to reconcile information as to purchases and sales of Underlying Shares contained in trade instructions and confirmations received by the Custodian and to report promptly any discrepancies to the Underlying Transfer Agent. The calculations of the net asset value per Share and the daily income of the Fund shall be made at the time or times described from time to time in the Prospectus.

 

S ECTION  10. R ECORDS .

The Custodian shall create and maintain all records relating to its activities and obligations under this Agreement in such manner as will meet the obligations of the Fund under the 1940 Act, with particular attention to Section 31 thereof and Rules 31a-1 and 31a-2 thereunder. All such records shall be the property of the Fund and shall at all times during the regular business hours of the Custodian be open for inspection by duly authorized officers, employees or agents of the Fund and employees and agents of the SEC, and shall be surrendered to the Fund promptly upon request. The Custodian shall, at the Fund’s request, supply the Fund with a tabulation of securities owned by the Fund and held by the Custodian and shall, when requested to do so by the Fund and for such compensation as shall be agreed upon between the Fund and the Custodian, include certificate numbers in such tabulations.

 

S ECTION  11. O PINION OF F UND S I NDEPENDENT A CCOUNTANT .

 

17


The Custodian shall take all reasonable action, as the Fund may from time to time request, to obtain from year to year favorable opinions from the Fund’s independent accountants with respect to its activities hereunder in connection with the preparation of the Fund’s Form N-1A, and Form N-SAR or other annual reports to the SEC and with respect to any other requirements thereof.

 

S ECTION  12. R EPORTS TO F UND BY I NDEPENDENT P UBLIC A CCOUNTANTS .

The Custodian shall provide the Fund, at such times as the Fund may reasonably require, with reports by independent public accountants on the accounting system, internal accounting control and procedures for safeguarding securities, futures contracts and options on futures contracts, including securities deposited and/or maintained in a U.S. Securities System or a Foreign Securities System (either, a “ Securities System ”), relating to the services provided by the Custodian under this Agreement; such reports, shall be of sufficient scope and in sufficient detail, as may reasonably be required by the Fund to provide reasonable assurance that any material inadequacies would be disclosed by such examination, and, if there are no such inadequacies, the reports shall so state.

 

S ECTION  13. C OMPENSATION OF C USTODIAN .

The Custodian shall be entitled to reasonable compensation for its services and expenses as Custodian, as agreed upon from time to time between the Fund and the Custodian.

 

S ECTION  14. R ESPONSIBILITY OF C USTODIAN .

So long as and to the extent that it is in the exercise of reasonable care and good faith, the Custodian shall not be responsible for the title, validity or genuineness of any property or evidence of title thereto received by it or delivered by it pursuant to this Agreement and shall be held harmless in acting upon any notice, request, consent, certificate or other instrument reasonably believed by it to be genuine and to be signed by the proper party or parties, including any futures commission merchant acting pursuant to the terms of a three-party futures or options agreement. The Custodian shall be held to the exercise of reasonable care and good faith in carrying out the provisions of this Agreement, but shall be kept indemnified by and shall be without liability to the Fund for any action taken or omitted by it in good faith without negligence, including, without limitation, acting in accordance with any Proper Instruction. It shall be entitled to rely on and may act upon advice of counsel (who may be counsel for the Fund) on all matters, and shall be without liability for any action reasonably taken or omitted in good faith pursuant to such advice. The Custodian shall be without liability to the Fund for any loss, liability, claim or expense resulting from or caused by anything that is part of Country Risk (as defined in Section 3 hereof), including without limitation nationalization, expropriation, currency restrictions, insolvency of a Foreign Sub-Custodian, acts of war, revolution, riots or terrorism.

Except as may arise from the Custodian’s own negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct or the negligence or willful misconduct of a sub-custodian or agent, the Custodian shall be without liability to the Fund for any loss, liability, claim or expense resulting from or caused by; (i) events or circumstances beyond the reasonable control of the Custodian or any sub-custodian or Securities System or any agent or nominee of any of the foregoing, including, without limitation, the interruption, suspension or restriction of trading on or the closure of any securities market, power or other mechanical or technological failures or interruptions, computer viruses or communications

 

18


disruptions, work stoppages, natural disasters, or other similar events or acts; (ii) errors by the Fund or its duly-authorized investment manager or investment advisor in their instructions to the Custodian provided such instructions have been in accordance with this Agreement; (iii) the insolvency of or acts or omissions by a Securities System; (iv) any delay or failure of any broker, agent or intermediary, central bank or other commercially prevalent payment or clearing system to deliver to the Custodian’s sub-custodian or agent securities purchased or in the remittance or payment made in connection with securities sold; (v) any delay or failure of any company, corporation, or other body (other than an affiliate of the Custodian) in charge of registering or transferring securities in the name of the Custodian, the Fund, the Custodian’s sub-custodians, nominees or agents or any consequential losses arising out of such delay or failure to transfer such securities including non-receipt of bonus, dividends and rights and other accretions or benefits; (vi) delays or inability to perform its duties due to any disorder in market infrastructure with respect to any particular security or Securities System; and (vii) any provision of any present or future law or regulation or order of the United States of America, or any state thereof, or any other country, or political subdivision thereof or of any court of competent jurisdiction. The Custodian shall be liable for the acts or omissions of a Foreign Sub-Custodian to the same extent as set forth with respect to sub-custodians generally in this Agreement.

If the Fund requires the Custodian to take any action with respect to securities, which action involves the payment of money or which action may, in the opinion of the Custodian, result in the Custodian or its nominee assigned to the Fund being liable for the payment of money or incurring liability of some other form, the Fund, as a prerequisite to requiring the Custodian to take such action, shall provide indemnity to the Custodian in an amount and form satisfactory to it.

If the Fund requires the Custodian, its affiliates, subsidiaries or agents, to advance cash or securities for any purpose (including but not limited to securities settlements, foreign exchange contracts and assumed settlement), or in the event that the Custodian or its nominee shall incur or be assessed any taxes, charges, expenses, assessments, claims or liabilities in connection with the performance of this Agreement, except such as may arise from its or its nominee’s own negligent action, negligent failure to act or willful misconduct, or if the Fund fails to compensate the Custodian pursuant to Section 13 hereof, any property at any time held for the account of the Fund shall be security therefor and should the Fund fail to repay the Custodian promptly, the Custodian shall be entitled to utilize available cash and to dispose of the Fund’s assets to the extent necessary to obtain reimbursement.

In no event shall the Custodian be liable for indirect, special or consequential damages.

 

S ECTION  15. E FFECTIVE P ERIOD , T ERMINATION AND A MENDMENT .

This Agreement shall become effective as of its execution, shall continue in full force and effect until terminated as hereinafter provided, may be amended at any time by mutual agreement of the parties hereto and may be terminated by either party by an instrument in writing delivered or mailed, postage prepaid to the other party, such termination to take effect not sooner than sixty (60) days after the date of such delivery or mailing; provided , however, that the Fund shall not amend or terminate this Agreement in contravention of any applicable federal or state regulations, or any provision of the Fund’s Declaration of Trust, and further provided, that the Fund may at any time by

 

19


action of its Board (i) substitute another bank or trust company for the Custodian by giving notice as described above to the Custodian, or (ii) immediately terminate this Agreement in the event of the appointment of a conservator or receiver for the Custodian by the Comptroller of the Currency or upon the happening of a like event at the direction of an appropriate regulatory agency or court of competent jurisdiction.

Upon termination of the Agreement, the Fund shall pay to the Custodian such compensation as may be due as of the date of such termination and shall likewise reimburse the Custodian for its costs, expenses and disbursements. The provisions of Sections 4.11, 13 and 14 of this Agreement shall survive termination of this Agreement for any reason.

This Agreement may be amended at any time in writing by mutual agreement of the parties hereto.

 

S ECTION  16. S UCCESSOR C USTODIAN .

If a successor custodian for the Fund shall be appointed by the Board, the Custodian shall, upon termination, deliver to such successor custodian at the office of the Custodian, duly endorsed and in the form for transfer, all securities of the Fund then held by it hereunder and shall transfer to an account of the successor custodian all of the securities of the Fund held in a Securities System or at the Underlying Transfer Agent.

If no such successor custodian shall be appointed, the Custodian shall, in like manner, upon receipt of a Certified Resolution, deliver at the office of the Custodian and transfer such securities, funds and other properties in accordance with such resolution.

In the event that no written order designating a successor custodian or Certified Resolution shall have been delivered to the Custodian on or before the date when such termination shall become effective, then the Custodian shall have the right to deliver to a bank or trust company, which is a “bank” as defined in the 1940 Act, doing business in Boston, Massachusetts, or New York, New York, of its own selection, having an aggregate capital, surplus, and undivided profits, as shown by its last published report, of not less than $25,000,000, all securities, funds and other properties held by the Custodian hereunder and all instruments held by the Custodian relative thereto and all other property held by it under this Agreement on behalf of the Fund, and to transfer to an account of such successor custodian all of the Fund’s securities held in any Securities System or at the Underlying Transfer Agent. Thereafter, such bank or trust company shall be the successor of the Custodian under this Agreement.

In the event that securities, funds and other properties remain in the possession of the Custodian after the date of termination hereof owing to failure of the Fund to procure the Certified Resolution to appoint a successor custodian, the Custodian shall be entitled to fair compensation for its services during such period as the Custodian retains possession of such securities, funds and other properties and the provisions of this Agreement relating to the duties and obligations of the Custodian shall remain in full force and effect.

 

S ECTION  17. I NTERPRETIVE AND A DDITIONAL P ROVISIONS .

 

20


In connection with the operation of this Agreement, the Custodian and the Fund may from time to time agree on such provisions interpretive of or in addition to the provisions of this Agreement as may in their joint opinion be consistent with the general tenor of this Agreement. Any such interpretive or additional provisions shall be in a writing signed by both parties and shall be annexed hereto, provided that no such interpretive or additional provisions shall contravene any applicable federal or state regulations or any provision of the Fund’s Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust. No interpretive or additional provisions made as provided in the preceding sentence shall be deemed to be an amendment of this Agreement.

S ECTION  18. A SSIGNMENT . This Agreement may not be assigned by (a) any Fund without the written consent of the Custodian or (b) by the Custodian without the written consent of each applicable Fund.

S ECTION  19. S EVERABILITY . If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, unlawful or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired.

S ECTION  20. C OUNTERPARTS . This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, and all such counterparts taken together shall constitute one and the same Agreement.

S ECTION  21. M ASSACHUSETTS L AW TO A PPLY .

This Agreement shall be construed and the provisions thereof interpreted under and in accordance with laws of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

S ECTION  22. P RIOR A GREEMENTS .

This Agreement supersedes and terminates, as of the date hereof, all prior Agreements between the Fund and the Custodian relating to the custody of the Fund’s assets.

S ECTION  23. N OTICES .

Any notice, instruction or other instrument required to be given hereunder may be delivered in person to the offices of the parties as set forth herein during normal business hours or delivered prepaid registered mail or by telex, cable or telecopy to the parties at the following addresses or such other addresses as may be notified by any party from time to time.

 

To the Fund:    Pimco Dynamic Credit Income Fund
   1633 Broadway
   New York, New York 10019
   Attention: Brian Shlissel
   Telephone: (212) 739-3369
   Telecopy: (212) 739-3951

 

21


To the Custodian:    S TATE S TREET B ANK AND T RUST C OMPANY
   801 Pennsylvania
   Kansas City, MO 64105
   Attention: VP, Allianz Relationship
   Telephone: 816-871-4100
   Telecopy: 816-871-9675

Such notice, instruction or other instrument shall be deemed to have been served in the case of a registered letter at the expiration of five business days after posting, in the case of cable twenty-four hours after dispatch and, in the case of telex, immediately on dispatch and if delivered outside normal business hours it shall be deemed to have been received at the next time after delivery when normal business hours commence and in the case of cable, telex or telecopy on the business day after the receipt thereof. Evidence that the notice was properly addressed, stamped and put into the post shall be conclusive evidence of posting.

 

S ECTION  24. C ONFIDENTIALITY .

The parties hereto agree that each shall treat confidentially all information provided by each party to the other party regarding its business and operations. All confidential information provided by a party hereto shall be used by any other party hereto solely for the purpose of rendering or receiving services pursuant to this Agreement and, except as may be required in carrying out this Agreement, shall not be disclosed to any third party. The foregoing shall not be applicable to any information (i) that is publicly available when provided or thereafter becomes publicly available, other than through a breach of this Agreement, or that is independently derived by any party hereto without the use of any information provided by the other party hereto in connection with this Agreement, (ii) that is required in any legal or regulatory proceeding, investigation, audit, examination, subpoena, civil investigative demand or other similar process, or by operation of law or regulation, or (iii) where the party seeking to disclose has received the prior written consent of the party providing the information, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. Upon written request from the Fund’s investment adviser or sub-adviser, the Custodian shall promptly return or destroy any non-public portfolio holdings information relating to the Fund, except the Custodian may keep copies of the information for the purpose of maintaining appropriate business records or as may be required by law or any regulatory authority. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Custodian and its affiliates may report and use nonpublic portfolio holdings information of its clients, including a Fund, on an aggregated basis with all or substantially all other client information and without specific reference to any Fund.

 

S ECTION  25. R EPRODUCTION OF D OCUMENTS .

This Agreement and all schedules, addenda, exhibits, attachments and amendments hereto may be reproduced by any photographic, photostatic, microfilm, micro-card, miniature photographic or other similar process. The parties hereto all/each agree that any such reproduction shall be admissible in evidence as the original itself in any judicial or administrative proceeding, whether or not the original is in existence and whether or not such reproduction was made by a party in the regular course of business, and that any enlargement, facsimile or further reproduction of such reproduction shall likewise be admissible in evidence.

 

22


S ECTION  26. R EMOTE A CCESS S ERVICES A DDENDUM .

The Custodian and the Fund agree to be bound by the terms of the Remote Access Services Addendum attached hereto.

S ECTION  27. R EGULATION GG . The Fund hereby represents and warrants that it does not engage in an “Internet gambling business,” as such term is defined in Section 233.2(r) of Federal Reserve Regulation GG (12 CFR 233) (“ Regulation GG ”). The Fund hereby covenants and agrees that it shall not engage in an Internet gambling business. In accordance with Regulation GG, the Fund is hereby notified that “restricted transactions,” as such term is defined in Section 233.2(y) of Regulation GG, are prohibited in any dealings with the Custodian pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise between or among any party hereto.

Section 28. D ATA P RIVACY . The Custodian will implement and maintain a written information security program that contains appropriate security measures to safeguard the personal information of the Fund’s shareholders, employees, directors and/or officers that the Custodian receives, stores, maintains, processes or otherwise accesses in connection with the provision of services hereunder. For these purposes, “personal information” shall mean (i) an individual’s name (first initial and last name or first name and last name), address or telephone number plus (a) social security number, (b) drivers license number, (c) state identification card number, (d) debit or credit card number, (e) financial account number or (f) personal identification number or password that would permit access to a person’s account or (ii) any combination of the foregoing that would allow a person to log onto or access an individual’s account. Notwithstanding the foregoing “personal information” shall not include information that is lawfully obtained from publicly available information, or from federal, state or local government records lawfully made available to the general public.

S ECTION  29. S HAREHOLDER C OMMUNICATIONS E LECTION .

SEC Rule 14b-2 requires banks which hold securities for the account of customers to respond to requests by issuers of securities for the names, addresses and holdings of beneficial owners of securities of that issuer held by the bank unless the beneficial owner has expressly objected to disclosure of this information. In order to comply with the rule, the Custodian needs the Fund to indicate whether it authorizes the Custodian to provide the Fund’s name, address, and share position to requesting companies whose securities the Fund owns. If the Fund tells the Custodian “no”, the Custodian will not provide this information to requesting companies. If the Fund tells the Custodian “yes” or does not check either “yes” or “no” below, the Custodian is required by the rule to treat the Fund as consenting to disclosure of this information for all securities owned by the Fund or any funds or accounts established by the Fund. For the Fund’s protection, the Rule prohibits the requesting company from using the Fund’s name and address for any purpose other than corporate communications. Please indicate below whether the Fund consents or objects by checking one of the alternatives below.

 

YES [    ]    The Custodian is authorized to release the Fund’s name, address, and share positions.
NO [X]    The Custodian is not authorized to release the Fund’s name, address, and share positions.

 

23


SECTION 30. FUND OBLIGATION.

A copy of the Fund’s Amended and Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust is on file with the Secretary of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts, and notice is hereby given that the Agreement has been executed on behalf of the Fund by an officer of the Fund in his or her capacity as an officer and not individually. The obligations of this Agreement shall only be binding upon the assets and property of the Fund and shall not be binding upon any trustee, officer, or shareholder of the Fund individually.

[ The remainder of this page has been left blank intentionally .]

 

24


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , each of the parties has caused this instrument to be executed in its name and behalf by its duly authorized representative under seal as of the date first above-written.

 

PIMCO DYNAMIC CREDIT INCOME FUND
By:   /s/ Brian S. Shlissel
 

Name: Brian S. Shlissel

Title: President and Chief Executive Officer

STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY
By:   /s/ Brock M. Hill

Name:

  Brock M. Hill

Title:

  Senior Vice President

 

LOGO

CERTIFICATE OF APPOINTMENT

of

AMERICAN STOCK TRANSFER

& TRUST COMPANY, LLC

as

 

¨ TRANSFER AGENT    ¨ REGISTRAR


BY

PIMCO Dynamic Credit Income Fund (the “Company”)

(name of corporation)

a Massachusetts Business Trust (state of corporation)

(description of entity — e.g., corporation, partnership)

The Company is authorized to issue the following shares/units:

 

Class of Stock

  

Par Value

  

Number of

Shares/Units

Authorized

The address of the Company to which notices may be sent is:

Allianz Global Investors Fund Management LLC

1663 Broadway

New York, NY 10019

 

Attached are copies of the certificate of incorporation and bylaws (or such other comparable documents for non-corporate entities), as amended, of the Company, which are duly authorized, complete, up to date, and accurate.

If any provision of the certificate of incorporation or by-laws of the Company, any court or administrative order, or any other document, affects any transfer agency or registrar function or responsibility relating to the shares, attached is a statement of each such provision.

All shares issued and outstanding as of the date hereof, or to be issued during the term of this appointment, are/shall be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable. All such shares are (or, in the case of shares that have not yet been issued, will be) duly registered under the Securities Act of 1933 and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Any shares not so registered were or shall be issued or transferred in a transaction or series of transactions exempt from the registration provisions of the relevant law,

and in each such issuance or transfer, the Company was or shall be so advised by its legal counsel and all shares issued or to be issued bear or shall bear all appropriate legends.

American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC (“AST”) is hereby appointed as transfer agent , registrar, dividend disbursement agent and shareholder servicing agent for the shares/units of the Company set forth above, in accordance with the general practices of AST and its regulations set forth in the attached document entitled “Regulations of American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC”. The Company represents and warrants to AST that: (i) it is a corporation duly organized and validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the state of its incorporation; (ii) it is empowered under applicable laws and governing instruments to enter into and perform this Certificate; and (iii) all corporate proceedings required by such governing instruments and applicable law have been taken to authorize it to enter into and perform this Certificate.

The initial term of this Certificate of Appointment (this “Certificate”) shall be three (3) years from the date hereof and the appointment shall automatically be renewed for further three (3) year successive terms without further action of the parties, unless written notice is provided by either party at least ninety (90) days prior to the end of the initial or any subsequent three (3) year period. The term of this appointment shall be governed in accordance with this paragraph, notwithstanding the cessation of active trading in the capital stock of the Company.

The Company will advise AST promptly of any change in any information contained in this Certificate by a supplemental certificate or otherwise in writing to AST at 6201 15th Avenue, Brooklyn, New York 11219, Attention: General Counsel.

WITNESS my hand this 19th day of December, 2012.

 

PIMCO DYNAMIC CREDIT INCOME FUND
By:   /s/ Brian S. Shlissel
Name:   Brian S. Shlissel
Title:   President

AMERICAN STOCK TRANSFER & TRUST

COMPANY, LLC

By:   /s/ Michael A. Nespoli
Name:   Michael A. Nespoli
Title:   Senior Vice President
 

 

LOGO

REGULATIONS OF AMERICAN STOCK TRANSFER & TRUST COMPANY, LLC

 

1. Definitions.

 

  a. 1933 Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder, as amended.

 

  b. 1934 Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder, as amended.

 

  c. 1940 Act ” means the Investment Company Act of 1940, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder, as amended.

 

  d. Authorized Person ” means any officer of the Company and any other person duly authorized by the Company’s Board of Trustees to give oral instructions and written instructions on behalf of the Company. An Authorized Person’s scope of authority may be limited by setting forth such limitation in a written document signed by both parties hereto.

 

  e. CEA ” means the Commodities Exchange Act, as amended.

 

  f. SEC ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

  g. Securities Laws ” mean the 1933 Act, the 1934 Act, the 1940 Act and the CEA.

 

2. Appointment as Transfer Agent. A Certificate of Appointment (“ Certificate ”) of American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC (“ AST ”), a New York limited liability trust company, in substantially the form attached hereto, has been provided to AST by each of the Allianz Global Investors-sponsored closed-end funds listed on Appendix A, as may be amended from time to time (each referred to herein as the “ Company ”) with respect to the securities for which AST is to act as transfer agent, registrar, dividend disbursing agent and shareholder servicing agent (in all capacities, an “ Agent ”) and for any such other securities as the Company may subsequently request in writing (the “ Shares ”). AST may provide further services to, or on behalf of, the Company as may be agreed upon between the Company and AST. Should AST so elect, AST shall be entitled to provide services to reunify shareholders with their assets, provided the Company incurs no additional charge for such services. The Company shall, by supplemental Certificate or otherwise in writing, promptly advise AST of any change in the information contained in the Certificate, and the Company shall promptly provide AST with board resolutions authorizing any recapitalization of the Shares or change in the number of issued or authorized Shares.

 

3. Appointment as Indenture Trustee. The appointment of AST as trustee for debt securities issued by the Company shall be made by the instrument to which it is a party and under which it is to act as trustee, and these regulations shall apply thereto except as otherwise provided for in such instrument.


AST Short Form TA Agreement (January 2012) (2) and 30877200-v2-AST Transfer Agency Agreement 6/20/2012 9:11:40 AM

 

4. Compliance.

 

  a. AST undertakes to comply with all applicable requirements of the Securities Laws and any laws, rules and regulations of governmental authorities having jurisdiction with respect to the duties to be performed by AST hereunder.

 

  b. Each of AST and the Company agrees to comply in all material respects with the respective laws, rules, regulations and legal process applicable to the operation of its business (“ Legal Requirements ”).

 

5. Stock Certificates. The Company shall furnish AST with a sufficient supply of blank stock certificates for the Shares in accordance with the requirements of The Depositary Trust Company. AST may, if the Company has not complied with such request, order a renewal of such supply at the Company’s expense. In such event, AST is authorized to direct the printer’s invoice for such certificates to be addressed to the Company and the amount thereof shall be a direct obligation of the Company. The stock certificates shall be signed by (or bear the facsimile signature of) officers of the Company authorized to sign stock certificates and, if required, shall bear the Company’s corporate seal. AST may use certificates bearing the signature of a person who at the time of use is no longer an officer of the Company.

 

6. AST’s Reliance.

 

  a. AST may act and rely on, and shall incur no liability and shall be fully indemnified by the Company from any liability whatsoever in acting in accordance with, written or oral instructions received from any person it believes in good faith to be an officer, authorized agent or employee of the Company, unless prior thereto (i) the Company shall have advised AST in writing that it is entitled to act and rely only on oral or written instructions of Authorized Persons; (ii) it furnishes AST with an appropriate incumbency certificate for such Authorized Persons and their signatures; and (iii) the Company thereafter keeps such designation current with an annual (or more frequent, if required) re-filing. AST may also act and rely on advice, opinions or instructions received from the Company’s legal counsel. AST may, in any event, act and rely on advice received from its legal counsel.

 

  b.

AST may act and rely on, and shall incur no liability and shall be fully indemnified by the Company from any liability whatsoever in acting in accordance with: (i) any writing or other instruction believed by it in good faith to have been furnished by an Authorized Person on behalf of the Company or a holder of one or more Shares (a “ Shareholder ”), including, but not limited to, any certificate, instrument, opinion, notice, letter, stock power, affidavit or other document or security; (ii) on any statement of fact contained in any such writing or instruction which AST in good faith does not believe to be inaccurate; (iii) on the apparent authority of any person to act on behalf of the Company or a Shareholder as having actual authority to the extent of such apparent authority; (iv) on the authenticity and genuineness of any signature (manual or facsimile)


AST Short Form TA Agreement (January 2012) (2) and 30877200-v2-AST Transfer Agency Agreement 6/20/2012 9:11:40 AM

 

  appearing on any writing, including, but not limited to, any certificate, instrument, opinion, notice, letter, stock power, affidavit or other document or security; and (v) on the conformity to original of any copy. AST shall further be entitled to rely on any information, records and documents provided to AST by a former transfer agent or former registrar on behalf of the Company.

 

7. Books and Records. The books and records pertaining to the Company, which are in the possession or under the control of AST, shall be the property of the Company. Such books and records shall be prepared, preserved and maintained as required by the 1940 Act and other applicable federal securities laws, rules and regulations. The Company and Authorized Persons shall have access to such books and records at all times during AST’s normal business hours. Upon the reasonable request of the Company, copies of any such books and records shall be provided by AST to the Company or to an Authorized Person, at the Company’s expense. Notwithstanding the foregoing, AST shall be entitled to destroy or otherwise dispose of records belonging to the Company in accordance with AST’s standard document and record retention practices and/or procedures, provided that such practices and procedures are consistent with the requirements of the 1940 Act.

 

8. Confidentiality.

 

  a.

Each party shall keep confidential any information relating to the other party’s business (“ Confidential Information ”) except receiving party may disclose Confidential Information to its directors, officers, employees, agents, subcontractors, consultants or representatives who have a need to know such information in connection with the performance of this Agreement, and its applicable regulatory authorities and auditors. Confidential Information shall include (a) any data or information that is competitively sensitive material, and not generally known to the public, including, but not limited to, information about product plans, marketing strategies, finances, operations, customer relationships, customer profiles, customer lists, sales estimates, business plans, and internal performance results relating to the past, present or future business activities of the Company or AST, their respective subsidiaries and affiliated companies and the customers, clients and suppliers of any of them; (b) any scientific or technical information, design, process, procedure, formula, or improvement that is commercially valuable and secret in the sense that its confidentiality affords the Company or AST a competitive advantage over its competitors; (c) all confidential or proprietary concepts, documentation, reports, data, specifications, computer software, source code, object code, flow charts, databases, inventions, know-how, and trade secrets, whether or not patentable or copyrightable; and (d) anything designated as confidential. Notwithstanding the foregoing, information shall not be subject to such confidentiality obligations if it: (a) is already known to the receiving party at the time it is obtained and was obtained through some means other than through the performance of an agreement between AST and an affiliate of the Company; (b) is or becomes publicly known or available through no wrongful act of the receiving party; (c) is rightfully received from a third party who, to the best of the receiving party’s knowledge, is not under a duty of


AST Short Form TA Agreement (January 2012) (2) and 30877200-v2-AST Transfer Agency Agreement 6/20/2012 9:11:40 AM

 

  confidentiality; (d) is released by the protected party to a third party without restriction; (e) is requested or required to be disclosed by the receiving party pursuant to a court order, subpoena, governmental or regulatory agency request or law; (f) is relevant to the defense of any claim or cause of action asserted against the receiving party; (g) is necessary for AST to release such information in connection with the provision of services under this Agreement; or (h) has been or is independently developed or obtained by the receiving party. In addition, AST shall be permitted to release Company information in connection with an independent third party compliance review initiated on or at the request of the Company or performed by AST’s independent auditor; provided, however, that such permission shall not otherwise impair AST’s obligation to keep such Company information confidential pursuant to the terms of this Section 8. AST agrees that it will not, at any time during the term of this Agreement or after its termination, reveal, divulge, or make known to any person or entity, unless required by law, any list of shareholders of the Company or any personal information relating to such shareholders.

 

  b.

In addition, each party acknowledges that in connection with performing services hereunder, it may receive Confidential Information that contains “non-public personal information” or “personally identifiable information” from the other party (collectively “ Personal Information ”), as such terms are defined in Section 509 (4) of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, Section 248.3(t) of Securities and Exchange Commission Regulation S-P and/or other similar applicable laws and regulations, including without limitation the Massachusetts Standards for the Protection of Personal Information, 201 CMR 17.00, et. seq. and regulations under the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act, as amended from time to time (collectively, “ Applicable Laws ”). Each party acknowledges and agrees that it is prohibited from disclosing or using Personal Information except as necessary to carry out the terms of this Agreement, and in compliance with Applicable Laws. Each party further acknowledges and agrees, that it also shall implement and maintain a comprehensive, written information security plan to protect such Personal Information in accordance with the terms and standards of Applicable Laws that (i) incorporates technical and organizational security measures, including administrative, physical, and technical safeguards, including encryption where required or appropriate, for Personal Information; (ii) is reasonably designed to prevent unauthorized access to or use of, or other compromise of, Personal Information; and (iii) provides for the proper destruction of such records and data that contain Personal Information, so that the information contained therein cannot be practicably read or reconstructed. Each party will obligate, in writing, (and periodically review and monitor the performance of) any third party providing services to or acting as the agent of such party for purposes of carrying out the terms of this Agreement, to implement and comply with information security standards no less stringent than those required by all Applicable Laws. The appointment of any such third party shall not relieve the applicable party to this Agreement of its responsibilities or liabilities hereunder. If a party determines an incident or data breach occurred compromising the


AST Short Form TA Agreement (January 2012) (2) and 30877200-v2-AST Transfer Agency Agreement 6/20/2012 9:11:40 AM

 

  security or integrity of Personal Information while such Personal Information is in the possession, custody or control of such party, or any third party acting as the agent of such party, whether by unauthorized acquisition, theft, loss, illegal or unauthorized use, insecure disposal or other potential compromise, such party will as promptly as practicable under the circumstances following a full investigation and such determination has been made, notify and cooperate with the other party regarding investigation and mitigation of such incident or breach; and comply with, or assist with the other party’s compliance with, any data breach notification requirements pursuant to any applicable federal and/or state data breach notification laws and/or regulations. Each party shall provide reasonably prompt notice to, and all reasonable and prompt assistance to, the other party in responding to any and all requests, complaints, or other communications received that such party may receive regarding any Personal Information. Each party agrees not to respond to any such request until explicitly authorized by the other party in writing, except to the extent such request comprises a legally binding order compelling disclosure without notice to the other party. This provision shall survive termination of this Agreement.

 

9. Compensation. AST shall be entitled to reasonable compensation for all services rendered and shall be reimbursed for all expenses incurred, including without limitation legal costs and costs of responding to subpoenas related to the Company’s records (regardless of whether AST is still an Agent for the Company) in connection with its acting as Agent. If AST and the Company have an express understanding regarding such fees, the compensation shall be determined in accordance therewith. Notwithstanding such agreement, in the event that the scope of services to be provided by AST is increased substantially, the parties shall negotiate in good faith to determine reasonable compensation for such additional services. In the event that the Company, without terminating the Certificate and these regulations in their entirety, retains a third-party to provide services already provided hereunder, the Company shall pay to AST a reasonable fee to compensate AST for costs associated with interfacing with such third-party as mutually agreed upon by the Company and AST. On termination of its services as Agent, AST shall be entitled to reasonable additional compensation for the service of preparing records for delivery to the successor agent or to the Company, and for forwarding and maintaining records with respect to certificates received after such termination.

 

10. Performance of Services. In the event that the Company commits any breach of its material obligations to AST, including non-payment of any amount owing to AST, and such breach remains uncured for more than forty-five (45) days, AST shall have the right to terminate or suspend its services upon notice to the Company. During such time as AST may suspend its services, AST shall have no obligation to act as transfer agent and/or registrar on behalf of the Company and AST shall have no duties to act in such capacity. Such suspension shall not affect AST’s rights under the Certificate or these regulations. On termination of the appointment of AST for any reason, AST will perform its services in assisting with the transfer of records in a diligent and professional manner.


AST Short Form TA Agreement (January 2012) (2) and 30877200-v2-AST Transfer Agency Agreement 6/20/2012 9:11:40 AM

 

11. AST as Distributor of Funds. All funds received by AST for distribution on behalf of the Company will, if so requested, be deposited by AST in a segregated bank account. The Company, which will, upon request, be given a copy of the bank’s statements for such account, shall have the responsibility to reconcile such account. The Company shall also have the responsibility to discharge all escheat obligations relating to such funds. If so requested by AST, the Company shall, at its expense, furnish AST with a written opinion of its legal counsel regarding such obligations.

 

12. Lost Certificates. AST shall be authorized to issue replacement certificates for stock certificates claimed by a Shareholder to have been lost, stolen or mutilated upon receipt of an affidavit of the Shareholder to such effect and receipt of payment from the Shareholder of a premium for an indemnity bond purchased through AST or, at the option of the Shareholder, any surety company reasonably acceptable to AST.

 

13. Overissue. If AST receives a stock certificate not reflected in its records, AST will research records, if any, delivered to it upon its appointment as transfer agent from a prior transfer agent (or from the Company). If such records do not exist or if such certificate cannot be reconciled with such records, then AST will notify the Company. If neither the Company nor AST is able to reconcile such certificate with any records (so that the transfer of such certificate on the records maintained by AST would create an overissue), the Company shall within sixty (60) days either: (i) increase the number of its issued Shares, or (ii) acquire and cancel a sufficient number of issued Shares, to correct the overissue.

 

14. Limitations on AST’s Responsibilities. AST shall not be responsible for the validity of the issuance, presentation or transfer of stock; the genuineness of endorsements; the authority of presenters; or the collection or payment of charges or taxes incident to the issuance or transfer of stock. AST may, however, delay or decline an issuance or transfer if it deems it to be in its or the Company’s best interests to receive evidence or assurance of such validity, authority, collection or payment. AST shall not be responsible for any discrepancies in its records or between its records and those of the Company, if it is a successor transfer agent or successor registrar, unless no discrepancy existed in the records of the Company and any predecessor transfer agent or predecessor registrar. AST shall not be deemed to have notice of, or be required to inquire regarding, any provision of the Company’s charter or by-laws, any court or administrative order, or any other document, unless it is specifically advised of such in a writing from the Company, which writing shall set forth the manner in which it affects the Shares. In no event shall AST be responsible for any transfer or issuance not effected by it. AST shall be obligated to exercise customary care and diligence in the performance of its duties hereunder and to act in good faith in performance services provided for under the Certificate and these regulations.

 

15.

Limitations on Liability. In no event shall either party have any liability for any incidental, special, statutory, indirect or consequential damages, or for any loss of profits, revenue, data or cost of cover, except that nothing in the foregoing shall relieve the Company of its obligations to indemnify AST pursuant to Section 16 hereunder. AST’s liability arising out of or in connection with its acting as Agent for the Company shall not


AST Short Form TA Agreement (January 2012) (2) and 30877200-v2-AST Transfer Agency Agreement 6/20/2012 9:11:40 AM

 

  exceed the aggregate amount of all fees (excluding expenses) paid under the Certificate in the twelve (12) month period immediately preceding the date of the first event giving rise to liability.

 

16. Indemnities. From and at all times after the date of the Certificate, the Company covenants and agrees to defend, indemnify, reimburse and hold harmless AST and its officers, directors, employees, affiliates and agents (provided AST exercised reasonable care in selecting such agents) (each, an “ Indemnified Party ”) against any actions, claims, losses, liability or reasonable expenses (including legal and other fees and expenses) incurred by or asserted against any Indemnified Party arising out of or in connection with entering into the Certificate, the performance of AST’s duties thereunder, or the enforcement of the indemnity hereunder, except for such losses, liabilities or expenses incurred as a result of an Indemnified Party’s gross negligence, bad faith or, willful misconduct. The Company shall not be liable under this indemnity with respect to any claim against an Indemnified Party unless the Company is notified of the written assertion of such a claim, or of any action commenced against an Indemnified Party, promptly after AST shall have received any such written information as to the nature and basis of the claim; provided, however, that failure by AST to provide such notice shall not relieve the Company of any liability hereunder if no prejudice occurs. All provisions regarding indemnification, liability and limits thereon shall survive the termination of the Certificate and these regulations.

 

17. No Third Party Beneficiaries. The provisions of the Certificate and these regulations are intended to benefit only AST and the Company and their respective successors and assigns. No rights shall be granted to any other person by virtue of the Certificate or these regulations, and there are no third party beneficiaries of the Certificate or these regulations.

 

18. Governing Law. The Certificate and these regulations shall be construed and interpreted in accordance with the internal laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to the conflict of laws principles thereof.

 

19.

Jurisdiction and Venue. In the event that any party hereto commences a lawsuit or other proceeding relating to or arising from the Certificate or these regulations, the parties hereto agree that the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York shall have the sole and exclusive jurisdiction over any such proceeding. If such court lacks federal subject matter jurisdiction, the parties hereto agree that the Supreme Court of the State of New York within New York County shall have sole and exclusive jurisdiction. Any final judgment shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law. Any of these courts shall be proper venue for any such lawsuit or judicial proceeding and the parties hereto waive any objection to such venue and irrevocably and unconditionally waive and agree not to plead or claim in any such court that any such suit or proceeding in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum. The parties hereto consent to and agree to submit to the jurisdiction of any of the courts specified herein and agree to accept service of process to vest personal jurisdiction over them in any of these courts. Each party hereto irrevocably and unconditionally waives any right to a trial by jury and


AST Short Form TA Agreement (January 2012) (2) and 30877200-v2-AST Transfer Agency Agreement 6/20/2012 9:11:40 AM

 

  agrees that any of them may file a copy of this section of these regulations with any court as written evidence of the knowing, voluntary and bargained-for agreement among the parties hereto irrevocably to waive the right to trial by jury in any litigation related to or arising under the Certificate or these regulations.

 

20. Assignment. AST may assign the Certificate or any rights granted thereunder, in whole or in part, either to affiliates, another division, subsidiaries or in connection with its reorganization or to successors of all or a majority of AST’s assets or business without the prior written consent of the Company.

 

21. Amendment. The Certificate, and these regulations, or any terms thereof, may be changed or waived only by a written amendment, signed by the party against whom enforcement of such change or waiver is sought.

 

22. Company Obligation. A copy of the Company’s Amended and Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust is on file with the Secretary of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts, and notice is hereby given that the Certificate and these regulations have been executed on behalf of the Company by an officer of the Company in his or her capacity as an officer and not individually. The obligations of the Certificate and these regulations shall only be binding upon the assets and property of the Company and shall not be binding upon any trustee, officer, or shareholder of the Company individually.


AST Short Form TA Agreement (January 2012) (2) and 30877200-v2-AST Transfer Agency Agreement 6/20/2012 9:11:40 AM

 

Appendix A

PIMCO Dynamic Credit Income Fund (“PCI”)

ORGANIZATIONAL AND OFFERING EXPENSES REIMBURSEMENT AGREEMENT

AGREEMENT made this 17 th day of December, 2012, by and between PIMCO DYNAMIC CREDIT INCOME FUND, a Massachusetts business trust (the “ Fund ”), and PACIFIC INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT COMPANY LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Sub-Adviser ”), and is acknowledged and agreed to by ALLIANZ GLOBAL INVESTORS DISTRIBUTORS LLC (“AGID”) and PIMCO INVESTMENTS LLC (“PI”).

WHEREAS, the Fund and ALLIANZ GLOBAL INVESTORS FUND MANAGEMENT LLC (the “ Adviser ”) have separately entered into an Investment Management Agreement dated December 17, 2012 (the “ Management Contract ”); and

WHEREAS, the Adviser and the Sub-Adviser have separately entered into a Portfolio Management Agreement dated December 17, 2012 (the “ Portfolio Management Agreement ”) pursuant to which the Sub-Adviser will provide portfolio management services to the Fund.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants hereinafter contained, and in connection with the establishment and commencement of operations of the Fund, it is hereby agreed by and between the parties hereto as follows:

 

1. The Sub-Adviser agrees to pay all of the Fund’s organizational expenses. The Sub-Adviser also agrees to pay, if the initial public offering (“IPO”) occurs, the amount by which the Fund’s offering costs of the initial offering of common shares of beneficial interest of the Fund (“shares”) exceed $0.05 per share. For purposes of this Agreement, “offering costs” do not include (x) management fees payable by the Fund pursuant to the terms of the Management Contract or fees payable to the Sub-Adviser under the Portfolio Management Agreement and (y) any sales load or underwriting discount paid by shareholders, but do include, without limitation, (i) any applicable portion of the Fund’s reimbursement of expenses incurred by the Fund’s underwriters in connection with the IPO, and (ii) reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses related to the IPO incurred by certain employees and affiliates (including AGID and PI), or associated persons thereof, of the Adviser and the Sub-Adviser, including in connection with participation in the road show and related activities (“affiliate expenses”), but only to the extent any such affiliate expenses, when added to any other Fund offering costs, do not exceed $0.05 per share (to such extent, “affiliate reimbursable amounts”). It is understood that the Fund will pay or reimburse offering costs other than any affiliate expenses up to $0.05 per share before reimbursing any affiliate expenses such that, if such other offering costs equal or exceed $0.05 per share, the Fund will not reimburse any affiliate expenses. Affiliate expenses in excess of affiliate reimbursable amounts will be assumed without reimbursement by the affiliate incurring such expense. Therefore, in no event will affiliate reimbursable amounts exceed 0.20% of the total offering price of the Fund’s initial public offering.

 

2. This Agreement may be terminated only by the vote of (a) the Board of Trustees of the Fund, including the vote of the members of the Board who are not “interested persons” of the Fund within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, and (b) a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund.

 

3. This Agreement shall be governed by, construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, without regard to principles of conflicts of law.


4. If any provision of this Agreement shall be held or made invalid by a court decision, statute, rule, or otherwise, the remainder shall not be thereby affected.

 

5. The Fund’s Amended and Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust, including any amendments thereto, is on file with the Secretary of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts. This Agreement is executed on behalf of the Fund by an officer of the Fund as an officer and not individually and the obligations imposed upon the Fund by this Agreement are not binding upon any of the Fund’s Trustees, officers or shareholders individually but are binding only upon the assets and property of the Fund.

[The remainder of this page is intentionally left blank.]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Fund and the Sub-Adviser have caused this Agreement to be executed on the day and year first above written.

 

PIMCO DYNAMIC CREDIT INCOME FUND
By:   /s/ Lawrence G. Altadonna
Name:   Lawrence G. Altadonna
Title:   Treasurer and Principal Financial and Accounting Officer
PACIFIC INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT COMPANY LLC
By:   /s/ Jonathan D. Short
Name:   Jonathan D. Short
Title:   Managing Director


Acknowledged and Agreed to by the following on the day and year first written above:

 

ALLIANZ GLOBAL INVESTORS DISTRIBUTORS LLC
By:    
Name:  
Title:  

 

PIMCO INVESTMENTS LLC
By:    
Name:  
Title:  

SUPPORT SERVICES AGREEMENT

AGREEMENT made on April 4, 2012, as amended May 23, 2012, and as further amended this 4 th day of January, 2013, by and between Allianz Global Investors Distributors LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“AGID”) and each of the investment companies listed on Appendix A hereto (each a “Fund” and, collectively, the “Funds”), in each case acting and agreeing with AGID severally and neither jointly nor jointly and severally with any other Fund.

WHEREAS , each of the Funds is a closed-end investment company registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder (the “1940 Act”), and has its common shares listed for public trading on the New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”); and

WHEREAS , AGID, a broker-dealer registered with the SEC under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder (the “1934 Act”), and a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”), is an affiliate of Allianz Global Investors Fund Management LLC (“AGIFM”), the investment manager of each of the Funds, and an affiliate of the various investment sub-advisers (the “Sub-Advisers”) retained by AGIFM to provide day-to-day portfolio management services to the Funds; and

WHEREAS , each Fund and AGID wish to enter into this Agreement to memorialize arrangements whereby the Fund authorizes and retains AGID to provide various marketing, shareholder support and other services on behalf of the Funds upon the terms and conditions specified herein.

NOW THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, AGID and each Fund hereby agree as follows:

1. Services . Each Fund hereby authorizes and retains AGID to provide the following services: shareholder and financial intermediary support (but no financial intermediary support with respect to Pacific Investment Management Company LLC (“PIMCO”) sub-advised Funds), marketing and communications support, support for Fund boards and internal boards, as well as providing support for (but not underwriting) initial public and secondary offerings of the Funds (limited support with respect to initial public and secondary offerings of PIMCO sub-advised Funds) (the “Services”), which Services may be amended from time to time, subject to and in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement. The parties agree that AGID shall be under no obligation to provide any minimum level of the Services hereunder.

2. Compensation . AGID shall provide the Services hereunder at its own expense and shall not be entitled to any compensation from the Funds under this Agreement, provided, however, that AGID and its officers, employees, registered representatives and affiliates (including AGIFM and its officers, employees, directors and associated persons) may be reimbursed by a Fund for reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses related to the initial public offering of a Fund’s shares, including in connection with participation in road shows and related activities.


3. Term and Termination . This Agreement will become effective upon the date first set forth above and will continue in effect indefinitely with respect to a Fund unless terminated as set forth below. This Agreement may be terminated with respect to a Fund upon 30 days’ written notice by the Fund to AGID or upon 30 days’ written notice by AGID to the Fund.

4. Compliance with Law and Fund Policies . In all matters pertaining to the performance of this Agreement, AGID (i) will act in conformity with the reasonable directions of the applicable Fund and its Board of Directors/Trustees and officers and AGIFM and (ii) will conform to and comply with the requirements of the 1940 Act, the 1934 Act, the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder (the “1933 Act”), and all other applicable federal and state laws and regulations, including, without limitation, rules and regulations promulgated by the SEC and FINRA.

5. Regulation FD . AGID hereby agrees to conform to and comply with each Fund’s policies and procedures designed to ensure compliance with Regulation FD under the 1934 Act, as from time to time amended (“Regulation FD Policies”), as provided by the Fund to AGID. AGID and the Funds acknowledge and agree that AGID and its officers, employees and registered representatives are persons who owe a duty of trust or confidence to each Fund, within the meaning of Rule 100(a)(2)(i) of Regulation FD, in providing the Services hereunder, and therefore that a Fund or persons acting on its behalf may disclose material nonpublic information regarding the Fund or its securities to AGID and such officers, employees and registered representatives and the requirements of Rule 100(a) of Regulation FD will not apply to such disclosures.

6. Representations, Warranties and Covenants of AGID .

(a) AGID represents and warrants that: (i) it has the requisite power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement, (ii) this Agreement, when signed by it or on its behalf, shall be validly executed and delivered and shall be valid, binding and enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, (iii) there are no restrictions, agreements or understandings, oral or written, to which it is a party or by which it is bound that prevent or make unlawful its execution or performance of this Agreement and (iv) its performance of this Agreement and its conduct in connection with the provision of the Services on behalf of the Funds do not, and will not, violate any applicable provision of law, statute, rule or regulation to which it is subject.

(b) AGID represents and warrants that it has obtained all necessary registrations, licenses and approvals in order to perform the Services on behalf of each Fund hereunder. In addition, AGID represents and warrants that it is registered as a broker-dealer with the SEC and is a member firm in good standing with FINRA, and is registered in and/or has provided any required notification to any state or other jurisdiction where such registration or notification is required. AGID covenants to maintain all necessary registrations, licenses and approvals in effect during the term of this Agreement.

(c) AGID covenants that it shall promptly notify the Funds (i) in the event that the SEC, FINRA or any other regulatory authority has found AGID to have violated any applicable law, rule or regulation directly applicable to the Services, suspended or revoked any of its registrations, licenses or approvals such that it cannot perform the Services, or has commenced

 

- 2 -


proceedings that are reasonably likely to result in any of these actions and (ii) of any change to AGID that materially and adversely affects its ability to perform the Services under this Agreement.

7. Representations, Warranties and Covenants of the Funds .

(a) Each Fund represents and warrants that: (i) it has the requisite power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement, (ii) this Agreement, when signed by it or on its behalf, shall be validly executed and delivered and shall be valid, binding and enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, (iii) there are no restrictions, agreements or understandings, oral or written, to which it is a party or by which it is bound that prevent or make unlawful its execution or performance of this Agreement and (iv) its performance of this Agreement does not, and will not, violate any applicable provision of law, statute, rule or regulation to which it is subject.

(b) Each Fund covenants that it shall promptly notify AGID (i) in the event that the SEC or any other regulatory authority has found the applicable Fund to have violated any applicable law, rule or regulation directly applicable to the Services, suspended or revoked any of its registrations, licenses or approvals such that it cannot receive the Services, or has commenced proceedings that are reasonably likely to result in any of these actions and (ii) of any change to a Fund that materially and adversely affects its ability to receive the Services under this Agreement.

8. Services Not Exclusive . The services to be provided hereunder by AGID are not deemed to be exclusive, and AGID and each of its members, officers, employees, registered representatives and affiliates are free to render such services to other funds or clients.

9. Limitation of Liability . AGID shall not be liable to a Fund for any action taken or omitted by it or its officers, employees or registered representatives in the absence of bad faith, willful misfeasance, gross negligence or reckless disregard by it or its officers, employees or registered representatives of its or their obligations and duties under this Agreement.

10. Notices .

Any notice provided hereunder shall be sufficiently given when sent by registered or certified mail to the party required to be served with such notice at the following address:

(a) if to AGID, to it at Allianz Global Investors Distributors LLC, 1633 Broadway, New York, NY 10019-7585, Attention: President; and

(b) if to a Fund, to it at [Name of Fund], care of Allianz Global Investors Fund Management LLC, 1633 Broadway, New York, NY 10019-7585, Attention: President,

or at such other address as a party may from time to time specify in writing to the other party pursuant to this Section 10.

 

- 3 -


11. Assignment .

This Agreement and a party’s rights and duties hereunder may not be assigned (as that term is defined in the 1940 Act) by either a Fund or AGID except by the specific written consent of such other party. This Agreement shall be binding upon, and shall inure to the benefit of, the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

12. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by, and interpreted in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

13. Miscellaneous .

(a) Paragraph headings in this Agreement are included for convenience only and are not to be used to construe or interpret this Agreement.

(b) This Agreement constitutes the complete agreement of the parties hereto as to the subject matter covered by this Agreement, and supersedes all prior negotiations, understandings and agreements bearing upon the subject matter covered by this Agreement.

(c) If any part, term or provision of this Agreement is held to be illegal, in conflict with any law or otherwise invalid, the remaining portion or portions shall be considered severable and not be affected, and the rights and obligations of the parties shall be construed and enforced as if this Agreement did not contain such part, term or provision.

(d) This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be an original but all of which, taken together, shall constitute one and the same agreement.

(e) No amendment to this Agreement shall be valid with respect to a Fund unless made in writing and executed by both the Fund and AGID.

(f) For each Fund which is a Massachusetts business trust, a copy of the Agreement and Declaration of Trust of the Fund is on file with the Secretary of State of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts, and notice is hereby given that this instrument is executed on behalf of the Trustees of the Fund as Trustees and not individually and that the obligations of this instrument are not binding upon any of the Trustees or shareholders individually but are binding only upon the assets and property of the Fund.

 

- 4 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed all as of the day and year first above written.

 

Allianz Global Investors Distributors LLC
By:   /s/ John Carroll
Name:   John Carroll
Title:   President
Each Fund Listed on Appendix A hereto (with respect to each Fund, severally and neither jointly nor jointly and severally with any other Fund)
By:   /s/ Brian S. Shlissel
Name:   Brian S. Shlissel
Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer

 

- 5 -


Appendix A

 

FUNDS

  

NYSE Ticker Symbol

PIMCO DYNAMIC CREDIT INCOME FUND    (“PCI”)

 

- 6 -

SUPPORT SERVICES AGREEMENT

AGREEMENT made on April 4, 2012, as amended May 23, 2012, and as further amended this 4th day of January, 2013, by and between PIMCO Investments LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“PI”) and each of the investment companies listed on Appendix A hereto (each a “Fund” and, collectively, the “Funds”), in each case acting and agreeing with PI severally and neither jointly nor jointly and severally with any other Fund.

WHEREAS , each of the Funds is a closed-end investment company registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder (the “1940 Act”), and has its common shares listed for public trading on the New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”); and

WHEREAS , PI, a broker-dealer registered with the SEC under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder (the “1934 Act”), and a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”), is an affiliate of Pacific Investment Management Company LLC (“PIMCO”), which has been retained as a sub-adviser to provide day-to-day portfolio management services to the Funds; and

WHEREAS , each Fund and PI wish to enter into this Agreement to memorialize arrangements whereby the Fund authorizes and retains PI to provide various marketing, support and other services on behalf of the Funds upon the terms and conditions specified herein.

NOW THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, PI and each Fund hereby agree as follows:

1. Services . Each Fund hereby authorizes and retains PI to provide the following services: financial intermediary support and marketing support, as well as providing support for (but not underwriting) initial public and secondary offerings of the Funds (the “Services”), which Services may be amended from time to time, subject to and in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement. The parties agree that PI shall be under no obligation to provide any minimum level of the Services hereunder.

2. Compensation . PI shall provide the Services hereunder at its own expense and shall not be entitled to any compensation from the Funds under this Agreement, provided, however, that PI and its officers, employees, registered representatives and affiliates (including PIMCO and its officers, employees, directors and associated persons) may be reimbursed by a Fund for reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses related to the initial public offering of a Fund’s shares, including in connection with participation in road shows and related activities.

3. Term and Termination . This Agreement will become effective upon the date first set forth above and will continue in effect indefinitely with respect to a Fund unless terminated as set forth below. This Agreement may be terminated with respect to a Fund upon 30 days’ written notice by the Fund to PI or upon 30 days’ written notice by PI to the Fund.


4. Compliance with Law and Fund Policies . In all matters pertaining to the performance of this Agreement, PI (i) will act in conformity with the reasonable directions of the applicable Fund and its Board of Directors/Trustees and officers and PIMCO and (ii) will conform to and comply with the requirements of the 1940 Act, the 1934 Act, the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder (the “1933 Act”), and all other applicable federal and state laws and regulations, including, without limitation, rules and regulations promulgated by the SEC and FINRA.

5. Regulation FD . PI hereby agrees to conform to and comply with each Fund’s policies and procedures designed to ensure compliance with Regulation FD under the 1934 Act, as from time to time amended (“Regulation FD Policies”), as provided by the Fund to PI. PI and the Funds acknowledge and agree that PI and its officers, employees and registered representatives are persons who owe a duty of trust or confidence to each Fund, within the meaning of Rule 100(a)(2)(i) of Regulation FD, in providing the Services hereunder, and therefore that a Fund or persons acting on its behalf may disclose material nonpublic information regarding the Fund or its securities to PI and such officers, employees and registered representatives and the requirements of Rule 100(a) of Regulation FD will not apply to such disclosures.

6. Representations, Warranties and Covenants of PI.

(a) PI represents and warrants that: (i) it has the requisite power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement, (ii) this Agreement, when signed by it or on its behalf, shall be validly executed and delivered and shall be valid, binding and enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, (iii) there are no restrictions, agreements or understandings, oral or written, to which it is a party or by which it is bound that prevent or make unlawful its execution or performance of this Agreement and (iv) its performance of this Agreement and its conduct in connection with the provision of the Services on behalf of the Funds do not, and will not, violate any applicable provision of law, statute, rule or regulation to which it is subject.

(b) PI represents and warrants that it has obtained all necessary registrations, licenses and approvals in order to perform the Services on behalf of each Fund hereunder. In addition, PI represents and warrants that it is registered as a broker-dealer with the SEC and is a member firm in good standing with FINRA, and is registered in and/or has provided any required notification to any state or other jurisdiction where such registration or notification is required. PI covenants to maintain all necessary registrations, licenses and approvals in effect during the term of this Agreement.

(c) PI covenants that it shall promptly notify the Funds (i) in the event that the SEC, FINRA or any other regulatory authority has found PI to have violated any applicable law, rule or regulation directly applicable to the Services, suspended or revoked any of its registrations, licenses or approvals such that it cannot perform the Services, or has commenced proceedings that are reasonably likely to result in any of these actions and (ii) of any change to PI that materially and adversely affects its ability to perform the Services under this Agreement.

7. Representations, Warranties and Covenants of the Funds.

 

- 2 -


(a) Each Fund represents and warrants that: (i) it has the requisite power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement, (ii) this Agreement, when signed by it or on its behalf, shall be validly executed and delivered and shall be valid, binding and enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, (iii) there are no restrictions, agreements or understandings, oral or written, to which it is a party or by which it is bound that prevent or make unlawful its execution or performance of this Agreement and (iv) its performance of this Agreement does not, and will not, violate any applicable provision of law, statute, rule or regulation to which it is subject.

(b) Each Fund covenants that it shall promptly notify PI (i) in the event that the SEC or any other regulatory authority has found the applicable Fund to have violated any applicable law, rule or regulation directly applicable to the Services, suspended or revoked any of its registrations, licenses or approvals such that it cannot receive the Services, or has commenced proceedings that are reasonably likely to result in any of these actions and (ii) of any change to a Fund that materially and adversely affects its ability to receive the Services under this Agreement.

8. Services Not Exclusive . The services to be provided hereunder by PI are not deemed to be exclusive, and PI and each of its members, officers, employees, registered representatives and affiliates are free to render such services to other funds or clients.

9. Limitation of Liability . PI shall not be liable to a Fund for any action taken or omitted by it or its officers, employees or registered representatives in the absence of bad faith, willful misfeasance, gross negligence or reckless disregard by it or its officers, employees or registered representatives of its or their obligations and duties under this Agreement.

10. Notices.

Any notice provided hereunder shall be sufficiently given when sent by registered or certified mail to the party required to be served with such notice at the following address:

(a) if to PI, to it at PIMCO Investments LLC, 1633 Broadway, New York, NY 10019-7585, Attention: Chairman; and

(b) if to a Fund, to it at [Name of Fund], care of Allianz Global Investors Fund Management LLC, 1633 Broadway, New York, NY 10019-7585, Attention: President,

or at such other address as a party may from time to time specify in writing to the other party pursuant to this Section 10.

11. Assignment.

This Agreement and a party’s rights and duties hereunder may not be assigned (as that term is defined in the 1940 Act) by either a Fund or PI except by the specific written consent of such other party. This Agreement shall be binding upon, and shall inure to the benefit of, the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

 

- 3 -


12. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by, and interpreted in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

13. Miscellaneous.

(a) Paragraph headings in this Agreement are included for convenience only and are not to be used to construe or interpret this Agreement.

(b) This Agreement constitutes the complete agreement of the parties hereto as to the subject matter covered by this Agreement, and supersedes all prior negotiations, understandings and agreements bearing upon the subject matter covered by this Agreement.

(c) If any part, term or provision of this Agreement is held to be illegal, in conflict with any law or otherwise invalid, the remaining portion or portions shall be considered severable and not be affected, and the rights and obligations of the parties shall be construed and enforced as if this Agreement did not contain such part, term or provision.

(d) This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be an original but all of which, taken together, shall constitute one and the same agreement.

(e) No amendment to this Agreement shall be valid with respect to a Fund unless made in writing and executed by both the Fund and PI.

(f) For each Fund which is a Massachusetts business trust, a copy of the Agreement and Declaration of Trust of the Fund is on file with the Secretary of State of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts, and notice is hereby given that this instrument is executed on behalf of the Trustees of the Fund as Trustees and not individually and that the obligations of this instrument are not binding upon any of the Trustees or shareholders individually but are binding only upon the assets and property of the Fund.

 

- 4 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed all as of the day and year first above written.

 

PIMCO Investments LLC
By:   /s/ Jonathan Short
Name: Jonathan Short
Title: Chairman

 

Each Fund Listed on Appendix A hereto

(with respect to each Fund, severally and neither jointly nor jointly and severally with any other Fund)

By:   /s/ Brian S. Shlissel
Name: Brian S. Shlissel
Title: President and Chief Executive Officer

 

- 5 -


Appendix A

 

FUNDS

  

NYSE Ticker Symbol

PIMCO DYNAMIC CREDIT INCOME FUND    (“PCI”)

 

- 6 -

LOGO

January 25, 2013

PIMCO Dynamic Credit Income Fund

1633 Broadway

New York, New York 10019

Ladies and Gentlemen:

We have acted as counsel to PIMCO Dynamic Credit Income Fund (the “Fund”) in connection with the registration statement of the Fund on Form N-2 under the Securities Act of 1933 (file no. 333-184290) and the Investment Company Act of 1940 (file no. 811-22758) (the “Registration Statement”), each as amended, with respect to certain of its common shares of beneficial interest, par value of $0.00001 per share (the “Common Shares”). The Common Shares are to be sold pursuant to an Underwriting Agreement substantially in the form filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement (the “Underwriting Agreement”) among the Fund, Allianz Global Investors Fund Management LLC, UBS Securities LLC, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, and the other underwriters party thereto.

We have examined the Fund’s Amended and Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust on file in the office of the Secretary of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts (the “Declaration of Trust”), and the Fund’s Amended and Restated Bylaws, and are familiar with the actions taken by the Fund in connection with the issuance and sale of the Common Shares. We have also examined such other documents and records as we have deemed necessary for the purposes of this opinion.

Based upon the foregoing, we are of the opinion that:

1. The Fund is a duly organized and validly existing unincorporated voluntary association with transferable shares under and by virtue of the laws of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

2. The Common Shares have been duly authorized and, when issued and paid for in accordance with the Underwriting Agreement, will be validly issued, fully paid and, except as described in the following paragraph, nonassessable by the Fund.

The Fund is an entity of the type commonly known as a “Massachusetts business trust.” Under Massachusetts law, shareholders could, under certain circumstances, be held personally liable for the obligations of the Fund. However, the Declaration of Trust disclaims shareholder liability for acts or obligations of the Fund and requires that a notice of such disclaimer be given in each note, bond, contract, instrument, certificate or undertaking entered into or executed by the Fund or its trustees. The Declaration of Trust provides for indemnification out of the property of the Fund for all loss and expense of any shareholder of the Fund held personally liable solely by reason of his being or having been a shareholder. Thus, the risk of a shareholder’s incurring financial loss


Page 2

 

on account of being a shareholder should be limited to circumstances in which the Fund itself would be unable to meet its obligations.

We understand that this opinion is to be used in connection with the registration of the Common Shares for offering and sale pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. We consent to the filing of this opinion with and as part of the Registration Statement and to the references to our firm under the caption “Legal Matters” in the prospectus, contained in the Registration Statement.

Very truly yours,

/s/ Ropes & Gray LLP

Ropes & Gray LLP

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form N-2 of PIMCO Dynamic Credit Income Fund of our report dated December 13, 2012, relating to the Statement of Net Assets of PIMCO Dynamic Credit Income Fund which appears in such Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to us under the headings “Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” in such Registration Statement.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP,         

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

New York, NY

January 25, 2013

PIMCO DYNAMIC CREDIT INCOME FUND

Subscription Agreement

This Subscription Agreement made as of December 6, 2012 by and between PIMCO Dynamic Credit Income Fund, a Massachusetts business trust (the “ Fund ”), and Allianz Asset Management of America L.P. (the “ Subscriber ”).

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, the Fund has been formed for the purposes of carrying on business as a closed-end management investment company; and

WHEREAS, the Subscriber is the parent company of Allianz Global Investors Fund Management LLC, the investment manager to the Fund; and

WHEREAS, the Subscriber wishes to subscribe for and purchase, and the Fund wishes to sell to the Subscriber, 4,189 common shares of beneficial interest, par value $0.00001 (the “ Shares ”), for a purchase price of $23.875 per share.

NOW THEREFORE, IT IS AGREED:

1. The Subscriber subscribes for and agrees to purchase from the Fund the Shares for a purchase price of $23.875 per Share and an aggregate purchase price of $100,012.38. The Subscriber agrees to make payment for the Shares at such time as demand for payment may be made by an officer of the Fund.

2. The Fund agrees to issue and sell said Shares to the Subscriber promptly upon its receipt of the aggregate purchase price.

3. To induce the Fund to accept its subscription and issue the Shares subscribed for, the Subscriber represents that it is informed as follows:

(a) That the Shares being subscribed for have not been and will not be registered under the Securities Act of 1933 (the “ Securities Act ”), or registered or qualified under the securities laws of any state;

(b) That the Shares will be sold by the Fund in reliance on an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act;

(c) That the Fund’s reliance upon an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act is predicated in part on the representations and agreements contained in this Subscription Agreement;

(d) That, when issued, the Shares will be “restricted securities” as defined in paragraph (a)(3) of Rule 144 of the General Rules and Regulations under the Securities Act (“ Rule 144 ”) and cannot be sold or transferred by Subscriber unless they are subsequently


registered under the Securities Act or unless an exemption from such registration is available; and

(e) That there do not appear to be any exemptions from the registration provisions of the Securities Act available to the Subscriber for resale of the Shares. In the future, certain exemptions may possibly become available, including an exemption for limited sales in accordance with the conditions of Rule 144.

The Subscriber understands that a primary purpose of the information acknowledged in subparagraphs (a) through (e) above is to put the Subscriber on notice as to certain restrictions on the transferability of the Shares.

4. To further induce the Fund to accept its subscription and issue the Shares subscribed for, the Subscriber:

(a) Represents and warrants that the Shares subscribed for are being and will be acquired for investment for its own account and not on behalf of any other person or persons and not with a view to, or for sale in connection with, any public distribution thereof;

(b) Agrees that any certificates representing the Shares subscribed for may bear a legend substantially in the following form:

The shares represented by this certificate have been acquired for investment and have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933 or any other federal or state securities law. These shares may not be offered for sale, sold or otherwise transferred unless registered under said securities laws or unless some exemption from registration is available; and

(c) Consents, as the sole holder of the Fund’s common shares of beneficial interest and pursuant to Section 23(b)(2) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, to the issuance by the Fund of common shares of beneficial interest at a price per share as set forth in the underwriting agreement relating to the public offering of the common shares of beneficial interest of the Fund.

5. This Subscription Agreement and all of its provisions shall be binding upon the legal representatives, heirs, successors and assigns of the parties hereto. This Subscription Agreement may be signed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original for all purposes.

6. This Agreement shall be governed by, construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without regard to principles of conflicts of law.

7. The Fund’s Agreement and Declaration of Trust, including any amendments thereto, is on file with the Secretary of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts. This Subscription Agreement is executed on behalf of the Fund by an officer of the Fund as an officer and not individually, and the obligations imposed upon the Fund by this Subscription Agreement are not


binding upon any of the Fund’s Trustees, officers or shareholders individually but are binding only upon the assets and property of the Fund.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Subscription Agreement has been executed by the parties hereto as of the day and date first above written.

 

PIMCO DYNAMIC CREDIT INCOME FUND
By:   / S / L AWRENCE G. A LTADONNA
Name:   Lawrence G. Altadonna
Title:   Treasurer and Principal Financial and Accounting Officer
ALLIANZ ASSET MANAGEMENT OF AMERICA L.P.
By:   / S / B RIAN S. S HLISSEL
Name:   Brian S. Shlissel
Title:   Managing Director

Allianz Global Investors Fund Management Sponsored Closed-End Funds

and The Korea Fund, Inc.

( each a Fund and, together, the Funds )

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CODE OF ETHICS

INTRODUCTION

Fiduciary Duty

This Code of Ethics (the Code ) is applicable to Access Persons (as defined below) of one or more Funds, and is based on the principle that, you, as an Access Person of the Funds, owe a fiduciary duty to the shareholders ( Shareholders ) of the Funds. Accordingly, you must avoid activities, interests, and relationships that might interfere or appear to interfere with making decisions in the best interests of Shareholders.

At all times, you must:

 

  1. Place the interests of Shareholders first. In other words, as a fiduciary you must scrupulously avoid serving your own personal interests ahead of the interests of Shareholders. You may not cause a Fund to take action, or not to take action, for your personal benefit rather than the benefit of Shareholders. For example, you would violate this Code if you caused a Fund to purchase a Security you owned for the purpose of increasing the price of that Security. If you are an Advisory Person (as defined below), you would also violate this Code if you made a personal investment in a Security that might be an appropriate investment for a Fund without first considering the Security as an investment for the Fund.

 

  2. Conduct all of your personal Securities transactions in full compliance with this Code. The Funds encourages you and your family to develop personal investment programs. However, you must not take any action in connection with your personal investments that could cause even the appearance of unfairness or impropriety. Accordingly, you must comply with the policies and procedures set forth in this Code under the heading Personal Securities 1 Transactions . Failure to comply with this Code may result in disciplinary action including, but not limited to, fines, disgorgement of profits or other sanctions deemed appropriate by the Audit Oversight and Compliance Committees of the Funds (each, an Audit Committee ). In addition, you must comply with all other applicable laws and regulations

 

1  

The term Securities, which is later defined in this policy, also includes any share of an Allianz Global Investors Fund Management Sponsored Closed-End Fund or The Korea Fund, Inc., for which you are an independent Trustee/Director. Transactions in such Securities must be pre-cleared using the form at Appendix I of this policy. The purpose is to confirm that the transaction is in compliance with the Funds’ Code of Ethics and Section 16 of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, Rule 10b-5 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and Section 30(h) of the Investment Company Act of 1940. Transactions in other Securities (other than Exempt Transactions, as defined), which do not meet the Special Exempt Transaction Rule (as defined) must be pre-cleared using the form at Appendix II of this policy. See Transactions Requiring Preclearance for further information.


  including those concerning insider trading. Doubtful situations should be resolved against your personal trading. Situations that are questionable may be resolved against your personal interests.

 

  3. Avoid taking inappropriate advantage of your position. The receipt of investment opportunities, gifts or gratuities from persons seeking business with the Funds, Shareholder or affiliate could call into question the independence of your business judgment. Accordingly, you must comply with the policies and procedures set forth in this Code under the heading Fiduciary Duties . Doubtful situations should be resolved against your personal interest. Situations that are questionable may be resolved against your personal interests.

 

  4. Comply with applicable federal securities laws and regulations. In connection with the purchase or sale, directly or indirectly, of a Security, you are not permitted to: (i) engage in any manipulative practices with respect to Securities, including price manipulation; or (ii) otherwise violate applicable federal securities laws (including without limitation, the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, the Investment Company Act of 1940, the Securities Act of 1933, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the Gramm-Leach Bliley Act, any rules adopted by the Securities and Exchange Commission (“Commission”) under these statutes, the U.S.A. Patriot Act, as it applies to mutual funds and investment advisers, and any rules adopted there under by the Commission or the Department of Treasury). In the event that you are unsure of any such laws or regulations, then you must consult the Funds’ Chief Compliance Officer or Chief Legal Officer, or, if you are an Independent Trustee (as defined below), counsel to the Independent Trustees/Directors.

As an officer or Trustee of the Funds, you must promptly report any violations or suspected violation of the federal securities laws, as well as any violations or suspected violations of this Code, to the Chief Compliance Officer of the Funds. The Chief Compliance Officer will in turn report any such violations or suspected violations to the Chair of the Audit Committee or, if the violation or suspected violation involves the Chair of the Audit Committee, to the Chair of the Boards of Trustees/Directors of the Funds ( each, a Board and collectively, the Boards) . Alternatively, if you are an Independent Trustee, you may report any such violations or suspected violations directly to the Chair of the Audit Committee and/or the Chair of the Board.

Application

Certain officers and Trustees/Directors of the Funds are officers of Allianz Asset Management of America L.P. ( AAM LP ), Allianz Global Investors U.S. Holdings LLC ( AGI US Holdings ), Allianz Asset Management of America LLC ( AAM LLC ), Allianz Global Investors Fund Management LLC ( AGIFM ), the investment adviser to the AGIFM Sponsored Closed-End Funds, RCM Capital Management LLC ( RCM ), the investment adviser to The Korea Fund, Inc. and/or Allianz Global Investors Distributors LLC ( AGID ), a broker-dealer.

With respect to the AGIFM Sponsored Closed-End Funds, AGIFM is responsible for providing advice and guidance with respect to the Funds and for managing, either directly or through other advisory firms approved by the Trustees, the investments of the Funds. The subadvisers, Pacific Investment Management Company LLC ( PIMCO ), Allianz Global Investors U.S. LLC (AGI US) and NFJ Investment Group LLC (NFJ) manage the day-to-day investment affairs of their respective Funds, save


AGIC’s management of the convertible component of the NFJ Dividend, Interest & Premium Strategy Fund.

With respect to The Korea Fund, Inc., RCM is the investment adviser and has retained RCM Asia Pacific Limited ( RCM AP ) to manage the day-to-day investment affairs of the fund and AGIFM to provide administrative services to the fund.

AAM LP, AGI US Holdings, AAM LLC, AGIFM, AGID, AGI US and NFJ ( except for PIMCO, RCM and RCM AP) are governed by the Code of Ethics of AAM LP (the AAM Code ) pursuant to Rule 17j-1 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Act”). The AAAM Code has been approved by the Boards, including a majority of the Independent Trustees/Directors. Any trustee or officer of the Funds or any person who would otherwise be subject to this Code, who also is subject to the AAM Code and who complies with the AAM Code (each such person, an Allianz Person ), shall not be subject to the provisions of this Code. Any changes to the AAM Code will be reported to the Boards promptly after the effectiveness of such change.

Certain persons ( PIMCO Persons, RCM Persons and RCM AP Persons ) who would otherwise be subject to this Code are officers or employees of PIMCO, RCM or RCM AP and are subject to the Code of Ethics of PIMCO ( the PIMCO Code) , RCM ( the RCM Code) or RCM AP ( the RCM AP Code, and collectively, the PIMCO-RCM-RCM AP Code ), respectively, adopted pursuant to Rule 17j-1 under the Act. The PIMCO-RCM-RCM AP Code has been approved by the Boards, including a majority of the Independent Trustees/Directors. Any person who would otherwise be subject to this Code who also is subject to the PIMCO-RCM-RCM AP Code and who complies with such PIMCO-RCM-RCM AP Code, shall not be subject to the provisions of this Code.

Any officer, trustee or other Access Person of the Funds that is not subject to the AAM Code or the PIMCO-RCM-RCM AP Code (each, a Non-Allianz Person) shall be subject to and required to comply with the terms of this Code. It is expected that all Access Persons of the Funds other than the Independent Trustees/Directors will either be Allianz Persons, PIMCO Persons, RCM Persons or RCM AP Persons and, therefore, only the Independent Trustees/Directors will be subject to this Code.

Questions

Questions regarding this Code should be addressed to the Funds’ Chief Legal Officer or the Funds’ Chief Compliance Officer, or, if you are an Independent Trustee, to counsel to the Independent Trustees/Directors.

Compliance with Laws, Rules, and Regulations

You must comply at all times with all applicable federal and state securities laws. In the event that you are unsure of any such laws or regulations, then you must consult with the Funds’ Chief Compliance Officer before engaging in the contemplated activity. If you are an Independent Trustee, you may instead consult with the Funds’ Chief Legal Officer or counsel to the Independent Trustees/Directors.

Definitions

Certain capitalized terms used in this Code are defined when first used. Others are defined below under “Definitions.”


Appendices

The following appendices are attached to this Code and are a part of this Code:

 

  I. Form for Preclearance of Fund Transaction

 

  II. Form for Preclearance of Securities Transactions

 

  III. Form of Report of Personal Securities Transactions/Brokerage Account Report

 

  IV. Privacy Policy of the Funds

 

  V. Portfolio Holdings Disclosure Policies and Procedures of the Funds

 

  VI. Form of Acknowledgement of Receipt of Code of Ethics

 

  VII. Form for Annual Certification of Compliance

PERSONAL SECURITIES TRANSACTIONS

Trading in General

General. You, as an Access Person, may not engage, and may not permit any other person or entity to engage, in any purchase or sale of a Security (other than an Exempt Security) in which you have, or such other person or entity has, or by reason of the transaction will acquire, Beneficial Ownership, unless (i) the transaction is an Exempt Transaction (as defined below) or (ii) you have complied with the procedures set forth under Transactions Requiring Preclearance .

Special Exempt Transaction Rule for Transactions by Independent Trustees/Directors ( the following Exempt Transaction Rule does not apply to transactions in shares of Allianz Global Investors Fund Management Sponsored Closed-End Funds or The Korea Fund, Inc. to the extent you are a Trustee/Director who serves on the Board of the applicable Fund. Such transactions must be pre-cleared as required by the procedures to the extent you are a Trustee/Director who serves on the Board of the applicable Fund) . Notwithstanding the foregoing, any transaction in Securities by an Independent Trustee shall be considered an Exempt Transaction and shall not be subject to the preclearance and reporting requirements under the Code, so long as such Independent Trustee did not know and, in the ordinary course of fulfilling his or her official duties as a trustee, should not have known, that during the 15-day period immediately preceding or after the date of the transaction, such Securities were purchased or sold, or considered for purchase or sale, on behalf of a Fund. Transactions in Securities (other than Exempt Securities) which do not meet the foregoing exception and which are not otherwise Exempt Transactions shall be subject to the preclearance and reporting requirements set forth in this Code.

Please note that if you knowingly have any direct or indirect beneficial interest in, or are designated as trustee, executor, or guardian of any legal interest in, any security issued by Allianz SE (the ultimate parent of Allianz Asset Management, Allianz Global Investors U.S. Holdings and its subsidiaries), you will be an “interested person” of the Funds and will not be an Independent Trustee for purposes of the Act.

Exempt Transactions

The following Exempt Transactions are not subject to the preclearance requirements under the Code, although they are still subject to the reporting requirements under the Code except where specifically identified as exempt.


  1. Any transaction in Securities in an account over which you do not have any direct or indirect influence or control. There is a presumption that you can exert some measure of influence or control over accounts held by members of your immediate family sharing the same household, but this presumption may be rebutted by convincing evidence subject to review and approval by the Funds’ Chief Compliance Officer. Such transactions are also exempt from the Code’s reporting requirements.

 

  2. Transactions effected pursuant to an automatic investment plan or dividend reinvestment plan. Such transactions are also exempt from the reporting requirements unless a transaction overrides the pre-set schedule or allocations of the plan. In such cases, the transaction(s) must be included in a quarterly transaction report.

 

  3. Purchases of Securities by exercise of rights issued to the holders of a class of Securities pro rata , to the extent they are issued with respect to Securities of which you have Beneficial Ownership.

 

  4. Acquisitions or dispositions of Securities as the result of a stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, merger, consolidation, spin-off or other similar corporate distribution or reorganization applicable to all holders of a class of Securities of which you have Beneficial Ownership.

 

  5. Acquisitions or dispositions of Securities of a private issuer . A private issuer is an issuer which has no outstanding publicly traded Securities, and no outstanding Securities which are convertible into or exchangeable for, or represent the right to purchase or otherwise acquire, publicly traded Securities. Note that Allianz Persons will be subject to the restrictions on investments in private placements included in the AAM Code and PIMCO Persons, RCM Persons or RCM AP Persons will be subject to any applicable restrictions set forth in the relevant PIMCO-RCM-RCM AP Code. However, you will have Beneficial Ownership of Securities held by a private issuer whose equity Securities you hold, unless you are not a controlling equity holder and do not have or share investment control over the Securities held by the entity.

 

  6. Transactions in Securities traded within the preceding fifteen days for a Fund provided that (i) the trading for the Fund has been completed and (ii) the trade in which the trustee or officer has or acquires Beneficial Ownership is not contrary to the trade done for the Fund.

 

  7. On a case-by-case basis, the Funds’ Chief Compliance Officer may exempt a specific transaction from any of the provisions of this Code except for the provisions set forth below under Reporting . All requests to exempt a transaction must be in writing and forwarded to the Chief Compliance Officer for approval prior to your executing the transaction.

 

  8. Purchases or sales of up to $100,000 per calendar month per issuer of fixed-income Securities.

 

  9. Any purchase or sale of fixed-income Securities issued by agencies or instrumentalities of, or unconditionally guaranteed by, the Government of the United States.


  10. Purchases or sales of up to $1,000,000 per calendar month per issuer of fixed-income Securities issued by qualified foreign governments . A qualified foreign government is a national government of a developed foreign country with outstanding fixed-income securities in excess of $50 billion.

 

  11. Purchases or sales that do not exceed 2,000 shares per day, per issuer, of issuers with a total market capitalization of $5 billion or greater at the time of investment. If you are unsure whether a security meets the market capitalization criteria, contact the Funds’ Chief Compliance Officer.

 

  12. Purchases or sales up to the lesser of 1,000 shares or $10,000 per calendar week, per issuer, of stock of issuers with market capitalizations below $5 billion at the time of investment.

 

  13. Transactions described as being considered “Exempt Transactions” under “Special Exempt Transaction Rule for Transactions by Independent Trustees/Directors.”

The list of qualified foreign governments and a company’s capitalization size will change from time to time. Accordingly, you may purchase Securities in an Exempt Transaction, only to find that you cannot sell them later in an Exempt Transaction. In that case, you will be able to sell them only if you preclear the sale in compliance with the procedures set forth in the Code.

Transactions Requiring Preclearance

If an Access Person has (or wishes to acquire) Beneficial Ownership of Securities which are not Exempt Securities and which cannot be acquired or sold in Exempt Transactions, such Securities may be sold (or acquired) in compliance with the procedures set forth in this Section.

Preclearance Procedures for Allianz Persons, PIMCO Persons, RCM Persons and RCM AP Persons : The preclearance procedures for transactions by Allianz Persons, PIMCO Persons, RCM Persons and RCM AP Persons are set forth in the AAM Code and the PIMCO-RCM-RCM AP Code, respectively.

Fund shares may only be acquired or sold in compliance with the procedures set forth in this section.

Preclearance Procedures for Non-Allianz Persons. If a Securities transaction requires preclearance:

 

  1. The Securities may not be purchased or sold if at the time of the preclearance you knew or should have known that a Fund would be trading in that Security or an equivalent Security on the same day or if you have access to non-public information regarding that Security. An equivalent Security of a given Security is (i) a Security issuable upon exercise, conversion or exchange of the given Security, or (ii) a Security exercisable to purchase, convertible into or exchangeable for the given Security, or (iii) a Security otherwise representing an interest in or based on the value of the given Security.

 

  2. The Securities may be purchased or sold only if you have requested the Funds’ Chief Compliance Officer to preclear the purchase or sale, the Funds’ Chief Compliance Officer has given you preclearance in writing, and the purchase or sale is executed by the close of business on the day preclearance is given. The preclearance request must be in writing on the applicable forms attached to this Code as Appendix I or II . Preclearance will not be given unless a determination is made that the purchase or sale complies with this Code and the foregoing restrictions.


Other Restrictions

Allianz Persons, but not Non-Allianz Persons, are also subject to the restrictions on short-term trading, derivative transactions and short sales, investments in private placements and initial public offerings and trading in closed-end funds set forth in the AAM Code. PIMCO Persons, RCM Persons and RCM AP Persons will be subject to any applicable restrictions set forth in the PIMCO-RCM-RCM AP Code.

REPORTING

Reporting Requirements for Allianz Persons, PIMCO Persons, RCM Persons and RCM AP Persons . The personal Securities transaction reporting requirements for Allianz Persons, PIMCO Persons, RCM Persons and RCM AP Persons are set forth in the AAM Code and the PIMCO-RCM-RCM AP Code, respectively.

Reporting Requirements for Independent Trustees/Directors. If you are an Independent Trustee, you do not need to provide the initial, periodic and annual reports described below but you must provide a quarterly report of any transaction in Securities (other than Exempt Securities) of which you had, or by reason of the transaction acquired, Beneficial Ownership, and as to which you knew, or in the ordinary course of fulfilling your duties as a trustee should have known, that during the 15-day period immediately preceding or after the date of the transaction, such Securities were purchased or sold, or considered for purchase or sale, on behalf of a Fund. The report must be provided to the Funds’ Chief Compliance Officer hereunder within 30 days after the end of each calendar quarter. The form for this purpose is attached to this Code as Appendix III.

Reporting Requirements for Non-Allianz Persons Other than Independent Trustees/Directors.

Reportable Accounts. The following types of brokerage or trading accounts are required to be reported by Access Persons. Transactions in such accounts are also required to be pre-cleared unless the transaction is for an Exempt Security or the transaction qualifies as an Exempt Transaction.

 

  1. Accounts in the name of or for the direct or indirect benefit of:

(a) An Access Person; or

(b) An Access Person’s spouse, domestic partner, minor children and any other person to whom the Access Person provides significant financial support, as well as to transactions in any other account over which the Access Person exercises investment discretion, regardless of beneficial ownership.

 

  2. Accounts that have the ability to hold securities reportable under the Code other than Exempt Securities even if such accounts currently only hold Exempt Securities.

Excluded from reportable accounts are the following:

 

  1.

Accounts that are fully managed by a third party where the Access Person does not have any direct or indirect influence or control over the account (for example, the Access Person may not have influence or control over investment selections for the account through recommendations, advice, prior review or otherwise). In cases where the Access Person reports a brokerage or trading account that is independently managed, the


  Access Person must provide the Chief Compliance Officer with written evidence that the Access Person does not have any direct or indirect influence or control over the account.

 

  2. Accounts which exclusively hold Exempt Securities and are unable to hold any non-Exempt Securities.

 

  3. Non-Allianz 401(k) and deferred compensation plan accounts.

Use of Broker-Dealers. You may not engage, and may not permit any other person or entity to engage, in any purchase or sale of publicly traded Securities (other than Exempt Securities) of which they have, or by reason of the transaction will acquire, Beneficial Ownership, except through a registered broker-dealer.

Reporting of Transactions and Brokerage Accounts. You must report on brokerage accounts and all Securities transactions except (i) Exempt Transactions that have been designated as not being subject to the reporting requirements, or (ii) transactions in Exempt Securities. To satisfy these requirements, (i) you must cause each registered broker-dealer who maintains an account for Securities of which you have Beneficial Ownership to provide to the Funds’ Chief Compliance Officer, within 30 days of the end of each calendar quarter, duplicate copies of: (a) confirmations of all transactions in the account and (b) periodic statements for the account and (ii) you must report to the Funds’ Chief Compliance Officer, within 10 days of the occurrence, the opening of any brokerage account and all transactions effected without the use of a registered broker-dealer in Securities (other than Exempt Securities) of which you have Beneficial Ownership.

The confirmations and statements required by (i)(a) and (i)(b) above must in the aggregate provide all of the information required by the Personal Securities Transactions/Brokerage Account Report attached to this Code. If they do not, you must complete and submit a Personal Securities Transactions/Brokerage Accounts Report within 30 days of the end of each calendar quarter.

Initial and Annual Reports . You must disclose your holdings of all Securities (other than Exempt Securities) of which you have Beneficial Ownership no later than 10 days after becoming an Access Person, and annually thereafter.

Disclaimer

Anyone filing a report required hereunder may disclaim Beneficial Ownership of any Security listed thereon.

FIDUCIARY DUTIES

Service as a Director

Unless you are an Independent Trustee , you may not serve on the board of directors or other governing board of a publicly traded company, unless you have received the prior written approval of the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Compliance Officer of the Funds. Approval will not be given unless a determination is made that your service on the board would be consistent with the interests of the Funds. If you are permitted to serve on the board of a publicly traded entity, you will be isolated from those portfolio employees who make investment decisions with respect to the securities of that entity, through an “Information Barrier” or other procedures.

This provision of the Code is not intended to supersede or modify any policy of the Board of Trustees/Directors regarding service by a Trustee as a director/trustee of any other entity.


Privacy Policy

You must abide by the privacy policy that applies to the Funds ( the Funds Privacy Policy ) which is attached to this Code of Ethics as Appendix IV. The Funds Privacy Policy is designed to protect personal and account information of Shareholders from disclosure to any non-affiliated third parties, except as permitted under the Funds Privacy Policy. You will be responsible for attesting to your compliance with the Funds Privacy Policy in your Annual Certification of Compliance.

Allianz Persons, PIMCO Persons, RCM Persons and RCM AP Persons are also subject to the AAM Privacy Policy or the privacy policy of PIMCO, RCM or RCM AP.

Disclosure of Non-Public Portfolio Holdings Information

If you have access to non-public portfolio holdings information of a Fund, you must treat such information in accordance with the Funds’ Portfolio Holdings Disclosure Policies and Procedures, which are attached to this Code of Ethics as Appendix V. In addition, Allianz Persons are subject to the restrictions on the disclosure of confidential portfolio holdings information set forth in the AAM Code, and PIMCO Persons, RCM Persons and RCM AP Persons are subject to any such restrictions set forth in the applicable PIMCO-RCM-RCM AP Code.

Confidentiality

The officers and Trustees/Director of the Funds acknowledge that each Fund discloses to its officers and Trustees/Directors, and such persons will otherwise come into possession of while acting in their capacities as officers or Trustees/Directors, certain information and data which a Fund wishes to keep confidential, including, but not limited to, information regarding a Fund’s governance, Board of Trustees/Directors, officers and other management (including regarding the Fund’s investment advisers and sub-advisers), minutes and other records of meetings, investment program, strategies and performance, portfolio holdings, dividends and distributions, secondary offerings, investment leverage, compliance, legal and regulatory matters (including Fund policies and procedures), valuation of assets, administration, custody, finances or operations (including information relating to financial statements), corporate actions, strategic plans, litigation and regulatory inquiries, communications, examinations and enforcement activities, shareholders and related communications, marketing, intellectual property and trade secrets, and information which is proprietary to the Fund or its advisers or which the Fund has obtained from third parties and with respect to which the Fund is obligated to maintain confidentiality (collectively, “ Confidential Information ”). The officers and Trustees/Directors of the Funds acknowledge that each Fund’s business is extremely competitive, dependent in part upon the maintenance of confidentiality, and that any disclosure of Confidential Information could result in serious harm to a Fund or its officers, Trustees/Directors or management. For these reasons, as officers or Trustees/Directors of the Funds, you must use Confidential Information only in connection with your duties as a Fund officer or Trustee/Director and may not use Confidential Information in any way that is or could be deemed to be detrimental to a Fund or its officers, Trustees/Directors or management. Further, you may not disclose, directly or indirectly, Confidential Information with respect to a Fund to any third person or entity, other than representatives of Fund management and their affiliates, and authorized representatives or agents of the Fund that require such Confidential Information in order to perform services for a Fund, and must treat all such information as confidential and proprietary property of the Fund.


COMPLIANCE

Certificate of Receipt

You are required to acknowledge receipt of your copy of this Code. A form for this purpose is attached to this Code as Appendix VI.

Certificate of Compliance

You are required to certify when you become an Access Person subject to this Code, and at least annually thereafter, that you have read and understand this Code and recognize that you are subject to this Code. Each annual certificate will also state that you have complied with the requirements of this Code during the prior year, and that you have disclosed, reported, or caused to be reported all holdings and transactions during the prior year in Securities of which you had or acquired Beneficial Ownership and which are required to be reported hereunder. A form for this purpose is attached to this Code as Appendix VII.

Role of Audit Committee

Subject to the supervision of the Audit Committee, the Funds’ Chief Compliance Officer is responsible for administering this Code. The Audit Committee is responsible for resolving interpretive questions that may arise under this Code and for imposing any sanctions under this Code. As noted above, the Chief Compliance Officer will report any violations or suspected violations of this Code to the Chair of the Audit Committee or, if the violation or suspected violation involves the Chair of the Audit Committee, to the Chair of the Board.

Remedial Actions

If you violate this Code, you are subject to remedial actions, which may include, but are not limited to, fines, disgorgement of profits or other sanctions deemed appropriate by the Audit Committee.

Reports to Trustees/Directors

Reports of Remedial Action

The Trustees/Directors of the Funds will be informed on a timely basis (no later than the next regularly scheduled quarterly meeting) of each remedial action taken in response to a violation of this Code.

Periodic Reports

Management of the Trust, AAM LP, AGI US Holdings, AAM LLC, AGIFM and AGID will report in writing periodically to the Trustees/Directors of the Funds with regard to efforts to ensure compliance by the officers and employees of AAM LP, AGI US Holdings, AAM LLC, AGIFM and AGID with their fiduciary obligations to their clients, including the Funds. Such reports will include the annual report described below as well as any reports required to be submitted by management of the Funds, AAM LP, AGI US Holdings, AAM LLC, AGIFM and/or AGID under Rule 17j-1 under the Act, the terms of any applicable regulatory settlements or other applicable law.

The annual report referred to above will be submitted by management of the Funds, will include the matters required to be included under Rule 17j-1 under the Act and will, at a minimum:


  1. Describe any issues arising under the Code since the last report to the Board, including, but not limited to, information about material violations of the Code or procedures and sanctions imposed in response to such violations; and

 

  2. Certify that the Funds have adopted procedures reasonably necessary to prevent Access Persons from violating the Code.

DEFINITIONS

Access Person means: (i) all of the directors, officers, general partners (if any) and Trustees/Directors of the Funds, AAM LP, AGI US Holdings, AAM LLC, AGIFM or any subadviser of the Funds, (ii) any Advisory Person of the Funds, AGIFM, or any Subadviser of the Funds, and (iii) any director, officer or general partner (if any) of AGID who, in the ordinary course of business, makes, participates in or obtains information regarding, the purchase or sale of Securities by any Fund, or whose functions or duties in the ordinary course of business relate to the making of any recommendation to any Fund regarding the purchase or sale of Securities.

Advisory Person means:

 

  (i) any director, officer, general partner or employee of the Funds or AGIFM or any Subadviser (or any company in a control (as defined in Section 2(a)(9) of the Act) relationship to the Funds or AGIFM or any Subadviser) who, in connection with his or her regular functions or duties, makes or participates in making recommendations regarding the purchase or sale of Securities by any Fund, including any portfolio manager and any employee whose functions relate to the making of any recommendations with respect to such purchases or sales; or

 

  (ii) any natural person who controls (as defined in Section 2(a)(9) of the Act) the Funds or AGIFM or any Subadviser and who obtains information concerning recommendations made to any Fund regarding the purchase or sale of securities by any Fund.

Beneficial Ownership. The following definition is designed to give you a practical guide with respect to Beneficial Ownership. However, for purposes of this Code, Beneficial Ownership shall be interpreted in the same manner as it would be under Rule 16a-1(a)(2) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”) in determining whether a person is the beneficial owner of a security for purposes of Section 16 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder.

You are considered to have Beneficial Ownership of Securities if you have or share a direct or indirect Pecuniary Interest in the Securities.

You have a Pecuniary Interest in Securities if you have the opportunity, directly or indirectly, to profit or share in any profit derived from a transaction in the Securities.

The following circumstances constitute Beneficial Ownership by you of Securities held by a fund:


  1. Your ownership of Securities as a trustee where either you or members of your immediate family have a vested interest in the principal or income of the fund.

 

  2. Your ownership of a vested beneficial interest in a fund.

 

  3. Your status as a settler of a fund, unless the consent of all of the beneficiaries is required in order for you to revoke the fund.

The following are non-exhaustive examples of an indirect Pecuniary Interest in Securities:

 

  1. Securities held by members of your immediate family or domestic partners sharing the same household; however, this presumption may be rebutted by convincing evidence that profits derived from transactions in these Securities will not provide you with any economic benefit subject to review and approval by Compliance.

Immediate family means any child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, domestic partner, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law, or sister-in-law, and includes any adoptive relationship.

 

  2. Securities held by any individual for whom you provided significant economic support during the immediately preceding 12-month period, even if such individual does not share the same household.

 

  3. Your interest as a general partner in Securities held by a general or limited partnership.

 

  4. Your interest as a manager-member in the Securities held by a limited liability company.

You do not have an indirect Pecuniary Interest in Securities held by a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity in which you hold an equity interest, unless you are a controlling equity holder or you have or share investment control over the Securities held by the entity.

Exempt Securities means the following securities, which are exempt from both the preclearance and reporting requirements under the Code:

 

  1. Direct obligations of the Government of the United States.

 

  2. Bankers’ acceptances, bank certificates of deposit, commercial paper, and high quality short-term debt instruments, including repurchase agreements.

 

  3.

Shares of registered open-end investment companies that are not advised or sub-advised by affiliates of AAM LP. 2 This exemption does not apply to an exchange-traded fund organized as an open-end investment company.

 

2

Allianz Global Investors open-end mutual funds include funds available through the Allianz Global Investors 401(k) Plan, Auto Invest Program and Deferred Compensation Plan. For a listing of open-end mutual funds advised by affiliates of AAM LP, please contact the Funds’ Chief Compliance Officer.


  4. Shares issued by unit investment funds that are invested exclusively in one or more mutual funds that are not advised or sub-advised by affiliates of AAM LP. This exemption does not apply to an exchange-traded fund organized as a unit investment fund.

 

  5. Shares of Money Market Funds.

Independent Trustee means a trustee who is not an “interested person” (as defined by Section 2(a)(19) of the Act) of the Funds.

Purchase or Sale of a Security The purchase or sale of a Security includes, among other things, the writing of an option to purchase or sell a Security.

Securities include any note, stock, treasury stock, bond, debenture, evidence of indebtedness, certificate of interest or participation in any profit-sharing agreement, collateral-trust certificate, preorganization certificate or subscription, transferable share, investment contract, voting-trust certificate, certificate of deposit for a security, fractional undivided interest in oil, gas, or other mineral rights, any put, call, straddle, option or privilege on any security (including a certificate of deposit) or on any group or index of securities (including any interest therein or based on the value thereof), or any put, call, straddle, option or privilege entered into on a national securities exchange relating to foreign currency, or shares of open-end and closed-end investment companies (also including the Allianz Global Investors Fund Management Sponsored Closed-End Fund and The Korea Fund, Inc.), or shares of any pooled or commingled investment vehicles, in general, any interest or instrument commonly known as a security, or any certificate of interest or participation in, temporary or interim certificate for, receipt for, guarantee of, or warrant or right to subscribe to or purchase, any security.

The following are not Securities: commodities, futures and options traded on a commodities exchange, including currency futures.


Appendix I

ALLIANZ GLOBAL INVESTORS FUND MANAGEMENT LLC

INDEPENDENT TRUSTEES/DIRECTORS

PRECLEARANCE OF AGI CLOSED-END FUND

and THE KOREA FUND TRANSACTION FORM

(To be submitted to AGIFM Compliance)

 

(1)         Name of trustee/director requesting authorization:

  

 

(2)         Name of the account where the trade will occur

              (if different from #1):

  

 

(3)         Relationship of (2) to (1):

  

 

(4)         Name of fund and type of security

              (e.g. common or preferred shares):

  

 

(5)         Ticker Symbol:

  

 

(6)         Intended number of shares:

  

 

(7)         Is the transaction being requested a purchase or sale?

  

 

   (NOTE: short sales are not permitted)

 

(8)         Has the fund completed all its initial common and preferred shares offerings and is not otherwise engaged in an offering of its shares?

             Yes                No

(9)         Do you possess material nonpublic information regarding the security or the issuer of the security?

             Yes                No

(10)      If the requested transaction is a sale, have the shares been held at least 6 months?

             Yes                No

NOTE: If you have any questions about how to complete this form please contact Al Pisano, CCO of AGIFM, at (212) 739-3231.

Approvals are valid until the close of business on the day approval has been granted. Accordingly GTC (good till canceled) orders are prohibited. If a trade is not executed by the close of business, you must submit a new preclearance request. Obtaining preclearance satisfies the preclearance requirements of the Funds’ Code of Ethics (the “Code”) and does not imply compliance with the Code’s other provisions.

By signing below, the undersigned certifies the following: The undersigned agrees that the above requested transaction is in compliance with the Funds’ Code of Ethics and Section 16 of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934 and Section 30(h) of the Investment Company Act of 1940.


   
Trustee/Director Signature
   

Date Submitted

 

Authorized            Not Authorized               
   
By:          
   
Printed Name:          
   
Date:          
   
           


Appendix II

Allianz Global Investors Fund Management Sponsored Closed-End Funds

and The Korea Fund, Inc.

PRECLEARANCE OF SECURITIES TRANSACTION FORM

 

(1)         Name of person requesting authorization:

  

 

(2)         Entity employed by (if Trustee of the Funds, write “Trustee”):

  

 

(3)         If different from #1, name of the account where the trade will occur:

  

 

(4)         Relationship of (3) to (1):

  

 

(5)         Name of the firm at which the account is held:

  

 

(6)         Name of Security:

  

 

(7)         Maximum number of shares or units to be purchased or sold or amount of bond:

  

 

(8)         Check those that are applicable:

  

         Purchase          Sale          Market Order          Limit Order (Price of Limit Order:              )

 

     COLUMN I      COLUMN II

(8)         Do you possess material nonpublic information regarding the security or the issuer of the security?

             Yes                No

(9)         To your knowledge, are the securities or “equivalent securities” subject to a pending buy or sell order by any Fund?

             Yes                No

(10)      To your knowledge, are there any outstanding purchase or sell orders for this security or any equivalent security by any Fund?

             Yes                No

(11)      To your knowledge, are the securities or equivalent securities being considered for purchase or sale for any Fund?

             Yes                No


Appendix II (Cont’d)

PRECLEARANCE OF SECURITIES TRANSACTION FORM

 

       COLUMN I    COLUMN II

(12)      Are the securities being acquired in an initial public offering?

             Yes              No

(13)      Are the securities being acquired in a private placement?

             Yes              No

(14)      If you are a Portfolio Manager, has any account you manage purchased or sold these securities or equivalent securities within the past three calendar days or do you expect the account to purchase or sell these securities or equivalent securities within three calendar days of your purchase or sale?

             Yes              No

I have read the Allianz Global Investors Fund Management Sponsored Closed-End Funds and The Korea Fund, Inc. Amended and Restated Code of Ethics dated              , 20          and believe that the proposed trade fully complies with the requirements of the Code.

 

 
            Employee Signature
 
            Print Name
 
            Date Submitted

Authorized by:                                                      

Date:                                                      


Appendix III

Allianz Global Investors Fund Management Sponsored Closed-End Funds

and The Korea Fund, Inc.

Personal Securities Transactions/Brokerage Account Report                     Quarter Ended:                                     

Unless you are an Independent Trustee, you must cause each broker-dealer who maintains an account for Securities of which you have Beneficial Ownership to provide to the Funds’ Chief Compliance Officer, within 30 days of the end of each calendar quarter, duplicate copies of confirmations of all transactions in the account and duplicate statements for the account and you must report to the Funds’ Chief Compliance Officer, within 10 days of the occurrence, all transactions effected without the use of a registered broker-dealer in Securities (other than transactions in Exempt Securities).

Unless you are an Independent Trustee, you have opened a new account with a broker-dealer since your last report, you must complete the following information for each such account:

 

Name

  

Broker

  

Account Number

  

Date Account Opened

        

Please provide information concerning non-Exempt Transactions not otherwise reported directly to the Funds by a registered broker-dealer.

 

Security’s Name*

  

Transaction Date

  

Buy or Sell?

  

No. of Shares

  

Price Per Share

  

Broker’s Name

              

 

* Including interest rate, principal amount and maturity date, if applicable.

Unless I am an Independent Trustee, by signing this document, I am certifying that I have caused duplicate confirmations and duplicate statements to be sent to the Funds’ Chief Compliance Officer for every brokerage account that trades in Securities other than Exempt Securities (as defined in the Allianz Global Investors Fund Management Sponsored Closed-End Funds and The Korea Fund Inc. Code of Ethics).

Print Name:                                                   Signature:                                                  Date:                             

Return to: Youse Guia, Allianz Global Investors U.S. LLC ,680 Newport Center Drive, Suite 250 , Newport Beach, CA 92660


Privacy Policy and Procedures

Appendix III (Cont’d.)

PERSONAL SECURITIES TRANSACTIONS/BROKERAGE ACCOUNT REPORT

 

1. Transactions required to be reported. You should report every transaction in which you acquired or disposed of any beneficial ownership of any security during the calendar quarter. The term “beneficial ownership” is the subject of a long history of opinions and releases issued by the Securities and Exchange Commission, and generally means that you would receive the benefits of owning a security. The term includes, but is not limited to the following cases and any other examples in the Code:

 

  (A) Where the security is held for your benefit by others (brokers, custodians, banks and pledgees);

 

  (B) Where the security is held for the benefit of members of your immediate family sharing the same household;

 

  (C) Where securities are held by a corporation, partnership, limited liability company, investment club or other entity in which you have an equity interest if you are a controlling equity holder or you have or share investment control over the securities held by the entity;

 

  (D) Where securities are held in a fund for which you are a trustee and under which either you or any member of your immediate family have a vested interest in the principal or income; and

 

  (E) Where securities are held in a fund for which you are the settlor, unless the consent of all of the beneficiaries is required in order for you to revoke the fund.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, none of the following transactions need be reported:

 

  (A) Transactions in securities which are direct obligations of the United States; or

 

  (B) Transactions effected in any account over which you have no direct or indirect influence or control.

 

2. Security Name. State the name of the issuer and the class of the security (e.g., common stock, preferred stock or designated issue of debt securities), including the interest rate, principal amount and maturity date, if applicable. In the case of the acquisition or disposition of a futures contract, put, call option or other right (hereinafter referred to as “options”), state the title of the security subject to the option and the expiration date of the option.

 

3. Futures Transactions. Please remember that duplicates of all Confirmations, Purchase and Sale Reports, and Month-end Statements must be sent to the firm by your broker. Please double check to be sure this occurs if you report a futures transaction. You should use the address below.

 

4. Transaction Date. In the case of a market transaction, state the trade date (not the settlement date).

 

1


Appendix III (Cont’d.)

 

5. Nature of Transaction (Buy or Sell). State the character of the transaction (e.g., purchase or sale of security, purchase or sale of option, or exercise of option).

 

6. Amount of Security Involved (No. of Shares). State the number of shares of stock, the face amount of debt securities or other units of other securities. For options, state the amount of securities subject to the option. If your ownership interest was through a spouse, relative or other natural person or through a partnership, trust, other entity, state the entire amount of securities involved in the transaction. In such cases, you may also indicate, if you wish, the extent of your interest in the transaction.

 

7. Purchase or Sale Price. State the purchase or sale price per share or other unit, exclusive of brokerage commissions or other costs of execution. In the case of an option, state the price at which it is currently exercisable. No price need be reported for transactions not involving cash.

 

8. Broker, Dealer or Bank Effecting Transaction. State the name of the broker, dealer or bank with or through whom the transaction was effected.

 

9. Signature. Sign the form in the space provided.

 

10. Filing of Report. A report should be filed NOT LATER THAN 30 CALENDAR DAYS after the end of each calendar quarter with:

Youse Guia

Allianz Global Investors U.S. LLC

680 Newport Center Drive, Suite 250

Newport Beach, CA 92660


Appendix IV

See Trust’s Amended and Restated Privacy Policy and Procedures


Appendix V

See Trust’s Portfolio Holdings Disclosure Policies and Procedures

 

1


Appendix VI

Allianz Global Investors Fund Management Sponsored Closed-End Funds

and The Korea Fund, Inc.

Form of Acknowledgement of Receipt of Code of Ethics

I hereby certify that I have read and understand the Allianz Global Investors Fund Management Sponsored Closed-End Funds and The Korea Fund, Inc. Amended and Restated Code of Ethics dated              , 20              . Pursuant to such Code, I recognize that I must disclose or report all personal securities holdings and transactions required to be disclosed or reported thereunder and comply in all other respects with the requirements of such Code. I also agree to cooperate fully with any investigation or inquiry as to whether a possible violation of the foregoing Code has occurred.

 

Date:   

 

     

 

         Signature
        

 

         Print Name

 

1


Appendix VII

Allianz Global Investors Fund Management Sponsored Closed-End Funds

and The Korea Fund, Inc.

ANNUAL CERTIFICATION OF COMPLIANCE

I hereby certify that I have complied with the requirements of the Allianz Global Investors Fund Management Sponsored Closed-End Funds and The Korea Fund, Inc. Amended and Restated Code of Ethics dated              , 20              for the year ended December 31, 20              . I understand that I have a fiduciary duty to the Trust and to the shareholders of the Funds. Furthermore, I will promptly report any violation of the federal or state securities laws to the Funds’ Chief Compliance Officer. Pursuant to such Code, I have disclosed or reported all holdings and personal securities transactions required to be disclosed or reported thereunder and complied in all other respects with the requirements of such Code, including the Funds’ Privacy Policy contained therein. I also agree to cooperate fully with any investigation or inquiry as to whether a possible violation of the foregoing Code has occurred.

 

Date:   

 

     

 

         Signature
        

 

         Print Name

 

1

Allianz Asset Management

of America L.P.

Code of Ethics

ALLIANZ ASSET MANAGEMENT OF AMERICA LP (“AAM LP”)

ALLIANZ ASSET MANAGEMENT OF AMERICA LLC (“AAM LLC”)

ALLIANZ GLOBAL INVESTORS DISTRIBUTORS LLC (“AGID”)

ALLIANZ GLOBAL INVESTORS FUND MANAGEMENT LLC (“AGIFM”)

ALLIANZ GLOBAL INVESTORS MANAGED ACCOUNTS LLC (“AGIMA”)

ALLIANZ GLOBAL INVESTORS CAPITAL LLC (“AGIC”)

ALLIANZ GLOBAL INVESTORS CAPITAL LTD (“AGIC UK”)

ALLIANZ GLOBAL INVESTORS SOLUTIONS LLC (“AGIS”)

ALLIANZ GLOBAL INVESTORS U.S. LLC (“AGI US”)

NFJ INVESTMENT GROUP LLC

 

  Effective: October 1, 2009 (San Diego Based Employees)

November 1, 2009 (All Other Employees)


Table of Contents

 

INTRODUCTION

     4   

A DOPTION OF THE C ODE OF E THICS

     4   

S TANDARDS OF B USINESS C ONDUCT

     4   

Q UESTIONS

     5   

GENERAL DEFINITIONS

     5   

S UPERVISED P ERSONS

     5   

REPORTABLE ACCOUNTS

     6   

PERSONAL SECURITIES TRANSACTIONS

     7   

T RADING IN G ENERAL

     7   

Securities

     7   

Purchase or Sale of a Security

     7   

Beneficial Ownership

     8   

Exempt Securities – No Pre-Clearance or Reporting Required

     8   

Exempt Transactions – No Pre-Clearance Required but Reporting Required

     9   

Generally Permitted Transactions—Pre- Clearance and Reporting Required

     10   

B LACKOUT P ERIODS – P ROHIBITED T RANSACTIONS

     11   

Short-Term Trading Restrictions

     12   

C IRCUMSTANCES R EQUIRING P RE - CLEARANCE

     12   

G ENERAL P RE - CLEARANCE P ROCEDURES

     12   

Use of CCH iTrade

     13   

P RE - CLEARANCE P ROCEDURES FOR AGI C LOSED -E ND F UNDS AND N ON -P ROPRIETARY S UB -A DVISED C LOSED -E ND F UNDS

     13   

B LACKOUT P ERIODS – A LLIANZ S HARES

     13   

A LLIANZ SE R ESTRICTED L IST

     13   

I NITIAL P UBLIC O FFERINGS

     14   

P RIVATE P LACEMENTS

     14   

REPORTING

     14   

U SE OF D ESIGNATED B ROKER -D EALERS

     14   

D ESIGNATED B ROKER

     15   

R EPORTING OF N ON -D ESIGNATED B ROKERAGE A CCOUNTS

     15   

I NITIAL R EPORTING AND C ERTIFICATION FOR N EW S UPERVISED P ERSONS

     15   

A NNUAL R EPORTING AND C ERTIFICATION

     16   

R EVIEW

     16   

GIFTS AND BUSINESS ENTERTAINMENT

     16   

G IFTS

     16   

B USINESS E NTERTAINMENT

     18   

P OLITICAL C ONTRIBUTIONS

     19   

C HARITABLE C ONTRIBUTIONS

     19   

P RIVACY P OLICY

     19   

O UTSIDE B USINESS A CTIVITIES

     19   

Service as Director of a Public Company

     20   

COMPLIANCE AND REMEDIAL ACTIONS

     20   

REPORTS TO MANAGEMENT AND TRUSTEES

     20   

REPORTING OF APPARENT OR SUSPECTED VIOLATIONS OF THE FEDERAL SECURITIES LAWS (“WHISTLEBLOWER POLICY”)

     21   

RECORDKEEPING REQUIREMENTS

     21   

APPENDIX I. INSIDER TRADING POLICIES AND PROCEDURES

     23   

APPENDIX II. PRIVACY POLICY

     29   

APPENDIX III. GUIDANCE ON BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP

     31   

 

2


APPENDIX IV. GUIDANCE ON SHORT TERM PROFIT RECOVERY

     32   

APPENDIX V. AGIMA PERSONAL TRADING PRE-CLEARANCE FORM

     33   

APPENDIX VI. TRANSACTIONS IN AGI CLOSED-END FUNDS

     34   

APPENDIX VII. AGI CLOSED-END FUNDS PRE-CLEARANCE FORM

     36   

APPENDIX VIII. NON-PROPRIETARY CLOSED-END FUND PRE-CLEARANCE FORM

     37   

APPENDIX IX. PRIVATE PLACEMENT APPROVAL REQUEST FORM

     39   

APPENDIX X. QUARTERLY TRANSACTION REPORT

     41   

APPENDIX XI. INITIAL ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF RECEIPT OF CODE OF ETHICS

     43   

APPENDIX XII. INITIAL REPORT OF PERSONAL SECURITIES HOLDINGS AND BROKERAGE ACCOUNTS

     44   

APPENDIX XIII. ANNUAL CERTIFICATION OF COMPLIANCE AND LISTING OF SECURITIES HOLDINGS

     47   

APPENDIX XIV. REPORT OF GIFT GIVEN OR RECEIVED

     49   

APPENDIX XV. REPORT OF BUSINESS ENTERTAINMENT RECEIVED

     50   

APPENDIX XVI. OUTSIDE BUSINESS ACTIVITIES

     51   

APPENDIX XVII. CODE OF ETHICS SANCTION GUIDELINES

     55   

 

3


ALLIANZ ASSET MANAGEMENT OF AMERICA L.P.

CODE OF ETHICS

INTRODUCTION

A DOPTION OF THE C ODE OF E THICS

This Code of Ethics (the “Code”) has been adopted by AAM LP and its affiliated subsidiaries or divisions listed on the Title Page of this Code (each, a “Company”) in accordance with Rule 204A-1 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (the “Advisers Act”). Rule 204A-1 requires, at a minimum, that an adviser’s code of ethics set forth standards of conduct, require compliance with federal securities laws, and address personal trading by advisory personnel.

S TANDARDS OF B USINESS C ONDUCT

Fiduciary Duty

The Code is applicable to all partners, officers, directors, and employees of the Company, including interns and temporary employees (collectively, “Employees”), and consultants (together with Employees, “Supervised Persons”). The Code is based on the principle that in addition to the fiduciary obligations of the Company, you owe a fiduciary duty to the shareholders of the registered investment companies (the “Funds” ) and other clients (together with the Funds, the “Advisory Clients” ) for which the Company serves as an adviser or sub-adviser. Accordingly, you must avoid activities, interests and relationships that could interfere or appear to interfere with making decisions in the best interests of Advisory Clients.

At all times, you must:

 

  1. Place the interests of Advisory Clients first. As a fiduciary, you must scrupulously avoid serving your own personal interests ahead of the interests of our Advisory Clients. You may not cause an Advisory Client to take action, or not to take action, for your personal benefit rather than for the benefit of the Advisory Client. For example, you would violate this Code if you caused an Advisory Client to purchase a security you owned for the purpose of increasing the price of that Security. If you are an Investment Person of the Company (as defined under the heading General Definitions ), you would also violate this Code if you made a personal investment in a security that might be an appropriate investment for an Advisory Client without first considering the security as an investment for the Advisory Client. Investment opportunities of limited availability that are suitable for Advisory Clients also must be considered for purchase for such Advisory Client accounts before personally trading in them by any Investment Person. Such opportunities include, but are not limited to, investments in initial public offerings and private placements.

 

  2.

Conduct all of your personal securities transactions in full compliance with this Code and the Company Insider Trading Policy and Procedures . The Company encourages you and your family to develop personal investment programs. However, you must not take any action in connection with your personal investments that could cause even the appearance of unfairness or impropriety. Accordingly, you must comply with the policies and procedures set forth in this Code under the heading Personal Securities Transactions . Failure to comply with this Code may result in disciplinary action, including but not limited to, fines, disgorgement of profits, suspension of trading privileges, and/or termination of employment. In addition, you must comply with the policies and procedures set forth in the Company Insider Trading Policy

 

4


and Procedures, which is attached to this Code as Appendix I. Situations that are questionable may be resolved against your personal interests.

 

  3. Avoid taking inappropriate advantage of your position. The receipt of investment opportunities, gifts or gratuities from persons seeking business with the Company directly or on behalf of an Advisory Client of the Company could call into question the independence of your business judgment. In addition, information concerning the identity of security holdings and financial circumstances of an Advisory Client is confidential. You may not use personal or account information of any Advisory Client of the Company except as permitted by the Company’s Privacy Policy, which is attached to this Code as Appendix II. Accordingly, you must comply with the policies and procedures set forth in this Code under the heading Fiduciary Duties . Situations that are questionable may be resolved against your personal interests.

 

  4. Comply with applicable federal securities laws and regulations. You are not permitted to: (i) defraud an Advisory Client in any manner; (ii) mislead such client, including making a statement that omits material facts; (iii) engage in any act, practice or course of conduct which operates or would operate as a fraud or deceit upon such client; (iv) engage in any manipulative practice with respect to such client; (v) engage in any manipulative practices with respect to securities, including price manipulation; or (vi) otherwise violate applicable federal securities laws (including without limitation, the Advisers Act, the 1940 Act, the Securities Act of 1933 (“Securities Act”), the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (“Exchange Act”), the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, any rules adopted by the Securities and Exchange Commission (“Commission”) under these statutes, and the U.S.A. Patriot Act and Bank Secrecy Act as it applies to mutual funds and investment advisers, and any rules adopted thereunder by the Commission or the Department of Treasury). In addition if you are a registered representative of AGID, you may not violate applicable NASD/FINRA rules. In the event that you are unsure of any such laws or regulations, then you must consult the Company’s Legal Department.

As a Supervised Person of the Company, you must promptly report any suspected violation of the federal securities laws, as well as any violations or suspected violations of this Code, to the Chief Compliance Officer or Chief Legal Officer of your Company.

In addition to the requirements contained in this Code, you must also comply with any supplemental policies and procedures associated with the Code.

Q UESTIONS

Questions regarding this Code should be addressed to the Chief Compliance Officer of your Company or his or her designee.

GENERAL DEFINITIONS

S UPERVISED P ERSONS

The following persons are considered to be “Supervised Persons” under the Code:

 

  1. Any partner, officer, director (or other person occupying a similar status or performing similar functions), and employee of the Company;

 

  2. All Employees of entities affiliated with an operating entity of the Company that have been authorized by the Company to act in an official capacity on behalf of another Company, sometimes referred to as “dual” employees;

 

5


  3. Certain persons who are employed by the Company as a consultant, contractor, intern or temporary employee and are subject to the Company’s supervision and control as defined more fully below; and

 

  4. All Access Persons, Non-Access Persons, and Investment Persons as defined below.

Supervised Persons will be placed in one or more of the following categories based upon the individual’s activities and role within the Company. Provisions of the Code pertaining to the pre-clearance requirements and certain prohibited transactions may apply to more than one category.

 

  A. “Access Person” means any partner, officer, director, Investment Person, or employee of the Company, or any consultant, contractor or temporary employee (whose tenure with the Company exceeds 60 days) and who:

 

  (1) in connection with their regular duties, makes, participates in, or has access to non-public information regarding the purchase or sale of securities by the Advisory Clients of the Company, or has access to non-public information regarding the portfolio holdings of any Advisory Client; or

 

  (2) is involved in making securities recommendations to Advisory Clients or who has access to such recommendations that are non-public.

 

  B. “Investment Person” means a subset of Access Person who, in connection with his/her regular functions and duties, makes, or participates in making, recommendations regarding the purchase or sale of securities on behalf of any Advisory Client, provides information or advice to a portfolio manager, or helps execute a portfolio manager’s recommendations. Generally, Investment Persons include, but are not limited to, portfolio managers, research analysts and traders.

 

  C. “Non-Access Person” means any Supervised Person of the Company that is NOT an Access Person. Because you do not receive non-public information about Advisory Client portfolios, you are subject only to the Standards of Business Conduct, Excessive Trading (in mutual fund shares); Closed-End Fund Pre-Clearance Restrictions; Blackout Periods-Allianz Shares, the Whistleblower Policy, Gifts and Entertainment, Political and Charitable Contributions, IPOs and Private Placements, Outside Business Activities, Service as a Director of a Public Company, and the Insider Trading Policy and Procedures of this Code.

Your category may be subject to change if your position within your Company changes or if you have been transferred to another Company. If you have any questions about your classification, please contact your Chief Compliance Officer. In addition, a Company’s Chief Compliance Officer, or his or her designee, may determine that certain provisions of the Code do not apply to consultants or temporary employees in consideration of the scope of their employment with the Company.

REPORTABLE ACCOUNTS

The following types of brokerage or trading accounts (“Accounts”) are required to be reported by Access Persons.

 

  1. Accounts in the name of or for the direct or indirect benefit of:

(a) An Access Person; or

(b) An Access Person’s spouse, domestic partner, minor children and any other person to whom the Access Person provides significant financial support, as well as to transactions in

 

6


any other Account over which the Supervised Person exercises investment discretion, regardless of beneficial ownership. The term “Beneficial Ownership” is described below.

 

  2. Accounts that are fully managed by a third party where the Access Person does not have discretion over investment selections for the account through recommendation, advice, pre-approval or otherwise. The Supervised Person must certify that the account is separately managed by a third party and Compliance may separately verify this fact.

 

  3. Accounts that have the ability to hold securities other than Exempt Securities even if the Account currently holds only Exempt Securities.

Excluded from reportable Accounts are the following:

1. Accounts which can only hold Exempt Securities. If you are a registered representative of AGID, you must report all brokerage accounts including accounts which can only hold Exempt Securities.

PERSONAL SECURITIES TRANSACTIONS

T RADING IN G ENERAL

As an Access Person, you may not engage, and you may not permit any other person or entity to engage, in any purchase or sale of a Security (other than an Exempt Security) in which you have, or by reason of the transaction will acquire, Beneficial Ownership, unless (i) the transaction is an Exempt Transaction or (ii) you have complied with the procedures set forth under Pre-clearance Procedures.

Securities

The following are Securities :

Any note, stock, treasury stock, bond, debenture, evidence of indebtedness, certificate of interest or participation in any profit-sharing agreement, collateral-trust certificate, pre-organization certificate or subscription, transferable share, investment contract, voting-trust certificate, certificate of deposit for a security, fractional undivided interest in oil, gas, or other mineral rights, any put, call, straddle, option or privilege on any security (including a certificate of deposit) or on any group or index of securities (including any interest therein or based on the value thereof), or any put, call, straddle, option or privilege entered into on a national securities exchange relating to foreign currency, or shares of open-end and closed-end investment companies, or shares of any pooled or commingled investment vehicles, in general, variable life insurance and variable annuities, any exchange-traded fund (ETF) or exchange-traded note (ETN), any interest or instrument commonly known as a security, or any certificate of interest or participation in, temporary or interim certificate for, receipt for, guarantee of, or warrant or right to subscribe to or purchase, any security.

The following are not Securities :

Commodities, futures and options traded on a commodities exchange, including currency futures. However, securities futures 1 and futures and options on any group or index of Securities (as defined in the 1940 Act) are Securities.

Purchase or Sale of a Security

 

1   A security future is a contract of sale for future delivery of a single security or a narrow-based security index.

 

7


The purchase or sale of a Security includes, among other things, the writing of an option to purchase or sell a Security.

Beneficial Ownership

The following section is designed to give you a practical guide with respect to Beneficial Ownership. However, for purposes of this Code, Beneficial Ownership shall be interpreted in the same manner as it would under Rule 16a-1(a)(2) of the Exchange Act in determining whether a person is the beneficial owner of a security for purposes of Section 16 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder.

You are considered to have Beneficial Ownership of Securities if you have or share a direct or indirect Pecuniary Interest in the Securities.

You have a Pecuniary Interest in Securities if you have the opportunity to directly benefit or share in any profit derived from a transaction in the Securities.

The following circumstances constitute Beneficial Ownership by you of Securities held by a trust:

 

  1. Your ownership of Securities as a trustee where either you or members of your immediate family have a vested interest in the principal or income of the trust.

 

  2. Your ownership of a vested beneficial interest in a trust.

 

  3. Your status as a settlor of a trust, unless the consent of all of the beneficiaries is required in order for you to revoke the trust.

The following are examples of an indirect Pecuniary Interest in Securities:

 

  1. Securities held by members of your immediate family sharing the same household unless it can be established that profits derived from transactions in these Securities will not provide you with any economic benefit, subject to review and approval by Compliance.

Immediate family means any child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, domestic partner, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law, or sister-in-law, and includes any adoptive relationship.

 

  2. Securities held by any individual for whom you provided significant economic support during the immediately preceding 12-month period, even if such individual does not share the same household.

 

  3. Your interest as a general partner in Securities held by a general or limited partnership.

 

  4. Your interest as a manager-member in the Securities held by a limited liability company.

You do not have an indirect Pecuniary Interest in Securities held by a corporation, partnership, limited-liability company or other entity in which you hold an equity interest, unless you are a controlling equity holder or you have or share investment control over the Securities held by the entity.

Additional guidance relating to Beneficial Ownership can be found in Appendix III.

Exempt Securities – No Pre-Clearance or Reporting Required

 

8


The following securities are defined as Exempt Securities. Exempt Securities are exempt from both the pre-clearance and reporting requirements under the Code:

 

  1. Direct obligations of the Government of the United States.

 

  2. Bankers’ acceptances, bank certificates of deposit, commercial paper, and high quality short-term debt instruments (defined as any instrument that has a maturity at issuance of less than 366 days and that is rated in one of the two highest rating categories by a Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization, or which is unrated but of comparable quality), including repurchase agreements.

 

  3. Shares of money market funds.

 

  4. Shares of registered open-end investment companies that are not advised by AGIFM or its U.S. affiliates or sub-advised by your Company (“Non-Affiliated Mutual Funds”). This exemption does not apply to an exchange-traded fund organized as an open-end investment company.

 

  5. Shares issued by unit investment trusts that are invested exclusively in one or more Non-Affiliated Open-End Mutual Funds. This exemption does not apply to an exchange-traded fund organized as a unit investment trust.

Exempt Transactions – No Pre-Clearance Required but Reporting Required

The following Exempt Transactions are not subject to the pre-clearance requirements under the Code, although they are still subject to the reporting requirements under the Code unless noted otherwise.

 

  1. Any transaction in Securities made in an Account over which you do not have any direct or indirect influence or control. Such transactions are also exempt from the reporting requirements.

 

  2. Transactions effected through an automatic investment plan or dividend reinvestment plan pursuant to a pre-set amount and pre-determined schedule. 2

 

  3. Purchases of Securities by exercise of rights issued to the holders of a class of Securities pro rata , to the extent they are issued with respect to Securities of which you have Beneficial Ownership.

 

  4. Acquisitions or dispositions of Securities as the result of a stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, merger, consolidation, spin-off or other similar corporate distribution or reorganization applicable to all holders of a class of Securities of which you have Beneficial Ownership.

 

  5. Transactions in securities of closed-end investment companies that are not advised by AGIFM or its U.S. affiliates or sub-advised by your Company (“Non-Affiliated Closed End Funds”).

 

  6. Transactions in shares of AGI registered open-end investment companies that are advised by AGIFM or its U.S. affiliates (“Affiliated Open-End Mutual Funds”). 3

 

2   Investments made outside of any pre-set amount and pre-determined schedule are subject to pre-clearance.
3   Affiliated Open-End Mutual Funds available through the Allianz Asset Management of America L.P. 401(k) Savings and Retirement Plan and the Allianz/PIMCO Auto Invest Program are separately available to compliance and are not required to be separately reported.

 

9


  7. Transactions in 529 Plans, including 529 Plans distributed by AGID.

 

  8. Such other class of transactions as may be exempted from time to time by Compliance based upon a determination that the transactions do not involve any realistic possibility of a violation of Rule 204A-1 under the Advisers Act 1940, or a violation of Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act. Compliance may exempt designated classes of transactions from any of the provisions of this Code except the provisions set forth below under Reporting .

 

  9. Such other specific transactions as may be exempted from time to time by your Chief Compliance Officer based upon a determination that the transaction(s) do not interfere or appear to interfere with making decisions in the best interest of our Advisory Clients. On a case-by-case basis, a Chief Compliance Officer may exempt a specific transaction from any of the provisions of this Code except for the provisions set forth below under Reporting . All requests to exempt a transaction must be in writing and forwarded to your Chief Compliance Officer for approval prior to your executing the transaction.

Generally Permitted Transactions—Pre- Clearance and Reporting Required

The following classes of Permitted Transactions are subject to the pre-clearance requirements under the Code, although authorization for the transactions (absent short term trading restrictions, or legal or internal restrictions) will be granted.

 

  1. Purchases or sales that, in the aggregate, do not exceed 2,000 shares per day, per issuer with a total market capitalization of $5 billion or greater at the time of investment. If you are unsure whether a security meets the market capitalization criteria, contact your Chief Compliance Officer. Purchases or sales that, in the aggregate, exceed 2,000 shares per day, per issuer are subject to normal pre-clearance requirements under the Code.

 

  2. Purchases or sales of fixed-income Securities issued by agencies or instrumentalities of, or unconditionally guaranteed by, the Government of the United States.

 

  3. Purchases or sales of up to $100,000 in the aggregate per calendar month of municipal securities.

 

  4 Purchases or sales of up to $1,000,000 per calendar month per issuer of fixed-income Securities issued by qualified foreign governments .

A qualified foreign government is a national government of a developed foreign country with outstanding fixed-income securities in excess of $50 billion.

 

  5. Short sales of any Permitted Transaction Securities or puts, calls, straddles, or options where the underlying amount of Securities controlled is an amount otherwise permitted in this section.

CAUTION

 

10


Qualified foreign governments and issuer market capitalization amounts may change from time to time. Accordingly, you may purchase Securities in a Permitted Transaction, only to find that you cannot sell them later in another Permitted Transaction. In that case, you will be able to sell them only if you pre-clear the sale in compliance with all of the other procedures set forth in the Code.

B LACKOUT P ERIODS – P ROHIBITED T RANSACTIONS

The following blackout periods on transactions are applicable to Access Persons and Investment Persons as described below.

1. AGIC; AGIC UK; AGIS; NFJ

A. Access Persons

Access Persons may not purchase or sell Securities (except for Exempt Securities or Permitted Transaction securities) if, at the time of pre-clearance (i) there is a pending buy or sell order on the relevant trading desk for an Advisory Client in the same Security or an equivalent Security; or (ii) the same Security or an equivalent Security has been purchased or sold by an Advisory Client during the period beginning 5 business days before the day on which the Access Person requests pre-clearance to trade in the same Security or an equivalent Security.

B. Investment Persons

Investment Persons may not purchase or sell Securities (except for Exempt Securities or Permitted Transaction securities) if, at the time of pre-clearance (i) there is a pending buy or sell order on the relevant trading desk for an Advisory Client in the same Security or an equivalent Security; or (ii) the same Security or an equivalent Security has been purchased or sold by an Advisory Client during the period beginning 5 business days before and 5 business days after the day on which the Investment Person requests pre-clearance to trade in the same Security or an equivalent Security.

Note: In determining whether there has been a violation of the post trade 5 business day blackout period, consideration will be given to whether the Investment Person knew or had reason to have known of the Advisory Client account transaction. An Investment Person who pre-clears, receives approval, and then trades in a Security, and who had no knowledge of and had no reason to have known about the Advisory Client account transaction in the same (or an equivalent) Security, will not be viewed as violating the post trade 5 business day blackout period.

2. AAM LP; AAM LLC; AGID; AGIFM; AGI US 4

Access Persons may not purchase or sell the same Security (except for Exempt Securities or Permitted Transaction securities) or an equivalent Security for 5 business days beginning the day an Advisory Client trade in the same Security (except for Exempt Securities or Permitted Transaction securities) or an equivalent Security is reported to the Company (currently, T+2).

3. AGIMA

Access Persons of AGIMA may not purchase or sell Securities (except for Exempt Securities or Permitted Transaction securities) if, at the time of preclearance (i) there is a pending buy or sell order on the AGIMA trading desk ( tradeblotter.net ) in the same Security or an equivalent Security;

 

4  

Employees of one Company assigned to support a different Company may be subject to that Company’s blackout periods in lieu of the blackout periods set forth in this section.

 

11


or (ii) during the period beginning 5 business days after any purchase or sale in the same Security or an equivalent Security that was triggered by a portfolio manager’s investment decision on behalf of any of the managed account models.

Note: Even if you receive pre-clearance to trade a Security, you may not purchase or sell that Security (unless it is an Exempt Security or a Permitted Transaction security) if, at the time of pre-clearance, you knew or should have known that an Advisory Client would be trading in the same Security or an equivalent Security on the same day.

Short-Term Trading Restrictions

Access Persons and Investment Persons may not profit from the purchase and sale, or sale and purchase, within 30 calendar days, of the same Securities or Equivalent Securities ( other than Exempt Securities, ETFs or ETNs (and options thereon) ) of which they have Beneficial Ownership. Any such short-term trade must be unwound, or, if that is not practical, any profits realized on the transaction must be disgorged to a charity in accordance with your Company’s procedures.

You are considered to profit from a short-term trade if Securities of which you have Beneficial Ownership are sold for more than their purchase price, even though the Securities purchased and the Securities sold are held of record or beneficially by different persons or entities. Additional guidance relating to short-term profit recovery can be found in Appendix IV attached to this Code.

In addition, excessive trading in Open-End Mutual Funds is strictly prohibited. No Supervised Person may engage in transactions that are in violation of a fund’s stated policy as disclosed in its prospectus and statement of additional information.

Definition of Equivalent Security

An “equivalent” Security means any option, warrant, convertible security, stock appreciation right, or similar right with an exercise or conversion privilege at a price related to the subject security, or similar securities with a value derived from the value of the subject security. Notwithstanding the foregoing, equivalent securities do not include: (i) hedged options transactions in which there is a purchase and simultaneous sale of an option or a sale and simultaneous purchase of an option, on the same underlying security. For example hedged options transactions would include: the sale of a BTU call with a strike price of 50 and the purchase of a BTU call with a strike price of 60 and same expiration date; the sale of a DIS put with a strike price of 30 and the purchase of a DIS put with a strike price of 20 and same expiration date; the purchase of a PG call option with a strike price of 50 and the sale of a PG call option with a strike price of 60 and same expiration date; and the purchase of an IRM put with a strike price of 30 with an October expiration and a sale of an IRM put with a strike price of 30 with a November expiration. Because of the many variations and the complexities of hedged options transactions, you are strongly urged to seek guidance from the Compliance Department before entering into these transactions.

C IRCUMSTANCES R EQUIRING P RE - CLEARANCE

If you wish to transact in Securities which are not Exempt Securities and which cannot be acquired or sold in an Exempt Transaction, you must comply with the procedures set forth under General Pre-clearance Procedures.

G ENERAL P RE - CLEARANCE P ROCEDURES

All pre-clearance approvals for securities traded on a U.S. Stock Exchange are effective until the close of business on the day that your pre-clearance request has been approved. All pre-clearance approvals for securities traded on a Non-U.S. Stock Exchange are effective until the close of business on the day immediately following the business day that pre-clearance was given. If the individual submitting the request wishes to execute a trade after the time period for which approval is granted, a new pre-clearance request must be submitted (e.g., in the case of a limit

 

12


order that has not been executed or is only partially filled within the approved time period). Good Till Canceled (GTC) orders are not permitted.

Use of CCH iTrade

All Access Persons and Investment Persons must pre-clear all personal transactions in Securities (other than Exempt Securities or Exempt Transactions) by submitting a Trade Request Form through CCH iTrade. Instructions on the use of the CCH iTrade system are available on your Company’s intranet. If you have any questions regarding the use of CCH iTrade, please contact your local Compliance Department.

AGIMA employees are required to complete the AGIMA Personal Trading Pre-Clearance Form prior to pre-clearance through CCH iTrade for all transactions and submit the form for approval to the AGIMA Trading Desk. The pre-clearance form is attached to this Code as Appendix V. Final trade pre-clearance is not deemed valid until the employee has received approval both on the AGIMA Personal Trading Pre-Clearance Form as well as through CCH iTrade.

If you are out of the office and are unable to access CCH iTrade through your Company’s Intranet, please contact your local Compliance Department.

P RE - CLEARANCE P ROCEDURES FOR AGI C LOSED -E ND F UNDS AND N ON -P ROPRIETARY

S UB -A DVISED C LOSED -E ND F UNDS

Please refer to the Compliance section of the Company Intranet for the respective blackout periods relating to AGI Closed-End Funds.

Supervised Persons who wish to invest in a closed-end fund advised by AGIFM (“Closed End Fund”) must complete a pre-clearance form and submit it to their local Compliance Department for approval. The policy relating to trading in AGI Closed-End Funds is attached to this Code as Appendix VI and the pre-clearance form is attached to this Code as Appendix VII.

Supervised Persons who wish to invest in a non-proprietary closed-end fund for which their Company acts as the sub-adviser must also complete a pre-clearance form and submit it to their local Compliance Department for approval. The pre-clearance form is attached to this Code as Appendix VIII.

B LACKOUT P ERIODS – A LLIANZ S HARES

Please refer to the Compliance section of the Company Intranet for the respective blackout periods relating to Allianz SE securities.

Supervised Persons are prohibited from trading in Allianz SE securities (including ADRs) during certain periods of the year, generally surrounding the release of annual financial statements and quarterly results. This restriction also applies to transactions that completely or in part refer to Allianz SE company shares (or derivatives thereof) which involve the exercise of cash settled options or any kind of rights granted under compensation or incentive programs such as Stock Appreciation Rights (“SARs”), Phantom Stocks or Participation Schemes. Any exercise with direct cash-out payments are equivalent to the outright sale of Allianz shares held by a Supervised Person and therefore, would not be permitted during such blackout period.

A LLIANZ SE R ESTRICTED L IST

The Allianz SE Restricted List includes companies in which the trading of securities is restricted for certain types of accounts. Such restrictions may be applicable to trades for Advisory Clients, trades for proprietary accounts and/or for personal securities transactions. Issuers may be added to the Restricted List for a variety of reasons, such

 

13


as the following: (i) the issuer being a traded affiliate; (ii) an affiliated Company having inside information about a particular issuer; or (iii) to ensure that the aggregate group holding does not breach a particular threshold. Supervised Persons are prohibited from trading in any securities issued by the issuers on the Restricted List if such restrictions apply to personal account dealings.

I NITIAL P UBLIC O FFERINGS

Supervised Persons may purchase securities that are the subject of an Initial Public Offering (“IPO”) only after receiving prior transaction clearance in writing from their Chief Compliance Officer. For purposes hereof, “Initial Public Offering” (also referred to as a “new Issue” under FINRA Rule 5130) means an offering of securities registered under the Securities Act, the issuer of which, immediately before the registration, was not subject to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act to file public periodic reports with the SEC.

In considering such a request, the Chief Compliance Officer will determine whether the proposed transaction presents a conflict of interest with any of the Company’s Advisory Clients or otherwise violates the Code. The Chief Compliance Officer will also consider whether: (i) the purchase is made through the Supervised Person’s regular broker; (2) the number of shares to be purchased is commensurate with the normal size and activity of the Supervised Person’s account; and (3) the transaction otherwise meets the requirements of FINRA restrictions, as applicable, regarding the sale of a new issue to an account in which a “restricted person” as defined in FINRA Rule 5130, has a beneficial interest. The Chief Compliance Officer may consult with the CIO or his or her designee in making his or her determination, and requests from Investment Persons must be approved from the CIO or his or her designee.

In addition to receiving approval from the Chief Compliance Officer, a Supervised Person must also pre-clear the trade through CCH iTrade on the day the offering is priced before purchasing in the IPO. The trade will not be permitted if an Advisory Client order has been received.

P RIVATE P LACEMENTS

A Supervised Person may not acquire Beneficial Ownership of any Securities offered in a private placement , unless prior written approval is received from his or her immediate supervisor, CIO (or COO if your Company does not have a CIO), and Chief Compliance Officer. Approval will be not be given unless a determination is made that the investment opportunity is not suitable for Advisory Clients, and that the opportunity to invest has not been offered to you solely by virtue of your position. The form for requesting private placement approval is attached to this Code as Appendix IX.

For purposes hereof, “private placement” means an offering that is exempted from registration under the Securities Act pursuant to Section 4(2) or Section 4(6) or pursuant to Rule 504, 505 or 506 under the Securities Act.

If you are an Investment Person and you have acquired Beneficial Ownership of Securities in a private placement, you must disclose your investment when you play a part in any consideration of an investment by an Advisory Client in the issuer of the Securities, and any decision to make such an investment must be independently reviewed by your Company’s CIO or a portfolio manager who does not have Beneficial Ownership of any Securities of the issuer.

REPORTING

U SE OF D ESIGNATED B ROKER -D EALERS

You may not engage, and you may not permit any other person or entity to engage, in any purchase or sale of publicly-traded Securities (other than Exempt Securities) of which you have, or by reason of the transaction will acquire, Beneficial Ownership, except through a registered broker-dealer.

 

14


D ESIGNATED B ROKER

To assist in the implementation of the Code and meet regulatory requirements, all Access Persons must maintain their personal Accounts (which they are deemed to have Beneficial Ownership) with a “Designated Broker” (currently for most operating entities Charles Schwab). If you are a new Access Person, you are required to transfer your brokerage account(s) to a Designated Broker within a reasonable period of time from your initial commencement of employment.

If you are maintaining an Account other than with a Designated Broker, you are required to immediately disclose this to your local Compliance Department. Based upon the determination by your Chief Compliance Officer, certain limited exemptions may be granted that would allow the employee to continue maintaining his or her personal Accounts with a non-designated broker.

R EPORTING OF N ON -D ESIGNATED B ROKERAGE A CCOUNTS

Every Access Person must report their personal Accounts and all Securities transactions that are not Exempt Transactions or transactions in Exempt Securities. To satisfy these requirements, you must cause each non-designated registered broker-dealer, who maintains an account for Securities of which you have Beneficial Ownership, to provide to your local Compliance Department within 30 days of the end of each calendar quarter, duplicate copies of: (a) confirmations of all transactions in the Account and (b) periodic statements for the Account. Access Persons are excused from submitting Quarterly Transaction Reports (attached to this Code as Appendix X) only if doing so would duplicate information contained in trade confirmations or account statements that the Company holds in its records, provided the Company has received those confirmations or statements not later than 30 days after the close of the calendar quarter in which the transaction takes place.

The confirmations and statements required by (a) and (b) above must in the aggregate provide all of the information required by the Quarterly Transaction Report. If they do not, you must complete and submit a Quarterly Transaction Report

Most broker-dealers require that the Company provide a NYSE Rule 407/NASD Rule 3050 letter which acknowledges that your account is held by such broker-dealer and requests that the broker-dealer provide the relevant Compliance Department with duplicate client account statements and transactional confirms. Your local Compliance Officer or his or her designee will execute this letter for any of your Beneficially Owned Accounts that have been approved by Compliance.

You must promptly notify your local Compliance Officer or his or her designee prior to opening any new brokerage accounts. The notification must be in writing and must include the name of the broker-dealer and the account number.

I NITIAL R EPORTING AND C ERTIFICATION FOR N EW S UPERVISED P ERSONS

Within 10 days following the commencement of employment at the Company, all Supervised Persons are required to complete and submit the Initial Acknowledgement Certification and Access Persons are required to complete and submit the Initial Listing of Personal Securities Holdings, Mutual Fund and Brokerage Accounts forms to their local Compliance Department (See Appendix XI and XII). The information supplied must be current as of a date no more than 45 days before becoming an employee.

 

15


A NNUAL R EPORTING AND C ERTIFICATION

On an annual basis, all Access Persons are required to complete and submit the Annual Listing of Securities Holdings and Certification of Compliance form to your local compliance department (See Appendix XIII). Non-Access Persons are required to complete and submit a Certification of Compliance. Compliance will notify Supervised Persons when the annual certifications are due. The information supplied must be current as of a date no more than 45 days before the annual report is submitted. For all Access Persons who are required to pre-clear personal securities transactions through CCH iTrade, this requirement is satisfied by certifying the Code of Ethics Certification and the Brokerage Account Certification through CCH iTrade and separately submitting the Annual Holdings Certification . For all Non-Access Persons, the requirement to complete and submit a Certification of Compliance is satisfied by certifying the Code of Ethics Certification through CCH iTrade.

You will also receive a copy of the Code whenever there are material amendments made to the Code. At such time, you will be required to acknowledge receipt of the amended Code and certify that you have read and understand the amended Code. A copy of the most recent Code of Ethics can be found in the Compliance section of your Company’s intranet and also may be viewed within CCH iTrade.

R EVIEW

All reports and certifications submitted by Supervised Persons pursuant to this Code shall be reviewed by the Chief Compliance Officer of the Supervised Person’s Company or by his or her designee.

GIFTS AND BUSINESS ENTERTAINMENT

No Supervised Person of the Company shall receive (or give) any gift (including gifts of nominal value as noted below), entertainment, or other consideration in merchandise, service, or otherwise that is excessive in value or frequency from (or to) any person, firm, corporation, association or other entity (“Outside Entity”) that does business with or on behalf of an Advisory Client or the Company. As described more fully below, gifts are generally subject to a $100 limit. Notwithstanding the guidance set forth below, please note that giving or receiving gifts or entertainment to or from federal, state or local government officials, and state or local pension or retirement plan officials, may be subject to more stringent requirements. Please consult with your local Compliance or Legal Departments for further guidance.

Gifts . The term “gift” includes the giving or receipt of gratuities, merchandise, service, and the enjoyment or use of property or facilities for personal use. The term “gift” does not include “business entertainment” as defined more fully below, but does include meals, tickets to events and other entertainment that does not qualify as “business entertainment.”

 

  a. Gifts must be reasonable in terms of frequency and value. It may be reasonable to give or receive gifts at a more frequent basis under certain limited circumstances, i.e ., holiday season.

 

  b. Do not accept gifts, favors, or other things of value which could influence your decision-making or make you feel beholden to a person or an Outside Entity.

 

  c. Do not offer gifts, favors, or other things of value that could be viewed as overly generous or aimed at influencing decision-making or making an Outside Entity feel beholden to the Company.

 

  d. Gifts should not be sent to a Supervised Person’s home. If they are, the Supervised Person must request that the gift giver discontinue this practice in the future.

 

16


  e. You may RECEIVE gifts from an Outside Entity so long as their aggregate annual value does not exceed the equivalent of $100. You may GIVE gifts to an Outside Entity so long as the aggregate annual value does not exceed the equivalent of $100.

 

  f. To determine an item’s value, you should use the higher of cost, face, or market value ( i.e., what it would cost to purchase on the open market).

 

  g. If a department (as opposed to an individual) receives a gift that is valued in excess of the $100 limit, it can be shared among Supervised Persons, provided no single Supervised Person’s pro rata share of the gift exceeds the $100 limit.

 

  h. Under no circumstances should cash gifts be given to or accepted from an Outside Entity. A gift card or gift certificate not in excess of the $100 limit ( i.e., American Express Gift Cards, Starbuck Gift Cards, etc .) can be accepted from an Outside Entity if the gift certificate is not convertible into cash, except for amounts under $10 not spent when the gift certificate or card is used.

 

  i. Any gift received that is prohibited should be refused; however, if it is not possible in the interest of business, the gift should be donated to a charitable organization after consultation with your immediate supervisor and Compliance. Alternatively, with the approval of your Chief Compliance Officer, the gift can be awarded to the winner of a random drawing of an identified group of employees of an appropriate size.

 

  j. This policy applies to gifts given to or received by family and friends on behalf of employees, vendors or clients.

 

  k. Gifts of nominal value that either have our logo or the giving firm’s logo are excluded from this policy as long as the value of the gift does not exceed $50.00 ( i.e. , such items will not count toward the annual $100 limit from an Outside Entity and need not be reported). Nonetheless, as noted previously in this Code, the giving or receipt of gifts of nominal value should not be so frequent as to raise any question of impropriety.

 

  l. Gifts offered or received in connection with a bona fide personal relationship are excluded from this policy (e.g., personal gift given in recognition of a life event, such as a baby or wedding gift).

Exceptions. If a Supervised Person believes that it would be appropriate to give a gift with a value exceeding the $100 limit, he or she must submit a written request to, and obtain written approval from, his or her Chief Compliance Officer before (whenever feasible) the gift is given. The request should specify (i) the name of the giver; (ii) the name of the intended recipient and his or her employer, if applicable; (iii) a description of the gift; (iv) the gift’s monetary value; (v) the nature of the business relationship; and (vi) the reason the gift is being given. No exceptions will be granted for gifts subject to FINRA’s $100 gift limit. 5

Reporting of Gifts. All Supervised Persons are required to complete a record of gifts given and received within thirty days. If your Company uses CCH iTrade for reporting purposes, you should report the gift accordingly. If your Company does not use CCH iTrade for this purpose, you should use the Report of Offer or Receipt of Gift form attached to this Code as Appendix XIV for this

 

5  

FINRA Rule 3220, Influencing or Rewarding Employees of Others , provides: “No member or person associated with a member shall, directly or indirectly, give or permit to be given anything of value, including gratuities, in excess of one hundred dollars per individual per year to any person, principal, proprietor, employee, agent or representative of another person where such payment or gratuity is in relation to the business of the employer of the recipient of the payment or gratuity. A gift of any kind is considered a gratuity.”

 

17


purpose. You are required to send these forms to your local Compliance Department within thirty days. All departmental gifts and their disposition must be appropriately documented by the division head or his or her designee.

Business Entertainment . Business entertainment is considered part of a business relationship and occurs when a Company’s employee is in the presence of an Outside Business contact (either when the business contact is being entertained by a Company’s employee or vice versa). If a Company’s employee and the Outside Business contact do not both plan to be present, the item will be considered a gift and be subject to the gift restrictions and reporting requirements noted above.

 

  a. Entertainment must be reasonable in terms of frequency and value.

 

  b. Do not accept entertainment of value which could influence your decision-making or make you feel beholden to a person or an Outside Entity.

 

  c. Do not offer entertainment of value that could be viewed as overly generous or aimed at influencing decision-making or making an Outside Entity feel beholden to the Company.

 

  d. Entertainment involving personnel associated with Outside Entities may only be used to foster and promote business relationships with Outside Entities.

 

  e. You may attend business meals, business related conferences, sporting events and other entertainment events at the expense of the giver, so long as the expense is reasonable and both you and the giver are present.

 

  f. You may not accept or offer air transportation nor may you accept hotel or other accommodations without obtaining prior written approval from your Chief Compliance Officer or his or her designee. You must also obtain prior written approval from your supervisor (the person to whom you report) for all air travel, conferences, and business events that require overnight accommodations.

 

  g. This policy applies to entertainment given to or received by family and friends on behalf of employees, vendors or clients.

 

  h. Entertainment offered or received in connection with a bona fide personal relationship is excluded from this policy (e.g., dinner at the home of a long-time personal friend).

Reporting of Business Entertainment. Business entertainment received from an Outside Entity that exceeds $100 in the aggregate per quarter should be reported within thirty days after the quarter end. If your Company uses CCH iTrade for reporting purposes, you should report business entertainment received accordingly. If your Company does not use CCH iTrade for this purpose, you should use the Report of Receipt of Business Entertainment form attached to this Code as Appendix XV for this purpose. You are required to send these forms to your local Compliance Department within thirty days after the calendar quarter end. Business entertainment given should be reported in accordance with your Company’s expense policies and procedures. As a reminder, the giver of any entertainment must be present in order to be considered business entertainment. If the giver is not present, the entertainment will be considered a gift and must comply with the requirements applicable to gifts as noted above.

Illegal Payments

Federal, State, and laws of other countries prohibit the payment of bribes, kickbacks, inducements or other illegal gratuities or payments by or on behalf of any of the Companies. Each Company, through its policies and practices, is committed to comply fully with these laws. The U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act makes it a crime to

 

18


corruptly give, promise or authorize payment, in cash or in kind, for any service to a foreign government official or political party in connection with obtaining or retaining business. If you are solicited to make or receive an illegal payment, or have any questions regarding whether any solicitation to receive or make a payment is illegal, contact your Chief Legal Officer or Chief Compliance Officer.

P OLITICAL C ONTRIBUTIONS

In support of the democratic process, Employees are encouraged to exercise their rights as citizens by voting in all elections. Certain state and federal restrictions and obligations, however, are placed on our Companies and Employees, including employees’ spouses and dependent children (“Family Members”), in connection with their political contributions and solicitation activities. For example, our investment advisers must comply with Investment Advisers Act Rule 206(4)-5 (hereinafter, “Rule 206(4)-5”), and our broker-dealer must comply with MSRB Rule G-37. These and other rules are intended to prevent companies from obtaining business from state and local government entities in return for Political Contributions or fundraising. Failure to comply with Rule 206(4)-5 may trigger a ban on receiving compensation for Investment Advisory Service Business for two years, and failure to comply with MSRB Rule G-37 may prohibit our broker-dealer from engaging in municipal securities business (i.e., offering Section 529 Plans) with an issuer for two years.

All Employees must abide by the requirements of the Political Contributions Policy, which can be found in the Compliance section of the Allianz Asset Management of America’s intranet.

C HARITABLE C ONTRIBUTIONS

Charitable contributions that are solicited or directed by Advisory Clients or prospective clients or made on behalf of Advisory Clients or prospective clients or made for the purpose of influencing the award or continuation of a business relationship with such Advisory Client or prospective client must be pre-approved by your supervisor and your Chief Compliance Officer.

Depending on the state in which you live or the state in which you are soliciting business, additional requirements may apply. If you are an AGID registered representative, additional restrictions may apply as well. For any questions relating to political and charitable contributions, contact your Chief Compliance Officer.

P RIVACY P OLICY

You must abide by the Company Privacy Policy (the “Privacy Policy”) which is attached to this Code of Ethics as Appendix II. The Privacy Policy is designed to protect personal and account information of Advisory Clients from disclosure to any non-affiliated third parties, except as required or permitted by law or certain circumstances and when duly authorized by a Compliance Officer or director of the Company. You will be responsible for attesting to your compliance with the Privacy Policy in your Annual Certification of Compliance.

O UTSIDE B USINESS A CTIVITIES

Your outside activities must not reflect adversely on the Company or give rise to a real or apparent conflict of interest with your duties to the Company or its Advisory Clients. You must be alert to potential conflicts of interest and be aware that you may be asked to discontinue the outside activity if a potential conflict arises. You may not, directly or indirectly:

(a) Accept a business opportunity from someone doing business or seeking to do business with the Company that is made available to you because of your position within the Company;

(b) Take for oneself a business opportunity belonging to the Company; or

 

19


(c) Engage in a business opportunity that competes with any of the Company’s business.

You must obtain pre-approval from your immediate supervisor and your CCO (or his or her designee) for any outside business activities. A form for this purpose is attached to this Code as Appendix XVI. You must seek new clearance for a previously approved activity whenever there is any material change in relevant circumstances, whether arising from a change in your job or association with the Company or in your role with respect to that activity or organization. You must also notify your immediate supervisor and Compliance of any material change in the terms of your outside activity or when your outside activity terminates.

Service as Director of a Public Company

You may not serve on the board of directors or other governing board of a publicly traded entity, unless you have received the prior written approval of your Chief Compliance Officer by completing and submitting the form attached to the Code as Appendix XVI. Approval will not be given unless a determination is made that your service on the board would be consistent with the interests of the Advisory Clients. If you are permitted to serve on the board of a publicly traded entity, you will be required to comply with your Company’s procedures concerning you and those Investment Persons who make investment decisions with respect to the securities of that entity.

COMPLIANCE AND REMEDIAL ACTIONS

Compliance with this Code is considered a basic condition of employment with the Company. A breach of the Code may constitute grounds for remedial actions, which may include, but are not limited to, a letter of caution, warning, or censure, recertification of the Code, disgorgement of profits, imposition of a fine, suspension of trading privileges, termination of officer title, suspension or termination of employment, and/or referral to governmental authorities. The Code of Ethics Sanction Guidelines is attached to this Code as Appendix XVII.

REPORTS TO MANAGEMENT AND TRUSTEES

In connection with any Company-advised Funds, the Chief Compliance Officer of the Company or his or her designee will report promptly any material violations of the Code by Access Persons of the Funds to the Funds’ Board of Directors or Trustees as well as Senior Management and AGIC will report all violations of the Code by Access Persons of the Funds, at a minimum, on a quarterly and annual basis.

A material violation would include instances where there is an impact on an Advisory Client account, including the Funds, or where a significant remedial action has been taken in response to a violation of the Code. A significant remedial action means any action that has a significant impact on the violator, such as a material disgorgement of profits, imposition of a significant fine, suspension of trading privileges, suspension or termination.

The quarterly and annual report will, at a minimum:

 

  1. Describe any issues arising under the Code or its procedures since the last report to the Funds’ Board, as the case may be, including, but not limited to, information about violations of the Code or procedures and any sanctions imposed in response to such violations;

 

  2. Certify that the Company has adopted procedures reasonably necessary to prevent Access Persons from violating the Code; and

 

  3. Certify whether there have been any amendments to the Code of Ethics or its procedures since the last report to the Funds’ Board.

 

20


REPORTING OF APPARENT OR SUSPECTED VIOLATIONS OF THE

FEDERAL SECURITIES LAWS (“Whistleblower Policy”)

All Supervised Persons are required to promptly report “apparent” or “suspected” violations in addition to actual or known violations of the federal securities laws or this Code to the Chief Compliance Officer of their Company. Examples of the types of reporting required include, but are not limited to, noncompliance with applicable laws, rules and regulations; fraud or illegal acts involving any aspect of the Company’s business; material misstatements in regulatory filings, internal books and records, client records or reports; activity that is harmful to Advisory Clients, including Fund shareholders; and deviations from required controls and procedures that safeguard Advisory Clients and the Company. All such reports will be treated confidentially to the extent permitted by law and investigated promptly and appropriately. Retaliation against an individual who reports a violation is prohibited and constitutes a further violation of this Code. You are encouraged to seek advice from your local Legal Counsel with respect to any action which may violate the Code. For any questions relating to the reporting of violations, please refer to the Policy for Reporting Suspicious Activity and Concerns found in the Compliance section of the Company intranet. You may also contact the Company Group Compliance Manager at (949) 219-2217.

RECORDKEEPING REQUIREMENTS

The Company shall maintain and preserve in an easily accessible place:

 

  A. A copy of this Code, or any other Code of Ethics, that was in effect within the previous 5 years.

 

  B. A record of any violation of this Code and of any action taken as a result of such violation for a period of 5 years following the end of the reporting year in which the violation occurs.

 

  C. A record of any decision, and the reasons supporting the decision, that were used to approve a trade that was deemed an exception to the provisions of this Code.

 

  D. A record of all written acknowledgements of receipt of the Code and amendments for each person covered under the Code within the past 5 years. These records must be kept for 5 years after the individual ceases to be an employee of the Company.

 

  E. A copy of each report submitted under this Code for a period of 5 years.

 

  F. A list of all persons who are, or within the past 5 years were, subject to the reporting requirements of the Code.

 

  G. A record of any decision, and the reasons supporting the decision, that were used to approve an employee’s investment in a private placement for at least 5 years after the reporting year in which approval was granted.

 

  H. A record of persons responsible for reviewing Access Persons’ reports during the last 5 years.

 

  I. A copy of reports provided to a Fund’s Board of Directors or Trustees regarding the Code during the last 5 years.

Requests for Exemptions

 

21


Any person may apply for an exemption from a provision of the Code to the Chief Compliance Officer or his or her designee. Such a request must be in writing and must fully describe the basis upon which the request is being made. As part of the reconsideration process, the Chief Compliance Officer or his or her designee will determine if any Advisory Client of the Company may be disadvantaged by the request and will consider any other relevant factors in determining whether to grant or deny the request.

 

22


ALLIANZ ASSET MANAGEMENT OF AMERICA L.P.

APPENDIX I. INSIDER TRADING POLICIES AND PROCEDURES

S ECTION I. P OLICY S TATEMENT ON I NSIDER T RADING

A. Policy Statement on Insider Trading

AAM LP (“the Company”) and its affiliated divisions or subsidiaries (collectively, “the Company”) forbid any of their officers, directors or employees from trading, either personally or on behalf of others (such as, mutual funds and private accounts managed by the Company), on the basis of material non-public information or communicating material non-public information to others in violation of the law. This conduct is frequently referred to as “insider trading”. This is a group wide policy.

The term “insider trading” is not defined in the federal securities laws, but generally is used to refer to the situation when a person trades while aware of material non-public information or communicates material non-public information to others in breach of a duty of trust or confidence.

While the law concerning insider trading is not static, it is generally understood that the law prohibits:

 

  (1) trading by an insider, while aware of material, non-public information; or

 

  (2) trading by a non-insider, while aware of material, non-public information, where the information was disclosed to the non-insider in violation of an insider’s duty to keep it confidential; or

 

  (3) communicating material, non-public information to others in breach of a duty of trust or confidence.

This policy applies to every such officer, director and employee and extends to activities within and outside their duties at the Company. Every officer, director and employee must read and retain this policy statement. Any questions regarding this policy statement and the related procedures set forth herein should be referred to your local Chief Compliance Officer .

The remainder of this memorandum discusses in detail the elements of insider trading, the penalties for such unlawful conduct and the procedures adopted by the Company to implement its policy against insider trading.

1. T O W HOM D OES T HIS P OLICY A PPLY ?

This Policy applies to all employees, officers and directors (direct or indirect) of the Company (“Covered Persons”), as well as to any transactions in any securities participated in by family members, trusts or corporations controlled by such persons. In particular, this Policy applies to securities transactions by:

 

   

the Covered Person’s spouse;

 

   

the Covered Person’s minor children;

 

   

any other relatives living in the Covered Person’s household;

 

   

a trust in which the Covered Person has a beneficial interest, unless such person has no direct or indirect control over the trust;

 

   

a trust as to which the Covered Person is a trustee;

 

   

a revocable trust as to which the Covered Person is a settlor;

 

   

a corporation of which the Covered Person is an officer, director or 10% or greater stockholder; or

 

   

a partnership of which the Covered Person is a partner (including most investment clubs) unless the Covered Person has no direct or indirect control over the partnership.

 

23


2. W HAT IS M ATERIAL I NFORMATION ?

Trading on inside information is not a basis for liability unless the information is deemed to be material. “Material information” generally is defined as information for which there is a substantial likelihood that a reasonable investor would consider it important in making his or her investment decisions, or information that is reasonably certain to have a substantial effect on the price of a company’s securities.

Although there is no precise, generally accepted definition of materiality, information is likely to be “material” if it relates to significant changes affecting such matters as:

 

   

dividend or earnings expectations;

 

   

write-downs or write-offs of assets;

 

   

additions to reserves for bad debts or contingent liabilities;

 

   

expansion or curtailment of company or major division operations;

 

   

proposals or agreements involving a joint venture, merger, acquisition;

 

   

divestiture, or leveraged buy-out;

 

   

new products or services;

 

   

exploratory, discovery or research developments;

 

   

criminal indictments, civil litigation or government investigations;

 

   

disputes with major suppliers or customers or significant changes in the relationships with such parties;

 

   

labor disputes including strikes or lockouts;

 

   

substantial changes in accounting methods;

 

   

major litigation developments;

 

   

major personnel changes;

 

   

debt service or liquidity problems;

 

   

bankruptcy or insolvency;

 

   

extraordinary management developments;

 

   

public offerings or private sales of debt or equity securities;

 

   

calls, redemptions or purchases of a company’s own stock;

 

   

issuer tender offers; or

 

   

recapitalizations.

Information provided by a company could be material because of its expected effect on a particular class of the company’s securities, all of the company’s securities, the securities of another company, or the securities of several companies. Moreover, the resulting prohibition against the misuses of “material” information reaches all types of securities (whether stock or other equity interests, corporate debt, government or municipal obligations, or commercial paper) as well as any option related to that security (such as a put, call or index security).

Material information does not have to relate to a company’s business. For example, in Carpenter v. U.S. , 108 U.S. 316 (1987), the Supreme Court considered as material certain information about the contents of a forthcoming newspaper column that was expected to affect the market price of a security. In that case, a reporter for The Wall Street Journal was found criminally liable for disclosing to others the dates that reports on various companies would appear in the Journal and whether those reports would be favorable or not.

3. W HAT IS N ON - PUBLIC I NFORMATION ?

In order for issues concerning insider trading to arise, information must not only be “material”, it must be “ non-public ”. “Non-public” information is information which has not been made available to investors generally. Information received in circumstances indicating that it is not yet in general circulation or where the recipient knows or should know that the information could only have been provided by an “insider” is also deemed “non-public” information.

 

24


At such time as material, non-public information has been effectively distributed to the investing public, it is no longer subject to insider trading restrictions. However, for “non-public” information to become public information, it must be disseminated through recognized channels of distribution designed to reach the securities marketplace.

To show that “material” information is public, you should be able to point to some fact verifying that the information has become generally available, for example, disclosure in a national business and financial wire service (Dow Jones or Reuters), a national news service (AP or UPI), a national newspaper ( The Wall Street Journal, The New York Times or The Financial Times ), or a publicly disseminated disclosure document (a proxy statement or prospectus). The circulation of rumors or “talk on the street”, even if accurate, widespread and reported in the media, does not constitute the requisite public disclosure. The information must not only be publicly disclosed, there must also be adequate time for the market as a whole to digest the information. Although timing may vary depending upon the circumstances, a good rule of thumb is that information is considered non-public until the third business day after public disclosure.

Material non-public information is not made public by selective dissemination. Material information improperly disclosed only to institutional investors or to a fund analyst or a favored group of analysts retains its status as “non-public” information which must not be disclosed or otherwise misused. Similarly, partial disclosure does not constitute public dissemination. So long as any material component of the “inside” information possessed by the Company has yet to be publicly disclosed, the information is deemed “non-public” and may not be misused.

Information Provided in Confidence . It is possible that one or more directors, officers, or employees of the Company may become temporary “insiders” because of a duty of trust or confidence. A duty of trust or confidence can arise: (1) whenever a person agrees to maintain information in confidence; (2) when two people have a history, pattern, or practice of sharing confidences such that the recipient of the information knows or reasonably should know that the person communicating the material non-public information expects that the recipient will maintain its confidentiality; or (3) whenever a person receives or obtains material non-public information from certain close family members such as spouses, parents, children and siblings. For example, personnel at the Company may become insiders when an external source, such as a company whose securities are held by one or more of the accounts managed by the Company, discloses material, non-public information to the Company’s portfolio managers or analysts with the expectation that the information will remain confidential.

As an “insider”, the Company has a duty not to breach the trust of the party that has communicated the “material, non-public” information by misusing that information. This duty may arise because the Company has entered or has been invited to enter into a commercial relationship with the company, client or prospective client and has been given access to confidential information solely for the corporate purposes of that company, client or prospective client. This duty remains whether or not the Company ultimately participates in the transaction.

Information Disclosed in Breach of a Duty . Analysts and portfolio managers at the Company must be especially wary of “material, non-public” information disclosed in breach of corporate insider’s duty of trust or confidence that he or she owes the corporation and shareholders. Even where there is no expectation of confidentiality, a person may become an “insider” upon receiving material, non-public information in circumstances where a person knows, or should know, that a corporate insider is disclosing information in breach of a duty of trust and confidence that he or she owes the corporation and its shareholders. Whether the disclosure is an improper “tip” that renders the recipient a “tippee” depends on whether the corporate insider expects to benefit personally, either directly or indirectly, from the disclosure. In the context of an improper disclosure by a corporate insider, the requisite “personal benefit” may not be limited to a present or future monetary gain. Rather, a prohibited personal benefit could include a reputational benefit, an expectation of a “quid pro quo” from the recipient or the recipient’s employer by a gift of the “inside” information.

A person may, depending on the circumstances, also become an “insider” or “tippee” when he or she obtains apparently material, non-public information by happenstance, including information derived from social situations, business gatherings, overheard conversations, misplaced documents, and “tips” from insiders or other third parties.

 

25


Investment Information Relating to our Proprietary Funds and Private Accounts is Non-Public Inside Information . In the course of your employment, employees may learn about the current or pending investment activities of our proprietary and sub-advised registered and unregistered funds and private clients (e.g. actual or pending purchases and sales of securities). Using or sharing this information other than in connection with the investment of client accounts is considered acting on inside information and therefore prohibited. The Board of the Funds (proprietary and sub-advised) have adopted Portfolio Holdings Disclosure Policies to prevent the misuse of material non-public information relating to the Funds and to ensure all shareholders of the Funds have equal access to portfolio holdings information. In that regard, employees must follow the Funds’ policy on disclosure of non-public portfolio holdings information unless disclosure is specifically permitted under other sharing of investment-related information.

4. I DENTIFYING M ATERIAL I NFORMATION

Before trading for yourself or others, including investment companies or private accounts managed by the Company, in the securities of a company about which you may have potential material, non-public information, ask yourself the following questions:

 

i. Is this information that an investor could consider important in making his or her investment decisions? Is this information that could substantially affect the market price of the securities if generally disclosed?

 

ii. To whom has this information been provided? Has the information been effectively communicated to the marketplace by being published in The Financial Times , Reuters , The Wall Street Journal or other publications of general circulation?

Given the potentially severe regulatory, civil and criminal sanctions to which you, the Company and its personnel could be subject, any director, officer and employee uncertain as to whether the information he or she possesses is “material non-public” information should immediately take the following steps:

 

i. Report the matter immediately to the Chief Compliance Officer or the Chief Legal Officer of your Company;

 

ii. Do not purchase or sell the securities on behalf of yourself or others, including investment companies or private accounts managed by the Company; and

 

iii. Do not communicate the information inside or outside the Company, other than to your Chief Compliance Officer or Chief Legal Officer.

After the Chief Compliance Officer or Chief Legal Officer has reviewed the issue, you will be instructed to continue the prohibitions against trading and communication or will be allowed to trade and communicate the information.

5. P ENALTIES FOR I NSIDER T RADING

Penalties for trading on or communicating material non-public information are severe, both for individuals involved in such unlawful conduct and their employers. A person can be subject to some or all of the penalties below even if he or she does not personally benefit from the violation. Penalties include: civil injunctions, treble damages, disgorgement of profits, jail sentences, fines for the person who committed the violation of up to three times, the profit gained or loss avoided, whether or not the person actually benefited, and fines for the employer or other controlling person of up to the greater of $1,000,000 or three times the amount of the profit gained or loss avoided.

In addition, any violation of this policy statement can be expected to result in serious sanctions by the Company, including dismissal of the persons involved.

 

26


S ECTION II. P ROCEDURES TO I MPLEMENT THE P OLICY A GAINST I NSIDER T RADING

A. Procedures to Implement the Policy Against Insider Trading

The following procedures have been established to aid the officers, directors and employees of the Company in avoiding insider trading, and to aid the Company in preventing, detecting and imposing sanctions against insider trading. Every officer, director and employee of the Company must follow these procedures or risk serious sanctions, including dismissal, substantial personal liability and criminal penalties.

T RADING R ESTRICTIONS AND R EPORTING R EQUIREMENTS

 

1. No employee, officer or director of the Company who is aware of material non-public information relating to the Company , including Allianz SE, may buy or sell any securities of the Company, including Allianz SE, or engage in any other action to take advantage of, or pass on to others, such material non-public information.

 

2. No employee, officer or director of the Company who is aware of material non-public information which relates to any other company or entity in circumstances in which such person is deemed to be an insider or is otherwise subject to restrictions under the federal securities laws may buy or sell securities of that company or otherwise take advantage of, or pass on to others, such material non-public information.

 

3. No employee, officer or director of the Company shall engage in a securities transaction with respect to the securities of Allianz SE, except in accordance with the specific procedures published from time to time by the Company.

 

4. No employee shall engage in a personal securities transaction with respect to any securities of any other company, except in accordance with the specific procedures set forth in the Company’s Code.

 

5. Employees shall submit reports concerning each securities transaction in accordance with the terms of the Code of Ethics and verify their personal ownership of securities in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Code.

 

6. Because even inadvertent disclosure of material non-public information to others can lead to significant legal difficulties, officers, directors and employees of the Company should not discuss any potentially material non-public information concerning the Company or other companies, including other officers, employees and directors, except as specifically required in the performance of their duties.

B. Information Barrier Procedures

The Insider Trading and Securities Fraud Enforcement Act in the US require the establishment and strict enforcement of procedures reasonably designed to prevent the misuse of “inside” information. Accordingly, you should not discuss material non-public information about the Company or other companies with anyone, including other employees, except as required in the performance of your regular duties. In addition, care should be taken so that such information is secure. For example, files containing material non-public information should be sealed; access to computer files containing material non-public information should be restricted.

C. Resolving Issues Concerning Insider Trading

The federal securities laws, including the US laws governing insider trading, are complex. If you have any doubts or questions as to the materiality or non-public nature of information in your possession or as to any of the applicability or interpretation of any of the foregoing procedures or as to the propriety of any action, you should contact your

 

27


Chief Compliance Officer. Until advised to the contrary by your Chief Compliance Officer, you should presume that the information is material and non-public and you should not trade in the securities or disclose this information to anyone.

S ECTION III. N OTIFYING C OMPLIANCE

The obligation to notify Compliance of an insider trading violation applies even if the employee knows or has reason to believe that Compliance has already been informed by other employees.

 

28


ALLIANZ ASSET MANAGEMENT OF AMERICA L.P.

APPENDIX II. PRIVACY POLICY

We consider customer privacy to be a fundamental aspect of our relationship with clients and are committed to maintaining the confidentiality, integrity and security of our current, prospective and former clients’ personal information. To ensure our client’s privacy, we have developed policies that are designed to protect this confidentiality, while allowing client needs to be served.

Obtaining Personal Information

In the course of providing clients with products and services, we may obtain non-public personal information about clients which may come from sources such as account applications and other forms, from other written, electronic or verbal correspondence, from client transactions, from a client’s brokerage or financial advisory firm, financial adviser or consultant, and/or from information captured on our internet web sites.

Respecting Your Privacy

As a matter of policy, we do not disclose any personal or account information provided by clients or gathered by us to non-affiliated third parties, except as required for our everyday business purposes, such as to process transactions or service a client’s account, or permitted by law. As is common in the industry, non-affiliated companies may from time to time be used to provide certain services, such as preparing and mailing prospectuses, reports, account statements and other information, and gathering shareholder proxies. We may also retain non-affiliated financial services providers, such as securities broker-dealers, to market our products, and we may enter into joint marketing arrangements with them and other financial companies. We may also retain marketing and research service firms to conduct research on client satisfaction. These companies may have access to a client’s personal and account information, but are solely permitted to use this information to provide the specific service or as otherwise permitted by law. We may also provide a client’s personal and account information to their respective brokerage or financial advisory firm, custodian, and/or to their financial adviser or consultant.

Sharing Information with Third Parties

We reserve the right to disclose or report personal information to non-affiliated third parties, in limited circumstances, where we believe in good faith that disclosure is required under law to cooperate with regulators or law enforcement authorities, to protect our rights or property or upon reasonable request by any mutual fund in which a client has chosen to invest. In addition, we may disclose information about a client or a client’s accounts to a non-affiliated third party only if we receive a client’s written request or consent.

Sharing Information with Affiliates

We may share client information with our affiliates in connection with our affiliates’ everyday business purposes, such as servicing a client’s account, but our affiliates may not use this information to market services or products to you except in conformance with applicable laws or regulations. The information we share includes information about our experiences and transactions with a client and may also include, for example, a client’s participation in our mutual funds or other investment programs, a client’s ownership of certain types of accounts (such as IRAs), or other data about a client’s transactions or accounts. Our affiliates, in turn, are not permitted to share client information with non-affiliated entities, except as required or permitted by law.

Procedures to Safeguard Private Information

We take seriously our obligation to safeguard client non-public personal information. In addition to this policy, we have also implemented procedures that are designed to restrict access to a client’s non-public personal information only to internal personnel who need to know that information in order to provide products or services to such clients.

 

29


In addition, we have physical, electronic, and procedural safeguards in place to guard a client’s non-public personal information.

Disposal of Confidential Records

We will dispose of records that are knowingly derived from data received from a consumer reporting agency regarding an Advisory Client that is an individual in a manner that ensures the confidentiality of the data is maintained. Such records include, among other things, copies of consumer reports and notes of conversations with individuals at consumer reporting agencies.

 

30


ALLIANZ ASSET MANAGEMENT OF AMERICA L.P.

APPENDIX III. GUIDANCE ON BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP

 

1. Securities Held By Family Members

 

  (a) Example 1-A:

X and Y are married. Although Y has an independent source of income from a family inheritance and segregates her funds from those of her husbands, Y contributes to the maintenance of the family home. X and Y have engaged in joint estate planning and have the same financial adviser. Since X and Y’s resources are clearly significantly directed towards their common property, they will be deemed to be beneficial owners of each other’s securities.

 

  (b) Example 1-B:

X and Y are separated and have filed for divorce. Neither party contributes to the support of the other. X has no control over the financial affairs of his wife. Neither X nor Y is a beneficial owner of the other’s securities.

 

  (c) Example 1-C:

X’s adult son Z lives in X’s home. Z is self-supporting and contributes to household expenses. X is a beneficial owner of Z’s securities.

 

  (d) Example 1-D:

X’s mother A lives alone and is financially independent. X has power of attorney over his mother’s estate, pays all her bills and manages her investment affairs. X borrows freely from A without being required to pay back funds with interest, if at all. X takes out personal loans from A’s bank in A’s name, the interest from such loans being paid from A’s account. X is a significant heir of A’s estate. X is a beneficial owner of A’s securities.

 

2. Securities Held by a Company

 

  (a) Example 2-A:

O is a holding company with 5 shareholders. X owns 30% of the shares of the company. Although O does no business on its own, it has several wholly-owned subsidiaries which manufacture oil- related products. X has beneficial interest in the securities owned by O.

 

3. Securities Held in Trust

 

  (a) Example 3-A:

X is trustee of a trust created for his two minor children. When both of X’s children reach 21, each will receive an equal share of the corpus of the trust. X is a beneficial owner of the securities in the trust.

 

  (b) Example 3-B:

X is trustee of an irrevocable trust for his daughter. X is a director of the issuer of the equity securities held by the trust. The daughter is entitled to the income of the trust until she is 25 years old, and is then entitled to the corpus. If the daughter dies before reaching 25, X is entitled to the corpus. X should report the holdings and transactions of the trust as his own.

 

31


ALLIANZ ASSET MANAGEMENT OF AMERICA L.P.

APPENDIX IV. GUIDANCE ON SHORT TERM PROFIT RECOVERY

The Prohibited Transactions section of the Code provides for the disgorgement of any profit realized by Access Persons and Investment Persons on transactions in the same or equivalent security within 30 days. This applies to the purchase and sale (or sale and purchase) of a security within a 30-day period in any beneficially owned account. The following are various questions and answers to help you understand this provision. If you have any further questions regarding this provision, you should contact your Chief Compliance Officer.

 

Q. How is the 30-day period measured?

 

  A. A purchase or sale is ordinarily deemed to occur on trade date. If the purchase is considered to be made on day 0, day 31 is the first day a sale of those securities may be made without regard to the profit of recovery rule.

 

Q. How are profits measured when there is a series of purchases and sales within the 30 calendar day period?

 

  A. A series of purchases and sales will be measured on a last-in, first-out basis until all purchases and sale transactions within a 30-day period are matched. The sum of the profits realized on these paired purchases and sales will be subject to disgorgement. No reduction will be made for losses.

 

Q. In calculating the amount of profit that can be recovered, does it matter in what order the transactions occur?

 

  A. No, even if the sale precedes the purchase, these transactions will be matched if they occur with a 30-day period.

 

Q. Is the short sale of a security considered a sale?

 

  A. Yes, a short sale is considered a sale for all purposes (reporting, pre-clearance, and the 30-day profit recovery rule). It is important to keep in mind that when the profits are computed under the 30-day rule, the order of the transactions is not relevant in calculating profit; for example, a sale (or short sale) can be matched against a subsequent purchase. Please note that naked short sales are prohibited under the Code of Ethics.

Derivative Transactions

For the purposes of reporting, pre-clearance and the 30-day profit recovery rule, a transaction in any put or call option (except an option on an Exempt Security or index) or any future on a security (except a future on an Exempt Security or index), will be treated as a derivative transaction. For the purposes of this Code, derivative transactions will be divided into two categories: “call equivalent positions” and “put equivalent positions”. A “call equivalent position” is treated as a purchase of the underlying security. Conversely, a “put equivalent position” is treated as a sale of the underlying security. Please note that writing or acquiring naked options are prohibited under the Code of Ethics.

 

32


ALLIANZ ASSET MANAGEMENT OF AMERICA L.P.

APPENDIX V. AGIMA PERSONAL TRADING PRE-CLEARANCE FORM

This Form must be completed for all personal trades prior to obtaining pre-clearance through CCH iTrade.

 

Employee requesting authorization (Please Print):       
Ticker Symbol (or CUSIP):       
Purchase or sale ( provide quantity ):    ______ Buy                              ______ Sell                           
To the best of your knowledge are any orders to purchase or sell this security by any clients currently open?    ______ Yes                              ______ No                           
To the best of your knowledge are any new account openings or account terminations being processed which will create orders in this security?    ______ Yes                              ______ No                           

Approval to trade requires approval of this form as well as approval through CCH iTrade. Approvals for securities traded on a U.S. Stock Exchange are valid until the close of business on the day approval is granted; approvals for securities traded on a Non-U.S. Exchange are valid until the close of the next business day.

By signing below you certify that the above requested transaction is in compliance with the Code of Ethics. You also understand that final approval to trade is not granted until you have received approval through CCH iTrade.

 

 

  

 

Employee Signature    Date

Must be completed by Trading Manager or his/her designee

 

1.    Does the security qualify for any Code Exemption? If yes, please approve the trade. If no, proceed to the remaining questions.    ______ Yes    ______ No
2.    To the best of your knowledge are any orders in the same security currently open on tradeblotter.net or OMS)?    ______ Yes    ______ No
3.    Were any additional conflicts identified which require Compliance review?    ______ Yes    ______ No

 

      APPROVED ¨    DENIED ¨     

 

 

  

 

Trading Manager or his/her Designee    Date


ALLIANZ ASSET MANAGEMENT OF AMERICA L.P.

APPENDIX VI. TRANSACTIONS IN AGI CLOSED-END FUNDS

EFFECTIVE DATE : December 19, 2005 (last revised January 7, 2008)

APPLICABLE POLICY :

Employees are permitted, within the restrictions described below, to purchase or sell closed-end funds for which AGIFM, or any affiliate, acts as adviser or sub-adviser (each an “AGI Closed-End Fund”).

REQUIREMENTS FOR ALL EMPLOYEES :

Prior to purchasing or selling shares in any AGI Closed-End Fund, the employee must complete a pre-clearance form (the “PRECLEARANCE OF AGI CLOSED-END FUND TRANSACTION FORM”) and submit it for approval to their Chief Compliance Officer. In determining whether to clear the trade, the Chief Compliance Officer (either the officer to whom the form was submitted or another officer to whom it was assigned for attention) will make an assessment as to whether the transaction complies with the Code of Ethics, including the conditions and standards of business conduct described below.

In order to make an initial purchase of an AGI Closed-End Fund, such fund must have completed all of its initial common and preferred shares offerings and not otherwise be engaged in an offering of its shares. Purchases in the primary market are strictly prohibited. No trades are permitted in:

 

  (i) a particular AGI Closed-End Fund within a three business day period before and a two business day period after such AGI Closed-End Fund’s dividend declaration press release (see Closed-End Dividend Blackout Calendar on the Compliance Tab of the AGI Intranet for dividend blackout dates for each AGI Closed-End Fund); and

 

  (ii) a particular AGI Closed-End Fund within a five business day period before and a two business day period after such AGI Closed-End Fund’s quarterly earnings release.

If Compliance approves the requested transaction (which must be a market order or limit order that expires no later than 4:00pm EST the business day the clearance is granted), you will have until 4:00pm EST the business day the clearance is granted to purchase or sell the AGI Closed-End Fund. After that time, the pre-clearance will have expired and you will be required to pre-clear the transaction on the next business day.

APPLICABLE HOLDING PERIODS :

Employees may not profit from the purchase and sale (or sale and purchase) of an AGI Closed-End Fund within a thirty (30) day period. Section 16 persons (refer to the section below) may not profit from the purchase and sale (or sale and purchase) of an AGI Closed-End Fund within a six (6) month period. If an employee violates a holding period, any profit realized by the employee must be subject to disgorgement.

REQUIREMENTS FOR OFFICERS, DIRECTORS AND PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS:

AGI Closed-End Funds are registered under Section 12 of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”). As such, there are specific reporting requirements under Sections 16(a) and 16(b) of the Exchange Act and Section 30(h) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the “Investment Company Act”) for officers, directors, principal stockholders (i.e., those owning 10% or more of the outstanding shares of the issuer), investment advisers and their affiliates (collectively, “Section 16 Persons”). If you fall under any of these categories, then you must file electronically the following forms with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) and the exchange, if applicable, on which the securities are listed:

 

   

Form 3 , “Initial Statement of Beneficial Ownership of Securities,” is required to be filed within ten (10) days after you become an officer, director or principal stockholder or other reporting person.

 

34


   

Form 4 , “Statement of Changes in Beneficial Ownership,” is required to be filed within two (2) business days following the day on which your transaction is executed.

 

   

Form 5 , “Annual Statement of Changes in Beneficial Ownership of Securities,” must be filed within forty five (45) days of the closed-end fund’s fiscal year.

Each officer, director, or principal stockholder is personally responsible for insuring that his or her transactions comply fully with any and all applicable securities laws, including, but not limited to, the restrictions imposed under Sections 16(a) and 16(b) of the Exchange Act and Section 30(h) of the Investment Company Act. The date of filing with the SEC or exchange is the date the form is received by the SEC or exchange.

NOTE: While individuals are personally responsible to file the forms under Section 16, personnel in the AAM LP Legal & Compliance Group will manage the actual Section 16 filings on behalf of those individuals with the legal obligation to make such filings. If you are a Section 16 filer, you must ensure that your pre-cleared trade information is given to your Chief Compliance Officer within one business day for filing purposes.

 

35


ALLIANZ ASSET MANAGEMENT OF AMERICA L.P.

APPENDIX VII. AGI CLOSED-END FUNDS PRE-CLEARANCE FORM

To be submitted to your Company’s Chief Compliance Officer (or his/her designee)

 

(1)    Employee requesting authorization (please print):     
(2)    Name on the account where the trade will occur:     
(3)    Relationship of (2) to (1):     
(4)    Name of brokerage firm and account number:     
(5)    Name of Fund and Ticker Symbol of Fund:     
(6)    Intended number of shares:     
(7)   

Type of transaction (purchase or sale)?

( NOTE: short sales are not permitted)

    
(8)    Does the requested transaction violate the Closed-End Dividend Blackout Calendar posted on the Intranet?    ¨  Yes    ¨  No
(9)    Do you possess material non-public information regarding the Fund?    ¨ Yes    ¨ No
(10)    Are you transacting in the opposite direction of a trade executed in the last 30 days in the same fund (i.e. did you buy and are now selling or vice versa)?    ¨ Yes    ¨ No
(11)    Are you a Section 16 reporting person with respect to the Fund?    ¨  Yes 1    ¨ No
  

(a)      If yes, are you transacting in the opposite direction of a trade executed in the last six months in the same fund (i.e. did you buy and are now selling or vice versa)?

   ¨ Yes    ¨ No

NOTE: If you have any questions about how to complete this form, please contact your Company’s Chief Compliance Officer (or his/her designee).

Approvals are valid until the close of business on the day approval has been granted. If a trade is not executed by the close of business, you must submit a new pre-clearance request.

By signing below, you certify that the above requested transaction is in compliance with the Code of Ethics and Code of Conduct.

 

 

 

 

Signature of Employee     Date Submitted   

For Company Compliance Only

 

For AGIFM Compliance Only

Print Name of

Compliance Officer

   

Print Name of

Compliance Officer

  
Signature:     Signature:   
Date:     Date:   

Pre-Clearance

Request Status:

  ¨  Approved  ¨  Not Approved  

Pre-Clearance

Request Status:

   ¨  Approved  ¨  Not Approved

1 If you are a Section 16 filer, upon pre-clearance approval and trade execution, you must ensure that the trade details are given to your Company Chief Compliance Officer (or his/her designee) within one business day for SEC filing purposes.

 

36


ALLIANZ ASSET MANAGEMENT OF AMERICA L.P.

APPENDIX VIII. NON-PROPRIETARY CLOSED-END FUND PRE-

CLEARANCE FORM

(To be submitted to local compliance officer of Company that advises or sub-advises the fund.)

 

(1)    Name of employee requesting authorization:     
(2)    If different from #1, name of the account where the trade will occur:     
(3)    Relationship of (2) to (1):     
(4)    Name of brokerage firm and account number:     
(5)    Name of fund and type of security (e.g. common or preferred shares):     
(6)    Ticker Symbol:     
(7)    Intended number of shares:     
(8)    Is the transaction being requested a purchase or sale?     
      ( NOTE: short sales are not permitted)
(9)    Does the requested transaction violate the Closed-End Dividend Blackout Calendar attached to this form?    ______ Yes    ______ No
(10)    Do you possess material nonpublic information regarding the security or the issuer of the security?    ______ Yes    ______ No
(11)    Have you bought or sold this fund within the last 30 days?    ______ Yes    ______ No
(12)    Are you a Section 16 reporting person with respect to the fund you wish to buy or sell?    ______ Yes    ______ No
   (a) If yes, have you bought or sold this fund within the last six months?    ______ Yes    ______ No

NOTE: If you have any questions about how to complete this form please contact a local compliance officer.

Approvals are valid until the close of business on the day approval has been granted. Accordingly GTC (good till canceled) orders are prohibited. If a trade is not executed by the close of business, you must submit a new preclearance request. Obtaining preclearance satisfies the preclearance requirements of the Code of Ethics (the “Code”) and does not imply compliance with the Code’s other provisions.

(Signature Requirement on Next Page)

 

37


By signing below, the employee certifies the following: The employee agrees that the above requested transaction is in compliance with the Company Code of Ethics.

 

    

 

  
    

Employee Signature

 

 

  
    

 

  
    

Employee Name (Print)

 

 

  
    

 

  
     Date Submitted   

 

Authorized _____ Not Authorized_______

 

By: _______________________________

 

Printed Name: _______________________

 

Date: ______________________________

 

        LOCAL COMPLIANCE OFFICER

___________________________________

 

38


ALLIANZ ASSET MANAGEMENT OF AMERICA L.P.

APPENDIX IX. PRIVATE PLACEMENT APPROVAL REQUEST FORM

(Must attach a copy of the private placement memorandum, offering memorandum or any other relevant documents)

Date Submitted:              /              /                                  Employee Name (Print):                                                  

Dpt/Job Title:                                                                                                                                

 

1. Name of the sponsor’s corporation, partnership or other entity:

 

a) Name of private placement:                                                                                                       

 

2. The sponsor’s corporation, partnership, or other entity is: ¨ Public ¨ Private

 

3. Describe the business to be conducted by the issuer of the private placement:

 

 

4. Nature of your participation: ¨ Stockholder      ¨ Selling Agent     ¨ General Partner      ¨ Limited Partner

¨ Other:                                                  

 

5. Have you received, or will you receive “selling compensation” in connection with the transaction?

 

     ¨ YES      ¨   NO         If yes, describe the nature of your compensation:

 

 

6. Size of offering (if a fund-provide size of fund):                                                                                       

 

7. Dollar amount of your participation:                                                                                                           

 

8. Size of your participation as a percentage of total shares or units outstanding:                                              

 

9. Have you or do you intend to recommend, refer, or solicit others in any way in connection with this investment? ¨ YES
     ¨   NO

If yes, please describe:

 

 

10. Has this private placement been made available to any client account where either you, or the person

you report to, exercise investment discretion? ¨ YES      ¨ NO

If no, state why:

 

 

11. Describe how you became aware of this private placement:                                                              

 

12. To the best of your knowledge, will this private placement result in an IPO within the next 12-18 months? ¨   YES ¨   NO

 

13. Are you aware of any conflicts or potential conflicts as a result of your position in the Company and your participation in this private placement ?

 

39


¨ YES      ¨ NO

 

If YES, please describe in detail.

    
      
      
      

 

 

Employee Signature

 

Approved  ¨    Disapproved  ¨         Date:          /          /         
      Immediate Supervisor   
Approved ¨    Disapproved ¨         Date:          /          /         
     

Chief Investment Officer

(where applicable)

  
Approved ¨    Disapproved ¨         Date:          /          /         
     

Chief Operating Officer

(where applicable)

  
Approved ¨    Disapproved ¨         Date:          /          /         
      Chief Compliance Officer   

FOR NFJ INVESTMENT GROUP L.L.C. ONLY

 

Approved  ¨    Disapproved ¨         Date:          /          /         
      Chief Compliance Officer   
Approved ¨    Disapproved  ¨         Date:          /          /         
     

Executive Committee Member

(investment professional)

  

 

 

40


ALLIANZ ASSET MANAGEMENT OF AMERICA L.P.

APPENDIX X. QUARTERLY TRANSACTION REPORT

As an Access Person, you are required to report your personal security transactional information to your local Compliance Department no later than 30 calendar days after the end of each calendar quarter unless the personal security transaction(s), executed in your brokerage or Mutual Fund account(s), meets one of the following criteria:

 

  1) Your account is maintained with a designated broker whereby your local Compliance Department is aware of and has access to your personal security transactions via confirms and personal account statements;

 

  2) Your account is maintained with a non-designated broker that has been approved by your local Compliance Department whereby the Compliance Department is receiving duplicate copies of your transactional confirms and personal account statements; or

 

  3)

Your quarterly security transactions involved securities that are exempt 1 from the reporting provisions pursuant to the Company Code even though such security transactions were executed in an account maintained with an approved non-designated broker that is unable to provide duplicate confirms or personal account statements.

Complete the section of this Form if you have effected a Security transaction in your beneficially owned brokerage, Mutual Fund or trading account that does not meet any of the above criteria. You must provide this information on such security transactions to your local compliance department no later than the 30 th calendar day following the end of the calendar quarter.

The following are my Securities transactions (other than Exempt Transactions) that have not been reported to my local Compliance Department:

 

Date

   Buy/Sell      Security Name and
Ticker or CUSIP  (if
applicable, interest &
maturity date)
     Number of Shares
and Principal
Amount (if
applicable)
     Unit Price      Broker
Name
     Account
Number
                           
                           
                           
                           
                           
                           
                           
                           
                           

[Signature required on next page]

 

41


By signing this document, I am certifying that I have met the quarterly reporting requirements pursuant to the Allianz Asset Management of America’s Code in regards to disclosing my beneficially owned brokerage account(s) and any securities transactions that were effected in such account(s) for this quarterly reporting period.

 

               /              /                   

 

 
    Date      Signature  
        
      

 

 
       Print Name  

 

1  

You do not have to report any transactions that were executed in the following securities: 1) U.S. Government Securities, 2) Bank Certificates of Deposit, 3) Banker’s Acceptances, 4) Commercial Paper, 5) High Quality Short-Term Debt Instruments (including repurchase agreements), 6) U.S. Government Agency Securities, 7) Money Market Funds, and 8) Shares of Registered Open-End Investment Companies that are not advised by AGIFM or sub-advised by your Company.

 

42


ALLIANZ ASSET MANAGEMENT OF AMERICA L.P.

APPENDIX XI. INITIAL ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF RECEIPT OF CODE OF

ETHICS

I hereby certify that I have read and understand the Allianz Asset Management of America L.P. Code of Ethics, and its related policies, including the Insider Trading Policies and Procedures (collectively, the “Code”). I understand that I have a fiduciary duty to the Company’s Advisory Clients and that I have an obligation to promptly report suspected violations of the federal securities laws to the Chief Compliance Officer or Chief Legal Officer of my Company. Pursuant to such Code, I recognize that if I am deemed an Access Person, I must disclose or report all personal securities holdings and transactions required to be disclosed or reported thereunder and comply in all other respects with the requirements of the Code. Pursuant to the Code, I recognize that if I am a Non-Access Person, I must comply with the requirements of the Code applicable to me as a Non-Access Person. I also agree to cooperate fully with any investigation or inquiry as to whether a possible violation of the Code has occurred. I understand that any failure to comply in all aspects with the foregoing and these policies and procedures may lead to sanctions, including dismissal.

 

Date:           

 

 
       Signature  
        
      

 

 
       Print Name  

 

43


ALLIANZ ASSET MANAGEMENT OF AMERICA L.P.

APPENDIX XII. INITIAL REPORT OF PERSONAL SECURITIES HOLDINGS

AND BROKERAGE ACCOUNTS

I hereby certify that the following is a complete and accurate listing as of the date hereof, of all beneficially owned brokerage accounts or Mutual Fund accounts and Securities held therein. I understand that I must provide this information to my local Compliance Department no later than ten (10) calendar days after my start date . The information supplied must be current as of a date no more than forty-five (45) days before becoming an employee. Failure to comply within this time period will be considered a violation of the Company Code of Ethics.

 

I. Brokerage and Mutual Fund Accounts Maintained : I currently maintain the following brokerage accounts or Mutual Fund accounts with brokerage facilities (list below and attach the most recent account statement containing ALL information required below):

 

Name on Account

   Name of Brokerage Firm    Account Number(s)    Relationship to
Account
Holder
        
        
        
        
        
        

IA. I currently do not maintain any accounts required to be reported under the Code:              (Initial)

 

II. Securities Owned : List each Security required to be reported under the Code below, including investments in privately placed securities. For Securities held in account(s) listed above, you may alternatively attach the most recent brokerage or Mutual Fund account statement(s) containing ALL information required below:

 

Security Name

   Security Type
(CS, Bond, MF,  etc.)
   # of Shares    Market Value or
Principal Amount
   Date Acquired
           
           
           
           
           
           

Use additional sheets if necessary.

IIA. I currently do not own any Securities required to be reported under the Code:              (Initial)

Except where exceptional circumstances exist, accounts are required to be held with a Designated Broker. Accordingly, unless I am granted approval to maintain these accounts outside of a Designated Broker, I agree to transfer them as soon as possible (generally thirty days or less) to a Designated Broker. Pending transfer of these accounts to a Designated Broker, I will not effect any brokerage transactions in these accounts and I will arrange for my local Compliance Department to receive a duplicate copy of monthly statements for each such account.

Request to Maintain Fully Discretionary Managed Accounts : The account(s) listed below from Section I are fully discretionary managed accounts and I am not involved in investment selections through recommendation,

 

44


advice, pre-approval or otherwise, or I am a passive beneficiary of the account and am not involved in the investment decisions. I understand that once approved, and on an annual basis thereafter, I will need to re-certify that nothing has changed as it relates to this account.

III.

Name of Account(s):                                                                                                                                                    

 

 

Account #(s):                                                                                                                                                                        

 

 

Name of Discretionary Firm(s) Account is Held:                                                                                                       

 

 

Address and Phone Number of Firm(s):                                                                                                                             

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name of Individual(s) with Discretion to Manage Assets at the Firm:                                                                     

 

 

 

IV. Request to Maintain Outside Brokerage Accounts (Other than Fully Discretionary Managed Accounts) : I hereby request approval to maintain one or more of the brokerage accounts listed in Section I above, based on the following: Please check the appropriate box(es).

 

  ¨ A participant in the account is employed by another asset management firm or brokerage firm that requires the account to be maintained at such firm. I will arrange for duplicate confirmations and monthly statements to be sent to my local Compliance Department.

List account(s):                                                                                                                                                            

 

 

 

  ¨ Other (explain)                                                                                                                                                     

 

 

 

 

List account(s):                                                                                                                                                            

 

 

 

 

45


V. Acknowledgment and Certification

By signing this form, I acknowledge that the information provided is complete and accurate. I agree to promptly notify my Compliance Department of any changes to the above information.

 

 

Employee Signature

             /              /              

Date

 

 

(Print Name)

 

 

(Employee Position/Title)

 

 

LOCAL COMPLIANCE GROUP:

¨ Approved                         ¨ Not Approved

 

 

Signature

Reason for Not Approving Account(s):

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date Notified Employee:                                                          

 

46


ALLIANZ ASSET MANAGEMENT OF AMERICA L.P.

APPENDIX XIII. ANNUAL CERTIFICATION OF COMPLIANCE AND

LISTING OF SECURITIES HOLDINGS

I hereby acknowledge that I have read and understand the Allianz Asset Management of America L.P. Code of Ethics, and its related policies, including the Insider Trading Policies and Procedures (collectively, the “Code”), and recognize the responsibilities and obligations incurred by my being subject to the Code. I understand that I have a fiduciary duty to the Company’s Advisory Clients and that I have an obligation to promptly report suspected violations of the federal securities laws to the Chief Compliance Officer or Chief Legal Officer of my Company. Furthermore, I certify that I have complied with the requirements of the Code for the year ended December 31,             , and that I have disclosed or reported all personal securities holdings and transactions required to be disclosed or reported thereunder, and complied in all other applicable respects with the requirements of the Code. I also agree to cooperate fully with any investigation or inquiry as to whether a possible violation of the Code has occurred.

If I have been designated an Access Person under the Code, for personal securities account(s) held at Charles Schwab & Co. or a pre-approved non-designated broker(s), I hereby authorize delivery of transactional confirms and account statement(s) in such account(s) to my local compliance department as deemed necessary pursuant to Rule 204-2(a)(12) of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940. I acknowledge that all of my personal securities accounts are reflected completely and accurately as shown below and all securities beneficially owned by me are reflected accurately in such accounts (see below). I also agree to cooperate fully with any investigation or inquiry as to whether a possible violation of the Code has occurred.

 

A. Brokerage and Mutual Fund Accounts Maintained by Access Persons : I maintain the following brokerage accounts or Mutual Fund accounts with brokerage facilities (list below or attach the most recent account statement containing ALL information required below):

 

Name of Account

   Account Held At    Account Number    Relationship
to Account Holder
        
        
        
        
        
        

Use additional sheets if necessary.

 

B. Securities Owned by Access Persons : Check the applicable box

 

  ¨

My local Compliance Department has access to my transactions in Securities that are held and traded in my personal securities account(s) with Charles Schwab & Co. or with any other brokerage firm that is

 

47


  providing duplicate copies of transactional confirmations and account statements for my personal securities account(s) to my local Compliance Department as shown above.

 

  ¨ My local Compliance Department does not receive any securities holdings or transactional information on my beneficially owned account(s). Therefore, I have attached a list of all Securities (other than Exempt Securities) that are beneficially owned by me in such account(s) that are shown above.
Date:              /              /             
 

Signature

 

 

Print Name

 

48


ALLIANZ ASSET MANAGEMENT OF AMERICA L.P.

APPENDIX XIV. REPORT OF GIFT GIVEN OR RECEIVED

 

NAME/TITLE (Please Print)

    

BUSINESS UNIT

DATE OF GIFT     

NAME OF PERSON/INSTITUTION

GIVING OR RECEVING GIFT

    

YOUR RELATIONSHIP WITH THE

PERSON OR INSTITUTION

    
DESCRIBE GIFT IN DETAIL, INCLUDE APPROXIMATE RETAIL VALUE IN US$ (THE HIGHER OF COST, FACE, OR MARKET) AND STATE WHETHER IT IS A PROMOTIONAL ITEM. IF GIFT WAS RECEIVED BY YOU STATE LOCATION WHERE GIFT WAS DELIVERED.     
OCCASION OR EVENT, IF ANY, FOR WHICH GIFT HAS BEEN GIVEN OR RECEIVED     
STATE WHETHER THE SAME PERSON/ORGANIZATION HAS GIVEN YOU ANY OTHER GIFTS DURING THE CURRENT CALENDAR YEAR     

¨ NO

 

¨ YES (Describe prior gift and approximate retail value, and the occasion for the gift.)

NAME OF SUPERVISOR AND TITLE     

SIGNATURE OF EMPLOYEE AND

DATE OF REPORT

    

 

49


ALLIANZ ASSET MANAGEMENT OF AMERICA L.P.

APPENDIX XV. REPORT OF BUSINESS ENTERTAINMENT RECEIVED

 

NAME/TITLE (Please Print)

    

BUSINESS UNIT

DATE OF ENTERTAINMENT     

NAME OF PERSON/INSTITUTION

GIVING ENTERTAINMENT

    

YOUR RELATIONSHIP WITH THE

PERSON OR INSTITUTION

    
DESCRIBE ENTERTAINMENT RECEIVED AND INCLUDE APPROXIMATE RETAIL VALUE IN US$     
STATE WHETHER THE SAME PERSON/ORGANIZATION HAS ENTERTAINED YOU DURING THE CURRENT CALENDAR YEAR     

¨ NO

 

¨ YES (Describe prior entertainment and whether you have previously reported it.)

NAME OF SUPERVISOR AND TITLE     

SIGNATURE OF EMPLOYEE AND

DATE OF REPORT

    

 

50


ALLIANZ ASSET MANAGEMENT OF AMERICA L.P.

APPENDIX XVI. OUTSIDE BUSINESS ACTIVITIES

Outside business activities must not reflect adversely on the firm or give rise to real or apparent conflicts of interest with an employee’s duties and responsibilities to the firm. Employees must alert Compliance of potential conflicts of interest when they become aware of them. The firm may ask an employee to discontinue any outside activity if a potential conflict arises.

Outside business activity is not permitted if:

 

  1. It engages in a business opportunity that competes with any of the firm’s businesses; or

 

  2. You take for yourself a business opportunity belonging to the firm.

Pre-Clearance is required for outside activities, including but not limited to:

 

   

Outside activity which you will be paid, including a second job;

 

   

Any affiliation with another for profit or not-for-profit business as a director, officer, advisory board member, general partner, owner, consultant, holder of % or more of the business voting equity interests or in any similar position;

 

   

Any governmental position, including as an elected official and as a member, director, officer or employee of a governmental agency, authority, advisory board, or other board (e.g. school or library board); and

 

   

Candidate for Elective Office.

You must seek new clearance for a previously approved activity whenever there is any material change in relevant circumstances, whether arising from a change in your position at Allianz, or in your role with respect to the activity or organization.

You must also advise Compliance when you terminate your relationship with the organization.

(Request Form Appears on Next Page)

 

51


Request to Engage in Outside Business Activity with a

Profit or Not-For-Profit Organization

 

T O :   Compliance
From:    
Title:    

Business

Unit:

   

Phone:

   

Date

Of Request:

   

 

 

 

1. I would like to become a(n) [Check all that apply]

 

  ¨ Director

 

  ¨ Trustee

 

  ¨ Officer

 

  ¨ Member of Advisory Board

 

  ¨ General Partner

 

  ¨ Limited Partner

 

  ¨ Controlling Person

 

  ¨ Consultant/Sole Proprietor

 

  ¨ Employee

 

  ¨ Other                                                      
     

 

     
     

 

     
2.        Name of Entity:           

 

     
3.    Term of Office:   

 

     
4.    Starting Date:   

 

     
5.    Honorarium, Stipend or Salary (if inapplicable, please so state)   
  

 

  
  

 

  
  

 

  
6.    Are you serving at the request of Allianz or an Affiliated Entity (check one)?
                ¨          Yes                 ¨          No

 

52


7. If yes, identify the name of the individual and affiliated legal entity requesting you to serve:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8. Does the organization have a current business relationship with Allianz or any of its affiliates, including but not limited to a client relationship or vendor relationship?

             ¨          Yes                 ¨          No

 

9. If yes, describe the nature of the relationship.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10. Do you have a direct or indirect responsibility for any aspect of the relationship?

             ¨           Yes                 ¨          No

 

11. If yes, describe your involvement with the relationship.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

12. In connection with your association with this organization, will you be involved in any of the following? Please check the applicable categories.

 

  ¨ Making Investment Decisions

 

  ¨ Giving Investment Advice

 

  ¨ Managing money

 

13. If any of the categories noted in 11 apply, please describe the nature of the investment decisions, advice or management of money you will be giving:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

14. Approximately how many hours per month do you anticipate devoting to this entity?             

 

 

Please be advised that should this request be approved, you must notify compliance immediately of any real or apparent conflicts of interest that may arise due to your association with this organization. You must also notify Compliance of any changes to the answers that you have provided in response to the questions above.

 

 

Signature of Employee

    

 

Date

 
      
      

 

Print Name of Employee

      

 

53


 

Print Name of Immediate Supervisor

    

 

Signature of Immediate Supervisor

 
      
      

 

Date Immediate Supervisor Approved

      

 

 

For Compliance Department Only

 

     ¨  Approved          ¨   Not Approved  

 

Date Reviewed

      
      
    

 

 

 

Name of Compliance Officer

     Signature of Compliance Officer  

Comments:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

54


ALLIANZ ASSET MANAGEMENT OF AMERICA L.P.

APPENDIX XVII. CODE OF ETHICS SANCTION GUIDELINES

Compliance with the Code is considered a basic condition of employment with the Company. A variety of sanctions may be imposed for violating any provision of the Code. The sanctions listed below are only a guide with respect to violations committed within any calendar year. Depending on the circumstances, and at the discretion of the Compliance Committee, a violation of the Code may result in a more severe or less severe sanction. Repeated violations of the code, even inadvertent violations that do not harm funds or clients, will be viewed as disregarding principals of the Code, and the sanctions can be more severe.

Violations Involving Personal Securities Transactions

First Offense

 

  Written warning

 

  Employee to reread and recertify the Code

Second Offense

 

  Written warning

 

  Supervisor notified

 

  Fine imposed ($500 for Investment Personnel and $100 all others)

 

  Employee to reread and recertify the Code

Third Offense

 

  Written warning

 

  Supervisor notified

 

  Fine imposed ($750 for Investment Personnel and $150 all others)

 

  Trading suspension of 30 days

 

  Employee to reread and recertify the Code

Fourth Offense

 

  Written warning

 

  Supervisor notified

 

  Fine imposed ($1000 for Investment Personnel and $200 all others)

 

  Trading suspension of at least 60 days

 

  Employee to reread and recertify the Code

In the event of additional offenses, the Compliance Committee will convene to determine appropriate remedial sanctions. The Compliance Committee has authority to impose any and all sanctions.

Disgorgement of Profits. If any Access Person fails to pre-clear a trade, violates any applicable blackout period, or violates the prohibition on the purchase or sale of a security on a restricted list, other remedies, including reversal of the trade and/or disgorgement of any profits, will apply in addition to the sanctions listed above.

Violations of the Insider Trading Policy and Procedures

Any violation of the Company’s Insider Trading Policy and Procedures will be subject to review by the Chief Legal Officer of the Company and the General Counsel of AAM LP for consideration of the appropriate sanction up to and including termination of employment and reporting to the appropriate regulatory agency.

Other Violations

 

55


For all other violations, the Compliance Committee will convene to determine the appropriate sanctions(s).

Materiality of Violations

Compliance, in consultation with the Chief Legal Officer as appropriate, will determine whether any one violation or series of violations constitutes a material violation of the Code.

No person, including any member of the Compliance Committee, shall participate in a determination of (i) whether he or she personally has committed a violation of the Code, or (ii) the imposition of any sanction in the event he or she committed a violation of the Code.

 

56

LOGO

Your Global Investment

Authority

 

 

 

 

 

Policy

PIMCO’s Code of Ethics sets out standards of conduct to help you avoid potential conflicts of interest that may arise from your actions and your personal investments.

All employees must read and understand the Code.

 

 

Effective Date: May 2009

Revised Date: November 2012

 

 

 

LOGO

Code of Ethics

November 2012

PIMCO’S CODE OF ETHICS:

SUMMARY OF CONDUCT AND PERSONAL

TRADING RULES*

PIMCO’s Code of Ethics contains the rules that govern your conduct and personal trading. These rules are summarized below. Please see the Code for more details.

 

 

You have the following Fundamental Responsibilities:

 

   

You have a duty to place the interests of Clients first

 

   

You must avoid any actual or potential conflict of interest

 

   

You must not take inappropriate advantage of your position at PIMCO

 

   

You must comply with all applicable Securities Laws

You must preclear and receive approval for your personal investments by the following two-step process:

 

Step 1: To preclear a trade, you must input the details of the proposed trade into the TradeClear system (accessible through the Intranet or via this link ) and follow the instructions.

Step 2: You will receive notification as to whether your proposed trade is approved or denied. If your proposed trade is approved, the approval is valid for the day on which the approval was granted and the following business day, unless you are notified differently by a Compliance Officer. If you do not execute your transaction within the required timeframe or if the information in your request changes, you must repeat the preclearance process prior to undertaking the transaction.

Certain types of transactions, such as purchases or sales of government securities and open-end mutual funds do not require preclearance and approval. See Sections II.B.2 and II.B.3 of the Code for specific guidance.

 

* Capitalized terms are defined in the Code.
 


 

Black-Out Periods for Portfolio Persons:

 

   

Purchases within seven days before a Client purchase of the same security

 

   

Sales within seven days before a Client sale of the same security

 

   

Purchases and sales within three days following a Client trade in the same security

Provisions that may restrict your personal investments:

 

   

When there are pending client orders in the same security

 

   

Initial public offerings (with certain exceptions for fixed income and other securities)

 

   

Private Placements and hedge funds

 

   

Investments in Allianz SE

 

   

Black-out periods in closed-end funds advised or subadvised by PIMCO

 

   

Securities on PIMCO’s Trade Restricted Securities List

 

   

Section 16 holding periods

The Code has other requirements in addition to those summarized above. Please review the entire Code. Remember that you can be sanctioned for failing to comply with the Code. If you have any questions, please ask your local Compliance Officer.

 

 

CODE OF ETHICS    |   NOVEMBER 2012     2


 

PIMCO LLC

CODE OF ETHICS

INTRODUCTION

This Code of Ethics (this “Code”) sets out standards of conduct to help PIMCO’s directors, officers and employees (each, an “Employee” and collectively, the “Employees”) 1 avoid potential conflicts that may arise from their actions and their personal investments. You must read and understand this Code. 2 Your local Compliance Officer is the person responsible for administering this Code and can assist you with any questions.

I. YOUR FUNDAMENTAL RESPONSIBILITIES

PIMCO insists on a culture that promotes honesty and high ethical standards. This Code is intended to assist Employees in meeting the high ethical standards PIMCO follows in conducting its business. The following general fiduciary principles must govern your activities:

 

   

You have a duty to place the interests of Clients first

 

   

You must avoid any actual or potential conflict of interest

 

   

You must not take inappropriate advantage of your position at PIMCO

 

   

You must comply with all applicable Securities Laws

If you violate this Code or its associated policies and procedures PIMCO may impose disciplinary action against you, including fines, disgorgement of profits, and possibly suspension and/or dismissal.

II. PERSONAL INVESTMENTS

 

1   PIMCO’s supervised persons include certain employees of PIMCO Investments, PIMCO’s affiliated broker-dealer. Those persons do not have access to client transactions or holdings. As a result, such persons are subject to the PIMCO Investments Code of Ethics (the “PI Code”) rather than the substantive provisions of this Code, and the provisions of the PI Code, with respect to such persons, are incorporated by reference into this Code.
 

 

CODE OF ETHICS    |   NOVEMBER 2012     3


 

A. In General

In general, when making personal investments you must exercise extreme care to ensure that you do not violate this Code and your fiduciary duties. You may not take inappropriate advantage of your position at PIMCO in connection with your personal investments. This Code covers the personal investments of all Employees and their Immediate Family Members (e.g., persons sharing the same household as the Employee). 3 Therefore, you and your Immediate Family Members must conduct all your personal investments consistent with this Code.

B. Preclearance and Approval of Personal Investments

You must preclear and receive prior approval for all your personal investments unless your personal investment is subject to an exception under this Code. The details of the preclearance and approval process are described below. The Preclearance and Approval Process described below applies to all Employees and their immediate family members.

1. Preclearance and Approval Process

Preclearance and approval of personal investments helps PIMCO prevent certain investments that may conflict with Client trading activities. Except as provided in Sections II.B.2 and II.B.3 below, prior to executing a personal investment, you must preclear and receive approval for all personal investment transactions by following the two-step preclearance and approval process:

 

The Preclearance and Approval Process is a two-step process:

Step 1: To preclear a trade, you must input the details of the proposed trade into the TradeClear system (accessible through the Intranet or via this link ) and follow the instructions. See Sections II.B.2 and II.B.3 for certain transactions that do not require preclearance and approval.

Step 2: You will receive notification as to whether your proposed trade is approved or denied. If your proposed trade is approved, the approval is valid for the day on which the approval was granted and the following business day, unless you are notified differently by a Compliance Officer. If you do not execute your transaction within the required timeframe or if the information in your preclearance request changes, you must repeat the preclearance process prior to undertaking the transaction.

2. Transactions Excluded from the Preclearance and Approval

 

3   See Appendix I for the definition of “Immediate Family Member.”
 

 

CODE OF ETHICS    |   NOVEMBER 2012     4


 

Requirement (but still subject to the Reporting Requirements).

You are not required to preclear and receive approval for the following personal investment transactions, although you are still responsible for complying with the reporting requirements of Section IV of this Code (each, an “Exempt Reportable Transaction”) for these transactions:

a. Purchases or sales of commodity futures and options thereon; currencies as investments, currency futures, currency forwards and options thereon; futures on broad-based indices, options on futures and options on broad-based indices; swaps with respect to currencies, interest rates or broad-based indices; and commodities as investments;

b. The acquisition or disposition of a security as the result of a stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, merger, consolidation, spin-off or other similar corporate distribution or reorganization applicable to all holders of a class of securities;

c. Purchases or sales of exchange-traded funds (“ETFs”);

d. Transactions in open-end mutual funds managed or sub-advised by PIMCO (i.e. funds managed or sub-advised by PIMCO must be reported but do not need to be precleared). The holdings in your PIMCO 401(k) plan and deferred compensation plan are reported automatically to the PIMCO Legal and Compliance Department; and

e. Transactions in any Discretionary Account (a) over which neither you nor an Immediate Family Member exercises investment discretion, (b) have no notice of transactions prior to execution, or (c) otherwise have no direct or indirect influence or control. You must still report the account, including the name of any broker, dealer or bank with which you have an account. You must contact the Compliance Officer if you have this type of account

3. Transactions Excluded from the Preclearance and Approval Requirement and Reporting Requirements.

All personal investment transactions by Employees must be reported under the Code with a few limited exceptions set forth below. The following investments are exempt from the reporting requirement pursuant to Section IV of the Code (each, an “Exempt Transaction”):

a. Purchases or sales of direct obligations of the U.S. Government or any other national government and futures and options with respect to such obligations;

 

 

CODE OF ETHICS    |   NOVEMBER 2012     5


 

b. Purchases or sales of bank certificates, bankers acceptances, commercial paper and other high quality short-term debt instruments, including repurchase agreements;

c. Purchases which are made by reinvesting cash dividends including reinvestments pursuant to an Automatic Investment Plan;

d. Purchases or sales of open-end mutual funds not managed or sub-advised by PIMCO (i.e. open–end mutual funds are not required to be reported unless the fund is managed or sub-advised by PIMCO. Transactions in open-end funds do not need to be precleared); or

e. Purchases or sales of unit investment trusts that are invested exclusively in one or more open-end mutual funds that are not advised or sub-advised by PIMCO.

C. Additional Requirements Applicable to Portfolio Persons

If you are a “Portfolio Person” 4 with respect to a Client transaction, you are subject to the following blackout periods: 5

1. Purchases within seven days before a Client purchase.

A Portfolio Person may not purchase a security within seven calendar days before a Client account purchases the same security if the Portfolio Person intends, or knows of another Portfolio Person’s intention, to purchase the same security for the Client.

2. Sales within seven days before a Client sale.

A Portfolio Person may not sell a security within seven calendar days before a Client sells the same security if the Portfolio Person intends, or knows of another Portfolio Person’s intention, to sell the same security for the Client.

3. Purchases and sales within three days following a Client trade.

 

4  

See Appendix I for the definition of “Portfolio Person.” Generally, a Portfolio Person with respect to a Client trade includes the generalist portfolio manager for the Client account, the specialist portfolio manager or trading assistant with respect to the transactions in that account attributable to that specialist or trading assistant, and any research analyst that played a role in researching or recommending a particular security.

5   Transactions that do not require preclearance under Sections II.B.2 and II.B 3 of the Code are not subject to these blackout periods.
 

 

CODE OF ETHICS    |   NOVEMBER 2012     6


 

A Portfolio Person may not purchase or sell a security within three calendar days (a) after purchasing or selling the same security for a Client or (b) after the Client’s trade if he knows that another Portfolio Person has purchased or sold such security for the Client.

Prior to transacting, Portfolio Persons must represent in their preclearance request that they are not aware of any pending trades or proposed trades in the next seven days in the same security for any Clients. Please consider the timing of your personal trades carefully.

D. Provisions that May Restrict Your Trading.

If your personal investment falls within one of the following categories, it will generally be denied by the Compliance Officer. It is your responsibility to initially determine if any of the following categories apply to your situation or transaction:

1. Pending Orders.

If the aggregate market value of your transaction in the security or a derivative requiring preclearance over a 30 day period across all your Personal Brokerage Accounts exceeds $25,000 and (i) the security is being considered for purchase or sale by a Client or (ii) there is a pending Client order then you CANNOT trade the security and approval will be denied following submission of your preclearance request .

2. Initial Public Offerings, Private Placements and Investments in Hedge Funds.

As a general matter, you should expect that most preclearance requests involving initial public offerings (except for fixed-income, preferred, business development companies, registered investment companies, commodity pools and convertible securities offerings) will be denied. If your proposed transaction is an initial public offering, a private placement or an investment in a hedge fund, the Compliance Officer will determine whether the investment opportunity should be reserved for Clients.

3. Allianz SE Investments.

You may not trade in shares of Allianz SE during any designated blackout period. In general, the trading windows end six weeks prior to the release of Allianz SE annual financial statements and two weeks prior to the release of Allianz SE quarterly results. This restriction applies to the exercise of cash-settled options or any kind of rights granted under compensation or incentive programs that completely or in part refer to Allianz SE. Allianz SE blackout dates are communicated to employees and are posted on the

 

 

CODE OF ETHICS    |   NOVEMBER 2012     7


 

employee trading center. A list of such blackout periods is available here .

4. Blackout Period in any Closed End Fund Advised or Sub-Advised by PIMCO.

You may not trade any closed end fund advised or sub-advised by PIMCO during a designated blackout period. A list of such blackout periods is available here .

5. Trade Restricted Securities List.

The Legal and Compliance Department maintains and periodically updates the Trade Restricted Securities List that contains certain securities that may not be traded by Employees. The Trade Restricted Securities List is not distributed to employees, but requests to purchase or sell any security on the Trade Restricted Securities List will be denied.

6. Section 16 Holding Periods.

If you are a reporting person under Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, with respect to any closed end fund advised or subadvised by PIMCO, you are subject to a six month holding period and you must make certain filings with the SEC. It is your responsibility to determine if you are subject to Section 16 requirements and to arrange for appropriate filings. Please consult the Compliance Officer for more information.

E. Your Actions are Subject to Review by a Compliance Officer.

The Compliance Officer may undertake such investigation as he or she considers necessary to determine if your proposed trade complies with this Code, including post-trade monitoring. The Compliance Officer may impose measures intended to avoid potential conflicts of interest or to address any trading that requires additional scrutiny.

F. Consequences for Violations of this Code

1. If determined appropriate by the General Counsel and/or Compliance Officer you may be subject to remedial actions (a) if you violate this Code, or (b) to protect the integrity and reputation of PIMCO even in the absence of a proven violation. Such remedial actions may include, but are not limited to, full or partial disgorgement of the profits you earned on an investment transaction, imposition of a fine, censure, demotion, suspension or dismissal, or any other sanction or remedial action required by law, rule or regulation. As part of any remedial action, you may be required to reverse an investment transaction and forfeit any profit or to absorb any loss from the transaction.

2. PIMCO’s General Counsel and/or Compliance Officer shall have the authority to determine whether you have violated this

 

 

CODE OF ETHICS    |   NOVEMBER 2012     8


 

Code and, if so, the remedial actions they consider appropriate or required by law, rule or regulation. In making their determination, the General Counsel and/or Compliance Officer may consider, among other factors, the gravity of your violation, the frequency of your violations, whether any violation caused harm or the potential of harm to a Client, your efforts to cooperate with their investigation, and your efforts to correct any conduct that led to a violation.

III. YOUR ONGOING OBLIGATIONS UNDER THIS CODE

This Code imposes certain ongoing obligations on you. If you have any questions regarding these obligations please contact the Compliance Officer.

A. Insider Trading.

The fiduciary principles of this Code and Securities Laws prohibit you from trading based on material, non-public information (“MNPI”) received from any source or communicating this information to others. 6 If you believe you may have access to material, non-public information or are unsure about whether information is material or non-public, please consult a Compliance Officer and the PIMCO MNPI Policy . Any violation of PIMCO’s MNPI Policy may result in penalties that could include termination of employment with PIMCO.

B. Compliance with Securities Laws.

You must comply with all applicable Securities Laws.

C. Duty to Report Violations of this Code.

You are required to promptly report any violation of this Code of which you become aware, whether your own or another Employee’s. Reports of violations other than your own may be made anonymously and confidentially to the Compliance Officer.

IV. YOUR REPORTING REQUIREMENTS

A. On-Line Certification of Receipt and Annual Compliance Certification.

 

6   As described in Section II.B.2, purchases or sales of open-end mutual funds managed or sub-advised by PIMCO are exempt from the preclearance and approval process; however, the insider trading prohibition described above applies to MNPI received with respect to an open-end mutual fund advised or sub-advised by PIMCO or its affiliates. Non-public information regarding a mutual fund is MNPI if such information could materially impact the fund’s net asset value.
 

 

CODE OF ETHICS    |   NOVEMBER 2012     9


 

You will be required to certify your receipt of this Code. On a quarterly basis you must certify that any personal investments effected during the quarter were done in compliance with this Code. You will also be required to certify your ongoing compliance with this Code on a quarterly basis. Required certifications must be completed within 30 calendar days following the end of the quarter.

B. Reports of Securities Holdings.

You and your Immediate Family Members must report all your Personal Brokerage Accounts and all transactions in your Personal Brokerage Accounts unless the transaction is an Exempt Transaction. You must agree to allow your broker-dealer to provide the Compliance Officer with electronic reports of your Personal Brokerage Accounts and transactions and to allow the Compliance Department to access all Personal Brokerage Account information. You will also be required to certify that you have reported all of your Personal Brokerage Accounts to the Compliance Officer on a quarterly basis. Required certifications must be completed within 30 calendar days following the end of the quarter.

1. Approved Brokers.

You and your Immediate Family Members must maintain your Personal Brokerage Accounts with an Approved Broker. The list of Approved Brokers is available here .

If you maintain a Personal Brokerage Account at a broker-dealer other than at an Approved Broker, you will need to close those accounts or transfer them to an Approved Broker within a specified period of time as determined by the Compliance Officer. Upon opening a Personal Brokerage Account at an Approved Broker, Employees are required to disclose the Personal Brokerage Account to the Compliance Officer. By maintaining your Personal Brokerage Account with one or more of the Approved Brokers, you and your Immediate Family Member’s quarterly and annual trade summaries will be sent directly to the Compliance Department for review.

2. Initial Holdings Report.

Within ten days of becoming an Employee, you must submit to the Compliance Officer an Initial Report of Personal Brokerage Accounts and all holdings in securities except Exempt Transactions. Please contact the Compliance Officer if you have not already completed this Initial Report of Personal Brokerage Accounts.

3. Quarterly and Annual Holdings Report.

If you maintain Personal Brokerage Accounts with broker-dealers who are not on the list of Approved Brokers, please contact the

 

 

CODE OF ETHICS    |   NOVEMBER 2012     10


 

Compliance Officer to arrange for providing quarterly and annual reports.

4. Changes in Your Immediate Family Members.

You must promptly notify a Compliance Officer of any change to your Immediate Family Members (e.g., as a result of a marriage, divorce, legal separation, death, adoption, movement from your household or change in dependence status) that may affect the Personal Brokerage Accounts for which you have reporting or other responsibilities.

V. COMPLIANCE DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBILITIES

A. Authority to Grant Waivers of the Requirements of this Code

The Compliance Officer, in consultation with PIMCO’s General Counsel, has the authority to exempt any Employee or any personal investment transaction from any or all of the provisions of this Code if the Compliance Officer determines that such exemption would not be against the interests of any Client and is consistent with applicable laws and regulations, including Rule 204A-1 under the Advisers Act and Rule 17j-1 under the Investment Company Act. The Compliance Officer will prepare and file a written memorandum of any exemption granted, describing the circumstances and reasons for the exemption.

B. Annual Report to Boards of Funds that PIMCO Advises or Sub-Advises

PIMCO will furnish a written report annually to the directors or trustees of each fund that PIMCO advises or sub-advises. Each report will describe any issues arising under this Code, or under procedures implemented by PIMCO to prevent violations of this Code, since PIMCO’s last report, including, but not limited to, information about material violations of this Code, procedures and sanctions imposed in response to such material violations, and certify that PIMCO has adopted procedures reasonably necessary to prevent its Employees from violating this Code.

C. Maintenance of Records

The Compliance Officer will keep all records at PIMCO’s primary office for at least two years and will otherwise keep in an easily accessible place for at least five years from the end of either the fiscal year in which the document was created or the last fiscal year during which the document was effective or in force, whichever is later. Such records include: copies of this Code and any amendments hereto, all Personal Brokerage Account statements and reports of Employees, a list of all Employees and persons responsible for reviewing Employees reports, copies of all

 

 

CODE OF ETHICS    |   NOVEMBER 2012     11


 

preclearance forms, records of violations and actions taken as a result of violations, and acknowledgments, certifications and other memoranda relating to the administration of this Code.

VI. ACTIVITIES OUTSIDE OF PIMCO

A. Approval of Activities Outside of PIMCO

1. You may not engage in full-time or part-time service as an officer, director, partner, manager, consultant or employee of any business organization or non-profit organization other than PIMCO, PIMCO Investments, the PIMCO Foundation, PIMCO Partners, or a fund for which PIMCO is an adviser (whether or not that business organization is publicly traded) unless you have received the prior written approval from PIMCO’s General Counsel or other designated person.

2. Without prior written approval, you may not provide financial advice (e.g., through service on a finance or investment committee) to a private, educational or charitable organization (other than a trust or foundation established by you or an Immediate Family Member) or enter into any agreement to be employed or to accept compensation in any form (e.g., in the form of commissions, salary, fees, bonuses, shares or contingent compensation) from any person or entity other than PIMCO or one of its affiliates.

3. Certain non-compensated positions in which you would serve in a decision-making capacity (such as on a board of directors for a charity or non-profit organization) must also be approved by PIMCO’s General Counsel or other designated person.

4. PIMCO’s General Counsel or other designated person may approve such an outside activity if he or she determines that your service or activities outside of PIMCO would not be inconsistent with the interests of PIMCO and its Clients. If you are permitted to serve on the board of a publicly traded entity, you will be isolated from those officers and employees who make investment decisions with respect to the securities of that entity, through an “Ethical Wall” or other procedures.

VII. Independent Contractors

Persons who are not Employees but who have access to current information regarding Client trading (such as independent contractors) are considered “Employees” for purposes of this Code. The Compliance Officer may exempt such persons from any requirement hereunder if the

 

 

CODE OF ETHICS    |   NOVEMBER 2012     12


 

Compliance Officer determines that such exemption would not have a material adverse effect on any Client account.

 

 

CODE OF ETHICS    |   NOVEMBER 2012     13


 

Appendix I

Glossary

The following definitions apply to the capitalized terms used in this Code:

Approved Broker – means a broker-dealer approved by the Compliance Officer. The list of Approved Brokers for each PIMCO location is available here or can be obtained from the Compliance Officer.

Automatic Investment Plan – means a program in which regular periodic purchases (or withdrawals) are made automatically in (or from) investment accounts in accordance with a predetermined schedule and allocation. An Automatic Investment Plan includes a dividend reinvestment plan.

Beneficial Interest – means when a person has or shares direct or indirect pecuniary interest in accounts or In reportable Securities. Pecuniary interest means that a person has the ability to profit, directly or indirectly, or share in any profit from a transaction. Indirect pecuniary interest extends to, unless specifically excepted by a Compliance Officer, an interest in a Security held by: (1) a joint account to which you are a party, (2) a partnership in which you are a general partner, (3) a partnership in which you or an Immediate Family Member holds a controlling interest and with respect to which Security you or an Immediate Family Member has investment discretion, (4) a limited liability company in which you are a managing member, (5) a limited liability company in which you or an Immediate Family Member holds a controlling interest and with respect to which Security you or an Immediate Family Member has investment discretion, (6) a trust in which you or an Immediate Family Member has a vested interest or serves as a trustee with investment discretion, (7) a closely-held corporation in which you or an Immediate Family Member holds a controlling interest and with respect to which Security you or an Immediate Family Member has investment discretion, or (8) any account (including retirement, pension, deferred compensation or similar account) in which you or an Immediate Family has a substantial economic interest.

Client – means any person or entity to which PIMCO provides investment advisory services.

Discretionary Account – means any account managed or held by a broker dealer, futures commission merchant, or trustee as to which neither the Employee nor an Immediate Family Member: (1) exercise investment discretion; (2) receives notice of transactions prior to execution, or (3) have direct or indirect influence or control over the account.

Immediate Family Member of an Employee – means: (1) any of the following persons sharing the same household with the Employee: a person’s child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law,

 

 

CODE OF ETHICS    |   NOVEMBER 2012     14


 

brother-in-law, sister-in-law, legal guardian, adoptive relative, or domestic partner; (2) any person sharing the same household with the Employee that holds an account in which the Employee is a joint owner or listed as a beneficiary; or (3) any person sharing the same household with the Employee in which the Employee contributes to the maintenance of the household and the financial support of such person.

Initial Public Offering – means an offering of securities registered under the Securities Act of 1933, the issuer of which, immediately before the registration, was not subject to the reporting requirements of Sections 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

Personal Brokerage Account – means (1) any account (including any custody account, safekeeping account, retirement account such as an IRA or 401(k) plan, and any account maintained by an entity that may act as a broker or principal) in which an Employee has any direct or indirect Beneficial Interest, including Personal Brokerage Accounts and trusts for the benefit of such persons; and (2) any account maintained for a financial dependent. Thus, the term “Personal Brokerage Accounts” also includes among others:

 

  (i) Trusts for which the Employee acts as trustee, executor or custodian;

 

  (ii) Accounts of or for the benefit of a person who receives financial support from the Employee;

 

  (iii) Accounts of or for the benefit of an Immediate Family Member; and

 

  (iv) Accounts in which the Employee is a joint owner or has trading authority.

PIMCO – means “Pacific Investment Management Company LLC”.

PIMCO Investments – means “PIMCO Investments LLC.”

Portfolio Person – means an Employee, including a portfolio manager with respect to an account, who: (1) provides information or advice with respect to the purchase or sale of a Security, such as a research analyst, or (2) helps execute a portfolio manager’s investment decisions. Generally, a Portfolio Person with respect to a Client trade includes the generalist portfolio manager for the Client, the specialist portfolio manager or trading assistant with respect to the transactions in that account attributable to that specialist or trading assistant, and any research analyst that played a role in researching or recommending a particular security.

Private Placement – means an offering that is exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933 pursuant to Section 4(2) or Section 4(6) or pursuant to SEC Rules 504, 505 or 506 under the Securities Act of 1933, including hedge funds or private equity funds or similar laws of non-U.S. jurisdictions.

 

 

CODE OF ETHICS    |   NOVEMBER 2012     15


 

Securities Laws – means the securities laws of any jurisdiction applicable to any Employee, including for any employee located in the U.S. or employed by PIMCO, the following laws: Securities Act of 1933, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the Investment Company Act of 1940, the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, Title V of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, any rules adopted by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission under any of these statutes, the Bank Secrecy Act as it applies to funds, broker-dealers and investment advisers, and any rules adopted thereunder by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission or the U.S. Department of the Treasury.

Security – means any note, stock, security future, security-based swap, bond, debenture, evidence of indebtness, certificate of indebtness, certificate of interest or participation in any profit-sharing agreement, collateral-trust certificate, preorganization certificate or subscription, transferable share, investment contract, voting-trust certificate, certificate of deposit for a security, fractional undivided interest in oil, gas or other mineral rights, any put, call, straddle, option, or privilege on any security (including a certificate of deposit) or on any group or index of securities (including any interest therein or based on the value thereof), or any out, call, straddle, option, or privilege entered into on a national securities exchange relating to foreign currency, or, in general, any interest of instrument commonly known as a Security, or any certificate of interest or participation in, temporary or interim certificate for, receipt for, guaranty of, or warrant or right to subscribe to or purchase any of the foregoing.

TradeClear – means PIMCO’s proprietary employee trading preclearance system.

 

 

CODE OF ETHICS    |   NOVEMBER 2012     16


 

APPENDIX II

PIMCO COMPLIANCE OFFICERS

David Flattum

General Counsel

Jennifer Durham

Chief Compliance Officer

Richard Froio

Deputy Chief Compliance Officer

Arin Stancil

Senior Compliance Officer

 

 

CODE OF ETHICS    |   NOVEMBER 2012     17

CODE OF ETHICS PURSUANT TO SECTION 406 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF

2002 FOR PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE AND SENIOR FINANCIAL OFFICERS

I. Covered Officers/Purpose of the Code

This Code of Ethics (the “Code”) pursuant to Section 406 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 has been adopted by the Trusts 1 and their respective series (each a “Fund” and, collectively, the “Funds”). This Code applies to the President and Chief Executive Officer, and Treasurer and Principal Financial and Accounting Officer (the “Covered Officers”) of the Funds or persons (if any) performing similar functions. Each Covered Officer is identified in Exhibit A.

This Code has been adopted for the purpose of promoting:

 

   

honest and ethical conduct, including the ethical handling of actual or apparent conflicts of interest between personal and professional relationships;

 

   

full, fair, accurate, timely and understandable disclosure in reports and documents that a Fund files with, or submits to, the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) and in other public communications made by a Fund;

 

   

compliance with applicable laws and governmental rules and regulations;

 

   

the prompt internal reporting of violations of the Code to an appropriate person or persons identified in the Code; and

 

   

accountability for adherence to the Code.

Each Covered Officer should adhere to a high standard of business ethics and should be sensitive to situations that may give rise to conflicts of interest or the appearance thereof.

II. Covered Officers Should Handle Ethically Any Actual or Apparent Conflicts of Interest

A “conflict of interest” occurs when a Covered Officer’s private interest interferes with the interests of, or his service to, the relevant Fund. For example, a conflict of interest would arise if a Covered Officer, or a member of the Covered Officer’s family, receives improper personal benefits as a result of the Covered Officer’s position with the relevant Fund. Other conflicts of interest may arise out of relationships between Covered Officers and the relevant Fund that are subject to conflict of interest provisions and procedures in the Investment Company Act of 1940, the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 and other applicable law. This Code does not, and is not intended to, address conflicts that fall outside of this Code.

 

1  

Allianz Funds, Allianz Funds Multi-Strategy Trust, Allianz Global Investors Fund Management Sponsored Closed-end Funds, Allianz Global Investors Managed Accounts Trust, The Korea Fund, Inc., and Premier Multi-Series VIT, each of which is a registered investment company under the Investment Company Act 1940


III. Disclosure and Compliance

 

   

no Covered Officer should knowingly misrepresent, or cause others to misrepresent, facts about the relevant Fund to others, whether within or outside such Fund, including to such Fund’s Board and auditors, and to governmental regulators and self-regulatory organizations;

 

   

each Covered Officer should, to the extent appropriate within his area of responsibility, consult with other officers and employees of the Funds and the Service Providers or with counsel to the Funds with the goal of promoting full, fair, accurate, timely and understandable disclosure in the registration statements or periodic reports that the Funds file with, or submit to, the SEC; and

 

   

each Covered Officer has the responsibility to promote compliance with the standards and restrictions imposed by applicable laws, rules and regulations.

IV. Reporting and Accountability

Each Covered Officer must:

 

   

upon becoming a Covered Officer affirm in writing to the relevant Fund that he has received, read and understands the Code;

 

   

annually thereafter affirm in writing that he has complied with the requirements of the Code;

 

   

provide full and fair responses to all questions asked in any Trustee and Officer Questionnaire provided by the relevant Fund as well as with respect to any supplemental request for information; and

 

   

notify the President of the relevant Fund promptly if he is convinced to a moral certainty that there has been a material violation of this Code (with respect to violations by a President, the Covered Officer shall report to the Chairman of the Trustees of the relevant Fund).

The President of each Fund is responsible for applying this Code in consultation with the Fund’s Chief Compliance Officer (“CCO”) and has the authority to interpret this Code. However, any approvals or waivers sought by the President will be considered by the Chairman of the Trustees of the relevant Fund.

The Funds will follow these procedures in investigating and enforcing this Code:

 

   

the President will take all appropriate action to investigate any potential material violations reported to him, which actions may include the use of internal or external counsel, accountants or other personnel;

 

   

if, after such investigation, the President believes that no material violation has occurred, the President is not required to take any further action;

 

-2-


   

any matter that the President believes is a material violation will be reported to the Fund’s CCO;

 

   

if the CCO concurs that a material violation has occurred, he will inform and make a recommendation to the Fund’s Board of Trustees, which will consider appropriate action, which may include review of, and appropriate modifications to applicable policies and procedures; notification to appropriate personnel of a Service Provider or its board; or a recommendation to dismiss the Covered Officer; and

 

   

the Board of Trustees may grant waivers under this Code, as it deems appropriate.

V. Public Disclosure of Changes and Waivers

Any amendments to or waivers under this Code relating to a Covered Officer will, to the extent required by the SEC’s rules, be disclosed on the Fund’s website or in the Form N-CSR.

VI. Other Policies and Procedures

This Code shall be the sole code of ethics adopted by the Funds for purposes of Section 406 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the rules and forms applicable to registered investment companies thereunder. Insofar as other policies or procedures of the Funds or the Funds’ Service Providers govern or purport to govern the behavior or activities of the Covered Persons who are subject to this Code, they are superseded by this Code to the extent that they conflict with the provisions of this Code. The Funds’ and their Service Providers’ codes of ethics under Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act and the Service Providers’ more detailed compliance policies and procedures are separate requirements applying to the Covered Persons and others, and are not part of this Code.

VII. Amendments

Any material amendments to this Code must be approved or ratified by a majority vote of each Funds board of Trustees, including a majority of independent Trustees.

VIII. Confidentiality

All reports and records prepared or maintained pursuant to this Code will be considered confidential and shall be maintained and protected accordingly. Except as otherwise required by law or this Code, such matters shall not be disclosed to anyone except as permitted by the Board.

 

-3-


Exhibit A

Covered Officers

 

Allianz Funds and Allianz Funds Multi-Strategy Trust

Brian Shlissel

   President of the Funds

Lawrence Altadonna

   Treasurer and Principal Financial and Accounting Officer

Allianz Global Investors Managed Accounts Trust

  

Allianz Global Investors Fund Management Sponsored Closed-End Funds

Brian Shlissel

   President and Chief Executive Officer

Lawrence Altadonna

   Treasurer and Principal Financial and Accounting Officer

The Korea Fund, Inc.

  

Christian Pachtner

   President and Chief Executive Officer

Brian Shlissel

   Treasurer and Principal Financial and Accounting Officer

Premier Multi-Series VIT

  

Brian Shlissel

   President

Lawrence Altadonna

   Treasurer and Principal Financial and Accounting Officer